1 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
2 <!-- This document is maintained with oXygen. -->
3 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd">
6 <title>Koha 3.20 Manual (en)</title>
8 <author id="manualauthor">
9 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
11 <surname>Engard</surname>
14 <orgname>ByWater Solutions/BibLibre</orgname>
18 <copyright id="manualcopy">
20 <holder>Nicole C. Engard/ByWater Solutions/BibLibre</holder>
23 <legalnotice id="manuallegal">
24 <para>This manual is licensed under the <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html">GNU General Public License,
25 version 3</ulink> or later</para>
27 <para>Learn more about this license in the <link linkend="gpl">GPL3
28 Appendix</link></para>
31 <pubdate id="manualpubdate">Published: 2015</pubdate>
33 <chapter id="introchapter">
34 <title>Introduction</title>
36 <title id="introbasics">Koha Basics</title>
37 <para>Koha is the first free and open source software library automation package (ILS).
38 Development is sponsored by libraries of varying types and sizes, volunteers, and support
39 companies from around the world.</para>
40 <para>Learn more about Koha by visiting the official Koha website: <ulink
41 url="http://koha-community.org">http://koha-community.org</ulink></para>
43 <section id="introrecommend">
44 <title>Koha Recommendations</title>
45 <para>Full system recommendations can be found on the official Koha wiki along with the
46 developer documentation: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org">
47 http://wiki.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
48 <para>When working in the Koha staff client it is strongly recommended that you use the
49 Firefox browser. Koha's staff client is not supported in Internet Explorer and has not yet
50 been fully optimized for Google Chrome.</para>
52 <section id="usingmanual">
53 <title>Using this Manual</title>
54 <para>This manual is always changing and suggestions for edits can be sent to the
55 Documentation Manager via the <ulink
56 url="https://lists.koha-community.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/koha-docs">DOCS mailing
57 list</ulink>. The manual is organized by Koha module. At the start of most sections (and
58 throughout) you will find 'Get there' tips. These lines tell you how to get to the section
60 <para>For example: <emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
64 <screeninfo>Get there: More > Administration > Global System Preferences</screeninfo>
67 <imagedata fileref="images/intro/getthere.png"/>
72 <para>The instruction tells you where to find the necessary menu option at the top of the Koha
74 <para>Links will be found throughout the manual to other sections in the manual and images
75 will depict what should be seen on the screen. </para>
76 <para>The manual can be searched using the custom Google search on the <ulink
77 url="http://koha-community.org/documentation/">Koha Documentation</ulink> page.</para>
79 <section id="contributing">
80 <title>Contributing to the Manual</title>
81 <para>This manual is an ever-changing document and edits to the manual are welcome at any
83 <para>The <ulink url="http://manual.koha-community.org/">Koha Manual</ulink> is managed by the
84 Documentation Manager, but that doesn't mean we can't all participate in making the best
85 manual possible. </para>
86 <para>The manual is stored in git at: <ulink
87 url="http://git.koha-community.org/gitweb/?p=kohadocs.git;a=summary"
88 >http://git.koha-community.org/gitweb/?p=kohadocs.git;a=summary</ulink></para>
89 <para>To edit the manual we recommend <ulink url="http://www.oxygenxml.com">oXygen</ulink> or
90 other XML/DocBook editor. We ask that every chapter and section have an ID tag associated
91 with it to enable permanent linking and searching. </para>
92 <para>Patches to the manual should be emailed to the <ulink
93 url="https://lists.koha-community.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/koha-docs">DOCS mailing
94 list</ulink> and will be reviewed by the Documentation Manager before inclusion. </para>
98 <chapter id="administration">
99 <title>Administration</title>
101 <section id="globalsysprefs">
102 <title>Global System Preferences</title>
104 <para>Global system preferences control the way your Koha system works
105 in general. Set these preferences before anything else in Koha.</para>
109 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
115 <screeninfo>Global System Preferences Link and Search</screeninfo>
119 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/prefsearch.png"/>
124 <para>System preferences can be searched (using any part of the
125 preference name or description) using the search box on the
126 'Administration' page or the search box at the top of each system
127 preferences page.</para>
130 <screeninfo>Preferences search at the top of System Preference
135 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/prefsearch1.png"/>
140 <para>When editing preferences a '(modified)' tag will appear next to
141 items you change until you click the 'Save All' button:</para>
144 <screeninfo>After editing TagsModeration the '(modified)' label
149 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/saveallprefs.png"/>
154 <para>After saving your preferences you'll get a confirmation message
155 telling you what preferences were saved:</para>
158 <screeninfo>Preference save confirmation message</screeninfo>
162 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/saveconfirmation.png"/>
167 <para>Each section of preferences can be sorted alphabetically by
168 clicking the small down arrow to the right of the word 'Preference' in
169 the header column</para>
172 <screeninfo>Sort option at the top right of each section of
173 preferences</screeninfo>
177 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/sortprefs.png"/>
182 <para>If the preference refers to monetary values (like <link linkend="maxoutstanding"
183 >maxoutstanding</link>) the currency displayed will be the default you set in your <link
184 linkend="currexchangeadmin">Currency and Exchange Rate</link> administration area. In the
185 examples to follow they will all read USD for U.S. Dollars.<important>
186 <para>For libraries systems with unique URLs for each site the system preference can be
187 overridden by editing your koha-http.conf file this has to be done by a system
188 administrator or someone with access to your system files. For example if all libraries
189 but one want to have search terms highlighted in results you set the
190 OpacHighlightedWords preference to 'Highlight' then edit the koha-http.conf for the
191 library that wants this turned off by adding 'SetEnv
192 OVERRIDE_SYSPREF_OpacHighlightedWords "0"'. After restarting the web server that one
193 library will no longer see highlighted terms. Consult with your system administrator
194 for more information.</para>
197 <section id="acqprefs">
198 <title>Acquisitions</title>
200 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
201 Global System Preferences > Acquisitions</para>
203 <section id="acqprefspolicy">
204 <title>Policy</title>
206 <section id="AcqCreateItem">
207 <title>AcqCreateItem</title>
209 <para>Default: placing an order</para>
211 <para>Asks: Create an item when ___.</para>
217 <para>cataloging a record</para>
221 <para>placing an order</para>
225 <para>receiving an order</para>
229 <para>Description:</para>
233 <para>This preference lets you decide when you'd like to
234 create an item record in Koha. If you choose to add an item
235 record when 'placing an order' then you will enter item
236 information in as you place records in your basket. If you
237 choose to add the item when 'receiving an order' you will be
238 asked for item record information when you're receiving orders
239 in acquisitions. If you choose to add the item when
240 'cataloging a record' then item records will not be created in
241 acquisitions at all, you will need to go to the cataloging
242 module to add the items.</para>
246 <section id="AcqEnableFiles">
247 <title>AcqEnableFiles</title>
248 <para>Default: Don't</para>
249 <para>Asks: ___ enable the ability to upload and attach arbitrary files to invoices. </para>
250 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
257 </itemizedlist></para>
258 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
260 <para>This preference controls whether or not you allow the uploading of invoice
261 files via the acquisitions module.</para>
263 </itemizedlist></para>
265 <section id="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceiptIsCancelled">
266 <title>AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceiptIsCancelled</title>
267 <para>Asks: Upon cancelling a receipt, update the item's subfields if they were created
268 when placing an order (e.g. o=5|a="bar foo""). ___</para>
269 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
271 <para>This preference is used in conjunction with the <link
272 linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived"
273 >AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</link> preference. If you have the system set
274 to enter default values when you receive you will want to have those values
275 revert back if reeipt is cancelled. This preference allows you to do
278 </itemizedlist></para>
280 <section id="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived">
281 <title>AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</title>
282 <para>Asks: Upon receiving items, update their subfields if they were created when
283 placing an order (e.g. o=5|a="foo bar"). ___</para>
284 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
286 <para>This preference allows you to set default values for items that you receive
287 via acquisitions. Enter the data as subfield=value and split your values with a
288 bar ( | ). For example you can remove the Ordered status on the item
289 automatically when you receive it just by entering 7=0 in this preference. That
290 will set the Not for Loan status (subfield 7) to 0 which is available.</para>
292 </itemizedlist></para>
295 <section id="AcqViewBaskets">
296 <title>AcqViewBaskets</title>
298 <para>Default: created by staff member</para>
300 <para>Asks: Show baskets ___</para>
306 <para>created by staff member</para>
310 <para>from staff member's branch</para>
314 <para>in system, regardless of owner</para>
318 <para>Description:</para>
322 <para>When in acquisitions this preference allows you to
323 control whose baskets you can see when looking at a vendor.
324 The default value of 'created by staff member' makes it so
325 that you only see the baskets you created. Choosing to see
326 baskets 'from staff member's branch' will show you the baskets
327 created by anyone at the branch you're logged in at. Finally,
328 you can choose to set this preference to show you all baskets
329 regardless of who created it ('in system, regardless of
330 owner). Regardless of which value you choose for this
331 preference, superlibrarians can see all baskets created in the
336 <section id="AcqWarnOnDuplicateInvoice">
337 <title>AcqWarnOnDuplicateInvoice</title>
338 <para>Default: Do not warn</para>
339 <para>Asks: ___ when the librarian tries to create an invoice with a duplicate
341 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
343 <para>Do not warn</para>
348 </itemizedlist></para>
351 <section id="BasketConfirmations">
352 <title>BasketConfirmations</title>
354 <para>Default: always ask for confirmation</para>
356 <para>Asks: When closing or reopening a basket, ___.</para>
362 <para>always ask for confirmation</para>
366 <para>do not ask for confirmation</para>
370 <para>Descriptions:</para>
374 <para>This preference adds the option to skip confirmations on
375 closing and reopening a basket. If you skip the confirmation,
376 you do not create a new basket group.</para>
381 <section id="CurrencyFormat">
382 <title>CurrencyFormat</title>
384 <para>Default: 360,000.00 (US)</para>
386 <para>Asks: Display currencies using the following format
393 <para>360,000.00 (US)</para>
397 <para>360 000,00 (FR)</para>
405 <para>Default: 0</para>
407 <para>Asks: The default tax rate is ___</para>
409 <para>Description:</para>
413 <para>This preference will allow the library to define a
414 default Goods and Services Tax rate. The default of value of 0
415 will disable this preference.</para>
420 <para>Enter this value as a number (.06) versus a percent
424 <section id="MarcFieldsToOrder">
425 <title>MarcFieldsToOrder</title>
426 <para>Asks: Set the mapping values for a new order line created from a MARC record in a
428 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
430 <para>This preference includes MARC fields to check for order information to use
431 when <link linkend="orderfromstagedfile">ordering from a staged file</link> in
432 acquisitions. You can use the following fields: price, quantity, budget_code,
433 discount, sort1, sort2.</para>
435 example:<programlisting>price: 947$a|947$c
437 budget_code: 922$a</programlisting></para>
439 </itemizedlist></para>
442 <section id="UniqueItemFields">
443 <title>UniqueItemFields</title>
445 <para>Default: barcode</para>
447 <para>Asks:___ (space-separated list of fields that should be
448 unique for items, must be valid SQL fields of <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/items.html">items</ulink>
451 <para>Description:</para>
455 <para>If this preference is left blank when adding items in
456 acquisitions there will be no check for uniqueness. This means
457 that a duplicate barcode can be created in acquisitions which
458 will cause errors later when checking items in and out.</para>
464 <section id="acqprefsprinting">
465 <title>Printing</title>
467 <section id="OrderPdfFormat">
468 <title>OrderPdfFormat</title>
470 <para>Default: pdfformat::layout2pages</para>
472 <para>Asks: Use ___ when printing basket groups.</para>
477 <section id="adminprefs">
478 <title>Administration</title>
480 <para>These preferences are general settings for your system.</para>
482 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
483 Global System Preferences > Administration</para>
485 <section id="casauthentication">
486 <title>CAS Authentication</title>
488 <para>The Central Authentication Service (CAS) is a single sign-on
489 protocol for the web. If you don't know what this is, leave these
490 preferences set to their defaults.</para>
492 <section id="AllowPKIAuth">
493 <title>AllowPKIAuth</title>
495 <para>Default: no</para>
497 <para>Asks: Use ___ field for SSL client certificate
498 authentication</para>
508 <para>the common name</para>
512 <para>the email address</para>
517 <section id="casAuthentication">
518 <title>casAuthentication</title>
520 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
522 <para>Asks: ___ CAS for login authentication.</para>
525 <section id="casLogout">
526 <title>casLogout</title>
528 <para>Default: Don't logout</para>
530 <para>Asks: ___ of CAS when logging out of Koha.</para>
533 <section id="casServerUrl">
534 <title>casServerUrl</title>
536 <para>Asks: The CAS Authentication Server can be found at
541 <section id="adminprefsinterface">
542 <title>Interface options</title>
544 <para>These preference are related to your Koha interface</para>
546 <section id="DebugLevel">
547 <title>DebugLevel</title>
549 <para>Default: lots of</para>
551 <para>Asks: Show ___ debugging information in the browser when an
552 internal error occurs.</para>
558 <para>lots of - will show as much information as
563 <para>no - will only show basic error messages</para>
567 <para>some - will show only some of the information
572 <para>Description:</para>
576 <para>This preference determines how much information will be
577 sent to the user's screen when the system encounters an error.
578 The most detail will be sent when the value level is set at 2,
579 some detail will be sent when the value is set at 1, and only
580 a basic error message will display when the value is set at 0.
581 This setting is especially important when a system is new and
582 the administration is interested in working out the bugs
583 (errors or problems) quickly. Having detailed error messages
584 makes quick fixes more likely in problem areas.</para>
589 <section id="delimiter">
590 <title>delimiter</title>
592 <para>Default: semicolons</para>
594 <para>Asks: Separate columns in an exported report file with ___
605 <para>backslashes</para>
613 <para>semicolons</para>
625 <para>Description:</para>
629 <para>This preference determines how reports exported from
630 Koha will separate data. In many cases you will be able to
631 change this option when exporting if you'd like.</para>
636 <section id="KohaAdminEmailAddress">
637 <title>KohaAdminEmailAddress</title>
639 <para>This is the default 'From' address for emails unless there
640 is one for the particular branch, and is referred to when an
641 internal error occurs.</para>
643 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address for the administrator of
646 <para>Description:</para>
650 <para>This preference allows one email address to be used in
651 warning messages set to the OPAC. If no email address is set
652 for the branch this address will receive messages from patrons
653 regarding modification requests, purchase suggestions, and
654 questions or information regarding overdue notices. It is
655 recommended that a email address that can be accessed by
656 multiple staff members be used for this purpose so that if one
657 librarian is out the others can address these requests. This
658 email address can be changed when needed.</para>
663 <section id="noItemTypeImages">
664 <title>noItemTypeImages</title>
666 <para>Default: Show</para>
668 <para>Asks: ___ itemtype icons in the catalog.</para>
678 <para>Don't show</para>
682 <para>Description:</para>
686 <para>This preference allows the system administrator to
687 determine if users will be able to set and see an <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">item type icon</link> the catalog on
688 both the OPAC and the Staff Client. The images will display in
689 both the OPAC and the Staff Client/Intranet. If images of item
690 types are disabled, text labels for item types will still
691 appear in the OPAC and Staff Client.</para>
695 <section id="ReplytoDefault">
696 <title>ReplytoDefault</title>
697 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address that will be set as the replyto in emails </para>
698 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
700 <para>By default replies to notice emails will go to the <link
701 linkend="libsgroups">library email address</link>, if you would like to
702 specify a default email address for all replies to notices you can do that
705 </itemizedlist></para>
707 <section id="ReturnpathDefault">
708 <title>ReturnpathDefault</title>
709 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the email address set as the return path, if you leave this empty
710 the KohaAdminEmailAddress will be used. </para>
711 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
713 <para>The return path is the email address that bounces will be delivered to. By
714 default bounced notices will go to the <link linkend="libsgroups">library email
715 address</link>, if you would like to specify a default email address for
716 bounces to go to then fill in this preference.</para>
718 </itemizedlist></para>
721 <section id="virtualshelves">
722 <title>virtualshelves</title>
724 <para>Default: Allow</para>
726 <para>Asks: ___ staff and patrons to create and view saved lists
737 <para>Don't Allow</para>
741 <para>Description:</para>
745 <para>This preference controls whether the lists functionality
746 will be available in the staff client and OPAC. If this is set
747 to "Don't allow" then no one will be able to save items to
748 public or private lists.</para>
754 <section id="adminprefslogin">
755 <title>Login options</title>
757 <para>These preferences are related to logging into your Koha
760 <section id="AutoLocation">
761 <title>AutoLocation</title>
763 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
765 <para>Asks: ___ staff to log in from a computer in the IP address
766 range specified by their library (if any).</para>
770 <para>Set IP address range in the library administration
775 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More >
776 Administration > Basic Parameters > <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link></para>
786 <para>Don't require</para>
794 <para>Description:</para>
798 <para>This preference protects the system by blocking
799 unauthorized users from accessing the staff client program and
800 settings. Authorized and unauthorized users are determined by
801 their computer's IP addresses. When the preference is set to
802 'Require', IP authorization is in effect and unauthorized IP
803 addresses will be blocked. This means that staff cannot work
804 from home unless their IP address has been authorized. When
805 set to 'Don't require', anyone with a staff client login will
806 have access no matter which IP address they are using.</para>
811 <section id="IndependentBranches">
812 <title>IndependentBranches</title>
813 <para>Default: Don't prevent</para>
814 <para>Asks: ___ staff (but not superlibrarians) from modifying objects (holds, items,
815 patrons, etc.) belonging to other libraries.</para>
819 <para>Don't prevent</para>
825 <para>Description:</para>
828 <para>This preference should only be used by library systems which are sharing a
829 single Koha installation among multiple branches but are considered independent
830 organizations, meaning they do not share material or patrons with other branches
831 and do not plan to change that in the future. If set to 'Prevent' it increases the
832 security between library branches by: prohibiting staff users from logging into
833 another branch from within the staff client, filtering out patrons from patron
834 searches who are not a part of the login branch conducting the search, limiting
835 the location choices to the login branch when adding or modifying an item record,
836 preventing users from other branch locations from placing holds or checking out
837 materials from library branches other than their own, and preventing staff from
838 editing item records which belong to other library branches. All of these security
839 safeguards can be overridden only by the superlibrarian, the highest level of
844 <para>It is important that this value be set before going live and that it NOT be
848 <section id="SessionRestrictionByIP">
849 <title>SessionRestrictionByIP</title>
850 <para>Default: Enable</para>
851 <para>Asks: ___ check for change in remote IP address for session security. Disable only
852 when remote IP address changes frequently. </para>
853 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
860 </itemizedlist></para>
861 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
863 <para>When this preference is set to 'Enable' Koha will log you out of the staff
864 client if your IP address changes as a security measure. For some systems the
865 IP address changes frequently so you'll want to set this preference to 'Disable'
866 to prevent Koha from logging you out of the staff client every time that
869 </itemizedlist></para>
871 <para>This is meant to help those whose IP address changes several times during the
872 day, setting this preference to 'Disable' is not recommended otherwise because it is
873 removing important security features from your staff client.</para>
877 <section id="SessionStorage">
878 <title>SessionStorage</title>
880 <para>Default: in the MySQL database</para>
882 <para>Asks: Store login session information ___</para>
888 <para>as temporary files</para>
892 <para>in the MySQL database</para>
896 <para>in the PostgreSQL database</para>
901 <para>PostgreSQL is not yet supported</para>
908 <para>Description:</para>
912 <para>This preference allows administrators to choose what
913 format session data is stored in during web sessions.</para>
918 <section id="timeout">
919 <title>timeout</title>
921 <para>Default: 12000000</para>
923 <para>Asks: Automatically log out users after ___ seconds of inactivity.</para>
925 <para>Description:</para>
929 <para>This preference sets the length of time the Staff Client
930 or OPAC accounts can be left inactive before re-logging in is
931 necessary. The value of this preference is in seconds. At this
932 time, the amount of time before a session times out must be
933 the same for both the Staff Client and the OPAC.</para>
938 <section id="mozillapersona">
939 <title>Mozilla Persona</title>
940 <section id="persona">
941 <title>Persona</title>
942 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
943 <para>Asks: ___ Mozilla persona for login.</para>
949 <screeninfo>Persona login on OPAC</screeninfo>
952 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/persona.png"/>
958 <para>Don't allow</para>
961 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
963 <para>Mozilla Persona is an OpenID-like service that lets you log in to multiple
964 websites with your Mozilla credentials. If you allow Persona log in for Koha
965 then your patrons can log in to the OPAC using their Mozilla Persona. Learn
966 more about Persona on the <ulink url="http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/persona/">official Mozilla site</ulink>.<important>
967 <para>For Persona log in to work you will need you <link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> preference to be set correctly.</para>
970 </itemizedlist></para>
973 <section id="heaprefs">
974 <title>Share anonymous usage statistics</title>
975 <para>As an open source project Koha is used all over the world. These preference will
976 help us keep more accurate statistics on where Koha is being used. If you choose to
977 share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
978 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. You will need
979 to enable the <link linkend="usagecron">matching cron job</link> to send this
980 information at regular intervals to the community.</para>
981 <section id="UsageStats">
982 <title>UsageStats</title>
983 <para>Default: Don't share</para>
984 <para>Asks: ___ anonymous Koha usage data with the Koha community.</para>
985 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
987 <para>Don't share</para>
992 </itemizedlist></para>
993 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
995 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
996 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
997 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
998 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1001 </itemizedlist></para>
1003 <section id="UsageStatsCountry">
1004 <title>UsageStatsCountry</title>
1005 <para>Asks: The country where your library is located: ___</para>
1006 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1008 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1009 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
1010 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1011 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1014 </itemizedlist></para>
1016 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1017 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information.</para>
1020 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryName">
1021 <title>UsageStatsLibraryName</title>
1022 <para>Asks: The library name ___ will be shown on the <ulink
1023 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1024 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1026 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1027 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
1028 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1029 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1032 </itemizedlist></para>
1034 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1035 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. If this field is empty
1036 data will be sent anonymously if you choose 'Share' for the <link
1037 linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link> preference. </para>
1040 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryType">
1041 <title>UsageStatsLibraryType</title>
1042 <para>Default: public</para>
1043 <para>Asks: The library type ___ will be shown on the <ulink
1044 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1045 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1047 <para>academic </para>
1050 <para>corporate </para>
1053 <para>government </para>
1056 <para>private </para>
1059 <para>public </para>
1062 <para>religious organization </para>
1065 <para>research </para>
1068 <para>school </para>
1071 <para>society or association </para>
1074 <para>subscription</para>
1076 </itemizedlist></para>
1077 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1079 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1080 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
1081 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1082 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1085 </itemizedlist></para>
1087 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1088 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. </para>
1091 <section id="UsageStatsLibraryUrl">
1092 <title>UsageStatsLibraryUrl</title>
1093 <para>Asks: The library URL ___ will be shown on the <ulink
1094 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>.</para>
1095 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1097 <para>This data is stored to help track usage of Koha around the world. If you
1098 choose to share your information, it will be published on the <ulink
1099 url="http://hea.koha-community.org">Hea Koha community website</ulink>. This
1100 information is sent using the <link linkend="usagecron">Usage Sharing Cron
1103 </itemizedlist></para>
1105 <para>This preference depends on the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link>
1106 preference. Set that to 'Share' to share your information. </para>
1112 <section id="authprefs">
1113 <title>Authorities</title>
1115 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
1116 Global System Preferences > Authorities</para>
1118 <section id="generalauthorities">
1119 <title>General</title>
1121 <section id="AuthDisplayHierarchy">
1122 <title>AuthDisplayHierarchy</title>
1124 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
1126 <para>Asks: ___ broader term/narrower term hierarchies when
1127 viewing authorities.</para>
1129 <para>Values:</para>
1133 <para>Display</para>
1136 <screeninfo>AuthDisplayHierarchy</screeninfo>
1140 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AuthDisplayHierarchy.png"/>
1147 <para>Don't display</para>
1151 <para>Description:</para>
1155 <para>If your authority records includes 5xx fields with
1156 linked references to broader and/or narrower see also
1157 references this preference will turn on a display of those
1158 authorities at the top of the record.</para>
1163 <section id="AutoCreateAuthorities">
1164 <title>AutoCreateAuthorities</title>
1166 <para>Default: do not generate</para>
1168 <para>Asks: When editing records, ___ authority records that are
1171 <para>Values:</para>
1175 <para>do not generate</para>
1179 <para>generate</para>
1184 <para><link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link>
1185 must be set to "allow" for this to have any effect</para>
1188 <para>Description:</para>
1192 <para>When this and <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link>
1193 are both turned on, automatically create authority records for
1194 headings that don't have any authority link when cataloging.
1195 When BiblioAddsAuthorities is on and AutoCreateAuthorities is
1196 turned off, do not automatically generate authority records,
1197 but allow the user to enter headings that don't match an
1198 existing authority. When BiblioAddsAuthorities is off, this
1199 has no effect.</para>
1204 <section id="BiblioAddsAuthorities">
1205 <title>BiblioAddsAuthorities</title>
1207 <para>Default: allow</para>
1209 <para>Asks: When editing records, ___ them to automatically create
1210 new authority records if needed, rather than having to reference
1211 existing authorities.</para>
1213 <para>Values:</para>
1221 <para>This setting allows you to type values in the fields
1222 controlled by authorities and then adds a new authority if
1223 one does not exist</para>
1229 <para>don't allow</para>
1233 <para>This setting will lock the authority controlled
1234 fields, forcing you to search for an authority versus
1235 allowing you to type the information in yourself.</para>
1242 <section id="dontmerge">
1243 <title>dontmerge</title>
1245 <para>Default: Don't</para>
1247 <para>Asks: ___ automatically update attached biblios when
1248 changing an authority record.</para>
1250 <para>Values:</para>
1262 <para>Description:</para>
1266 <para>This preference tells Koha how to handle changes to your Authority records. If
1267 you edit an authority record and this preference is set to 'Do' Koha will
1268 immediately update all of the bib records linked to the authority with the new
1269 authority record's data. If this is set to "Don't" then Koha won't edit bib
1270 records when changes are made to authorities, rather, this is done later by the
1271 <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl cronjob</link>.</para>
1276 <para>If this is set to "Don't automatically update" you will need to ask your
1277 administrator to enable the <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl
1278 cronjob</link>.</para>
1282 <section id="MARCAuthorityControlField008">
1283 <title>MARCAuthorityControlField008</title>
1285 <para>Default: || aca||aabn | a|a d</para>
1287 <para>Asks: Use the following text for the contents of MARC21 authority control field
1288 008 position 06-39 (fixed length data elements).</para>
1291 <para>Do not include the date (position 00-05) in this
1292 preference, Koha will calculate automatically and put that in
1293 before the values in this preference.</para>
1294 </important>Description:</para>
1298 <para>This preference controls the default value in the 008
1299 field on Authority records. It does not effect bibliographic
1304 <section id="UNIMARCAuthorityField100">
1305 <title>UNIMARCAuthorityField100</title>
1306 <para>Default: afrey50 ba0</para>
1307 <para>Asks: Use the following text for the contents of UNIMARC authority field 100
1308 position (fixed length data elements). <important>
1309 <para>Do not include the date (position 00-07) in this preference, Koha will
1310 calculate automatically and put that in before the values in this
1313 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1315 <para>This preference controls the default value in the 100 field on Authority
1316 records cataloged in UNIMARC. It does not effect bibliographic records.</para>
1318 </itemizedlist></para>
1321 <section id="UseAuthoritiesForTracings">
1322 <title>UseAuthoritiesForTracings</title>
1324 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
1326 <para>Asks: ___ authority record numbers instead of text strings
1327 for searches from subject tracings.</para>
1329 <para>Values:</para>
1333 <para>Don't use</para>
1337 <para>Search links look for subject/author keywords
1338 (example: opac-search.pl?q=su:Business%20networks)</para>
1348 <para>Search links look for an authority record (example:
1349 opac-search.pl?q=an:354)</para>
1355 <para>Description:</para>
1359 <para>For libraries that have authority files, they may want
1360 to make it so that when a link to an authorized subject or
1361 author is clicked on the OPAC or staff client it takes the
1362 searcher only to a list of results with that authority record.
1363 Most libraries do not have complete authority files and so
1364 setting this preference to 'Don't use' will allow searchers to
1365 click on links to authors and subject headings and perform a
1366 keyword search against those fields, finding all possible
1367 relevant results instead.</para>
1373 <section id="linkerauthorities">
1374 <title>Linker</title>
1376 <para>These preferences will control how Koha links bibliographic records to authority
1377 records. All bibliographic records added to Koha after these preferences are set will
1378 link automatically to authority records, for records added before these preferences are
1379 set there is a script (misc/link_bibs_to_authorities.pl) that your system administrator
1380 can run to link records together.</para>
1382 <section id="CatalogModuleRelink">
1383 <title>CatalogModuleRelink</title>
1385 <para>Default: Do not</para>
1387 <para>Asks: ___ automatically relink headings that have previously
1388 been linked when saving records in the cataloging module.</para>
1390 <para>Values:</para>
1402 <para>Description:</para>
1406 <para>Longtime users of Koha don't expect the authority and
1407 bib records to link consistently. This preference makes it
1408 possible to disable authority relinking in the cataloging
1409 module only (i.e. relinking is still possible if
1410 link_bibs_to_authorities.pl is run). Note that though the
1411 default behavior matches the previous behavior of Koha
1412 (retaining links to outdated authority records), it does not
1413 match the intended behavior (updating biblio/authority link
1414 after bibliographic record is edited). Libraries that want the
1415 intended behavior of authority control rather than the way
1416 Koha used to handle linking should set CatalogModuleRelink to
1417 'Do'. Once setting this to 'Do' the following preferences can
1423 <section id="LinkerKeepStale">
1424 <title>LinkerKeepStale</title>
1426 <para>Default: Do not</para>
1428 <para>Asks: ___ keep existing links to authority records for
1429 headings where the linker is unable to find a match.</para>
1431 <para>Values:</para>
1443 <para>Description:</para>
1447 <para>When set to 'Do', the linker will never remove a link to
1448 an authority record, though, depending on the value of <link linkend="LinkerRelink">LinkerRelink</link>, it may change the
1454 <section id="LinkerModule">
1455 <title>LinkerModule</title>
1457 <para>Default: Default</para>
1459 <para>Asks: Use the ___ linker module for matching headings to
1460 authority records.</para>
1462 <para>Values:</para>
1466 <para>Default</para>
1470 <para>Retains Koha's previous behavior of only creating
1471 links when there is an exact match to one and only one
1472 authority record; if the <link linkend="LinkerOptions">LinkerOptions</link> preference is
1473 set to 'broader_headings', it will try to link headings to
1474 authority records for broader headings by removing
1475 subfields from the end of the heading</para>
1481 <para>First match</para>
1485 <para>Creates a link to the first authority record that
1486 matches a given heading, even if there is more than one
1487 authority record that matches</para>
1493 <para>Last match</para>
1497 <para>Creates a link to the last authority record that
1498 matches a given heading, even if there is more than one
1499 record that matches</para>
1505 <para>Description:</para>
1509 <para>This preference tells Koha which match to use when
1510 searching for authority matches when saving a record.</para>
1515 <section id="LinkerOptions">
1516 <title>LinkerOptions</title>
1518 <para>Asks: Set the following options for the authority linker
1520 <para>This feature is experimental and shouldn't be used in a
1521 production environment until further expanded upon.</para>
1524 <para>Description:</para>
1528 <para>This is a pipe separated (|) list of options. At the
1529 moment, the only option available is "broader_headings." With
1530 this option set to "broader_headings", the linker will try to
1531 match the following heading as follows:<programlisting>=600 10$aCamins-Esakov, Jared$xCoin collections$vCatalogs$vEarly works to 1800.</programlisting></para>
1533 <para>First: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin
1534 collections--Catalogs--Early works to 1800</para>
1536 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin
1537 collections--Catalogs</para>
1539 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared--Coin collections</para>
1541 <para>Next: Camins-Esakov, Jared (matches! if a previous
1542 attempt had matched, it would not have tried this)</para>
1547 <section id="LinkerRelink">
1548 <title>LinkerRelink</title>
1550 <para>Default: Do</para>
1552 <para>Asks: ___ relink headings that have previously been linked
1553 to authority records.</para>
1555 <para>Values:</para>
1567 <para>Description:</para>
1571 <para>When set to 'Do', the linker will confirm the links for
1572 headings that have previously been linked to an authority
1573 record when it runs, correcting any incorrect links it may
1574 find. When set to 'Do not', any heading with an existing link
1575 will be ignored, even if the existing link is invalid or
1583 <section id="catprefs">
1584 <title>Cataloging</title>
1586 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
1587 Global System Preferences > Cataloging</para>
1589 <section id="catdisplayprefs">
1590 <title>Display</title>
1593 <section id="AcquisitionDetails">
1594 <title>AcquisitionDetails</title>
1595 <para>Default: Display</para>
1596 <para>Asks: ___ acquisition details on the biblio detail page. </para>
1597 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
1599 <para>Display</para>
1602 <para>Don't display</para>
1604 </itemizedlist></para>
1605 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1607 <para>This preference controls whether a tab will show on the detail page in the
1608 staff client that includes detailed acquisitions information for the title. This
1609 tab will include links to order information stored in the acquisitions module.<screenshot>
1610 <screeninfo>AcquisitionDetails</screeninfo>
1613 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AcquisitionDetails.png"/>
1616 </screenshot></para>
1618 </itemizedlist></para>
1621 <section id="authoritysep">
1622 <title>AuthoritySeparator</title>
1624 <para>Default: --</para>
1626 <para>Asks: Separate multiple displayed authors, series or
1627 subjects with ___.</para>
1630 <section id="hide_marc">
1631 <title>hide_marc</title>
1633 <para>Default: Display</para>
1635 <para>Asks: ___ MARC tag numbers, subfield codes and indicators in
1638 <para>Values:</para>
1642 <para>Display -- shows the tag numbers on the cataloging
1646 <screeninfo>MARC editor with tags showing</screeninfo>
1650 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hide_marc-display.png"/>
1657 <para>Don't display -- shows just descriptive text when
1661 <screeninfo>MARC editor without tags showing</screeninfo>
1665 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hide_marc-dont.png"/>
1673 <section id="IntranetBiblioDefaultView">
1674 <title>IntranetBiblioDefaultView</title>
1676 <para>Default: ISBD form</para>
1678 <para>Asks: By default, display biblio records in ___</para>
1680 <para>Values:</para>
1684 <para>ISBD form -- displays records in the staff client in the
1685 old card catalog format</para>
1689 <para>See <link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link> preference
1690 for more information</para>
1696 <para>Labelled MARC form -- displays records in the staff
1697 client in MARC with text labels to explain the different
1702 <para>MARC form -- displays records in the staff client in
1707 <para>normal form -- visual display in the staff client (for
1708 the average person)</para>
1712 <para>Description:</para>
1716 <para>This setting determines the bibliographic record display
1717 when searching the catalog on the staff client. This setting
1718 does not affect the display in the OPAC which is changed using
1719 the <link linkend="BiblioDefaultView">BiblioDefaultView</link>
1720 preference under the OPAC preference tab. This setting changes
1721 the look of the record when first displayed. The MARC and ISBD
1722 views can still be seen by clicking in the sidebar.</para>
1727 <section id="isbdpref">
1730 <para>Default: <link linkend="isbddefault">MARC21 Default
1731 Appendix</link> or <link linkend="unimarcdefault">UNIMARC Default
1732 Appendix</link></para>
1734 <para>Asks: Use the following as the ISBD template:</para>
1736 <para>Description:</para>
1740 <para>This determines how the ISBD information will display.
1741 Elements in the list can be reordered to produce a different
1742 ISBD view. ISBD, the International Standard Bibliographic
1743 Description, was first introduced by IFLA (International
1744 Federation of Library Associations) in 1969 in order to
1745 provide guidelines for descriptive cataloging. The purpose of
1746 ISBD is to aid the international exchange of bibliographic
1747 records for a variety of materials.</para>
1752 <section id="LabelMARCView">
1753 <title>LabelMARCView</title>
1755 <para>Default: Don't</para>
1757 <para>Asks: ___ collapse repeated tags of the same type into one
1760 <para>Values:</para>
1764 <para>Do -- will combine all identical tag numbers under one
1765 heading in the MARC view in the OPAC and Staff Client</para>
1768 <screeninfo>MARC View in the Staff Client with LabelMARCView
1769 set to Do</screeninfo>
1773 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LabelMARCView-do.png"/>
1780 <para>Don't -- will list all of the tags individually in the
1781 MARC view in the OPAC and Staff Client</para>
1784 <screeninfo>MARC View in the Staff Client with LabelMARCView
1785 set to Don't</screeninfo>
1789 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LabelMARCView-dont.png"/>
1796 <section id="NotesBlacklist">
1797 <title>NotesBlacklist</title>
1798 <para>Asks: Don't show these ___ note fields in title notes separator (OPAC record
1799 details) and in the description separator (Staff client record details). </para>
1800 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
1802 <para>This preference lets you define which of your note fields are hidden from
1803 the title notes (OPAC) and descriptions (Staff) tabs. Enter the values as a
1804 comma separated list. For example to hide the local note and the bibliography
1805 note in MARC21 enter 504, 590.</para>
1807 </itemizedlist></para>
1810 <section id="OpacSuppression">
1811 <title>OpacSuppression, OpacSuppressionByIPRange, OpacSuppressionRedirect, and
1812 OpacSuppressionMessage</title>
1813 <para>OpacSuppression Default: Don't hide</para>
1815 <para>Asks: ___ items marked as suppressed from OPAC search results. Note that you must
1816 have the Suppress index set up in Zebra and at least one suppressed item, or your
1817 searches will be broken. Restrict the suppression to IP adresses outside of the IP
1818 range ___ (Leave blank if not used. Define a range like 192.168..) Redirect the opac
1819 detail page for suppressed records to ___ Display the following message on the
1820 redirect page for suppressed biblios ___.</para>
1822 <para>OpacSuppression Values:</para>
1826 <para>Don't hide</para>
1830 <para>Will show records in OPAC search results if they are marked
1841 <para>Will not show records in OPAC search results if they're marked as
1847 <para>OpacSuppressionRedirect Values:<itemizedlist>
1849 <para>an explanatory page ('This record is blocked').</para>
1852 <para>the 404 error page ('Not found').</para>
1854 </itemizedlist></para>
1856 <para>Description:</para>
1860 <para>These preferences control hiding of bibliographic records from display in the
1861 OPAC. Each bibliogrphic record you want to hide from the OPAC simply needs to have
1862 the value "1" in the field mapped with Suppress index (942$n field in MARC21, no
1863 official field in UNIMARC). The indexer then hides it from display in OPAC but
1864 will still display it in the Staff Client. If you want to further control
1865 suppression you can set an IP address range to still show suppressed items to.
1866 Define a range like 192.168.. If you don't want to limit suppression in this way,
1867 leave the IP field blank. You can also decide what the patrons will see in the
1868 OPAC when a title is suppressed by setting the OpacSuppressionRedirect and
1869 OpacSuppressionMessage preferences. You can either show the patron a 404 page if
1870 they try to see a suppressed record or you can create a custom page by entering
1871 the HTML in the OpacSuppressionMessage part of this preference.</para>
1874 <para>An <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> for the MARC21
1875 942$n field (or the equivalent UNIMARC field) should be set to eliminate
1876 errors. One example would be to create an authorized value titled SUPPRESS
1877 with a value of 0 for don't suppress and 1 for suppress.</para>
1884 <para>If this preference is set to 'hide' and you have the 942n
1885 field set to 1, it will hide the entire bib record - not just an
1886 individual item.</para>
1890 <para>You must have the Suppress index set up in Zebra and at least one record with
1891 the value "1" in the field mapped with this index, or your searches will be
1892 completely broken in OPAC (you won't get any results at all).</para>
1895 <section id="SeparateHoldings">
1896 <title>SeparateHoldings & SeparateHoldingsBranch </title>
1897 <para>SeparateHoldings default: Don't separate</para>
1898 <para>SeparateHoldingsBranch default: home library </para>
1899 <para>Asks: ___ items display into two tabs, where the first tab contains items whose
1900 ___ is the logged in user's library. The second tab will contain all other items. </para>
1901 <para>SeparateHoldings values:<itemizedlist>
1903 <para>Don't separate</para>
1906 <para>Separate</para>
1908 </itemizedlist></para>
1909 <para>SeparateHoldingsBranch values:<itemizedlist>
1911 <para>holding library</para>
1914 <para>home library</para>
1916 </itemizedlist></para>
1917 <para>Description:</para>
1920 <para>This preference lets you decide if you would like to have the holding
1921 information on the bibliographic detail page in the staff client split in to
1922 multiple tabs. The default is to show all holdings on one tab.</para>
1924 <screeninfo>Separate holdings tabs</screeninfo>
1927 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SeparateHoldings.png"/>
1935 <section id="URLLinkText">
1936 <title>URLLinkText</title>
1938 <para>Default: Online Resource</para>
1940 <para>Asks: Show ___ as the text of links embedded in MARC
1943 <para>Description:</para>
1947 <para>If the 856 field does not have a subfield 3 or y
1948 defined, the OPAC will say 'Click here to access online.' If
1949 you would like the field to say something else enter that in
1955 <section id="UseControlNumber">
1956 <title>UseControlNumber</title>
1958 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
1960 <para>Asks: ___ record control number ($w subfields) and control
1961 number (001) for linking of bibliographic records.</para>
1963 <para>Values:</para>
1967 <para>Don't use</para>
1971 <para>When clicking on links to titles that appear next to
1972 'Continues' and 'Continued by' in the detail display Koha
1973 will perform a title search</para>
1983 <para>When clicking on links to titles that appear next to
1984 'Continues' and 'Continued by' in the detail display Koha
1985 will perform a control number (MARC field 001)
1993 <para>Unless you are going in and manually changing 773$w to
1994 match your rigorously-defined bibliographic relationships, you
1995 should set this preference to "Don't use" and instead set <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> to
1999 <para>Description:</para>
2003 <para>If you have a serial called "Journal of Interesting
2004 Things" which has a separate record from when it was called
2005 "Transactions of the Interesting Stuff Society," you could add
2006 linking fields to indicate the relationship between the two
2007 records. UseControlNumber allows you to use your local
2008 accession numbers for those links. In MARC21, the relevant
2009 sections of the two records might look like
2010 this:<programlisting> =001 12345
2011 =110 2_$aInteresting Stuff Society.
2012 =245 10$aTransactions of the Interesting Stuff Society.
2013 =785 00$aInteresting Stuff Society$tJournal of Interesting Things.$w12346
2016 =110 2_$aInteresting Stuff Society.
2017 =245 10$aJournal of Interesting Things.
2018 =780 00$aInteresting Stuff Society$tTransactions of the Interesting Stuff Society.$w12345</programlisting></para>
2020 <para>With UseControlNumber set to 'Use', the 78x links will
2021 use the Control Numbers is subfield $w, instead of doing a
2022 title search on "Journal of Interesting Things" and
2023 "Transactions of the Interesting Stuff Society"
2024 respectively.</para>
2029 <section id="catimportprefs">
2030 <title>Importing</title>
2031 <section id="AggressiveMatchOnISBN">
2032 <title>AggressiveMatchOnISBN</title>
2033 <para>Default: don't</para>
2034 <para>Asks: When matching on ISBN with the record import tool, ___ attempt to match
2035 aggressively by trying all variations of the ISBNs in the imported record as a phrase
2036 in the ISBN fields of already cataloged records. </para>
2037 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2044 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
2046 <para>This preference allows you to choose to alter the ISBN matching rule used
2047 when staging records for import to be more aggressive. This means that all text
2048 will be stripped from the ISBN field so that a pure number match is possible. If
2049 this preference is set to "Don't" then Koha will find a match only if the ISBN
2050 fields are identical.</para>
2052 </itemizedlist><important>
2053 <para>Note that this preference has no effect if <link linkend="UseQueryParser"
2054 >UseQueryParser</link> is on. </para>
2059 <section id="catinterfaceprefs">
2060 <title>Interface</title>
2064 <section id="advancedMARCeditor">
2065 <title>advancedMARCeditor</title>
2067 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
2069 <para>Asks: ___ descriptions of fields and subfields in the MARC
2072 <para>Description:</para>
2076 <para>This preference determines whether or not MARC field
2077 names will be present when editing or creating MARC
2082 <para>Values:</para>
2086 <para>Display</para>
2089 <screeninfo>MARC editor with text labels</screeninfo>
2093 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/advancedMARCeditor-display.png"/>
2100 <para>Don't display</para>
2103 <screeninfo>MARC editor without text labels</screeninfo>
2107 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/advancedMARCeditor-dontdisplay.png"/>
2115 <section id="DefaultClassificationSource">
2116 <title>DefaultClassificationSource</title>
2118 <para>Default: Dewey Decimal System</para>
2120 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the default classification source.</para>
2122 <para>Values:</para>
2126 <para>ANSCR (Sound Recordings)</para>
2130 <para>Dewey Decimal Classification</para>
2134 <para>Library of Congress Classification</para>
2138 <para>Other/Generic Classification Scheme</para>
2142 <para>SuDoc Classification (U.S. GPO)</para>
2146 <para>Universal Decimal Classification</para>
2151 <section id="EasyAnalyticalRecords">
2155 <firstname>Linda</firstname>
2156 <surname>Culberson</surname>
2158 <orgname>Ms. Dept. of Archives and History</orgname>
2163 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
2164 <surname>Engard</surname>
2165 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content
2166 where necessary and added new screenshots.</contrib>
2170 <pubdate>October 2011</pubdate>
2173 <title>EasyAnalyticalRecords</title>
2174 <para>Default: Don't Display</para>
2176 <para>Asks: ___ easy ways to create analytical record
2177 relationships</para>
2179 <para>Values:</para>
2183 <para>Display</para>
2187 <para>Don't Display</para>
2192 <para>If you decide to use this feature you'll want to make sure
2193 that your <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference is
2194 set to "Don't use" or else the "Show analytics" links in the
2195 staff client and the OPAC will be broken.</para>
2198 <para>Description:</para>
2202 <para>An analytic entry in a catalog is one that describes a
2203 part of a larger work that is also described in the catalog.
2204 In bibliographic cataloging, analytic entries may be made for
2205 chapters in books or special issues of articles in
2206 periodicals. In archival cataloging, analytic entries may be
2207 made for series or items within a collection. This feature in
2208 Koha allows for an easy way of linking analytic entries to the
2209 host records, and this system preference adds several new menu
2210 options to the staff cataloging detail pages to allow that to
2217 <section id="catrecordprefs">
2218 <title>Record Structure</title>
2222 <section id="AlternateHoldingsField">
2223 <title>AlternateHoldingsField &
2224 AlternateHoldingsSeparator</title>
2226 <para>Asks: Display MARC subfield ___ as holdings information for
2227 records that do not have items, with the subfields separated by
2230 <para>Description:</para>
2234 <para>Sometimes libraries migrate to Koha with their holding
2235 info in the 852 field (OCLC holdings information field) and
2236 choose not to transfer that information into the 952 (Koha
2237 holdings information field) because they don't plan on
2238 circulating those items. For those libraries or other
2239 libraries that have data in the 852 fields of their records
2240 that they want to display, these preferences let you choose to
2241 display holdings info from a field other than the 952 field.
2242 The AlternateHoldingsField preference can contain multiple
2243 subfields to look in; for instance 852abhi would look in 852
2244 subfields a, b, h, and i.</para>
2248 <para>With AlternateHoldingsField set to 852abhi and
2249 AlternateHoldingsSeparator set to a space the holdings would
2250 look like the following:</para>
2253 <screeninfo>Alternate Holdings Display</screeninfo>
2257 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AlternateHoldingsField.png"/>
2265 <section id="autoBarcode">
2266 <title>autoBarcode</title>
2268 <para>Default: generated in the form
2269 <branchcode>yymm0001</para>
2271 <para>Asks: Barcodes are ___</para>
2273 <para>Values:</para>
2277 <para>generated in the form <branchcode>yymm0001</para>
2281 <para>generated in the form <year>-0001, <year>-0002</para>
2285 <para>generated in the form 1, 2, 3</para>
2289 <para>incremental EAN-13 barcodes</para>
2293 <para>not generated automatically</para>
2297 <para>Description:</para>
2301 <para>This setting is for libraries wishing to generate
2302 barcodes from within Koha (as opposed to scanning in
2303 pre-printed barcodes or manually assigning them). The default
2304 behavior makes it so that when you click in the barcode field
2305 (952$p in MARC21) it will populate with the automatic barcode
2306 you have chosen. If you would rather it only enter an
2307 automatic barcode when you click on the plugin (the ... to the
2308 right of the field) you can change the plugin used for that
2309 field in the framework. Set the plugin for 952$p (if using
2310 MARC21 or equivalent field mapped to items.barcode in your
2311 local MARC format) for your frameworks to barcode_manual.pl
2312 instead of barcode.pl. Learn more about editing frameworks
2313 under the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
2314 Frameworks</link> section of this manual.</para>
2319 <section id="DefaultLanguageField008">
2320 <title>DefaultLanguageField008</title>
2321 <para>Default: Empty defaults to eng</para>
2323 <para>Asks: Fill in the default language for field 008 Range 35-37 of MARC21 records
2326 <para>Description:</para>
2330 <para>This preference will allow you to set the language for your MARC21 008 field
2331 by default. If this is left empty it will default to English (eng). See the <ulink
2332 url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/languages/language_code.html">MARC Code List for
2333 Languages</ulink> for additional values for this preference.</para>
2337 <para>This preference won't have any effect if your records are in UNIMARC.</para>
2341 <section id="item-level_itypes">
2342 <title>item-level_itypes</title>
2344 <para>Default: specific item</para>
2346 <para>Asks: Use the item type of the ___ as the authoritative item
2347 type (for determining circulation and fines rules, etc).</para>
2349 <para>Values:</para>
2353 <para>biblio record</para>
2357 <para>specific item</para>
2361 <para>Description:</para>
2365 <para>This preference determines whether the item type Koha
2366 uses for issuing rules will be an attribute of the
2367 bibliographic record or the item record. Most libraries refer
2368 to the item record for item types. It also determines if the
2369 item type icon appears on the OPAC search results. If you have
2370 the preference set to 'biblio record' then Koha displays the
2371 item type icon on the search results to the left of the result
2375 <screeninfo>Item Type Icons to the Left of Result
2376 Information</screeninfo>
2380 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/item-level_itypes.png"/>
2388 <section id="itemcallnumber">
2389 <title>itemcallnumber</title>
2391 <para>Default: 082ab</para>
2393 <para>Asks: Map the MARC subfield to an item's callnumber.</para>
2396 <para>This can contain multiple subfields to look in; for
2397 instance 082ab would look in 082 subfields a and b.</para>
2400 <para>Description:</para>
2404 <para>This setting determines which MARC field will be used to determine the call
2405 number that will be entered into item records automatically (952$o). The value is
2406 set by providing the MARC field code (050, 082, 090, 852 are all common in MARC21)
2407 and the subfield codes without the delimiters ($a, $b would be ab).</para>
2411 <para>Examples:</para>
2415 <para>Dewey: 082ab or 092ab; LOC: 050ab or 090ab; from the
2416 item record: 852hi</para>
2421 <section id="marcflavour">
2422 <title>marcflavour</title>
2424 <para>Default: MARC21</para>
2426 <para>Asks: Interpret and store MARC records in the ___
2429 <para>Values:</para>
2433 <para>MARC21<itemizedlist>
2435 <para>The standard style for the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, United
2436 Kingdom, Germany and other countries</para>
2438 </itemizedlist></para>
2442 <para>UNIMARC<itemizedlist>
2444 <para>The standard style used in France, Italy, Portugal, Russia, and other
2447 </itemizedlist></para>
2450 <para>NORMARC<itemizedlist>
2452 <para>The standard style for Norway</para>
2454 </itemizedlist></para>
2457 <para>Description:</para>
2460 <para>This preference defines global MARC style (MARC21, UNIMARC or NORMARC) used
2461 for encoding.</para>
2465 <para>Changing the value of this preference will not convert your records from one
2466 MARC style to an other.</para>
2470 <section id="MARCOrgCode">
2471 <title>MARCOrgCode</title>
2473 <para>Default: OSt</para>
2475 <para>Asks: Fill in the MARC organization code ___ by default in new MARC21 records
2476 (leave blank to disable). </para>
2478 <para>Description:</para>
2482 <para>The MARC Organization Code is used to identify libraries
2483 with holdings of titles and more.</para>
2487 <para>Learn more and find your library's MARC21 code on the <ulink
2488 url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/orgshome.html">MARC Code list for
2489 Organizations</ulink> or in Canada on the <ulink
2490 url="http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1">Canadian
2491 Symbols Directory</ulink>.<note>
2492 <para>This preference won't have any effect if your records are in UNIMARC.</para>
2496 <section id="NewItemsDefaultLocation">
2497 <title>NewItemsDefaultLocation</title>
2499 <para>Asks: When items are created, give them the temporary
2500 location of ___ (should be a location code, or blank to
2503 <section id="PrefillItem">
2504 <title>PrefillItem</title>
2505 <para>Default: the new item is not prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2506 <para>Asks: When a new item is added ___</para>
2507 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2509 <para>the new item is not prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2512 <para>the new item is prefilled with last created item values.</para>
2514 </itemizedlist></para>
2515 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2517 <para>This preference controls the behavior used when adding new items. Using the
2518 options here you can choose to have your next new item prefill with the values
2519 used in the last item was added to save time typing values or to have the item
2520 form appear completely blank. Using <link linkend="SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill">SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill</link> you can control specifically which fields
2521 are prefilled.</para>
2523 </itemizedlist></para>
2525 <section id="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod">
2526 <title>SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod</title>
2527 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields for which editing is authorized when <link
2528 linkend="items_batchmod_restricted">items_batchmod_restricted</link> permission is
2529 enabled, separated by spaces. ___</para>
2530 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
2532 <para>UNIMARC: "995$f 995$h 995$j" </para>
2535 <para>MARC21: "952$a 952$b 952$c" </para>
2537 </itemizedlist></para>
2538 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2540 <para>This preference lets you define what fields can be edited via the <link
2541 linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification tool</link> if the
2542 items_batchmod_restricted permission is enabled.</para>
2545 <para>The FA framework is excluded from the permission. If the pref is empty,
2546 no fields are restricted. </para>
2550 </itemizedlist></para>
2552 <section id="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing">
2553 <title>SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing</title>
2554 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields for which editing is authorized when
2555 edit_items_restricted permission is enabled, separated by spaces. ___</para>
2556 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
2558 <para>UNIMARC: "995$f 995$h 995$j"</para>
2561 <para>MARC21: "952$a 952$b 952$c"</para>
2563 </itemizedlist></para>
2564 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2566 <para>This preference lets you define what fields can be edited via cataloging if
2567 the <link linkend="edit_items_restricted">edit_items_restricted</link>
2568 permission is enabled<note>
2569 <para>The FA framework is excluded from the permission. If the pref is empty,
2570 no fields are restricted. </para>
2573 </itemizedlist></para>
2575 <section id="SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill">
2576 <title>SubfieldsToUseWhenPrefill</title>
2577 <para>Asks: Define a list of subfields to use when prefilling items ___<important>
2578 <para>Separate values with a space.</para>
2580 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2582 <para>When the <link linkend="PrefillItem">PrefillItem</link> preference is set to
2583 prefill item values with those from the last added item, this preference can
2584 control which fields are prefilled (and which are not). Enter a space separated
2585 list of fields that you would like to prefill when adding a new item.</para>
2587 </itemizedlist></para>
2590 <section id="z3950NormalizeAuthor">
2591 <title>z3950NormalizeAuthor & z3950AuthorAuthFields</title>
2593 <para>Defaults: Don't copy & 701,702,700</para>
2595 <para>Asks: ___ authors from the UNIMARC ___ tags (separated by
2596 commas) to the correct author tags when importing a record using
2599 <para>Description for z3950NormalizeAuthor:</para>
2603 <para>This preference allows for 'Personal Name Authorities'
2604 to replace authors as the bibliographic authority. This
2605 preference should only be considered by libraries using
2610 <para>Values for z3950NormalizeAuthor:</para>
2618 <para>Don't copy</para>
2622 <para>Description for z3950AuthorAuthFields:</para>
2626 <para>This preference defines which MARC fields will be used
2627 for 'Personal Name Authorities' to replace authors as the
2628 bibliographic authorities. This preference only applies to
2629 those using UNIMARC encoding. The MARC fields selected here
2630 will only be used if 'z3950NormalizeAuthor' is set to "Copy".
2631 The default field are 700, 701, and 702.</para>
2637 <section id="catspineprefs">
2638 <title>Spine Labels</title>
2642 <section id="SpineLabelAutoPrint">
2643 <title>SpineLabelAutoPrint</title>
2645 <para>Default: don't</para>
2647 <para>Asks: When using the quick spine label printer, ___
2648 automatically pop up a print dialog.</para>
2650 <para>Values:</para>
2663 <section id="SpineLabelFormat">
2664 <title>SpineLabelFormat</title>
2666 <para>Default: <itemcallnumber><copynumber></para>
2668 <para>Asks: Include the following fields on a quick-printed spine
2669 label: (Enter in columns from the biblio, biblioitems or items
2670 tables, surrounded by < and >.)</para>
2673 <section id="SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails">
2674 <title>SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails</title>
2676 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
2678 <para>Asks: ___ buttons on the bib details page to print item
2679 spine labels.</para>
2681 <para>Values:</para>
2685 <para>Display</para>
2688 <screeninfo>'Print Label' link appears on bibliographic
2689 record in the staff client</screeninfo>
2693 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails.png"/>
2700 <para>Don't display</para>
2707 <section id="circprefs">
2708 <title>Circulation</title>
2710 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
2711 Global System Preferences > Circulation</para>
2712 <section id="checkinpolicyprefs">
2713 <title>Checkin Policy</title>
2715 <section id="AllowMultipleIssuesOnABiblio">
2716 <title>AllowMultipleIssuesOnABiblio</title>
2717 <para>Default: Allow</para>
2718 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to check out multiple items from the same record. </para>
2719 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2724 <para>Don't allow</para>
2726 </itemizedlist></para>
2727 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2729 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then patrons will be able to check out
2730 multiple copies of the same title at the same time. If it's set to "Don't allow"
2731 then patrons will only be allowed to check out one item attached to a record at
2732 a time. Regardless of the option chosen in this preference records with
2733 subscriptions attached will allow multiple check outs.<important>
2734 <para>This will only effect records without a subscription attached.</para>
2737 </itemizedlist></para>
2739 <section id="BlockReturnOfWithdrawnItems">
2740 <title>BlockReturnOfWithdrawnItems</title>
2741 <para>Default: Block</para>
2742 <para>Asks: ___ returning of items that have been withdrawn. </para>
2743 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2748 <para>Don't block</para>
2750 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
2752 <para>This preference controls whether and item with a withdrawn status (952$0 in
2753 MARC21) can be checked in or not.</para>
2755 </itemizedlist></para>
2757 <section id="CalculateFinesOnReturn">
2758 <title>CalculateFinesOnReturn</title>
2759 <para>Default: Do</para>
2760 <para>Asks: ___ calculate and update overdue charges when an item is returned.</para>
2761 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2768 </itemizedlist></para>
2769 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2771 <para>If this preference is set to "Do" and the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines
2772 cron job</link> is off then Koha will calculate fines only when items are
2773 returned. If you have the fines cron job on and this preference set to "Do" then
2774 this preference will calculate fines based on the cron (usually run nightly) and
2775 then again when you check the item in. This option is best for those who are
2776 doing hourly loans. If this preference is set to "Don't" then fines will only
2777 be accrued if the fines cron job is running.</para>
2779 </itemizedlist></para>
2782 <para>If you are doing hourly loans then you should have this set to 'Do'.</para>
2786 <section id="RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation">
2787 <title>RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation</title>
2788 <para>Default: do not ask</para>
2789 <para>Asks: When checking out an item with rental fees, ___ for confirmation.</para>
2790 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
2792 <para>ask<screenshot>
2793 <screeninfo>RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation</screeninfo>
2797 fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/RentalFeesCheckoutConfirmation.png"/>
2800 </screenshot></para>
2803 <para>do not ask</para>
2805 </itemizedlist></para>
2806 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
2808 <para>If you are charging rental fees for items this preference will make it so
2809 that you can show (or not show) a confirmation before checking out an item that
2810 will incur a rental charge.</para>
2812 </itemizedlist></para>
2814 <section id="UpdateNotForLoanStatusOnCheckin">
2815 <title>UpdateNotForLoanStatusOnCheckin</title>
2816 <para>Asks: This is a list of value pairs. When an item is checked in, if the not for
2817 loan value on the left matches the items not for loan value it will be updated to the
2818 right-hand value. E.g. '-1: 0' will cause an item that was set to 'Ordered' to now be
2819 available for loan. Each pair of values should be on a separate line. </para>
2823 <section id="circcheckoutpolicy">
2824 <title>Checkout Policy</title>
2828 <section id="AgeRestrictionMarker">
2829 <title>AgeRestrictionMarker</title>
2831 <para>Asks: Restrict patrons with the following target audience
2832 values from checking out inappropriate materials: ___</para>
2834 <para>Description:</para>
2838 <para>This preference defines certain keywords that will
2839 trigger Koha to restrict checkout based on age. These
2840 restrictions can be overridden by the <link linkend="AgeRestrictionOverride">AgeRestrictionOverride</link>
2841 preference. Enter in this field a series of keywords separated
2842 by bar (|) with no spaces. For example PG|R|E|EC|Age| will
2843 look for PG followed by an age number, R folllowed by an age
2844 number, Age followed by an age number, and so on. These values
2845 can appear in any MARC field, but Library of Congress
2846 recommends the 521$a (Target Audience Note). Whatever field
2847 you decide to use you must map the word agerestriction in the
2848 biblioitems table to that field in the <link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Koha to MARC Mapping</link>. When
2849 cataloging you can enter values like PG 13 or E 10 in the
2850 521$a and Koha will then notify circulation librarians that
2851 the material may not be recommended for the patron based on
2852 their age.<important>
2853 <para>You must map the word agerestriction in the biblioitems table to the MARC
2854 field where this information will appear via the <link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Koha to MARC Mapping</link> administration
2861 <section id="AgeRestrictionOverride">
2862 <title>AgeRestrictionOverride</title>
2864 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
2866 <para>Asks: ___ staff to check out an item with age
2869 <para>Values:</para>
2876 <screeninfo>Allow age restriction override</screeninfo>
2880 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AgeRestrictionOverride.png"/>
2887 <para>Don't allow</para>
2890 <screeninfo>Don't allow age restriction
2891 override</screeninfo>
2895 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AgeRestrictionMarker.png"/>
2902 <para>Description:</para>
2906 <para>When the <link linkend="AgeRestrictionMarker">AgeRestrictionMarker</link>
2907 preference is set, Koha will try to warn circulation
2908 librarians before checking out an item that might have an age
2909 restriction listed in the MARC record. This preference asks if
2910 you would like the staff to be able to still check out these
2911 items to patrons under the age limit.</para>
2916 <section id="AllFinesNeedOverride">
2917 <title>AllFinesNeedOverride</title>
2919 <para>Default: Require</para>
2921 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override all fines, even fines
2922 less than <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>.</para>
2924 <para>Values:</para>
2928 <para>Don't require</para>
2932 <para>Require</para>
2936 <para>Description:</para>
2940 <para>This preference let's you decide if you want to always
2941 be warned that the patron has fines when checking out. If you
2942 have it set to 'Require' then no matter how much money the
2943 patron owes a message will pop up warning you that the patron
2949 <section id="AllowFineOverride">
2950 <title>AllowFineOverride</title>
2952 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
2954 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override and check out items to
2955 patrons who have more than <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> in fines.</para>
2957 <para>Values:</para>
2965 <para>Don't allow</para>
2969 <para>Description:</para>
2973 <para>This preference lets you decide if you staff can check
2974 out to patrons who owe more money than you usually let them
2975 carry on their account. If set to 'Allow' staff will be warned
2976 that the patrons owes money, but it won't stop the staff from
2977 checking out to the patron.</para>
2982 <section id="AllowItemsOnHoldCheckout">
2983 <title>AllowItemsOnHoldCheckout</title>
2985 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
2987 <para>Asks: ___ checkouts of items reserved to someone else. If
2988 allowed do not generate RESERVE_WAITING and RESERVED warning. This
2989 allows self checkouts for those items.</para>
2991 <para>Values:</para>
2999 <para>Don't allow</para>
3004 <para>This system preference relates only to SIP based self
3005 checkout, not Koha's web based self checkout.</para>
3008 <para>Description:</para>
3012 <para>When this preference is set to 'Allow' patrons will be
3013 able to use your external self check machine to check out a
3014 book to themselves even if it's on hold for someone else. If
3015 you would like Koha to prevent people from checking out books
3016 that are on hold for someone else set this preference to
3017 "Don't allow."</para>
3022 <section id="AllowNotForLoanOverride">
3023 <title>AllowNotForLoanOverride</title>
3025 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3027 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override and check out items that are
3028 marked as not for loan.</para>
3030 <para>Values:</para>
3038 <para>Don't allow</para>
3042 <para>Description:</para>
3046 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which controls the
3047 ability of staff (patrons will always be prevented from
3048 checking these items out) to check out items that are marked
3049 as "not for loan". Setting it to "Allow" would allow such
3050 items to be checked out, setting it to "Don't allow" would
3051 prevent this. This setting determines whether items meant to
3052 stay in the library, such as reference materials, and other
3053 library resources can be checked out by patrons.</para>
3058 <section id="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">
3059 <title>AllowRenewalLimitOverride</title>
3061 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3063 <para>Asks: ___ staff to manually override the renewal limit and
3064 renew a checkout when it would go over the renewal limit.</para>
3066 <para>Values:</para>
3074 <para>Don't allow</para>
3078 <para>Description:</para>
3082 <para>This preference is a binary setting which controls the
3083 ability of staff to override the limits placed on the number
3084 of times an item can be renewed. Setting it to "Allow" would
3085 allow such limits to be overridden, setting it to "Don't
3086 allow" would prevent this. This is a preference in which if it
3087 is set to "allow" it would allow the library staff to use
3088 their judgment for overriding the renew limit for special
3089 cases, setting it to "Don't allow" prevents an opportunity for
3090 abuse by the library staff.</para>
3095 <section id="AllowReturnToBranch">
3096 <title>AllowReturnToBranch</title>
3098 <para>Default: to any library</para>
3100 <para>Asks: Allow materials to be returned to ___</para>
3102 <para>Values:</para>
3106 <para>either the library the item is from or the library it
3107 was checked out from.</para>
3111 <para>only the library the item is from.</para>
3115 <para>only the library the item was checked out from.</para>
3119 <para>to any library.</para>
3123 <para>Description:</para>
3127 <para>This preference lets the library system decide how they
3128 will accept returns. Some systems allow for items to be
3129 returned to any library in the system (the default value of
3130 this preference) others want to limit item returns to only
3131 specific branches. This preference will allow you to limit
3132 item returns (checkins) to the branch(es) set in the
3137 <section id="AllowTooManyOverride">
3138 <title>AllowTooManyOverride</title>
3139 <para>Default: Allow</para>
3140 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override and check out items when the patron has reached the
3141 maximum number of allowed checkouts.</para>
3142 <para>Values:</para>
3147 <screeninfo>Allow too many checkouts override</screeninfo>
3150 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowTooManyOverride-yes.png"
3157 <para>Don't allow</para>
3159 <screeninfo>Don't allow too many checkouts override</screeninfo>
3162 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowTooManyOverride-no.png"/>
3168 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3170 <para>If this preference is set to "Allow" then staff all will be presented with
3171 an option to checkout more items to a patron than are normally allowed in the
3172 <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link>. If this
3173 preference is set to "Don't allow" then no staff member will be able to check
3174 out more than the circulation limit.</para>
3176 </itemizedlist></para>
3179 <section id="AutomaticItemReturn">
3180 <title>AutomaticItemReturn</title>
3182 <para>Default: Do</para>
3184 <para>Asks: ___ automatically transfer items to their home branch
3185 when they are returned.</para>
3187 <para>Values:</para>
3199 <para>Description:</para>
3203 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
3204 whether an item is returned to its home branch automatically
3205 or not. If set to "Don't", the staff member checking an item
3206 in at a location other than the item's home branch will be
3207 asked whether the item will remain at the non-home branch (in
3208 which case the new location will be marked as a holding
3209 location) or returned. Setting it to "Do" will ensure that
3210 items checked in at a branch other than their home branch will
3211 be sent to that home branch.</para>
3215 <section id="AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions">
3216 <title>AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions</title>
3217 <para>Default: Do not</para>
3218 <para>Asks: ___ allow OVERDUES restrictions triggered by sent notices to be cleared
3219 automatically when all overdue items are returned by a patron. </para>
3220 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3227 </itemizedlist></para>
3228 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3230 <para>Using the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice/Status
3231 Triggers</link> you can restrict patrons after they receive an overdue notice.
3232 This preference lets you define whether Koha will automatically remove that
3233 restriction once the overdue items in question are returned or not.</para>
3235 </itemizedlist></para>
3238 <section id="CircControl">
3239 <title>CircControl</title>
3241 <para>Default: the library the item is from</para>
3243 <para>Asks: Use the checkout and fines rules of ___</para>
3245 <para>Values:</para>
3249 <para>the library the item is from</para>
3253 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3254 will be determined by the item's library where <link
3255 linkend="HomeOrHoldingBranch">HomeOrHoldingBranch</link> chooses if item's
3256 home library is used or holding library is used.</para>
3262 <para>the library the patron is from</para>
3266 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3267 will be determined the patron's home library</para>
3273 <para>the library you are logged in at</para>
3277 <para>The <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines policies</link>
3278 will be determined by the library that checked the item out to the
3285 <section id="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">
3286 <title>DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</title>
3287 <para>Asks: Charge a lost item to the borrower's account when the LOST value of the item
3288 changes to ___</para>
3289 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
3291 <para>Leave this field empty if you don't want to charge the user for lost items.
3292 If you want the user to be charged enter the <link linkend="lost">LOST
3293 authorized value</link> you are using in the <link
3294 linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link>
3295 preference. This preference is used when the <link linkend="longoverduecron"
3296 >longoverdue cron job</link> is called without the --charge parameter.</para>
3298 </itemizedlist></para>
3300 <section id="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">
3301 <title>DefaultLongOverdueLostValue & DefaultLongOverdueDays </title>
3302 <para>Asks: By default, set the LOST value of an item to ___ when the item has been
3303 overdue for more than ___ days. </para>
3304 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3306 <para>These preferences are used when the <link linkend="longoverduecron"
3307 >longoverdue cron job</link> is called without the --lost parameter. It allows
3308 users to set the values of the <link linkend="longoverduecron">longoverdue
3309 cron</link> without having to edit the crontab. Setting the values to 1 and
3310 30 for example will mark the item with the <link linkend="lost">LOST authorized
3311 value</link> of 1 after the item is 30 days overdue. </para>
3313 </itemizedlist></para>
3315 <section id="HoldsInNoissuesCharge">
3316 <title>HoldsInNoissuesCharge</title>
3317 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
3318 <para>Asks: ___ hold charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge.</para>
3319 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3321 <para>Don't include</para>
3324 <para>Include</para>
3326 </itemizedlist></para>
3329 <section id="HomeOrHoldingBranch">
3330 <title>HomeOrHoldingBranch</title>
3332 <para>Default: the library the item was checked out from</para>
3334 <para>Asks: Use the checkout and fines rules of ___</para>
3336 <para>Values:</para>
3340 <para>the library the item is from<itemizedlist>
3342 <para>This is equivalent to 'home library'</para>
3344 </itemizedlist></para>
3348 <para>the library the item was checked out from<itemizedlist>
3350 <para>This is equivalent to 'holding library'</para>
3352 </itemizedlist></para>
3355 <para>Description:</para>
3358 <para>This preference does several things. <itemizedlist>
3360 <para>If <link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> is set to 'the library
3361 the item is from' then the <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and
3362 fines policies</link> will be determined by the item's library where
3363 HomeOrHoldingBranch chooses if item's home library is used or holding
3364 library is used.</para>
3367 <para>If <link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> is set
3368 to 'Prevent' then the value of this preference is used in figuring out if
3369 the item can be checked out. If the item's home library does not match the
3370 logged in library, the item cannot be checked out unless you are a <link
3371 linkend="patronpermsdefined">superlibrarian</link>.</para>
3373 </itemizedlist></para>
3377 <para>It is not recommend that this setting be changed after initial setup of Koha
3378 because it will change the behavior of items already checked out.</para>
3381 <section id="HomeOrHoldingBranchReturn">
3382 <title>HomeOrHoldingBranchReturn</title>
3383 <para>Default: the library the item is from</para>
3384 <para>Asks: On checkin route the returned item to ___</para>
3385 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3387 <para>the library the item is from</para>
3390 <para>the library item was checked out from</para>
3392 </itemizedlist></para>
3393 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3395 <para>This preference will control where Koha prompts you to return the checked in
3396 item to. The value in this preference is overridden by any values you have
3397 related to item returns and floating collections in the <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link>.</para>
3399 </itemizedlist></para>
3402 <section id="InProcessingToShelvingCart">
3403 <title>InProcessingToShelvingCart</title>
3405 <para>Default: Don't move</para>
3407 <para>Asks: ___ items that have the location PROC to the location
3408 CART when they are checked in.</para>
3410 <para>Values:</para>
3414 <para>Don't move</para>
3421 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3423 <para>This preference is used to managed automatically changing item locations
3424 from processing (PROC) to the book cart (CART). A <link linkend="proccartcron"
3425 >cron job</link> needs to be set to run at specified intervals to age items
3426 from CART to the permanent shelving location. (For example, an hourly cron entry
3427 of cart_to_shelf.pl --hours 3 where --hours is the amount of time an item should
3428 spend on the cart before aging to its permanent location.)</para>
3433 <para>If the <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart"
3434 >ReturnToShelvingCart</link> system preference is turned on, any newly
3435 checked-in item is also automatically put into the shelving cart, to be
3436 covered by the same script run.</para>
3441 <para>Checkins with confirmed holds will not go into the shelving cart. If
3442 items on the shelving cart are checked out, the cart location will be
3449 </itemizedlist></para>
3452 <section id="IssuingInProcess">
3453 <title>IssuingInProcess</title>
3455 <para>Default: Don't prevent</para>
3457 <para>Asks: ___ patrons from checking out an item whose rental
3458 charge would take them over the limit.</para>
3460 <para>Values:</para>
3464 <para>Don't prevent</para>
3468 <para>Prevent</para>
3472 <para>Description:</para>
3476 <para>This preference determines if a patron can check items
3477 out if there is an overdue fine on the account and any of the
3478 materials the patron wishes to check out will potentially tip
3479 the account balance over the maximum fines policy the library
3480 has in place.</para>
3484 <para>Example: Your library has a $5 limit set for 'fines' (ie,
3485 after incurring $5 in fines, a patron can no longer check out
3486 items). A patron comes to the desk with 5 items to check out (4
3487 books and a video) The patron has $4 in charges already on their
3488 account. One of the videos has a rental charge of $1, therefore
3489 making the total fines on the patron's account suddenly $5 (the
3493 <section id="IssueLostItem">
3494 <title>IssueLostItem</title>
3496 <para>Default: display a message</para>
3498 <para>Asks: When issuing an item that has been marked as lost,
3501 <para>Values:</para>
3505 <para>display a message</para>
3508 <screeninfo>Lost message when checking out</screeninfo>
3512 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IssueLostItem-msg.png"/>
3519 <para>do nothing</para>
3523 <para>This option will just check the item out without
3524 notifying you that the item was marked lost.</para>
3530 <para>require confirmation</para>
3533 <screeninfo>Confirm checkout of lost item</screeninfo>
3537 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IssueLostItem-confirm.png"/>
3544 <para>Description:</para>
3548 <para>This preference lets you define how library staff are
3549 notified that an item with a lost status is being checked out.
3550 This will help staff mark items as 'available' if you choose
3551 to 'display a message' or 'require confirmation.' If you
3552 choose to 'do nothing,' there will be no notification that the
3553 item being checked out is marked as 'lost.'</para>
3557 <section id="ManInvInNoissuesCharge">
3558 <title>ManInvInNoissuesCharge</title>
3559 <para>Default: Include</para>
3560 <para>Asks: ___ MANUAL_INV charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge. </para>
3561 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3563 <para>Don't include</para>
3566 <para>Include</para>
3568 </itemizedlist></para>
3569 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3571 <para>This preference lets you decide if charges entered as manual invoices are
3572 included when calculating the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>. If this is set to include then Koha will include all
3573 manual invoices when deciding if the patron owes too much money to check
3574 anything else out of the library. If it's set to Don't include then Koha will
3575 ignore all manual invoice charges when figuring out if the patron owes too much
3576 money to checkout additional materials.</para>
3578 </itemizedlist></para>
3581 <section id="maxoutstanding">
3582 <title>maxoutstanding</title>
3584 <para>Default: 5</para>
3586 <para>Asks: Prevent patrons from making holds on the OPAC if they
3587 owe more than ___ USD in fines.</para>
3590 <section id="noissuescharge">
3591 <title>noissuescharge</title>
3593 <para>Default: 5</para>
3595 <para>Asks: Prevent patrons from checking out books if they have
3596 more than ___ USD in fines.</para>
3598 <para>Description:</para>
3602 <para>This preference is the maximum amount of money owed to the library before the
3603 user is banned from borrowing more items. Using the <link linkend="ManInvInNoissuesCharge">ManInvInNoissuesCharge</link> and <link linkend="RentalsInNoissuesCharge">RentalsInNoissuesCharge</link> preferences you
3604 can control which types of charges are considered in this total. This also
3605 coincides with <link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link> that limits
3606 patrons from placing holds when the maximum amount is owed to the library.</para>
3610 <section id="OnSiteCheckouts">
3611 <title>OnSiteCheckouts</title>
3612 <para>Default: Disable</para>
3613 <para>Asks: ___ the on-site checkouts feature.</para>
3614 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3616 <para>Disable</para>
3619 <para>Enable<screenshot>
3620 <screeninfo>OnSiteCheckouts</screeninfo>
3623 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OnSiteCheckouts.png"/>
3626 </screenshot></para>
3628 </itemizedlist></para>
3629 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3631 <para>This preference lets you check out items that are 'not for loan' to patrons.
3632 A checkbox is added to the checkout screen when this preference is set to
3633 'Enable' labeled 'On-site checkout'. This allows you to track who's using items
3634 that are normally not for loan or are in a closed stack setting.</para>
3636 </itemizedlist></para>
3638 <section id="OnSiteCheckoutsForce">
3639 <title>OnSiteCheckoutsForce</title>
3640 <para>Default: Disable</para>
3641 <para>Asks: ___ the on-site for all cases (Even if a user is debarred, etc.).</para>
3642 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3644 <para>Disable</para>
3649 <screeninfo>Force checkouts on restricted patrons</screeninfo>
3652 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OnSiteCheckoutsForce.png"/>
3658 </itemizedlist></para>
3659 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3661 <para>This preference lets the staff override any restrictions a patron might have
3662 and check out items for use within the library. The <link
3663 linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> preference must first be set
3664 to 'Enable' for this preference to be considered.</para>
3666 </itemizedlist></para>
3669 <section id="OverduesBlockCirc">
3670 <title>OverduesBlockCirc</title>
3672 <para>Default: Ask for confirmation</para>
3674 <para>Asks: ___ when checking out to a borrower that has overdues
3677 <para>Values:</para>
3681 <para>Ask for confirmation</para>
3685 <para>Will not let you check an item out to patrons with
3686 overdues until a librarian confirms that it is okay</para>
3696 <para>Block all patrons with overdue items from being able
3703 <para>Don't block</para>
3707 <para>Allow all patrons with overdue items to continue to
3715 <section id="OverdueNoticeBcc">
3716 <title>OverdueNoticeBcc</title>
3718 <para>Asks: Send all notices as a BCC to this email address
3721 <para>This preference makes it so that a librarian can get a copy of every notice sent
3722 out to patrons.<note>
3723 <para>If you'd like more than one person to receive the blind copy you can simply
3724 enter in multiple email addresses separated by commas.</para>
3726 <para>The name of this preference is misleading, it does not only send overdues, but
3727 all notices to the BCC address.</para>
3730 <section id="OverdueNoticeCalendar">
3731 <title>OverdueNoticeCalendar</title>
3732 <para>Default: Ignore calendar</para>
3733 <para>Asks: ___ when working out the period for overdue notices</para>
3734 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3736 <para>Ignore calendar<itemizedlist>
3738 <para>Notices do not take holidays into account, so they will be sent even
3739 if holidays have meant the item is not actually overdue yet</para>
3741 </itemizedlist></para>
3744 <para>Use calendar<itemizedlist>
3746 <para>Notices take holidays into account, so they will not be sent if
3747 holidays mean the item is not actually overdue yet</para>
3749 </itemizedlist></para>
3751 </itemizedlist></para>
3754 <section id="PrintNoticesMaxLines">
3755 <title>PrintNoticesMaxLines</title>
3757 <para>Asks: Include up to ___ item lines in a printed overdue
3761 <para>If the number of items is greater than this number, the
3762 notice will end with a warning asking the borrower to check
3763 their online account for a full list of overdue items.</para>
3767 <para>Set to 0 to include all overdue items in the notice, no
3768 matter how many there are.</para>
3772 <para>This preference only refers to the print notices, not
3773 those sent via email.</para>
3777 <section id="RenewalPeriodBase">
3778 <title>RenewalPeriodBase</title>
3780 <para>Default: the old due date of the checkout</para>
3782 <para>Asks: When renewing checkouts, base the new due date on
3785 <para>Values:</para>
3789 <para>the old due date of the checkout</para>
3793 <para>the current date</para>
3797 <section id="RenewalSendNotice">
3798 <title>RenewalSendNotice</title>
3799 <para> Default: Don't send </para>
3800 <para>Asks: ____ a renewal notice according to patron checkout alert preferences. </para>
3801 <para>Values: <itemizedlist>
3803 <para>Don't send</para>
3808 </itemizedlist></para>
3809 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3811 <para>If a patron has chosen to receive a check out notice in their messaging
3812 preferences and this preference is set to 'Send' then those patrons will also
3813 receive a notice when they renew materials. You will want to set up a <link
3814 linkend="addnotices">new notice</link> with the code of RENEWAL (if you don't
3815 already have it) with custom text for renewing items.<important>
3816 <para>This preference requires that you have <link
3817 linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
3818 set to 'Allow'</para>
3821 </itemizedlist></para>
3823 <section id="RentalsInNoissuesCharge">
3824 <title>RentalsInNoissuesCharge</title>
3825 <para>Default: Include</para>
3826 <para>Asks: ___ rental charges when summing up charges for noissuescharge. </para>
3827 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3829 <para>Don't include</para>
3832 <para>Include</para>
3834 </itemizedlist></para>
3835 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
3837 <para>This preference lets you decide if rental charges are included when
3838 calculating the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link>. If this is
3839 set to include then Koha will include all rental charges when deciding if the
3840 patron owes too much money to check anything else out of the library. If it's
3841 set to Don't include then Koha will ignore all rental charges when figuring out
3842 if the patron owes too much money to checkout additional materials.</para>
3844 </itemizedlist></para>
3847 <section id="ReturnBeforeExpiry">
3848 <title>ReturnBeforeExpiry</title>
3850 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
3852 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to return books before their accounts
3853 expire (by restricting due dates to before the patron's expiration
3856 <para>Values:</para>
3860 <para>Don't require</para>
3864 <para>Require</para>
3868 <para>Description:</para>
3872 <para>This is preference may prevent a patron from having
3873 items checked out after their library card has expired. If
3874 this is set to "Require", then a due date of any checked out
3875 item can not be set for a date which falls after the patron's
3876 card expiration. If the setting is left "Don't require" then
3877 item check out dates may exceed the expiration date for the
3878 patron's library card.</para>
3883 <section id="ReturnToShelvingCart">
3884 <title>ReturnToShelvingCart</title>
3886 <para>Default: Don't move</para>
3888 <para>Asks: ___ all items to the location CART when they are
3891 <para>Values:</para>
3895 <para>Don't move</para>
3903 <section id="StaffSearchResultsDisplayBranch">
3904 <title>StaffSearchResultsDisplayBranch</title>
3905 <para>Default: the library the item is held by</para>
3906 <para>Asks: For search results in the staff client, display the branch of ___</para>
3907 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
3909 <para>the library the item is from</para>
3912 <para>the library the items is held by</para>
3914 </itemizedlist></para>
3917 <section id="TransfersMaxDaysWarning">
3918 <title>TransfersMaxDaysWarning</title>
3920 <para>Default: 3</para>
3922 <para>Asks: Show a warning on the "Transfers to Receive" screen if
3923 the transfer has not been received ___ days after it is
3926 <para>Description:</para>
3930 <para>The TransferMaxDaysWarning preference is set at a
3931 default number of days. This preference allows for a warning
3932 to appear after a set amount of time if an item being
3933 transferred between library branches has not been received.
3934 The warning will appear in the <link linkend="transferstoreceive">Transfers to Receive</link>
3940 <section id="UseBranchTransferLimits">
3941 <title>UseBranchTransferLimits &
3942 BranchTransferLimitsType</title>
3944 <para>Defaults: Don't enforce & collection code</para>
3946 <para>Asks: ___ branch transfer limits based on ___</para>
3948 <para>UseBranchTransferLimits Values:</para>
3952 <para>Don't enforce</para>
3956 <para>Enforce</para>
3960 <para>BranchTransferLimitsType Values:</para>
3964 <para>collection code</para>
3968 <para>item type</para>
3972 <para>BranchTransferLimitsType Description:</para>
3976 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which determines
3977 whether items are transferred according to item type or
3978 collection code. This value determines how the library manager
3979 is able to restrict what items can be transferred between the
3985 <section id="useDaysMode">
3986 <title>useDaysMode</title>
3988 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
3990 <para>Asks: Calculate the due date using ___.</para>
3992 <para>Values:</para>
3996 <para>circulation rules only.</para>
4000 <para>the calendar to push the due date to the next open
4005 <para>the calendar to skip all days the library is
4010 <para>Description:</para>
4014 <para>This preference controls how scheduled library closures
4015 affect the due date of a material. The 'the calendar to skip
4016 all days the library is closed' setting allows for a scheduled
4017 closure not to count as a day in the loan period, the
4018 'circulation rules only' setting would not consider the
4019 scheduled closure at all, and 'the calendar to push the due
4020 date to the next open day' would only effect the due date if
4021 the day the item is due would fall specifically on the day of
4026 <para>Example:</para>
4030 <para>The library has put December 24th and 25th in as
4031 closures on the calendar. A book checked out by a patron has a
4032 due date of December 25th according to the circulation and
4033 fine rules. If this preference is set to 'circulation rules
4034 only' then the item will remain due on the 25th. If the
4035 preference is set to 'the calendar to push the due date to the
4036 next open day' then the due date will be December 26th. If the
4037 preference is set to 'the calendar to skip all days the
4038 library is closed' then the due date will be pushed to the
4039 27th of December to accommodate for the two closed
4044 <para>The calendar is defined on a branch by branch basis. To
4045 learn more about the calendar, check out the '<link linkend="calholidays">Calendar & Holidays</link>' section of
4048 <section id="UseTransportCostMatrix">
4049 <title>UseTransportCostMatrix</title>
4050 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
4051 <para>Asks: ___ Transport Cost Matrix for calculating optimal holds filling between
4053 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4055 <para>Don't use</para>
4060 </itemizedlist></para>
4061 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4063 <para>If the system is configured to use the <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">Transport cost matrix</link> for filling holds, then when attempting to fill
4064 a hold, the system will search for the lowest cost branch, and attempt to fill
4065 the hold with an item from that branch first. Branches of equal cost will be
4066 selected from randomly. The branch or branches of the next highest cost shall be
4067 selected from only if all the branches in the previous group are unable to fill
4069 <para>The system will use the item's current holding branch when determining
4070 whether the item can fulfill a hold using the Transport Cost Matrix. </para>
4072 </itemizedlist></para>
4075 <section id="coursereserveprefs">
4076 <title>Course Reserves</title>
4077 <section id="UseCourseReserves">
4078 <title>UseCourseReserves</title>
4079 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
4080 <para>Asks: ___ course reserves</para>
4081 <para>Values:</para>
4084 <para>Don't use</para>
4090 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4092 <para>The <link linkend="coursereserves">Course Reserves</link> module in Koha
4093 allows you to temporarily move items to 'reserve' and assign different
4094 circulation rules to these items while they are being used for a specific
4097 </itemizedlist></para>
4101 <section id="circfinespolicy">
4102 <title>Fines Policy</title>
4106 <section id="finesCalendar">
4107 <title>finesCalendar</title>
4109 <para>Default: not including the days the library is closed</para>
4111 <para>Asks: Calculate fines based on days overdue ___</para>
4113 <para>Values:</para>
4117 <para>directly</para>
4121 <para>not including the days the library is closed</para>
4125 <para>Description:</para>
4129 <para>This preference will determine whether or not fines will
4130 be accrued during instances when the library is closed.
4131 Examples include holidays, library in-service days, etc.
4132 Choosing "not including the days the library is closed"
4133 setting will enable Koha to access its <link linkend="calholidays">Calendar</link> module and be
4134 considerate of dates when the library is closed. To make use
4135 of this setting the administrator must first access Koha's
4136 calendar and mark certain days as "holidays" ahead of
4141 <para>The calendar is defined on a branch by branch basis. To
4142 learn more about the calendar, check out the '<link linkend="calholidays">Calendar & Holidays</link>' section of
4145 <section id="FinesIncludeGracePeriod">
4146 <title>FinesIncludeGracePeriod</title>
4147 <para>Default: Include</para>
4148 <para>Asks: ___ the grace period when calculating the fine for an overdue item.</para>
4149 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4151 <para>Don't include</para>
4154 <para>Include</para>
4156 </itemizedlist></para>
4157 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4159 <para>This preference lets you control how Koha calculates fines when there is a
4160 grace period. If you choose to include the grace period when calculating fines
4161 then Koha will charge for the days in the grace period should the item be
4162 overdue more than those days. If you choose not to include the grace period then
4163 Koha will only charge for the days overdue after the grace period.</para>
4165 </itemizedlist></para>
4168 <section id="finesMode">
4169 <title>finesMode</title>
4171 <para>Default: Calculate (but only for mailing to the
4174 <para>Asks: ___ fines</para>
4176 <para>Values:</para>
4180 <para>Calculate (but only for mailing to the admin)</para>
4184 <para>Calculate and charge</para>
4188 <para>Don't calculate</para>
4193 <para>Requires that you have the fines cron job running
4194 (misc/cronjobs/fines.pl)</para>
4197 <section id="RefundLostItemFeeOnReturn">
4198 <title>RefundLostItemFeeOnReturn</title>
4199 <para>Default: Refund</para>
4200 <para>Asks: ___ lost item fees charged to a borrower when the lost item is
4202 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4204 <para>Don't refund</para>
4209 </itemizedlist></para>
4210 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4212 <para>When an item is marked lost in Koha the system charges the patron the
4213 replacement fee for the item. This preference lets you control how Koha handles
4214 returns of these items. By default when an item that was previously marked lost
4215 is checked in Koha refunds the patron the replacement fee. Change this
4216 preference to "Don't refund" if you would like Koha to not refund the
4217 replacement fee.</para>
4219 </itemizedlist></para>
4221 <section id="WhenLostChargeReplacementFee">
4222 <title>WhenLostChargeReplacementFee</title>
4223 <para>Default: Charge</para>
4224 <para>Asks: ___ the replacement price when a patron loses an item. </para>
4225 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4230 <para>Don't charge</para>
4232 </itemizedlist></para>
4233 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4235 <para>This preference lets you tell Koha what to do with an item is marked lost.
4236 If you want Koha can 'Charge' the patron the replacement fee listed on the item
4237 they lost or it can do nothing in reference to the patron and just mark the item
4238 lost in the catalog.</para>
4240 </itemizedlist></para>
4242 <section id="WhenLostForgiveFine">
4243 <title>WhenLostForgiveFine</title>
4244 <para>Default: Don't forgive</para>
4245 <para>Asks: ___ the fines on an item when it is lost.</para>
4246 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4248 <para>Don't forgive</para>
4251 <para>Forgive</para>
4253 </itemizedlist></para>
4254 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4256 <para>This preference allows the library to decide if fines are charged in
4257 addition to the replacement fee when an item is marked as lost. If this
4258 preference is set to 'Forgive' then the patron won't be charged fines in
4259 addition to the replacement fee.</para>
4261 </itemizedlist></para>
4265 <section id="circholdspolicy">
4266 <title>Holds Policy</title>
4270 <section id="AllowHoldDateInFuture">
4271 <title>AllowHoldDateInFuture</title>
4273 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4275 <para>Asks: ___ hold requests to be placed that do not enter the
4276 waiting list until a certain future date.</para>
4278 <para>Values:</para>
4286 <para>Don't allow</para>
4291 <section id="AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems">
4292 <title>AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems</title>
4294 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4296 <para>Asks: ___ hold requests to be placed on damaged
4299 <para>Values:</para>
4307 <para>Don't allow</para>
4311 <para>Description:</para>
4315 <para>This parameter is a binary setting which controls
4316 whether or not hold requests can be placed on items that are
4317 marked as "damaged" (items are marked as damaged by editing
4318 subfield 4 on the item record). Setting this value to "Don't
4319 allow" will prevent anyone from placing a hold on such items,
4320 setting it to "Allow" will allow it. This preference is
4321 important because it determines whether or not a patron can
4322 place a request for an item that might be in the process of
4323 being repaired or not in good condition. The library may wish
4324 to set this to "Don't allow" if they were concerned about
4325 their patrons not receiving the item in a timely manner or at
4326 all (if it is determined that the item is beyond repair).
4327 Setting it to "Allow" would allow a patron to place a hold on
4328 an item and therefore receive it as soon as it becomes
4333 <section id="AllowHoldsOnPatronsPossessions">
4334 <title>AllowHoldsOnPatronsPossessions</title>
4335 <para>Default: Allow </para>
4336 <para>Asks: ____ a patron to place a hold on a record where the patron already has one
4337 or more items attached to that record checked out. </para>
4338 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4343 <para>Don't allow</para>
4345 </itemizedlist></para>
4346 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4348 <para>By setting to "Don't allow," you can prevent patrons from placing holds on
4349 items they already have out, thus preventing them from blocking anyone else from
4350 getting an item. </para>
4352 </itemizedlist></para>
4355 <section id="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">
4356 <title>AllowHoldPolicyOverride</title>
4358 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4360 <para>Asks: ___ staff to override hold policies when placing
4363 <para>Values:</para>
4371 <para>Don't allow</para>
4375 <para>Description:</para>
4379 <para>This preference is a binary setting which controls
4380 whether or not the library staff can override the circulation
4381 and fines rules as they pertain to the placement of holds.
4382 Setting this value to "Don't allow" will prevent anyone from
4383 overriding, setting it to "Allow" will allow it. This setting
4384 is important because it determines how strict the libraries
4385 rules for placing holds are. If this is set to "Allow",
4386 exceptions can be made for patrons who are otherwise normally
4387 in good standing with the library, but there is opportunity
4388 for the staff to abuse this function. If it is set to "Don't
4389 allow", no abuse of the system is possible, but it makes the
4390 system entirely inflexible in respect to holds.</para>
4394 <section id="AllowRenewalIfOtherItemsAvailable">
4395 <title>AllowRenewalIfOtherItemsAvailable</title>
4396 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
4397 <para>Asks: ___ a patron to renew an item with unfilled holds if other available items
4398 can fill that hold.</para>
4399 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4404 <para>Don't allow</para>
4406 </itemizedlist></para>
4409 <section id="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">
4410 <title>AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</title>
4412 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4414 <para>Asks: ___ suspended holds to be automatically resumed by a
4417 <para>Values:</para>
4425 <para>Don't allow</para>
4429 <para>Description:</para>
4433 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then all suspended holds will be able to
4434 have a date at after which they automatically become unsuspended. If you have this
4435 preference set to 'Allow' you will also need the <link linkend="unsuspendholdcron">Unsuspend Holds</link> cron job running.</para>
4439 <para>The holds will become unsuspended the date after that entered by the
4444 <section id="canreservefromotherbranches">
4445 <title>canreservefromotherbranches</title>
4447 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4449 <para>Asks: ___ a user from one library to place a hold on an item
4450 from another library</para>
4452 <para>Description:</para>
4456 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
4457 whether patrons can place holds on items from other branches.
4458 If the preference is set to "Allow" patrons can place such
4459 holds, if it is set to "Don't allow" they cannot. This is an
4460 important setting because it determines if users can use Koha
4461 to request items from another branch. If the library is
4462 sharing an installation of Koha with other independent
4463 libraries which do not wish to allow interlibrary borrowing it
4464 is recommended that this parameter be set to "Don't
4469 <para>Values:</para>
4477 <para>Don't allow (with <link linkend="IndependentBranches">independent
4478 branches</link>)</para>
4482 <section id="ConfirmFutureHolds">
4483 <title>ConfirmFutureHolds</title>
4484 <para>Default: 0</para>
4485 <para>Asks: Confirm future hold requests (starting no later than ___ days from now) at
4486 checkin time. </para>
4487 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4489 <para>When confirming a hold at checkin time, the number of days in this
4490 preference is taken into account when deciding which holds to show alerts for.
4491 This preference does not interfere with renewing, checking out or transferring a
4494 </itemizedlist></para>
4496 <para>This number of days will be used too in calculating the default end date for the
4497 Holds to pull-report. But it does not interfere with issuing, renewing or
4498 transferring books.</para>
4501 <para>This preference is only looked at if you're allowing hold dates in the future
4502 with <link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link> or <link
4503 linkend="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</link></para>
4506 <section id="decreaseLoanHighHolds">
4507 <title>decreaseLoanHighHolds, decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration and
4508 decreaseLoanHighHoldsValue</title>
4509 <para>Asks: ___ the reduction of loan period to ___ days for items with more than ___
4511 <para>decreaseLoanHighHolds default: Don't enable</para>
4512 <para>decreaseLoanHighHolds values:<itemizedlist>
4513 <para>Don't enable</para>
4517 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
4519 <para>These preferences let you change the loan length for items that have many
4520 holds on them. This will not effect items that are already checked out, but
4521 items that are checked out after the decreaseLoanHighHoldsValue is met will only
4522 be checked out for the number of days entered in the
4523 decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration preference.</para>
4525 <screeninfo>Warning on checkout</screeninfo>
4528 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration.png"/>
4533 </itemizedlist></para>
4536 <section id="DisplayMultiPlaceHold">
4537 <title>DisplayMultiPlaceHold</title>
4539 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
4541 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to place holds on multiple biblio from
4542 the search results</para>
4544 <para>Values:</para>
4548 <para>Don't enable</para>
4557 <section id="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">
4558 <title>emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</title>
4560 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
4562 <para>Asks: ___ sending an email to the Koha administrator email
4563 address whenever a hold request is placed.</para>
4565 <para>Values:</para>
4569 <para>Don't enable</para>
4577 <para>Description:</para>
4581 <para>This preference enables Koha to email the library staff
4582 whenever a patron requests an item to be held. While this
4583 function will immediately alert the librarian to the patron's
4584 need, it is extremely impractical in most library settings. In
4585 most libraries the hold lists are monitored and maintained
4586 from a separate interface. That said, many libraries that
4587 allow on shelf holds prefer to have this preference turned on
4588 so that they are alerted to pull an item from the
4594 <para>In order for this email to send you must have a <link linkend="notices"
4595 >notice</link> template with the code of HOLDPLACED</para>
4599 <para>This notice will only be sent if the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">process_message_queue.pl cronjob</link>
4600 being run periodically to send the messages.</para>
4604 <section id="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">
4605 <title>ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</title>
4607 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
4609 <para>Asks: ___ holds to expire automatically if they have not
4610 been picked by within the time period specified in <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link></para>
4612 <para>Values:</para>
4620 <para>Don't allow</para>
4624 <para>Description:</para>
4628 <para>If set to 'allow' this will cancel holds that have been
4629 waiting for longer than the number of days specified in the
4630 <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
4631 system preference. Holds will only be cancelled if the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expire Holds cron job</link> is
4637 <section id="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge">
4638 <title>ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge</title>
4640 <para>Default: 0</para>
4642 <para>Asks: If using <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>,
4643 charge a borrower who allows his or her waiting hold to expire a
4644 fee of ___ USD</para>
4646 <para>Description:</para>
4650 <para>If you are expiring holds that have been waiting too
4651 long you can use this preference to charge the patron for not
4652 picking up their hold. If you don't charge patrons for items
4653 that aren't picked up you can leave this set to the default
4654 which is 0. Holds will only be cancelled and charged if the
4655 <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expire Holds cron job</link>
4660 <section id="ExpireReservesOnHolidays">
4661 <title>ExpireReservesOnHolidays</title>
4662 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4663 <para>Asks: ___ expired holds to be cancelled on days the library is closed.</para>
4664 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
4669 <para>Don't allow</para>
4671 </itemizedlist></para>
4673 <section label="" id="LocalHoldsPriority">
4674 <title>LocalHoldsPriority, LocalHoldsPriorityPatronControl,
4675 LocalHoldsPriorityItemControl</title>
4676 <para>Asks: ___ priority for filling holds to patrons whose ___ matches the item's
4678 <para>LocalHoldsPriority Values:<itemizedlist>
4680 <para>Don't give</para>
4685 </itemizedlist></para>
4686 <para>LocalHoldsPriorityPatronControl Values:<itemizedlist>
4688 <para>home library</para>
4691 <para>pickup library</para>
4693 </itemizedlist></para>
4694 <para>LocalHoldsPriorityItemControl Values:<itemizedlist>
4696 <para>holding library</para>
4699 <para>home library</para>
4701 </itemizedlist></para>
4702 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
4704 <para>This feature will allow libraries to specify that, when an item is returned,
4705 a local hold may be given priority for fulfillment even though it is of lower
4706 priority in the list of unfilled holds. </para>
4708 </itemizedlist></para>
4711 <section id="maxreserves">
4712 <title>maxreserves</title>
4714 <para>Default: 50</para>
4716 <para>Asks: Patrons can only have ___ holds at once.</para>
4719 <section id="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture">
4720 <title>OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</title>
4722 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4724 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to place holds that don't enter the
4725 waiting list until a certain future date.</para>
4727 <para>Values:</para>
4735 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link>
4736 must also be enabled for this to work</para>
4742 <para>Don't allow</para>
4747 <section id="OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch">
4748 <title>OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch</title>
4750 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4752 <para>Asks: ___ a user to choose the branch to pick up a hold
4755 <para>Values:</para>
4763 <para>Don't allow</para>
4767 <para>Description:</para>
4771 <para>Changing this preference will not prevent staff from
4772 being able to transfer titles from one branch to another to
4773 fill a hold, it will only prevent patrons from saying they
4774 plan on picking a book up at a branch other than their home
4780 <section id="ReservesControlBranch">
4781 <title>ReservesControlBranch</title>
4783 <para>Default: item's home library</para>
4785 <para>Asks: Check the ___ to see if the patron can place a hold on
4788 <para>Values:</para>
4792 <para>item's home library.</para>
4796 <para>patron's home library.</para>
4801 <section id="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">
4802 <title>ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</title>
4804 <para>Default: 7</para>
4806 <para>Asks: Mark a hold as problematic if it has been waiting for
4807 more than ___ days.</para>
4809 <para>Description:</para>
4813 <para>This preference (based on calendar days, not the <link linkend="calholidays">Koha holiday calendar</link>) puts an
4814 expiration date on an item a patron has on hold. After this
4815 expiration date the staff will have the option to release the
4816 unclaimed hold which then may be returned to the library shelf
4817 or issued to the next patron on the item's hold list. Items
4818 that are 'expired' by this preference are moved to the 'Holds
4819 Over' tab on the '<link linkend="holdspickup">Holds Awaiting
4820 Pickup</link>' report.</para>
4825 <section id="ReservesNeedReturns">
4826 <title>ReservesNeedReturns</title>
4828 <para>Default: Don't automatically</para>
4830 <para>Asks: ___ mark holds as found and waiting when a hold is
4831 placed specifically on them and they are already checked
4834 <para>Values:</para>
4838 <para>Automatically</para>
4842 <para>Don't automatically</para>
4846 <para>Description:</para>
4850 <para>This preference refers to 'item specific' holds where
4851 the item is currently on the library shelf. This preference
4852 allows a library to decide whether an 'item specific' hold is
4853 marked as "Waiting" at the time the hold is placed or if the
4854 item will be marked as "Waiting" after the item is checked in.
4855 This preference will tell the patron that their item is
4856 'Waiting' for them at their library and ready for check
4862 <section id="holdqueueweight">
4863 <title>StaticHoldsQueueWeight &
4864 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</title>
4866 <para>StaticHoldsQueueWeight Default: 0</para>
4868 <para>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight Default: in that order</para>
4870 <para>Asks: Satisfy holds from the libraries ___ (as branchcodes,
4871 separated by commas; if empty, uses all libraries) ___</para>
4873 <para>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight Values:</para>
4877 <para>in random order</para>
4881 <para>If StaticHoldsQueueWeight is left at the default
4882 Koha will randomize all libraries, otherwise it will
4883 randomize the libraries listed.</para>
4889 <para>in that order</para>
4893 <para>If StaticHoldsQueueWeight is left at the default
4894 then this will use all of your branches in alphabetical
4895 order, otherwise it will use the branches in the order
4896 that you entered them in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight
4903 <para>Descriptions:</para>
4907 <para>These preferences control how the <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue report</link> is generated
4908 using <link linkend="buildholdscron">a cron job</link>.</para>
4910 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate
4911 in the on-shelf holds fulfillment process, you should list the
4912 the libraries that *do* participate in the process here by
4913 inputting all the participating library's branchcodes,
4914 separated by commas ( e.g. "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
4916 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that
4917 the system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items
4918 already at the pickup library if possible. If there are no
4919 items available at the pickup library to fill a hold,
4920 build_holds_queue.pl will then use the list of libraries
4921 defined in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If
4922 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is disabled ( which it is by default
4923 ), the script will assign fulfillment requests in the order
4924 the branches are placed in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight system
4927 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of
4928 varying sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the
4929 burden of holds fulfillment to be on larger libraries before
4930 smaller libraries, you would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to
4931 look something like "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
4933 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread
4934 out equally throughout your library system, simply enable
4935 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is
4936 enabled, the order in which libraries will be requested to
4937 fulfill an on-shelf hold will be randomized each time the list
4938 is regenerated.</para>
4940 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated
4941 at this time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script
4942 to ignore RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to
4943 request hold fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical
4948 <para>The <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">Transport Cost Matrix</link> takes
4949 precedence in controlling where holds are filled from, if the matrix is not used
4950 then Koha checks the StaticHoldsQueueWeight. To use the Transport Cost Matrix
4951 simply set your <link linkend="UseTransportCostMatrix">UseTransportCostMatrix</link>
4952 preference to 'Use'</para>
4956 <section id="SuspendHoldsIntranet">
4957 <title>SuspendHoldsIntranet</title>
4959 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4961 <para>Asks: ___ holds to be suspended from the intranet.</para>
4963 <para>Values:</para>
4971 <para>Don't allow</para>
4975 <para>Description:</para>
4979 <para>The holds suspension feature can be turned on and off in
4980 the staff client by altering this system preference. If this
4981 is set to 'allow' you will want to set the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
4982 system preference.</para>
4987 <section id="SuspendHoldsOpac">
4988 <title>SuspendHoldsOpac</title>
4990 <para>Default: Allow</para>
4992 <para>Asks: ___ holds to be suspended from the OPAC.</para>
4994 <para>Values:</para>
5002 <para>Don't allow</para>
5006 <para>Description:</para>
5010 <para>The holds suspension feature can be turned on and off in
5011 the OPAC by altering this system preference. If this is set to
5012 'allow' you will want to set the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
5013 system preference.</para>
5017 <section id="TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds">
5018 <title>TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds</title>
5019 <para>Default: Don't transfer</para>
5020 <para>Asks: ___ items when cancelling all waiting holds. </para>
5021 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5023 <para>Don't transfer</para>
5026 <para>Transfer</para>
5028 </itemizedlist></para>
5029 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5031 <para>When TransferWhenCancelAllWaitingHolds is set to "Don't transfer", no branch
5032 transfer records are created. Koha will not allow the holds to be transferred,
5033 because that would orphan the items at the library where the holds were awaiting
5034 pickup, without any further instruction to staff as to what items are at the
5035 library or where they need to go. When that system preference set to "Transfer",
5036 branch transfers are created, so the holds may be cancelled.</para>
5038 </itemizedlist></para>
5042 <section id="circinterfaceprefs">
5043 <title>Interface</title>
5047 <section id="AllowAllMessageDeletion">
5048 <title>AllowAllMessageDeletion</title>
5050 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
5052 <para>Asks: ___ staff to delete messages added from other
5055 <para>Values:</para>
5063 <para>Don't allow</para>
5067 <section id="AllowOfflineCirculation">
5068 <title>AllowOfflineCirculation</title>
5069 <para>Default: Do not enable</para>
5070 <para>Asks: ___ offline circulation on regular circulation computers. </para>
5071 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5073 <para>Do not enable</para>
5078 </itemizedlist></para>
5079 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5081 <para>Setting this preference to 'Enable' allows you to use the Koha interface for
5082 <link linkend="offlinecirc">offline circulation</link>. This system preference
5083 does not affect the <link linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox plugin</link> or
5084 the <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">desktop application</link>, any of these
5085 three options can be used for offline circulation without effecting the
5088 </itemizedlist></para>
5091 <section id="CircAutocompl">
5092 <title>CircAutocompl</title>
5094 <para>Default: Try</para>
5096 <para>Asks: ___ to automatically fill in the member when entering
5097 a patron search on the circulation screen.</para>
5099 <para>Description:</para>
5103 <para>This preference is a binary setting which determines
5104 whether auto-completion of fields is enabled or disabled for
5105 the circulation input field. Setting it to "Try" would enable
5106 a staff member to begin typing a name or other value into the
5107 field and have a menu pop up with suggestions for completing
5108 it. Setting it to "Don't try" would disable this feature. This
5109 preference can make staff members' jobs easier or it could
5110 potentially slow down the page loading process.</para>
5114 <para>Values:</para>
5118 <para>Don't try</para>
5125 <screeninfo>When CircAutocompl is turned on search results
5126 will appear below the search box</screeninfo>
5130 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/CircAutocompl.png"/>
5138 <section id="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">
5139 <title>CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</title>
5141 <para>Default: open a print quick slip window</para>
5143 <para>Asks: When an empty barcode field is submitted in
5144 circulation ___</para>
5146 <para>Values:</para>
5150 <para>clear the screen</para>
5154 <para>open a print quick slip window</para>
5157 <para>open a print slip window</para>
5161 <para>Description:</para>
5165 <para>If this preference is set to open a quick slip (<link
5166 linkend="existingnotices">ISSUEQSLIP</link>) or open a slip (<link
5167 linkend="existingnotices">ISSUESLIP</link>) for printing it will eliminate the
5168 need for the librarian to click the print button to generate a checkout receipt
5169 for the patron they're checking out to. If the preference is set to clear the
5170 screen then "checking out" an empty barcode will clear the screen of the patron
5171 you were last working with.</para>
5176 <section id="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">
5177 <title>FilterBeforeOverdueReport</title>
5179 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
5181 <para>Asks: ___ staff to choose which checkouts to show before
5182 running the overdues report.</para>
5184 <para>Description:</para>
5188 <para>Koha's overdue report shows you all of the overdue items
5189 in your library system. If you have a large library system
5190 you'll want to set this preference to 'Require' to force those
5191 running the report to first limit the data generated to a
5192 branch, date range, patron category or other such filter.
5193 Requiring that the report be filtered before it's run prevents
5194 your staff from running a system heavy report and slowing down
5195 other operations in the system.</para>
5198 <screeninfo>Overdue Report Filters</screeninfo>
5202 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FilterBeforeOverdueReport.png"/>
5209 <para>Values:</para>
5213 <para>Don't require</para>
5217 <para>Require</para>
5222 <section id="FineNotifyAtCheckin">
5223 <title>FineNotifyAtCheckin</title>
5225 <para>Default: Don't notify</para>
5227 <para>Asks: ___ librarians of overdue fines on the items they are
5230 <para>Values:</para>
5234 <para>Don't notify</para>
5242 <para>Description:</para>
5246 <para>With this preference set to 'Notify' all books that have
5247 overdue fines owed on them will pop up a warning when checking
5248 them in. This warning will need to acknowledged before you can
5249 continue checking items in. With this preference set to 'Don't
5250 notify,' you will still see fines owed on the patron record,
5251 you just won't have an additional notification at check
5255 <screeninfo>Fine notification at checkin</screeninfo>
5259 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FineNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
5267 <section id="DisplayClearScreenButton">
5268 <title>DisplayClearScreenButton</title>
5270 <para>Default: Show</para>
5272 <para>Asks: ___ a button to clear the current patron from the
5273 screen on the circulation screen.</para>
5275 <para>Values:</para>
5279 <para>Don't show</para>
5282 <screeninfo>No X in the top right</screeninfo>
5286 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButtonOff.png"/>
5296 <screeninfo>X in the top right will clear the
5301 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButton.png"/>
5308 <section id="ExportRemoveFields">
5309 <title>ExportRemoveFields</title>
5310 <para>Asks: The following fields should be excluded from the patron checkout history CSV
5311 or iso2709 export ___ </para>
5312 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5314 <para>This space separated list of fields (e.g. 100a 245b) will automatically be
5315 excluded when exporting the patron's current checkout history.</para>
5317 <screeninfo>ExportRemoveFields</screeninfo>
5320 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ExportRemoveFields.png"/>
5325 </itemizedlist></para>
5327 <section id="ExportWithCsvProfile">
5328 <title>ExportWithCsvProfile</title>
5329 <para>Asks: Use the ___ CSV profile when exporting patron checkout history</para>
5330 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5332 <para>Use this preference to define which <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV
5333 profile</link> should be used when exporting patron's current checkout data.
5334 Enter the CSV Profile name as the value for this preference. If this preference
5335 is left blank you will not be able to export the patron's current checkout
5338 <screeninfo>ExportWithCsvProfile</screeninfo>
5341 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ExportWithCsvProfile.png"/>
5346 </itemizedlist></para>
5348 <section id="HoldsToPullStartDate">
5349 <title>HoldsToPullStartDate</title>
5350 <para>Default: 2</para>
5351 <para>Asks: Set the default start date for the Holds to pull list to ___ day(s) ago. </para>
5352 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5354 <para>The <link linkend="holdspull">Holds to Pull</link> report in circulation
5355 defaults to filtering holds placed 2 days ago. This preference allows you to set
5356 this default filter to any number of days.</para>
5358 </itemizedlist></para>
5360 <section id="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">
5361 <title>itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</title>
5362 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
5363 <para>Asks: ___ the automatic use of a keyword catalog search if the phrase entered as
5364 a barcode on the checkout page does not turn up any results during an item barcode
5366 <para>Values:</para>
5369 <para>Don't enable</para>
5374 <screeninfo>Checkout by keyword</screeninfo>
5378 fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/itemBarcodeFallbackSearch.png"/>
5384 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5386 <para>Sometimes libraries want to checkout using something other than the barcode.
5387 Enabling this preference will do a keyword search of Koha to find the item
5388 you're trying to check out. You can use the call number, barcode, part of the
5389 title or anything you'd enter in the keyword search when this preference is
5390 enabled and Koha will ask you which item you're trying to check out.</para>
5392 </itemizedlist></para>
5394 <para>While you're not searching by barcode a barcode is required on every title you
5395 check out. Only titles with barcodes will appear in the search results.</para>
5399 <section id="itemBarcodeInputFilter">
5400 <title>itemBarcodeInputFilter</title>
5402 <para>Default: Don't filter</para>
5404 <para>Asks: ___ scanned item barcodes.</para>
5406 <para>Values:</para>
5410 <para>Convert from CueCat format</para>
5414 <para>Convert from Libsuite8 form</para>
5418 <para>Don't filter</para>
5422 <para>EAN-13 or zero-padded UPC-A from</para>
5426 <para>Remove spaces from</para>
5430 <para>Remove the first number from T-prefix style</para>
5434 <para>This format is common among those libraries
5435 migrating from Follett systems</para>
5442 <section id="NoticeCSS">
5443 <title>NoticeCSS</title>
5445 <para>Asks: Include the stylesheet at ___ on Notices.<important>
5446 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
5450 <para>Description:</para>
5454 <para>If you would like to style your notices with a
5455 consistent set of fonts and colors you can use this preference
5456 to point Koha to a stylesheet specifically for your
5462 <section id="numReturnedItemsToShow">
5463 <title>numReturnedItemsToShow</title>
5465 <para>Default: 20</para>
5467 <para>Asks : Show the ___ last returned items on the checkin
5471 <section id="previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder">
5472 <title>previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder</title>
5474 <para>Default: earliest to latest</para>
5476 <para>Asks: Sort previous checkouts on the circulation page from
5477 ___ due date.</para>
5479 <para>Values:</para>
5483 <para>earliest to latest</para>
5487 <para>latest to earliest</para>
5492 <section id="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">
5493 <title>RecordLocalUseOnReturn</title>
5495 <para>Default: Don't record</para>
5497 <para>Asks: ___ local use when an unissued item is checked
5500 <para>Values:</para>
5504 <para>Don't record</para>
5512 <para>Description:</para>
5516 <para>When this preference is set to "Don't record" you can
5517 record local use of items by checking items out to the
5518 statistical patron. With this preference set to "Record" you
5519 can record local use by checking out to the statistical patron
5520 and/or by checking in a book that is not currently checked
5526 <section id="soundon">
5527 <title>soundon</title>
5529 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
5531 <para>Asks: ___ circulation sounds during checkin and checkout in
5532 the staff interface.</para>
5534 <para>Values:</para>
5538 <para>Don't enable</para>
5547 <para>This feature is not supported by all browsers. Requires
5548 an HTML5 compliant browser.</para>
5552 <section id="SpecifyDueDate">
5553 <title>SpecifyDueDate</title>
5555 <para>Default: Allow</para>
5557 <para>Asks: ___ staff to specify a due date for a checkout.</para>
5559 <para>Due dates are calculated using your circulation and fines
5560 rules, but staff can override that if you allow them to specify a
5561 due date at checkout.</para>
5563 <para>Description:</para>
5567 <para>This preference allows for circulation staff to change a
5568 due date from the automatic due date to another calendar date.
5569 This option would be used for circumstances in which the due
5570 date may need to be decreased or extended in a specific
5571 circumstance. The "Allow" setting would allow for this option
5572 to be utilized by staff, the "Don't allow" setting would bar
5573 staff from changing the due date on materials.</para>
5577 <para>Values:</para>
5584 <screeninfo>Specify Due Date Box Shows</screeninfo>
5588 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyDueDate.png"/>
5595 <para>Don't allow</para>
5598 <screeninfo>Specify Due Date Box Doesn't Show</screeninfo>
5602 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyDueDate-no.png"/>
5609 <section id="SpecifyReturnDate">
5610 <title>SpecifyReturnDate</title>
5611 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
5612 <para>Asks: ___ staff to specify a return date for a check in.</para>
5613 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5615 <para>Allow<screenshot>
5616 <screeninfo>Allow return date edits</screeninfo>
5619 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyReturnDate.png"/>
5622 </screenshot></para>
5625 <para>Don't allow<screenshot>
5626 <screeninfo>Don't allow return date edits</screeninfo>
5629 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SpecifyReturnDate-no.png"/>
5632 </screenshot></para>
5634 </itemizedlist></para>
5635 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5637 <para>This preference lets you decide if staff can specify an arbitrary return
5638 date when checking in items.</para>
5640 </itemizedlist></para>
5643 <section id="todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder">
5644 <title>todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder</title>
5646 <para>Default: latest to earliest</para>
5648 <para>Asks: Sort today's checkouts on the circulation page from
5649 ___ due date.</para>
5651 <para>Values:</para>
5655 <para>earliest to latest</para>
5659 <para>latest to earliest</para>
5664 <section id="UpdateTotalIssuesOnCirc">
5665 <title>UpdateTotalIssuesOnCirc</title>
5667 <para>Default: Do not</para>
5669 <para>Asks: ___ update a bibliographic record's total issues count
5670 whenever an item is issued</para>
5672 <para>Values:</para>
5677 <para>This increases server load significantly; if
5678 performance is a concern, use the <link linkend="updateissuescron">cron job</link> to update the
5679 total issues count instead.</para>
5688 <para>Description:</para>
5692 <para>Koha can track the number of times and item is checked
5693 out and store that on the item record in the database. This
5694 information is not stored by default. Setting this preference
5695 to 'Do' will tell Koha to track that info everytime the item
5696 is checked out in real time. Otherwise you could use the <link linkend="updateissuescron">cron job</link> to have Koha update
5697 that field nightly.</para>
5702 <section id="WaitingNotifyAtCheckin">
5703 <title>WaitingNotifyAtCheckin</title>
5705 <para>Default: Don't notify</para>
5707 <para>Asks: ___ librarians of waiting holds for the patron whose
5708 items they are checking in.</para>
5710 <para>Values:</para>
5714 <para>Don't notify</para>
5721 <screeninfo>Notification that a hold is waiting</screeninfo>
5725 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/WaitingNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
5732 <para>Description:</para>
5736 <para>When checking in books you can choose whether or not to
5737 have a notice pop up if the patron who returned the book has a
5738 hold waiting for pick up. If you choose 'Notify' for
5739 WaitingNotifyAtCheckin then every time a hold is found for the
5740 patron who had the book out last a message will appear on your
5741 check in screen.</para>
5747 <section id="circscoprefs">
5748 <title>Self Checkout</title>
5752 <section id="AllowSelfCheckReturns">
5753 <title>AllowSelfCheckReturns</title>
5755 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
5757 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to return items through web-based self
5758 checkout system.</para>
5760 <para>Values:</para>
5768 <para>Don't allow</para>
5772 <para>Description:</para>
5776 <para>This preference is used to determine if you want patrons
5777 to be allowed to return items through your self check
5778 machines. By default Koha's self check interface is simply for
5779 checking items out.</para>
5784 <section id="AutoSelfCheckAllowed">
5785 <title>AutoSelfCheckAllowed, AutoSelfCheckID &
5786 AutoSelfCheckPass</title>
5789 <para>Most libraries will want to leave this set to 'Don't
5790 allow.' This preference turns off the requirement to log into
5791 the self checkout machine with a staff username and password by
5792 storing the username and password for automatic login.</para>
5795 <para>AutoSelfCheckAllowed Default: Don't allow</para>
5797 <para>Asks: ___ the web-based self checkout system to
5798 automatically login with this staff login ___ and this password
5801 <para>AutoSelfCheckAllowed Values:</para>
5809 <para>Don't allow</para>
5813 <para>AutoSelfCheckID Value:<itemizedlist>
5815 <para>The username of a staff patron with 'circulate' <link linkend="patronpermissions">permissions</link>.</para>
5817 </itemizedlist></para>
5819 <para>AutoSelfCheckPass Value:<itemizedlist>
5821 <para>The password of a staff patron with 'circulate' <link linkend="patronpermissions">permissions</link>.</para>
5823 </itemizedlist></para>
5825 <section id="SCOUserCSS">
5826 <title>SCOUserCSS</title>
5827 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the web-based self checkout</para>
5828 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5830 <para>The CSS entered in this preference will be used on all of your Koha self
5831 checkout screens.</para>
5833 </itemizedlist></para>
5835 <section id="SCOUserJS">
5836 <title>SCOUserJS</title>
5837 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the web-based self
5839 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5841 <para>The JavaScript entered in this preference will effect all of your Koha self
5842 checkout screens.</para>
5844 </itemizedlist></para>
5847 <section id="SelfCheckHelpMessage">
5848 <title>SelfCheckHelpMessage</title>
5850 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the Help page of the
5851 web-based self checkout system</para>
5853 <para>Description:</para>
5857 <para>Clicking the 'Help' link in the top right of the self
5858 checkout interface opens up a three step process for using the
5859 self check interface. Adding HTML to this system preference
5860 will print that additional help text above what's already
5866 <section id="SelfCheckoutByLogin">
5867 <title>SelfCheckoutByLogin</title>
5869 <para>Default: Barcode</para>
5871 <para>Asks: Have patrons login into the web-based self checkout
5872 system with their ___</para>
5874 <para>Values:</para>
5878 <para>Barcode</para>
5881 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Patron Card Number</screeninfo>
5885 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckout.png"/>
5892 <para>Username and password</para>
5895 <screeninfo>Shelf checkout by login</screeninfo>
5899 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SelfCheckoutByLogin.png"/>
5906 <para>Description:</para>
5910 <para>This preference lets you decide how your patrons will
5911 log in to the self checkout machine. Barcode is the patron's
5912 card number and their username and password is set using the
5913 opac/staff username and password fields on the patron
5918 <section id="SelfCheckReceiptPrompt">
5919 <title>SelfCheckReceiptPrompt</title>
5920 <para>Default: Show</para>
5921 <para>Asks: ___ the print receipt popup dialog when self checkout is finished.</para>
5922 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
5924 <para>Don't show</para>
5929 </itemizedlist></para>
5930 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
5932 <para>This preference controls whether a prompt shows up on the web based self
5933 check out when the patron clicks the 'Finish' button.</para>
5935 </itemizedlist></para>
5938 <section id="SelfCheckTimeout">
5939 <title>SelfCheckTimeout</title>
5941 <para>Default: 120</para>
5943 <para>Asks: Time out the current patron's web-based self checkout
5944 system login after ___ seconds.</para>
5946 <para>Description:</para>
5950 <para>After the machine is idle for the time entered in this
5951 preference the self check out system will log out the current
5952 patron and return to the starting screen.</para>
5957 <section id="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">
5958 <title>ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</title>
5960 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
5962 <para>Asks: ___ the patron's picture (if one has been added) when
5963 they use the web-based self checkout.</para>
5965 <para>Values:</para>
5969 <para>Don't show</para>
5978 <section id="WebBasedSelfCheck">
5979 <title>WebBasedSelfCheck</title>
5981 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
5983 <para>Asks: ___ the web-based self checkout system.</para>
5985 <para>Values:</para>
5989 <para>Don't enable</para>
5997 <para>Enabling this preference will allow access to the <link linkend="selfcheckout">self checkout</link> module in Koha.</para>
6004 <section id="enhancedcontent">
6005 <title>Enhanced Content</title>
6007 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
6008 Global System Preferences > Enhanced Content</para>
6011 <para>Always read the terms of service associated with external data
6012 sources to be sure that you are using the products within the
6013 allowed limits.</para>
6017 <para>You cannot have more than one service for cover images
6018 (including local cover images) set up. If you set up more than one
6019 you will get multiple cover images. Instead choose only one source
6020 for cover images.</para>
6023 <section id="frbrenhancedprefs">
6028 <section id="FRBRizeEditions">
6029 <title>FRBRizeEditions</title>
6031 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6033 <para>Asks: ___ other editions of an item on the staff
6036 <para>Values:</para>
6040 <para>Don't show</para>
6047 <screeninfo>Editions tab in staff client</screeninfo>
6051 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/editionstab.png"/>
6058 <para>Description:</para>
6062 <para>Using the rules set forth in the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic
6063 records, this option, when enabled, pulls all editions of the same title available
6064 in your collection regardless of material type. Items will appear under an
6065 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the title in question.. According to
6066 <emphasis>Libraries Unlimited's Online Dictionary for Library and Information
6067 Science</emphasis> (<ulink url="http://lu.com/odlis/">http://lu.com/odlis/</ulink>), FRBRizing the catalog involves collating MARC
6068 records of similar materials. FRBRization brings together entities (sets of Works,
6069 Expressions, or Manifestations), rather than just sets of Items. It can aid
6070 patrons in selecting related items, expressions, and manifestations that will
6071 serve their needs. When it is set to "Show", the OPAC will query one or more ISBN
6072 web services for associated ISBNs and display an Editions tab on the details
6073 pages. Once this preference is enabled, the library must select one of the ISBN
6074 options (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>). This option is only for the Staff Client; the <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> option must be enabled
6075 to have the Editions tab appear on the OPAC.</para>
6080 <para>Requires that you turn on one or more of the ISBN services (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>)</para>
6084 <section id="OPACFRBRizeEditions">
6085 <title>OPACFRBRizeEditions</title>
6087 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6089 <para>Asks: ___ other editions of an item on the OPAC.</para>
6091 <para>Description:</para>
6095 <para>Using the rules set forth in the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic
6096 records, this option, when enabled, pulls all editions of the same title available
6097 in your collection regardless of material type. Items will appear under an
6098 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the title in question.. According to
6099 <emphasis>Libraries Unlimited's Online Dictionary for Library and Information
6100 Science</emphasis> (<ulink url="http://lu.com/odlis/">http://lu.com/odlis/</ulink>), FRBRizing the catalog involves collating MARC
6101 records of similar materials. FRBRization brings together entities (sets of Works,
6102 Expressions, or Manifestations), rather than just sets of Items. It can aid
6103 patrons in selecting related items, expressions, and manifestations that will
6104 serve their needs. When it is set to "Show", the OPAC will query one or more ISBN
6105 web services for associated ISBNs and display an Editions tab on the details
6106 pages. Once this preference is enabled, the library must select one of the ISBN
6107 options (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>). This option is only for the OPAC; the <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> option must be turned "On" to
6108 have the Editions tab appear on the Staff Client.</para>
6112 <para>Values:</para>
6116 <para>Don't show</para>
6123 <screeninfo>Editions tab in the OPAC</screeninfo>
6127 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/editions.png"/>
6134 <para>This preference pulls all editions of the same title
6135 available in your collection regardless of material type. Items
6136 will appear under an 'Editions' tab on the detail page for the
6137 title in question.</para>
6140 <para>Requires that you turn on one or more of the ISBN services (<link linkend="ThingISBN">ThingISBN</link> and/or <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link>)</para>
6145 <section id="amazonprefs">
6146 <title>Amazon</title>
6150 <section id="AmazonAssocTag">
6151 <title>AmazonAssocTag</title>
6153 <para>Asks: Put the associate tag ___ on links to Amazon.</para>
6156 <para>This can net your library referral fees if a patron
6157 decides to buy an item after clicking through to Amazon from
6161 <para>Description:</para>
6165 <para>An Amazon Associates Tag allows a library to earn a
6166 percentage of all purchases made on Amazon when a patron
6167 accesses Amazon's site via links on the library's website.
6168 More information about the Amazon Associates program is
6169 available at Amazon's Affiliate Program's website, <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/</ulink>.
6170 Before a tag can be obtained, however, the library must first
6171 apply for an Amazon Web Services (AWS) account. Applications
6172 are free of charge and can be made at <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink>.
6173 Once an AWS account has been established, the library can then
6174 obtain the Amazon Associates Tag.</para>
6178 <para>Sign up at: <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/</ulink></para>
6181 <section id="AmazonCoverImages">
6182 <title>AmazonCoverImages</title>
6184 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6186 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Amazon on search results and
6187 item detail pages on the staff interface.</para>
6189 <para>Values:</para>
6193 <para>Don't show</para>
6201 <para>Description:</para>
6205 <para>This preference makes it possible to either allow or
6206 prevent Amazon cover images from being displayed in the Staff
6207 Client. Cover images are retrieved by Amazon, which pulls the
6208 content based on the first ISBN number in the item's MARC
6209 record. Amazon offers this service free of charge. If the
6210 value for this preference is set to "Show", the cover images
6211 will appear in the Staff Client, and if it is set to "Don't
6212 show", the images will not appear. Finally, if you're using
6213 Amazon cover images, all other cover image services must be
6214 disabled. If they are not disabled, they will prevent
6215 AmazonCoverImages from functioning properly.</para>
6220 <section id="AmazonLocale">
6221 <title>AmazonLocale</title>
6223 <para>Default: American</para>
6225 <para>Asks: Use Amazon data from its ___ website.</para>
6231 <para>American</para>
6235 <para>British</para>
6239 <para>Canadian</para>
6251 <para>Japanese</para>
6256 <section id="OPACAmazonCoverImages">
6257 <title>OPACAmazonCoverImages</title>
6259 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6261 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Amazon on search results and
6262 item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
6264 <para>Values:</para>
6268 <para>Don't show</para>
6276 <para>Description:</para>
6280 <para>This preference makes it possible to either allow or
6281 prevent Amazon cover images from being displayed in the OPAC.
6282 Cover images are retrieved by Amazon, which pulls the content
6283 based on the first ISBN number in the item's MARC record.
6284 Amazon offers this service free of charge. If the value for
6285 this preference is set to "Show", the cover images will appear
6286 in the OPAC, and if it is set to "Don't show", the images will
6287 not appear. Finally, if you're using Amazon cover images, all
6288 other cover image services must be disabled. If they are not
6289 disabled, they will prevent AmazonCoverImages from functioning
6296 <section id="Babelthequeprefs">
6297 <title>Babelthèque</title>
6301 <section id="Babeltheque">
6302 <title>Babeltheque</title>
6304 <para>Default: Don't</para>
6306 <para>Asks: ___ include information (such as reviews and
6307 citations) from Babelthèque in item detail pages on the
6310 <para>Description:</para>
6314 <para>This preference makes it possible to display a
6315 Babeltheque tab in the OPAC, allowing patrons to access tags,
6316 reviews, and additional title information provided by
6317 Babeltheque. The information which Babeltheque supplies is
6318 drawn from the French language-based <ulink url="http://www.babelio.com/">Babelio.com</ulink>, a French
6319 service similar to LibraryThing for Libraries. More
6320 information about Babeltheque is available through its
6321 website, <ulink url="http://www.babeltheque.com/">http://www.babeltheque.com</ulink>.
6322 Libraries that wish to allow access to this information must
6323 first register for the service at <ulink url="http://www.babeltheque.com">http://www.babeltheque.com</ulink>.
6324 Please note that this information is only provided in
6329 <para>Values:</para>
6336 <screeninfo>Data from Babelthèque on the bib
6341 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Babeltheque.png"/>
6353 <section id="Babeltheque_url_js">
6354 <title>Babeltheque_url_js</title>
6356 <para>Asks: ___ Defined the url for the Babeltheque javascript
6357 file (eg. http://www.babeltheque.com/bw_XX.js)</para>
6360 <section id="Babeltheque_url_update">
6361 <title>Babeltheque_url_update</title>
6363 <para>Asks: ___ Defined the url for the Babeltheque update
6365 http://www.babeltheque.com/.../file.csv.bz2).</para>
6369 <section id="btcontentprefs">
6370 <title>Baker & Taylor</title>
6373 <para>This is a pay service, you must contact Baker & Taylor
6374 to subscribe to this service before setting these options.</para>
6377 <section id="BakerTaylorEnabled">
6378 <title>BakerTaylorEnabled</title>
6380 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6382 <para>Asks: ___ Baker and Taylor links and cover images to the
6383 OPAC and staff client. This requires that you have entered in a
6384 username and password (which can be seen in image links).</para>
6386 <para>Values:</para>
6394 <para>Don't add</para>
6398 <para>Description:</para>
6402 <para>This preference makes it possible to display Baker &
6403 Taylor content (book reviews, descriptions, cover images,
6404 etc.) in both the Staff Client and the OPAC. Libraries that
6405 wish to display Baker & Taylor content must first register
6406 and pay for this service with Baker & Taylor (<ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink>). If
6407 Baker & Taylor content is enabled be sure to turn off
6408 other cover and review services to prevent
6409 interference.</para>
6414 <para>To use this you will need to also set the <link linkend="btuserpass">BakerTaylorUsername &
6415 BakerTaylorPassword</link> system preferences</para>
6419 <section id="BakerTaylorBookstoreURL">
6420 <title>BakerTaylorBookstoreURL</title>
6422 <para>Asks: Baker and Taylor "My Library Bookstore" links should
6423 be accessed at https:// ___ isbn</para>
6425 <para>Description:</para>
6429 <para>Some libraries generate additional funding for the
6430 library by selling books and other materials that are
6431 purchased from or have been previously leased from Baker &
6432 Taylor. These materials can be accessed via a link on the
6433 library's website. This service is often referred to as "My
6434 Library Bookstore." In order to participate in this program,
6435 the library must first register and pay for the service with
6436 Baker & Taylor. Additional information about this and
6437 other services provided by Baker & Taylor is available at
6438 the Baker & Taylor website, <ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink>. The
6439 BakerTaylorBookstoreURL preference establishes the URL in
6440 order to link to the library's Baker & Taylor-backed
6441 online bookstore, if such a bookstore has been established.
6442 The default for this field is left blank; if no value is
6443 entered, the links to My Library Bookstore will remain
6444 inactive. If enabling this preference, enter the library's
6445 Hostname and Parent Number in the appropriate location within
6446 the URL. The "key" value (key=) should be appended to the URL,
6447 and https:// should be prepended.</para>
6451 <para>This should be filled in with something like
6452 koha.mylibrarybookstore.com/MLB/actions/searchHandler.do?nextPage=bookDetails&parentNum=10923&key=</para>
6455 <para>Leave it blank to disable these links.</para>
6459 <para>Be sure to get this information from Baker & Taylor
6460 when subscribing.</para>
6464 <section id="btuserpass">
6465 <title>BakerTaylorUsername & BakerTaylorPassword</title>
6467 <para>Asks: Access Baker and Taylor using username ___ and
6470 <para>Descriptions:</para>
6474 <para>This setting in only applicable if the library has a
6475 paid subscription to the external Content Café service from
6476 Baker & Taylor. Use the box provided to enter in the
6477 library's Content Café username and password. Also, ensure
6478 that the <link linkend="BakerTaylorBookstoreURL">BakerTaylorBookstoreURL</link>
6479 and <link linkend="BakerTaylorEnabled">BakerTaylorEnabled</link>
6480 settings are properly set. The Content Café service is a feed
6481 of enhanced content such as cover art, professional reviews,
6482 and summaries that is displayed along with Staff Client/OPAC
6483 search results. For more information on this service please
6484 see the Baker & Taylor website: <ulink url="http://www.btol.com">http://www.btol.com</ulink></para>
6489 <para>Be sure to get this information from Baker & Taylor
6490 when subscribing.</para>
6494 <section id="coceimages">
6495 <title>Coce Cover images cache</title>
6496 <para>Coce is a remote image URL cache. With this option, cover images are not fetched
6497 directly from Amazon, Google, and so on. Their URLs are requested via a web service to
6498 Coce which manages a cache of URLs. </para>
6501 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
6502 <para>Asks: ___ a Coce image cache service.</para>
6503 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6505 <para>Don't enable</para>
6510 </itemizedlist></para>
6511 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
6513 <para>Coce has many benefits when it comes to choosing and displaying cover images
6514 in Koha:<itemizedlist>
6516 <para>If a book cover is not available from a provider, but is available
6517 from another one, Koha will be able to display a book cover, which isn't
6518 the case now </para>
6521 <para>Since URLs are cached, it isn't necessary for each book cover to
6522 request, again and again, the provider, and several of them if necessary.
6526 <para>Amazon book covers are retrieved with Amazon Product Advertising API,
6527 which means that more covers are retrieved (ISBN13).</para>
6529 </itemizedlist><important>
6530 <para>Coce does not come bundled with Koha. Your Koha install with not already
6531 have a Coce server set up. Before enabling this functionality you will want
6532 to be sure to have a Coce server set up. Instructions on installing and
6533 setting up Coce can be found on the official github page at <ulink
6534 url="https://github.com/fredericd/coce"
6535 >https://github.com/fredericd/coce</ulink>.</para>
6538 </itemizedlist></para>
6540 <section id="CoceHost">
6541 <title>CoceHost</title>
6542 <para>Asks: Coce server URL ___</para>
6543 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6545 <para>This will be the full URL (starting with http://) to your Coce server.
6548 </itemizedlist></para>
6550 <section id="CoceProviders">
6551 <title>CoceProviders</title>
6552 <para>Asks: Use the following providers to fetch the covers ___</para>
6553 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6555 <para>[Select all]</para>
6558 <para>Amazon Web Services</para>
6561 <para>Google Books</para>
6564 <para>Open Library</para>
6566 </itemizedlist></para>
6567 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6569 <para>The providers chosen here will be used to gather cover images for display in
6570 your Koha catalog.</para>
6572 </itemizedlist></para>
6576 <section id="googleprefs">
6577 <title>Google</title>
6581 <section id="GoogleJackets">
6582 <title>GoogleJackets</title>
6584 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6586 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Google Books to search results
6587 and item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
6589 <para>Values:</para>
6597 <para>Don't add</para>
6601 <para>Description:</para>
6605 <para>This setting controls the display of applicable cover
6606 art from the free Google Books database, via the Google Books
6607 API. Please note that to use this feature, all other cover
6608 services should be turned off.</para>
6613 <section id="html5">
6614 <title>HTML5 Media</title>
6615 <section id="HTML5MediaEnabled">
6616 <title>HTML5MediaEnabled</title>
6617 <para>Default: not at all</para>
6618 <para>Asks: Show a tab with a HTML5 media player for files catalogued in field 856
6620 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6622 <para>in OPAC and staff client</para>
6625 <para>in the OPAC</para>
6627 <screeninfo>HTML5 Media in the OPAC</screeninfo>
6630 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/HTML5MediaEnabled-opac.png"/>
6636 <para>in the staff client</para>
6638 <screeninfo>HTML5 Media in the staff client</screeninfo>
6641 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/HTML5MediaEnabled-staff.png"/>
6647 <para>not at all</para>
6649 </itemizedlist></para>
6650 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6652 <para>If you have media elements in the 856 of your MARC record this preference
6653 can run/show those media files in a separate tab using HTML5.</para>
6655 </itemizedlist></para>
6657 <section id="HTML5MediaExtensions">
6658 <title>HTML5MediaExtensions</title>
6659 <para>Default: webm|ogg|ogv|oga|vtt</para>
6660 <para>Asks: Media file extensions ___</para>
6661 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
6663 <para>Enter in file extensions separated with bar (|)</para>
6665 </itemizedlist></para>
6668 <section id="IDreamLibraries">
6669 <title>IDreamLibraries</title>
6670 <para><ulink url="http://idreambooks.com/">IDreamBooks.com</ulink> aggregates book reviews
6671 by critics to help you discover the very best of what's coming out each week. These
6672 preferences let you integrated content from <ulink url="http://IDreamBooks.com">IDreamBooks.com</ulink> in to your Koha OPAC. <note>
6673 <para>This is a new website and has limited content, so you may only see these
6674 features on new popular titles until the database grows some more.</para>
6676 <section id="IDreamBooksReadometer">
6677 <title>IDreamBooksReadometer</title>
6678 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6679 <para>Asks: ___ a "Readometer" that summarizes the reviews gathered by IDreamBooks.com
6680 to the OPAC details page. </para>
6681 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6685 <screeninfo>Readometer on the details page</screeninfo>
6688 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksReadometer.png"/>
6694 <para>Don't add</para>
6696 </itemizedlist></para>
6698 <section id="IDreamBooksResults">
6699 <title>IDreamBooksResults</title>
6700 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6701 <para>Asks: ___ the rating from IDreamBooks.com to OPAC search results. </para>
6702 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6706 <screeninfo>iDreamBooks rating on search results</screeninfo>
6709 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksResults.png"/>
6715 <para>Don't add</para>
6717 </itemizedlist></para>
6719 <section id="IDreamBooksReviews">
6720 <title>IDreamBooksReviews</title>
6721 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
6722 <para>Asks: ___ a tab on the OPAC details with book reviews from critics aggregated by
6723 IDreamBooks.com. </para>
6724 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
6728 <screeninfo>Reviews tab on the detail page</screeninfo>
6731 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IDreamBooksReviews.png"/>
6737 <para>Don't add</para>
6739 </itemizedlist></para>
6743 <section id="librarythingprefs">
6744 <title>LibraryThing</title>
6746 <para>LibraryThing for Libraries is a pay service. You must first
6747 contact LibraryThing directly for pricing and subscription
6748 information. Learn more at <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries">http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries</ulink>.
6749 Also, for further configuration instructions please see the
6750 LibraryThing Wiki: <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/wiki/index.php/Koha">http://www.librarything.com/wiki/index.php/Koha</ulink></para>
6752 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesEnabled">
6753 <title>LibraryThingForLibrariesEnabled</title>
6755 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
6757 <para>Asks: ___ reviews, similar items, and tags from Library
6758 Thing for Libraries on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
6760 <para>Values:</para>
6764 <para>Don't show</para>
6772 <para>Description:</para>
6776 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
6777 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
6778 service. This service can provide patrons with the display of
6779 expanded information on catalog items such as book
6780 recommendations. It also can offer advanced features like
6781 tagged browsing, patron written reviews, and a virtual library
6782 display accessed from the details tab.</para>
6787 <para>If this is set to 'show' you will need to enter a value in
6788 the '<link linkend="LibraryThingForLibrariesID">LibraryThingForLibrariesID</link>'
6789 system preference.</para>
6793 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesID">
6794 <title>LibraryThingForLibrariesID</title>
6796 <para>Asks: Access Library Thing for Libraries using the customer
6799 <para>Description:</para>
6803 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
6804 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
6805 service. Use the box provided to enter in the library's
6806 LibraryThing for Libraries ID as provided to the library by
6807 LibraryThing. The ID number is a series of numbers in the form
6808 ###-#########, and can be found on the library's account page
6809 at LibraryThing for Libraries. This service can provide
6810 patrons with the display of expanded information on catalog
6811 items such as book recommendations and cover art. It also can
6812 offer advanced features like tagged browsing, patron written
6813 reviews, and a virtual library display accessed from the
6819 <section id="LibraryThingForLibrariesTabbedView">
6820 <title>LibraryThingForLibrariesTabbedView</title>
6822 <para>Default: in line with bibliographic information</para>
6824 <para>Asks: Show Library Thing for Libraries content ___</para>
6826 <para>Values:</para>
6830 <para>in line with bibliographic information</para>
6834 <para>in tabs</para>
6838 <para>Description:</para>
6842 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has a
6843 paid subscription to the external LibraryThing for Libraries
6844 service. This service can provide patrons with the display of
6845 expanded information on catalog items such as book
6846 recommendations and cover art. It also can offer advanced
6847 features like tagged browsing, patron written reviews, and a
6848 virtual library display accessed from the details tab.</para>
6852 <section id="ThingISBN">
6853 <title>ThingISBN</title>
6854 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
6855 <para>Asks: ___ the ThingISBN service to show other editions of a title</para>
6856 <para>Values:</para>
6859 <para>Don't use</para>
6865 <para>Description:</para>
6868 <para>Set to 'Use' to display an "Editions" tab on the item's detail page. Editions
6869 are listed, complete with cover art (if you have one of the cover services
6870 enabled) and bibliographic information. The feed comes from LibraryThing's
6871 ThingISBN web service. This is a free service to non-commercial sites with fewer
6872 than 1,000 requests per day.</para>
6876 <para>Requires <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link
6877 linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to 'show'</para>
6880 <para>This is separate from Library Thing for Libraries and does not have a cost
6881 associated with it.</para>
6886 <section id="localimages">
6887 <title>Local Cover Images</title>
6891 <section id="AllowMultipleCovers">
6892 <title>AllowMultipleCovers</title>
6894 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
6896 <para>Asks: ___ multiple images to be attached to each
6897 bibliographic record.</para>
6899 <para>Values:</para>
6907 <para>Don't allow</para>
6911 <para>Description:</para>
6915 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' then you can upload
6916 multiple images that will appear in the images tab on the bib
6917 record in the OPAC and the staff client. This preference
6918 requires that either one or both <link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link> and <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link> are
6919 set to 'Display.'</para>
6922 <screeninfo>Multiple cover images</screeninfo>
6926 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowMultipleCovers.png"/>
6934 <section id="LocalCoverImages">
6935 <title>LocalCoverImages</title>
6937 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
6939 <para>Asks: ___ local cover images on intranet search and details
6942 <para>Values:</para>
6946 <para>Display</para>
6950 <para>Don't display</para>
6954 <para>Description:</para>
6958 <para>Setting this preference to 'Display' allows you to
6959 upload your own cover images to bib records and display them
6960 on the detail page in the staff client. At this time the cover
6961 will only show under the 'Images' tab on the holdings table on
6962 the detail display, not next to the title at the top left or
6963 on the search results.</para>
6968 <section id="OPACLocalCoverImages">
6969 <title>OPACLocalCoverImages</title>
6971 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
6973 <para>Asks: ___ local cover images on OPAC search and details
6976 <para>Values:</para>
6980 <para>Display</para>
6984 <para>Don't display</para>
6988 <para>Description:</para>
6992 <para>Setting this preference to 'Display' allows you to
6993 upload your own cover images to bib records and display them
6994 on the detail page and search results in the OPAC.</para>
7000 <section id="novelistselect">
7001 <title>Novelist Select</title>
7003 <para>Novelist Select is not a free service. Contact your Ebsco
7004 representitive to get your log in information to embed this content
7005 in the OPAC.<important>
7006 <para>Novelist Select does not include cover images for the search results and
7007 bibliographic detail pages. You can choose any other cover image service for this
7008 content or you can contract with Ebsco to get access to the <link linkend="btcontentprefs">Baker & Taylor Content Cafe</link> for an added
7012 <section id="NovelistSelectEnabled">
7013 <title>NovelistSelectEnabled</title>
7015 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7017 <para>Asks: ___ Novelist Select content to the OPAC.</para>
7019 <para>Values:</para>
7027 <para>Don't add</para>
7032 <para>Enabling this requires that you have entered in a user
7033 profile and password in the <link linkend="NovelistSelectProfile">NovelistSelectProfile &
7034 NovelistSelectPassword</link> preferences</para>
7035 </important>Description:</para>
7039 <para>Novelist Select from Ebsco is a subscription service
7040 that can provide additional content in the OPAC.</para>
7045 <section id="NovelistSelectProfile">
7046 <title>NovelistSelectProfile & NovelistSelectPassword</title>
7048 <para>Asks: Access Novelist Select using user profile ___ and
7049 password ___.</para>
7052 <para>This information will be visible if someone views the
7053 source code on your OPAC.</para>
7056 <para>Description:</para>
7060 <para>Novelist Select from Ebsco is a subscription service
7061 that can provide additional content in the OPAC.</para>
7066 <section id="NovelistSelectView">
7067 <title>NovelistSelectView</title>
7069 <para>Default: in an OPAC tab</para>
7071 <para>Asks: Display Novelist Select content ___</para>
7073 <para>Description:</para>
7077 <para>Novelist Select provides a lot of content, for that
7078 reason you have four choices of where to display this content.
7079 The default view is in a tab in the holdings table.</para>
7082 <screeninfo>Novelist Select in a tab</screeninfo>
7086 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/novelisttab.png"/>
7091 <para>The content is the same if you choose to show it above
7092 the holdings table or below it. If shown in the right column
7093 of the page it's the same content, but displays a bit
7094 differently since space is limited.</para>
7097 <screeninfo>Novelist Select on the side</screeninfo>
7101 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/novelistside.png"/>
7108 <para>Values:</para>
7112 <para>above the holdings table</para>
7116 <para>below the holdings table</para>
7120 <para>in an OPAC tab</para>
7124 <para>under the Save Record dropdown on the right</para>
7130 <section id="oclcprefs">
7135 <section id="XISBN">
7136 <title>XISBN</title>
7138 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
7140 <para>Asks: ___ the OCLC xISBN service to show other editions of a
7143 <para>Description:</para>
7147 <para>Set to 'Use' to display an "Editions" tab on the item's
7148 detail page. Editions are listed, complete with cover art and
7149 bibliographic information. The feed comes from OCLC's xISBN
7150 web service. The feed limit for non-commercial sites is 1000
7151 requests per day.</para>
7155 <para>Values:</para>
7159 <para>Don't use</para>
7168 <para>Requires <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to
7173 <section id="OCLCAffiliateID">
7174 <title>OCLCAffiliateID</title>
7176 <para>Asks: Use the OCLC affiliate ID ___ to access the xISBN
7179 <para>Description:</para>
7183 <para>This setting is only applicable if the library has an
7184 OCLC Affiliate ID. This allows WorldCat searching in the OPAC
7185 via the XISBN programming interface. Simply enter the
7186 library's OCLC Affiliate ID in the box provided. Please note
7187 that using this data is only necessary if <link linkend="FRBRizeEditions">FRBRizeEditions</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> and
7188 <link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link> settings are enabled. For
7189 more information on this service please visit the OCLC
7190 website: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/default.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/default.jsp</ulink>.</para>
7195 <para>Unless you have signed up for an ID with OCLC, you are
7196 limited to 1000 requests per day. Available at: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
7200 <section id="XISBNDailyLimit">
7201 <title>XISBNDailyLimit</title>
7203 <para>Default: 999</para>
7205 <para>Asks: Only use the xISBN service ___ times a day.</para>
7208 <para>Unless you have signed up for an ID with OCLC, you are
7209 limited to 1000 requests per day. Available at: <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
7214 <section id="OpenLibraryPrefs">
7215 <title>Open Library</title>
7217 <section id="OpenLibraryCovers">
7218 <title>OpenLibraryCovers</title>
7220 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
7222 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Open Library to search results
7223 and item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7225 <para>Values:</para>
7233 <para>Don't add</para>
7237 <para>Description:</para>
7241 <para>This setting controls the display of applicable cover
7242 art from the free Open Library database, via the Open Library
7243 API. Please note that to use this feature, all other cover
7244 services should be turned off.</para>
7249 <section id="overdriveprefs">
7250 <title>Overdrive</title>
7251 <para>OverDrive is an pay service. You must first contact OverDrive directly for pricing
7252 and subscription information. Enabling this service will integrate Overdrive results in
7253 to your OPAC searches. You will have to apply for these 3 pieces of information through
7254 an application as an API developer. Overdrive API applications are evaluated once a week
7255 so you may not be able to use this feature immediately after signing up. To learn more
7256 please contact your OverDrive representative.</para>
7258 <screeninfo>Overdrive results</screeninfo>
7261 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Overdrive.png"/>
7265 <section id="OverDriveClientKey">
7266 <title>OverDriveClientKey and OverDriveClientSecret</title>
7267 <para>Asks: Include OverDrive availability information with the client key __ and client
7269 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7271 <para>OverDrive customers can get this information by visiting the <ulink
7272 url="https://developer.overdrive.com/docs/getting-started">OverDrive Developer
7273 Portal</ulink> and following the instructions found there to apply as an API
7274 developer. Once this data and the <link linkend="OverDriveLibraryID"
7275 >OverDriveLibraryID</link> are populated you will see OverDrive results on
7276 your OPAC searches.</para>
7278 </itemizedlist></para>
7280 <section id="OverDriveLibraryID">
7281 <title>OverDriveLibraryID</title>
7282 <para>Asks: Show items from the OverDrive catalog of library # ___</para>
7283 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
7285 <para>OverDrive customers can get this information by visiting the <ulink
7286 url="https://developer.overdrive.com/docs/getting-started">OverDrive Developer
7287 Portal</ulink> and following the instructions found there to apply as an API
7288 developer. Once this data and the <link linkend="OverDriveClientKey"
7289 >OverDriveClientKey and OverDriveClientSecret</link> are populated you will
7290 see OverDrive results on your OPAC searches.</para>
7292 </itemizedlist></para>
7295 <section id="pluginprefs">
7296 <title>Plugins</title>
7297 <section id="UseKohaPlugins">
7298 <title>UseKohaPlugins</title>
7299 <para>Default: Don't enable</para>
7300 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to use Koha Plugins.</para>
7301 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7303 <para>Don't enable</para>
7308 </itemizedlist></para>
7310 <para>The plugin system must also be enabled in the Koha configuration file to be
7311 fully enabled. Learn more in the <link linkend="pluginsystem">Plugins
7312 chapter</link>.</para>
7317 <section id="Syndeticsprefs">
7318 <title>Syndetics</title>
7320 <para>Syndetics is a pay service. You must first contact Syndetics
7321 directly for pricing and subscription information.</para>
7323 <section id="SyndeticsEnabled">
7324 <title>SyndeticsEnabled</title>
7326 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
7328 <para>Asks: ___ content from Syndetics.</para>
7330 <para>Values:</para>
7334 <para>Don't use</para>
7342 <para>Description:</para>
7346 <para>When this option is enabled any of the Syndetics options
7352 <para>Requires that you enter your <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> before
7353 this content will appear.</para>
7357 <section id="SyndeticsClientCode">
7358 <title>SyndeticsClientCode</title>
7360 <para>Asks: Use the client code ___ to access Syndetics.</para>
7362 <para>Description:</para>
7366 <para>Once the library signs up for Syndetics' services,
7367 Syndetics will provide the library with an access code. (Visit
7368 the Syndetics homepage at <ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>
7369 for more information.) This is the code that must be entered
7370 to access Syndetics' subscription services. Syndetics is a
7371 paid subscription service. This value must be entered before
7372 <link linkend="SyndeticsEditions">SyndeticsEditions</link> can
7373 be enabled. If the code is lost, corrupted, or forgotten, a
7374 new one can be obtained from <ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>.</para>
7379 <para>You will need to get your client code directly from
7384 <section id="SyndeticsCoverImages">
7385 <title>SyndeticsCoverImages & SyndeticsCoverImageSize</title>
7387 <para>SyndeticsCoverImages Default: Don't show</para>
7389 <para>SyndeticsCoverImageSize Default: medium</para>
7391 <para>Asks: ___ cover images from Syndetics on search results and
7392 item detail pages on the OPAC in a ___ size.</para>
7394 <para>Descriptions:</para>
7398 <para>When enabled, SyndeticsCoverImages, allows libraries to
7399 display Syndetics' collection of full-color cover images for
7400 books, videos, DVDs and CDs on their OPAC. For each book or
7401 item that comes up during a user search, the cover image for
7402 that title will be displayed. Since these cover images come in
7403 three sizes, the optimum size must be selected using the
7404 SyndeticsCoverImageSize preference after SyndeticsCoverImages
7405 are enabled. Syndetics cover images come in two sizes:
7406 mid-size (187 x 187 pixels), and large (400 x 400 pixels).
7407 Syndetics is a paid subscription service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7408 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7409 be activated before this service can be used. Other cover
7410 image preferences should also be disabled to avoid
7411 interference.</para>
7415 <para>SyndeticsCoverImages Values:</para>
7419 <para>Don't show</para>
7427 <para>SyndeticsCoverImageSize Values:</para>
7440 <section id="SyndeticsAuthorNotes">
7441 <title>SyndeticsAuthorNotes</title>
7443 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7445 <para>Asks: ___ notes about the author of a title from Syndetics
7446 on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7448 <para>Values:</para>
7452 <para>Don't show</para>
7460 <para>Description:</para>
7464 <para>When this option is set to "Show", Syndetics provides
7465 notes and short author biographies for more that 300,000
7466 authors, in both fiction and nonfiction. With this option
7467 enabled the library can display Syndetics Author Notes on the
7468 OPAC. According to the Syndetics Solutions website (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>),
7469 Author Notes include lists of contributors for many
7470 multi-author texts and compilations. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7471 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7472 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7477 <section id="SyndeticsAwards">
7478 <title>SyndeticsAwards</title>
7480 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7482 <para>Asks: ___ information from Syndetics about the awards a
7483 title has won on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7485 <para>Values:</para>
7489 <para>Don't show</para>
7497 <para>Description:</para>
7501 <para>When this option is set to "Show", Syndetics provides
7502 its clients with a list of awards that any title has won. With
7503 this service enabled the library can display those awards for
7504 each book on its website. For each book or item that comes up
7505 during a user search, the list of awards for that title will
7506 be displayed. When a user clicks on a given award, information
7507 about that award is presented along with a list of the other
7508 titles that have won that award. If the user clicks on any
7509 title in the list, they will see holdings information about
7510 that title in their region. This option is a paid subscription
7511 service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7512 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7513 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7518 <section id="SyndeticsEditions">
7519 <title>SyndeticsEditions</title>
7521 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7523 <para>Asks: ___ information about other editions of a title from
7524 Syndetics on item detail pages on the OPAC</para>
7526 <para>Description:</para>
7530 <para>When enabled this option shows information on other
7531 editions of a title from Syndetics on the item detail pages of
7532 the OPAC. Syndetics is a paid subscription service. The <link linkend="SyndeticsClientCode">SyndeticsClientCode</link> must
7533 be entered and the <link linkend="SyndeticsEnabled">SyndeticsEnabled</link> option must
7534 be activated before this service can be used.</para>
7538 <para>Values:</para>
7542 <para>Don't show</para>
7551 <para>Requires <link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> set to
7556 <section id="SyndeticsExcerpt">
7557 <title>SyndeticsExcerpt</title>
7559 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7561 <para>Asks: ___ excerpts from of a title from Syndetics on item
7562 detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7564 <para>Values:</para>
7568 <para>Don't show</para>
7576 <para>Description:</para>
7580 <para>This preference allows Syndetics to display excerpts
7581 given to them from selected publishers. The excerpts are
7582 available from prominently reviewed new titles, both fiction
7583 and non-fiction. The excerpts include poems, essays, recipes,
7584 forwards and prefaces. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs
7585 within local MARC records are required to integrate Syndetics
7586 secured, high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For
7587 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
7592 <section id="SyndeticsReviews">
7593 <title>SyndeticsReviews</title>
7595 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7597 <para>Asks: ___ reviews of a title from Syndetics on item detail
7598 pages on the OPAC.</para>
7600 <para>Values:</para>
7604 <para>Don't show</para>
7612 <para>Description:</para>
7616 <para>Syndetics Reviews is an accumulation of book reviews
7617 available from a variety of journals and serials. The reviews
7618 page displays colored images of reviewed books dust jackets,
7619 partnered with the names of the journal or serial providing
7620 the review. Clicking on an icon opens a window revealing the
7621 book title, author's name, book cover icon and the critic's
7622 opinion of the book. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs
7623 within local MARC records are required to integrate Syndetics
7624 secured, high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For
7625 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
7630 <section id="SyndeticsSeries">
7631 <title>SyndeticsSeries</title>
7633 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7635 <para>Asks: ___ information on other books in a title's series
7636 from Syndetics on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7638 <para>Values:</para>
7642 <para>Don't show</para>
7650 <para>Description:</para>
7654 <para>Each fiction title within a series is linked to the
7655 complete series record. The record displays each title in
7656 reading order and also displays the publication order, if
7657 different. Alternate series titles are also displayed.
7658 Automatic links provided by the ISBNs within local MARC
7659 records are required to integrate Syndetics secured, high-
7660 speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For more
7661 information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
7666 <section id="SyndeticsSummary">
7667 <title>SyndeticsSummary</title>
7669 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7671 <para>Asks: ___ a summary of a title from Syndetics on item detail
7672 pages on the OPAC.</para>
7674 <para>Values:</para>
7678 <para>Don't show</para>
7686 <para>Description:</para>
7690 <para>Providing more than 5.6 million summaries and
7691 annotations derived from book jackets, edited publisher copy,
7692 or independently written annotations from Book News, Inc.
7693 Covering fiction and non-fiction, this summaries option
7694 provides annotations on both trade and scholarly titles. For
7695 more information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
7700 <section id="SyndeticsTOC">
7701 <title>SyndeticsTOC</title>
7703 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
7705 <para>Asks: ___ the table of contents of a title from Syndetics on
7706 item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7708 <para>Values:</para>
7712 <para>Don't show</para>
7720 <para>Description:</para>
7724 <para>This preference allows staff and patrons to review the
7725 Table of Contents from a wide variety of publications from
7726 popular self-help books to conference proceedings. Specific
7727 Information access is the main purpose for this option,
7728 allowing patrons guidance to their preferred section of the
7729 book. Special arrangements with selected book services is used
7730 to obtain the table of contents for new publications each
7731 year. Automatic links provided by the ISBNs within local MARC
7732 records are required to integrate Syndetics secured,
7733 high-speed Internet servers to the library OPACs. For more
7734 information see (<ulink url="http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/">http://www.bowker.com/syndetics/</ulink>).</para>
7740 <section id="taggingprefs">
7741 <title>Tagging</title>
7743 <section id="TagsEnabled">
7744 <title>TagsEnabled</title>
7746 <para>Default: Allow</para>
7748 <para>Asks: ___ patrons and staff to put tags on items.</para>
7750 <para>Values:</para>
7758 <para>Don't allow</para>
7762 <para>Description:</para>
7766 <para>Set to 'Allow' enable tagging. A tag is metadata, a word
7767 added to identify an item. Tags allow patrons to classify
7768 materials on their own. TagsEnabled is the main switch that
7769 permits the tagging features. TagsEnable must be set to
7770 'Allow' to allow for other tagging features.</para>
7775 <section id="TagsModeration">
7776 <title>TagsModeration</title>
7778 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
7780 <para>Asks: ___ that tags submitted by patrons be reviewed by a
7781 staff member before being shown.</para>
7783 <para>Values:</para>
7787 <para>Don't require</para>
7791 <para>Require</para>
7795 <para>Description:</para>
7799 <para>When set to 'Require,' all tags to be first filtered by
7800 the tag moderator. Only approved tags will be visible to
7801 patrons. When set to 'Don't require' tags will bypass the tag
7802 moderator and patrons' tags to be immediately visible. When
7803 this preference is enabled the moderator, a staff member,
7804 would approve the tag in the Staff Client. The moderator will
7805 have the option to approve or reject each pending tag
7810 <para>When moderation is required all tags go through the tag
7811 moderation tool before becoming visible.</para>
7815 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
7816 <link linkend="tagsmoderation">Tags</link></para>
7821 <section id="TagsShowOnList">
7822 <title>TagsShowOnList</title>
7824 <para>Default: 6</para>
7826 <para>Asks: Show ___ tags on search results on the OPAC.</para>
7829 <para>Set the value to 0 (zero) to turn this feature off.</para>
7833 <section id="TagsInputOnList">
7834 <title>TagsInputOnList</title>
7836 <para>Default: Allow</para>
7838 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to input tags on search results on the
7841 <para>Values:</para>
7848 <screeninfo>Tags on Search Results</screeninfo>
7852 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/TagsInputOnList.png"/>
7859 <para>Don't allow</para>
7864 <section id="TagsShowOnDetail">
7865 <title>TagsShowOnDetail</title>
7867 <para>Default: 10</para>
7869 <para>Asks: Show ___ tags on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
7872 <para>Set the value to 0 (zero) to turn this feature off.</para>
7876 <section id="TagsInputOnDetail">
7877 <title>TagsInputOnDetail</title>
7879 <para>Default: Allow</para>
7881 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to input tags on item detail pages on the
7884 <para>Values:</para>
7891 <screeninfo>Add Tags on Detail</screeninfo>
7895 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/TagsInputOnDetail.png"/>
7902 <para>Don't allow</para>
7907 <section id="TagsExternalDictionary">
7908 <title>TagsExternalDictionary</title>
7910 <para>Asks: Allow tags in the dictionary of the ispell executable
7911 ___ on the server to be approved without moderation.</para>
7913 <para>Description:</para>
7917 <para>The dictionary includes a list of accepted and rejected
7918 tags. The accepted list includes all the tags that have been
7919 pre-allowed. The rejected list includes tags that are not
7920 allowed. This preference identifies the "accepted" dictionary
7921 used. Ispell is an open source dictionary which can be used as
7922 a list of accepted terms. Since the dictionary allows for
7923 accurately spelled obscenities, the libraries policy may
7924 dictate that modifications are made to the Ispell dictionary
7925 if this preference is use. For more information about Ispell
7926 <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/software/ispell/ispell.html">http://www.gnu.org/software/ispell/ispell.html</ulink>.
7927 Enter the path on your server to a local ispell executable,
7928 used to set $Lingua::Ispell::path.</para>
7935 <section id="l18nprefs">
7936 <title>I18N/L10N</title>
7938 <para><emphasis> <emphasis>These preferences control your
7939 Internationalization and Localization settings.</emphasis>
7942 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
7943 Global System Preferences > I18N/L10N</para>
7944 <section id="AddressFormat">
7945 <title>AddressFormat</title>
7946 <para>Default: US style ([Street number], [Address] - [City], [Zip/Postal Code],
7948 <para>Asks: Format postal addresses using ___</para>
7949 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
7951 <para>German style ([Adress] [Street number] - [Zip/Postal Code] [City] - [Country])
7955 <para>US style ([Street number], [Address] - [City], [Zip/Postal Code],
7958 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
7960 <para>This preference will let you control how Koha displays patron addresses given
7961 the information entered in the various fields on their record.</para>
7963 </itemizedlist></para>
7965 <section id="alphabet">
7966 <title>alphabet</title>
7967 <para>Default: A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z</para>
7968 <para>Asks: Use the alphabet ___ for lists of browsable letters. This should be a space
7969 separated list of uppercase letters. </para>
7970 <para>Description:</para>
7973 <para>This preference allows you define your own alphabet for browsing patrons in Koha.</para>
7975 <screeninfo>Alphabet browse on patron module</screeninfo>
7978 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/alphabet.png"/>
7986 <section id="CalendarFirstDayOfWeek">
7987 <title>CalendarFirstDayOfWeek</title>
7989 <para>Default: Sunday</para>
7991 <para>Asks: Use ___ as the first day of week in the calendar.</para>
7993 <para>Values:</para>
8005 <para>Description:</para>
8009 <para>Using this preference you can control what day shows as
8010 the first day of the week in the calendar pop ups throughout
8011 Koha and on the Calendar tool. If you change this preference and
8012 don't see a change in your browser try clearing your cache since
8013 it makes changes to the Javascript on these pages.</para>
8018 <section id="dateformat">
8019 <title>dateformat</title>
8021 <para>Default: mm/dd/yyyy</para>
8023 <para>Asks: Format dates like ___</para>
8025 <para>Values:</para>
8029 <para>dd/mm/yyyy</para>
8033 <para>mm/dd/yyyy</para>
8037 <para>yyyy/mm/dd</para>
8041 <para>Description:</para>
8045 <para>This preference controls how the date is displayed. The
8046 options are the United States method, mm/dd/yyyy (04/24/2010),
8047 the metric method, dd/mm/yyyy (24/04/2010) or ISO, which is the
8048 International Standard of Organization, yyyy/mm/dd (2010/04/24).
8049 The International Standard of Organization would primarily be
8050 used by libraries with locations in multiple nations that may
8051 use different date formats, to have a single display type, or if
8052 the library would be in a region that does not use the United
8053 States or metric method. More information regarding the ISO date
8054 format can be found at <ulink url="http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue.htm">http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue.htm</ulink>.</para>
8059 <section id="languagepref">
8060 <title>language</title>
8062 <para>Default: English</para>
8064 <para>Asks: Enable the following languages on the staff
8067 <para>Values:</para>
8071 <para>English</para>
8075 <para>To install additional languages please refer to <ulink
8076 url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Installation_of_additional_languages_for_OPAC_and_INTRANET_staff_client"
8077 >http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Installation_of_additional_languages_for_OPAC_and_INTRANET_staff_client</ulink>
8081 <section id="opaclanguages">
8082 <title>opaclanguages</title>
8084 <para>Default: English</para>
8086 <para>Asks: Enable the following languages on the OPAC</para>
8088 <para>Values:</para>
8092 <para>English</para>
8096 <para>To install additional languages you need to run
8097 misc/translation/install-code.pl. For example, to install French you
8098 would run the following command <emphasis>install-code.pl
8099 fr-FR</emphasis> to make the templates, once they exist and are in
8100 the right place then they will show up as an option in this
8104 <section id="opaclanguagesdisplay">
8105 <title>opaclanguagesdisplay</title>
8107 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
8109 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select their language on the OPAC.</para>
8111 <para>Values:</para>
8118 <screeninfo>When this preference is on, patrons can choose
8119 their language from a list at the bottom of the
8124 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaclanguagesdisplay.png"/>
8131 <para>Don't allow</para>
8135 <section id="TimeFormat">
8136 <title>TimeFormat</title>
8137 <para>Default: 24 hour format</para>
8138 <para>Asks: Format times in ___ </para>
8139 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8141 <para>12 hour format (eg 02:18PM)</para>
8144 <para>24 hour format (eg 14:18)</para>
8146 </itemizedlist></para>
8150 <section id="localprefs">
8151 <title>Local Use</title>
8153 <para><emphasis> <emphasis>These preferences are defined
8154 locally.</emphasis> </emphasis></para>
8156 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8157 Global System Preferences > Local Use<note>
8158 <para>Sometimes preferences which are either new or outdated will
8159 appear in this tab, if you didn't add any preferences to this tab
8160 then it's best to ignore preferences listed here.</para>
8167 <para>Logs keep track of transaction on the system. You can decide
8168 which actions you want to log and which you don't using these
8171 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8172 Global System Preferences > Logs</para>
8174 <section id="AuthoritiesLog">
8175 <title>AuthoritiesLog</title>
8177 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8179 <para>Asks: ___ changes to authority records.</para>
8181 <para>Values:</para>
8185 <para>Don't log</para>
8194 <section id="BorrowersLog">
8195 <title>BorrowersLog</title>
8197 <para>Default: Log</para>
8199 <para>Asks: ___ changes to patron records.</para>
8201 <para>Values:</para>
8205 <para>Don't log</para>
8214 <section id="CataloguingLog">
8215 <title>CataloguingLog</title>
8217 <para>Default: Don't log</para>
8219 <para>Asks: ___ any changes to bibliographic or item records.</para>
8221 <para>Values:</para>
8225 <para>Don't log</para>
8234 <para>Since this occurs whenever a book is cataloged, edited, or
8235 checked in or out it can be very resource intensive - slowing down
8240 <section id="FinesLog">
8241 <title>FinesLog</title>
8243 <para>Default: Log</para>
8245 <para>Asks: ___ when overdue fines are charged or automatically
8248 <para>Values:</para>
8252 <para>Don't log</para>
8261 <section id="IssueLog">
8262 <title>IssueLog</title>
8264 <para>Default: Log</para>
8266 <para>Asks: ___ when items are checked out.</para>
8268 <para>Values:</para>
8272 <para>Don't log</para>
8281 <section id="LetterLog">
8282 <title>LetterLog</title>
8284 <para>Default: Log</para>
8286 <para>Asks: ___ when an automatic claim notice is sent.</para>
8288 <para>Values:</para>
8292 <para>Don't log</para>
8301 <para>This log tracks all notices that go to patrons including the
8302 overdue notices.</para>
8306 <section id="ReturnLog">
8307 <title>ReturnLog</title>
8309 <para>Default: Log</para>
8311 <para>Asks: ___ when items are returned.</para>
8313 <para>Values:</para>
8317 <para>Don't log</para>
8326 <section id="SubscriptionLog">
8327 <title>SubscriptionLog</title>
8329 <para>Default: Log</para>
8331 <para>Asks: ___ when serials are added, deleted or changed.</para>
8333 <para>Values:</para>
8337 <para>Don't log</para>
8347 <section id="opacprefs">
8350 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
8351 Global System Preferences > OPAC</para>
8352 <section id="advancedsearchopt">
8353 <title>Advanced Search Options</title>
8355 <section id="OpacAdvSearchMoreOptions">
8356 <title>OpacAdvSearchMoreOptions</title>
8357 <para>Default: Select All</para>
8358 <para>Asks: Show search options for the expanded view ___</para>
8359 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8361 <para>[Select all]</para>
8364 <para>Item types</para>
8367 <para>Language</para>
8370 <para>Location and availability</para>
8373 <para>Publication date</para>
8376 <para>Sorting</para>
8379 <para>Subtypes</para>
8381 </itemizedlist></para>
8382 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8384 <para>The settings in this preference will determine which search fields will show
8385 when the patron is using the 'More options' mode on the advanced search
8388 </itemizedlist></para>
8390 <section id="OpacAdvSearchOptions">
8391 <title>OpacAdvSearchOptions</title>
8392 <para>Default: Item types, Language, Location and availability, Publication date,
8394 <para>Asks: Show search options ___ </para>
8395 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8397 <para>[Select all]</para>
8400 <para>Item types</para>
8403 <para>Language</para>
8406 <para>Location and availability</para>
8409 <para>Publication date</para>
8412 <para>Sorting</para>
8415 <para>Subtypes</para>
8417 </itemizedlist></para>
8418 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8420 <para>The settings in this preference will determine which search fields will show
8421 when the patron is using the 'Fewer options' mode on the advanced search
8424 </itemizedlist></para>
8428 <section id="opacappearanceprefs">
8429 <title>Appearance</title>
8431 <para>These preferences control how things appear in the
8434 <section id="AuthorisedValueImages">
8435 <title>AuthorisedValueImages</title>
8437 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8439 <para>Asks: ___ images for authorized values (such as lost
8440 statuses and locations) in search results and item detail pages on
8443 <para>Values:</para>
8447 <para>Don't show</para>
8455 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
8456 > <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
8457 Values</link></para>
8460 <section id="BiblioDefaultView">
8461 <title>BiblioDefaultView</title>
8463 <para>Default: in simple form</para>
8465 <para>Asks: By default, show bib records ___</para>
8467 <para>Values:</para>
8471 <para>as specified in the ISBD template.</para>
8475 <para>See <link linkend="isbdpref">ISBD</link> preference
8476 for more information</para>
8482 <para>in simple form.</para>
8486 <para>in their MARC format.</para>
8490 <para>Description:</para>
8494 <para>This preference determines the level of bibliographic
8495 detail that the patron will see on the OPAC detail page. The
8496 simple form displays the graphical interface; MARC format
8497 displays the MARC21 cataloging view; ISBD displays the ISBD
8498 (International Standard Bibliographic Description, AACR2)
8504 <section id="COinSinOPACResults">
8505 <title>COinSinOPACResults</title>
8507 <para>Default: Include</para>
8509 <para>Asks: ___ COinS / OpenURL / Z39.88 in OPAC search
8512 <para>Values:</para>
8516 <para>Don't include</para>
8520 <para>If you choose not to include COinS on the search
8521 results, it will still be loaded on the individual
8522 bibliographic records.</para>
8528 <para>Include</para>
8532 <para>Enabling this feature will slow OPAC search response
8539 <para>Description:</para>
8543 <para>COinS stands for ContextObjects in Spans. COinS is a
8544 method to embed bibliographic metadata in the HTML code of web
8545 pages. This allows bibliographic software to publish
8546 machine-readable bibliographic items and client reference
8547 management software (such as Zotero) to retrieve bibliographic
8548 metadata. The metadata can also be sent to an OpenURL
8549 resolver. This allows, for instance, searching for a copy of a
8550 book in one's own library.</para>
8555 <section id="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">
8556 <title>DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</title>
8558 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8560 <para>Asks: On pages displayed with XSLT stylesheets on the OPAC,
8561 ___ icons for itemtype and authorized values.<important>
8562 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link>
8563 and/or <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
8564 must be set to use an XSLT stylesheet for this to show
8565 (default or custom)</para>
8568 <para>Values:</para>
8572 <para>Don't show</para>
8579 <screeninfo>DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</screeninfo>
8583 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayOPACiconsXSLT.png"/>
8591 <para>See the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT Icon
8592 Guide</link> for more information on these icons.</para>
8596 <section id="hidelostitems">
8597 <title>hidelostitems</title>
8599 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8601 <para>Asks: ___ lost items on search and detail pages.</para>
8603 <para>Description:</para>
8607 <para>Items that are marked lost by the library can either be
8608 shown or not shown on the OPAC. By setting the value to "Don't
8609 show," the lost item is not shown on the OPAC. By setting the
8610 value "Show," the lost item is shown on the OPAC for patrons
8611 to view with a status of 'lost.'</para>
8615 <para>Values:</para>
8619 <para>Don't show</para>
8626 <screeninfo>Lost item showing in the OPAC</screeninfo>
8630 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/hidelostitems.png"/>
8637 <section id="HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC">
8638 <title>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC & HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich</title>
8639 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC Default: Don't emphasize</para>
8640 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich Default: patron's home library </para>
8641 <para>Asks: ___ results from the ___ by moving the results to the front and increasing
8642 the size or highlighting the rows for those results. </para>
8643 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPAC Values:<itemizedlist>
8645 <para>Don't emphasize</para>
8648 <para>Emphasize</para>
8650 </itemizedlist></para>
8651 <para>HighlightOwnItemsOnOPACWhich Values:<itemizedlist>
8653 <para>OPAC's branch based via the URL<itemizedlist>
8655 <para>The library is chosen based on the Apache environment variable
8656 BRANCHCODE. For example, this could be added to the OPAC section of
8657 koha-httpd.conf: SetEnv BRANCHCODE "CPL"</para>
8659 </itemizedlist></para>
8662 <para>patron's home library<itemizedlist>
8664 <para>The items emphasized will be those of the same library as the patron's
8665 library. If no one is logged into the OPAC, no items will be
8668 </itemizedlist></para>
8670 </itemizedlist></para>
8672 <para>This preference will only effect sites that are not using an XSLT stylesheet.
8673 XSLT stylesheets are defined in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> and <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> preferences.</para>
8676 <section id="GoogleIndicTransliteration">
8677 <title>GoogleIndicTransliteration</title>
8678 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
8679 <para>Asks: ___ GoogleIndicTransliteration on the OPAC. </para>
8680 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
8682 <para>Don't show</para>
8685 <para>Show<screenshot>
8690 fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/GoogleIndicTransliteration.png"/>
8693 </screenshot></para>
8695 </itemizedlist></para>
8698 <section id="LibraryName">
8699 <title>LibraryName</title>
8701 <para>Asks: Show ___ as the name of the library on the
8705 <para>This value will appear in the title bar of the
8710 <para>Edit '<link linkend="opacheader">opacheader</link>' if
8711 you'd like to add a library name above your search box on the
8716 <screeninfo>Browser title and address bar</screeninfo>
8720 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/LibraryName.png"/>
8725 <section id="NoLoginInstructions">
8726 <title>NoLoginInstructions</title>
8727 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the OPAC login form when a patron is not logged
8729 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8731 <para>This preference allows you to override the default text seen on the log in
8732 page in the Koha OPAC. The default HTML
8733 is:<programlisting><h5>Don't have a password yet?</h5>
8734 <p> If you don't have a password yet, stop by the circulation desk the next time you're in the library. We'll happily set one up for you.</p>
8735 <h5>Don't have a library card?</h5>
8736 <p> If you don't have a library card, stop by your local library to sign up.</p></programlisting></para>
8737 <para>Any HTML in this box will replace the above text below the log in box.<screenshot>
8738 <screeninfo>No login instructions</screeninfo>
8741 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/NoLoginInstructions.png"/>
8744 </screenshot></para>
8746 </itemizedlist></para>
8749 <section id="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">
8750 <title>OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</title>
8752 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
8754 <para>Asks: ___ a library select pulldown menu on the OPAC
8757 <para>Values:</para>
8764 <screeninfo>Library select box on Koha OPAC</screeninfo>
8768 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown-add.png"/>
8775 <para>Don't Add</para>
8778 <screeninfo>No library select box on Koha OPAC</screeninfo>
8782 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown-dontadd.png"/>
8790 <section id="OPACBaseURL">
8791 <title>OPACBaseURL</title>
8793 <para>Asks: The OPAC is located at http:// ___</para>
8794 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8796 <para>This preference is looking for the URL of your public catalog (OPAC) without
8797 the http:// in front of it (enter www.mycatalog.com instead of
8798 http://www.mycatalog.com). Once it is filled in Koha will use it to generate
8799 permanent links in your RSS feeds, for your social network share buttons and in
8800 your staff client when generating links to bib records in the OPAC.</para>
8802 </itemizedlist></para>
8804 <para>Do not include a trailing slash in the URL this will break links created using
8805 this URL. (example: www.google.com not www.google.com/)</para>
8809 <para>This must be filled in with the URL of your public catalog for RSS, unAPI, and
8810 search plugins to work.</para>
8814 <para>This must be filled in with the URL of your public catalog to show 'OPAC View'
8815 links from bib records in the staff client:</para>
8819 <screeninfo>With OPACBaseURL set, links to the OPAC will appear
8820 on each individual bib record in the staff client</screeninfo>
8824 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACBaseURL.png"/>
8830 <section id="OpacAdditionalStylesheet">
8831 <title>OpacAdditionalStylesheet</title>
8832 <para>Asks: Include the additional CSS stylesheet ___ to override specified settings
8833 from the default stylesheet.</para>
8834 <para>Description:</para>
8837 <para>The preference can look for stylesheets in the template directory for your
8838 OPAC language, for instance: /koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/prog/en/css. If you upload a
8839 custom file, opac-mystyles.css to this directory, you can specify it by entering
8840 opac-mystyles.css in your opaccolorstylesheet system preference. This adds your
8841 custom stylesheet as a linked stylesheet alongside the OPAC's default CSS files.
8842 This method is preferable because linked stylesheets are cached by the user's
8843 browser, meaning upon repeat visits to your site the user's browser will not have
8844 to re-download the stylesheet, instead using the copy in the browser's
8848 <para>If you would rather, you can upload your CSS to another server and enter the
8849 full URL pointing to it's location remember to begin the URL with http://</para>
8853 <para>Leave this field blank to disable it</para>
8857 <para>This file will add a linked CSS, not replace the existing default CSS.</para>
8862 <section id="opaccredits">
8863 <title>opaccredits</title>
8865 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the footer of all pages
8869 <para>Click the 'Click to edit; link to enter HTML to appear at
8870 the bottom of every page in the OPAC</para>
8874 <screeninfo>HTML version of a footer for your OPAC</screeninfo>
8878 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaccredits-html.png"/>
8884 <screeninfo>A sample of what can appear in your OPAC
8885 credits/footer</screeninfo>
8889 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opaccredits.png"/>
8894 <para>Description:</para>
8898 <para>This setting is for credits that will appear at the
8899 bottom of your OPAC pages. Credits traditionally encompass
8900 copyright information, last date updated, hyperlinks or other
8901 information represented in an HTML format. This is static
8902 information and any updates must be entered manually.</para>
8906 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
8907 Regions</link> section.</para>
8909 <section id="OpacCustomSearch">
8910 <title>OpacCustomSearch</title>
8911 <para>Asks: Replace the search box at the top of OPAC pages with the following
8913 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
8915 <para>This preference allows you to replace the default search box at the top of
8916 the OPAC : <screenshot>
8917 <screeninfo>Default search box</screeninfo>
8920 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacCustomSearch-default.png"
8924 </screenshot></para>
8925 <para>with any HTML you would like :<screenshot>
8926 <screeninfo>Edited search box area</screeninfo>
8929 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacCustomSearch.png"/>
8932 </screenshot></para>
8934 </itemizedlist></para>
8937 <section id="OPACDisplay856uAsImage">
8938 <title>OPACDisplay856uAsImage</title>
8940 <para>Default: Neither details or results page</para>
8942 <para>Asks: Display the URI in the 856u field as an image on:
8945 <para>Values:</para>
8949 <para>Both results and details pages</para>
8954 <para>Not implemented yet</para>
8961 <para>Detail page only</para>
8966 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
8967 needs to have a value in it for this preference to work.</para>
8973 <screeninfo>Showing the 856u as an image</screeninfo>
8977 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACDisplay856uAsImage.png"/>
8984 <para>Neither details or results page</para>
8988 <para>Results page only</para>
8993 <para>Not yet implemented</para>
9000 <para>Description:</para>
9004 <para>In addition to this option being set, the corresponding
9005 XSLT option must be turned on. Also, the corresponding 856q
9006 field must have a valid MIME image extension (e.g., "jpg") or
9007 MIME image type (i.e. starting with "image/"), or the generic
9008 indicator "img" entered in the field. When all of the
9009 requirements are met, an image file will be displayed instead
9010 of the standard link text. Clicking on the image will open it
9011 in the same way as clicking on the link text. When you click
9012 on the image it should open to full size, in the current
9013 window or in a new window depending on the value in the system
9014 pref <link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link>.</para>
9017 <screeninfo>Sample 856 in MARC Record</screeninfo>
9021 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/856imagemarc.png"/>
9029 <section id="OpacExportOptions">
9030 <title>OpacExportOptions</title>
9033 bibtex|dc|marcxml|marc8|utf8|marcstd|mods|ris</para>
9035 <para>Asks: List export options that should be available from OPAC
9036 detail page separated by |: ___</para>
9038 <para>Description:</para>
9042 <para>In the OPAC on the right of each bib record there is a
9043 menu that allows for saving the record in various formats.
9044 This patch will allow you to define which options are in the
9045 pull down menu. Available options are: BIBTEX (bibtex), Dublin
9046 Core (dc), MARCXML (marcxml), MARC-8 encoded MARC (marc8),
9047 Unicode/UTF-8 encoded MARC (utf8), Unicode/UTF-8 encoded MARC
9048 without local use -9xx, x9x, xx9- fields and subfields
9049 (marcstd), MODS (mods), and RIS (ris).</para>
9053 <section id="OPACFallback">
9054 <title>OPACFallback</title>
9055 <para>Default: bootstrap</para>
9056 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme as the fallback theme on the OPAC. </para>
9057 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9059 <para>This preference has no use right now, as Koha has only one theme, but if
9060 your library has a custom theme it will show here as an option. The purpose of
9061 this preference is to provide a way to choose to what theme to fallback on when
9062 you have a partial theme in place.</para>
9064 </itemizedlist></para>
9067 <section id="OpacFavicon">
9068 <title>OpacFavicon</title>
9070 <para>Asks: Use the image at ___ for the OPAC's favicon.
9072 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
9077 <para>Turn your logo into a favicon with the <ulink url="http://antifavicon.com/">Favicon Generator</ulink>.</para>
9080 <para>Description:</para>
9084 <para>The favicon is the little icon that appears next to the
9085 URL in the address bar in most browsers. The default value for
9086 this field (if left blank) is the small 'K' in the Koha
9090 <screeninfo>Default Koha Favicon</screeninfo>
9094 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/favicon.png"/>
9102 <section id="opacheader">
9103 <title>opacheader</title>
9105 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML in the header of all pages
9109 <screeninfo>Sample HTML to be displayed at the top of my
9114 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacheader-html.png"/>
9120 <para>This value will appear above the main content of your
9125 <screeninfo>OPAC display of the value from
9126 'opacheader'</screeninfo>
9130 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacheader.png"/>
9136 <para>Edit '<link linkend="LibraryName">LibraryName</link>' if
9137 you'd like to edit the contents of the <title> tag</para>
9140 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9141 Regions</link> section.</para>
9144 <section id="OpacHighlightedWords">
9145 <title>OpacHighlightedWords & NotHighlightedWords</title>
9147 <para>OpacHighlightedWords Default: Don't highlight</para>
9148 <para>NotHighlightedWords Default: and|or|not</para>
9150 <para>Asks: ___ words the patron searched for in their search results and detail pages;
9151 To prevent certain words from ever being highlighted, enter a list of stopwords here
9152 ___ (separate columns with |) </para>
9154 <para>OpacHighlightedWords Values:</para>
9158 <para>Don't highlight</para>
9162 <para>Highlight</para>
9167 <section id="OpacKohaUrl">
9168 <title>OpacKohaUrl</title>
9170 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9172 <para>Values:</para>
9176 <para>Don't show</para>
9184 <para>Description:</para>
9188 <para>When this preference is set to 'Show' text will appear
9189 in the bottom right of the OPAC footer stating 'Powered by
9190 Koha' and linking to the official Koha website.</para>
9193 <screeninfo>Powered by Koha</screeninfo>
9197 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacKohaUrl.png"/>
9205 <section id="opaclayoutstylesheet">
9206 <title>opaclayoutstylesheet</title>
9208 <para>Default: opac.css</para>
9210 <para>Asks: Use the CSS stylesheet /css/ ___ on all pages in the
9211 OPAC, instead of the default</para>
9213 <para>Description:</para>
9217 <para>This setting's function is to point to the *.css file
9218 used to define the OPAC layout. A *.css file is a cascading
9219 stylesheet which is used in conjunction with HTML to set how
9220 the HTML page is formatted and will look on the OPAC. There
9221 are two stylesheets that come with the system; opac.css and
9222 opac2.css. A custom stylesheet may also be used. The
9223 stylesheets listed in the opaclayoutstylesheet preference are
9224 held on the Koha server.</para>
9229 <para>Leave this field blank to disable it and let Koha use the
9230 default file instead</para>
9233 <para>Using a custom value in this preference causes Koha to completely ignore the
9234 default layout stylesheet.</para>
9237 <section id="OpacLocationBranchToDisplay">
9238 <title>OpacLocationBranchToDisplay</title>
9239 <para>Default: holding library</para>
9240 <para>Asks: Display the ___ for items on the OPAC record details page. </para>
9241 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
9243 <para>holding library</para>
9246 <para>home and holding library</para>
9249 <para>home library</para>
9251 </itemizedlist></para>
9252 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9254 <para>Defines whether to display the holding library, the home library, or both
9255 for the opac details page.</para>
9257 </itemizedlist></para>
9259 <section id="OpacLocationBranchToDisplayShelving">
9260 <title>OpacLocationBranchToDisplayShelving</title>
9261 <para>Default: holding library</para>
9262 <para>Asks: Display the shelving location under the ___ for items on the OPAC record
9263 details page. </para>
9264 <para>Values:</para>
9267 <para>holding library</para>
9270 <para>home and holding library</para>
9273 <para>home library</para>
9276 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9278 <para>Defines where the shelving location should be displayed, under the home
9279 library, the holding library, or both.</para>
9281 </itemizedlist></para>
9284 <section id="OpacMaintenance">
9285 <title>OpacMaintenance</title>
9287 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9289 <para>Asks: ___ a warning that the OPAC is under maintenance,
9290 instead of the OPAC itself. <note>
9291 <para>this shows the same warning as when the database needs
9292 to be upgraded, but unconditionally.</para>
9295 <para>Description:</para>
9299 <para>This preference allows the system administrator to turn
9300 off the OPAC during maintenance and display a message to
9301 users. When this preference is switched to "Show" the OPAC is
9302 not usable. The text of this message is not editable at this
9307 <para>Values:</para>
9311 <para>Don't show</para>
9319 <para>When this preference is set to show the maintenance
9320 message the ability to search the OPAC is disabled and a
9321 message appears</para>
9324 <screeninfo>OPAC Maintenance Message</screeninfo>
9328 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacmaintenance.png"/>
9338 <section id="OpacMainUserBlock">
9339 <title>OpacMainUserBlock</title>
9341 <para>Default: Welcome to Koha... <hr></para>
9343 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own column on the main
9344 page of the OPAC</para>
9346 <para>Description: </para>
9349 <para>HTML entered in this field will appear in the center of the main page of your
9355 <screeninfo>Sample OpacMainUserBlock appears below the search
9360 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacMainUserBlock.png"/>
9365 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9366 Regions</link> section.</para>
9368 <section id="OpacMaxItemsToDisplay">
9369 <title>OpacMaxItemsToDisplay</title>
9370 <para>Default: 50</para>
9371 <para>Asks: Display up to ___ items on the biblio detail page </para>
9372 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9374 <para>This preference will help with slow load times on the bibliographic detail
9375 pages by limiting the number of items to display by default. If the biblio has
9376 more items than this, a link is displayed instead that allows the user to choose
9377 to display all items.</para>
9379 </itemizedlist></para>
9382 <section id="OPACMySummaryHTML">
9383 <title>OPACMySummaryHTML</title>
9385 <para>Asks: Include a "Links" column on the "my summary" tab when
9386 a user is logged in to the OPAC, with the following HTML (leave
9387 blank to disable).</para>
9389 <para>Description:</para>
9393 <para>In this preference you can enter HTML that will appear
9394 on the 'Checked Out' tab on the 'My Summary' section when
9395 logged in to the OPAC. The placeholders {BIBLIONUMBER},
9396 {TITLE}, {ISBN} and {AUTHOR} will be replaced with information
9397 from the displayed record. This can be used to enter in
9398 'share' links for social networks or generate searches against
9399 other library catalogs.</para>
9402 <screeninfo>Example of 'Links' column with a value in the
9403 OPACMySummaryHTML preference</screeninfo>
9407 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACMySummaryHTML.png"/>
9414 <para>Sample Data:<programlisting><p><a href="http://www.facebook.com/sharer.php?u=http://YOUROPAC.ORG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber={BIBLIONUMBER}">Share on Facebook</a>
9415 <br />TITLE: {TITLE}
9416 <br />AUTHOR: {AUTHOR}
9417 <br />ISBN: {ISBN}
9418 <br />BIBLIONUMBER: {BIBLIONUMBER}</p></programlisting></para>
9420 <section id="OPACMySummaryNote">
9421 <title>OPACMySummaryNote</title>
9422 <para>Asks: Note to display on the patron summary page. </para>
9423 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9425 <para>This preference will display text above the patron's summary and below the
9426 welcome message when the patron logs in to the OPAC and view their 'my summary' tab.<screenshot>
9427 <screeninfo>OPACMySummaryNote in the OPAC</screeninfo>
9430 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACMySummaryNote.png"/>
9433 </screenshot></para>
9435 </itemizedlist></para>
9438 <section id="OpacNav">
9439 <title>OpacNav</title>
9441 <para>Default: Important links here.</para>
9443 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the left hand column of the
9444 main page and patron account on the OPAC (generally navigation
9448 <screeninfo>Sample navigation links</screeninfo>
9452 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNav.png"/>
9457 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="editableopac">OPAC Editable
9458 Regions</link> section.</para>
9461 <section id="OpacNavBottom">
9462 <title>OpacNavBottom</title>
9464 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML on the left hand column of the
9465 main page and patron account on the OPAC, after <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link>, and before patron account links
9466 if available:</para>
9468 <para>Description: When a patron is logged in to their account
9469 they see a series of tabs to access their account information.
9470 <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link> appears above this list of
9471 tabs and OpacNavBottom will appear below them. When not on the
9472 patron account pages the HTML in OpacNavBottom will just appear
9473 right below <link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link>.</para>
9476 <screeninfo>OpacNav and OpacNavBottom on Patron
9477 Account</screeninfo>
9481 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNavBottom.png"/>
9487 <section id="OpacNavRight">
9488 <title>OpacNavRight</title>
9490 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in the right hand column of
9491 the main page under the main login form.</para>
9493 <para>Description: HTML entered in this preference will appear on
9494 the right hand side of the OPAC under the log in form. If the log
9495 in form is not visible this content will move up on the right
9499 <screeninfo>OpacNavRight</screeninfo>
9503 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacNavRight.png"/>
9509 <section id="OPACNoResultsFound">
9510 <title>OPACNoResultsFound</title>
9512 <para>No Default</para>
9514 <para>Asks: Display this HTML when no results are found for a
9515 search in the OPAC</para>
9517 <para>This HTML will display below the existing notice that no
9518 results were found for your search.</para>
9521 <screeninfo>HTML in OPACNoResultsFound will appear below lines
9522 that look like this</screeninfo>
9526 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACNoResultsFound.png"/>
9531 <para>You can insert placeholders {QUERY_KW} that will be replaced with the keywords
9532 of the query. </para>
9536 <section id="OpacPublic">
9537 <title>OpacPublic</title>
9539 <para>Default: Enable</para>
9541 <para>Asks: ___ Koha OPAC as public. Private OPAC requires
9542 authentication before accessing the OPAC.</para>
9544 <para>Values:</para>
9548 <para>Don't enable</para>
9556 <para>Description:</para>
9560 <para>This preference determines if your OPAC is accessible
9561 and searchable by anyone or only by members of the library. If
9562 set to 'Don't enable' only members who are logged into the
9563 OPAC can search. Most libraries will leave this setting at its
9564 default of 'Enable' to allow their OPAC to be searched by
9565 anyone and only require login for access to personalized
9571 <section id="OPACResultsSidebar">
9572 <title>OPACResultsSidebar</title>
9574 <para>Asks: Include the following HTML under the facets in OPAC
9575 search results</para>
9577 <para>Description:</para>
9581 <para>The HTML entered in this preference will appear on the
9582 search results pages below the list of facets on the left side
9583 of the screen.</para>
9588 <section id="OPACSearchForTitleIn">
9589 <title>OPACSearchForTitleIn</title>
9591 <para>Default: <li><a
9592 href="http://worldcat.org/search?q={TITLE}"
9593 target="_blank">Other Libraries (WorldCat)</a></li>
9595 href="http://www.scholar.google.com/scholar?q={TITLE}"
9596 target="_blank">Other Databases (Google
9597 Scholar)</a></li> <li><a
9598 href="http://www.bookfinder.com/search/?author={AUTHOR}&title={TITLE}&st=xl&ac=qr"
9599 target="_blank">Online Stores
9600 (Bookfinder.com)</a></li></para>
9602 <para>Asks: Include a "More Searches" box on the detail pages of
9603 items on the OPAC, with the following HTML (leave blank to
9607 <para>The placeholders {BIBLIONUMBER}, {CONTROLNUMBER}, {TITLE},
9608 {ISBN}, {ISSN} and {AUTHOR} will be replaced with information
9609 from the displayed record.</para>
9612 <section id="OpacSeparateHoldings">
9613 <title>OpacSeparateHoldings & OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch </title>
9614 <para>OpacSeparateHoldings default: Don't separate</para>
9615 <para>OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch default: home library </para>
9616 <para>Asks: ___ items display into two tabs, where the first tab contains items whose
9617 ___ is the logged in user's library. The second tab will contain all other items. </para>
9618 <para>OpacSeparateHoldings values:<itemizedlist>
9620 <para>Don't separate</para>
9623 <para>Separate</para>
9625 </itemizedlist></para>
9626 <para>OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch values:<itemizedlist>
9628 <para>holding library</para>
9631 <para>home library</para>
9633 </itemizedlist></para>
9634 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9636 <para>This preference lets you decide if you would like to have the holding
9637 information on the bibliographic detail page in the OPAC split in to multiple
9638 tabs. The default is to show all holdings on one tab.</para>
9640 <screeninfo>Separate holdings tabs</screeninfo>
9643 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacSeparateHoldings.png"/>
9648 </itemizedlist></para>
9651 <section id="OPACShowBarcode">
9652 <title>OPACShowBarcode</title>
9654 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9656 <para>Asks: ___ the item's barcode on the holdings tab.</para>
9658 <para>Values:</para>
9662 <para>Don't show</para>
9665 <screeninfo>Barcode not shown in the OPAC</screeninfo>
9669 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowBarcode-noshow.png"/>
9679 <screeninfo>Barcode shown in the OPAC</screeninfo>
9683 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowBarcode-show.png"/>
9690 <para>Description:</para>
9694 <para>This preference allows you to control whether patrons
9695 can see items' barcodes in the OPAC.</para>
9700 <section id="OPACShowCheckoutName">
9701 <title>OPACShowCheckoutName</title>
9703 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9705 <para>Asks: ___ the name of the patron that has an item checked
9706 out on item detail pages on the OPAC.</para>
9708 <para>Values:</para>
9712 <para>Don't show</para>
9720 <para>Description:</para>
9724 <para>This preference allows all patrons to see who has the
9725 item checked out if it is checked out. In small corporate
9726 libraries (where the OPAC is behind a firewall and not
9727 publicly available) this can be helpful so coworkers can just
9728 contact the patron with the book themselves. In larger public
9729 and academic libraries setting this to 'Show' would pose
9730 serious privacy issues.</para>
9735 <section id="OPACShowHoldQueueDetails">
9736 <title>OPACShowHoldQueueDetails</title>
9738 <para>Default: Don't show any hold details</para>
9740 <para>Asks: ___ to patrons in the OPAC.</para>
9742 <para>Values:</para>
9746 <para>Don't show any hold details</para>
9750 <para>Show holds</para>
9753 <screeninfo>The holdings table on the bibliographic record
9754 will show the number of holds</screeninfo>
9758 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowHoldQueueDetails-showholds.png"/>
9765 <para>Show holds and priority level</para>
9769 <para>Show priority level</para>
9772 <screeninfo>Patron record in the OPAC shows where in line
9773 the patron waits for their hold.</screeninfo>
9777 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShowHoldQueueDetails-priority.png"/>
9784 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
9785 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
9792 <section id="OpacShowRecentComments">
9793 <title>OpacShowRecentComments</title>
9795 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
9797 <para>Asks: ___ a link to recent comments in the OPAC
9800 <para>Values:</para>
9804 <para>Don't show</para>
9812 <para>Description:</para>
9816 <para>If you have chosen to allow comments in your OPAC by
9817 setting <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> to 'Allow'
9818 you can include a link to the recent comments under the search
9819 box at the top of your OPAC with this preference.</para>
9822 <screeninfo>Recent Comments link on OPAC</screeninfo>
9826 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacShowRecentComments.png"/>
9834 <section id="OPACShowUnusedAuthorities">
9835 <title>OPACShowUnusedAuthorities</title>
9837 <para>Default: Show</para>
9839 <para>Asks: ___ unused authorities in the OPAC authority
9842 <para>Values:</para>
9846 <para>Do not show</para>
9855 <para>Requires that the <link linkend="OpacAuthorities">OpacAuthorities</link>
9856 preference is set to 'Allow'</para>
9863 <para>Description:</para>
9867 <para>When patrons search your authority file via the OPAC
9868 they will see all authorities in your system even if you don't
9869 have them linked to any bibliographic records. This preference
9870 lets you determine what the default behavior is when searching
9871 authorities via the OPAC. If you choose 'Do not show' it will
9872 only show patrons authority records that are linked to bib
9873 records in the search results. Otherwise the system will show
9874 all authority records even if they aren't linked to
9880 <section id="OpacStarRatings">
9881 <title>OpacStarRatings</title>
9883 <para>Default: no</para>
9885 <para>Asks: Show star-ratings on ___ pages.</para>
9887 <para>Values:</para>
9895 <para>only details</para>
9898 <screeninfo>Star Ratings on the Details Page</screeninfo>
9902 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacStarRatings-details.png"/>
9909 <para>results and details</para>
9912 <screeninfo>OPAC Star Ratings on the Search
9913 Results</screeninfo>
9917 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacStarRatings-results.png"/>
9924 <para>Description:</para>
9928 <para>Star ratings are a way for your patrons to leave ratings
9929 without having to leave a full review. Patrons who are not
9930 logged in will only be able to see the stars, once logged in
9931 patrons can click on the stars on the details page to leave
9932 their own rating. Clicking on the stars on the search results
9933 will not submit a rating.</para>
9937 <section id="OpacSuggestionManagedBy">
9938 <title>OpacSuggestionManagedBy</title>
9939 <para>Default: Show</para>
9940 <para>Asks: ___ the name of the staff member who managed a suggestion in OPAC. </para>
9941 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
9943 <para>Don't show</para>
9948 </itemizedlist></para>
9949 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
9951 <para>If you're <link linkend="suggestionspref">allowing patrons to make purchase
9952 suggestions</link> then they will see the 'my suggestions' tab when logged in.
9953 This tab shows the patron the librarian who approved or rejected the purchase
9954 suggestion. This preference controls if the patron sees the librarian's name or
9957 </itemizedlist></para>
9960 <section id="opacthemes">
9961 <title>opacthemes</title>
9963 <para>Default: bootstrap</para>
9965 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme on the OPAC.</para>
9967 <para>Values:</para>
9971 <para>bootstrap</para>
9974 <screeninfo>Bootstrap Theme</screeninfo>
9977 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacthemes-bootstrap.png"/>
9982 <para>This theme is completely responsive</para>
9987 <section id="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">
9988 <title>OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</title>
9990 <para>Default: don't</para>
9992 <para>Asks: When patrons click on a link to another website from
9993 your OPAC (like Amazon or OCLC), ___ open the website in a new
9996 <para>Values:</para>
10008 <para>Description:</para>
10012 <para>This preference determines if URLs in the OPAC will open
10013 in a new window or not. When clicking on a link in the OPAC, a
10014 patron does not need to worry about navigating away from their
10015 search results.</para>
10020 <section id="OPACUserCSS">
10021 <title>OPACUserCSS</title>
10023 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the
10026 <para>Description:</para>
10030 <para>OPACUserCSS allows the administrator to enter styles that will overwrite the
10031 OPAC's default CSS as defined in 'opaclayoutstylesheet' or 'opacstylesheet'.
10032 Styles may be entered for any of the selectors found in the default style sheet.
10033 The default stylesheet will likely be found at
10034 http://your_koha_address/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/css/opac.css. Unlike <link
10035 linkend="OpacAdditionalStylesheet">OpacAdditionalStylesheet</link> and <link
10036 linkend="opaclayoutstylesheet">opaclayoutstylesheet</link> this preference will
10037 embed the CSS directly on your OPAC pages.</para>
10042 <section id="opacuserjs">
10043 <title>opacuserjs</title>
10045 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the
10049 <screeninfo>OPAC login box before opacuserjs edit</screeninfo>
10053 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs-before.png"/>
10059 <screeninfo>JavaScript in opacuserjs to change the OPAC login
10064 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs.png"/>
10070 <screeninfo>New OPAC login box after editing
10071 opacuserjs</screeninfo>
10075 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacuserjs-after.png"/>
10080 <para>Description:</para>
10084 <para>This preference allows the administrator to enter
10085 JavaScript or JQuery that will be embedded across all pages of
10086 the OPAC. Administrators may use this preference to customize
10087 some of the interactive sections of Koha, customizing the text
10088 for the login prompts, for example. Sample JQuery scripts used
10089 by Koha libraries can be found on the wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink>.</para>
10094 <section id="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">
10095 <title>OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</title>
10097 <para>Default: default</para>
10099 <para>Asks: Display OPAC details using XSLT stylesheet at
10102 <para>Values:</para>
10106 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
10110 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
10111 that read 'normally'</para>
10117 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
10121 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
10125 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10129 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
10130 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
10131 language folder</para>
10136 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/{langcode}/xslt/MARC21slim2OPACDetail.xsl</para>
10141 http://mykohaopac.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10149 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
10153 <para>ex: http://mykohaopac.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10159 <para>Description:</para>
10163 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
10164 details shows on the screen when viewing a bib record. This
10165 preference will allow you either use the default look that
10166 comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
10171 <section id="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">
10172 <title>OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</title>
10174 <para>Default: default</para>
10176 <para>Asks: Display OPAC results using XSLT stylesheet at
10179 <para>Values:</para>
10183 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
10187 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
10188 that read 'normally'</para>
10194 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
10198 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
10202 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10206 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
10207 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
10208 language folder</para>
10213 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/{langcode}/xslt/MARC21slim2OPACResults.xsl</para>
10218 http://mykohaopac.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10226 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
10230 <para>ex: http://mykohaopac.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
10236 <para>Description:</para>
10240 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
10241 details shows on the screen when viewing the search results.
10242 This preference will allow you either use the default look
10243 that comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
10249 <section id="opacfeaturesprefs">
10250 <title>Features</title>
10254 <section id="numSearchRSSResults">
10255 <title>numSearchRSSResults</title>
10257 <para>Default: 50</para>
10259 <para>Asks: Display ___ search results in the RSS feed.</para>
10261 <para>Description:</para>
10265 <para>By default the RSS feed that is automatically generated
10266 for every search results page will list 50 items. This can
10267 sometimes be too much for some RSS feed readers and for some
10268 people this isn't enough. This preference allows you to adjust
10269 this number to show the best number of results for your
10274 <section id="OPACAcquisitionDetails">
10275 <title>OPACAcquisitionDetails</title>
10276 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
10277 <para>Asks: ___ the acquisition details on OPAC detail pages.</para>
10278 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10280 <para>Display<screenshot>
10281 <screeninfo>Acquisitions details in the OPAC</screeninfo>
10284 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACAcquisitionDetails.png"/>
10287 </screenshot></para>
10290 <para>Don't display</para>
10292 </itemizedlist></para>
10293 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
10295 <para>This preference shows the patrons how many items are on order in the
10296 Holdings tab if you have the <link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link>
10297 set to 'cataloging the record'</para>
10299 </itemizedlist></para>
10302 <section id="OpacAuthorities">
10303 <title>OpacAuthorities</title>
10305 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10307 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to search your authority records.</para>
10309 <para>Description:</para>
10313 <para>This preference displays the link on the OPAC for the authority search. By
10314 setting the preference to "Allow" patrons can use this search link of the
10319 <para>Values:</para>
10327 <para>A link labeled 'Authority search' will appear at the top of your OPAC
10328 under the search box</para>
10331 <screeninfo>'Browse by Subject' link under search box on
10336 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/authoritysearch.png"/>
10345 <para>Don't allow</para>
10350 <section id="opacbookbag">
10351 <title>opacbookbag</title>
10353 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10355 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to store items in a temporary "Cart" on
10358 <para>Values:</para>
10366 <para>Don't allow</para>
10370 <para>Description:</para>
10374 <para>This preference allows the user to temporarily save a
10375 list of items found on the catalog. By using the Book Bag, or
10376 Cart, the user can print out or email a list of items found.
10377 The user does not need to be logged in. This list is temporary
10378 and will be emptied, or cleared, at the end of the
10384 <section id="OpacBrowser">
10385 <title>OpacBrowser</title>
10388 <para>This preference only applies to French systems at this
10392 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
10394 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to browse subject authorities on
10397 <para>Values:</para>
10405 <para>Don't allow</para>
10410 <para>run the <link linkend="authbrowsercron">Authorities
10411 Browser Cron Job</link> to create the browser list</para>
10412 </important></para>
10415 <section id="OpacBrowseResults">
10416 <title>OpacBrowseResults</title>
10418 <para>Default: enable</para>
10420 <para>Asks: ___ browsing and paging search results from the OPAC
10421 detail page.</para>
10423 <para>Values:</para>
10427 <para>disable</para>
10431 <para>enable</para>
10434 <screeninfo>Browsing and Paging Search Results</screeninfo>
10438 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacBrowseResults.png"/>
10445 <para>Description:</para>
10449 <para>This preference will control the option to return to
10450 your results and/or browse them from the detail page in the
10455 <section id="OpacCloud">
10456 <title>OpacCloud</title>
10458 <para>This preference only applies to French systems at this time.</para>
10459 </important>Default: Don't show</para>
10460 <para>Asks: ___ a subject cloud on OPAC</para>
10461 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10463 <para>Don't show</para>
10468 </itemizedlist></para>
10471 <para>run the <link linkend="authbrowsercron">Authorities Browser Cron Job</link> to
10472 create the browser list</para>
10477 <section id="OPACFinesTab">
10478 <title>OPACFinesTab</title>
10480 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10482 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to access the Fines tab on the My Account
10483 page on the OPAC.</para>
10485 <para>Values:</para>
10493 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10494 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
10500 <para>Don't allow</para>
10504 <section id="OpacHoldNotes">
10505 <title>OpacHoldNotes</title>
10506 <para>Default: Do not allow</para>
10507 <para>Asks: ___ users to add a note when placing a hold.</para>
10508 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10512 <screeninfo>Holds notes in the OPAC</screeninfo>
10515 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacHoldNotes.png"/>
10521 <para>Do not allow</para>
10523 </itemizedlist></para>
10525 <section id="OpacItemLocation">
10526 <title>OpacItemLocation</title>
10527 <para>Default: call number only</para>
10528 <para>Asks: Show ____ for items on the OPAC search results.</para>
10529 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10531 <para>call number only</para>
10534 <para>collection code</para>
10537 <para>location</para>
10539 </itemizedlist></para>
10540 <para>Description: </para>
10543 <para>This setting allows users of the OPAC results XSLT stylesheet to choose to
10544 display collection code or location in addition to call number.</para>
10549 <section id="OpacPasswordChange">
10550 <title>OpacPasswordChange</title>
10552 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10554 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to change their own password on the
10557 <para>Values:</para>
10565 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10566 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
10572 <para>Don't allow</para>
10577 <para>Enabling this will break LDAP authentication.</para>
10581 <section id="OPACPatronDetails">
10582 <title>OPACPatronDetails</title>
10584 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10586 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to notify the library of changes to their
10587 contact information from the OPAC.</para>
10589 <para>Values:</para>
10597 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10598 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
10604 <para>Don't allow</para>
10608 <para>Description:</para>
10612 <para>If patrons are allowed to notify the library of changes to their account then
10613 staff will need to approve the changes via the staff client. Notification of
10614 patron account requests will appear on the dashaboard below the list of modules
10615 with other pending actions.</para>
10617 <screeninfo>Patrons requesting modifications</screeninfo>
10620 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPatronDetails.png"/>
10624 <para>Once you click the notification you will be presented with the changes the
10625 patron would like to make to their account and from there you can choose how to
10628 <screeninfo>Patrons modifications</screeninfo>
10631 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPatronDetails-approve.png"/>
10636 <para>You can control what fields patrons see and can modify via the OPAC by
10637 setting the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link>
10638 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
10644 <section id="OPACpatronimage">
10645 <title>OPACpatronimage</title>
10647 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
10649 <para>Asks: ___ patron images on the patron information page in
10652 <para>Values:</para>
10656 <para>Don't show</para>
10664 <para>Description:</para>
10668 <para>If <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> is
10669 set to allow the upload of patron images via the staff client,
10670 then setting this preference to 'show' will show the patron
10671 what image you have on file for them when they view their
10672 personal information on their account in the OPAC.</para>
10676 <section id="OPACPopupAuthorsSearch">
10677 <title>OPACPopupAuthorsSearch</title>
10678 <para>Default: Don't display</para>
10679 <para>Asks: ___ the list of authors/subjects in a popup for a combined search on OPAC
10680 detail pages.</para>
10681 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
10683 <para>Display</para>
10686 <screeninfo>Subject search pop up</screeninfo>
10689 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACPopupAuthorsSearch.png"/>
10696 <para>This will only display the pop up if you are not using an XSLT
10697 stylesheet. Review your <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> to find out what stylesheet you're
10705 <para>Don't display<itemizedlist>
10707 <para>Authors and subjects will display as search links instead of pop up
10710 </itemizedlist></para>
10712 </itemizedlist></para>
10713 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
10715 <para>If this preference is set to 'Display' then clicking a subject or author
10716 from the details page in the OPAC will present the searcher with a pop up box.
10717 From this box you can check off any of the subjects or authors listed and search
10718 them all at once by clicking 'Search' at the bottom of the pop up. The default
10719 behavior is for Koha to search just the clicked author or subject.</para>
10721 </itemizedlist></para>
10724 <section id="OpacTopissue">
10725 <title>OpacTopissue</title>
10727 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
10729 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to access a list of the most checked out
10730 items on the OPAC.</para>
10732 <para>Values:</para>
10740 <para>A link to 'Most Popular' will appear at the top of
10744 <screeninfo>'Most Popular' link under the search
10749 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OpacTopissue.png"/>
10758 <para>Don't allow</para>
10762 <para>Description:</para>
10766 <para>This preference allows the administrator to choose to
10767 show the "Most Popular" link at the top of the OPAC under the
10768 search box. The "Most Popular" page shows the top circulated
10769 items in the library, as determined by the number of times a
10770 title has been circulated. This allows users to see what
10771 titles are popular in their community. It is recommended that
10772 you leave this preference set to 'Don't allow' until you have
10773 been live on Koha for a couple of months, otherwise the data
10774 that it shows will not be an accurate portrayal of what's
10775 popular in your library.</para>
10778 <screeninfo>Sample top issues page</screeninfo>
10782 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/topissues.png"/>
10790 <section id="opacuserlogin">
10791 <title>opacuserlogin</title>
10793 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10795 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to log in to their accounts on the
10798 <para>Values:</para>
10806 <para>Don't allow</para>
10810 <para>The OPAC will still be searchable if patrons can't
10811 log in, this just disables the patron account access via
10819 <section id="QuoteOfTheDay">
10820 <title>QuoteOfTheDay</title>
10822 <para>Default: Disable</para>
10824 <para>Asks: ___ Quote of the Day display on OPAC home page</para>
10826 <para>Values:</para>
10830 <para>Disable</para>
10834 <para>Enable</para>
10838 <para>Description:</para>
10842 <para>This feature will allow you to enter a series of quotes
10843 that will then show on the OPAC homepage in random order. To
10844 add/edit quotes, visit the <link linkend="QOTDEditor">Quote of
10845 the Day Editor</link> under Tools.</para>
10850 <section id="RequestOnOpac">
10851 <title>RequestOnOpac</title>
10853 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10855 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to place holds on items from the
10858 <para>Values:</para>
10866 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10867 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
10873 <para>Don't allow</para>
10878 <section id="reviewson">
10879 <title>reviewson</title>
10881 <para>Default: Allow</para>
10883 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to make comments on items on the
10886 <para>Values:</para>
10894 <para>Patrons comments/reviews all require moderation
10895 before they appear in the OPAC</para>
10899 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
10900 needs to be set to 'Allow'</para>
10906 <para>Don't allow</para>
10910 <para>Description:</para>
10914 <para>This button allows the patrons to submit comments on
10915 books they have read via the OPAC. If this preference is set
10916 to "Allow" reviews are first sent to the staff client for
10917 staff approval before the review is displayed in the OPAC. The
10918 staff member who reviews and approves comments may find the
10919 pending comments on the <link linkend="comments">Comments</link> tool. The staff member can
10920 then choose to approve or delete the comments.</para>
10925 <section id="ShowReviewer">
10926 <title>ShowReviewer</title>
10928 <para>Default: full name</para>
10930 <para>Asks: Show ___ of commenter with comments in OPAC.</para>
10932 <para>Values:</para>
10936 <para>first name</para>
10940 <para>first name and last initial</para>
10944 <para>full name</para>
10948 <para>last name</para>
10952 <para>no name</para>
10956 <para>username</para>
10960 <para>Description:</para>
10964 <para>If you would like to protect your patron's privacy in
10965 the OPAC you can choose to hide their names or parts of their
10966 names from any of the comments they leave on bib records in
10967 your system. <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> needs
10968 to be set to 'Allow' for this to preference to come in to
10974 <section id="ShowReviewerPhoto">
10975 <title>ShowReviewerPhoto</title>
10977 <para>Default: Show</para>
10979 <para>Asks: ___ reviewer's photo beside comments in OPAC.</para>
10981 <para>Values:</para>
10993 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> needs to
10994 be set to 'Allow' and <link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> needs to be set
10995 to 'Show' for this to preference to come in to play</para>
10998 <screeninfo>ShowReviewerPhoto set to 'Show'</screeninfo>
11002 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/ShowReviewerPhoto.png"/>
11011 <para>Description:</para>
11015 <para>This system preference allows libraries to show avatars
11016 next to patron's comments in the OPAC. These avatars are
11017 pulled from the <ulink url="https://www.libravatar.org">Libravatar</ulink> library,
11018 an open source powered product that allows Internet users to
11019 choose a small icon to display next to their name on various
11020 different websites. The library has no control over the images
11021 the patron chooses to display.</para>
11026 <section id="SocialNetworks">
11027 <title>SocialNetworks</title>
11029 <para>Default: Disable</para>
11031 <para>Asks: ___ social network links in opac detail pages</para>
11033 <para>Values:</para>
11037 <para>Disable</para>
11041 <para>Enable</para>
11044 <screeninfo>Social Networks</screeninfo>
11048 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SocialNetworks.png"/>
11055 <para>Description:</para>
11059 <para>This preference will enable a line of social network
11060 share buttons below the right hand column on the detail pages
11061 of records in the OPAC.</para>
11066 <para>In order for these share buttons to work when clicked you
11067 must have filled in your <link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> preference.</para>
11071 <section id="suggestionspref">
11072 <title>suggestion</title>
11074 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11076 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to make purchase suggestions on the
11079 <para>Values:</para>
11087 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11088 needs to be set to 'allow' unless <link linkend="AnonSuggestions">AnonSuggestions</link> is set to
11095 <para>Don't allow</para>
11101 <section id="opacpolicyprefs">
11102 <title>Policy</title>
11106 <section id="AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice">
11107 <title>AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice</title>
11109 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11111 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select branch when making a purchase
11114 <para>Values:</para>
11122 <para>Don't allow</para>
11126 <para>Description:</para>
11130 <para>If your library system lets patrons make purchase
11131 suggestions for a specific branch you can set this preference
11132 to 'Allow' to add a branch selection option to the purchase
11133 suggestion form.</para>
11137 <section id="BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions">
11138 <title>BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions</title>
11139 <para>Default: Don't block</para>
11140 <para>Asks: ___ expired patrons from OPAC actions such as placing a hold or renewing. </para>
11141 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11146 <para>Don't block</para>
11148 </itemizedlist></para>
11149 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11151 <para>This preference lets you set a default value for how Koha handles
11152 permissions for patrons who are expired. This preference can be overwritten by
11153 the setting on <link linkend="patcats">individual patron
11154 categories</link>.</para>
11156 </itemizedlist></para>
11159 <section id="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">
11160 <title>OpacAllowPublicListCreation</title>
11162 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11164 <para>Asks: ___ opac users to create public lists</para>
11166 <para>Values:</para>
11174 <para>Don't allow</para>
11178 <para>Description:</para>
11182 <para>Public lists are visible to anyone who visits your OPAC.
11183 With this preference you can control whether or now patrons
11184 are allowed to create these public lists. If this is set to
11185 "Don't allow" then only staff will be able to create public
11191 <para>This preference will only be taken in to account if you
11192 have <link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> set to
11197 <section id="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">
11198 <title>OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</title>
11200 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11202 <para>Asks: ___ opac users to share private lists with other
11205 <para>Values:</para>
11213 <para>Don't allow</para>
11217 <para>Description:</para>
11221 <para>This feature will add the option for patrons to share their lists with other
11222 patrons. When this is set to 'Allow' patrons will see a share link at the top of
11223 their list. When they click that link it will ask for the email of the patron they
11224 would like to share with. Koha will then email the patron an invitation to see the
11230 <section id="OPACFineNoRenewals">
11231 <title>OPACFineNoRenewals</title>
11233 <para>Default: 99999</para>
11235 <para>Asks: Only allow patrons to renew their own books on the
11236 OPAC if they have less than ___ USD in fines</para>
11239 <para>Leave this field blank to disable</para>
11243 <para>To allow renewals in the OPAC, <link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link> needs to be set to
11248 <section id="OpacHiddenItems">
11249 <title>OpacHiddenItems</title>
11251 <para>Asks: Allows to define custom rules for hiding specific
11252 items at opac. <note>
11253 <para>See docs/opac/OpacHiddenItems.txt in your Koha install
11254 directory for more information</para>
11257 <para>Description:</para>
11261 <para>In this field you can enter criteria for items you would
11262 like to hide from display in the OPAC. This field takes any
11263 combination of item fields (from the items table in the Koha
11264 database) for blocking. For example a value of:</para>
11266 <para><programlisting>itype: [07, 10]
11267 location: [STAFF, ISO]</programlisting>Will block items with an itype code of
11268 07 or 10 as well as items that have a shelving location of
11269 STAFF or ISO.</para>
11271 <para>In items my items.itype 07 is defined in Item Types
11272 Administration as Staff Assigned My items.itype 10 in Item
11273 Types is Archival Copy The locations STAFF and ISO are in
11274 Authorized Values for category=LOC STAFF means it's assigned
11275 to the staff reading room and ISO means it is in the isolation
11281 <section id="OpacRenewalAllowed">
11282 <title>OpacRenewalAllowed</title>
11284 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11286 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to renew their own books on the
11289 <para>Values:</para>
11297 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11298 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11304 <para>Don't allow</para>
11308 <para>Staff will still be able to renew items for patrons
11309 via the staff client</para>
11315 <para>Description:</para>
11319 <para>This preference allows the administration to choose if
11320 patrons can renew their checked out materials via their
11321 checked out history in the OPAC. It allows patrons to renew
11322 their materials without having to contact the library or
11323 having to return to the library.</para>
11328 <section id="OpacRenewalBranch">
11329 <title>OpacRenewalBranch</title>
11331 <para>Default: the branch the item was checked out from</para>
11333 <para>Asks: Use ___ as branchcode to store in the statistics
11336 <para>Values:</para>
11344 <para>'OPACRenew'</para>
11348 <para>the item's home branch</para>
11352 <para>the patron's home branch</para>
11356 <para>the branch the item was checked out from</para>
11360 <para>Description:</para>
11364 <para>This value is used in the statistics table to help with
11365 reporting. The statistics table in Koha keeps track of all
11366 checkouts and renewals, this preference defines which branch
11367 is entered in to the table when a patron renews an item for
11368 themselves via the OPAC.</para>
11373 <section id="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">
11374 <title>OPACViewOthersSuggestions</title>
11376 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
11378 <para>Asks: ___ purchase suggestions from other patrons on the
11381 <para>Values:</para>
11385 <para>Don't show</para>
11393 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11394 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11401 <section id="SearchMyLibraryFirst">
11402 <title>SearchMyLibraryFirst</title>
11404 <para>Default: Don't limit</para>
11406 <para>Asks: ___ patrons' searches to the library they are
11407 registered at.</para>
11409 <para>Values:</para>
11413 <para>Don't limit</para>
11417 <para>Searching the OPAC will show results from all
11422 <para>If you're a one branch system, choose 'Don't
11433 <para>Patrons will still be able to search other libraries
11434 via the Advanced search page - but will be limited to
11435 searches for their library only from the basic search
11440 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11441 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11448 <section id="singleBranchMode">
11449 <title>singleBranchMode</title>
11451 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11453 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to select their branch on the OPAC.</para>
11455 <para>Values:</para>
11463 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
11464 needs to be set to 'allow'</para>
11470 <para>Don't allow</para>
11474 <para>Description:</para>
11478 <para>This preference is for libraries that have branches but
11479 do not want to share their items among other branches within
11480 their system. If the preference is set to "Don't allow" then
11481 holdings will be shown for all branches within a system. On
11482 the "Home" screen of the OPAC users have the choice of
11483 narrowing down results by item location. Setting this
11484 preference to "Allow" will display only one branch's
11491 <section id="opacprivacyprefs">
11492 <title>Privacy</title>
11496 <section id="AnonSuggestions">
11497 <title>AnonSuggestions</title>
11499 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11501 <para>Asks: ___ patrons that aren't logged in to make purchase
11502 suggestions. <important>
11503 <para>If set to 'Allow', suggestions are connected to the
11504 <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link></para>
11505 </important></para>
11507 <para>Values:</para>
11515 <para>Don't allow</para>
11520 <section id="AnonymousPatron">
11521 <title>AnonymousPatron</title>
11523 <para>Default: 0</para>
11525 <para>Asks: Use borrowernumber ___ as the Anonymous Patron (for anonymous suggestions
11526 and reading history) </para>
11528 <para>Before setting this preference <link linkend="addnewpatron">create a
11529 patron</link> to be used for all anonymous suggestions and/or reading history
11530 items. This patron can be any type and should be named something to make it clear to
11531 you that they're anonymous (ex. Anonymous Patron).</para>
11534 <para>Remember to use the borrowernumber note the patron's cardnumber for this value.
11535 The borrowernumber can be found on the patron record under 'Library use' on the right.<screenshot>
11536 <screeninfo>Borrowernumber</screeninfo>
11539 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AnonymousPatron.png"/>
11542 </screenshot></para>
11546 <section id="EnableOpacSearchHistory">
11547 <title>EnableOpacSearchHistory</title>
11549 <para>Default: Keep</para>
11551 <para>Asks: ___ patron search history in the OPAC.</para>
11553 <para>Values:</para>
11557 <para>Don't keep</para>
11566 <section id="OPACPrivacy">
11567 <title>OPACPrivacy</title>
11569 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11571 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to choose their own privacy settings for
11572 their reading history. <important>
11573 <para>This requires <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> set to
11574 'Allow' and <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> to be set to
11575 your anonymous patron's borrowernumber.</para>
11576 </important></para>
11578 <para>Values:</para>
11586 <para>Don't allow</para>
11589 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11591 <para>The default privacy setting for each patron category can be set in the <link
11592 linkend="patcats">Patrons Categories</link> area. If you set this preference
11593 to 'allow' then patrons can change that for themselves via the OPAC.</para>
11595 </itemizedlist></para>
11598 <section id="opacreadinghistory">
11599 <title>opacreadinghistory</title>
11601 <para>Default: Allow</para>
11603 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to see what books they have checked out in
11607 <para>Enabling this will make it so that patrons can view their circulation history in
11608 the OPAC unless you have <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> set to
11613 <para>This data is stored in the system regardless of your
11614 choice, unless your patrons have chosen to never have their
11615 reading history kept.</para>
11618 <section id="TrackClicks">
11619 <title>TrackClicks</title>
11620 <para>Default: Don't track</para>
11621 <para>Asks: ___ links that patrons click on.</para>
11622 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11624 <para>Don't track</para>
11630 <para>Track anonymously</para>
11632 </itemizedlist></para>
11633 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11635 <para>By setting this preference to one of the track options you will allow Koha
11636 to track every link clicked in Koha. This data will be stored in a database
11637 table so that you can run reports against that data. If you choose to 'Track'
11638 clicks then Koha will record both the link clicked and the logged in user who
11639 clicked the link. If you choose to 'Track anonymously' then the borrowernumber
11640 will not be recorded, but the rest of the data will.<note>
11641 <para>Remember to update your local privacy policies and link to them from the
11642 OPAC to notify your users that you are tracking their information.</para>
11645 </itemizedlist></para>
11648 <section id="opacselfregistrationprefs">
11649 <title>Self Registration</title>
11650 <section id="PatronSelfRegistration">
11651 <title>PatronSelfRegistration</title>
11652 <para>Default: Don't allow</para>
11653 <para>Asks: ___ library patrons to register an account via the OPAC.</para>
11654 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11659 <para>Don't allow</para>
11661 </itemizedlist></para>
11662 <para>Description:</para>
11665 <para>Setting this preference to 'Allow' will provide a link on the OPAC to register
11666 for a new account. Using the other <link linkend="opacselfregistrationprefs">Self
11667 Registration</link> system preferences you can control how this preference will function.</para>
11669 <screeninfo>Register link in the OPAC</screeninfo>
11672 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/PatronSelfRegistration.png"/>
11679 <para>Patrons registering via the OPAC will not need to be approved by a librarian.
11680 For this reason it is recommended that you set up a provisional <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> with no <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rights</link>. That way patrons will have to come in to the library
11681 to verify their identity before given circulation rights at the library. Once the
11682 patron confirms their identiy the library staff can change the category to one with
11683 permissions to check items out and place holds.</para>
11686 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationAdditionalInstructions">
11687 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationAdditionalInstructions</title>
11688 <para>Asks: Display the following additional instructions for patrons who self register
11689 via the OPAC ( HTML is allowed ): </para>
11690 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11692 <para>This preference takes any HTML you'd like to display on the page the patron
11693 sees after successfully registering for their library card.</para>
11695 </itemizedlist></para>
11697 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">
11698 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</title>
11699 <para>Default: surname|firstname</para>
11700 <para>Asks: The following database columns must be filled in on the patron entry screen:
11702 <para>Description:</para>
11705 <para>This preference allows you to define what fields patrons must fill in on their
11706 self regisration form. If any of the required fields are blank Koha will not let
11707 the patron register.</para>
11711 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
11714 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
11715 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
11718 <para>If you're going to require that patrons verify their accounts via email with the
11719 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference the email field will
11720 automatically be marked as required.</para>
11723 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">
11724 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</title>
11725 <para>Asks: The following database columns will not appear on the patron entry screen:
11727 <para>Description:</para>
11730 <para>Using this preference you can hide fields from the patron registraion and
11731 update form in the OPAC.</para>
11735 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
11738 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
11739 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
11742 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory">
11743 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory</title>
11744 <para>Asks: Use the patron category code ___ as the default patron category for patrons
11745 registered via the OPAC. </para>
11746 <para>Description:</para>
11749 <para>Enter in the patron category code for the category that all new patrons
11750 registered via the OPAC will be put in to.</para>
11754 <para>Patrons registering via the OPAC will not need to be approved by a librarian.
11755 For this reason it is recommended that you set up a provisional <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> with no <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rights</link>. That way patrons will have to come in to the library
11756 to verify their identity before given circulation rights at the library. Once the
11757 patron confirms their identiy the library staff can change the category to one with
11758 permissions to check items out and place holds.</para>
11761 <para>If you leave this blank or enter in an invalid code your patrons will still be
11762 able to register but will not be given a username. There will be no errors on the
11763 page to explain this, so be sure to enter a valid patron category code.</para>
11766 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">
11767 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</title>
11768 <para>Default: 0</para>
11769 <para>Asks: Delete patrons registered via the OPAC, but not yet verified after ___
11771 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11773 <para>This prefence links to the <link linkend="deleteexpiredregistrationcron"
11774 >delete_expired_opac_registrations.pl cron job</link>. If that cron is set to
11775 run nightly it will clean up any registrations that have not been verified via
11776 email in the number of days entered on this preference. This is dependent on
11777 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail"
11778 >PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference.</para>
11780 </itemizedlist></para>
11782 <section id="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">
11783 <title>PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</title>
11784 <para>Default: Don't require</para>
11785 <para>Asks: ___ that a self-registering patron verify his or herself via email.</para>
11786 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
11788 <para>Don't require</para>
11791 <para>Require</para>
11793 </itemizedlist></para>
11794 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
11796 <para>If you require patrons to verify their accounts via email they will not be
11797 able to log in to the OPAC until they acknowledge the email sent by Koha. If you
11798 don't require this then patrons will be able to log in as soon as they fill in
11799 the registration form. You can set the <link
11800 linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay"
11801 >PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</link> preference to
11802 delete the un-verified self registrations after a certain number of days.</para>
11804 </itemizedlist><note>
11805 <para>If you're going to require that patrons verify their accounts via email then
11806 the email field will automatically be marked as required.</para>
11811 <section id="shelfbrowseprefs">
11812 <title>Shelf Browser</title>
11816 <section id="OPACShelfBrowser">
11817 <title>OPACShelfBrowser</title>
11819 <para>Default: Show</para>
11821 <para>Asks: ___ a shelf browser on item details pages, allowing
11822 patrons to see what's near that item on the shelf.</para>
11824 <para>Values:</para>
11828 <para>Don't show</para>
11835 <screeninfo>OPACShelfBrowser</screeninfo>
11839 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/OPACShelfBrowser.png"/>
11846 <para>Description:</para>
11850 <para>This preference allows patrons to view what is located
11851 on the shelf near the item they looked up. The shelf browser
11852 option appears on the details page to the right of each items'
11853 call number. Clicking the 'Browse Shelf' link allows for a
11854 virtual shelf browsing experience via the OPAC and lets
11855 patrons see other books that may relate to their search and
11856 items that sit on the shelf near the item they are looking
11862 <para>This uses up a fairly large amount of resources on your
11863 server, and should be avoided if your collection has a large
11864 number of items.</para>
11868 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesCcode">
11869 <title>ShelfBrowserUsesCcode</title>
11871 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
11873 <para>Asks: ___ the item collection code when finding items for
11874 the shelf browser.</para>
11876 <para>Values:</para>
11880 <para>Don't use</para>
11888 <para>Description:</para>
11892 <para>If your library uses collection codes then you might
11893 want the shelf browser to take into consideration what
11894 collection the books belong to when populating the virtual
11895 shelf browser.</para>
11900 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesHomeBranch">
11901 <title>ShelfBrowserUsesHomeBranch</title>
11903 <para>Default: Use</para>
11905 <para>Asks: ___ the item home branch when finding items for the
11906 shelf browser.</para>
11908 <para>Values:</para>
11912 <para>Don't use</para>
11920 <para>Description:</para>
11924 <para>If you have a multiple branch system you may want to
11925 make sure that Koha takes into consideration what branch owns
11926 the books when populating the virtual shelf browser for
11932 <section id="ShelfBrowserUsesLocation">
11933 <title>ShelfBrowserUsesLocation</title>
11935 <para>Default: Use</para>
11937 <para>Asks: ___ the item location when finding items for the shelf
11940 <para>Values:</para>
11944 <para>Don't use</para>
11952 <para>Description:</para>
11956 <para>If your library uses shelving locations then you might
11957 want the shelf browser to take into consideration what
11958 shelving location the books belong to when populating the
11959 virtual shelf browser.</para>
11966 <section id="patronprefs">
11967 <title>Patrons</title>
11969 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
11970 Global System Preferences > Patrons</para>
11972 <section id="generalpatronpref">
11973 <title>General</title>
11974 <section id="AutoEmailOPACUser">
11975 <title>AutoEmailOpacUser</title>
11976 <para>Default: Don't send</para>
11977 <para>Asks: ___ an email to newly created patrons with their account details.</para>
11978 <para>Description:</para>
11981 <para>AutoEmailOpacUser allows library users to be notified by email of their
11982 account details when a new account is opened at the email address specified in the
11983 <link linkend="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</link>
11984 preference. The email contains the username and password given to or chosen by the
11985 patron when signing up for their account and can be customized by editing the
11986 <link linkend="ACCTDETAILS">ACCTDETAILS</link> notice.</para>
11989 <para>Values:</para>
11992 <para>Don't send</para>
11999 <section id="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">
12000 <title>AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</title>
12001 <para>Default: alternate</para>
12002 <para>Asks: Use ___ patron email address for sending out emails.</para>
12003 <para>Values:</para>
12006 <para>alternate</para>
12009 <para>first valid</para>
12018 <para>Description:</para>
12021 <para>If you choose 'first valid' as the value for AutoEmailPrimaryAddress the
12022 system will check the email fields in this order: home, work, then alternate.
12023 Otherwise the system will use the email address you specify.</para>
12027 <section id="autoMemberNum">
12028 <title>autoMemberNum</title>
12029 <para>Default: Do</para>
12030 <para>Asks: ___ default the card number field on the patron addition screen to the next
12031 available card number</para>
12032 <para>Values:</para>
12038 <para>If the largest currently used card number is 26345000012941, then this
12039 field will default to 26345000012942 for the next patron</para>
12047 <para>Description:</para>
12050 <para>This preference determines if the patron's barcode is automatically
12051 calculated. This prevents the person setting up the library card account from
12052 having to assign a number to the new card. If set to 'Do' the system will
12053 calculate a new patron barcode by adding 1 to the maximum barcode already present
12054 in the database.</para>
12058 <section id="BorrowerMandatoryField">
12059 <title>BorrowerMandatoryField</title>
12060 <para>Default: surname|cardnumber|barcode</para>
12061 <para>Asks: The following database columns must be filled in on the patron entry screen:
12063 <para>Description:</para>
12066 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to choose which fields your
12067 library would like required for patron accounts. Enter field names separated by |
12068 (bar). This ensures that basic information is included in each patron record. If a
12069 patron leaves one of the required fields blank an error message will issue and the
12070 account will not be created.</para>
12074 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12077 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink
12078 url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12079 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12082 <section id="borrowerRelationship">
12083 <title>borrowerRelationship</title>
12084 <para>Default: father|mother</para>
12085 <para>Asks: Guarantors can be the following of those they guarantee ___</para>
12086 <para>Description:</para>
12089 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to define valid relationships
12090 between a guarantor (usually a parent) & a guarantee (usually a child).
12091 Defining values for this field does not make the guarantor field required when
12092 adding a guarantee type patron. This preference creates a drop down list
12093 identifying the relationship of the guarantor to the guarantee. To disable the
12094 ability to add children types in Koha you can leave this field blank.</para>
12098 <para>Input multiple choices separated by |</para>
12101 <section id="BorrowerRenewalPeriodBase">
12102 <title>BorrowerRenewalPeriodBase</title>
12103 <para>Default: current date</para>
12104 <para>Asks: When renewing borrowers, base the new expiry date on ___</para>
12105 <para>Values:</para>
12108 <para>current date.</para>
12111 <para>current membership expiry date.</para>
12114 <para>Description:</para>
12117 <para>This preference controls what the patron's new expiration date will be when
12118 you renew their card. Using the 'current date' will add the subscription period to
12119 today's date when calculating the new expiration date. Using 'current membership
12120 expiry date' will add the subscription period to the old expiration date for the
12121 patron when renewing their account.</para>
12125 <section id="BorrowersTitles">
12126 <title>BorrowersTitles</title>
12127 <para>Default: Mr|Mrs|Miss|Ms</para>
12128 <para>Asks: Borrowers can have the following titles ___</para>
12129 <para>Description:</para>
12132 <para>This preference allows the staff to choose the titles that can be assigned to
12133 patrons. The choices present as a drop down list when creating a patron
12138 <para>Input multiple choices separated by |</para>
12141 <section id="BorrowerUnwantedField">
12142 <title>BorrowerUnwantedField</title>
12143 <para>Asks: The following database columns will not appear on the patron entry screen:
12145 <para>Description:</para>
12148 <para>This preference enables the system administrator to choose which fields your
12149 library doesn't need to see on the patron entry form. Enter field names separated
12154 <para>Separate columns with |</para>
12157 <para>For help with field names, ask your system administrator or <ulink
12158 url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/borrowers.html">view the database
12159 structure</ulink> associated with the borrowers table.</para>
12162 <section id="CardnumberLength">
12163 <title>CardnumberLength</title>
12164 <para>Asks: Card numbers for patrons must be ___ characters long. </para>
12165 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12167 <para>The length can be a single number to specify an exact length, a range
12168 separated by a comma (i.e., 'Min,Max'), or a maximum with no minimum (i.e.,
12169 ',Max'). If 'cardnumber' is included in the <link
12170 linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> list, the
12171 minimum length, if not specified here, defaults to one. </para>
12173 </itemizedlist></para>
12175 <section id="checkdigit">
12176 <title>checkdigit</title>
12177 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12178 <para>Asks: ___ check and construct borrower card numbers in the Katipo style.</para>
12179 <para>Values:</para>
12189 <para>This overrides <link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link> if on.</para>
12192 <section id="EnableBorrowerFiles">
12193 <title>EnableBorrowerFiles</title>
12194 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12195 <para>Asks: ___ enable the ability to upload and attach arbitrary files to a borrower
12197 <para>Values:</para>
12206 <para>Description:</para>
12209 <para>When enabled this will add a 'Files' tab to the left of the patron detail page
12210 where you can view and upload files to the patron record.</para>
12214 <section id="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">
12215 <title>EnhancedMessagingPreferences</title>
12216 <para>Default: Allow</para>
12217 <para>Asks: ___ patrons to choose which notices they receive and when they receive
12219 <para>Values:</para>
12225 <para>Don't allow</para>
12229 <para>This only applies to certain kinds of notices, overdue notices will be sent
12230 based on the library's rules, not the patron's choice.</para>
12232 <para>Description:</para>
12235 <para>These messages are in addition to the overdue notices that the library sends.
12236 The difference between these notices and overdues is that the patron can opt-in
12237 and out of these. Setting this preference to 'Allow' will allow patrons to choose
12238 to receive any one of the following messages:</para>
12241 <para>Item Checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
12242 just checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
12246 <para>Item Due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
12249 <para>Hold Filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
12253 <para>Item Checkin : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has
12254 just checked in</para>
12257 <para>Advanced Notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
12258 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
12264 <section id="ExtendedPatronAttributes">
12265 <title>ExtendedPatronAttributes</title>
12266 <para>Default: Enable</para>
12267 <para>Asks: ___ searching, editing and display of custom attributes on patrons.</para>
12268 <para>Values:</para>
12271 <para>Don't enable</para>
12274 <para>Enable</para>
12277 <para>Define attributes in Koha administration</para>
12280 <para>Get there: More > Administration > <link
12281 linkend="patronattributetypes">Patron Attribute Types</link></para>
12286 <para>Description:</para>
12289 <para>Patron attributes are library-defined custom fields that can be applied to
12290 patron records.</para>
12294 <para>Use custom attributes for fields that the default patron record does not support
12295 such as driver's license number or student ID number.</para>
12298 <section id="intranetreadinghistory">
12299 <title>intranetreadinghistory</title>
12300 <para>Default: Allow</para>
12301 <para>Asks: ___ staff to access a patron's checkout history<important>
12302 <para>If you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preference set
12303 to 'Allow' and the patron has decided to not have their history kept staff will
12304 only see currently checked out items.</para>
12305 </important></para>
12306 <para>Values:</para>
12312 <para>Don't allow</para>
12316 <para>This data is stored in the system regardless of your choice.</para>
12319 <section id="MaxFine">
12320 <title>MaxFine</title>
12321 <para>Default: 9999</para>
12322 <para>Asks: The late fine for all checkouts will only go up to ___ USD.</para>
12323 <para>Description:</para>
12326 <para>This preference controls the default cap on fines accrued by the patron.
12327 Leaving this preference blank means that there is no cap on the amount of fines a
12328 patron can accrue. If you'd like, single item caps can be specified in the <link
12329 linkend="circfinerules">circulation rules matrix</link>.</para>
12333 <section id="minPasswordLength">
12334 <title>minPasswordLength</title>
12335 <para>Default: 3</para>
12336 <para>Asks: Login passwords for staff and patrons must be at least ___ characters
12339 <para>This applies to both the staff login and the patron OPAC login.</para>
12342 <section id="NotifyBorrowerDeparture">
12343 <title>NotifyBorrowerDeparture</title>
12344 <para>Default: 30</para>
12345 <para>Asks: Show a notice that a patron is about to expire ___ days beforehand.</para>
12346 <para>Description:</para>
12349 <para>When the patron attempts to check out materials, a warning will appear in the
12350 check out window of the Staff Client telling the librarian that the patrons
12351 account is about to expire.</para>
12355 <para>This notice will appear on the patron's record in the staff client.</para>
12358 <section id="patronimages">
12359 <title>patronimages</title>
12360 <para>Default: Allow</para>
12361 <para>Asks: ___ images to be uploaded and shown for patrons on the staff client.</para>
12362 <para>Values:</para>
12368 <para>Don't allow</para>
12371 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12373 <para>If this preference is set to 'Allow' the staff will be able to upload images
12374 of patrons either <link linkend="addpatronimages">one by one</link> or <link
12375 linkend="uploadpatronimages">in bulk</link>. Patrons images will show on the
12376 detail page to the left of the patron information. They can also show in the
12377 OPAC if you set the <link linkend="OPACpatronimage">OPACpatronimage</link>
12378 preference or in the self check out module if you set the <link
12379 linkend="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck"
12380 >ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</link> preference.</para>
12382 </itemizedlist></para>
12384 <section id="PatronsPerPage">
12385 <title>PatronsPerPage</title>
12386 <para>Default: 20</para>
12387 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the staff client.</para>
12388 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12390 <para>This preference will let you define how many patrons to show on patron
12391 search results pages.</para>
12393 </itemizedlist></para>
12395 <section id="SMSSendDriver">
12396 <title>SMSSendDriver</title>
12397 <para>Asks: Use the SMS::Send:: ___ driver to send SMS messages.</para>
12398 <para>Some examples of values are:</para>
12401 <para>SMS::Send::Us::Ipipi</para>
12404 <para>SMS::Send::US::TMobile</para>
12407 <para>SMS::Send::US::Verizon</para>
12410 <para>SMS::Send::IN::Unicel</para>
12413 <para>Additional values can be found here: <ulink
12414 url="http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all"
12415 >http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all </ulink></para>
12417 <para>Only drivers available as Perl modules will work in this preference, so make
12418 sure a Perl module is available before choosing an SMS service.</para>
12420 <para>Once a driver is entered in the preference an option will appear in the staff
12421 client and the OPAC on the patron messaging form to choose to receive messages as
12424 <screeninfo>SMSSendDriver Options</screeninfo>
12427 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SMSSendDriver.png"/>
12432 <para>You must allow <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
12433 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> for this to work.</para>
12436 <section id="StatisticsFields">
12437 <title>StatisticsFields</title>
12438 <para>Default: location|itype|ccode</para>
12439 <para>Asks: Show the following fields from the items database table as columns on the
12440 statistics tab on the patron record: ___</para>
12442 <screeninfo>Statistics on Patron Record</screeninfo>
12445 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/StatisticsFields.png"/>
12450 <para>Enter the values separated by bars (|)</para>
12452 <para>Description:</para>
12455 <para>This preference lets you set which fields will show on the patron record on
12456 the Statistics tab.</para>
12460 <section id="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">
12461 <title>TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</title>
12462 <para>Default: Disable</para>
12463 <para>Asks: ___ patron phone notifications using Talking Tech i-tiva (overdues, predues
12464 and holds notices currently supported).</para>
12465 <para>Values:</para>
12468 <para>Disable</para>
12471 <para>Enable</para>
12474 <para>Description:</para>
12477 <para>To learn more about setting up this third party product view the <link
12478 linkend="talkingtechappendix">Talking Tech Appendix</link>.</para>
12482 <para>Requires that you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
12483 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> set to Allow to use.</para>
12486 <section id="uppercasesurnames">
12487 <title>uppercasesurnames</title>
12488 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12489 <para>Asks: ___ store and display surnames (last names) in upper case.</para>
12490 <para>Values:</para>
12501 <section id="norwegianpref">
12502 <title>Norwegian patron database</title>
12503 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBEnable">
12504 <title>NorwegianPatronDBEnable & NorwegianPatronDBEndpoint</title>
12505 <para>NorwegianPatronDBEnable Default: Disable</para>
12506 <para>Asks: ___ the ability to communicate with the Norwegian national patron database
12507 via the ___ endpoint. </para>
12508 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12510 <para>Disable</para>
12513 <para>Enable</para>
12515 </itemizedlist></para>
12517 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBSearchNLAfterLocalHit">
12518 <title>NorwegianPatronDBSearchNLAfterLocalHit</title>
12519 <para>Default: Don't</para>
12520 <para>Asks: ___ search the Norwegian national patron database after a local search
12521 result was found.</para>
12522 <para>Values:</para>
12532 <section id="NorwegianPatronDBUsername">
12533 <title>NorwegianPatronDBUsername & NorwegianPatronDBPassword</title>
12534 <para>Asks: Communicate with the Norwegian national patron database using the username
12535 ___ and the password ___. </para>
12536 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12538 <para>You can get these from "Base Bibliotek", which is maintained by the
12539 Norwegian National Library. </para>
12541 </itemizedlist></para>
12546 <section id="searchingprefs">
12547 <title>Searching</title>
12549 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
12550 Global System Preferences > Searching</para>
12552 <section id="searchfeatureprefs">
12553 <title>Features</title>
12556 <section id="EnableSearchHistory">
12557 <title>EnableSearchHistory</title>
12558 <para>Default: Don't keep</para>
12559 <para>Asks: ___ patron search history in the staff client.</para>
12560 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12562 <para>Don't keep</para>
12565 <para>Keep<screenshot>
12566 <screeninfo>EnableSearchHistory</screeninfo>
12569 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/EnableSearchHistory.png"/>
12572 </screenshot></para>
12574 </itemizedlist>Description:<itemizedlist>
12576 <para>This preference controls whether the staff client keeps search history for
12577 logged in users. Search history will be accessible under the link to your
12578 account in the top right of the staff client.</para>
12580 </itemizedlist></para>
12582 <section id="IncludeSeeFromInSearches">
12583 <title>IncludeSeeFromInSearches</title>
12584 <para>Default: Don't include</para>
12585 <para>Asks: ___ <emphasis role="italic">see from</emphasis> (non-preferred form)
12586 headings in bibliographic searches. </para>
12587 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12589 <para>Don't include</para>
12592 <para>Include</para>
12594 </itemizedlist></para>
12595 <para>Description: <itemizedlist>
12597 <para>When this preference is set to include the search engine indexer will insert
12598 <emphasis role="italic">see from</emphasis> headings from authority records
12599 into bibliographic records when indexing, so that a search on an obsolete term
12600 will turn up relevant records. For example when you search for cookery (the old
12601 term) you get titles with the heading of cooking (the new term).</para>
12603 </itemizedlist><important>
12604 <para>You will need to reindex your bibliographic database when changing this
12605 preference. </para>
12606 </important></para>
12609 <section id="OpacGroupResults">
12610 <title>OpacGroupResults</title>
12612 <para>Default: Don't use</para>
12614 <para>Asks: ___ PazPar2 to group similar results on the
12617 <para>Values:</para>
12621 <para>Don't use</para>
12630 <para>This requires that <ulink url="http://www.indexdata.com/pazpar2">PazPar2</ulink> is set up
12631 and running.</para>
12635 <section id="QueryAutoTruncate">
12636 <title>QueryAutoTruncate</title>
12638 <para>Default: automatically</para>
12640 <para>Asks: Perform wildcard searching (where, for example, Har
12641 would match Harry and harp) ___ (The * character would be used
12642 like so: Har* or *logging.)</para>
12644 <para>Values:</para>
12648 <para>automatically</para>
12652 <para>only if * is added</para>
12656 <para>Description:</para>
12660 <para>This setting allows for searches to be automatically
12661 truncated or for additional characters to be added to the end
12662 of a search string. When set to "automatically" the search
12663 string automatically ends with a wildcard function. For
12664 example, a search for the word "invent" with auto truncation
12665 enabled will also retrieve results for inventor, invention,
12666 inventory, etc. If you don't want this to happen automatically
12667 you can still be perform wildcard searches manually by adding
12668 an asterisk (*). Typing "invent*" even with auto truncation
12669 disabled will retrieve the same inventor, invention, inventory
12670 results. Auto truncation bypasses the necessity to type long
12671 search strings in their entirety.</para>
12676 <section id="QueryFuzzy">
12677 <title>QueryFuzzy</title>
12679 <para>Default: Try</para>
12681 <para>Asks: ___ to match similarly spelled words in a search (for
12682 example, a search for flang would also match flange and
12685 <para>Values:</para>
12689 <para>Don't try</para>
12697 <para>Description:</para>
12701 <para>This preference enables "fuzzy" searching, in which the
12702 search engine returns results that are similar to, but not
12703 exactly matching, the word or words entered by the user. This
12704 preference enables the search function to compensate for
12705 slightly misspelled names or phrases.</para>
12710 <para>Requires that <link linkend="UseICU">UseICU</link> set to 'Not using'</para>
12714 <section id="QueryStemming">
12715 <title>QueryStemming</title>
12717 <para>Default: Try</para>
12719 <para>Asks: ___ to match words of the same base in a search</para>
12721 <para>Values:</para>
12725 <para>Don't try</para>
12733 <para>A search for enabling would also match enable and
12740 <para>Description:</para>
12744 <para>This preference enables word stemming. Stemming allows
12745 the search function to return multiple versions of the same
12746 word, as well as related terms (i.e., both fish and fishing
12747 would be returned).</para>
12752 <section id="QueryWeightFields">
12753 <title>QueryWeightFields</title>
12755 <para>Default: Enable</para>
12757 <para>Asks: ___ ranking of search results by relevance</para>
12759 <para>Values:</para>
12763 <para>Disable</para>
12767 <para>Enable</para>
12772 <section id="TraceCompleteSubfields">
12773 <title>TraceCompleteSubfields</title>
12775 <para>Default: Force</para>
12777 <para>Asks: ___ subject tracings in the OPAC and Staff Client to
12778 search only for complete-subfield matches.</para>
12780 <para>Values:</para>
12784 <para>Don't force</para>
12788 <para>Searches for subject keywords (example:
12789 opac-search.pl?q=su:World%20Wide%20Web)</para>
12799 <para>Searches for complete subject fields (example:
12800 opac-search.pl?q=su,complete-subfield:World%20Wide%20Web)</para>
12806 <para>Description:</para>
12810 <para>When TraceCompleteSubfields is set to "force," clicking
12811 on links in non-authority controlled subject tracings will
12812 only find other records where the entire subfields match.
12813 Leaving it at "don't force" does a keyword search of the
12814 subject indexes.</para>
12819 <para>This preference assumes that you're using XSLT stylesheets
12820 as set in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
12825 <section id="TraceSubjectSubdivisions">
12826 <title>TraceSubjectSubdivisions</title>
12828 <para>Default: Include</para>
12830 <para>Asks: ___ subdivisions for searches generated by clicking on
12831 subject tracings.</para>
12833 <para>Values:</para>
12837 <para>Don't include</para>
12841 <para>Searches for subject keywords (example:
12842 opac-search.pl?q=su,complete-subfield:%22Web%20sites%22)</para>
12848 <para>Include</para>
12852 <para>Searches for complete subject fields (example:
12853 opac-search.pl?q=(su,complete-subfield:%22Web%20sites%22)%20and%20(su,complete-subfield:%22Design.%22))</para>
12859 <para>Description:</para>
12863 <para>When TraceSubjectSubdivisions is set to "Include," if
12864 you click on a subject with subdivisions (subfields other than
12865 'a') they will be searched along with the subject heading
12866 (subfield 'a'). To have only the subject heading (subfield
12867 'a') searched, set this preference to "Don't include."</para>
12872 <para>This preference assumes that you're using XSLT stylesheets
12873 as set in the <link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
12878 <section id="UseICU">
12879 <title>UseICU</title>
12881 <para>Default: Not using</para>
12883 <para>Asks: ___ ICU Zebra indexing.</para>
12885 <para>Values:</para>
12889 <para>Not using</para>
12897 <para>Description:</para>
12901 <para>ICU is a set of code libraries providing Unicode and
12902 Globalization support for software applications. What this
12903 means is ICU Zebra indexing is only necessary if you use
12904 non-roman characters in your cataloging. If using ICU Zebra
12905 indexing you will want to not use <link linkend="QueryFuzzy">QueryFuzzy</link>.</para>
12910 <para>This setting will not affect Zebra indexing, it should
12911 only be used to tell Koha that you have activated ICU indexing
12912 if you have actually done so, since there is no way for Koha to
12913 figure this out on its own.</para>
12917 <para>Talk to your system administrator when changing this
12918 preference to make sure that your system is set up properly for
12919 this to work.</para>
12922 <section id="UseQueryParser">
12923 <title>UseQueryParser</title>
12924 <para>Default: Do not try</para>
12925 <para>Asks: ___ to use the QueryParser module for parsing queries. <note>
12926 <para>Enabling this will have no impact if you do not have QueryParser installed,
12927 and everything will continue to work as usual.</para>
12929 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
12931 <para>Do not try</para>
12936 </itemizedlist></para>
12937 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
12939 <para>This preference enables an experimental new query parser which opens the
12940 door for a more expressive and more-effective search syntax.</para>
12942 </itemizedlist></para>
12946 <section id="searchresultsprefs">
12947 <title>Results Display</title>
12951 <section id="defaultSortField">
12952 <title>defaultSortField & defaultSortOrder</title>
12954 <para>defaultSortField Default: author</para>
12956 <para>defaultSortOrder Default: ascending</para>
12958 <para>Asks: By default, sort search results in the staff client by
12961 <para>Description:</para>
12965 <para>These preferences set the default sort field and sort
12966 order for searches on the staff side. Regardless of your
12967 choice, the other sort options are still available in the drop
12968 down list on the advanced search page.</para>
12972 <para>defaultSortField Values:</para>
12976 <para>author</para>
12980 <para>call number</para>
12984 <para>date added</para>
12988 <para>date of publication</para>
12992 <para>relevance</para>
13000 <para>total number of checkouts</para>
13004 <para>defaultSortOrder Values:</para>
13008 <para>ascending</para>
13012 <para>descending</para>
13016 <para>from A to Z</para>
13020 <para>from Z to A</para>
13025 <section id="displayFacetCount">
13026 <title>displayFacetCount</title>
13028 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
13030 <para>Asks: ___ facet counts.</para>
13032 <para>Description:</para>
13036 <para>This preference lets you decide if you show how many
13037 times a facet is used in your search results in the OPAC and
13038 the staff client. The relevance of these numbers highly
13039 depends on the value of the <link linkend="maxRecordsForFacets">maxRecordsForFacets</link>
13040 preference. Showing these numbers can potentially effect the
13041 performance of your searching, so test your system with
13042 different values for this preference to see what works
13047 <para>Values:</para>
13051 <para>Don't show</para>
13058 <screeninfo>Number of times each Facet is found in
13059 results</screeninfo>
13063 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/displayFacetCount.png"/>
13070 <section id="DisplayLibraryFacets">
13071 <title>DisplayLibraryFacets</title>
13072 <para>Default: holding library</para>
13073 <para>Asks: Show facets for ___</para>
13074 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13076 <para>both home and holding library</para>
13079 <para>holding library</para>
13082 <para>home library</para>
13084 </itemizedlist></para>
13085 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13087 <para>This preferenc controls the libraries facet that displays on search results
13088 in the staff and opac. The value selected here will determin which library(s)
13089 show in the facets when a search is run.</para>
13091 </itemizedlist></para>
13094 <section id="FacetLabelTruncationLength">
13095 <title>FacetLabelTruncationLength</title>
13097 <para>Default: 20</para>
13099 <para>Asks: Truncate facets length to ___ characters, in
13100 OPAC/staff interface.</para>
13102 <para>Description:</para>
13106 <para>In the OPAC and the staff client your facets are cut off
13107 at 20 characters by default. Depending on your layout this may
13108 be too many or two few letters, this preference lets you
13109 decide what number is best for your library's design.</para>
13113 <section id="FacetMaxCount">
13114 <title>FacetMaxCount</title>
13115 <para>Default: 20</para>
13116 <para>Asks: Show up ___ to facets for each category.</para>
13117 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13119 <para>This preference allows you to control how many possible limits show under
13120 each heading (Author, Series, Topics, etc) on the facets in the OPAC.</para>
13122 </itemizedlist></para>
13125 <section id="maxItemsInSearchResults">
13126 <title>maxItemsInSearchResults</title>
13128 <para>Default: 20</para>
13130 <para>Asks: Show up to ___ items per biblio in the search
13133 <para>Description:</para>
13137 <para>This preference will let you set how many results
13138 display by default when a search is run on the Staff
13144 <section id="maxRecordsForFacets">
13145 <title>maxRecordsForFacets</title>
13147 <para>Default: 20</para>
13149 <para>Asks: Build facets based on ___ records from the search
13152 <para>Description:</para>
13156 <para>By default Koha only bases facets on the first page of
13157 results (usually 20 results). This preference lets you tell
13158 Koha to based the facet descriptions and numbers on any number
13159 of search results returned. The higher this number the longer
13160 it will take for your search results to return, so test with
13161 various different values to find the best balance for your
13167 <section id="numSearchResults">
13168 <title>numSearchResults</title>
13170 <para>Default: 20</para>
13172 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the staff
13176 <section id="opacdefaultsort">
13177 <title>OPACdefaultSortField & OPACdefaultSortOrder</title>
13179 <para>OPACdefaultSortField Default: relevance</para>
13181 <para>OPACdefaultSortOrder Default: ascending</para>
13183 <para>Asks: By default, sort search results in the OPAC by ___,
13186 <para>Description:</para>
13190 <para>These preferences set the default sort field and sort
13191 order for searches on the OPAC. Regardless of your choice, the
13192 other sort options are still available in the drop down list
13193 on the advanced search page.</para>
13197 <para>OPACdefaultSortField Values:</para>
13201 <para>author</para>
13205 <para>call number</para>
13209 <para>date added</para>
13213 <para>date of publication</para>
13217 <para>relevance</para>
13225 <para>total number of checkouts</para>
13229 <para>OPACdefaultSortOrder Values:</para>
13233 <para>ascending</para>
13237 <para>descending</para>
13241 <para>from A to Z</para>
13245 <para>from Z to A</para>
13250 <section id="OPACItemsResultsDisplay">
13251 <title>OPACItemsResultsDisplay</title>
13253 <para>Default: Don't show</para>
13255 <para>Asks: ___ an item's branch, location and call number in OPAC
13256 search results.</para>
13258 <para>Values:</para>
13262 <para>Don't show</para>
13270 <para>Description:</para>
13274 <para>This setting selects the information about an item that
13275 will display in the search results page of the OPAC. The
13276 results can display the status of an item and/or full details
13277 including branch, location, and call number. While the 'Show'
13278 option allows for more information to be displayed on the
13279 search results page, the information can be overwhelming for
13280 large collections with multiple branches.</para>
13285 <section id="OPACnumSearchResults">
13286 <title>OPACnumSearchResults</title>
13288 <para>Default: 20</para>
13290 <para>Asks: By default, show ___ results per page in the
13293 <section id="SearchWithISBNVariations">
13294 <title>SearchWithISBNVariations</title>
13295 <para>Default: don't search</para>
13296 <para>Asks: When searching on the ISBN index, ___ on all variations of the ISBN.</para>
13297 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13299 <para>don't search</para>
13302 <para>search</para>
13304 </itemizedlist> Descriptions:<itemizedlist>
13306 <para>With this preference set to search you'll be able to search for ISBNs even
13307 if there are dashes or spaces in the field. So if you search for 9781843345855
13308 but the ISBN was cataloged as 978-1843345855 you'll still be able to find it if
13309 this preference is set to 'search'.</para>
13311 </itemizedlist><important>
13312 <para>This preference has no effect if <link linkend="UseQueryParser"
13313 >UseQueryParser</link> is on</para>
13314 </important></para>
13318 <section id="searchformprefs">
13319 <title>Search Form</title>
13320 <section id="AdvancedSearchLanguages">
13321 <title>AdvancedSearchLanguages</title>
13322 <para>Asks: Limit the languages listed in the advanced search drop-down to the ___ ISO
13323 639-2 language codes (separate values with | or ,).</para>
13324 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13326 <para>This preference will allow you to decide what languages show in the pull
13327 down menu on the advanced search page in the OPAC and the staff client. If this
13328 preference is left blank, all languages will show. To limit the languages that
13329 are shown enter their <ulink
13330 url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">ISO 639-2
13331 language codes</ulink> separated by comma ( , ) or bar ( | ). For example to
13332 limit listing to French and Italian, enter ita|fre. </para>
13334 </itemizedlist></para>
13337 <section id="AdvancedSearchTypes">
13338 <title>AdvancedSearchTypes</title>
13340 <para>Default: itemtype</para>
13342 <para>Asks: Show tabs in OPAC and staff-side advanced search for
13343 limiting searches on the ___ fields (separate values with
13346 <para>Description:</para>
13350 <para>On the advanced search page you can choose to allow
13351 filters on one or all of the following: Item types
13352 (itemtypes), Collection Codes (ccode) and Shelving Location
13353 (loc). If you would like to be able to limit searches on item
13354 type and shelving location for example you would enter
13355 itemtypes|loc in the preference input box. The order of these
13356 fields will determine the order of the tabs in the OPAC and
13357 staff client advanced search screens. Values within the search
13358 type are OR'ed together, while each different search type is
13359 AND'ed together in the query limits. The current stored values
13360 are supported without any required modification.Each set of
13361 advanced search fields are displayed in tabs in both the OPAC
13362 and staff client. The first value in the AdvancedSearchTypes
13363 syspref is the selected tab; if no values are present,
13364 "itemtypes" is used. For non-itemtype values, the value in
13365 AdvancedSearchTypes must match the Authorised Value name, and
13366 must be indexed with 'mc-' prefixing that name.</para>
13369 <screeninfo>Searching by Item Type and Shelving
13370 Location</screeninfo>
13374 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AdvancedSearchTypes.png"/>
13382 <section id="expandedSearchOption">
13383 <title>expandedSearchOption</title>
13385 <para>Default: don't show</para>
13387 <para>Asks: By default, ___ "More options" on the OPAC and staff
13388 advanced search pages.</para>
13390 <para>Values:</para>
13394 <para>don't show</para>
13402 <section id="IntranetNumbersPreferPhrase">
13403 <title>IntranetNumbersPreferPhrase</title>
13404 <para>Default: don't use</para>
13405 <para>Asks: By default, ___ the operator "phr" in the callnumber and standard number
13406 staff client searches </para>
13407 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13409 <para>don't use</para>
13414 </itemizedlist></para>
13415 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13417 <para>When searching by call number and standard number (biblionumber) in Koha
13418 Staff Client you can choose to force the search to be a phrase search by setting
13419 this preference to 'use.' This will allow for more accurate results over doing a
13420 general keyword field search.</para>
13422 </itemizedlist></para>
13424 <section id="OPACNumbersPreferPhrase">
13425 <title>OPACNumbersPreferPhrase</title>
13426 <para>Default: don't use</para>
13427 <para>Asks: By default, ___ the operator "phr" in the callnumber and standard number
13428 OPAC searches </para>
13429 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
13431 <para>don't use</para>
13436 </itemizedlist></para>
13437 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
13439 <para>When searching by call number and standard number (biblionumber) in the Koha
13440 OPAC you can choose to force the search to be a phrase search by setting this
13441 preference to 'use.' This will allow for more accurate results over doing a
13442 general keyword field search.</para>
13444 </itemizedlist></para>
13449 <section id="serialsprefs">
13450 <title>Serials</title>
13452 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
13453 Global System Preferences > Serials</para>
13455 <section id="opacSerialDefaultTab">
13456 <title>opacSerialDefaultTab</title>
13458 <para>Default: Subscriptions tab</para>
13460 <para>Asks: Show ___ as default tab for serials in OPAC. </para>
13462 <para>Values:</para>
13466 <para>Holdings tab</para>
13470 <para>Serial Collection tab</para>
13472 <para>Please note that the Serial Collection tab is currently available only for
13473 systems using the UNIMARC standard.</para>
13476 <screeninfo>Serial Collection tab</screeninfo>
13479 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacSerialDefaultTab-colltab.png"/>
13486 <para>Subscriptions tab</para>
13488 <screeninfo>Subscritions tab</screeninfo>
13491 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/opacSerialDefaultTab-subtab.png"
13500 <section id="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">
13501 <title>OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</title>
13503 <para>Default: 3</para>
13505 <para>Asks: Show the ___ previous issues of a serial on the
13508 <para>Description:</para>
13512 <para>This preference allows the administrator to select the
13513 number of recent issues for each serial which appear in the OPAC
13514 when the serial is accessed. This is just the default value,
13515 patrons can always click to see a full list of serials.</para>
13520 <section id="RenewSerialAddsSuggestion">
13521 <title>RenewSerialAddsSuggestion</title>
13523 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
13525 <para>Asks: ___ a suggestion for a biblio when its attached serial
13528 <para>Values:</para>
13536 <para>Don't add</para>
13540 <para>Description:</para>
13544 <para>If set to "Add", this preference will automatically add a
13545 serial to the Acquisitions Purchase Suggestions menu when
13546 clicking the 'renew' option. If you don't use the Acquisitions
13547 module to manage serials purchases it's best to leave this set
13548 as 'Don't add.'</para>
13553 <section id="RoutingListAddReserves">
13554 <title>RoutingListAddReserves</title>
13556 <para>Default: Place</para>
13558 <para>Asks: ___ received serials on hold if they are on a routing
13561 <para>Values:</para>
13569 <para>Don't place</para>
13574 <section id="RoutingListNote">
13575 <title>RoutingListNote</title>
13577 <para>Asks: Include following note on all routing lists</para>
13579 <para>Description:</para>
13583 <para>Text entered in this box will appear below the routing
13584 list information.</para>
13589 <section id="RoutingSerials">
13590 <title>RoutingSerials</title>
13592 <para>Default: Don't add</para>
13594 <para>Asks: ___ received serials to the routing list.</para>
13596 <para>Description:</para>
13600 <para>This preference determines if serials routing lists are
13601 enabled or disabled for the library. When set to "Add", serials
13602 routing is enabled and a serial can be directed through a list
13603 of people by identifying who should receive it next. The list of
13604 people can be established for each serial to be passed using the
13605 Serials module. This preference can be used to ensure each
13606 person who needs to see a serial when it arrives at the library
13607 will get it. Learn more in the <link linkend="routinglist">routing list</link> section of this
13612 <para>Values:</para>
13620 <para>Don't add</para>
13625 <section id="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">
13626 <title>StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</title>
13628 <para>Default: 3</para>
13630 <para>Asks: Show the ___ previous issues of a serial on the staff
13633 <para>Description:</para>
13637 <para>This preference allows the administrator to select the
13638 number of recent issues for each serial which appear in the
13639 Staff Client when the serial is accessed. This is just the
13640 default value, staff members can always click to see a full list
13646 <section id="SubscriptionDuplicateDroppedInput">
13647 <title>SubscriptionDuplicateDroppedInput</title>
13649 <para>Asks: List of fields which must not be rewritten when a
13650 subscription is duplicated (Separated by pipe |) ___</para>
13652 <para>Description:</para>
13656 <para>When duplicating a subscription sometimes you don't want
13657 all of the fields duplicated, using this preference you can list
13658 the fields that you don't want to be duplicated. These field
13659 names come from the subscription table in the Koha database.
13660 Learn what fields are in that table on the <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/tables/subscription.html">Koha
13661 DB Schema</ulink> site.</para>
13666 <section id="SubscriptionHistory">
13667 <title>SubscriptionHistory</title>
13669 <para>Default: full history</para>
13671 <para>Asks: When showing the subscription information for a
13672 bibliographic record, preselect ___ view of serial issues.</para>
13674 <para>Values:</para>
13678 <para>brief history</para>
13681 <screeninfo>Brief History</screeninfo>
13685 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SubscriptionHistory-brief.png"/>
13692 <para>full history</para>
13695 <screeninfo>Full History</screeninfo>
13699 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/SubscriptionHistory-full.png"/>
13706 <para>Description:</para>
13710 <para>This preference determines what information appears in the
13711 OPAC when the user clicks the More Details option. The 'brief'
13712 option displays a one-line summary of the volume and issue
13713 numbers of all issues of that serial held by the library. The
13714 'full' option displays a more detailed breakdown of issues per
13715 year, including information such as the issue date and the
13716 status of each issue.</para>
13722 <section id="staffprefs">
13723 <title>Staff Client</title>
13725 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
13726 Global System Preferences > Staff Client</para>
13728 <section id="staffappearprefs">
13729 <title>Appearance</title>
13733 <section id="Display856uAsImage">
13734 <title>Display856uAsImage</title>
13736 <para>Default: Neither details or results page</para>
13738 <para>Asks: Display the URI in the 856u field as an image on:
13741 <para>Values:</para>
13745 <para>Both results and details pages</para>
13750 <para>Not implemented yet</para>
13757 <para>Detail page only</para>
13762 <para><link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link>
13763 needs to be on for this preference to work.</para>
13769 <screeninfo>Showing the 856u as an image</screeninfo>
13773 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/Display856uAsImage.png"/>
13780 <para>Neither details or results page</para>
13784 <para>Results page only</para>
13789 <para>Not yet implemented</para>
13796 <para>Description:</para>
13800 <para>In addition to this option being set, the corresponding
13801 XSLT option must be turned on. Also, the corresponding 856q
13802 field must have a valid MIME image extension (e.g., "jpg") or
13803 MIME image type (i.e. starting with "image/"), or the generic
13804 indicator "img" entered in the field. When all of the
13805 requirements are met, an image file will be displayed instead
13806 of the standard link text. Clicking on the image will open it
13807 in the same way as clicking on the link text. When you click
13808 on the image it should open to full size, in the current
13809 window or in a new window depending on the value in the system
13810 pref <link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link>.</para>
13813 <screeninfo>Sample 856 Field</screeninfo>
13817 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/856imagemarc.png"/>
13824 <section id="DisplayIconsXSLT">
13825 <title>DisplayIconsXSLT</title>
13826 <para>Default: Show</para>
13827 <para>Asks: ___ the format, audience, and material type icons in XSLT MARC21 results and
13828 detail pages in the staff client.<important>
13829 <para><link linkend="XSLTResultsDisplay">XSLTResultsDisplay</link> and/or <link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay">XSLTDetailsDisplay</link> must be set to use an
13830 XSLT stylesheet (default or custom) for these icons to show.</para>
13831 </important></para>
13832 <para>Values:</para>
13835 <para>Don't show</para>
13840 <screeninfo>DisplayIconsXSLT</screeninfo>
13843 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayIconsXSLT.png"/>
13851 <para>See the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT Icon Guide</link> for more information
13852 on these icons.</para>
13857 <section id="intranet_includes">
13858 <title>intranet_includes</title>
13860 <para>Default: includes</para>
13862 <para>Asks: Use include files from the ___ directory in the
13863 template directory, instead of includes/. (Leave blank to
13867 <section id="intranetcolorstylesheet">
13868 <title>intranetcolorstylesheet</title>
13870 <para>Asks: Include the additional CSS stylesheet ___ to override specified settings
13871 from the default stylesheet</para>
13873 <para>Description:</para>
13877 <para>This preference is used to set the background color and style of the Staff
13878 Client. The value is a .css file. The system administrator should determine which
13879 file is appropriate. Enter just a filename, a full local path or a complete URL
13880 starting with http:// (if the file lives on a remote server). Please note that if
13881 you just enter a filename, the file should be in the css subdirectory for each
13882 active theme and language within the Koha templates directory. A full local path
13883 is expected to start from your HTTP document root. </para>
13888 <para>Leave this field blank to disable.</para>
13892 <section id="IntranetFavicon">
13893 <title>IntranetFavicon</title>
13895 <para>Asks: Use the image at ___ for the Staff Client's favicon.
13897 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
13899 </important></para>
13902 <para>Turn your logo into a favicon with the <ulink url="http://antifavicon.com/">Favicon Generator</ulink>.</para>
13905 <para>Description:</para>
13909 <para>The favicon is the little icon that appears next to the
13910 URL in the address bar in most browsers. The default value for
13911 this field (if left blank) is the small 'K' in the Koha
13915 <screeninfo>Default Koha Favicon</screeninfo>
13919 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/favicon.png"/>
13927 <section id="IntranetmainUserblock">
13928 <title>IntranetmainUserblock</title>
13930 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in its own column on the main
13931 page of the staff client</para>
13934 <screeninfo>Sample HTML for IntranetmainUserblock</screeninfo>
13938 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetmainUserblock-html.png"/>
13944 <screeninfo>Message from IntranetmainUserblock as it appears on
13945 the Staff Client main page</screeninfo>
13949 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/IntranetmainUserblock.png"/>
13955 <section id="IntranetNav">
13956 <title>IntranetNav</title>
13958 <para>Asks: Show the following HTML in the More menu at the top of
13959 each page on the staff client (should be a list of links or
13963 <section id="IntranetSlipPrinterJS">
13964 <title>IntranetSlipPrinterJS</title>
13966 <para>Asks: Use the following JavaScript for printing
13969 <para>Description:</para>
13973 <para>The most logical use of this preference is in
13974 conjunction with the <ulink url="http://jsprintsetup.mozdev.org/">jsPrintSetup</ulink>
13975 Firefox add-on. Learn more about this preference and the
13976 add-on setup on the Koha wiki at <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Setting_up_slip_printer_to_print_silently">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Setting_up_slip_printer_to_print_silently</ulink>.</para>
13981 <section id="intranetstylesheet">
13982 <title>intranetstylesheet</title>
13984 <para>Asks: Use the CSS stylesheet ___ on all pages in the staff interface, instead of
13985 the default css (used when leaving this field blank). </para>
13987 <para>Description:</para>
13991 <para>The Intranetstylesheet preference is a layout and design feature for the
13992 intranet or staff client. This preference allows a library to customize the
13993 appearance of the Staff Client. Enter just a filename, a full local path or a
13994 complete URL starting with http:// (if the file lives on a remote server). Please
13995 note that if you just enter a filename, the file should be in the css subdirectory
13996 for each active theme and language within the Koha templates directory. A full
13997 local path is expected to start from your HTTP document root. </para>
14002 <section id="IntranetUserCSS">
14003 <title>IntranetUserCSS</title>
14005 <para>Asks: Include the following CSS on all pages in the staff
14009 <section id="intranetuserjs">
14010 <title>intranetuserjs</title>
14012 <para>Asks: Include the following JavaScript on all pages in the
14013 staff interface</para>
14015 <para>Description:</para>
14019 <para>This preference allows the administrator to enter
14020 JavaScript or JQuery that will be embedded across all pages of
14021 the Staff Client. Administrators may use this preference to
14022 customize some of the interactive sections of Koha,
14023 customizing the text for the login prompts, for example.
14024 Sample JQuery scripts used by Koha libraries can be found on
14025 the wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink>.</para>
14030 <section id="SlipCSS">
14031 <title>SlipCSS</title>
14033 <para>Asks: Include the stylesheet at ___ on Issue and Reserve
14035 <para>This should be a complete URL, starting with
14037 </important></para>
14039 <para>Description:</para>
14043 <para>If you would like to style your receipts or slips with a
14044 consistent set of fonts and colors you can use this preference
14045 to point Koha to a stylesheet specifically for your
14051 <section id="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">
14052 <title>StaffAuthorisedValueImages</title>
14054 <para>Default: Show</para>
14056 <para>Asks: ___ images for authorized values (such as lost
14057 statuses and locations) in search results.</para>
14059 <para>Values:</para>
14063 <para>Don't show</para>
14072 <section id="staffClientBaseURL">
14073 <title>staffClientBaseURL</title>
14075 <para>Asks: The staff client is located at http:// ___</para>
14078 <section id="template">
14079 <title>template</title>
14081 <para>Default: prog</para>
14083 <para>Asks: Use the ___ theme on the staff interface.</para>
14085 <para>Values:</para>
14093 <para>Do not include a trailing slash in the URL this will break links created using
14094 this URL. (example: www.google.com not www.google.com/)</para>
14098 <section id="XSLTDetailsDisplay">
14099 <title>XSLTDetailsDisplay</title>
14101 <para>Default: default</para>
14103 <para>Asks: Display details in the staff client using XSLT
14104 stylesheet at ___</para>
14106 <para>Values:</para>
14110 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
14114 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
14115 that read 'normally'</para>
14118 <screeninfo>Detail display without XSLT
14119 stylesheets</screeninfo>
14123 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/XSLTDetailsDisplay-off.png"/>
14132 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
14135 <screeninfo>Detail display using XSLT
14136 stylesheets</screeninfo>
14140 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/XSLTDetailsDisplay-on.png"/>
14147 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
14151 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14155 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
14156 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
14157 language folder</para>
14162 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/{langcode}/xslt/intranetDetail.xsl</para>
14167 http://mykoha.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14175 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
14179 <para>ex: http://mykoha.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14185 <para>Description:</para>
14189 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
14190 details shows on the screen when viewing a bib record. This
14191 preference will allow you either use the default look that
14192 comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
14197 <section id="XSLTResultsDisplay">
14198 <title>XSLTResultsDisplay</title>
14200 <para>Default: default</para>
14202 <para>Asks: Display results in the staff client using XSLT
14203 stylesheet at ___</para>
14205 <para>Values:</para>
14209 <para>leave empty to not use the XSLT stylesheet</para>
14213 <para>In previous versions of Koha this was the setting
14214 that read 'normally'</para>
14220 <para>enter "default" for the default one</para>
14224 <para>put a path to define a XSLT file</para>
14228 <para>ex: /path/to/koha/and/your/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14232 <para>If in a multi-language system you can enter
14233 {langcode} in the path to tell Koha to look in the right
14234 language folder</para>
14239 /home/koha/src/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/{langcode}/xslt/intranetDetail.xsl</para>
14244 http://mykoha.org/{langcode}/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14252 <para>put an URL for an external specific stylesheet</para>
14256 <para>ex: http://mykoha.org/stylesheet.xsl</para>
14262 <para>Description:</para>
14266 <para>XSLT stylesheets allow for the customization of the
14267 details shows on the screen when viewing the search results.
14268 This preference will allow you either use the default look
14269 that comes with Koha or design your own stylesheet.</para>
14275 <section id="staffoptsprefs">
14276 <title>Options</title>
14278 <section id="HidePatronName">
14279 <title>HidePatronName</title>
14281 <para>Default: Show</para>
14283 <para>Asks: ___ the names of patrons that have items checked out
14284 or on hold on detail pages or the "Place Hold" screen.</para>
14286 <para>Values:</para>
14290 <para>Don't show</para>
14299 <section id="intranetbookbag">
14300 <title>intranetbookbag</title>
14302 <para>Default: Show</para>
14304 <para>Asks: ___ the cart option in the staff client.</para>
14306 <para>Values:</para>
14310 <para>Don't show</para>
14318 <section id="StaffDetailItemSelection ">
14319 <title>StaffDetailItemSelection</title>
14320 <para>Default: Enable</para>
14321 <para>Asks: ___ item selection in record detail page. </para>
14322 <para>Values:<itemizedlist>
14324 <para>Disable</para>
14327 <para>Enable</para>
14329 </itemizedlist></para>
14330 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14332 <para>This preference lets you choose to show (or not show) checkboxes to the left
14333 of every item in the holdings tab on the detail display of a record in the staff
14334 client. Showing these checkboxes allows the staff members to select multiple
14335 items to edit or delete at once.</para>
14337 <screeninfo>Items with the checkboxes enabled</screeninfo>
14340 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/StaffDetailItemSelection.png"
14346 </itemizedlist></para>
14349 <section id="viewISBD">
14350 <title>viewISBD</title>
14352 <para>Default: Allow</para>
14354 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in ISBD form on the staff
14357 <para>Values:</para>
14365 <para>Don't allow</para>
14370 <section id="viewLabeledMARC">
14371 <title>viewLabeledMARC</title>
14373 <para>Default: Allow</para>
14375 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in labeled MARC form on the
14376 staff client.</para>
14378 <para>Values:</para>
14386 <para>Don't allow</para>
14391 <section id="viewMARC">
14392 <title>viewMARC</title>
14394 <para>Default: Allow</para>
14396 <para>Asks: ___ staff to view records in plain MARC form on the
14397 staff client.</para>
14399 <para>Values:</para>
14407 <para>Don't allow</para>
14413 <section id="toolsprefs">
14414 <title>Tools</title>
14415 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Global System
14416 Preferences > Tools</para>
14417 <section id="batchitemodprefs">
14418 <title>Batch Item Modification</title>
14419 <para>These preferences are in reference to the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch
14420 Item Modification</link> tool.</para>
14421 <section id="MaxItemsForBatch">
14422 <title>MaxItemsForBatch</title>
14423 <para>Default: 1000</para>
14424 <para>Asks: Process up to ___ items in a single modification or deletion batch. </para>
14425 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14427 <para>In the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">batch item delete tool</link> this
14428 will prevent the display of more than the items you entered in this preference,
14429 but you will be able to delete more than the number you enter here. In the <link
14430 linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification tool</link> this preference
14431 will prevent the editing of more than the number entered here.</para>
14433 </itemizedlist></para>
14436 <section id="patcardprefs">
14437 <title>Patron Cards</title>
14438 <para>These preferences are in reference to the <link linkend="patroncardcreator">Patron
14439 Card Creator</link> tool.</para>
14440 <section id="ImageLimit">
14441 <title>ImageLimit</title>
14442 <para>Asks: Limit the number of creator images stored in the database to ___
14448 <section id="webserviceprefs">
14449 <title>Web Services</title>
14451 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
14452 Global System Preferences > Web Services</para>
14454 <section id="ilsdiprefs">
14455 <title>ILS-DI</title>
14459 <section id="ILS-DI">
14460 <title>ILS-DI</title>
14462 <para>Default: Disable</para>
14464 <para>Asks: ___ ILS-DI services for OPAC users</para>
14466 <para>Values:</para>
14470 <para>Disable</para>
14474 <para>Enable</para>
14479 <section id="ILS-DIAuthorized_IPs">
14480 <title>ILS-DI:AuthorizedIPs</title>
14482 <para>Asks: ___ allowed IPs to use the ILS-DI services</para>
14486 <section id="oaiprefs">
14487 <title>OAI-PMH</title>
14489 <section id="OAI-PMH">
14490 <title>OAI-PMH</title>
14492 <para>Default: Disable</para>
14494 <para>Asks: ___ Koha's OAI-PMH server.</para>
14496 <para>Values:</para>
14500 <para>Disable</para>
14504 <para>Enable</para>
14508 <para>Description:</para>
14512 <para>For the Open Archives Initiative-Protocol for Metadata
14513 Harvesting (OAI-PMH) there are two groups of 'participants':
14514 Data Providers and Service Providers. Data Providers (open
14515 archives, repositories) provide free access to metadata, and
14516 may, but do not necessarily, offer free access to full texts
14517 or other resources. OAI-PMH provides an easy to implement, low
14518 barrier solution for Data Providers. Service Providers use the
14519 OAI interfaces of the Data Providers to harvest and store
14520 metadata. Note that this means that there are no live search
14521 requests to the Data Providers; rather, services are based on
14522 the harvested data via OAI-PMH. Koha at present can only act
14523 as a Data Provider. It can not harvest from other
14524 repositories. The biggest stumbling block to having Koha
14525 harvest from other repositories is that MARC is the only
14526 metadata format that Koha indexes natively. Visit <ulink url="http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm">http://www.oaforum.org/tutorial/english/page3.htm</ulink>
14527 for diagrams of how OAI-PMH works.</para>
14531 <para>Learn more about OAI-PMH at: <ulink url="http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/">http://www.openarchives.org/pmh/</ulink></para>
14534 <section id="OAI-PMHarchiveID">
14535 <title>OAI-PMH:archiveID</title>
14537 <para>Default: KOHA-OAI-TEST</para>
14539 <para>Asks: Identify records at this site with the prefix ___
14543 <section id="OAI-PMHAutoUpdateSets">
14544 <title>OAI-PMH:AutoUpdateSets</title>
14546 <para>Default: Disable</para>
14548 <para>Asks: ___ automatic update of OAI-PMH sets when a
14549 bibliographic record is created or updated.</para>
14551 <para>Values:</para>
14555 <para>Disable</para>
14559 <para>Enable</para>
14564 <section id="OAI-PMHConfFile">
14565 <title>OAI-PMH:ConfFile</title>
14567 <para>If this preference is left empty, Koha's OAI Server operates
14568 in normal mode, otherwise it operates in extended mode. In
14569 extended mode, it's possible to parameter other formats than
14570 marcxml or Dublin Core. OAI-PMH:ConfFile specify a YAML
14571 configuration file which list available metadata formats and XSL
14572 file used to create them from marcxml records.</para>
14574 <para>For more information, see the <link linkend="oaiconfsample">sample conf file</link> in the
14578 <section id="OAI-PMHMaxCount">
14579 <title>OAI-PMH:MaxCount</title>
14581 <para>Default: 50</para>
14583 <para>Asks: Only return ___ records at a time in response to a
14584 ListRecords or ListIdentifiers query.</para>
14586 <para>Description:</para>
14590 <para>This is the maximum number of records that would be
14591 returned based on ListRecord or ListIdentifier queries from
14592 harvesters. ListRecords harvest the entire records while the
14593 ListIdentifier is an abbreviated form of ListRecords,
14594 retrieving only headers rather than records.</para>
14599 <section id="reportingservice">
14600 <title>Reporting</title>
14601 <section id="SvcMaxReportRows">
14602 <title>SvcMaxReportRows</title>
14603 <para>Default: 10</para>
14604 <para>Asks: Only return ___ rows of a report requested via the reports web
14606 <para>Description:<itemizedlist>
14608 <para>This value will be used to limit the number of results returned by <link linkend="publicreport">public reports</link>.</para>
14610 </itemizedlist></para>
14616 <section id="basicparams">
14617 <title>Basic Parameters</title>
14619 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration</para>
14622 <para>Configure all 'parameters' in the order they appear.</para>
14625 <section id="libsgroups">
14626 <title>Libraries & Groups</title>
14628 <para>When setting up your Koha system you will want to add
14629 information for every library that will be sharing your system. This
14630 data is used in several areas of Koha.</para>
14634 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
14635 > Basic Parameters > Libraries and Groups</para>
14639 <para>When visiting this page you are presented with a list of the
14640 libraries and groups that have already been added to the
14644 <screeninfo>Library List</screeninfo>
14648 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarylist.png"/>
14654 <screeninfo>Group Lists</screeninfo>
14658 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/grouplists.png"/>
14663 <section id="addingalibrary">
14664 <title>Adding a Library</title>
14666 <para>To add a new library:</para>
14670 <para>Click 'New Library'</para>
14674 <para>The top of the form asks for some basics about the
14678 <screeninfo>Basic Library Info</screeninfo>
14682 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/newlibrary.png"/>
14689 <para>The library code should not contain any spaces and be
14690 10 or fewer characters. This code will be used as a unique
14691 identifier in the database.</para>
14695 <para>The name will be displayed on the OPAC wherever the
14696 library name displays to the public and should be a name
14697 that makes sense to your patrons.</para>
14701 <para>If you have <link linkend="addinglibgroup">groups</link> set up you can choose
14702 what group this library belongs to after entering in the
14703 code and name</para>
14709 <para>Next you can enter basic contact info about the
14713 <screeninfo>Library Contact Info</screeninfo>
14717 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarycontact.png"/>
14724 <para>The address and contact fields can be used to make
14725 notices custom for each library</para>
14729 <para>The email address field is not required, but it should
14730 be filled for every library in your system</para>
14735 <para>Be sure to enter a library email address to make
14736 sure that notices are sent to and from the right
14744 <para>If you'd like you can enter a different 'Reply-To' email address. This is
14745 the email address that all replies will go to.<itemizedlist>
14749 <para>If you do not fill in this value Koha will use the address in the
14750 <link linkend="ReplytoDefault">ReplytoDefault</link>
14755 </itemizedlist></para>
14758 <para>If you'd like you can also enter a different 'Return-Path' email address.
14759 This is the email address that all bounced messages will go to.<itemizedlist>
14762 <para>If you do not fill in this value Koha will use the address in the
14763 <link linkend="ReturnpathDefault">ReturnpathDefault</link>
14767 </itemizedlist></para>
14770 <para>If the URL field is populated then the library name will be linked in the
14771 holdings table on the OPAC</para>
14773 <screeninfo>Linked Library Name</screeninfo>
14776 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/librarylink.png"/>
14783 <para>The OPAC Info box is for you to put information about
14784 the library that will appear in the OPAC when the branch
14785 name is moused over in the holdings table</para>
14788 <screeninfo>OPAC Info</screeninfo>
14792 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/opacinfo.png"/>
14799 <para>IP Address does not have be filled in unless you plan
14800 on limiting access to your staff client to a specific IP
14806 <para>An IP address is required if you have enabled
14807 <link linkend="AutoLocation">AutoLocation</link></para>
14814 <para>Finally, if you have any notes you can put them here.
14815 These will not show in the OPAC</para>
14822 <para>Of the fields listed, only 'Library code' and 'Name' are
14829 <section id="editingalibrary">
14830 <title>Editing/Deleting a Library</title>
14832 <para>You will be unable to delete any library that has patrons or
14833 items attached to it.</para>
14836 <screeninfo>Staff will be presented with a warning when trying to
14837 delete a library that is being used</screeninfo>
14841 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/cannotdeletelibrary.png"/>
14846 <para>Each library will have an 'Edit' link to the right of it.
14847 Click this link to edit/alter details associated with the library in
14851 <para>You will be unable to edit the 'Library code'</para>
14855 <section id="addinglibgroup">
14856 <title>Adding a group</title>
14858 <para>To add a Search Domain or Library Property Group click the
14859 'New Group' button at the top of the screen</para>
14862 <screeninfo>Add group form</screeninfo>
14866 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addlibgroup.png"/>
14870 <para>Give the group a 'Category type; of 'searchdomain' and if you would like the group
14871 to show up in the library pull down at the top of the OPAC (with <link
14872 linkend="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</link> set to
14873 'Add') and on the advanced search page you can check the 'Show in search pulldown'
14876 <para>Of the fields on the group form, 'Category code', 'Name', and 'Category type' are
14877 the only required fields</para>
14879 <section id="searchdomaingroups">
14880 <title>Search Domain Groups</title>
14882 <para>Search Domain Groups allow you to search a group of
14883 libraries at the same time instead of searching just one library
14884 or all libraries.</para>
14887 <screeninfo>Search Domain Groups</screeninfo>
14891 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/searchgroup.png"/>
14896 <para>To see Search Domain Groups in action visit the staff client
14897 advanced search page in your Koha system:</para>
14900 <screeninfo>Library group search on staff client</screeninfo>
14904 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/stafflibgroupsearch.png"/>
14910 <section id="libpropertygroups">
14911 <title>Library Property Groups</title>
14913 <para>You can assign specific categories to your libraries by
14914 adding groups for them</para>
14917 <screeninfo>Library Property Groups</screeninfo>
14921 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/groupproperties.png"/>
14926 <para>Properties are then applied to libraries via the add or edit
14927 library form</para>
14930 <screeninfo>Groups on the Add/Modify library form</screeninfo>
14934 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addlibrarytogroup.png"/>
14942 <section id="itemtypeadmin">
14943 <title>Item Types</title>
14945 <para>Koha allows you to organize your collection by item types and
14946 collection codes.</para>
14950 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
14951 > Basic Parameters > Item Types</para>
14955 <para>Item types typically refer to the material type (book, cd, dvd,
14956 etc), but can be used in any way that works for your library.</para>
14959 <screeninfo>Item Types</screeninfo>
14963 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtypes.png"/>
14968 <section id="additemtype">
14969 <title>Adding Item Types</title>
14971 <para>To add a new item type, simply click the 'New Item Type'
14972 button at the top of the Item Types page.</para>
14975 <screeninfo>New Item Type</screeninfo>
14979 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/additemtype.png"/>
14986 <para>In the 'Item Type' field, enter a short code for your item
14991 <para>The description is the plain text definition of the item
14996 <para>You can choose to have an image associated with your item
15001 <para>You can choose from a series of image
15006 <para>You can link to a remote image</para>
15010 <para>Or you can just have no image associated with the item
15016 <para>To have your item type images appear in the OPAC you
15017 need to set noItemTypeImages to 'Show'</para>
15022 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More >
15023 Administration > Global System Preferences > <link linkend="adminprefs">Admin</link></para>
15031 <para>For items that do not circulate, check the 'Not for loan'
15036 <para>Items marked 'Not for loan' will appear in the
15037 catalog, but cannot be checked out to patrons</para>
15043 <para id="rentalcharge">For items that you charge a rental fee
15044 for, enter the total fee you charge in the 'Rental charge'
15050 <para>Do not enter symbols in this field, only numbers and
15051 decimal points (ex. $5.00 should be entered as 5 or
15057 <para>This will charge the patron on checkout</para>
15063 <para>If you would like a message or alert to appear when items of this type are
15064 checked in you can enter that in the 'Checkin message' box</para>
15066 <screeninfo>Checkin message setup</screeninfo>
15069 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-msgsetup.png"/>
15076 <para>The Checkin message type can be a Message or an Alert. The only
15077 difference between these two is the styling. By default a Message is blue </para>
15079 <screeninfo>Checkin Message</screeninfo>
15082 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-msg.png"/>
15086 <para>and an Alert is yellow.</para>
15088 <screeninfo>Checkin Alert</screeninfo>
15091 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/itemtype-alert.png"/>
15100 <para>Some SIP devices need you to use a SIP-specific media type instead of Koha's
15101 item type (usually lockers and sorters need this media type), if you use a device
15102 like this you'll want to enter the SIP media type.</para>
15105 <para>When finished, click 'Save Changes'</para>
15109 <para>All fields, with the exception of the 'Item Type' will be editable from
15110 the Item Types list</para>
15117 <para>Your new item type will now appear on the list</para>
15120 <screeninfo>New DVD Item Type</screeninfo>
15124 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/newitemtype.png"/>
15132 <section id="edititemtype">
15133 <title>Editing Item Types</title>
15135 <para>Each item type has an Edit button beside it. To edit an item
15136 simply click the 'Edit' link.</para>
15139 <para>You will not be able to edit the code you assigned as the
15140 'Item Type' but you will be able to edit the description for the
15145 <section id="deleteitemtype">
15146 <title>Deleting Item Types</title>
15148 <para>Each item has a Delete button beside it. To delete an item,
15149 simply click the 'Delete' link.</para>
15152 <para>You will not be able to delete item types that are being
15153 used by items within your system.</para>
15157 <screeninfo>Warning when you try to delete an item that is in
15162 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/nodeleteitemtype.png"/>
15169 <section id="authorizedvalues">
15170 <title>Authorized Values</title>
15172 <para>Authorized values can be used in several areas of Koha. One
15173 reason you would add an authorized value category would be to control
15174 the values that can be entered into MARC fields by catalogers.</para>
15178 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
15179 > Basic Parameters > Authorized Values</para>
15183 <section id="existingauthvalues">
15184 <title>Existing Values</title>
15186 <para>Koha installs with pre-defined values that your library is
15187 likely to use, for instance 'Lost'.</para>
15190 <listitem id="asort1">
15191 <para>Asort1</para>
15194 <para>Used for acquisitions statistical purposes</para>
15199 <listitem id="asort2">
15200 <para>Asort2</para>
15203 <para>Used for acquisitions statistical purposes</para>
15208 <listitem id="bornotes">
15209 <para>BOR_NOTES</para>
15212 <para>Values for custom patron messages that appear on the circulation screen and
15213 the OPAC. The value in the Description field should be the message text and is
15214 limited to 200 characters.</para>
15216 <screeninfo>Borrower messages</screeninfo>
15219 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/bor_notes.png"/>
15227 <listitem id="bsort1">
15228 <para>Bsort1</para>
15231 <para>Values that can be entered to fill in the patron's sort 1 field</para>
15236 <listitem id="bsort2">
15237 <para>Bsort2</para>
15240 <para>Values that can be entered to fill in the patron's sort 2 field</para>
15245 <listitem id="cartauth">
15249 <para>Is the shelving cart location, used by <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> and
15250 <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link></para>
15255 <listitem id="ccode">
15259 <para>Collection codes (appears when cataloging and working with items)</para>
15264 <listitem id="damageauth">
15265 <para>DAMAGED</para>
15268 <para>Descriptions for items marked as damaged (appears when cataloging and
15269 working with items)</para>
15274 <listitem id="hingsas">
15275 <para>DEPARTMENT<itemizedlist>
15277 <para>Departments are required by and will be used in the <link
15278 linkend="coursereserves">Course Reserves</link> module</para>
15280 </itemizedlist></para>
15283 <para>HINGS_AS</para>
15286 <para>General Holdings: Acquisition Status Designator :: This data element
15287 specifies acquisition status for the unit at the time of the holdings
15293 <listitem id="hingsc">
15294 <para>HINGS_C</para>
15297 <para>General Holdings: Completeness Designator</para>
15302 <listitem id="hingspf">
15303 <para>HINGS_PF</para>
15306 <para>Physical Form Designators</para>
15311 <listitem id="hingsrd">
15312 <para>HINGS_RD</para>
15315 <para>General Holdings: Retention Designator :: This data element specifies the
15316 retention policy for the unit at the time of the holdings report.</para>
15321 <listitem id="hingsut">
15322 <para>HINGS_UT</para>
15325 <para>General Holdings: Type of Unit Designator</para>
15330 <listitem id="shelvelocvals">
15334 <para>Shelving location (usually appears when adding or editing an item)</para>
15339 <listitem id="lost">
15343 <para>Descriptions for the items marked as lost (appears when adding or editing an
15348 <para>Values given to lost statuses should be numeric and not alphabetical in
15349 order for statuses to appear properly</para>
15355 <listitem id="manualinvvals">
15356 <para>MANUAL_INV</para>
15359 <para>Values for manual invoicing types</para>
15364 <para>The value set as the Authorized Value for the MANUAL_INV authorized
15365 value category will appear as the Description and the Authorized Value
15366 Description will be used as the amount. Enter monetary amounts in the
15367 description without currency symbols.</para>
15374 <listitem id="notforloan">
15375 <para>NOT_LOAN</para>
15378 <para>Reasons why a title is not for loan</para>
15382 <para>Values given to lost statuses should be numeric and not alphabetical in
15383 order for statuses to appear properly</para>
15388 <para>Negative number values will still allow holds (use for on order statuses
15389 for example) where as positive numbers will not allow holds or
15396 <listitem id="procauth">
15397 <para>ORDER_CANCELLATION_REASON<itemizedlist>
15399 <para>Reasons why an order might have been cancelled</para>
15401 </itemizedlist></para>
15407 <para>The location to be used for <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation"
15408 >NewItemsDefaultLocation</link> (change description as desired), also the
15409 location expected by <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart"
15410 >InProcessingToShelvingCart</link>.</para>
15415 <listitem id="reportgroup">
15416 <para>REPORT_GROUP</para>
15419 <para>A way to sort and filter your reports, the default values in this category
15420 include the Koha modules (Accounts, Acquitisions, Catalog, Circulation,
15423 <screeninfo>Report Groups</screeninfo>
15426 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/report_group.png"/>
15434 <listitem id="reportsubgroup">
15435 <para>REPORT_SUBGROUP</para>
15438 <para>Can be used to further sort and filter your reports. This category is empty
15439 by default. Values here need to include the authorized value code from
15440 REPORT_GROUP in the Description (OPAC) field to link the subgroup to the
15441 appropriate group.</para>
15443 <screeninfo>Report Subgroups</screeninfo>
15446 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/report_subgroup.png"/>
15454 <listitem id="restricted">
15455 <para>RESTRICTED</para>
15458 <para>Restricted status of an item</para>
15463 <listitem id="suggestauthorized">
15464 <para>ROADTYPE<itemizedlist>
15466 <para>Road types to be used in patron addresses</para>
15468 </itemizedlist></para>
15471 <para>SIP_MEDIA_TYPE<itemizedlist>
15473 <para>Used when <link linkend="additemtype">creating</link> or <link
15474 linkend="edititemtype">editing</link> an item type to assign a SIP specific
15475 media type for devices like lockers and sorters.</para>
15477 </itemizedlist></para>
15480 <para>SUGGEST</para>
15483 <para>List of patron suggestion reject or accept reasons (appears when managing
15484 suggestions)</para>
15489 <listitem id="withdrawnauth">
15490 <para>WITHDRAWN</para>
15493 <para>Description of a withdrawn item (appears when adding or editing an
15499 <listitem id="yesnoauth">
15500 <para>YES_NO</para>
15503 <para>A generic authorized value field that can be used anywhere you need a simple
15504 yes/no pull down menu.</para>
15511 <section id="newauthvalcat">
15512 <title>Add new Authorized Value Category</title>
15514 <para>In addition to the existing categories that come by default
15515 with Koha, librarians can add their own authorized value categories
15516 to control data that is entered into the system. To add a new
15521 <para>Click 'New Category'</para>
15524 <screeninfo>New Authorized Category form</screeninfo>
15528 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addauthcat.png"/>
15535 <para>Limit your Category to 10 characters (something short to
15536 make it clear what the category is for)</para>
15541 <para>Category cannot have spaces or special characters
15542 other than underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
15549 <para>When adding a new category you're asked to create at least
15550 one authorized value</para>
15554 <para>Enter a code for your Authorized Value into the
15555 'Authorized value' field</para>
15560 <para>Authorized value is limited to 80 characters and
15561 cannot have spaces or special characters other than
15562 underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
15569 <para>Use the Description field for the actual value that will be displayed. If
15570 you want something different to show in the OPAC, enter a 'Description
15574 <para>If you would like to limit this authorized value category to only specific
15575 libraries you can choose them from the 'Branches limitation' menu. To have it
15576 show for all libraries just choose 'All branches' at the top of the list.</para>
15580 <para>If you have <link linkend="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">StaffAuthorisedValueImages</link>
15581 and/or <link linkend="AuthorisedValueImages">AuthorisedValueImages</link>
15582 set to show images for authorized values you can choose the
15583 image under 'Choose an icon'</para>
15589 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
15593 <para>Your new category and value will appear on the list of
15594 Authorized Values</para>
15597 <screeninfo>Custom Authorized Value on list of
15598 values</screeninfo>
15602 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/authvallist.png"/>
15610 <section id="newauthval">
15611 <title>Add new Authorized Value</title>
15613 <para>New authorized values can be added to any existing or new
15614 category. To add a value:</para>
15618 <para>Click 'New authorized value for ...'</para>
15621 <screeninfo>New Authorized Value form</screeninfo>
15625 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/addauthvalue.png"/>
15632 <para>Enter a code for your Authorized Value into the
15633 'Authorized value' field</para>
15638 <para>Authorized value is limited to 80 characters and
15639 cannot have spaces or special characters other than
15640 underscores and hyphens in it.</para>
15647 <para>Use the Description field for the actual value that will be displayed. If you
15648 want something different to show in the OPAC, enter a 'Description (OPAC)'</para>
15651 <para>If you would like to limit this authorized value category to only specific
15652 libraries you can choose them from the 'Branches limitation' menu. To have it show
15653 for all libraries just choose 'All branches' at the top of the list.</para>
15657 <para>If you have <link linkend="StaffAuthorisedValueImages">StaffAuthorisedValueImages</link>
15658 and/or <link linkend="AuthorisedValueImages">AuthorisedValueImages</link> set
15659 to show images for authorized values you can choose the image
15660 under 'Choose an icon'</para>
15664 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
15668 <para>The new value will appear in the list along with existing
15672 <screeninfo>List of authorized values in MARC504
15673 category</screeninfo>
15677 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/basicparams/authvals.png"/>
15687 <section id="patscirc">
15688 <title>Patrons & Circulation</title>
15690 <para>Settings for controlling circulation and patron
15691 information.</para>
15693 <section id="patcats">
15694 <title>Patron Categories</title>
15696 <para>Patron categories allow you to organize your patrons into
15697 different roles, age groups, and patron types.</para>
15701 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
15702 > Patrons & Circulation > Patron Categories</para>
15707 <screeninfo>Patron category list</screeninfo>
15711 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncatlist.png"/>
15716 <para>Patrons are assigned to one of six main categories:</para>
15724 <para>Most common patron type, usually used for a general
15725 'Patron' category.</para>
15735 <para>Children patrons can have a guardian to be attached to
15746 <para>Librarians (and library workers) should be assigned the
15747 staff category so that you can <link linkend="patronpermissions">set their permissions</link> and
15748 give them access to the staff client.</para>
15754 <para>Organizational</para>
15758 <para>Organizational patrons are organizations. Organizations
15759 can be used as guarantors for Professional patrons.</para>
15765 <para>Professional</para>
15769 <para>Professional patrons can be linked to Organizational
15776 <para>Statistical</para>
15780 <para>This patron type is used strictly for statistical
15781 purposes, such as in house use of items.</para>
15787 <section id="addingpatroncat">
15788 <title>Adding a patron category</title>
15790 <para>To add a new patron category click 'New Category' at the top
15794 <screeninfo>New patron category form</screeninfo>
15798 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/newpatroncat.png"/>
15805 <para>The 'Category Code' is an identifier for your new
15811 <para>The category code is limited to 10 characters
15812 (numbers and letters)</para>
15818 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
15819 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
15823 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
15827 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
15837 <para>Enter a plain text version of the category in the
15838 'Description' field.</para>
15843 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
15844 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
15848 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
15852 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
15862 <para>Enrollment period (in months) should be filled in if you
15863 have a limited enrollment period for your patrons (eg. Student
15864 cards expire after 9 months or until a specific date)</para>
15869 <para>You cannot enter both a month limit and a date
15870 until. Choose to enter either one or the other.</para>
15876 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
15877 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
15881 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
15885 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
15895 <para>Some patron categories can have a minimum age (in years)
15896 requirement associated with them, enter this age in the 'Age
15902 <para>This value will only be checked if <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
15903 defines the dateofbirth as a required field on the patron
15911 <para>Patron categories can also have a maximum age (in years)
15912 associated with them (such as children), enter this age in the
15913 'Upperage limit'</para>
15918 <para>This value will only be checked if <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
15919 defines the dateofbirth as a required field on the patron
15927 <para>If you charge a membership fee for your patrons (such as
15928 those who live in another region) you can enter that in the
15929 'Enrollment fee' field.</para>
15934 <para>Only enter numbers and decimals in this field</para>
15941 <para>If you want your patron to receive overdue notices, set
15942 the 'Overdue notice required' to 'Yes'</para>
15946 <para>You can decide on a patron category basis if lost items
15947 are shown in the staff client by making a choice from the 'Lost
15948 items in staff client' pull down</para>
15951 <screeninfo>Choose a value for 'Hide Lost Items'</screeninfo>
15955 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/hidelostitemspatron.png"/>
15963 <para>Note that this is only applicable in the staff
15964 client, so changing this value on patron categories who do
15965 not have access to the staff client won't make any
15973 <para>If you charge patrons for placing holds on items, enter
15974 the fee amount in the 'Hold fee' field.</para>
15979 <para>Only enter numbers and decimals in this field</para>
15986 <para>In the 'Category type' field choose one of the six main
15987 parent categories</para>
15990 <screeninfo>Six main patron categories</screeninfo>
15994 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncatpulldown.png"/>
16002 <para>This field is required in order to save your patron
16003 category. If left blank you will be presented with an
16007 <screeninfo>Missing fields error</screeninfo>
16011 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patcaterror.png"/>
16021 <para>The Branch Limitations let you limit this patron category to only some branches
16022 in your library system. Select 'All branches' if you would like any library to be
16023 able to use this category.</para>
16026 <para>You can decide if this patron category is blocked from performing actions in the
16027 OPAC if their card is expired using the next option. By default it will follow the
16028 rule set in the <link linkend="BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions"
16029 >BlockExpiredPatronOpacActions</link> preference<screenshot>
16030 <screeninfo>Block expired patrons</screeninfo>
16033 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/blockexpired.png"/>
16036 </screenshot></para>
16039 <para>Next you can choose the default privacy settings for this patron category. This
16040 setting can be edited by the patron via the OPAC if you allow it with the <link
16041 linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> system preference.<screenshot>
16042 <screeninfo>Default privacy</screeninfo>
16045 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/defaultprivacy.png"/>
16048 </screenshot></para>
16051 <para>Finally you can assign advanced messaging preferences by default to a patron
16057 <para>Requires that you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
16058 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> enabled</para>
16063 <para>These defaults will be applied to new patrons that are added to the system.
16064 They will not edit the preferences of the existing patrons. Also, these can be
16065 changed for individual patrons, this setting is just a default to make it easier
16066 to set up messages for an entire category.<itemizedlist>
16069 <para>After setting the default for the patron category you can force
16070 those changes to all existing patrons by running the <emphasis
16071 role="italic">borrowers-force-messaging-defaults</emphasis> script
16072 found in the <emphasis role="italic">misc/maintenance</emphasis> folder.
16073 Ask your system administrator for assistance with this script.</para>
16076 </itemizedlist></para>
16083 <section id="circfinerules">
16084 <title>Circulation and Fine Rules</title>
16085 <para>These rules define how your items are circulated, how/when fines are calculated and
16086 how holds are handled.</para>
16089 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
16090 Circulation > Circulation and fines rules</para>
16093 <para>The rules are applied from most specific to less specific, using the first found in
16097 <para>same library, same patron type, same item type</para>
16100 <para>same library, same patron type, all item type</para>
16103 <para>same library, all patron types, same item type</para>
16106 <para>same library, all patron types, all item types</para>
16109 <para>default (all libraries), same patron type, same item type</para>
16112 <para>default (all libraries), same patron type, all item types</para>
16115 <para>default (all libraries), all patron types, same item type</para>
16118 <para>default (all libraries), all patron types, all item types</para>
16121 <para>The <link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> and <link
16122 linkend="HomeOrHoldingBranch">HomeOrHoldingBranch</link> also come in to play when
16123 figuring out which circulation rule to follow.<itemizedlist>
16125 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library you are logged in at" circ rules will be
16126 selected based on the library you are logged in at </para>
16129 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library the patron is from" circ rules will be
16130 selected based on the patron's library </para>
16133 <para>If CircControl is set to "the library the item is from" circ rules will be
16134 selected based on the item's library where HomeOrHoldingBranch chooses if item's
16135 home library is used or holding library is used.</para>
16138 <para>If <link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> is set to
16139 'Prevent' then the value of HomeOrHoldingBranch is used in figuring out if the item
16140 can be checked out. If the item's home library does not match the logged in library,
16141 the item cannot be checked out unless you are a <link linkend="patronpermsdefined"
16142 >superlibrarian</link>.</para>
16144 </itemizedlist></para>
16146 <para>If you are a single library system choose your branch name before creating rules
16147 (sometimes having only rules for the 'all libraries' option can cause issues with
16152 <para>At the very least you will need to set a default circulation rule. This rule
16153 should be set for all item types, all libraries and all patron categories. That will
16154 catch all instances that do not match a specific rule. When checking out if you do not
16155 have a rule for all libraries, all item types and all patron types then you may see
16156 patrons getting blocked from placing holds. You will also want a rule for your
16157 specific library set for all item types and all patron types to avoid this holds
16158 issue. Koha needs to know what rule to fall back on.</para>
16161 <section id="defaultcircrules">
16162 <title>Default Circulation Rules</title>
16163 <para>Using the issuing rules matrix you can define rules that depend on patron/item type
16164 combos. To set your rules, choose a library from the pull down (or 'all libraries' if
16165 you want to apply these rules to all branches):</para>
16167 <screeninfo>Libraries to apply the rules to</screeninfo>
16170 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/selectissuinglibrary.png"/>
16174 <para>From the matrix you can choose any combination of patron categories and item types
16175 to apply the rules to</para>
16177 <screeninfo>Setting issuing rules for your libraries</screeninfo>
16180 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/addcircrule.png"/>
16186 <para>First choose which patron category you'd like the rule to be applied to. If you
16187 leave this to 'All' it will apply to all patron categories</para>
16190 <para>Choose the 'Item type' you would like this rule to apply to. If you leave this
16191 to 'All' it will apply to all item types</para>
16194 <para>Limit the number of items a patron can have checked out at the same time by
16195 entering a number in the 'Current checkouts allowed' field</para>
16198 <para>Define the period of time an item can be checked out to a patron by entering the
16199 number of units (days or hours) in the 'Loan period' box.</para>
16202 <para>Choose which unit of time, Days or Hours, that the loan period and fines will be
16203 calculated in in the 'Unit' column</para>
16206 <para>You can also define a hard due date for a specific patron category and item
16207 type. A hard due date ignores your usual circulation rules and makes it so that all
16208 items of the type defined are due on, before or after the date you specify.</para>
16211 <para>'Fine amount' should have the amount you would like to charge for overdue
16216 <para>Enter only numbers and decimal points (no currency symbols).</para>
16222 <para>Enter the 'Fine charging interval' in the unit you set (ex. charge fines every 1
16223 day, or every 2 hours)</para>
16226 <para>The 'Fine grace period' is the period of time an item can be overdue before you
16227 start charging fines.</para>
16231 <para>This can only be set for the Day unit, not in Hours</para>
16237 <para>The 'Overdue fines cap' is the maximum fine for this patron and item
16242 <para>If this field is left blank then Koha will not put a limit on the fines
16243 this item will accrue. A maximum fine amount can be set using the <link linkend="MaxFine">MaxFine</link> system preference.</para>
16249 <para>If your library 'fines' patrons by suspending their account you can enter the
16250 number of days their fine should be suspended in the 'Suspension in days'
16255 <para>This can only be set for the Day unit, not in Hours</para>
16261 <para>You can also define the maximum number of days a patron will be suspended in the
16262 'Max suspension duration' setting</para>
16265 <para>Next decide if the patron can renew this item type and if so, enter how many
16266 times they can renew it in the 'Renewals allowed' box</para>
16269 <para>If you're allowing renewals you can control how long the renewal loan period
16270 will be (in the units you have chosen) in the 'Renewal period' box</para>
16273 <para>If you're allowing renewals you can control how soon before the due date patrons
16274 can renew their materials with the 'No renewals before' box.<itemizedlist>
16276 <para>Items can be renewed at any time if this value is left blank. Otherwise
16277 items can only be renewed if the item is due after the number in units
16278 (days/hours) entered in this box.</para>
16280 </itemizedlist></para>
16283 <para>You can enable automatic renewals for certain items/patrons if you'd like. This
16284 will renew automatically following your circulation rules unless there is a hold on
16285 the item<itemizedlist>
16288 <para>You will need to enable the <link linkend="autorenewcron">automatic
16289 renewal cron job</link> for this to work.</para>
16294 <para>This feature needs to have the "no renewal before" column filled in or
16295 it will auto renew everyday after the due date </para>
16298 </itemizedlist></para>
16301 <para>If the patron can place holds on this item type, enter the total numbers of
16302 items (of this type) that can be put on hold in the 'Holds allowed' field</para>
16305 <para>Next you can decide if this patron/item combo are allowed to place holds on
16306 items that are on the shelf (or available in the library) or not. If you choose 'no'
16307 then items can only be placed on hold if checked out</para>
16310 <para>You can also decide if patrons are allowed to place item specific holds on the
16311 item type in question. The options are:<itemizedlist>
16313 <para>Allow: Will allow patrons the option to choose next available or item
16317 <para>Don't allow: Will only allow patrons to choose next available</para>
16320 <para>Force: Will only allow patrons to choose an specific item</para>
16322 </itemizedlist></para>
16325 <para>Finally, if you charge a <link linkend="rentalcharge">rental fee</link> for the
16326 item type and want to give a specific patron type a discount on that fee, enter the
16327 percentage discount (without the % symbol) in the 'Rental Discount' field</para>
16330 <para>When finished, click 'Add' to save your changes. To modify a rule, simply click the
16331 'Edit' link to the right of the fule and edit the values that appear filled in at the
16332 bottom of the form.</para>
16334 <screeninfo>Edit circ and fine rule</screeninfo>
16337 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/editcircfine.png"/>
16341 <para>If you would like to delete your rule, click the 'Delete' link to the right of the
16343 <para>To save time you can clone rules from one library to another by choosing the clone
16344 option above the rules matrix.</para>
16346 <screeninfo>Circulation & Fine Rules Clone Tool</screeninfo>
16349 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/clonerules.png"/>
16353 <para>After choosing to clone you will be presented with a confirmation message.</para>
16355 <screeninfo>Circulation & Fine Rules Successfully Cloned Message</screeninfo>
16358 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/rulescloned.png"/>
16363 <section id="defaultcheckoutpolicy">
16364 <title>Default Checkouts and Hold Policy</title>
16365 <para>You can set a default maximum number of checkouts and hold policy that will be used
16366 if none is defined below for a particular item type or category. This is the fall back
16367 rule for defaults.</para>
16369 <screeninfo>Default Checkouts and Hold Policy</screeninfo>
16372 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/defaultcheckholds.png"/>
16376 <para>From this menu you can set a default to apply to all item types and patrons in the
16377 library if no other option is set in the forms below.</para>
16380 <para>In 'Total Current Checkouts Allowed' enter the total number of items patrons can
16381 have checked out at one time</para>
16384 <para>Control where patrons can place holds from using the 'Hold Policy' menu</para>
16387 <para>From Any Library: Patrons from any library may put this item on hold.
16388 (default if none is defined)</para>
16391 <para>From Home Library: Only patrons from the item's home library may put this
16392 book on hold.</para>
16395 <para>No Holds Allowed: No patron may put this book on hold.</para>
16400 <para>Control where the item returns to once it is checked in</para>
16403 <para>Item returns home</para>
16406 <para>Item returns to issuing branch</para>
16409 <para>Item floats</para>
16412 <para>When an item floats it stays where it was checked in and does not ever
16413 return 'home'</para>
16420 <para>Once your policy is set, you can unset it by clicking the 'Unset' link to the
16421 right of the rule</para>
16425 <section id="checkoutperpatron">
16426 <title>Checkouts Per Patron</title>
16427 <para>For this library, you can specify the maximum number of loans that a patron of a
16428 given category can make, regardless of the item type. </para>
16430 <screeninfo>Set default checkouts per patron category</screeninfo>
16433 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/checkoutsperpatron.png"/>
16438 <para>If the total amount loanable for a given patron category is left blank, no limit
16439 applies, except possibly for a limit you define for a specific item type.</para>
16441 <para>For example, if you have a rule in the matrix that says Board patrons are allowed 10
16442 books and 5 DVDs but you want to make it so that Board patrons only have a total of 12
16443 things checked out at once. If you enter 12 here and the patron has 10 books out
16444 already they will only be allowed 2 DVDs to equal the 12 total they're allowed.</para>
16446 <section id="holdpolicies">
16447 <title>Item Hold Policies</title>
16448 <para>For this library, you can edit hold and return policies for a given item type,
16449 regardless of the patron's category.</para>
16451 <screeninfo>Hold policies per item type</screeninfo>
16454 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/holdsperitem.png"/>
16458 <para>The various Hold Policies have the following effects:</para>
16461 <para>From Any Library: Patrons from any library may put this item on hold. (default
16462 if none is defined)</para>
16465 <para>From Home Library: Only patrons from the item's home library may put this book
16469 <para>No Holds Allowed: No patron may put this book on hold.</para>
16473 <para>Note that if the system preference <link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link> set to 'allow', these policies can be overridden by
16474 your circulation staff.</para>
16477 <para>These policies are based on the patron's home branch, not the branch that the
16478 reserving staff member is from.</para>
16480 <para>The various Return Policies have the following effects:</para>
16483 <para>Item returns home: The item will prompt the librarian to transfer the item to
16484 its home library</para>
16488 <para>If the <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link>
16489 preference is set to automatically transfer the items home, then a prompt will
16496 <para>Item returns to issuing branch: The item will prompt the librarian to transfer
16497 the item back to the library where it was checked out</para>
16501 <para>If the <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link>
16502 preference is set to automatically transfer the items home, then a prompt will
16509 <para>Item floats: The item will not be transferred from the branch it was checked in
16510 at, instead it will remain there until transferred manually or checked in at another
16514 <para>For example you might allow holds at your libraries but not what New items or DVDs to
16515 be placed on hold by other branches so you can set the 'Hold policy' to 'From home
16516 library' so that those items can only be placed on hold if the items' owning library and
16517 the patron's home library are the same. You can also block holds completely on specific
16518 item types from this form. This is also how you can set up floating item types and
16519 types that remain with their home library.</para>
16522 <section id="patronattributetypes">
16523 <title>Patron Attribute Types</title>
16524 <para>Patron attributes can be used to define custom fields to associate with your patron
16525 records. In order to enable the use of custom fields you need to set the <link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link> system
16529 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
16530 Circulation > Patron attribute types</para>
16533 <para>A common use for this field would be for a student ID number or a Driver's license
16536 <screeninfo>List of Patron Attributes</screeninfo>
16539 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/attributes.png"/>
16543 <section id="addpatattributes">
16544 <title>Adding Patron Attributes</title>
16545 <para>To add a new Patron Attribute Type, click the 'New Patron Attribute Type' button at
16546 the top of the page</para>
16548 <screeninfo>Add Patron Attribute Type form</screeninfo>
16551 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/addattribute.png"/>
16557 <para>In the 'Patron attribute type code', enter a short code to identify this
16562 <para>This field is limited to 10 characters (numbers and letters only)</para>
16567 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
16573 <para>In the 'Description' field, enter a longer (plain text) explanation of what this
16574 field will contain</para>
16577 <para>Check the box next to 'Repeatable' to let a patron record have multiple values
16578 of this attribute.</para>
16582 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
16588 <para>If 'Unique identifier' is checked, the attribute will be a unique identifier
16589 which means, if a value is given to a patron record, the same value cannot be given
16590 to a different record.</para>
16594 <para>This setting cannot be changed after an attribute is defined</para>
16600 <para>Check 'Allow password' to make it possible to associate a password with this
16604 <para>Check 'Display in OPAC' to display this attribute on a patron's details page in
16608 <para>Check 'Searchable' to make this attribute searchable in the staff patron
16612 <para>Check 'Display in check-out' to make this attribute visible in the patron's
16613 short detail display on the left of the checkout screen and other patron
16616 <screeninfo>Show attribute in patron detail on the left</screeninfo>
16619 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/showattribute.png"/>
16625 <para>Authorized value category; if one is selected, the patron record input page will
16626 only allow values to be chosen from the authorized value list.</para>
16629 <para>You will first need to add an authorized value list for it to appear in this
16633 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More > Administration > Basic
16634 Parameters > <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
16635 Values</link></para>
16641 <para>an authorized value list is not enforced during batch patron
16648 <para>If you would like this attribute to only be used by specific branches you can
16649 choose those branches from the 'Branches limitation' list. Choose 'All branches' to
16650 show it for all libraries.<itemizedlist>
16653 <para>Note that items with locations already set on them will not be altered.
16654 The branch limitation only limits the choosing of an authorized value based
16655 on the home branch of the current staff login. All authorized values for
16656 item records (LOC, LOST, CCODE, etc) will show in the OPAC for all
16660 </itemizedlist></para>
16663 <para>If you'd like to only show this attribute on patrons of one type choose that
16664 patron type from the 'Category' pull down</para>
16667 <para>If you have a lot of attributes it might be handy to group them so that you can
16668 easily find them for editing. If you create an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> for PA_CLASS it will show in the 'Class' pull down and
16669 you can then change your attributes page to have sections of attributes</para>
16671 <screeninfo>Patron Attributes Sorted</screeninfo>
16674 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/pa_class.png"/>
16680 <para>Click Save to save your new attribute</para>
16683 <para>Once added your attribute will appear on the list of attributes and also on the
16684 patron record add/edit form</para>
16686 <screeninfo>Patron Attributes list on the Patron add/edit form</screeninfo>
16689 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patronattribute.png"/>
16693 <para>If you have set up classes for organizing attributes they will appear that way on
16694 the add/edit patron form</para>
16696 <screeninfo>Grouped Attributes</screeninfo>
16699 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/pa_class-patron.png"/>
16704 <section id="editpatattributes">
16705 <title>Editing/Deleting Patron Attributes</title>
16706 <para>Each patron attribute has an edit and a delete link beside it on the list of
16708 <para>Some fields in the attribute will not be editable once created:</para>
16711 <para>Patron attribute type code</para>
16714 <para>Repeatable</para>
16717 <para>Unique identifier</para>
16720 <para>You will be unable to delete an attribute if it's in use.</para>
16722 <screeninfo>Warning when trying to delete an attribute that is in use</screeninfo>
16725 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/deletepatronattr.png"/>
16731 <section id="libtransferlimits">
16732 <title>Library Transfer Limits</title>
16733 <para>Limit the ability to transfer items between libraries based on the library sending,
16734 the library receiving, and the collection code involved.</para>
16737 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
16738 Circulation > Library Transfer Limits</para>
16741 <para>These rules only go into effect if the preference <link linkend="UseBranchTransferLimits">UseBranchTransferLimits</link> is set to
16743 <para>Before you begin you will want to choose which library you are setting these limits
16746 <screeninfo>Choose the library you're setting limits for</screeninfo>
16749 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/librarytransferselect.png"/>
16753 <para>Transfer limits are set based on the collections codes you have applied via the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> administration area.</para>
16755 <screeninfo>Collection Code values assigned in the Authorized Value area</screeninfo>
16758 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/collectcodes.png"/>
16762 <para>Collection codes will appear as tabs above the checkboxes:</para>
16764 <screeninfo>Collection Code tabs</screeninfo>
16767 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/limittocollcode.png"/>
16771 <para>Check the boxes for the libraries that you accept checkins from for the item type you
16772 have selected at the top (in the example below - FIC)</para>
16774 <screeninfo>Example transfer limits set up</screeninfo>
16777 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/transferlimits.png"/>
16781 <para>In the above example, Centerville library will allow patrons to return items from all
16782 libraries except Liberty and Franklin to their branch.</para>
16784 <section id="transportcostmatrix">
16785 <title>Transport cost matrix</title>
16786 <para>The Transport cost matrix lets a library system define relative costs to transport
16787 books to one another. In order for the system to use this matrix you must first set the
16788 <link linkend="UseTransportCostMatrix">UseTransportCostMatrix</link> preference to
16790 <para>The Transport cost matrix takes precedence in controlling where holds are filled
16791 from, if the matrix is not used then Koha checks the <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
16792 </important></para>
16793 <para>Costs are decimal values between some arbitrary maximum value (e.g. 1 or 100) and 0
16794 which is the minimum (no) cost. For example, you could just use the distance between each
16795 library in miles as your 'cost', if that would accurately reflect the cost of transferring
16796 them. Perhaps post offices would be a better measure. Libraries sharing a post office
16797 would have a cost of 1, adjacent post offices would have a cost of 2, etc.</para>
16798 <para>To enter transport costs simply click in the cell you would like to alter, uncheck the
16799 'Disable' box and enter your 'cost'</para>
16801 <screeninfo>Transport cost matrix</screeninfo>
16804 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/transportcostmatrix.png"/>
16808 <para>After entering in your cost, hit 'Enter' on your keyboard or click the 'Save' button
16809 at the bottom of the matrix to save your changes.</para>
16811 <section id="itemcircalerts">
16812 <title>Item Circulation Alerts</title>
16813 <para>Libraries can decide if they want to have patrons automatically notified of
16814 circulation events (check ins and check outs).</para>
16817 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Patrons &
16818 Circulation > Item Circulation Alerts</para>
16821 <para>These preferences are set based on patron types and item types.</para>
16823 <para>These preference can be overridden by changes in the individual patron's messaging
16824 preferences.</para>
16826 <para>To set up circulation alerts:</para>
16829 <para>Choose your library from the pull down at the top of the screen</para>
16831 <screeninfo>Libraries to set Circulation Alerts</screeninfo>
16834 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/librariesforalert.png"/>
16840 <para>To set preferences for all libraries, keep the menu set to 'Default'</para>
16845 <para>By default all item types and all patrons are notified of check ins and check
16846 outs. To change this, click on the item/patron type combo that you would like to stop
16847 notices for.</para>
16849 <screeninfo>Circulation Alert Matrix</screeninfo>
16852 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/alertmatrix.png"/>
16858 <para>In the above example, Juveniles and Kids will not receive check out
16866 <section id="citytowns">
16867 <title>Cities and Towns</title>
16869 <para>To standardize patron input you can define cities or towns
16870 within your region so that when new patrons are added librarians
16871 simply have to select the town from a list instead of having to type
16872 the town and zip (or postal) code information.</para>
16876 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
16877 > Patrons & Circulation > Cities and Towns</para>
16881 <section id="addingcity">
16882 <title>Adding a City</title>
16884 <para>To add a new city, click the 'New City' button at the top of
16885 the page and enter the city name, state, zip/postal code and
16889 <screeninfo>New city entry form</screeninfo>
16893 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/newcity.png"/>
16898 <para>One you click Submit, your city will be saved and will be
16899 listed on the Cities and Towns page</para>
16902 <screeninfo>List of Cities</screeninfo>
16906 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/cities.png"/>
16911 <para>Cities can be edited or deleted at any time.</para>
16914 <section id="citiesonpatform">
16915 <title>Viewing Cities on Patron Add Form</title>
16917 <para>If you have defined local cities using the New city form, then
16918 when adding or editing a patron record you will see those cities in
16919 a pull down menu to make city selection easy.</para>
16922 <screeninfo>Cities pull down on the patron record</screeninfo>
16926 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/patroncirc/patroncity.png"/>
16931 <para>This will allow for easy entry of local cities into the patron
16932 record without risking the potential for typos or mistaken
16933 zip/postal codes.</para>
16938 <section id="catadmin">
16939 <title>Catalog Administration</title>
16941 <para>Set these controls before you start cataloging on your Koha
16946 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
16951 <section id="marcbibframeworks">
16952 <title>MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</title>
16954 <para>Think of Frameworks as templates for creating new bibliographic
16955 records. Koha comes with some predefined frameworks that can be edited
16956 or deleted, and librarians can create their own frameworks for content
16957 specific to their libraries.</para>
16961 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
16962 > Catalog > MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</para>
16967 <screeninfo>Frameworks List</screeninfo>
16971 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworks.png"/>
16977 <para>Do not delete or edit the Default Framework since this will
16978 cause problems with your cataloging records - always create a new
16979 template based on the Default Framework, or alter the other
16983 <para>After clicking the 'MARC structure' link to the right of each
16984 framework you can decide how many fields you want to see on one screen
16985 by using the pagination options at the top of the table.</para>
16988 <screeninfo>Pagination options</screeninfo>
16992 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworkoptions.png"/>
16997 <section id="addframework">
16998 <title>Add New Framework</title>
17000 <para>To add a new framework</para>
17004 <para>Click 'New Framework'</para>
17007 <screeninfo>Add Framework Form</screeninfo>
17011 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/addframework.png"/>
17018 <para>Enter a code of 4 or fewer characters</para>
17022 <para>Use the Description field to enter a more detailed
17023 definition of your framework</para>
17029 <para>Click 'Submit'</para>
17033 <para>Once your Framework is added click 'MARC structure' to the
17034 right of it on the list of Frameworks</para>
17037 <screeninfo>Choose basis for new Framework</screeninfo>
17041 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/startnewframework.png"/>
17048 <para>You will be asked to choose a Framework to base your
17049 new Framework off of, this will make it easier than starting
17050 from scratch</para>
17056 <para>Once your Framework appears on the screen you can edit or
17057 delete each field by following the instructions for <link linkend="editsubfields">editing subfields</link></para>
17062 <section id="editframeworks">
17063 <title>Edit Existing Frameworks</title>
17065 <para>Clicking 'Edit' to the right of a Framework will only allow
17066 you to edit the Description for the Framework:</para>
17069 <screeninfo>Edit Framework</screeninfo>
17073 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editframework.png"/>
17078 <para>To make edits to the fields associated with the Framework you
17079 must first click 'MARC Structure' and then follow the instructions
17080 for <link linkend="editsubfields">editing subfields</link></para>
17083 <section id="addsubfieldsframework">
17084 <title>Add subfields to Frameworks</title>
17086 <para>To add a field to a Framework click the 'New Tag' button at
17087 the top of the Framework definition</para>
17090 <screeninfo>New Tag Button</screeninfo>
17094 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newtag.png"/>
17099 <para>This will open up a blank form for entering MARC field
17103 <screeninfo>Add a new tag to framework</screeninfo>
17107 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newtagform.png"/>
17112 <para>Enter the information about your new tag:</para>
17116 <para>The 'Tag' is the MARC field number</para>
17120 <para>The 'Label for lib' is the text that will appear in the
17121 staff client when in the cataloging module</para>
17125 <para>The 'Label for OPAC' is the text that will appear in the
17126 OPAC when viewing the MARC version of the record</para>
17130 <para>If this field can be repeated, check the 'Repeatable'
17135 <para>If this field is mandatory, check the 'Mandatory'
17140 <para>If you want this field to be a pull down with limited
17141 possible answers, choose which 'Authorized value' list you want
17146 <para>When you're finished, click 'Save Changes' and you will be
17147 presented with your new field</para>
17150 <screeninfo>New tag and link to subfields</screeninfo>
17154 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subfieldslink.png"/>
17159 <para>To the right of the new field is a link to 'Subfields,' you
17160 will need to add subfields before this tag will appear in your MARC
17161 editor. The process of entering the settings for the new subfield is
17162 the same as those found in the <link linkend="editsubfields">editing
17163 subfields in frameworks</link> section of this manual.</para>
17166 <section id="editsubfields">
17167 <title>Edit Framework Subfields</title>
17169 <para>Frameworks are made up of MARC fields and subfields. To make
17170 edits to most Frameworks you must edit the fields and subfields.
17171 Clicking 'Edit' to the right of each subfield will allow you to make
17172 changes to the text associated with the field</para>
17175 <screeninfo>Modify MARC Field</screeninfo>
17179 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editfield.png"/>
17186 <para>Each field has a tag (which is the MARC tag) that is uneditable</para>
17190 <para>The 'Label for lib' is what will show in the staff
17191 client if you have <link linkend="advancedMARCeditor">advancedMARCeditor</link> set
17192 to display labels</para>
17196 <para>The 'Label for OPAC' is what will show on the MARC
17197 view in the OPAC</para>
17201 <para>If you check 'Repeatable' then the field will have a
17202 plus sign next to it allowing you to add multiples of that
17207 <para>If you check 'Mandatory' the record will not be
17208 allowed to save unless you have a value assigned to this
17213 <para>'Authorized value' is where you define an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link> that your
17214 catalogers can choose from a pull down to fill this field
17221 <para>To edit the subfields associated with the tag, click
17222 'Subfields' to the right of the tag on the 'MARC Structure'
17227 <para>From the list of subfields you can click 'Delete' to the
17228 right of each to delete the subfields</para>
17232 <para>To edit the subfields click 'Edit Subfields'</para>
17236 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Basic constraint values</para>
17238 <screeninfo>Editing the 504 Subfield</screeninfo>
17241 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/editsubfield.png"/>
17248 <para>Text for librarian</para>
17252 <para>what appears before the subfield in the librarian
17259 <para>Text for OPAC</para>
17263 <para>what appears before the field in the OPAC.</para>
17267 <para>If left empty, the text for librarian is used
17276 <para>Repeatable</para>
17280 <para>the field will have a plus sign next to it
17281 allowing you to add multiples of that tag</para>
17287 <para>Mandatory</para>
17291 <para>the record will not be allowed to save unless you
17292 have a value assigned to this tag</para>
17298 <para>Managed in tab</para>
17302 <para>defines the tab where the subfield is shown. All
17303 subfields of a given field must be in the same tab or
17304 ignored. Ignore means that the subfield is not
17312 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Advanced constraint values</para>
17314 <screeninfo>Advanced constraints</screeninfo>
17317 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/advancedoptsubfield.png"/>
17323 <para>Default value</para>
17326 <para>defines what you want to appear in the field by default, this will be
17327 editable, but it saves time if you use the same note over and over or the
17328 same value in a field often.</para>
17333 <para>Visibility</para>
17336 <para>allows you to select from where this subfield is visible/hidden, simply
17337 check the boxes where you would like the field to show and uncheck the boxes
17338 where you would like it hidden.</para>
17340 <screeninfo>Framework visibility</screeninfo>
17343 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworkvisibility.png"/>
17351 <para>Is a URL</para>
17354 <para>if checked, it means that the subfield is a URL and can be
17363 <para>If you enter a field/subfield here (200b), a link appears after the
17364 subfield in the MARC Detail view. This view is present only in the staff
17365 client, not the OPAC. If the librarian clicks on the link, a search is done
17366 on the database for the field/subfield with the same value. This can be used
17367 for 2 main topics :</para>
17370 <para>on a field like author (200f in UNIMARC), put 200f here, you will be
17371 able to see all bib records with the same author.</para>
17374 <para>on a field that is a link (4xx) to reach another bib record. For
17375 example, put 011a in 464$x, will find the serials that are with this
17382 <para>This value should not change after data has been added to your
17383 catalog. If you need to change this value you must ask your system
17384 administrator to run misc/batchRebuildBiblioTables.pl. </para>
17390 <para>Koha link</para>
17393 <para>Koha is multi-MARC compliant. So, it does not know what the 245$a means,
17394 neither what 200$f (those 2 fields being both the title in MARC21 and
17395 UNIMARC). So, in this list you can "map" a MARC subfield to its meaning.
17396 Koha constantly maintains consistency between a subfield and its meaning.
17397 When the user want to search on "title", this link is used to find what is
17398 searched (245 if you're MARC21, 200 if you're UNIMARC).</para>
17405 <para>For each subfield you can set the following Other option values</para>
17410 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/otheroptssubfield.png"/>
17416 <para>Authorized value</para>
17419 <para>means the value cannot by typed by the librarian, but must be chosen
17420 from a pull down generated by the <link linkend="authorizedvalues"
17421 >authorized value</link> list</para>
17424 <para>In the example above, the 504a field will show the MARC504 Authorized
17425 Values when cataloging</para>
17427 <screeninfo>Example of an Authorized Subfield</screeninfo>
17430 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/504auth.png"/>
17438 <para>Thesaurus</para>
17441 <para>means that the value is not free text, but must be searched in the
17442 authority/thesaurus of the selected category</para>
17447 <para>Plugin</para>
17450 <para>means the value is calculated or managed by a plugin. Plugins can do
17451 almost anything.</para>
17454 <para>Examples:<itemizedlist>
17455 <listitem id="cnbrowseplugin">
17456 <para>For call numbers there is an option to add a call number browser
17457 next to the the call number subfield. Simply choose the cn_browser.pl
17458 plugin. Learn more in the <link linkend="addingitems">cataloging
17459 section</link> of this manual.</para>
17462 <para>In UNIMARC there are plugins for every 1xx fields that are coded
17463 fields. The plugin is a huge help for cataloger! There are also two
17464 plugins (unimarc_plugin_210c and unimarc_plugin_225a that can
17465 "magically" find the editor from an ISBN, and the collection list for
17468 </itemizedlist></para>
17476 <para>To save your changes simply click the 'Save Changes'
17477 button at the top of the screen</para>
17484 <section id="importexportframeworks">
17485 <title>Import/Export Frameworks</title>
17487 <para>Next to each framework is a link to either import or export
17488 the framework.</para>
17490 <section id="exportframeworks">
17491 <title>Export Framework</title>
17493 <para>To export a framework simply click the 'Export' link to the
17494 right of framework title.</para>
17497 <screeninfo>Export link next to framework</screeninfo>
17501 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importexport.png"/>
17506 <para>When you click 'Export' you will be prompted to choose what
17507 format to export the file in.</para>
17510 <screeninfo>Export formats</screeninfo>
17514 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/exportoptions.png"/>
17519 <para>A framework exported this way can be imported into any other
17520 Koha installation using the import framework option.</para>
17523 <section id="importframeworks">
17524 <title>Import Framework</title>
17526 <para>An easy way to create a new framework is to import one created for your or another
17527 Koha installation. This framework would need to be exported from the other system
17528 <link linkend="exportframeworks">using the instructions above</link> to be available
17529 for import here. </para>
17530 <para>To import a framework you first need to create <link linkend="addframework">a new
17531 framework</link>. Once you have that framework, click 'Import' to the right of the
17532 new framework.</para>
17535 <screeninfo>Import link next to framework</screeninfo>
17539 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importexport.png"/>
17544 <para>You will be prompted to find a file on your computer to
17545 import into the framework.</para>
17548 <screeninfo>Choose a file to import</screeninfo>
17552 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importfile.png"/>
17557 <para>You will be asked to confirm your actions before the file is
17561 <screeninfo>Confirm your desire to import</screeninfo>
17565 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importconfirm.png"/>
17570 <para>As your file is uploaded you will see an image that will
17571 confirm that the system is working.</para>
17574 <screeninfo>Import timer</screeninfo>
17578 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/importtimer.png"/>
17583 <para>Once your import is complete you will be brought to the
17584 framework edit tool where you can make any changes you need to the
17585 framework you imported.</para>
17590 <section id="kohamarcmapping">
17591 <title>Koha to MARC Mapping</title>
17593 <para>While Koha stores the entire MARC record, it also stores common
17594 fields for easy access in various tables in the database. Koha to MARC
17595 Mapping is used to tell Koha where to find these values in the MARC
17596 record. In many cases you will not have to change the default values
17597 set by in this tool on installation, but it is important to know that
17598 the tool is here and can be used at any time.</para>
17602 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17603 > Catalog > Koha to MARC Mapping</para>
17607 <para>The Koha to MARC Mapping page offers you the option of choosing
17608 from one of three tables in the database to assign values to.</para>
17611 <screeninfo>Koha to MARC Mapping Table Pull Down</screeninfo>
17615 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/kohamarcmapping.png"/>
17620 <para>After choosing the table you would like to view, click 'OK.' To
17621 edit any mapping click on the 'Koha Filed' or the 'Edit' link.</para>
17624 <screeninfo>Map MARC Field to Koha Field</screeninfo>
17628 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/mapmarc.png"/>
17633 <para>Choose which MARC field you would like to map to this Koha Field
17634 and click the 'OK' button. If you would like to clear all mappings,
17635 click the 'Click to "Unmap"' button.</para>
17638 <para>At this time you can map only 1 MARC field to 1 Koha field.
17639 This means that you won't be able to map both the 100a and the 700a
17640 to the author field, you need to choose one or the other.</para>
17646 <section id="keywordmapping">
17647 <title>Keywords to MARC Mapping</title>
17649 <para>This tool will allow you to map MARC fields to a set of
17650 predefined keywords.</para>
17654 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17655 > Catalog > Keywords to MARC Mapping</para>
17660 <para>This tool only effects sites that are not using the XSLT
17661 Stylesheets.</para>
17664 <para>At this time the only keyword in use is 'subtitle.'</para>
17666 <para>Using this tool you can define what MARC field prints to the
17667 detail screen of the bibliographic record using keywords. The
17668 following example will use the subtitle field.</para>
17670 <para>Using the Framework pull down menu, choose the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Framework</link> you would like to apply
17671 this rule to. For example, the subtitle for books can be found in the
17672 245$b field.</para>
17675 <screeninfo>Assigning Book Subtitle</screeninfo>
17679 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitlebookmapping.png"/>
17684 <para>However the subtitle for DVDs appears in 245$p</para>
17687 <screeninfo>Assigning DVD Subtitle</screeninfo>
17691 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitledvdmapping.png"/>
17696 <para>Using this tool you can tell Koha to print the right field as
17697 the subtitle when viewing the bibliographic record in the OPAC.</para>
17700 <screeninfo>Subtitle display in the OPAC</screeninfo>
17704 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/subtitlebookinopac.png"/>
17709 <para>This tool can be used to chain together pieces of the record as
17710 well. If you want the series number to show in the title on your
17711 search results you simply have to map 490 $v to 'subtitle' along with
17713 <para>Chain together the fields you want to show after the item
17714 title in the order in which you want them to appear.</para>
17717 <para>Future developments will include additional keyword assigned
17721 <section id="marcbibframeworkstest">
17722 <title>MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</title>
17724 <para>Checks the MARC structure.</para>
17728 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17729 > Catalog > MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</para>
17733 <para>If you change your MARC Bibliographic framework it's recommended
17734 that you run this tool to test for errors in your definition.</para>
17737 <screeninfo>Framework Test</screeninfo>
17741 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/frameworktest.png"/>
17747 <section id="authoritiesadmin">
17748 <title>Authority Types</title>
17750 <para>Authority Types are basically MARC Frameworks for Authority
17751 records and because of that they follow the same editing rules found
17752 in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
17753 Frameworks</link> section of this manual. Koha comes with many of the
17754 necessary Authority frameworks already installed. To learn how to add
17755 and edit Authority Types, simply review the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic Frameworks</link>
17756 section of this manual.</para>
17760 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17761 > Catalog > Authority Types</para>
17766 <section id="classificationsources">
17770 <firstname>Savitra</firstname>
17771 <surname>Sirohi</surname>
17773 <orgname>Nucsoft OSS Labs</orgname>
17778 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
17779 <surname>Engard</surname>
17780 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content where
17781 necessary and added new screenshots.</contrib>
17785 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
17788 <title>Classification Sources</title>
17790 <para>Source of classification or shelving scheme is an <link linkend="authorizedvalues"
17791 >Authorized Values</link> category that is mapped to field 952$2 and 942$2 in Koha's
17792 MARC Bibliographic frameworks and stored in the items.cn_source field in the
17797 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17798 > Catalog > Classification sources</para>
17803 <screeninfo>Classification Sources</screeninfo>
17807 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/classsources.png"/>
17812 <para>Commonly used values of this field are:</para>
17816 <para>ddc - Dewey Decimal Classification</para>
17820 <para>lcc - Library of Congress Classification</para>
17824 <para>If you chose to install classification sources during Koha's
17825 installation, you would see other values too:</para>
17829 <para>ANSCR (sound recordings)</para>
17833 <para>SuDOC classification</para>
17837 <para>Universal Decimal Classification</para>
17841 <para>Other/Generic Classification</para>
17845 <section id="addingclasssource">
17846 <title>Adding/Editing Classification Sources</title>
17848 <para>You can add your own source of classification by using the New
17849 Classification Source button. To edit use the Edit link.</para>
17852 <screeninfo>Add classification source</screeninfo>
17856 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/addclasssource.png"/>
17861 <para>When creating or editing:</para>
17865 <para>You will need to enter a code and a description.</para>
17869 <para>Check the 'Source in use?' checkbox if you want the value
17870 to appear in the drop down list for this category.</para>
17874 <para>Select the appropriate <link linkend="classfilingrules">filing rule</link> from the drop down
17882 <section id="classfilingrules">
17883 <title>Classification Filing Rules</title>
17885 <para>Filing rules determine the order in which items are placed on
17888 <para>Values that are pre-configured in Koha are:</para>
17900 <para>Generic</para>
17904 <para>Filing rules are mapped to <link linkend="addingclasssource">Classification sources</link>. You can
17905 setup new filing rules by using the New Filing Rule button. To edit
17906 use the Edit link.</para>
17908 <para>When creating or editing:</para>
17912 <para>Enter a code and a description</para>
17916 <para>Choose an appropriate filing routine - dewey, generic or
17923 <section id="recordmatchingrules">
17927 <firstname>Joy</firstname>
17928 <surname>Nelson</surname>
17930 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
17935 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
17936 <surname>Engard</surname>
17937 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
17941 <pubdate>2013</pubdate>
17943 <title>Record Matching Rules</title>
17945 <para>Record matching rules are used when importing MARC records into
17950 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
17951 > Catalog > Record Matching Rules</para>
17955 <para>The rules that you set up here will be referenced with you <link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link>.</para>
17956 <para>It is important to understand the difference between Match Points and Match Checks
17957 before adding new matching rules to Koha.</para>
17959 <para>Match Points are the criteria that you enter that must be met in order for an incoming
17960 record to match an existing MARC record in your catalog. You can have multiple match
17961 points on an import rule each with its own score. An incoming record will be compared
17962 against your existing records (‘one record at a time’) and given a score for each match
17963 point. When the total score of the matchpoints matches or exceeds the threshold given for
17964 the matching rule, Koha assumes a good match and imports/overlays according your
17965 specifications in the import process. An area to watch out for here is the sum of the
17966 match points. Doublecheck that the matches you want will add up to a successful
17969 <para>Example: </para>
17970 <para>Threshold of 1000 </para>
17971 <para>Match Point on 020$a 1000 </para>
17972 <para>Match Point on 022$a 1000 </para>
17973 <para>Match Point on 245$a 500 </para>
17974 <para>Match Point on 100$a 100</para>
17976 <para>In the example above, a match on either the 020$a or the 022$a will result in a successful match. A match on 245$a title and 100$a author (and not on 020$a or 022$a) will only add up to 600 and not be a match. And a match on 020$a and 245$a will result in 1500 and while this is a successful match, the extra 500 point for the 245$a title match are superfluous. The incoming record successfully matched on the 020$a without the need for the 245$a match. However, if you assigned a score of 500 to the 100$a Match Point, a match on 245$a title and 100$a author will be considered a successful match (total of 1000) even if the 020$a is not a match.</para>
17978 <para>Match Checks are not commonly used in import rules. However, they can serve a couple of
17979 purposes in matching records. First, match checks can be used as the matching criteria
17980 instead of the match points if your indexes are stale and out of date. The match checks go
17981 right for the data instead of relying on the data in the indexes. (If you fear your
17982 indexes are out of date, a rebuild of your indexes would be a great idea and solve that
17983 situation!) The other use for a Match Check is as a “double check” or “veto” of your
17984 matching rule. For example, if you have a matching rule as below:</para>
17985 <para>Threshold of 1000 </para>
17986 <para>Match Point on 020$a 1000 </para>
17987 <para>Match Check on 245$a</para>
17989 <para>Koha will first look at the 020$a tag/subfield to see if the incoming record matches an existing record. If it does, it will then move on to the Match Check and look directly at the 245$a value in the incoming data and compare it to the 245$a in the existing ‘matched’ record in your catalog. If the 245$a matches, Koha continues on as if a match was successful. If the 245$a does not match, then Koha concludes that the two records are not a match after all. The Match Checks can be a really useful tool in confirming true matches.</para>
17991 <para>When looking to create matching rules for your authority records the following indexes will be
17993 <table frame="void" id="authorityindexes">
17994 <caption>Authority Indexes</caption>
17997 <th>Index name</th>
17998 <th>Matches Marc Tag</th>
18003 <td>LC-cardnumber</td>
18007 <td>Personal-name</td>
18011 <td>Corporate-name-heading</td>
18015 <td>Meeting-name</td>
18019 <td>Title-uniform</td>
18023 <td>Chronological-term</td>
18027 <td>Subject-topical</td>
18031 <td>Name-geographic</td>
18035 <td>Term-genre-form</td>
18040 <section id="addrecordmatchrule">
18041 <title>Adding Matching Rules</title>
18042 <para>To create a new matching rule :</para>
18045 <para>Click 'New Record Matching Rule'</para>
18047 <screeninfo>Add record matching rule</screeninfo>
18050 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/newmatchrule.png"/>
18056 <para>Choose a unique name and enter it in the 'Matching rule code' field</para>
18059 <para>'Description' can be anything you want to make it clear to you what rule
18060 you're picking</para>
18063 <para>'Match threshold' is the total number of 'points' a biblio must earn to be
18064 considered a 'match'</para>
18067 <para>'Record type' is the type of import this rule will be used for - either
18068 authority or bibliographic</para>
18071 <para>Match points are set up to determine what fields to match on</para>
18074 <para>'Search index' can be found by looking at the ccl.properties file on your
18075 system which tells the zebra indexing what data to search for in the MARC
18079 <para>'Score' - The number of 'points' a match on this field is worth. If the sum
18080 of each score is greater than the match threshold, the incoming record is a
18081 match to the existing record</para>
18084 <para>Enter the MARC tag you want to match on in the 'Tag' field</para>
18087 <para>Enter the MARC tag subfield you want to match on in the 'Subfields'
18091 <para>'Offset' - For use with control fields, 001-009</para>
18094 <para>'Length' - For use with control fields, 001-009</para>
18097 <para>Koha only has one 'Normalization rule' that removes extra characters such as
18098 commas and semicolons. The value you enter in this field is irrelevant to the
18099 normalization process.</para>
18102 <para>'Required match checks' - ??</para>
18108 <section id="samplerecordmatch">
18109 <title>Sample Bibliographic Record Matching Rule: Control Number</title>
18112 <screeninfo>LOC Matching Rule</screeninfo>
18116 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/samplematchrule.png"/>
18123 <para>Match threshold: 100</para>
18126 <para>Record type: Bibliographic<itemizedlist>
18129 <para>If you'd like a rule to match on the 001 in authority records you will
18130 need the repeat all of these values and change just the record type to
18131 'Authority record'</para>
18134 </itemizedlist></para>
18138 <para>Matchpoints (just the one):</para>
18142 <para>Search index: Control-number</para>
18146 <para>Score: 101</para>
18150 <para>Tag: 001</para>
18155 <para>this field is for the control number assigned by the
18156 organization creating, using, or distributing the
18164 <para>Subfields: a</para>
18168 <para>Offset: 0</para>
18172 <para>Length: 0</para>
18176 <para>Normalization rule: Control-number</para>
18180 <para>Required Match checks: none (remove the blank one)</para>
18183 <screeninfo>Remove match check</screeninfo>
18187 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/removematchcheck.png"/>
18196 <section id="oaisetsconfig">
18197 <title>OAI Sets Configuration</title>
18199 <para>On this page you can create, modify and delete OAI-PMH
18202 <section id="oaicreate">
18203 <title>Create a set</title>
18205 <para>To create a set:</para>
18209 <para>Click on the link 'Add a new set'</para>
18213 <para>Fill the mandatory fields 'setSpec' and 'setName'</para>
18217 <para>Then you can add descriptions for this set. To do this
18218 click on 'Add description' and fill the newly created text box.
18219 You can add as many descriptions as you want.</para>
18223 <para>Click on 'Save' button'</para>
18228 <section id="oaimodify">
18229 <title>Modify/Delete a set</title>
18231 <para>To modify a set, just click on the link 'Modify' on the same
18232 line of the set you want to modify. A form similar to set creation
18233 form will appear and allow you to modify the setSpec, setName and
18234 descriptions.</para>
18236 <para>To delete a set, just click on the link 'Delete' on the same
18237 line of the set you want to delete.</para>
18240 <section id="oaimapping">
18241 <title>Define mappings</title>
18243 <para>Here you can define how a set will be build (what records will
18244 belong to this set) by defining mappings. Mappings are a list of
18245 conditions on record content. A record only need to match one
18246 condition to belong to the set.</para>
18250 <para>Fill the fields 'Field', 'Subfield' and 'Value'. For
18251 example if you want to include in this set all records that have
18252 a 999$9 equal to 'XXX'. Fill 'Field' with 999, 'Subfield' with 9
18253 and 'Value' with XXX.</para>
18257 <para>If you want to add another condition, click on 'OR' button
18258 and repeat step 1.</para>
18262 <para>Click on 'Save'</para>
18266 <para>To delete a condition, just leave at least one of 'Field',
18267 'Subfield' or 'Value' empty and click on 'Save'.<note>
18268 <para>Actually, a condition is true if value in the
18269 corresponding subfield is strictly equal to what is defined if
18270 'Value'. A record having 999$9 = 'XXX YYY' will not belong to a
18271 set where condition is 999$9 = 'XXX'.</para>
18274 <para>And it is case sensitive : a record having 999$9 = 'xxx' will
18275 not belong to a set where condition is 999$9 = 'XXX'.</para>
18278 <section id="oaibuild">
18279 <title>Build sets</title>
18281 <para>Once you have configured all your sets, you have to build the
18282 sets. This is done by calling the script
18283 misc/migration_tools/build_oai_sets.pl.</para>
18286 <section id="itemsearchadmin">
18287 <title>Item search fields</title>
18288 <para>From here you can add custom search fields to the <link
18289 linkend="searchguide-itemsearch">item search</link> option in the staff client. <screenshot>
18293 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/itemsearchfields.png"/>
18296 </screenshot></para>
18297 <para>To add a new search term simply fill in the 'Add a new field' area:<itemizedlist>
18299 <para>Name is a field for you to identify the search term</para>
18302 <para>Label is what will appear on the item search page</para>
18305 <para>MARC field allows you to pick which field you'd like to search in</para>
18308 <para>MARC subfield is the subfield you'd like to search in</para>
18311 <para>Authorised values category can be used to turn this search field in to a pull
18312 down instead of a free text field</para>
18314 </itemizedlist></para>
18315 <para>Once your new field is added it will be visible at the top of this page and on the
18316 item search page<screenshot>
18317 <screeninfo>Search option</screeninfo>
18320 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/cataloging/customsearch.png"/>
18323 </screenshot></para>
18327 <section id="acqadmin">
18328 <title>Acquisitions</title>
18330 <para>The Koha Acquisitions module provides a way for the library to
18331 record orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</para>
18333 <para>Before using the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions
18334 Module</link>, you will want to make sure that you have completed all of
18339 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
18340 Acquisitions</para>
18344 <section id="currexchangeadmin">
18345 <title>Currencies and Exchange Rates</title>
18347 <para>If you place orders from more than one country you will want to
18348 input currency exchange rates so that your acquisitions module will
18349 properly calculate totals.</para>
18353 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18354 > Acquisitions > Currencies and Exchange Rates</para>
18359 <screeninfo>Currencies</screeninfo>
18363 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/currencies.png"/>
18369 <para>This data is not automatically updated, so be sure to keep it
18370 up to date so that your accounting is kept correct.</para>
18372 <para>The ISO code you enter will be used when importing MARC files via the staging tools,
18373 the tool will attempt to find and use the price of the currently active currency. </para>
18375 <para>The active currency is the main currency you use in your
18376 library. Your active currency will have a check mark in the 'Active'
18377 column. If you don't have an active currency you will see an error
18378 message telling you to choose an active currency.</para>
18381 <screeninfo>No active currency warning</screeninfo>
18385 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/nocurrency.png"/>
18391 <section id="budgetplanning">
18392 <title>Budgets</title>
18394 <para>Budgets are used for tracking accounting values related to acquisitions. For example
18395 you could create a Budget for the current year (ex. 2015) and then break that into <link
18396 linkend="funds">Funds</link> for different areas of the library (ex. Books, Audio,
18401 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18402 > Acquisitions > Budgets</para>
18406 <para>When visiting the main budget administration you will see two
18407 tabs, one for active and one for inactive budgets.</para>
18410 <screeninfo>Budgets List</screeninfo>
18414 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
18419 <section id="addbudget">
18420 <title>Adding budgets</title>
18422 <para>Budgets can either be created <link linkend="addnewbudget">from scratch</link>, by
18423 <link linkend="duplicatebudget">duplicating the previous year's budget</link> or by
18424 <link linkend="closebudget">closing a previous year's budget</link>.</para>
18425 <section id="addnewbudget">
18426 <title>Add a new budget</title>
18427 <para>If you haven't used Koha before for acquisitions then you'll need to start fresh
18428 with a new budget. To add a new budget click the 'New Budget' button.</para>
18430 <screeninfo>New Budget Form</screeninfo>
18433 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newbudgetform.png"/>
18439 <para>Choose the time period this budget is for, whether it's an academic year, a
18440 fiscal year, a quarter, etc.</para>
18443 <para>The Description should be something that will help you identify the budget
18444 when ordering</para>
18447 <para>In the amount box do not use any symbols, simply enter the amount of the
18448 budget with numbers and decimals.</para>
18451 <para>Marking a budget active makes it usable when placing orders in the
18452 acquisitions module, even if the order is placed after the budget end date. This
18453 will allow you to record orders that were places in a previous budget
18457 <para>Locking a budget means that Funds will not be able to be modified by
18461 <para>Once you have made your edits, click the 'Save Changes' button. You will be
18462 brought to a list of your existing budgets.</para>
18464 <screeninfo>List of Budgets</screeninfo>
18467 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
18472 <section id="duplicatebudget">
18473 <title>Duplicate a budget</title>
18474 <para>To duplicate a budget from a previous year, click on the link for the budget name
18475 from the list of budgets</para>
18477 <screeninfo>Budgets List</screeninfo>
18480 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/budgetslist.png"/>
18484 <para>On the screen listing the budget breakdown click the Edit button at the top and
18485 choose to Duplicate budget</para>
18487 <screeninfo>Duplicate Budget</screeninfo>
18490 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicatebudget.png"/>
18494 <para>You can also click the 'Actions' button to the right of the budget and choose 'Duplicate'.<screenshot>
18495 <screeninfo>Duplicate budget</screeninfo>
18498 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicateaction.png"/>
18501 </screenshot></para>
18502 <para>In both cases you will be presented with a form where you simply need to enter the
18503 new start and end date and save the budget.</para>
18505 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Budget</screeninfo>
18508 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/duplicatestartend.png"/>
18512 <para>Check the box for 'Mark the original budget as inactive' if the original budget
18513 should no longer be used. </para>
18514 <para>Check the box for 'Set all funds to zero' if you wish the new budget to contain
18515 all the same fund structures as the previous budget but no allocations until you
18516 manually enter an amount in the fund.</para>
18517 <para>This will not only duplicate your budget, but all of the funds associated with
18518 that budget so that you can reuse budgets and funds from year to year and so that you
18519 can move unreceived orders and if desired unspent funds from a previous budget to the
18522 <section id="closebudget">
18526 <firstname>Denise</firstname>
18527 <surname>Hannibal</surname>
18529 <orgname>Washington University in St. Louis</orgname>
18533 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
18534 <surname>Engard</surname>
18537 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
18539 <title>Close a budget</title>
18540 <para>Close a budget to move or roll over unreceived orders and if desired unspent funds
18541 from a previous budget to a new budget. Before closing your budget you might want to
18542 <link linkend="duplicatebudget">duplicate the previous year's budget</link> so that
18543 you have somewhere for the unreceived orders to roll to.</para>
18544 <para>Find the previous budget with unreceived orders on the Active budgets or the
18545 Inactive budgets tab and select 'Close' under 'Actions'. <screenshot>
18546 <screeninfo>Close a budget</screeninfo>
18549 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closebudget.png"/>
18552 </screenshot></para>
18554 <para>In order for the unreceived orders to be automatically moved to the new budget,
18555 the fund structures in the previous budget must exist in the new budget. Budgets
18556 without unreceived orders cannot be closed.</para>
18558 <para>When you select 'Close' you will be presented with a form.<screenshot>
18559 <screeninfo>Closing a budget</screeninfo>
18562 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closebudgetoptions.png"/>
18565 </screenshot></para>
18566 <para>Use the 'Select a budget' drop down to choose the new budget for the unreceived
18568 <para>Check the box for 'Move remaining unspent funds' to move the unspent amounts from
18569 the funds of the budget being closed to the selected budget.</para>
18570 <para>Once you have made your choices, click the 'Move unreceived orders' button. You
18571 will be presented with a dialog box that says 'You have chosen to move all unreceived
18572 orders from 'Budget X' to 'Budget Y'. This action cannot be reversed. Do you wish to
18573 continue?' Budget X is the budget to be closed and Budget Y is the selected budget. <screenshot>
18574 <screeninfo>Close warning</screeninfo>
18577 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closewarning.png"/>
18580 </screenshot></para>
18581 <para>If everything seems correct click 'OK' and the unreceived orders and, if selected,
18582 unspent funds will be moved. </para>
18583 <para>Wait until the 'Report after moving unreceived orders from budget X to Y'
18584 displays. This will list the order numbers which have been impacted (grouped by fund)
18585 and detail if the unreceived order was moved or if there was a problem. For example,
18586 if the new budget does not contain a fund with the same name as the previous budget,
18587 the order will not be moved.</para>
18589 <screeninfo>Close report</screeninfo>
18592 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/closereport.png"/>
18600 <section id="funds">
18601 <title>Funds</title>
18605 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
18606 > Acquisitions > Funds</para>
18610 <section id="addbudgetfund">
18611 <title>Add a Fund</title>
18613 <para>A fund is added to a budget.</para>
18616 <para>A <link linkend="addbudget">budget</link> must be defined
18617 before a fund can be created.</para>
18618 </important>To add a new fund click the New button and then choose
18619 which Budget you would like to add the fund to.</para>
18622 <screeninfo>Choose which budget to add a fund to</screeninfo>
18626 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newfund.png"/>
18631 <para>In the form that appears you want to enter the basics about your fund.</para>
18634 <screeninfo>New Fund Form</screeninfo>
18638 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/newfundform.png"/>
18643 <para>The three first fields are required, the rest are
18648 <para>Fund Code is a unique identifier for your fund</para>
18652 <para>The Fund Name should be something that librarians will
18657 <para>Amount should be entered with only numbers and decimals, no other
18661 <para>Warning at (%) or Warning at (amount) can be filled in to make Koha warn you
18662 before you spend a certain percentage or amount of your budget. This will prevent
18663 you from overspending.</para>
18667 <para>You can choose to assign this fund to a librarian. Doing
18668 so will make it so that only that librarian can make changes to
18673 <para>Choose which library will be using this fund</para>
18677 <para>You can restrict who can order from this fund by choosing either the 'owner',
18678 'owner and users' or 'owner, users and library' from the 'Restrict access to'
18682 <screeninfo>Restrict Fund Access</screeninfo>
18686 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/restrictfund.png"/>
18693 <para>Without an owner, the access restriction will be ignored, be sure to enter
18694 an owner as well as choose a restriction</para>
18701 <para>Notes are simply for any descriptive notes you might want
18702 to add so that librarians know when to use this fund</para>
18706 <para>Planning categories are used for statistical purposes. To
18707 learn more about planning categories, check out the <link linkend="planningcatfaq">Planning Category FAQ</link>.</para>
18711 <para>When complete, click 'Submit' and you will be brought to a
18712 list of all of the funds for the budget.</para>
18715 <screeninfo>List of funds</screeninfo>
18719 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/fundlist.png"/>
18723 <para>The monetary columns in the fund table break down as follows:<orderedlist>
18725 <para>Base-level allocated is the "Amount" value you defined when creating the
18729 <para>Base-level ordered is the ordered amount for this fund (without child
18733 <para>Total ordered is the base-level ordered for this fund and all its child
18737 <para>Base-level spent is the spent amount for this fund (without child
18741 <para>Total spent is the base-level spent for this fund and all its child
18745 <para>Base-level available is 1 - 2</para>
18748 <para>Total available is 1 - 3</para>
18750 </orderedlist></para>
18752 <para>To the right of each fund you will find the 'Actions' button under which you will
18753 find the 'Edit,' 'Delete,' and 'Add Child Fund' options. </para>
18755 <screeninfo>Fund actions</screeninfo>
18758 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/fundactions.png"/>
18762 <para>A child fund simply a sub-fund of the fund listed. An example would be to have a
18763 fund for 'Fiction' and under that have a fund for 'New Releases' and a fund for 'Science
18764 Fiction.' It is an optional way to further organize your finances.</para>
18765 <para>Funds with children will show with a small arrow to the left. Clicking that will
18766 show you the children funds.</para>
18768 <screeninfo>Child funds</screeninfo>
18771 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/childfunds.png"/>
18777 <section id="fundsplanning">
18778 <title>Budget Planning</title>
18780 <para>When viewing the list of funds click the 'Planning' button and
18781 choose how you would like to plan to spend your budget.</para>
18784 <screeninfo>Planning pull down menu</screeninfo>
18788 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningpulldown.png"/>
18793 <para>If you choose 'Plan by MONTHS' you will see the budgeted
18794 amount broken down by months:</para>
18797 <screeninfo>Budget Planning Formula</screeninfo>
18801 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningbymonths.png"/>
18806 <para>To hide some of the columns you can click the 'hide' link to the right (or below as
18807 in the screenshot above) the dates. To add more columns you can click the 'Show a
18808 column' link found below the 'Fund Remaining' heading.</para>
18811 <screeninfo>Choose columns to add</screeninfo>
18815 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/addplanningcol.png"/>
18820 <para>From here you can plan your budget spending by manually
18821 entering values or by clicking the 'Auto-fill row' button. If you
18822 choose to auto-fill the form the system will try to divide the
18823 amount accordingly, you may have to make some edits to split things
18824 more accurately.</para>
18827 <screeninfo>Auto-filled columns</screeninfo>
18831 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/autofill.png"/>
18836 <para>Once your changes are made, click the 'Save' button. If you
18837 would like to export your data as a CSV file you can do so by
18838 entering a file name in the 'Output to a file named' field and
18839 clicking the 'Output' button.</para>
18842 <screeninfo>Export planning as CSV</screeninfo>
18846 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/acquisitions/planningcsv.png"/>
18854 <section id="additionaladmin">
18855 <title>Additional Parameters</title>
18859 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration >
18860 Additional Parameters</para>
18864 <section id="z3950admin">
18865 <title>Z39.50/SRU servers</title>
18867 <para>Z39.50 is a client–server protocol for searching and retrieving information from
18868 remote computer databases, in short it's a tool used for copy cataloging. </para>
18869 <para>SRU- Search/Retrieve via URL - is a standard XML-based protocol for search queries,
18870 utilizing CQL - Contextual Query Language - a standard syntax for representing queries. </para>
18871 <para>Using Koha you can connect to any Z39.50 or SRU target that is publicly available or
18872 that you have the log in information to and copy both bibliographic and/or authority
18873 records from that source.</para>
18877 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Additional
18878 Parameters > Z39.50/SRU Servers</para>
18882 <para>Koha comes with a default list of Z39.50/SRU targets set up that you can add to, edit
18886 <screeninfo>List of Z39.50 Servers in Koha</screeninfo>
18890 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/z39list.png"/>
18895 <para>To find additional Z39.50 targets you use IndexData's IRSpy: <ulink
18896 url="http://irspy.indexdata.com/">http://irspy.indexdata.com</ulink> or the Library of
18897 Congress's List of Targets <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/"
18898 >http://www.loc.gov/z3950/</ulink>
18901 <section id="addztarget">
18902 <title>Add a Z39.50 Target</title>
18906 <para>From the main Z39.50 page, click 'New Z39.50
18909 <screeninfo>New Z39.50 Server Form</screeninfo>
18912 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/newz39.png"/>
18919 <para>'Z39.50 server' should be populated with a name that will help you identify
18920 the source (such as the library name).</para>
18923 <para>'Hostname' will be the address to the Z39.50 target.</para>
18926 <para>'Port' tells Koha what port to listen on to get results from this
18930 <para>'Userid' and 'Password' are only required for servers that are password
18934 <para>Check the 'Preselected' box if you want this target to always be selected by
18938 <para>'Rank' lets you enter where in the list you'd like this target to appear.<itemizedlist>
18940 <para>If this is left blank the targets will be in alphabetical
18943 </itemizedlist></para>
18946 <para>'Syntax' is the MARC flavor you use.</para>
18949 <para>'Encoding' tells the system how to read special characters.</para>
18952 <para>'Timeout' is helpful for targets that take a long while. You can set the
18953 timeout so that it doesn't keep trying the target if results aren't found in a
18954 reasonable amount of time.</para>
18957 <para>'Record type' lets you define if this is a bibliographic or an authority
18961 <para>'XSLT file(s)' lets enter one or more (comma-separated) XSLT file names that
18962 you want to apply on the search results.<itemizedlist>
18964 <para>When retrieving records from external targets you may wish to automate
18965 some changes to those records. XSLT's allow you to do this. Koha ships
18966 with some sample XSLT files in the /koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/xslt/
18967 directory ready for use: <itemizedlist>
18969 <para>Del952.xsl: Remove items (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
18972 <para>Del995.xsl: Remove items (UNIMARC)</para>
18975 <para>Del9LinksExcept952.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
18976 (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
18979 <para>Del9LinksExcept995.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
18982 </itemizedlist></para>
18984 </itemizedlist></para>
18991 <section id="suggestztarget">
18992 <title>Suggested Bibliographic Z39.50 Targets</title>
18993 <para>Koha libraries with open Z39.50 targets can share and find connection information on
18994 the Koha wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources"
18995 >http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources</ulink>. You can also
18996 find open Z39.50 targets by visiting IRSpy: <ulink url="http://irspy.indexdata.com"
18997 >http://irspy.indexdata.com</ulink>.</para>
18999 <para>The following targets have been used successfully by other
19000 Koha libraries (in the Americas):</para>
19004 <para>ACCESS PENNSYLVANIA 205.247.101.11:210 INNOPAC</para>
19007 <para>CUYAHOGA COUNTY PUBLIC webcat.cuyahoga.lib.oh.us:210
19012 <para>GREATER SUDBURY PUBLIC 216.223.90.51:210 INNOPAC</para>
19016 <para>HALIFAX PUBLIC catalogue.halifaxpubliclibraries.ca:210
19021 <para>HALTON HILLS PUBLIC cat.hhpl.on.ca:210 halton_hills</para>
19025 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS lx2.loc.gov: 210 LCDB</para>
19029 <para>LONDON PUBLIC LIBRARY catalogue.londonpubliclibrary.ca:210
19034 <para>MANITOBA PUBLIC library.gov.mb.ca:210 horizon</para>
19038 <para>MILTON PL cat.mpl.on.ca:210 horizon</para>
19042 <para>NATIONAL LIBRARY OF WALES cat.llgc.org.uk:210 default</para>
19045 <para>NHUPAC 199.192.6.130:211 nh_nhupac</para>
19048 <para>OCEAN STATE LIBRARIES (RI) catalog.oslri.net:210 INNOPAC</para>
19051 <para>OHIOLINK olc1.ohiolink.edu:210 INNOPAC</para>
19054 <para>PUBCAT prod890.dol.state.vt.us:2300 unicorn</para>
19057 <para>SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY PUBLIC LIBRARY SYSTEM (CA) hip1.sjvls.org:210 ZSERVER</para>
19060 <para>SEATTLE PUBLIC LIBRARY ZSERVER.SPL.ORG:210 HORIZON</para>
19064 <para>TORONTO PUBLIC symphony.torontopubliclibrary.ca:2200
19069 <para>TRI-UNI 129.97.129.194:7090 voyager</para>
19073 <para>VANCOUVER PUBLIC LIBRARY z3950.vpl.ca:210 Horizon</para>
19077 <section id="suggestauthz39">
19078 <title>Suggested Authority Z39.50 Targets</title>
19079 <para>The following targets have been used successfully by other Koha libraries (in the
19083 <para>LIBRARIESAUSTRALIA AUTHORITIES z3950-test.librariesaustralia.nla.gov.au:210
19084 AuthTraining Userid: ANLEZ / Password: z39.50</para>
19087 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS NAME AUTHORITIES lx2.loc.gov:210 NAF </para>
19090 <para>LIBRARY OF CONGRESS SUBJECT AUTHORITIES lx2.loc.gov:210 SAF</para>
19094 <section id="addsru">
19095 <title>Add a SRU Target</title>
19098 <para>From the main Z39.50/SRU page, click 'New SRU Server'</para>
19100 <screeninfo>New SRU Server Form</screeninfo>
19103 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/newsru.png"/>
19109 <para>'Server name' should be populated with a name that will help you identify
19110 the source (such as the library name).</para>
19113 <para>'Hostname' will be the address to the Z39.50 target.</para>
19116 <para>'Port' tells Koha what port to listen on to get results from this
19120 <para>'Userid' and 'Password' are only required for servers that are password
19124 <para>Check the 'Preselected' box if you want this target to always be selected by
19128 <para>'Rank' lets you enter where in the list you'd like this target to appear.<itemizedlist>
19130 <para>If this is left blank the targets will be in alphabetical
19133 </itemizedlist></para>
19136 <para>'Syntax' is the MARC flavor you use.</para>
19139 <para>'Encoding' tells the system how to read special characters.</para>
19142 <para>'Timeout' is helpful for targets that take a long while. You can set the
19143 timeout so that it doesn't keep trying the target if results aren't found in a
19144 reasonable amount of time.</para>
19147 <para>'Additional SRU options' is where you can enter additional options of the
19148 external server here, like sru_version=1.1 or schema=marc21, etc. Note that
19149 these options are server dependent.</para>
19152 <para>'SRU Search field mapping' lets you add or update the mapping from the
19153 available fields on the Koha search form to the specific server dependent index
19154 names. <itemizedlist>
19156 <para>To further refine your searches, you could add the following index
19157 names to the SRU search field mappings. To do this, edit the server and
19158 click the Modify button next to this field.
19159 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
19160 <title>SRU Mapping</title>
19162 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
19165 <entry>Title</entry>
19166 <entry>dc.title</entry>
19169 <entry>ISBN</entry>
19170 <entry>bath.isbn</entry>
19174 <entry>cql.anywhere</entry>
19177 <entry>Author</entry>
19178 <entry>dc.author</entry>
19181 <entry>ISSN</entry>
19182 <entry>bath.issn</entry>
19185 <entry>Subject</entry>
19186 <entry>dc.subject</entry>
19189 <entry>Standard ID</entry>
19190 <entry>bath.standardIdentifier</entry>
19196 </itemizedlist></para>
19199 <para>'XSLT file(s)' lets enter one or more (comma-separated) XSLT file names that
19200 you want to apply on the search results.<itemizedlist>
19202 <para>When retrieving records from external targets you may wish to automate
19203 some changes to those records. XSLT's allow you to do this. Koha ships
19204 with some sample XSLT files in the /koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/xslt/
19205 directory ready for use: <itemizedlist>
19207 <para>Del952.xsl: Remove items (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
19210 <para>Del995.xsl: Remove items (UNIMARC)</para>
19213 <para>Del9LinksExcept952.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
19214 (MARC21/NORMARC)</para>
19217 <para>Del9LinksExcept995.xsl: Remove $9 links. Skip item fields
19220 </itemizedlist></para>
19222 </itemizedlist></para>
19229 <section id="didyoumean">
19230 <title>Did you mean?</title>
19231 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration > Additional Parameters
19232 > Did you mean?</para>
19233 <para>Koha can offer 'Did you mean?' options on searches based on values in your <link linkend="catauthorities">authorities</link>. <important>
19234 <para>Did you mean? only works in the OPAC at this time. The Intranet options are here
19235 for future development.</para>
19236 </important></para>
19237 <para>Using this page you can control which options Koha gives patrons on their search results.</para>
19239 <screeninfo>Did you mean?</screeninfo>
19242 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumean.png"/>
19246 <para>To turn on the 'Did you mean?' bar on your search results you need to check the box
19247 next to each plugin you would like to use. The two plugins you have to choose from are:<itemizedlist>
19249 <para>The ExplodedTerms plugin suggests that the user try searching for
19250 broader/narrower/related terms for a given search (e.g. a user searching for "New
19251 York (State)" would click the link for narrower terms if they're also interested in
19252 "New York (City)"). This is only relevant for libraries with highly hierarchical
19253 authority data. </para>
19256 <para>The AuthorityFile plugin searches the authority file and suggests the user might
19257 be interested in bibs linked to the top 5 authorities</para>
19259 </itemizedlist></para>
19260 <para>If you want one plugin to take priority over another you simply drag it above the other.</para>
19262 <screeninfo>Drag and drop options</screeninfo>
19265 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeandrag.png"/>
19269 <para>If you choose both plugins you will see several options at the top of your search results</para>
19271 <screeninfo>Both plugins</screeninfo>
19274 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeanopacexplode.png"/>
19278 <para>If you choose just the AuthorityFile you'll see just authorities.</para>
19280 <screeninfo>AuthorityFile</screeninfo>
19283 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/didyoumeanopacauth.png"/>
19288 <section id="admincolumns">
19289 <title>Column settings</title>
19290 <para>This administration area will help you hide or display columns on fixed tables
19291 throughout the staff client. </para>
19294 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Administration > Additional Parameters > Column
19299 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
19302 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/columns.png"/>
19306 <para>Clicking on the module you'd like to edit tables for will show you the options
19307 available to you. </para>
19308 <para>This area lets you control the columns that show in the table in question. If nothing
19309 is hidden you will see no check marks in the 'is hidden by default' column.</para>
19311 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
19314 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/setcurrencynohide.png"/>
19318 <para>And will see all of the columns when viewing the table on its regular page.</para>
19320 <screeninfo>Columns on currency table</screeninfo>
19323 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/currenciesnohide.png"/>
19327 <para>If columns are hidden they will have checks in the 'is hidden by default'
19330 <screeninfo>Column settings</screeninfo>
19333 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/setcurrencyhide.png"/>
19337 <para>And hidden when you view the table.</para>
19339 <screeninfo>Columns on currency table</screeninfo>
19342 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/currencieshide.png"/>
19346 <para>You can also toggle columns using the 'Show/Hide Columns button in the top right of
19349 <screeninfo>Toggle columns</screeninfo>
19352 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/additional/togglecolumns.png"/>
19360 <chapter id="tools">
19361 <title>Tools</title>
19363 <para>Tools in Koha all perform some sort of action. Often many of the
19364 items listed under Tools in Koha are referred to as 'Reports' in other
19365 library management systems.</para>
19369 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools</para>
19373 <section id="patrontools">
19374 <title>Patrons and Circulation</title>
19377 <section id="patronlists">
19378 <title>Patron lists</title>
19381 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons and Circulation >
19382 Patron lists</para>
19385 <para>Patron lists are a way to store a group of patrons for easy modification via the <link
19386 linkend="batchpatronmod">batch patron modification tool</link> or reporting.</para>
19388 <screeninfo>Patron lists</screeninfo>
19391 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronlists.png"/>
19395 <para>To create a new list of patrons click the 'New patron list' button</para>
19397 <screeninfo>New patron list</screeninfo>
19400 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/newpatronlist.png"/>
19404 <para>Enter a list name and save the list.</para>
19406 <screeninfo>Empty patron list</screeninfo>
19409 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/addtopatronlist.png"/>
19413 <para>To add patrons to the list click the 'Add patrons' button to the right of the list
19416 <screeninfo>Add patron to a list</screeninfo>
19419 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/addpatrontolist.png"/>
19423 <para>Enter the patron's name or cardnumber in the search box and click on the right result
19424 to add the patron.</para>
19426 <screeninfo>Patrons to add</screeninfo>
19429 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronstoadd.png"/>
19433 <para>Once you have all of the patrons you would like to add you can click the 'Update'
19434 button to save them to the list.</para>
19436 <screeninfo>List of patrons</screeninfo>
19439 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronlists/patronlist.png"/>
19445 <section id="comments">
19446 <title>Comments</title>
19450 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
19451 and Circulation > Comments</para>
19455 <para>All comments added by patrons via the OPAC to bibliographic
19456 records require moderation by the librarians. If there are comments
19457 awaiting moderation they will be listed on the main staff dashboard
19458 under the Tools label:</para>
19461 <screeninfo>Comments pending approval</screeninfo>
19465 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentswaiting.png"/>
19470 <para>To moderate comments click on the notification on the main
19471 dashboard or go directly to the Comments Tool and click 'Approve' or
19472 'Delete' to the right of the comments awaiting moderation.</para>
19475 <screeninfo>Comment awaiting moderation</screeninfo>
19479 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentmoderation.png"/>
19484 <para>If there are no comments to moderate you will see a message
19485 saying just that</para>
19488 <screeninfo>No comments to moderate</screeninfo>
19492 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/nocomments.png"/>
19497 <para>You can also review and unapprove comments you have approved in
19498 the past by choosing the 'Approved comments' tab</para>
19501 <screeninfo>Approved comments</screeninfo>
19505 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/comments/commentapproved.png"/>
19511 <section id="patronimport">
19512 <title>Patron Import</title>
19516 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
19517 and Circulation > Import Patrons</para>
19521 <para>The patron import tool can be used at any time to add patrons in
19522 bulk. It is commonly used in universities and schools when a new batch
19523 of students registers.</para>
19525 <section id="createpatronfile">
19526 <title>Creating Patron File</title>
19528 <para>Your Koha installation comes with a blank CSV file that you
19529 can use as a template for your patron records. If you would like to
19530 create the file yourself, make sure that your file has the following
19531 fields in this order as the header row:</para>
19533 <para>borrowernumber, cardnumber, surname, firstname, title, othernames, initials,
19534 streetnumber, streettype, address, address2, city, zipcode, country, email, phone,
19535 mobile, fax, emailpro, phonepro, B_streetnumber, B_streettype, B_address, B_address2,
19536 B_city, B_zipcode, B_country, B_email, B_phone, dateofbirth, branchcode, categorycode,
19537 dateenrolled, dateexpiry, gonenoaddress, lost, debarred, contactname, contactfirstname,
19538 contacttitle, guarantorid, borrowernotes, relationship, ethnicity, ethnotes, sex,
19539 password, flags, userid, opacnote, contactnote, sort1, sort2, altcontactfirstname,
19540 altcontactsurname, altcontactaddress1, altcontactaddress2, altcontactaddress3,
19541 altcontactzipcode, altcontactcountry, altcontactphone, smsalertnumber, patron_attributes<important>
19542 <para>The borrowernumber column should not be left blank. If you do not have data for
19543 that column you should delete that column before importing your patrons.</para>
19544 </important></para>
19547 <para>The 'password' should be stored in plaintext, and will be converted to a Bcrypt
19550 <para>If your passwords are already encrypted, talk to your
19551 systems administrator about options</para>
19555 <para>Date formats should match your <link linkend="dateformat">system preference</link>, and must be
19556 zero-padded, e.g. '01/02/2008'.</para>
19560 <para>The fields 'branchcode', 'categorycode' and all fields you have defined in the
19561 <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> preference are
19562 required and must match valid entries in your database.</para>
19566 <para>If loading <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron
19567 attributes</link>, the 'patron_attributes' field should contain a
19568 comma-separated list of attribute types and values.</para>
19572 <para>The attribute type code and a colon should precede each
19577 <para>For example: <emphasis role="bold">INSTID:12345,LANG:fr</emphasis> or <emphasis role="bold">STARTDATE:January 1
19578 2010,TRACK:Day</emphasis></para>
19582 <para>If an input record has more than one attribute, the
19583 fields should either be entered as an unquoted string
19584 (previous examples), or with each field wrapped in
19585 separate double quotes and delimited by a comma:</para>
19589 <para><emphasis role="bold">"STARTDATE:January 1,
19590 2010","TRACK:Day"</emphasis></para>
19594 <para>This syntax would be required if the data might
19595 have a comma in it, like a date string.</para>
19605 <section id="importpatrons">
19606 <title>Importing Patrons</title>
19608 <para>Once you have created your file, you can use the Patron Import
19609 Tool to bring the data into Koha.</para>
19612 <screeninfo>Import Patron Form</screeninfo>
19616 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/importpatrons/importpatrons.png"/>
19623 <para>Choose your CSV file and choose to match on 'Cardnumber'
19624 to prevent adding of duplicate card numbers to the system</para>
19628 <para>Next you can choose default values to apply to all patrons
19629 you are importing</para>
19633 <para>ex. If you're importing patrons specific to one branch
19634 you can use the field on the Import form to apply the branch
19635 code to all those you are importing.</para>
19641 <para>Finally you need to decide on what data you want to
19642 replace if there are duplicates.</para>
19645 <screeninfo>Record matching options</screeninfo>
19649 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/importpatrons/patronmatching.png"/>
19656 <para>A matching record is found using the field you chose
19657 for matching criteria to prevent duplication</para>
19661 <para>If you included patron attributes in your file you can
19662 decide whether to add your values to existing values or
19663 erase existing values and enter only your new values.</para>
19671 <section id="notices">
19672 <title>Notices & Slips</title>
19676 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
19677 and Circulation > Notices & Slips</para>
19681 <para>All notices and circulation receipts (or slips) generated by
19682 Koha can be customized using the Notices & Slips Tool. The system
19683 comes with several predefined templates that will appear when you
19684 first visit this tool.</para>
19687 <screeninfo>Notices & Slips Tool</screeninfo>
19691 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/notices.png"/>
19696 <para>Each notice can be edited, but only a few can be deleted, this
19697 is to prevent system errors should a message try to send without a
19698 template. Each notice and slip can be edited on a per library basis,
19699 by default you will see the notices for all libraries.</para>
19701 <para>If you have a style you'd like applied to all slips you can
19702 point the <link linkend="SlipCSS">SlipCSS</link> preference to a
19703 stylesheet. The same is true for notices, using the <link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link> preference to define a
19705 <para>You will also want to review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips
19706 Field Guide</link> for more information on formatting these notices. </para>
19708 <section id="addnotices">
19709 <title>Adding Notices & Slips</title>
19711 <para>To add a new notice or slip</para>
19715 <para>Click 'New Notice'</para>
19718 <screeninfo>New Notice Form</screeninfo>
19722 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newnotice.png"/>
19729 <para>Choose which library this notice or slip is for<itemizedlist>
19732 <para>Not all notices can be branch specific for more information review the
19733 <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips Field Guide</link>
19734 in this manual. </para>
19737 </itemizedlist></para>
19741 <para>Choose the module this notice is related to</para>
19745 <para>The Code is limited to 20 characters</para>
19750 <para>When working with the overdue notices you want each
19751 notice at each branch to have a unique code. Think about
19752 using the branch code in front of the notice code for each
19760 <para>Use the name field to expand on your Code</para>
19765 <para>With overdue notices, be sure to put your branch
19766 name in the description as well so that it will be visible
19767 when setting up your <link linkend="noticetriggers">triggers</link>.</para>
19774 <para>Next you can customize the notice for every possible delivery method<itemizedlist>
19776 <para>Every notice should have an Email template set for it<screenshot>
19777 <screeninfo>New Email notice</screeninfo>
19780 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newemail.png"/>
19783 </screenshot></para>
19786 <para>If you're using the <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification"
19787 >TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link> service you can set up a Phone notification<screenshot>
19788 <screeninfo>New Phone notice</screeninfo>
19791 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newphone.png"/>
19794 </screenshot></para>
19797 <para>If you plan on printing this notice you can set the Print template next<screenshot>
19798 <screeninfo>New Print notice</screeninfo>
19801 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newprint.png"/>
19804 </screenshot></para>
19807 <para>If you have enabled SMS notices with the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver"
19808 >SMSSendDriver</link> preference you can set the text for your SMS notices next<screenshot>
19809 <screeninfo>New SMS notice</screeninfo>
19812 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/notices/newsms.png"/>
19815 </screenshot></para>
19817 </itemizedlist></para>
19820 <para>Each notice offers you the same options<itemizedlist>
19822 <para>If you plan on writing the notice or slip in HTML check
19823 the 'HTML Message' box, otherwise the content will be generated
19824 as plain text</para>
19828 <para>Message Subject is what will appear in the subject line of
19833 <para>In the message body feel free to type whatever message you
19834 feel is best, use the fields on the left hand side to enter
19835 individualized data from the from database.</para>
19840 <para>Review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slip
19841 Field Guide</link> for info on what fields can be used here.</para>
19846 <para>Overdue notices can use <<items.content>> tags by themselves,
19847 or use <item></item> to span all of the tags. Learn more about the
19848 <link linkend="noticemarkup">Overdue Notice Markup</link></para>
19851 <para>On overdue notices make sure to use <<items.content>> tags
19852 to print out the data related to all items that are overdue.</para>
19857 <para>The other option, only for overdue notices, is to use the
19858 <item></item> tags to span the line so that it will print out
19859 multiple lines One example for the <item></item> tag option
19861 <para><item>"<<biblio.title>>" by
19862 <<biblio.author>>, <<items.itemcallnumber>>,
19863 Barcode: <<items.barcode>> , Checkout date:
19864 <<issues.issuedate>>, Due date:
19865 <<issues.date_due>> Fine: <<items.fine>> Due date:
19866 <<issues.date_due>> </item></para>
19873 <para>Only the overdue notices take advantage of the <item></item>
19874 tags, all other notices referencing items need to use
19875 <<items.content>></para>
19880 <para>To add today's date you can use the <<today>> syntax</para>
19885 </itemizedlist></para>
19889 <section id="noticemarkup">
19890 <title>Overdue Notice Markup</title>
19892 <para>When creating your overdue notices there are two tags in addition to the various
19893 database fields that you can use in your notices. You will also want to review the
19894 <link linkend="noticesfieldguide">Notices & Slips Field Guide</link> for
19895 information on formatting item information in these notices. <important>
19896 <para>These new tags only work on the overdue notices, not other circulation related
19897 notices at this time.</para>
19898 </important>These tags are <item> and </item> which should enclose all
19899 fields from the biblio, biblioitems, and items tables.</para>
19901 <para>An example of using these tags in a notice template might be like:</para>
19903 <programlisting> The following item(s) is/are currently overdue:
19905 <item>"<<biblio.title>>" by <<biblio.author>>, <<items.itemcallnumber>>, Barcode: <<items.barcode>> Fine: <<items.fine>></item></programlisting>
19907 <para>Which, assuming two items were overdue, would result in a notice
19908 like:<programlisting> The following item(s) is/are currently overdue:
19910 "A Short History of Western Civilization" by Harrison, John B, 909.09821 H2451, Barcode: 08030003 Fine: 3.50
19911 "History of Western Civilization" by Hayes, Carlton Joseph Huntley, 909.09821 H3261 v.1, Barcode: 08030004 Fine: 3.50</programlisting></para>
19915 <section id="existingnotices">
19916 <title>Existing Notices & Slips</title>
19918 <para>Among the default notices are notices for several common actions within Koha. All of
19919 these notices can be customized by altering their text via the Notices & Slips tool
19920 and their style using the <link linkend="NoticeCSS">NoticeCSS</link> preference to
19921 define a stylesheet. You will also want to review the <link linkend="noticesfieldguide"
19922 >Notices & Slips Field Guide</link> for information on formatting item information
19923 in these notices. Here are some of what those notices do:</para>
19927 <para id="ACCTDETAILS">ACCTDETAILS</para>
19931 <para>Sent to patrons when their account is set up if the
19932 <link linkend="AutoEmailOPACUser">AutoEmailOPACUser</link>
19933 preference is set to 'Send'</para>
19939 <para id="ACQCLAIM">ACQCLAIM (Acquisition Claim)</para>
19943 <para>Used in the claim acquisition module</para>
19947 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Acquisitions
19948 > Late issues</para>
19953 <para>CHECKIN<itemizedlist>
19955 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check in' notice for all items that are
19959 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
19962 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
19963 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
19966 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
19969 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
19973 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
19974 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
19980 </itemizedlist></para>
19983 <para>CHECKOUT<itemizedlist>
19985 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check out' notice for all items that are
19989 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
19992 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
19993 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
19996 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
19999 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20003 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20004 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20010 </itemizedlist></para>
20013 <para>DUE<itemizedlist>
20015 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Item due' for an item is due</para>
20018 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
20021 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
20022 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
20025 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
20028 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20032 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20033 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20039 </itemizedlist></para>
20042 <para>DUEDGST<itemizedlist>
20044 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Item due' for all items that are due</para>
20047 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
20050 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
20051 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
20054 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice as a digest</para>
20057 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20061 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20062 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20068 </itemizedlist></para>
20072 <para id="HOLDnotice">HOLD (Hold Available for Pickup)</para>
20076 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
20080 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
20081 is set to 'Allow'</para>
20085 <para>The patron has requested to receive this
20090 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC >
20091 Login > my messaging</para>
20095 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client
20096 > Patron Record > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20104 <para>When this notice references the branches table it is
20105 referring to the pickup branch information.</para>
20111 <para id="HOLDPLACED">HOLDPLACED (a notice to the library staff
20112 that a hold has been placed)</para>
20116 <para>This notice requires the <link linkend="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</link>
20117 system preference to be set to 'Enable'</para>
20121 <para>When this notice references the branches table it is
20122 referring to the pickup branch information.</para>
20128 <para id="ODUE">ODUE (Overdue Notice)</para>
20132 <para>This notice is used to send Overdue Notices to
20137 <para>See a <link linkend="samplenotice">Sample Overdue
20138 Notice</link></para>
20142 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice/Status
20143 Triggers</link></para>
20148 <para>PREDUE<itemizedlist>
20150 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Advanced notice' for an item is due</para>
20153 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
20156 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
20157 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
20160 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice</para>
20163 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20167 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20168 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20174 </itemizedlist></para>
20177 <para>PREDUEDGST<itemizedlist>
20179 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Advanced notice' for all items that are
20183 <para>This notice is used if two criteria are met:</para>
20186 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
20187 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
20190 <para>The patron has requested to receive this notice as a digest</para>
20193 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20197 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20198 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20204 </itemizedlist></para>
20207 <para>RENEWAL<itemizedlist>
20209 <para>This notice is sent as the 'Check out' notice for all items that are
20213 <para>This notice is used if three criteria are met:</para>
20216 <para>The <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences"
20217 >EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
20220 <para>The <link linkend="RenewalSendNotice">RenewalSendNotice</link>
20221 preference is set to 'Send'</para>
20224 <para>The patron has requested to receive the checkout notice</para>
20227 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>OPAC > Login > my
20231 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>Staff Client > Patron Record
20232 > <link linkend="patnotices">Notices</link></para>
20238 </itemizedlist></para>
20242 <para id="RLIST">RLIST (Routing List)</para>
20246 <para>Used in the serials module to notify patrons/staff of
20247 new issues of a serial</para>
20251 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials
20252 > <link linkend="newsubscription">New
20253 Subscription</link></para>
20259 <para>You have the option to select the 'Routing List'
20260 notice when creating a new subscription (Choose from the
20261 'Patron notification' drop down).</para>
20266 <para>Notice also that if you'd like to notify patrons of
20267 new serial issues, you can click on 'define a notice'
20268 which will take you to the 'Notices' tool</para>
20274 <para>SHARE_ACCEPT<itemizedlist>
20276 <para>Used to notify a patron when another patron has accepted their shared
20280 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists"
20281 >OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> to 'Allow'</para>
20283 </itemizedlist></para>
20286 <para>SHARE_INVITE <itemizedlist>
20288 <para>Used to notify a patron that another patron would like to share a list
20292 <para>Requires that you set <link linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists"
20293 >OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> to 'Allow'</para>
20295 </itemizedlist></para>
20299 <para>There are also a set of predefined slips (or receipts) listed
20300 on this page. All of these slips can be customized by altering their
20301 text via the Notices & Slips tool and their style using the
20302 <link linkend="SlipCSS">SlipCSS</link> preference to define a
20303 stylesheet. Here is what those slips are used for:</para>
20307 <para>ISSUEQSLIP</para>
20311 <para>Used to print the quick slip in circulation</para>
20315 <para>The quick slip only includes items that were checked
20322 <para>ISSUESLIP</para>
20326 <para>Used to print a full slip in circulation</para>
20330 <para>The slip or receipt will show items checked out today
20331 as well as items that are still checked out</para>
20337 <para>RESERVESLIP</para>
20341 <para>Used to print a holds slip</para>
20345 <para>The holds slip is generated when a hold is
20351 <para>TRANSFERSLIP</para>
20354 <para>Used to print a transfer slip</para>
20357 <para>The transfer slip is printed when you confirm a transfer from one branch to
20358 another in your system</para>
20366 <section id="noticetriggers">
20367 <title>Overdue Notice/Status Triggers</title>
20371 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
20372 and Circulation > Overdue Notice/Status Triggers</para>
20376 <para>In order to send the overdue notices that you defined using the
20377 <link linkend="notices">Notices</link> tool, you need to first set the
20378 triggers to have these messages.</para>
20381 <para>In order to have overdue notices sent to your patrons, you
20382 need to <link linkend="addingpatroncat">set that patron
20383 category</link> to require overdue notices.</para>
20387 <para>Depending on the value of your <link linkend="OverdueNoticeCalendar"
20388 >OverdueNoticeCalendar</link> preference the delay may or may not include days the
20389 library is closed based on the <link linkend="calholidays">holiday
20390 calendar</link>.</para>
20391 </important>The Overdue Notice/Status Triggers tool gives the librarian the power to send
20392 up to three notices to each patron type notifying them of overdue items</para>
20395 <screeninfo>Overdue Notice/Status Triggers Tool</screeninfo>
20399 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/triggers.png"/>
20406 <para>Delay is the number of days after an issue is due before an
20407 action is triggered.</para>
20412 <para>If you want Koha to trigger an action (send a letter
20413 or restrict member), a delay value is required.</para>
20420 <para>To send additional notices, click on the tabs for 'Second'
20421 and 'Third' notice</para>
20425 <para>If you would like to prevent a patron from checking items out because of their
20426 overdue items, check the 'Restrict' box, this will put a notice on the patron's record
20427 at checkout informing the librarian that the patron cannot check out due to overdue items.<itemizedlist>
20429 <para>If you choose to restrict a patron in this way you can also have Koha
20430 automatically remove that restriction with the <link
20431 linkend="AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions">AutoRemoveOverduesRestrictions</link>
20434 </itemizedlist></para>
20438 <para>Next you can choose the delivery method for the overdue notice. You can choose
20439 from Email, Phone (if you are using the <link
20440 linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">iTiva Talking Tech service</link>),
20441 Print and SMS (if you have set your <link linkend="SMSSendDriver"
20442 >SMSSendDriver</link>). <itemizedlist>
20445 <para>The Feed option is not yet a feature in Koha, it is there for future
20446 development.</para>
20449 </itemizedlist></para>
20452 <para>See a <link linkend="samplenotice">Sample Overdue Notice</link></para>
20457 <section id="patroncardcreator">
20458 <title>Patron Card Creator</title>
20462 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator</para>
20466 <para>The Patron Card Creator allow you to use layouts and templates which you design to
20467 print your custom patron cards on your printer. Here are some of the features of the
20468 Patron Card Creator module:</para>
20472 <para>Customize patron card layouts with text retrieved from the Koha patron data</para>
20476 <para>Design custom card templates for printed patron cards (to match the label
20481 <para>Build and manage batches of patron cards to print</para>
20485 <para>Export (as PDF) single or multiple batches to print</para>
20489 <para>Export (as PDF) single or multiple patron cards from within a batch</para>
20494 <screeninfo>Patron Card Creator</screeninfo>
20497 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/patroncardhome.png"/>
20500 </screenshot>At the top of each screen within the Patron Card Creator, you will see a
20501 toolbar allowing quick access to relevant functions. The menu to the left of each screen
20502 also allows easy access to the different sections of the Patron Card Creator. The bread
20503 crumb trail at the top left of each screen will give specific indication as to where you
20504 are within the Patron Card Creator module and allow quick navigation to previously
20505 traversed sections. Finally, you can find more detailed information on each section of the
20506 Patron Card Creator by clicking the 'Help' link at the upper right-hand corner of every
20508 <section id="cardlayouts">
20509 <title>Layouts</title>
20512 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
20513 Manage layouts</para>
20516 <para>A layout defines the text and images that will be printed on to the card and where
20517 it will appear. <note>
20518 <para>Up to three lines of text, the patron's number in barcode representation and up
20519 to two images can be printed on to the card.</para>
20521 <section id="addcardlayout">
20522 <title>Add a Layout</title>
20523 <para>If you have no layouts defined, you will add a new layout by clicking the 'New
20524 layout' button at the top of your screen.<screenshot>
20525 <screeninfo>New layout button</screeninfo>
20528 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newbuttons.png"/>
20531 </screenshot></para>
20532 <para>You may also choose to press 'Manage layout' on the left side. Here you are
20533 offered a list of available layouts you can select for editing. But at the top of the
20534 page there is still the 'New layout' button.</para>
20536 <screeninfo>Add New Layout</screeninfo>
20539 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addlayout.png"/>
20545 <para>The name you assign to the layout is for your benefit, name it something that
20546 will be easy to identify at a later date</para>
20549 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement scale you're going to
20550 be using for your layout.</para>
20552 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
20555 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
20562 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
20563 Millimeters </para>
20569 <para>Next note if this layout is for the front or the back of the patron
20575 <para>You will need a layout for both the front and back of your card if you
20576 have 2-sided library cards, this option doesn't allow you to print two
20577 sided cards, just lets you track which side of the card you're
20585 <para>You have the option of adding up to 3 lines of text to your card. Your text
20586 can be static text of your choosing and/or fields from the patron record. If you
20587 want to print fields from the patron record you want to put the field names in
20588 brackets like so - <firstname><itemizedlist>
20591 <para>A full list of field names can be found in the database schema at
20592 <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org"
20593 >http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
20596 </itemizedlist></para>
20599 <para>For each line of text, you can choose your font, font size and the location of
20600 the text on the card using the lower X and Y coordinates</para>
20603 <para>In order to show the barcode and the patron card number you will need to check
20604 the 'Print Card Number as Barcode' option. This will turn the patron card number
20605 into a barcode. If you want the number to print in human readable format you will
20606 need to check the 'Print Card Number as Text Under Barcode' option.</para>
20609 <para>Finally you can choose up to two images to print on the card.</para>
20612 <para>One can be the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">patron image</link>
20613 which you can resize to meet your needs.</para>
20616 <para>The other image can be something like a library logo or symbol that you
20617 uploaded using the '<link linkend="managecardimages">Manage Images</link>'
20618 module of the Patron Card Creator Tool.</para>
20624 <para>It is the designers responsibility to define textlines, barcode and images
20625 such that overlap is avoided.</para>
20626 </important>After saving, your layouts will appear on the 'Manage layouts'
20629 <screeninfo>Manage Layouts</screeninfo>
20632 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/managelayouts.png"/>
20639 <section id="patrontemplate">
20640 <title>Templates</title>
20644 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
20645 Manage templates</para>
20649 <para>A template describes the arrangement of labels on the label sheet/card stock you are
20650 using. This might be Avery 5160 for address labels, Gaylord 47-284 for spine labels or
20651 Avery 28371 for your patron cards, just to give a couple of examples. All of the
20652 information you will need for setting up a template may be on the packaging, and if not
20653 it can usually be found on the vendor's website or can be measured from a sample
20656 <section id="addcardtemplate">
20657 <title>Add a Template</title>
20659 <para>To add a new template click on the 'New template' button at the top of your page
20660 which brings you to the Edit template form immediately. You may also choose to press
20661 'Manage templates' on the left side. Here you are offered a list of available
20662 templates you can select for editing. But in the top of the page there is still the
20663 'New template' button.</para>
20665 <screeninfo>New template button</screeninfo>
20668 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newbuttons.png"/>
20673 <para>Using the form that appears after pressing either 'Edit' or 'New template'you can
20674 define the template for your sheet of labels or cards. </para>
20677 <screeninfo>Add Patron Card Template</screeninfo>
20681 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/edittemplate.png"/>
20688 <para>Template ID is simply a system generated unique id</para>
20692 <para>Template Code should be the name of this template to identify it on a list of
20697 <para>You can use the Template Description to add additional
20698 information about the template</para>
20702 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement scale you're going to
20703 be using for the template. </para>
20705 <screeninfo>Measurement Units</screeninfo>
20708 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
20715 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
20716 Millimeters </para>
20723 <para>The measurements (page height, page width, card width, card height) may be on
20724 the packaging, and if not it can usually be found on the vendor's website or can
20725 be measured from a sample sheet.</para>
20729 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given template just prior to
20730 printing which compensates for anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer
20731 (to which the profile is assigned). </para>
20735 <para>Before defining a profile try printing some sample cards so that you can
20736 take measurements to define a profile to perform the right adjustments for
20737 your printer/template combination.</para>
20741 <para>After finding and documenting any anomalies in the printed document, then
20742 you can <link linkend="addcardprofile">create a profile</link> and assign it
20743 to the template.</para>
20748 <para>Do not specify a profile unless needed, i.e. do not click to define a
20749 printer profile. It is not possible to remove a profile from a template
20750 but you can switch to another profile. </para>
20756 <para>If you are using different printers you may be required to define
20757 several templates that are identical only different profiles are
20765 <para>After saving, your templates will appear on the 'Manage templates' page.</para>
20768 <screeninfo>Manage Templates</screeninfo>
20772 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/managetemplates.png"/>
20779 <section id="patronprofile">
20780 <title>Profiles</title>
20784 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
20785 Manage profiles</para>
20789 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given <link
20790 linkend="patrontemplate">template</link> just prior to printing which compensates for
20791 anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer. This means if you set a template up
20792 and then print a sample set of data and find that the items are not all aligned the same
20793 on each card, you need to set up a profile for each printer (or even different tray
20794 selections on the same printer) to make up for the differences in printing styles, such
20795 as the shifting of text to the left, right, top or bottom.</para>
20797 <para>If your cards are printing just the way you want, you will not
20798 need a profile.</para>
20800 <section id="addcardprofile">
20801 <title>Add a Profile</title>
20803 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'Profiles'
20804 button at the top of your page and choose 'New Profile'</para>
20807 <screeninfo>New Profile Button</screeninfo>
20811 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newbuttons.png"/>
20815 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'New profile' button at the top of
20816 your page. Using the form that appears you can define the values to correct the card
20817 misalignments on your label sheet. You may also choose 'Manage profiles' on the left
20818 side and select one of the currently available profiles for editing.</para>
20821 <screeninfo>Add Printer Profile</screeninfo>
20825 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addprofile.png"/>
20832 <para>The Printer Name and Paper Bin do not have to match your printer exactly, they
20833 are for your reference so you can remember what printer you have set the profile
20834 for. <itemizedlist>
20838 <para>For example: if you want to use the Printer model number in printer
20839 name you can, or you can call it 'the printer on my desk'</para>
20843 </itemizedlist></para>
20847 <para>Template will be filled in once you have chosen which
20848 template to apply the profile to on the <link linkend="addcardtemplate">template edit form</link></para>
20852 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
20853 scale you're going to be using for your profile.</para>
20856 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
20860 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
20867 <para>A Postscript Point is 1/72" an Adobe Agate is 1/64", an Inch is 25.4 SI
20868 Millimeters </para>
20875 <para>Offset should be used when the entire image is off center either vertically or
20876 horizontally. Creep describes a condition where the distance between the labels changes
20877 across the page or up and down the page<itemizedlist>
20879 <para>For offset and creep values, negative numbers move the printed
20880 information up and to the left on the printed sheet and positive numbers
20881 move down and to the right</para>
20884 <para>Example: the text is printed 0 .25" from the left edge of the first label,
20885 0 .28" from the left edge of the second label and 0 .31" from the left edge of
20886 the third label. This means the horizontal creep should be set to (minus)
20887 -0.03 " to make up for this difference.</para>
20889 </itemizedlist></para>
20893 <para>After saving, your profiles will appear on the 'Manage
20894 Profiles' page.</para>
20897 <screeninfo>Manage Profiles</screeninfo>
20901 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/manageprofiles.png"/>
20906 <para>Once you have saved your new profile, you can return to the
20907 list of templates and choose to edit the template that this
20908 profile is for.</para>
20912 <section id="patroncardbatches">
20913 <title>Batches</title>
20917 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patron Card Creator >
20918 Manage batches</para>
20922 <para>A batch is a collection of patrons for whom you want to
20923 generate cards.</para>
20925 <section id="addcardbatch">
20926 <title>Add a Batch</title>
20928 <para>To add a new batch, you want to click on the 'New batches' button at the top of
20929 your page. Choosing the menu item 'Manage batches' on the left a list of already
20930 defined batches is displayed. In this display you can either select a batch for
20931 editing or add a new batch.</para>
20934 <screeninfo>New Batch Button</screeninfo>
20938 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/newbuttons.png"/>
20942 <para> For a new batch a message pops up and directs you to select patrons to be
20943 processed in this batch.<screenshot>
20944 <screeninfo>No items in batch</screeninfo>
20947 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/noitemsbatch.png"/>
20950 </screenshot></para>
20952 <para>After choosing the 'Add item(s)' button the Patron Search window pops up.<screenshot>
20953 <screeninfo>Patron search</screeninfo>
20956 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/patronsearch.png"/>
20959 </screenshot></para>
20960 <para>From here you can search for patrons to add to your batch by any part of their
20961 name, their category and/or library. Entering * in the search box will display all the
20962 patrons. <screenshot>
20963 <screeninfo>Patron search results</screeninfo>
20966 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/addpatrons.png"/>
20969 </screenshot></para>
20970 <para>From the results you can add patrons to the batch by clicking the 'Add' button.
20971 After adding patrons from the results you can start over and perform another search or
20972 click 'Close' at the bottom of the screen to indicate that you are done. You will then
20973 be presented with your batch.<screenshot>
20974 <screeninfo>Patron batch</screeninfo>
20977 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/batchsummary.png"/>
20980 </screenshot></para>
20981 <para>If you are satisfied with your batch you can proceed to export. If you want to
20982 correct or even delete that batch the buttons to do so can be found at the top of your
20983 screen. You can always come back here through the 'Manage batches' menu item. </para>
20984 <para>If you would like to export all patron cards you can click 'Export batch'
20985 otherwise you can choose specific patrons to print cards for by checking the box to
20986 the right of their names and then choose 'Export item(s)' at the top. </para>
20987 <para>The export menu will ask you to choose a template, a layout and starting position
20988 (where on the sheet should printing begin).<note>
20989 <para>For the starting position if the first 6 labels have already been used on your
20990 sheet you can start printing on label in position 7 on the sheet. The labels are
20991 numbered left to right from top to bottom.</para>
20992 </note><screenshot>
20993 <screeninfo>Export batch</screeninfo>
20996 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/export.png"/>
20999 </screenshot></para>
21000 <para>Once you click 'Export' you will be presented with a PDF of your labels for printing<screenshot>
21001 <screeninfo>PDF Export</screeninfo>
21004 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/pdf.png"/>
21007 </screenshot></para>
21008 <para>When you open the PDF you will see the cards for printing</para>
21010 <screeninfo>Final cards</screeninfo>
21013 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/cards.png"/>
21017 <para>The above image shows a layout that is made up of two textlines. The first one is
21018 just plain text, the second one is composed of the <firstname> <surname> fields.
21019 A patron image is printed (if available) and the barcode of patrons number is
21020 displayed in code 39. All this is printed on a template with three columns and 8 rows
21021 using position 1-3 here. When printing this PDF please take care that your printer
21022 doesn't rescale the PDF (e.g do not fit to paper size) otherwise the printer will not
21023 be able to print to the right place per your templates.</para>
21027 <section id="managecardimages">
21028 <title>Manage Images</title>
21032 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
21033 Patron Card Creator > Manage Images</para>
21037 <para>Images uploaded using this tool will appear on the menu when
21038 creating <link linkend="cardlayouts">patron card layouts</link>. You
21039 are limited in how many images you can upload (not counting patron
21040 images) by the <link linkend="ImageLimit">ImageLimit</link> system
21044 <para>Images must be under 500k in size.</para>
21048 <para>Pictures uploaded with this tool should be at least 300dpi
21049 which is the minimum quality for a printable image.</para>
21052 <para>In the center of the screen is a simple upload form, simply
21053 browse for the file on your computer and give it a name you'll
21054 recognize later.</para>
21057 <screeninfo>Upload Images</screeninfo>
21061 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imageupload.png"/>
21066 <para>Once the file is uploaded you will be presented with a
21067 confirmation message.</para>
21070 <screeninfo>Image Uploaded</screeninfo>
21074 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imageuploaded.png"/>
21079 <para>And the image will be listed with all of your others on the
21080 right hand side of the page.</para>
21083 <screeninfo>Images</screeninfo>
21087 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/imagedelete.png"/>
21092 <para>To delete one or multiple of these images, click the checkbox
21093 to the right of each image you want to delete and click the 'Delete'
21098 <section id="anonpatrons">
21099 <title>Patrons (anonymize, bulk-delete)</title>
21103 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
21104 and Circulation > Patrons (anonymize, bulk-delete)</para>
21107 <para>This tool allows you to bulk anonymize circulation histories (this means that you keep
21108 records of how many times items were checked out - but not the patrons who checked the
21109 items out) or bulk delete patrons (remove them from the system completely).<important>
21110 <para>Patrons with outstanding fines or items checked out are not saved. They are not
21111 completely removed from the system (they are only moved to the delete_borrowers
21112 table), but this tool does not provide as many checks as one may desire.</para>
21113 </important></para>
21115 <para>Before using this tool it is recommended that you backup your database. Changes made
21116 here are permanent.</para>
21119 <para>The anonymization will fail quietly if <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> preference does not contain a valid value.</para>
21123 <screeninfo>Patron Anonymize/Bulk Delete Tool</screeninfo>
21127 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronbulkdelete.png"/>
21132 <para>To either delete or anonymize patrons</para>
21136 <para>Check the 'Verify' box on the task you would like to complete (Delete or
21141 <para>Enter a date before which you want to alter the data</para>
21144 <para>If deleting patrons you can also choose to find patrons with a specific expiration
21145 date or category</para>
21149 <para>Click 'Next'</para>
21153 <para>A confirmation will appear asking if you're sure this is
21154 what you want to happen</para>
21157 <screeninfo>Patron Anonymize/Bulk Delete
21158 Confirmation</screeninfo>
21162 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronanonconfirm.png"/>
21169 <para>Clicking 'Finish' will delete or anonymize your data</para>
21172 <screeninfo>Completed Process</screeninfo>
21176 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/anonymize/patronanoncomplete.png"/>
21184 <section id="batchpatronmod">
21185 <title>Batch patron modification</title>
21189 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
21190 and Circulation > Batch patron modification</para>
21194 <para>With this tool you can make edits to a batch of patron records. Simply load in a file
21195 of cardnumbers (one per line), choose from a <link linkend="patronlists">list of
21196 patrons</link> or scan patron card numbers in to the box provided.</para>
21199 <screeninfo>Batch patron modification</screeninfo>
21203 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/batchmodify.png"/>
21208 <para>Once you have the file loaded or the barcodes scanned click
21209 'Continue.' You will be presented with a list of the patrons and the
21210 changes you can make.</para>
21213 <screeninfo>Patrons to modify</screeninfo>
21217 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/modifyform.png"/>
21222 <para>To the left of each text box there is a checkbox. Clicking that
21223 checkbox will clear our the field values. <important>
21224 <para>If the field is mandatory you will not be able to clear the
21225 value in it.</para>
21226 </important></para>
21228 <para>If you have multiple patron attributes you can change them all
21229 by using the plus (+) sign to the right of the text box. This will
21230 allow you to add another attribute value.</para>
21233 <screeninfo>Editing patron attributes</screeninfo>
21237 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchpatron/attributes.png"/>
21242 <para>Once you have made the changes you want, you can click 'Save'
21243 and Koha will present you with the changed patron records.</para>
21246 <section id="tagsmoderation">
21247 <title>Tag Moderation</title>
21251 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
21252 and Circulation > Tags</para>
21256 <para>Depending on your <link linkend="taggingprefs">tagging system preferences</link>,
21257 librarians may need to approve tags before they are published on the OPAC. This is done
21258 via the Tag Moderation Tool. If there are tags awaiting moderation they will be listed on
21259 the main staff dashboard under the module labels:</para>
21262 <screeninfo>Tags pending approval</screeninfo>
21266 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/pendingtags.png"/>
21271 <para>To moderate the tags visit the Tags tool. When first visiting
21272 the tool, you will be presented with a list of tags that are pending
21273 approval or rejection by a librarian</para>
21276 <screeninfo>Tags pending moderation</screeninfo>
21280 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagpending.png"/>
21287 <para>To see all of the titles this tag was added to simply click on the term<screenshot>
21288 <screeninfo>Titles with a specific tag</screeninfo>
21291 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/taggedtitles.png"/>
21294 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
21296 <para>From this list of titles you can remove a tag without outright rejecting it
21297 from being used in the future by clicking the 'Remove tag' button to the right
21298 of the title.</para>
21300 </itemizedlist></para>
21303 <para>To approve a tag, you can either click the 'Approve' button in line with the term,
21304 or check all terms you want to approve and click 'Approve' below the table.</para>
21308 <para>To reject a tag, you can either click the 'Reject' button in
21309 line with the term, or check all terms you want to approve and
21310 click 'Reject' below the table.</para>
21314 <para>Once a tag has been approved or rejected it will be moved to the
21315 appropriate list of tags. A summary of all tags will appear on the
21316 right of the screen.</para>
21319 <screeninfo>Summary of tags</screeninfo>
21323 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagsummary.png"/>
21328 <para>Even though a tag is approved or rejected, it can still be moved
21329 to another list. When viewing approved tags each tag has the option to
21333 <screeninfo>Approved Tags</screeninfo>
21337 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagapproved.png"/>
21342 <para>To check terms against the approved and rejected lists (and
21343 possibly against <link linkend="TagsExternalDictionary">the
21344 dictionary</link> you have assigned for tag moderation) simply enter
21345 the term into the search box on the bottom right of the screen to see
21346 the status of the term</para>
21349 <screeninfo>Sample Check list test search</screeninfo>
21353 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagblacklisttest-neither.png"/>
21357 <para>Finally you can find tags by using the filters on the left.</para>
21359 <screeninfo>Tag filters</screeninfo>
21362 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tagging/tagfilters.png"/>
21368 <section id="uploadpatronimages">
21369 <title>Upload Patron Images</title>
21373 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Patrons
21374 and Circulation > Upload Patron Images</para>
21378 <para>Patron images can be uploaded in bulk if you are <link linkend="patronimages">allowing patron images</link> to be attached to
21379 patron records. These images can also be used when creating <link linkend="patroncardcreator">patron cards</link>.</para>
21383 <para>Create a txt file and title it "DATALINK.TXT" or
21384 "IDLINK.TXT"</para>
21388 <para>On each line in the text file enter the patron's card number
21389 followed by comma (or tab) and then the image file name</para>
21392 <screeninfo>Sample file and image</screeninfo>
21396 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/uploadphotosfile.png"/>
21403 <para>Make sure that your TXT file is a plain text document,
21410 <para>Zip up the text file and the image files</para>
21414 <para>Go to the Upload Patron Images Tool</para>
21417 <screeninfo>Upload Image Tool for Single Image</screeninfo>
21421 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/uploadimagetool.png"/>
21428 <para>For a single image, simply point to the image file and enter
21429 the patron card number</para>
21433 <para>For multiple images, choose to upload a zip file</para>
21437 <para>After uploading you will be presented with a
21438 confirmation</para>
21441 <screeninfo>Image Upload Confirmation</screeninfo>
21445 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patronphotos/imageuploadconfirm.png"/>
21453 <para>There is a limit of 100K on the size of the picture uploaded and it is recommended
21454 that the image be 200x300 pixels, but smaller images will work as well.</para>
21461 <section id="catalogtools">
21462 <title>Catalog</title>
21466 <section id="batchmodifyitems">
21467 <title>Batch item modification</title>
21471 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
21472 > Batch item modification</para>
21476 <para>This tool will allow you to modify a batch of item records in
21480 <screeninfo>Batch Modification Tool</screeninfo>
21484 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmod.png"/>
21489 <para>From the tool you can choose to upload a file of barcodes or item ids, or you can scan
21490 items one by one into the box below the upload tool. You can also decide the items edited
21491 should be populated with the default values you have defined in your <link
21492 linkend="marcbibframeworks">default framework</link>.</para>
21493 <para>Once you have your file uploaded or the barcodes listed you can click
21497 <screeninfo>Batch Modify Summary</screeninfo>
21501 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodsummary.png"/>
21506 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the items you want to modify. From here you
21507 can uncheck the items you don't want to modify before making changes in the form below.
21508 You can also hide columns you don't need to see to prevent having to scroll from left to
21509 right to see the entire item form.<note>
21510 <para>To uncheck all items thar are currently checked out you can click the 'Clear on
21511 loan' link at the top of the form.</para>
21514 <para>Using the edit form you can choose which fields to make edits
21515 to. By checking the checkbox to the right of each field you can clear
21516 the values in that field for the records you are modifying.</para>
21519 <screeninfo>Choose fields you want to change in bulk</screeninfo>
21523 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodform.png"/>
21528 <para>Once you have made you changes you will be presented with the
21529 resulting items.</para>
21532 <screeninfo>Item results summary</screeninfo>
21536 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/batchmodresults.png"/>
21542 <para>You can also edit items on one bib record in a batch by going
21543 to the bib record and clicking Edit > Edit items in batch</para>
21547 <screeninfo>Edit items in a batch</screeninfo>
21551 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchmod/editinbatch.png"/>
21557 <section id="batchdeleteitems">
21558 <title>Batch item deletion</title>
21562 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
21563 > Batch item deletion</para>
21567 <para>This tool will allow you to delete a batch of item records from
21570 <para>From the tool you can choose to upload a file of barcodes or
21571 item ids, or you can scan items one by one into the box below the
21572 upload tool.</para>
21575 <screeninfo>Batch Deletion Tool</screeninfo>
21579 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/batchdel.png"/>
21584 <para>Once you have your file uploaded or the barcodes scanned you can
21585 click 'Continue.'</para>
21587 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation screen. From here you can uncheck the items
21588 you don't want to delete and decide if Koha should delete the bib record if the last item
21589 is being deleted before clicking 'Delete selected items.' If you'd like you can delete
21590 the bibliogrphic record if you're deleting the last item by clicking the checkbox next to
21591 'Delete records if no items remain'.</para>
21594 <screeninfo>Confirm Deletion</screeninfo>
21598 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/confirmbatchdel.png"/>
21603 <para>If your file (or list of scanned barcodes) has more than 1000
21604 barcodes, Koha will be unable to present you with a list of the items.
21605 You will still be able to delete them, but not able to choose which
21606 items specifically to delete or delete the biblio records.</para>
21609 <screeninfo>More than 1000 records in the file</screeninfo>
21613 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/toomanytodelete.png"/>
21618 <para>If the items are checked out you will be presented with an error
21619 after clicking 'Delete selected items' and the items will not be
21623 <screeninfo>Items not Deleted</screeninfo>
21627 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/nobatchdel.png"/>
21632 <para>If the items can be deleted they will be and you will be
21633 presented with a confirmation of your deletion.</para>
21636 <screeninfo>Batch Deletion Confirmation</screeninfo>
21640 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchdelete/batchdeldone.png"/>
21645 <section id="batchrecorddelete">
21646 <title>Batch record deletion</title>
21647 <para>This tool will take a batch of record numbers for either bibliographic records or
21648 authority records and allow you to delete all those records and any items attached to them
21649 in a batch. <screenshot>
21650 <screeninfo>Batch record deletion</screeninfo>
21653 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchrecorddel/tool.png"/>
21656 </screenshot></para>
21657 <para>First you need to tell the tool if you're deleting bibliographic or authority records.
21658 Next you can load a file with biblionumbers or authids or enter a list of those numbers in
21659 the box provided. Once you submit the form you will be presented with a summary of the
21660 records you are trying to delete.<screenshot>
21661 <screeninfo>Summary</screeninfo>
21664 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchrecorddel/summary.png"/>
21667 </screenshot></para>
21668 <para>If a record you want to delete can't be deleted it will be highlighted. </para>
21669 <para>Check the records you want to delete and click the 'Delete selected records' button to
21670 finish the process.</para>
21672 <section id="batchrecordmod">
21673 <title>Batch Record Modification</title>
21676 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog > Batch record
21677 modification</para>
21680 <para>This tool will allow you to edit batches of bibliographic and/or authority records
21681 using <link linkend="marcmodtemplates">MARC Modification Templates</link>. Before visiting
21682 this tool you will want to set up at least one MARC modification template.</para>
21684 <screeninfo>Batch record modification</screeninfo>
21687 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/batchbibmod.png"/>
21691 <para>When you visit the tool it will ask you:</para>
21694 <para>Choose whether you're editing bibliographic or authority records</para>
21697 <para>Enter the biblionumbers or authids<itemizedlist>
21699 <para>You can upload a file of these numbers or</para>
21702 <para>Enter the numbers (one per line) in the box provided</para>
21704 </itemizedlist></para>
21707 <para>Finally choose the MARC Modification Template you'd like to use to edit these
21711 <para>Once you've entered your critera click 'Continue'<screenshot>
21712 <screeninfo>Records to edit</screeninfo>
21715 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/recordstoedit.png"/>
21718 </screenshot></para>
21719 <para>You will be presented with a list of records that will be edited. Next to each one is
21720 a checkbox so you can uncheck any items you would rather not edit at this time. </para>
21721 <para>Clicking Preview MARC will allow you to see what edits will be made when you finalize
21722 the edit.<screenshot>
21723 <screeninfo>Modified MARC Preview</screeninfo>
21726 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/batchbibmod/marcpreview.png"/>
21729 </screenshot></para>
21730 <para>Once you're sure everything is the way you want you can click the 'Modify selected
21731 records' button and your records will be modified.</para>
21734 <section id="exportbibs">
21735 <title>Export Data (MARC & Authorities)</title>
21739 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
21740 > Export Data</para>
21744 <para>Koha comes with a tool that will allow you to export your
21745 bibliographic, holdings and/or authority data in bulk. This can be
21746 used to send your records to fellow libraries, organizations or
21747 services; or simply for backup purposes.</para>
21749 <section id="exportmarc">
21750 <title>Export Bibliographic Records</title>
21752 <para>At the top of the screen you need to pick what data you're
21753 exporting. If you're exporting bibliographic records with or without
21754 the holdings information you want to click the 'Export bibliographic
21755 records' tab.</para>
21759 <para>Fill in the form in order to limit your export to a
21760 specific range (all fields are optional)</para>
21763 <screeninfo>Select Records to Export</screeninfo>
21767 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt1.png"/>
21774 <para>Choose to limit your export by any one or more of the
21775 following options</para>
21779 <para>Limit to a bib number range</para>
21783 <para>Limit to a specific item type<itemizedlist>
21786 <para>This limit will use the type you have defined in the <link
21787 linkend="item-level_itypes">item-level_itypes</link> preference.
21788 If you have the item-level_itypes preference set to 'specific item'
21789 and you have no items attached to a bib record it will not be
21790 exported. To get all bib records of a specific type you will need
21791 your item-level_itypes preference set to 'biblio record'.</para>
21794 </itemizedlist></para>
21798 <para>Limit to a specific library or group of libraries</para>
21802 <para>Limit to a call number range</para>
21806 <para>Limit to an acquisition date range</para>
21812 <para>If you'd like you can load a file of biblionumbers for the records you would
21813 like to export</para>
21815 <screeninfo>File of Records to Export</screeninfo>
21818 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/fileexport.png"/>
21824 <para>Next choose what to skip when exporting</para>
21826 <screeninfo>Export options</screeninfo>
21829 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt2.png"/>
21835 <para>By default items will be exported, if you would like to only export
21836 bibliographic data, check the 'Don't export items' box</para>
21839 <para>To limit your export only to items from the library you're logged in as
21840 (if you leave the 'Library' field set to 'All') or to the library you
21841 selected above check the 'Remove non-local items' box</para>
21844 <para>You can also choose what fields you don't want to export. This can be
21845 handy if you're sharing your data, you can remove all local fields before
21846 sending your data to another library</para>
21852 <para>Finally choose the file type and file name</para>
21855 <screeninfo>File export format</screeninfo>
21859 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/marcexport-pt3.png"/>
21866 <para>Choose to export your data in marc or marcxml
21871 <para>Choose the name you want your file to save
21878 <para>Click 'Export bibliographic records'</para>
21885 <section id="exportauthority">
21886 <title>Export Authority Records</title>
21888 <para>At the top of the screen you need to pick what data you're
21889 exporting. If you're exporting authority records you want to click
21890 the 'Export authority records' tab.</para>
21894 <para>Fill in the form in order to limit your export to a
21895 specific range or type of authority record (all fields are
21899 <screeninfo>Export authorities</screeninfo>
21903 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt1.png"/>
21910 <para>Or you can choose a file of authids to export<screenshot>
21911 <screeninfo>Authorities file</screeninfo>
21914 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt1-5.png"/>
21917 </screenshot></para>
21920 <para>Next choose fields that you would like to exclude from the export separated by a
21921 space (no commas)</para>
21923 <screeninfo>Authority export options</screeninfo>
21926 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt2.png"/>
21932 <para>If you'd like to exclude all subfields of the 200 for example just enter
21936 <para>If you'd like to exclude a specific subfield enter it beside the field value
21937 100a will exclude just the subfield 'a' of the 100</para>
21943 <para>Finally choose the file type and file name</para>
21946 <screeninfo>Export format</screeninfo>
21950 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/exportmarc/authexport-pt3.png"/>
21957 <para>Choose to export your data in marc or marcxml
21962 <para>Choose the name you want your file to save as</para>
21968 <para>Click 'Export authority records'</para>
21974 <section id="inventory">
21975 <title>Inventory/Stocktaking</title>
21979 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
21980 > Inventory/Stocktaking</para>
21984 <para>Koha's Inventory Tool can be used in one of two ways, the first
21985 is by printing out a shelf list that you can then mark items off on,
21986 or by uploading a text files of barcodes gathered by a portable
21989 <para>If you do not have the ability to use your barcode scanner on
21990 the floor of the library, the first option available to you is to
21991 generate a shelf list based on criteria you enter.</para>
21994 <screeninfo>Inventory & Stocktaking Tool</screeninfo>
21998 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/generateshelflist.png"/>
22003 <para>Choose which library, shelving location, call number range, item
22004 status and when the item was last seen to generate a shelf list that
22005 you can then print to use while walking around the library checking
22006 your collection</para>
22009 <screeninfo>Shelf List</screeninfo>
22013 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/shelflist.png"/>
22018 <para>Alternatively you can export the list to a CSV file for altering
22019 in an application on your desktop. Simply check the box next to
22020 'Export to csv file' to generate this file.</para>
22022 <para>Once you have found the items on your shelves you can return to
22023 this list and check off the items you found to have the system update
22024 the last seen date to today.</para>
22026 <para>If you have a portable scanner (or a laptop and USB scanner) you
22027 can walk through the library with the scanner in hand and scan
22028 barcodes as you come across them. Once finished you can then upload
22029 the text file generated by the scanner to Koha</para>
22032 <screeninfo>Barcode Import for Inventory Tool</screeninfo>
22036 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/inventory/importbarcodes.png"/>
22041 <para>Choose the text file and the date you want to mark all items as seen and then scroll
22042 to the very bottom and click 'Submit.'</para>
22045 <section id="labelcreator">
22046 <title>Label Creator</title>
22050 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
22051 > Label Creator</para>
22055 <para>The Label Creator allow you to use layouts and templates which
22056 you design to print a nearly unlimited variety of labels including
22057 barcodes. Here are some of the features of the Label Creator
22062 <para>Customize label layouts</para>
22066 <para>Design custom label templates for printed labels</para>
22070 <para>Build and manage batches of labels</para>
22074 <para>Export single or multiple batches</para>
22078 <para>Export single or multiple labels from within a batch</para>
22082 <para>Export label data in one of three formats:</para>
22086 <para>PDF - Readable by any standard PDF reader, making labels
22087 printable directly on a printer</para>
22091 <para>CSV - Export label data after your chosen layout is
22092 applied allowing labels to be imported in to a variety of
22093 applications</para>
22097 <para>XML - Included as an alternate export format</para>
22103 <para>At the top of each screen within the Label Creator, you will see
22104 a toolbar allowing quick access to relevant functions. The menu to the
22105 left of each screen also allows easy access to the different sections
22106 of the Label Creator. The bread crumb trail near the top of each
22107 screen will give specific indication as to where you are within the
22108 Label Creator module and allow quick navigation to previously
22109 traversed sections. And finally, you can find more detailed
22110 information on each section of the Label Creator by clicking the
22111 online help link at the upper left-hand corner of every page.</para>
22113 <section id="labeltemplates">
22114 <title>Templates</title>
22118 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label
22119 Creator > Templates</para>
22123 <para>A template is based on the label/card stock you are using.
22124 This might be Avery 5160 for address labels, Gaylord 47-284 for
22125 spine labels or Avery 28371 for your patron cards, just to give a
22126 couple of examples. These labels will include all of the information
22127 you will need for setting up a Koha, this information may be on the
22128 packaging, and if not it can usually be found on the vendor's
22131 <section id="addlabeltemplate">
22132 <title>Add a Template</title>
22134 <para>To add a new template, you want to click on the 'New template' button at the top
22135 of the Label Creator.</para>
22138 <screeninfo>New Label Template Option</screeninfo>
22142 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newtemplate.png"/>
22147 <para>Using the form that appears you can define the template for
22148 your sheet of labels or cards.</para>
22151 <screeninfo>Label Template Form</screeninfo>
22155 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labelform.png"/>
22162 <para>Template ID will be automatically generated after saving
22163 your template, this is simply a system generated unique
22168 <para>Template Code should be something you can use to
22169 identify your template on a list of templates</para>
22173 <para>You can use the Template Description to add additional
22174 information about the template</para>
22178 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
22179 scale you're going to be using for the template. This should
22180 probably match the unit of measurement used on the template
22181 description provided by the product vendor.</para>
22184 <screeninfo>Measurement Units</screeninfo>
22188 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
22195 <para>The measurements, number of columns and number of rows
22196 can be found on the vendor product packaging or
22202 <para>If you do not supply a left text margin in the
22203 template, a 3/16" (13.5 point) left text margin will
22204 apply by default.</para>
22211 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given
22212 template just prior to printing which compensates for
22213 anomalies unique and peculiar to a given printer (to which the
22214 profile is assigned).</para>
22218 <para>Before picking a profile try printing some sample
22219 labels so that you can easily define a profile that is
22220 right for your printer/template combination.</para>
22224 <para>After finding any anomalies in the printed document,
22225 <link linkend="addlabelprofile">create a profile</link>
22226 and assign it to the template.</para>
22232 <para>After saving, your templates will appear on the 'Manage
22233 Templates' page.</para>
22236 <screeninfo>List of label templates</screeninfo>
22240 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labeltemplates.png"/>
22247 <section id="labelprofiles">
22248 <title>Profiles</title>
22252 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label
22253 Creator > Profiles</para>
22257 <para>A profile is a set of "adjustments" applied to a given <link linkend="addlabeltemplate">template</link> just prior to printing
22258 which compensates for anomalies unique and peculiar to a given
22259 printer (to which the profile is assigned). This means if you set a
22260 template up and then print a sample set of data and find that the
22261 items are not all aligned the same on each label, you need to set up
22262 a profile for each printer to make up for the differences in
22263 printing styles, such as the shifting of text to the left, right,
22264 top or bottom.</para>
22266 <para>If your labels are printing just the way you want, you will
22267 not need a profile.</para>
22269 <section id="addlabelprofile">
22270 <title>Add a Profile</title>
22272 <para>To add a new profile, you want to click on the 'New profile' button at the top of
22273 the Label Creator tool.</para>
22276 <screeninfo>New Profile Button</screeninfo>
22280 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newprofile.png"/>
22285 <para>Using the form that appears you can create a profile to fix
22286 any problems with your template.</para>
22289 <screeninfo>Create a Printer Profile</screeninfo>
22293 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newprofileform.png"/>
22300 <para>The Printer Name and Paper Bin do not have to match your
22301 printer exactly, they are for your reference so you can
22302 remember what printer you have set the profile for. So if you
22303 want to use the Printer model number in printer name or you
22304 can call it 'the printer on my desk'</para>
22308 <para>Template will be filled in once you have chosen which
22309 template to apply the profile to on the <link linkend="addlabeltemplate">template edit form</link></para>
22313 <para>The Units pull down is used to define what measurement
22314 scale you're going to be using for your profile.</para>
22317 <screeninfo>Units of Measurement</screeninfo>
22321 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/patroncards/units.png"/>
22328 <para>Offset describes what happens when the entire image is
22329 off center either vertically or horizontally and creep
22330 describes a condition where the distance between the labels
22331 changes across the page or up and down the page</para>
22335 <para>For these values, negative numbers move the error up
22336 and to the left and positive numbers move the error down
22337 and to the right</para>
22341 <para>Example: the text is .25" from the left edge of the
22342 first label, .28" from the left edge of the second label
22343 and .31" from the left edge of the third label. This means
22344 the horizontal creep should be set to .03" to make up for
22345 this difference.</para>
22351 <para>After saving, your profiles will appear on the 'Manage
22352 Profiles' page.</para>
22355 <screeninfo>List of Profiles</screeninfo>
22359 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/profiles.png"/>
22364 <para>Once you have saved your new profile, you can return to the
22365 list of templates and choose to edit the template that this
22366 profile is for.</para>
22370 <section id="labellayouts">
22371 <title>Layouts</title>
22375 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label
22376 Creator > Layouts</para>
22380 <para>A layout is used to define the fields you want to appear on
22381 your labels.</para>
22383 <section id="addlabellayout">
22384 <title>Add a Layout</title>
22386 <para>To add a new layout, you want to click on the 'New layout' button at the top of
22387 the Label Creator tool.</para>
22390 <screeninfo>New Layout Button</screeninfo>
22394 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newlayout.png"/>
22399 <para>Using the form that appears you can create a profile to fix
22400 any problems with your template.</para>
22403 <screeninfo>Add New Layout</screeninfo>
22407 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/layoutform.png"/>
22414 <para>The name of your layout can be anything you'd like to
22415 help you identify it later.</para>
22419 <para>If this is a barcode label you'll want to choose the
22420 encoding (Code 39 is the most common)</para>
22424 <para>The layout type can be any combination of bibliographic
22425 information and/or barcode. For example a spine label would
22426 just be Biblio whereas a label for your circulation staff to
22427 use to checkout the book would probably be
22428 Biblio/Barcode.</para>
22432 <para>The Bibliographic Data to Print includes any of the data
22433 fields that may be mapped to your MARC frameworks. You can
22434 choose from the preset list of fields or you can click on
22435 'List Fields' and enter your own data. In 'List Fields', you
22436 can specify MARC subfields as a 4-character tag-subfield
22437 string: (ie. 254a for the title field), You can also enclose a
22438 whitespace-separated list of fields to concatenate on one line
22439 in double quotes. (ie. "099a 099b" or "itemcallnumber
22440 barcode"). The fields available are from the database tables
22441 list below. Finally you could add in static text strings in
22442 single-quote (ie. 'Some static text here.')</para>
22446 <para>You can use the schema viewer (<ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink>)
22447 with the following tables to find field names to
22452 <para>Currently all fields in the following tables are
22453 used: items, biblioitems, biblio, branches</para>
22456 <screeninfo>List fields</screeninfo>
22460 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/listlabelfields.png"/>
22471 <para>Choose if the label maker should print out the
22472 guidelines around each label</para>
22476 <para>Choose if you'd like Koha to try to split your call
22477 numbers (usually used on Spine Labels)</para>
22481 <para>Finally choose your text settings such as alignment,
22482 font type and size.</para>
22486 <para>After saving, your layouts will appear on the 'Manage
22487 Layouts' page.</para>
22491 <section id="labelbatches">
22492 <title>Batches</title>
22496 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Label
22497 Creator > Batches</para>
22501 <para>Batches are made up of the barcodes you would like to print.
22502 Once in this tool you can search for the item records you would like
22503 to print out labels for.</para>
22505 <section id="addlabelbatch">
22506 <title>Add a Batch</title>
22508 <para>Batches can be created in one of two ways. The first is to
22509 click the 'Create Label Batch' link on the '<link linkend="managestaged">Staged MARC Management</link>' page:</para>
22512 <screeninfo>Create Label Batch Link on Staged Records
22517 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/labelfromstaged.png"/>
22522 <para>The other is to choose to create a new batch from the label
22523 creator tool</para>
22526 <screeninfo>Create New Batch</screeninfo>
22530 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/newbatch.png"/>
22535 <para>You will be brought to an empty batch with an 'Add item(s)'
22536 button at the top of the page and a box to scan barcodes in
22540 <screeninfo>Add Items</screeninfo>
22544 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/addbatchitems.png"/>
22549 <para>You can either scan barcodes in to the box provided and
22550 click the 'Add item(s)' button or you can click the 'Add item(s)'
22551 button with the barcodes box empty. Clicking 'Add item(s)' with
22552 nothing in the barcodes box will open a search window for you to
22553 find the items you want to add to the batch.</para>
22556 <screeninfo>Search for items for a Batch</screeninfo>
22560 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/searchforbatch.png"/>
22565 <para>From the search results, click the check box next to the
22566 items you want to add to the batch and click the 'Add checked'
22567 button. You can also add items one by one by clicking the 'Add'
22568 link to the left of each item.</para>
22571 <screeninfo>Batch search results</screeninfo>
22575 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/batchsearchresults.png"/>
22580 <para>Once you have added all of the items click the 'Done'
22581 button. The resulting page will list the items you have
22585 <screeninfo>List of items in the batch</screeninfo>
22589 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/itemsinbarch.png"/>
22594 <para>To print your labels, click the 'Export Batch' button. To
22595 print only some of the labels, click the 'Export Item(s)' button.
22596 Either way you will be presented with a confirmation screen where
22597 you can choose your template and layout.</para>
22600 <screeninfo>Start batch export</screeninfo>
22604 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/exportbatch.png"/>
22609 <para>You will then be presented with three download options: PDF,
22610 Excel, and CSV.</para>
22613 <screeninfo>Batch save options</screeninfo>
22617 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/labelcreator/savebatch.png"/>
22622 <para>After saving your file, simply print to the blank labels you
22623 have in your library.</para>
22628 <section id="quicklabelcreator">
22629 <title>Quick Spine Label Creator</title>
22633 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
22634 > Quick Spine Label Creator</para>
22639 <para>This tool does not use the label layouts or templates, it
22640 simply prints a spine label in the first spot on the label
22645 <para>Define the fields you want to print on the spine label in
22646 the <link linkend="SpineLabelFormat">SpineLabelFormat</link>
22647 system preference</para>
22651 <para>Format your label printing by editing spinelabel.css found
22652 in koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/css/</para>
22657 <para>To use this tool you simply need the barcode for the book you'd
22658 like to print the spine label for.</para>
22661 <screeninfo>Quick Spine Label Creator</screeninfo>
22665 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/quickspinelable.png"/>
22669 </section><section id="rotatingcollections">
22673 <firstname>Cindy</firstname>
22674 <surname>Murdock Ames</surname>
22676 <orgname>Meadville Public Library | CCFLS</orgname>
22680 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
22681 <surname>Engard</surname>
22684 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
22686 <title>Rotating Collections</title>
22689 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog > Rotating Collections</para>
22693 <para>Rotating Collections is a tool for managing collections of materials that frequently get shifted from library to library.
22694 It adds the ability to store not only an item's home library and current location but also information about where it is supposed
22695 to be transferred to next to ensure that all items in the collection are sent to the correct library. When an item in a rotating
22696 collection is checked in, library staff is notified that the item is part of a rotating collection and which branch it should be
22697 sent to if it is not at the correct one.</para>
22700 <para>The <link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link> system preference must
22701 be set to "Don't automatically transfer items to their home library when they are
22702 returned" for Rotating Collections to function properly.</para>
22707 <para>To create a new rotating collection, click the "New Collection" button, fill in the Title and Description, and click Submit.
22708 Once submitted you'll see "Collection Name added successfully"; click "Return to rotating collections home" to return to the main
22709 Rotating Collections management page (or click Rotating Collections in the sidebar).</para>
22713 <para>To add items to a collection, click "Add or remove items" next to the collection's name in the list of collections.
22714 Under "Add or remove items" scan or type in the barcode of the item you wish to add to the collection, and hit Enter or click
22715 Submit if necessary.</para>
22719 <para>To remove an item from a collection, either click Remove next to the item's barcode in the list of items within the collection
22720 or check the "Remove item from collection" box next to the Barcode text box under "Add or remove items, and scan or type in the barcode,
22721 clicking Submit or hitting Enter if necessary. Note: The "Remove item from collection" checkbox will remain checked as long as you are on
22722 the "Add or remove items" page, unless you uncheck it, to facilitate quickly removing a number of items at a time by scanning their barcodes. </para>
22726 <section id="transferrotatingcollection">
22727 <title>Transfer a Rotating Collection</title>
22729 <para>Transferring a collection will:</para>
22732 <para>Change the current location of the items in that collection to the library it is to be transferred to</para>
22735 <para>Initiate a transfer from its original current location/holding library to the current location/holding library it is to be rotated to.
22736 When a library receives a collection they will need to check in the items to complete the transfer.</para>
22740 <para>You can transfer a collection in one of two ways:</para>
22744 <para>From the main Rotating Collections page, click on Transfer next to the title of the collection you wish to transfer; choose
22745 the library you wish to transfer the collection to and click "Transfer collection".</para>
22748 <para>Or, from the "add or remove items" page for a collection, you can click the Transfer button, choose the library you wish to
22749 transfer the collection to and click "Transfer Collection".</para>
22754 <para>In order to complete the transfer process, the library receiving the rotating collection should check in all items from the collection
22755 as they receive them. This will clear the transfer so that the items are no longer shown as being "in transit".</para>
22758 <para>If an item in a rotating collection is checked in at a library other than the one it is supposed to be transferred to, a notification
22759 will appear notifying library staff that the item is part of a rotating collection, also letting them know where the item needs to be sent.</para>
22762 <screeninfo>Rotating Collection Item Notification</screeninfo>
22765 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/rotatingcollections/rotatingcollectionnotice.png"/>
22771 <section id="marcmodtemplates">
22772 <title>MARC modification templates</title>
22773 <para>The MARC Modification Templates system gives Koha users the power to make alterations
22774 to MARC records automatically while staging MARC records for import. </para>
22775 <para>This tool is useful for altering MARC records from various venders/sources work with
22776 your MARC framework. The system essentially allows one to create a basic script using
22777 actions to Copy, Move, Add, Update and Delete fields. </para>
22778 <para>Start by adding a new template (a template can be made up of one or more actions) by
22779 entering a name and clicking 'Create template'.</para>
22781 <screeninfo>Add a new template</screeninfo>
22784 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/addtemplate.png"/>
22788 <para>Next you can add actions to the template by filling in the Action box. For example if
22789 you're loading in a batch of files from your EBook vendor you might want to add the biblio
22790 item type of EBOOK to the 942$c.<screenshot>
22791 <screeninfo>Add action</screeninfo>
22794 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/addaction.png"/>
22797 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
22799 <para>Choose 'Add/Update'</para>
22802 <para>Enter the field 942 and subfield c</para>
22805 <para>Enter the value of 'EBOOK' (or whatever your ebook item type code is)</para>
22808 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
22811 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
22813 </itemizedlist></para>
22814 <para>Each action can also have an optional condition to check the value or existance of
22815 another field. For example you might want to add the call number to the item record if
22816 it's not already there.</para>
22818 <screeninfo>Add conditional action</screeninfo>
22821 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/ifexample.png"/>
22827 <para>Choose 'Copy'</para>
22830 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
22834 <para>Enter the field 090 (or other biblio call number field) and subfield a to
22838 <para>Enter the 952 field and o subfield to copy to</para>
22841 <para>Choose 'if'</para>
22844 <para>Enter the 952 field and o subfield</para>
22847 <para>Choose "doesn't exist"</para>
22850 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
22853 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
22856 <para>The Copy & Move actions also support Regular Expressions, which can be used to
22857 automatically modify field values during the copy/move. An example would be to strip out
22858 the '$' character in field 020$c.</para>
22860 <screeninfo>Add regex action</screeninfo>
22863 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/regexexample.png"/>
22869 <para>Choose 'Copy'</para>
22872 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
22876 <para>Enter the field 020 and subfield c to copy</para>
22879 <para>Enter the 020 field and c subfield to copy to</para>
22882 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case s/\$//
22886 <para>Choose 'if'</para>
22889 <para>Enter the 020 field and c subfield</para>
22892 <para>Choose "matches"</para>
22895 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case m/^\$/
22899 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
22902 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
22906 <para>The value for an update can include variables that change each time the template is
22907 used. Currently, the system supports two variables, __BRANCHCODE__ which is replaced
22908 with the branchcode of the library currently using the template, and __CURRENTDATE__
22909 which is replaced with the current date in ISO format ( YYYY-MM-DD ).</para>
22911 <para>You could also use regular expressions to add your library's proxy URL in front of
22912 links in your MARC record.<screenshot>
22913 <screeninfo>Add proxy URL</screeninfo>
22916 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/proxyurl.png"/>
22919 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
22921 <para>Choose 'Copy'</para>
22924 <para>Decide if you want to copy the first occurance or all occurances of the
22928 <para>Enter the field 856 and subfield u to copy</para>
22931 <para>Enter the 856 field and u subfield to copy to</para>
22934 <para>Check the 'RegEx' box and enter your regular expression (in this case
22935 s/^/PROXY_URL/ )</para>
22938 <para>Provide a description so you can identify this action later</para>
22941 <para>Click 'Add action'</para>
22943 </itemizedlist></para>
22944 <para>Once your actions are saved you can view them at the top of the screen. Actions can be
22945 moved around using the arrows to the left of them. </para>
22947 <screeninfo>View actions</screeninfo>
22950 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/viewactions.png"/>
22954 <para>Depending on your actions the order may be very important. For example you don't want
22955 to delete a field before you copy it to another field.</para>
22956 <para>To add another template you can either start fresh or click the 'Duplicate current
22957 template' checkbox to create a copy of an existing template to start with.</para>
22959 <screeninfo>Duplicate template</screeninfo>
22962 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/duplicate.png"/>
22966 <para>Once your template is saved you will be able to pick it when using the <link
22967 linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link> tool.</para>
22969 <screeninfo>Choose template</screeninfo>
22972 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcmodtemplates/templatechoice.png"/>
22978 <section id="stagemarc">
22979 <title>Stage MARC Records for Import</title>
22983 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
22984 > Stage MARC records for import</para>
22988 <para>This tool can be used to import both bibliographic and authority
22989 records that are saved in MARC format. Importing records into Koha
22990 includes two steps. The first is to stage records for import.</para>
22994 <para>First find the MARC file on your computer</para>
22997 <screeninfo>Stage MARC Records for Import</screeninfo>
23001 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-pt1.png"/>
23008 <para>Next you will be presented with options for record matching
23009 and item imports</para>
23012 <screeninfo>Upload options</screeninfo>
23016 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-pt2.png"/>
23023 <para>Enter 'Comments about this file' to identify your upload
23024 when going to the '<link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged
23025 MARC Records</link>' tool</para>
23029 <para>Tell Koha which type of file this is, bibliographic or
23033 <screeninfo>Record type</screeninfo>
23037 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/recordtype.png"/>
23044 <para>Choose the character encoding</para>
23047 <screeninfo>Chracter encoding</screeninfo>
23051 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/encoding.png"/>
23058 <para>Choose if you would like to use a <link linkend="marcmodtemplates">MARC
23059 Modification Template</link> to alter the data you're about to import</para>
23061 <screeninfo>Choose modification template</screeninfo>
23064 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/templatechoice.png"/>
23070 <para>Choose whether or not you want to look for matching records</para>
23072 <screeninfo>Look for matches</screeninfo>
23075 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matches.png"/>
23081 <para>You can set up <link linkend="recordmatchingrules">record matching
23082 rules</link> through the administration area</para>
23084 <screeninfo>Matching rules</screeninfo>
23087 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matchrule.png"/>
23093 <para>When using the ISBN matching rule Koha will find only exact matches.
23094 If you find that the ISBN match is not working to your satisfaction you
23095 can change the <link linkend="AggressiveMatchOnISBN"
23096 >AggressiveMatchOnISBN</link> preference to 'Do' and then run your
23097 import again.</para>
23105 <para>Next choose what to do with matching records if they are
23110 <para>Finally choose what to do with records that are
23115 <para>Next you can choose whether or not to import the item
23116 data found in the MARC records (if the file you're loading is
23117 a bibliographic file)</para>
23120 <screeninfo>Import items</screeninfo>
23124 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/checkitems.png"/>
23130 <listitem><para>From here you can choose to always add items regardless of matching status, add them only if a
23131 matching bib was found, add items only if there was no matching bib record,
23132 replace items if a matching bib was found (The match will look at the
23133 itemnumbers and barcodes to match on for items. Itemnumbers take precendence
23134 over barcodes), or Ignore items and not add them.</para></listitem>
23140 <para>Click 'Stage for import'</para>
23144 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation of your MARC
23148 <screeninfo>MARC Import Confirmation</screeninfo>
23152 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagemarc-results.png"/>
23159 <para>To complete the process continue to the <link linkend="managestaged">Managed Staged MARC Records
23165 <section id="managestaged">
23166 <title>Staged MARC Record Management</title>
23170 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
23171 > Staged MARC Record Management</para>
23175 <para>Once you have <link linkend="stagemarc">staged</link> your
23176 records for import you can complete the import using this tool.</para>
23179 <screeninfo>List of Staged MARC Records</screeninfo>
23183 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestaged.png"/>
23190 <para>From the list of staged records, click on the file name that
23191 you want to finish importing</para>
23195 <para>You will note that records that have already been
23196 imported will say so under 'Status'</para>
23202 <para>A summary of your import will appear along with the option
23203 to change your matching rules</para>
23206 <screeninfo>Manage Staged Records Batch</screeninfo>
23210 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestagedrecords.png"/>
23217 <para>Below the summary is the option to import the batch of bib
23218 records using a specific framework</para>
23221 <screeninfo>Choose Framework to Import Into</screeninfo>
23225 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/importframework.png"/>
23232 <para>Choosing a framework other than 'Default' isn't
23233 necessary, but it's helpful for running reports and having the
23234 right bib level item type selected on import.</para>
23240 <para>Below the framework selection there will be a list of the
23241 records that will be imported</para>
23244 <screeninfo>List of Staged Records</screeninfo>
23248 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagedrecords.png"/>
23255 <para>Review your summary before completing your import to make sure that your
23256 matching rule worked and that the records appear as you expect them to</para>
23259 <para>Matches will appear with info under the 'Match details column'</para>
23261 <screeninfo>Matched record</screeninfo>
23264 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/matchfound.png"/>
23268 <para>and when clicking the 'View' link under 'Diff' you can see the difference
23269 between versions.</para>
23271 <screeninfo>Record differences</screeninfo>
23274 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/stagediff.png"/>
23283 <para>Click 'Import into catalog' to complete the import</para>
23286 <screeninfo>Import summary</screeninfo>
23290 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/importedrecords.png"/>
23297 <para>Once your import is complete a link to the new bib records
23298 will appear to the right of each title that was imported</para>
23302 <para>You can also undo your import by clicking the 'Undo import
23303 into catalog' button</para>
23307 <para>Records imported using this tool remain in the 'reservoir' until
23308 they are cleaned. These items will appear when searching the catalog
23309 from the <link linkend="cataloging">Cataloging</link> tool:</para>
23312 <screeninfo>Reservoir Results</screeninfo>
23316 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/reservoirresults.png"/>
23321 <para>To clean items out of the 'reservoir':</para>
23325 <para>Visit the main screen of the Manage Staged MARC Records
23329 <screeninfo>List of Staged MARC Records</screeninfo>
23333 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/managestaged.png"/>
23340 <para>To clean a batch, click the 'Clean' button to the
23345 <para>You will be presented with a confirmation message</para>
23348 <screeninfo>Clean MARC Records Confirmation</screeninfo>
23352 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/marcimport/cleanbatch.png"/>
23359 <para>Accept the deletion and the records will be removed from
23360 the reservoir and the status will be changed to
23368 <section id="uploadlocalimages">
23369 <title>Upload Local Cover Image</title>
23373 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Catalog
23374 > Upload Local Cover Image</para>
23378 <para>This tool will allow you to upload cover images for the materials in your catalog. To
23379 access this tool, staff will need the <link linkend="toolspermissions"
23380 >upload_local_cover_images permission</link>. In order for images to show in the staff
23381 client and/or OPAC you will need to set your <link linkend="LocalCoverImages"
23382 >LocalCoverImages</link> and/or <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages"
23383 >OPACLocalCoverImages</link> preferences to 'Display.' Images can be uploaded in batches
23384 or one by one.<note>
23385 <para>Koha does not have a maximum file size limit for this tool, but Apache may limit
23386 the maximum size of uploads (talk to your sys admin).</para>
23388 <para>When you want to upload multiple images onto a bib record, they will display left
23389 to right (then top to bottom, depending on screen real estate) in order of uploading,
23390 and the one on the left (the first one uploaded) will be the one used as a thumbnail
23391 cover in search results and on the detail page. There is no way to reorder cover
23392 images uploaded in this way, so be sure to upload them in the order you'd like them to appear.<screenshot>
23393 <screeninfo>Multiple cover images on one record</screeninfo>
23396 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/multiplecovers.png"/>
23399 </screenshot></para>
23402 <para>If uploading a single image:</para>
23406 <para>Visit the tool and click the 'Browse' button to browse to
23407 the image on your local machine.</para>
23410 <screeninfo>Upload single cover image</screeninfo>
23414 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/uploadsingle.png"/>
23421 <para>Click 'Upload file'</para>
23425 <para>Choose 'Image file' under the 'File type' section</para>
23429 <para>Enter the biblionumber for the record you're attaching this
23430 image to. This is not the same as the barcode, this is the system
23431 generated number assigned by Koha.</para>
23435 <para>Find the biblionumber by looking at the end of the URL
23436 in the address bar when on the detail page</para>
23439 <screeninfo>Biblionumber in URL</screeninfo>
23443 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/bibnumurl.png"/>
23450 <para>or by clicking on the MARC tab on the detail page in the
23451 staff client</para>
23454 <screeninfo>Biblionumber on MARC Record</screeninfo>
23458 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/bibnummarc.png"/>
23467 <para>If you would like to replace any other cover images you may
23468 have uploaded in the past, check the 'Replace existing covers' box
23469 under the 'Options' section</para>
23473 <para>Click 'Process images'</para>
23477 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the upload and a
23478 link to the record you have just added the image to</para>
23482 <para>If uploading a batch of images at once you will need to prepare
23483 a ZIP file first.</para>
23487 <para>Enter in to the ZIP file all the images you are
23492 <para>Also include a text file (*.TXT) named either datalink.txt
23493 or idlink.txt listing the biblionumber followed by the image name
23494 for each image one per line</para>
23498 <para>ex. 4091,image4091.jpg</para>
23501 <screeninfo>ZIP File Contents</screeninfo>
23505 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/zipfiles.png"/>
23514 <para>Browse your local computer to the ZIP file</para>
23518 <para>Click 'Upload file'</para>
23522 <para>Choose 'Zip file' under the 'File type' section</para>
23526 <para>If you would like to replace any other cover images you may
23527 have uploaded in the past, check the 'Replace existing covers' box
23528 under the 'Options' section</para>
23532 <para>Click 'Process images'</para>
23536 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the upload</para>
23539 <screeninfo>Upload Summary</screeninfo>
23543 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/uploadlocalimg/uploadsummary.png"/>
23551 <para>The source image is used to generate a 140 x 200 px thumbnail image and a 600 x 800
23552 px full-size image. The original sized image uploaded will not be stored by Koha</para>
23555 <para>You will be able to see your cover images in the staff client on
23556 the detail page under the 'Image' tab in the holdings table at the
23560 <screeninfo>Cover images in the staff client</screeninfo>
23564 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/AllowMultipleCovers.png"/>
23569 <para>In the OPAC the cover images will also appear in the images tab,
23570 as well as next to the title and on the search results.</para>
23571 <para>If you would like to remove a cover image you can click 'Delete image' below the image
23572 if you have the <link linkend="toolspermissions">upload_local_cover_images
23573 permission</link>.</para>
23577 <section id="additionaltools">
23578 <title>Additional Tools</title>
23582 <section id="calholidays">
23583 <title>Calendar</title>
23587 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
23588 Additional Tools > Calendar</para>
23592 <para>Libraries can define library closings and holidays to be used
23593 when calculating due dates. You can make use of the Calendar by
23594 turning on the proper system preferences:</para>
23598 <para><emphasis>Get there: </emphasis>More > Administration
23599 > Global System Preferences > Circulation > <link linkend="useDaysMode">useDaysMode</link></para>
23603 <para>Choose the method for calculating due date - either
23604 include days the library is closed in the calculation or don't
23605 include them.</para>
23611 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Administration
23612 > Global System Preferences > Circulation > <link linkend="finesCalendar">finescalendar</link></para>
23616 <para>This will check the holiday calendar before charging
23624 <screeninfo>Calendar & Holidays Tools</screeninfo>
23628 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendar.png"/>
23633 <section id="addevents">
23634 <title>Adding Events</title>
23636 <para>Before adding events, choose the library you would like to
23637 apply the closings to. When adding events you will be asked if you
23638 would like to apply the event to one branch or all branches. To add
23639 events, simply</para>
23643 <para>Click on the date on the calendar that you would like to
23644 apply the closing to</para>
23647 <screeninfo>Calendar Add Form</screeninfo>
23651 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendaradd.png"/>
23658 <para>In the form that appears above the calendar, enter the
23659 closing information (for more info on each option click the
23660 question mark [?] to the right of the option)</para>
23664 <para>Library will be filled in automatically based on the
23665 library you chose from the pull down at the top of the
23670 <para>The day information will also be filled in
23671 automatically based on the date you clicked on the
23676 <para>In the description enter the reason the library is
23681 <para>Next you can choose if this event is a one time event
23682 or if it is repeatable.</para>
23686 <para>If this is a one day holiday choose 'Holiday only
23687 on this day'</para>
23691 <para>If this is a weekly closing (like a weekend day)
23692 then you can choose 'Holiday repeated every same day of
23697 <para>If this is an annual holiday closing choose
23698 'Holiday repeated yearly on the same date'</para>
23702 <para>If the library is going to be closed for the week
23703 or a range of time choose 'Holiday on a range' and enter
23704 a 'To Date' at the top</para>
23708 <para>If the library is going to be closed for a range
23709 of time each year (such as summer holidays for schools)
23710 choose 'Holiday repeated yearly on a range' and enter a
23711 'To Date' at the top</para>
23717 <para>Finally decide if this event should be applied to all
23718 libraries or just the one you have originally
23723 <para>If you'd rather enter all the holidays and then
23724 copy them all to another branch all at once you can use
23725 the copy menu below the calendar</para>
23728 <screeninfo>Copy holidays</screeninfo>
23732 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/copyholidays.png"/>
23743 <para>After saving you will see the event listed in the summary
23744 to the right the calendar</para>
23747 <screeninfo>Calendar Summary</screeninfo>
23751 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarsummary.png"/>
23759 <section id="editevents">
23760 <title>Editing Events</title>
23762 <para>To edit events</para>
23766 <para>Click on the event on the calendar that you want to change
23767 (do this by clicking on the date on the calendar, not the event
23768 listed in the summary)</para>
23771 <screeninfo>Edit holiday form</screeninfo>
23775 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendaredit.png"/>
23782 <para>From this form you can make edits to the holiday or delete the holiday
23783 completely. <itemizedlist>
23785 <para>All actions require that you click 'Save' before the change will be
23788 </itemizedlist></para>
23792 <para>Clicking on repeatable events will offer slightly
23793 different options</para>
23796 <screeninfo>Edit repeatable event</screeninfo>
23800 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarexception.png"/>
23807 <para>In the form above you will note that there is now an option to 'Generate an
23808 exception for this repeated holiday,' choosing this option will allow you to
23809 make it so that this date is not closed even though the library is usually
23810 closed on this date.<itemizedlist>
23812 <para>All actions require that you click 'Save' before the change will be
23815 </itemizedlist></para>
23822 <section id="calendarhelp">
23823 <title>Additional Help</title>
23825 <para>When adding or editing events you can get additional help by
23826 clicking on the question mark next to various different options on
23830 <screeninfo>Additional Calendar Help Buttons</screeninfo>
23834 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/calendar/calendarhelp.png"/>
23841 <section id="csvprofiles">
23842 <title>CSV Profiles</title>
23846 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
23847 Additional Tools > CSV Profiles</para>
23851 <para>CSV Profiles are created to define how you would like your cart
23852 or list to export.</para>
23854 <section id="addcsvprofile">
23855 <title>Add CSV Profiles</title>
23857 <para>To add a CSV Profile</para>
23861 <para>Click 'CSV Profiles' from the Tools menu</para>
23864 <para>The 'Profile type' determines what type of fields you plan to use (MARC or SQL)
23865 to define your profile<itemizedlist>
23867 <para>If tyou choose MARC then you will need to enter MARC fields</para>
23869 </itemizedlist></para>
23871 <screeninfo>MARC CSV Profile</screeninfo>
23874 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/addcsv.png"/>
23880 <para>If tyou choose SQL then you will need to enter SQL database fields</para>
23882 <screeninfo>SQL CSV Profile</screeninfo>
23885 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/addcsv-sql.png"/>
23893 <para>The 'Profile name' will appear on the export pull down list when choosing
23894 'Download' from your cart or list</para>
23896 <screeninfo>Download List</screeninfo>
23899 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/downloadcsv.png"/>
23905 <para>The 'Profile description' is for your own benefit, but will also appear in
23906 the OPAC when patrons download content, so make sure it's clear to your patrons
23910 <para>The 'CSV separator' is the character used to separate values and value groups<note>
23911 <para>The most common option here is comma because most spreadsheet
23912 applications know how to open files split by commas.</para>
23916 <para>The 'Field separator' is the character used to separate duplicate
23920 <para>Example: You may have multiple 650 fields and this is the character that
23921 will appear in between each one in the column</para>
23923 <screeninfo>Field separators in between multiple subjects</screeninfo>
23926 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvfieldsep.png"/>
23934 <para>The 'Subfield separator' is the character used to separate duplicate
23938 <para>Example: You may have multiple $a subfields in a field</para>
23943 <para>The 'Encoding' field lets you define the encoding used when saving the
23947 <para>Finally format your CSV file using the 'Profile MARC' or 'Profile SQL'
23951 <para>Define which fields or subfields you want to export, separated by pipes.
23952 Example : 200|210$a|301 for MARC and biblio.title|biblio.author for
23957 <para>You can also use your own headers (instead of the ones from Koha) by
23958 prefixing the field number with an header, followed by the equal sign.
23959 Example : Personal name=100|title=245$a|300</para>
23965 <para>When you have entered in all of the information for you profile, simply click
23966 'Submit' and you will be presented with a confirmation that your profile has been saved.</para>
23968 <screeninfo>Confirmation of new CSV profile</screeninfo>
23971 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvadded.png"/>
23979 <section id="editcsvprofile">
23980 <title>Modify CSV Profiles</title>
23982 <para>Once you have created at least one CSV Profile an 'Edit
23983 profile' tab will appear next to the 'New profile' button.</para>
23986 <screeninfo>Modify CSV Profiles</screeninfo>
23990 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/modifycsv.png"/>
23997 <para>Choose the profile you would like to edit and alter the necessary fields.</para>
24000 <para>After submitting your changes you will be presented with a confirmation message
24001 at the top of the screen</para>
24003 <screeninfo>Confirmation of CSV modification</screeninfo>
24006 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/csvmodified.png"/>
24013 <para>To delete a profile, check the 'Delete selected profile'
24014 option before clicking 'Submit Query'</para>
24017 <screeninfo>Delete an existing CSV Profile</screeninfo>
24021 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/deletecsv.png"/>
24029 <section id="usecsvprofiles">
24030 <title>Using CSV Profiles</title>
24032 <para>Your CSV Profiles will appear on the export list or cart menu under the 'Download'
24033 button in both the staff client and the OPAC</para>
24036 <screeninfo>CSV Profiles on Download Menu in the Staff Client</screeninfo>
24040 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/csvprofiles/exportlist.png"/>
24047 <section id="logviewer">
24048 <title>Log Viewer</title>
24052 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
24053 Additional Tools > Log Viewer</para>
24057 <para>Actions within the Koha system are tracked in log files. Your
24058 <link linkend="logs">system preferences</link> can be changed to
24059 prevent the logging of different actions. These logs can be viewed
24060 using the Log Viewer Tool.</para>
24063 <screeninfo>Log Viewer</screeninfo>
24067 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/logs/logviewer.png"/>
24072 <para>Choosing different combinations of menu options will produce the
24073 log file for that query.</para>
24076 <screeninfo>A query for all logs related to the Circulation module
24077 produces a result like this</screeninfo>
24081 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/logs/logresults.png"/>
24086 <para>You will note that real names do not appear on the log, only
24087 identifying numbers. You need to use the identifying numbers when
24088 searching the logs as well.</para>
24091 <section id="newstool">
24092 <title>News</title>
24096 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
24097 Additional Tools > News</para>
24101 <para>Koha's news module allows librarians to post news to the OPAC,
24102 staff interface and circulation receipts.</para>
24105 <screeninfo>Koha News Module</screeninfo>
24109 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/news.png"/>
24114 <para>To add news to either the OPAC, the Staff Client or a
24115 Circulation receipt:</para>
24119 <para>Click 'New Entry'</para>
24122 <screeninfo>Add Koha News Form</screeninfo>
24126 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/addnews.png"/>
24133 <para>Under 'Display Location' choose whether to put the news on the OPAC, Slip
24134 (circulation receipt) or the Librarian (Staff) Interface.<screenshot>
24135 <screeninfo>Display location</screeninfo>
24138 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/displaylocation.png"/>
24141 </screenshot></para>
24145 <para>Choose the library this news item will show for</para>
24148 <para>Choose a title for your entry</para>
24152 <para>Using the publication and expiration date fields you can
24153 control how long your item appears</para>
24157 <para>'Appear in position' lets you decide what order your
24158 news items appear in</para>
24162 <para>The 'News' box allows for the use of HTML for formatting
24163 of your news item</para>
24169 <para>After filling in all of the fields, click 'Submit'</para>
24173 <para>News in the OPAC will appear above the <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link></para>
24176 <screeninfo>News in the OPAC</screeninfo>
24180 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/opacnews.png"/>
24187 <para>News in the Staff Client will appear on the far left of the
24191 <screeninfo>News in the Staff Client</screeninfo>
24195 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/librariannews.png"/>
24202 <para>News on the circulation receipts will appear below the items
24203 that are checked out</para>
24206 <screeninfo>News at the bottom of the circulation
24207 receipt</screeninfo>
24211 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/news/slipnews.png"/>
24219 <section id="taskscheduler">
24220 <title>Task Scheduler</title>
24224 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools >
24225 Additional Tools > Task Scheduler</para>
24229 <para>The task scheduler is a way to schedule reports to run whenever
24232 <para>To schedule a task, visit the Task Scheduler and fill in the
24236 <screeninfo>Task Scheduler</screeninfo>
24240 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/taskscheduler.png"/>
24247 <para>Current Server Time shows the time on your server (schedule
24248 all of your reports to run based on that time - not on your local
24253 <para>Time should be entered as hh:mm (2 digit hour, 2 digit
24258 <para>Date should be entered using the calendar pop up</para>
24262 <para>From Report choose the report you want to schedule</para>
24266 <para>Choose whether to receive the text of or a link to the
24271 <para>In the Email filed enter the email of the person you want to
24272 receive your report</para>
24276 <para>Below the task scheduler form, there is a list of scheduled
24280 <screeninfo>Scheduled Tasks</screeninfo>
24284 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/scheduledreports.png"/>
24289 <para>You can also schedule reports directly from the list of saved
24290 reports by clicking the 'Schedule' link</para>
24293 <screeninfo>Saved Reports List</screeninfo>
24297 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/tasksched/savedreports.png"/>
24302 <section id="taskscedtroubleshoot">
24303 <title>Troubleshooting</title>
24305 <para>Task scheduler will not work if the user the web server runs
24306 as doesn't have the permission to use it. To find out if the right
24307 user has the permissions necessary, check /etc/at.allow to see what
24308 users are in it. If you don't have that file, check etc/at.deny. If
24309 at.deny exists but is blank, then every user can use it. Talk to
24310 your system admin about adding the user to the right place to make
24311 the task scheduler work.</para>
24315 <section id="QOTDEditor">
24316 <title>Quote of the Day (QOTD) Editor</title>
24319 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Tools > Additional Tools > Edit
24320 quotes for QOTD feature</para>
24324 <para>This tool will allow you to add and edit quotes to show on the
24325 OPAC if you're using the Quote of the Day (QOTD) feature.</para>
24327 <para>To turn this feature on set the <link linkend="QuoteOfTheDay">QuoteOfTheDay</link> preference to 'Enable and
24328 add at least one quote via the Quote of the Day Editor. Once these
24329 steps are complete you will see your quotes above the <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link> in the
24333 <screeninfo>Quote in the OPAC</screeninfo>
24337 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quoteinopac.png"/>
24342 <section id="addquote">
24343 <title>Add a Quote</title>
24345 <para>To add a quote:</para>
24349 <para>Click the 'Add quote' button in the toolbar and an empty
24350 quote entry will be added to the end of the current quote
24354 <screeninfo>Add quote button</screeninfo>
24358 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quotebuttons.png"/>
24366 <para>Both the 'Source' and the 'Text' fields must be
24367 filled in in order to save the new quote.</para>
24370 <screeninfo>Add quote</screeninfo>
24374 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/addquote.png"/>
24384 <para>When finished filling in both fields, press the
24385 <Enter> key on your keyboard to save the new quote.</para>
24389 <para>The list will update and the new quote should now be
24390 visible in the list.</para>
24395 <para>You may cancel the addition of a new quote any time prior to
24396 saving it simply by pressing the <Esc> key on your
24401 <section id="editquote">
24402 <title>Edit/Delete a Quote</title>
24404 <para>Once the current quote pool has been loaded into the editing
24405 table, you may edit the quote source and text.</para>
24409 <para>Edit either the 'Source' or 'Text' fields by clicking on
24410 the desired field.</para>
24413 <screeninfo>Edit quote</screeninfo>
24417 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/editquote.png"/>
24424 <para>When you are finished editing a field, press the
24425 <Enter> key on your keyboard to save the changes.</para>
24429 <para>The list will be updated, the edits saved, and visible.</para>
24431 <para>If you'd like you can also delete quote(s).</para>
24435 <para>Select the quote(s) you desire to delete by clicking on
24436 the corresponding quote id.</para>
24440 <para>Once quote selection is finished, simply click the 'Delete
24441 quote(s)' button.</para>
24445 <para>You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.</para>
24449 <para>After confirming the deletion, the list will update and
24450 the quote(s) will no longer appear.</para>
24455 <section id="importquote">
24456 <title>Import Quotes</title>
24458 <para>If you'd like you can import a batch of quotes as a CSV file.
24459 Your file must contain two columns in the form: "source","text" with
24460 no header row.</para>
24463 <para>You will be prompted to confirm upload of files larger than
24469 <para>To start the import process click the 'Import quotes'
24470 button at the top of the screen</para>
24473 <screeninfo>Import quotes button</screeninfo>
24477 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/quotebuttons.png"/>
24484 <para>Once on the import quotes screen you can browse your
24485 computer for the file you would like to import</para>
24488 <screeninfo>Import quotes</screeninfo>
24492 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotes.png"/>
24499 <para>After selecting the CSV file, click the 'Open' button and
24500 the file will be uploaded into a temporary editing table.</para>
24503 <screeninfo>Imported quotes</screeninfo>
24507 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importedsummary.png"/>
24514 <para>From the listing you can edit either the 'Source' or
24515 'Text' fields by clicking on the desired field. When you are
24516 finished editing a field, press the <Enter> key on your
24517 keyboard to save the changes.</para>
24520 <screeninfo>Edit imported quote</screeninfo>
24524 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/editimported.png"/>
24531 <para>You can also delete quotes from this listing before
24532 completing the import.</para>
24536 <para>Select the quote(s) you desire to delete by clicking
24537 on the corresponding quote id.</para>
24540 <screeninfo>Selected for deletion</screeninfo>
24544 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/selectfordelete.png"/>
24551 <para>Once quote selection is finished, simply click the
24552 'Delete quote(s)' key.</para>
24555 <screeninfo>Delete quote(s)</screeninfo>
24559 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotebuttons.png"/>
24566 <para>You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.</para>
24569 <screeninfo>Confirm deletion</screeninfo>
24573 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/confirmdelete.png"/>
24580 <para>After confirming the deletion, the list will update
24581 and the quote(s) will no longer appear.</para>
24587 <para>Once you are satisfied with the quotes, click the 'Save
24588 quotes' button in the toolbar at the top and the quotes will be
24592 <screeninfo>Save quotes button</screeninfo>
24596 <imagedata fileref="images/tools/qotd/importquotebuttons.png"/>
24607 <chapter id="patrons">
24608 <title>Patrons</title>
24610 <para>Before importing and/or adding patrons be sure to set up your <link linkend="patcats">patron categories</link>.</para>
24612 <section id="addnewpatron">
24613 <title>Add a new patron</title>
24615 <para>Patrons are added by going to the 'Patrons' module.<itemizedlist>
24617 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Patrons</para>
24619 </itemizedlist></para>
24620 <para>Once there you can add a new patron.</para>
24624 <para>Click 'New patron'</para>
24627 <screeninfo>Choose patron type</screeninfo>
24631 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/newpatron.png"/>
24638 <para>The fields that appear on the patron add form can be
24639 controlled by editing the <link linkend="BorrowerUnwantedField">BorrowerUnwantedField</link> system
24644 <para>First enter the identifying information regarding your
24648 <screeninfo>Add Patron Form</screeninfo>
24652 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronform.png"/>
24659 <para>Required fields are defined in the <link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link>
24660 system preference</para>
24664 <para>Salutation is populated by the <link linkend="BorrowersTitles">BorrowersTitles</link> system
24671 <para>Next enter the contact information</para>
24674 <screeninfo>Patron Contact Information</screeninfo>
24678 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addcontact.png"/>
24685 <para>For contact information, note that the primary phone and
24686 email addresses are the ones that appear on notices and slips
24687 printed during circulation (receipts, transfer slips and hold
24688 slips). The primary email is also the one that overdue notices
24689 and other messages go to.</para>
24695 <para>If this patron is a child, you will be asked to attach the
24696 child patron to an adult patron</para>
24699 <screeninfo>Guarantor Linking</screeninfo>
24703 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addGuarantor.png"/>
24710 <para>Click 'Set to Patron' to search your system for an
24711 existing patron</para>
24715 <para>If the Guarantor is not in the system, you can enter the
24716 first and last name in the fields available</para>
24720 <para>The relationships are set using the <link linkend="borrowerRelationship">borrowerRelationship</link>
24721 system preference</para>
24727 <para>If this patron is a professional, you will be asked to attach
24728 the patron to an organizational patron</para>
24731 <screeninfo>Organization Linking</screeninfo>
24735 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addOrg.png"/>
24742 <para>Click 'Set to Patron to search your system for an existing
24749 <para>Each patron can have an alternate contact</para>
24752 <screeninfo>Alternate Contact</screeninfo>
24756 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addaltcontact.png"/>
24763 <para>An alternate contact could be a parent or guardian. It can
24764 also be used in academic settings to store the patron's home
24771 <para>The library management section includes values that are used
24772 within the library</para>
24775 <screeninfo>Library Management</screeninfo>
24779 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addlibmanagement.png"/>
24786 <para>The card number field is automatically calculated if you
24787 have the <link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link>
24788 system preference set that way</para>
24793 <para>For a newly installed system this preference will
24794 start at 1 and increment by 1 each time after. To have it
24795 start with the starting number of your barcodes, enter the
24796 first barcode by hand in the patron record and save the
24797 patron. After that the field will increment that number by
24805 <para>If you accidentally chose the wrong patron category at the
24806 beginning you can fix that here</para>
24810 <para>Sort 1 and 2 are used for statistical purposes within your
24817 <para>Next, the Library Setup section includes additional library
24821 <screeninfo>Library set-up options</screeninfo>
24825 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addlibsetup.png"/>
24832 <para>The registration date will automatically be filled in with
24833 today's date</para>
24837 <para>If your patron cards expire (based on your <link linkend="patcats">patron category settings</link>) the Expiry
24838 date will automatically be calculated</para>
24842 <para>The OPAC Note is a note for the patron - it will appear in
24843 the OPAC on the patron's record</para>
24847 <para>The Circulation Note is meant solely for your library
24848 staff and will appear when the circulation staff goes to check
24849 an item out to the patron</para>
24852 <screeninfo>Sample Circulation Note</screeninfo>
24856 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/circnote.png"/>
24863 <para>The Staff/OPAC asks for the username and password to be
24864 used by the patron (and/or staff member) to log into their
24865 account in the OPAC and for staff to log in to the staff
24870 <para>Staff will only be able to use this log in info to log
24871 in to the staff client if they have the <link linkend="patronpermissions">necessary
24872 permissions</link>.</para>
24880 <para>If you have set <link linkend="patronattributetypes">additional patron attributes</link>
24881 up, these will appear next</para>
24884 <screeninfo>Additional Patron Attributes</screeninfo>
24888 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addattributes.png"/>
24895 <para id="setpatronmessaging">Finally, if you have <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
24896 set to 'allow,' you can choose the messaging preferences for this
24900 <screeninfo>Patron Messaging Settings</screeninfo>
24904 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronmsg.png"/>
24911 <para>These notices are:</para>
24914 <para>Advanced notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
24915 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
24918 <para>Item checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
24919 checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
24923 <para>Hold filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
24927 <para>Item due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
24930 <para>Item check-in : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
24936 <para>Patrons can choose to receive their notices as a digest by checking the 'Digest
24937 only?' box along with the delivery method. A digest is a combination of all the
24938 messages of that type (so all items due in 3 days in one email) in to one email
24939 instead of multiple emails for each alert.</para>
24943 <para>These preferences will override any you set via the
24944 <link linkend="addingpatroncat">patron
24945 categories</link></para>
24951 <para>These preference can be altered by the patron via the
24959 <para>Once finished, click 'Save'</para>
24963 <para>If the system suspects this patron is a duplicate of another it
24964 will warn you.</para>
24967 <screeninfo>Patron Duplicate Suspected</screeninfo>
24971 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatewarn.png"/>
24976 <para>A duplicate patron is detected if first and last names match and there is no date of
24977 birth populated or if first name, last name and date of birth fields are all populated. If
24978 two patrons have matching names, but one has a date of birth and the other does not they
24979 will not match as duplicates.</para>
24982 <para>If you have set a minimum or upper age limit on the patron
24983 category and are requiring that the birth date be filled in, Koha will
24984 warn you if the patron you're adding is too old or young for the patron
24985 category you have selected:</para>
24988 <screeninfo>Patron age warning</screeninfo>
24992 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronagelimit.png"/>
24998 <section id="addstaffpatron">
24999 <title>Add a Staff Patron</title>
25001 <para>All staff members must be entered into Koha as patrons of the
25002 'Staff' type. Follow the steps in <link linkend="addnewpatron">Add a
25003 Patron</link> to add a staff member. To give the staff member
25004 permissions to access the staff client, follow the steps in <link linkend="patronpermissions">Patron Permissions</link></para>
25007 <para>Remember to assign your staff secure usernames and passwords
25008 since these will be used to log into the staff client.</para>
25012 <section id="addstatspatron">
25013 <title>Add a Statistical Patron</title>
25015 <para>One way to track use of in house items is to "check out" the
25016 materials to a statistical patron. The "check out" process doesn's check
25017 the book out, but instead tracks an in house use of the item. To use
25018 this method for tracking in house use you first will need a <link linkend="patcats">patron category</link> set up for your Statistical
25022 <screeninfo>In House Patron Category</screeninfo>
25026 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/statspatcat.png"/>
25031 <para>Next, you will need to create a new patron of the statistical
25035 <screeninfo>New In House Patron</screeninfo>
25039 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/newinhouse.png"/>
25044 <para>Next, follow the steps put forth in the '<link linkend="addnewpatron">Add a new Patron</link>' section of this manual.
25045 Since this patron is not a real person, simply fill in the required
25046 fields, the correct library and nothing else.</para>
25048 <para>To learn about other methods of tracking in house use visit the
25049 <link linkend="trackinhouse">Tracking inhouse use</link> section of this
25053 <section id="duplicatepatron">
25054 <title>Duplicate a Patron</title>
25056 <para>Sometimes when you're adding a new family to your system you don't
25057 want to type the contact information over and over. Koha allows for you
25058 to duplicate a patron and change only the parts you want to (or need to)
25063 <para>Open the patron you want to use as your base (the patron you
25064 want to duplicate information from)</para>
25068 <para>Click the 'Duplicate' button at the top of their record</para>
25071 <screeninfo>The Duplicate Button is the 3rd one in</screeninfo>
25075 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronedit.png"/>
25082 <para>All of the fields with the exception of first name, card
25083 number, username and password have been duplicated. Fill in the
25084 missing pieces and click 'Save'</para>
25087 <screeninfo>Duplicating Patron Form</screeninfo>
25091 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatedpatron.png"/>
25099 <para>Clicking in a field that is already populated with data
25100 will clear that field of all information (making it easier for
25101 you to type in something different)</para>
25108 <para>You will be brought to your new patron</para>
25111 <screeninfo>Newly created patron</screeninfo>
25115 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/duplicatedpatronfinal.png"/>
25122 <section id="addpatronimages">
25123 <title>Add Patron Images</title>
25124 <para>If you would like you can add patron images to help identify patrons. To enable this
25125 feature you must first set the <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> preference
25127 <para>If the preference is set to 'Allow' you will see a placeholder image under the patron's
25128 name and box to upload a patron image below the basic contact information.</para>
25130 <screeninfo>Add patron image</screeninfo>
25133 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronimage.png"/>
25137 <para>In the 'Upload Patron Image' box click 'Browse' to find the image on your computer and
25138 'Upload' to load the image on to the patron record.</para>
25140 <screeninfo>Patron image</screeninfo>
25143 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronimage.png"/>
25149 <para>There is a limit of 100K on the size of the picture uploaded and it is recommended
25150 that the image be 200x300 pixels, but smaller images will work as well.</para>
25155 <section id="editpatrons">
25156 <title>Editing Patrons</title>
25158 <para>Patrons in Koha can be edited using one of many edit
25163 <para>To edit the entire patron record simply click the 'Edit'
25164 button at the top of the patron record.</para>
25167 <screeninfo>Main Patron Edit Menu</screeninfo>
25171 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronedit.png"/>
25178 <para>Patron passwords are not recoverable. The stars show on the
25179 patron detail next to the Password label are always there even if a
25180 password isn't set. If a patron forgets their password the only
25181 option is to reset their password. To change the patron's password,
25182 click the 'Change Password' button</para>
25185 <screeninfo>Patron Password Change Form</screeninfo>
25189 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronpassword.png"/>
25196 <para>Koha cannot display existing passwords. Leave the field
25197 blank to leave password unchanged.</para>
25201 <para>This form can automatically generate a random password if
25202 you click the link labeled "Click to fill with a randomly
25203 generated suggestion. Passwords will be displayed as
25210 <para>To edit a specific section of the patron record (for example
25211 the Library Use section) click the 'Edit' link below the
25215 <screeninfo>Library Use Section of Patron Record</screeninfo>
25219 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroneditsection.png"/>
25226 <para>A patron image can be added by browsing for the image on your
25227 machine from the 'Manage Patron Image' section</para>
25230 <screeninfo>Manage Patron Image Form</screeninfo>
25234 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaddimage.png"/>
25241 <para>This form will not appear if you have the <link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> system preference to
25242 not allow patron images</para>
25246 <para>To add patron images in bulk, use the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">Upload Patron Images</link>
25253 <para id="patronflags">Patrons can also be blocked from checking
25254 items out by setting Patron Flags</para>
25257 <screeninfo>Patron Warning Flags</screeninfo>
25261 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronflags.png"/>
25268 <para>If you would like your circulation staff to confirm a
25269 patron's address before checking items out to the patron, you
25270 can see the 'Gone no Address' flag</para>
25273 <screeninfo>Patron's address in doubt</screeninfo>
25277 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaddress.png"/>
25283 <para>If the patron reports that they have lost their card you can set the 'Lost Card'
25284 flag to prevent someone else from using that card to check items out</para>
25286 <screeninfo>Patron lost card</screeninfo>
25289 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroncardlost.png"/>
25296 <para>If you would like to bar a patron from the library you can add a manual
25299 <screeninfo>Add manual restriction</screeninfo>
25302 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addpatronrestriction.png"/>
25309 <note><para>This flag can automatically be set with the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue/Notice Status
25310 Triggers</link></para></note>
25316 <para>If you enter in a date and/or note related to the
25317 restriction you will see that in the restricted message as
25321 <screeninfo>Restricted until message</screeninfo>
25325 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/restricteduntil.png"/>
25334 <para>Children patrons do not become adults automatically in Koha unless you have <link linkend="j2acron">Juvenile to Adult cron job</link> running. To upgrade a child patron
25335 to and adult patron category manually go to the 'More' menu and choose 'Update Child to
25336 Adult Patron'</para>
25339 <screeninfo>Update Child to Adult Patron</screeninfo>
25343 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/updatetoadult.png"/>
25350 <para>You will then be presented with a pop up window asking
25351 which one of your adult patron categories this Child should be
25355 <screeninfo>Choose Adult Category to Update To</screeninfo>
25359 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/choosadulttype.png"/>
25368 <section id="mangepatronedits">
25369 <title>Managing Patron Self Edits</title>
25370 <para>If you are allowing patrons to edit their accounts via the OPAC with the <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference then you will need to
25371 approve all changes via the staff client before they're applied. If there are patron edits
25372 awaiting action they will appear on the staff client dashboard below the modules list (along
25373 with other items awaiting action).</para>
25375 <screeninfo>Patron requests waiting</screeninfo>
25378 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/pendingpatronrequest.png"/>
25382 <para>When you click the 'Patrons requesting modifications' link you will be brought to a list
25383 of patrons with requested changes.</para>
25385 <screeninfo>Manage patron updates</screeninfo>
25388 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/managepatronupdates.png"/>
25392 <para>From here you can 'Approve' and apply the changes to the patron record, 'Delete' and
25393 remove the changes or 'Ignore' and keep the changes pending to review later.</para>
25396 <section id="patronpermissions">
25397 <title>Patron Permissions</title>
25399 <para>Patron Permissions are used to allow staff members access to the
25400 staff client.</para>
25403 <para>In order for a staff member to log into the staff interface they
25404 must have (at the very least) 'catalogue' permissions which allow them
25405 to view the staff interface.</para>
25408 <section id="setpatronperms">
25409 <title>Setting Patron Permissions</title>
25411 <para>To set patron permissions, you must first <link linkend="addstaffpatron">have a patron of the 'Staff' type</link>
25416 <para>On the patron record click More and choose Set Permissions
25417 to alter patron permissions</para>
25420 <screeninfo>Set Patron Permissions</screeninfo>
25424 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/editpatronpermissions.png"/>
25431 <para>You will be presented with a list of preferences, some of
25432 which can be expanded by clicking the plus sign to the left of the
25433 section title.</para>
25436 <screeninfo>Patron Permissions</screeninfo>
25440 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/GranularPermissions.png"/>
25448 <section id="patronpermsdefined">
25449 <title>Patron Permissions Defined</title>
25455 <para>superlibrarian</para>
25459 <para>Access to all librarian functions</para>
25464 <para>With this selected there is no need to choose any
25465 other permissions</para>
25474 <para>circulate</para>
25478 <para>Check out and check in items</para>
25482 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="circpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25488 <para>catalogue</para>
25492 <para><emphasis role="bold">Required for staff login.</emphasis> Staff access,
25493 allows viewing the catalogue in staff client<itemizedlist>
25496 <para>Must be given to all staff members to allow them to login to the staff
25500 </itemizedlist></para>
25506 <para>parameters</para>
25510 <para>Manage Koha system systems (Administration panel)</para>
25514 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="parameterpermissions">Learn
25515 more</link>)</para>
25521 <para>borrowers</para>
25525 <para>Add or modify patrons</para>
25531 <para>permissions</para>
25535 <para>Set user permissions</para>
25541 <para>reserveforothers</para>
25545 <para>Place and modify holds for patrons</para>
25549 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="reservepermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25555 <para>borrow</para>
25559 <para>Borrow books</para>
25565 <para>editcatalogue</para>
25569 <para>Edit Catalog (Modify bibliographic/hodings data)</para>
25573 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="catpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25579 <para>updatecharges</para>
25583 <para>Manage patrons fines and fees</para>
25586 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="updatechargespermissions">Learn
25587 more</link>)</para>
25593 <para>acquisition</para>
25597 <para>Acquisition and/or suggestion management</para>
25601 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="acqpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25607 <para>management</para>
25611 <para>Set library management paraments (deprecated)<itemizedlist>
25614 <para>This permission level no longer controls anything.</para>
25617 </itemizedlist></para>
25627 <para>Use all tools</para>
25631 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="toolspermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25637 <para>editauthorities</para>
25641 <para>Edit Authorities</para>
25647 <para>serials</para>
25651 <para>Manage serial subscriptions</para>
25655 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="serpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25661 <para>reports</para>
25665 <para>Allow access to the reports module</para>
25669 <para>Reports found on the Circulation page are not controlled
25670 by this permission</para>
25674 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="reportpermissions">Learn more</link>)</para>
25680 <para>staffaccess</para>
25684 <para>Allow staff members to modify permissions for other staff members</para>
25689 <para>Requires the borrowers permission above</para>
25695 <para>plugins<itemizedlist>
25697 <para>Koha plugins</para>
25700 <para>This section can be expanded (<link linkend="pluginpermissions">Learn
25701 more</link>)</para>
25703 </itemizedlist></para>
25707 <section id="circpermissions">
25708 <title>Granular Circulate Permissions</title>
25710 <para>If the staff member has 'circulate' permissions they have the
25711 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
25712 control circulation permissions on a more granular level choose from
25713 these options:</para>
25717 <para>circulate_remaining_permissions</para>
25721 <para>Remaining circulation permissions</para>
25724 <para>All circulation rights except those covered by permissions listed
25730 <para>force_checkout<itemizedlist>
25732 <para>Force checkout if a limitation exists</para>
25735 <para>With this permission a librarian will be allowed to override a check out
25736 restriction in the following cases: <itemizedlist>
25738 <para>age restriction</para>
25741 <para>the item is issued to another patron</para>
25744 <para>the item is not for loan</para>
25747 <para>the patron has overdue items</para>
25750 <para>the item is lost </para>
25753 <para>the item is a high demand item</para>
25756 <para>the item is on hold</para>
25758 </itemizedlist></para>
25760 </itemizedlist></para></listitem>
25761 <listitem><para>manage_restrictions<itemizedlist>
25763 <para>Manage restrictions for accounts</para>
25766 <para>Grants permission to the staff member to lift a restriction that might be
25767 on the patron's record</para>
25769 </itemizedlist></para>
25772 <para>overdues_report<itemizedlist>
25774 <para> Execute overdue items report </para>
25777 <para>The permission to run the overdues reports found under Circulation</para>
25779 </itemizedlist></para>
25783 <para>override_renewals</para>
25787 <para>Override blocked renewals</para>
25791 <para>Requires that the staff member also has
25792 circulate_remaining_permissions</para>
25799 <section id="parameterpermissions">
25800 <title>Granular Parameters Permissions</title>
25802 <para>If the staff member has 'parameters' permissions they have the
25803 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
25804 control parameter permissions on a more granular level choose from
25805 these options:</para>
25809 <para>manage_circ_rules</para>
25813 <para>Manage circulation rules</para>
25816 <para>The ability to access the <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and
25817 fines rules</link> in the administration area</para>
25823 <para>parameters_remaining_permissions</para>
25827 <para>Remaining system parameters permissions</para>
25830 <para>The ability to access all areas in Administration (other than the
25831 Circulation and fine rules)</para>
25838 <section id="reservepermissions">
25839 <title>Granular Holds Permissions</title>
25841 <para>If the staff member has 'reserveforothers' permissions they
25842 have the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like
25843 to control holds permissions on a more granular level choose from
25844 these options:</para>
25848 <para>modify_holds_priority</para>
25852 <para>Modify holds priority</para>
25855 <para>Allow staff members to alter the holds priority (moving patrons up and down
25862 <para>place_holds</para>
25866 <para>Place holds for patrons</para>
25873 <section id="catpermissions">
25874 <title>Granular Cataloging Permissions</title>
25876 <para>If the staff member has 'editcatalogue' permissions they have
25877 the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
25878 control cataloging permissions on a more granular level choose from
25879 these options:</para>
25883 <para>delete_all_items<itemizedlist>
25885 <para>Delete all items at once</para>
25888 <para>Ability to use the 'Delete all items' option found under the 'Edit' menu
25889 in cataloging</para>
25891 </itemizedlist></para>
25894 <para>edit_catalogue</para>
25898 <para>Edit catalog (Modify bibliographic/holdings data)</para>
25901 <para>Ability to access all cataloging functions via the <link linkend="cataloging">Cataloging</link> page</para>
25907 <para>edit_items</para>
25911 <para>Edit items</para>
25914 <para>Ability to make <link linkend="editingitems">edits to item/holdings
25915 records</link>, but not bibliographic records</para>
25919 <listitem id="edit_items_restricted">
25920 <para>edit_items_restricted<itemizedlist>
25922 <para>Limit item modification to subfields defined in the <link
25923 linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing"
25924 >SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedEditing</link> preference</para>
25929 <para>Please note that edit_items permission is still required</para>
25933 </itemizedlist></para>
25937 <para id="fastaddpermissions">fast_cataloging</para>
25941 <para>Fast cataloging</para>
25944 <para>The ability to catalog using only the <link linkend="fastaddcat">Fast Add
25945 Framework</link> found on the <link linkend="circulation">Circulation</link>
25952 <section id="updatechargespermissions">
25953 <title>Granular Fines and Charges Permissions</title>
25954 <para>If a staff member has 'updatecharges' permission they have the ability to perform
25955 all of these actions. If you would like to control fines and charges permissions on a
25956 more granular level choose from these options:<itemizedlist>
25958 <para>remaining_permissions<itemizedlist>
25960 <para>Remaining permissions for managing fines and fees other than the ability
25961 to write off charges</para>
25963 </itemizedlist></para>
25966 <para>writeoff<itemizedlist>
25968 <para>Write off fines and fees</para>
25970 </itemizedlist></para>
25972 </itemizedlist></para>
25975 <section id="acqpermissions">
25976 <title>Granular Acquisitions Permissions</title>
25978 <para>If the staff member has 'acquisition' permissions they have
25979 the ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
25980 control acquisitions permissions on a more granular level choose
25981 from these options:</para>
25985 <para>budget_add_del</para>
25989 <para>Add and delete budgets (but can't modify budgets)</para>
25995 <para>budget_manage</para>
25998 <para>Manage budgets</para>
26004 <para>budget_manage_all <itemizedlist>
26006 <para>Manage all budgets</para>
26008 </itemizedlist></para>
26009 <para>budget_modify</para>
26012 <para>Modify budget (can't create lines, but can modify existing ones)</para>
26018 <para>contracts_manage</para>
26022 <para>Manage contracts</para>
26028 <para>group_manage</para>
26032 <para>Manage orders and basket groups</para>
26038 <para>order_manage</para>
26042 <para>Manage orders and baskets</para>
26047 <para>order_manage_all<itemizedlist>
26049 <para>Manage all orders and baskets, regardless of restrictions on them</para>
26051 </itemizedlist></para>
26055 <para>order_receive</para>
26059 <para>Manage orders and baskets</para>
26065 <para>period_manage</para>
26069 <para>Manage periods</para>
26075 <para>planning_manage</para>
26079 <para>Manage budget planning</para>
26085 <para>vendors_manage</para>
26089 <para>Manage vendors</para>
26096 <section id="serpermissions">
26097 <title>Granular Serials Permissions</title>
26099 <para>If the staff member has 'serials' permissions they have the
26100 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
26101 control serials permissions on a more granular level choose from
26102 these options:</para>
26106 <para>check_expiration</para>
26110 <para>Check the <link linkend="serialexpiration">expiration of a
26111 serial</link></para>
26117 <para>claim_serials</para>
26121 <para>Claim missing serials via the <link linkend="serialclaims">Claims
26122 section</link></para>
26128 <para>create_subscription</para>
26132 <para>Create <link linkend="newsubscription">a new subscription</link></para>
26138 <para>delete_subscription</para>
26142 <para>Delete an existing subscription</para>
26148 <para>edit_subscription</para>
26152 <para>Edit an existing subscription</para>
26155 <para>This permission does not include the ability to delete or create a
26156 subscription</para>
26162 <para>receive_serials</para>
26166 <para>Serials receiving</para>
26169 <para>Receive serials on existing subscriptions</para>
26175 <para>renew_subscription</para>
26179 <para>Renew a subscription</para>
26185 <para>routing</para>
26189 <para>Routing</para>
26192 <para>Manage <link linkend="routinglist">routing lists</link></para>
26197 <para>superserials<itemizedlist>
26199 <para>Manage subscriptions from any branch (only applies when <link
26200 linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependantBranches</link> is used)</para>
26202 </itemizedlist></para>
26207 <section id="toolspermissions">
26208 <title>Granular Tools Permissions</title>
26210 <para>If the staff member has 'tools' permissions they have the
26211 ability to access and use all items under the Tools menu. If you
26212 would like to control which tools staff members have access to on a
26213 more granular level choose from these options:</para>
26217 <para>batch_upload_patron_images</para>
26221 <para>Upload patron images in batch or one at a time </para>
26224 <para>Access to the <link linkend="uploadpatronimages">Image Upload
26231 <para>delete_anonymize_patrons</para>
26235 <para>Delete old borrowers and anonymize circulation/reading history (deletes
26236 borrower reading history)</para>
26239 <para>Access to the <link linkend="anonpatrons">Anonymize Patron
26246 <para>edit_calendar</para>
26250 <para>Define days when the library is closed </para>
26253 <para>Access to the <link linkend="calholidays">Calendar/Holidays
26260 <para>edit_news</para>
26264 <para>Write news for the OPAC and staff interfaces </para>
26267 <para>Access to the <link linkend="newstool">News Tool</link></para>
26273 <para>edit_notice_status_triggers</para>
26277 <para>Set notice/status triggers for overdue items </para>
26280 <para>Access to the <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice Status/Triggers
26287 <para>edit_notices</para>
26291 <para>Define notices </para>
26294 <para>Access to the <link linkend="notices">Notices Tool</link></para>
26300 <para>export_catalog</para>
26304 <para>Export bibliographic, authorities and holdings data </para>
26307 <para>Access to the <link linkend="exportbibs">Export Data Tool</link></para>
26313 <para>import_patrons</para>
26317 <para>Import patron data </para>
26320 <para>Access to the <link linkend="patronimport">Import Patrons Tool</link></para>
26326 <para>inventory</para>
26330 <para>Perform inventory (stocktaking) of your catalog </para>
26333 <para>Access to the <link linkend="inventory">Inventory Tool</link></para>
26339 <para>items_batchdel</para>
26343 <para>Perform batch deletion of items </para>
26346 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">Batch Item Deletion
26353 <para>items_batchmod</para>
26357 <para>Perform batch modification of items </para>
26360 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch Item Modification
26365 <listitem id="items_batchmod_restricted">
26366 <para>items_batchmod_restricted<itemizedlist>
26368 <para>Limit <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch item modification</link> to
26369 subfields defined in the <link linkend="SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod"
26370 >SubfieldsToAllowForRestrictedBatchmod</link> preference</para>
26375 <para>Please note that items_batchmod permission is still required</para>
26379 </itemizedlist></para>
26383 <para>label_creator</para>
26387 <para>Create printable labels and barcodes from catalog and patron data </para>
26390 <para>Access to the <link linkend="labelcreator">Label Creator</link> and <link linkend="quicklabelcreator">Quick Label Creator</link> Tools</para>
26396 <para>manage_csv_profiles</para>
26400 <para>Manage CSV export profiles</para>
26403 <para>Access to the <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profiles Tool</link></para>
26409 <para>manage_staged_marc</para>
26413 <para>Managed staged MARC records, including completing and reversing imports
26417 <para>Access to the <link linkend="managestaged">Manage Staged MARC Records
26424 <para>moderate_comments</para>
26428 <para>Moderate patron comments </para>
26431 <para>Access to the <link linkend="comments">Comments Tool</link>
26438 <para>moderate_tags<itemizedlist>
26440 <para>Moderate patron tags</para>
26443 <para>Access to the <link linkend="tagsmoderation">Tags Tool</link></para>
26445 </itemizedlist></para>
26448 <para>records_batchdel<itemizedlist>
26450 <para>Perform batch deletion of records (bibliographic or authority)</para>
26453 <para>Access to the <link linkend="batchrecorddelete">Batch Record Deletion
26456 </itemizedlist></para>
26459 <para>rotating_collections<itemizedlist>
26461 <para>Manage rotating collections</para>
26464 <para>Access to the <link linkend="rotatingcollections">Rotating Collections
26467 </itemizedlist></para>
26470 <para>schedule_tasks</para>
26473 <para>Schedule tasks to run </para>
26476 <para>Access to the <link linkend="taskscheduler">Task Scheduler
26483 <para>stage_marc_import</para>
26487 <para>Stage MARC records into the reservoir </para>
26490 <para>Access to the <link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records
26497 <para>upload_local_cover_images</para>
26501 <para>Upload local cover images </para>
26504 <para>Access to the <link linkend="uploadlocalimages">Upload Local Cover Image
26505 Tool</link> as well as permission to add and delete local cover images from
26506 the bib detail page</para>
26512 <para>view_system_logs</para>
26516 <para>Browse the system logs </para>
26519 <para>Access to the <link linkend="logviewer">Log Viewer Tool</link></para>
26526 <section id="reportpermissions">
26527 <title>Granular Reports Permissions</title>
26529 <para>If the staff member has 'reports' permissions they have the
26530 ability to perform all of these actions. If you would like to
26531 control reports permissions on a more granular level choose from
26532 these options:</para>
26536 <para>create_reports</para>
26540 <para>Create SQL Reports</para>
26543 <para>The ability to create and edit but not run SQL reports</para>
26549 <para>execute_reports</para>
26553 <para>Execute SQL Reports</para>
26556 <para>The ability to run but not create or edit SQL reports </para>
26562 <section id="pluginpermissions">
26563 <title>Granular Plugins Permissions</title>
26564 <para>If the staff member has 'plugins' permissions they have the ability to perform all
26565 of these actions. If you would like to control reports permissions on a more granular
26566 level choose from these options:<itemizedlist>
26568 <para>configure<itemizedlist>
26570 <para>Configure plugins</para>
26573 <para>The ability to run the 'configure' section of a plugin if it has
26576 </itemizedlist></para>
26579 <para>manage<itemizedlist>
26581 <para>Manage plugins </para>
26584 <para>The ability to install or uninstall plugins</para>
26586 </itemizedlist></para>
26589 <para>report<itemizedlist>
26591 <para>Use report plugins</para>
26594 <para>The ability to use report plugins</para>
26596 </itemizedlist></para>
26599 <para>tool<itemizedlist>
26601 <para>Use tool plugins</para>
26604 <para>The ability to use tool plugins</para>
26606 </itemizedlist></para>
26608 </itemizedlist></para>
26613 <section id="patroninformation">
26614 <title>Patron Information</title>
26616 <para>When viewing a patron record you have the option to view information from one of many
26617 tabs found on the left hand side of the record.<itemizedlist>
26619 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there:</emphasis> Patrons > Browse or search for
26620 patron > Click patron name</para>
26622 </itemizedlist></para>
26624 <section id="patcheckout">
26625 <title>Check Out</title>
26627 <para>For instruction on checking items out, view the <link linkend="checkingout">Checking Out</link> section of this
26629 <para>Staff members can access their own check out screen by clicking their username in the
26630 top right of the staff client and choosing 'My checkouts'<screenshot>
26631 <screeninfo>My checkouts</screeninfo>
26634 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/mycheckouts.png"/>
26637 </screenshot></para>
26640 <section id="patrondetails">
26641 <title>Details</title>
26642 <para>Staff members can access their own account details by clicking their username in the
26643 top right of the staff client and choosing 'My account'</para>
26645 <screeninfo>My account</screeninfo>
26648 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/myaccount.png"/>
26653 <para>All patron information will appear on the Details tab. This
26654 includes all the contact information, notes, custom patron attributes,
26655 messaging preferences, etc entered when adding the patron.</para>
26657 <para>In the case of patrons who are marked as 'Child' or
26658 'Professional' and their Guarantors additional information will appear
26659 on their record.</para>
26663 <para>A child patron will list their Guarantor</para>
26666 <screeninfo>Guarantor listed and linked from the child
26667 record</screeninfo>
26671 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/child.png"/>
26678 <para>On the Guarantor's record, all children and/or professionals
26679 will be listed</para>
26682 <screeninfo>Guarantees listed on the Guarantor's
26683 profile</screeninfo>
26687 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/parent.png"/>
26694 <section id="patcircsummary">
26695 <title>Circulation Summary</title>
26697 <para>Below the patron's information on the details screen is a
26698 tabbed display of the items they have checked out, overdue, and on
26702 <screeninfo>Checkout summary</screeninfo>
26706 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/checkoutsummary.png"/>
26711 <para>If they have family at the library staff can see what the
26712 other family members have checked out.</para>
26715 <screeninfo>Relative checkouts</screeninfo>
26719 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/relativecheckouts.png"/>
26723 <para>The Restrictions tab will show for all patrons. If the patron has no restrictions
26724 you will see that on the tab.</para>
26726 <screeninfo>Patron restrictions</screeninfo>
26729 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronrestrictions-none.png"/>
26733 <para>If the patron has restrictions on their account the tab will show the number and the
26734 description.</para>
26736 <screeninfo>Patron restrictions</screeninfo>
26739 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronrestrictions.png"/>
26743 <para>Using the 'Add manual restriction' button you can add a restriction to the patron
26744 record from here.</para>
26746 <screeninfo>Add restriction</screeninfo>
26749 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/addrestriction.png"/>
26756 <section id="patronfines">
26757 <title>Fines</title>
26759 <para>The patron's complete accounting history will appear on the
26760 Fines tab. Contrary to its name, the Fines tab does not just show fine
26761 data, it also shows membership fees, rental fees, reserve fees and any
26762 other charge you may have for patrons.</para>
26765 <screeninfo>Patron Accounting Summary</screeninfo>
26769 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronaccount.png"/>
26774 <para>The table will show you the following columns:</para>
26778 <para>Date: the date the charge/payment was posted</para>
26782 <para>In the case of fines this will be the last day that the
26783 fine was accrued</para>
26789 <para>Description: a description of the charges including the due
26790 date for overdue items and a link to the item record where one is
26795 <para>Note: any notes about this charge/payment</para>
26799 <para>Amount: the total amount of the payment or charge</para>
26803 <para>Outstanding: the amount still due on charge</para>
26807 <section id="chargefines">
26808 <title>Charging Fines/Fees</title>
26810 <para>Most fees and fines will be charged automatically if the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines cron job</link> is running:</para>
26814 <para>Fines will be charged based on your <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation & Fines
26815 Rules</link></para>
26819 <para>Hold fees will be charged based on the rules you set in
26820 the <link linkend="patcats">Patron Types & Categories</link>
26821 administration area</para>
26825 <para>Rental fees will be charged based on the settings in your
26826 <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item Types</link> administration
26831 <para>Marking an item 'Lost' via the cataloging module will
26832 automatically charge the patron the replacement cost for that
26838 <section id="payfines">
26839 <title>Pay/Reverse Fines</title>
26841 <para>Each line item can be paid in full (or written off) using the
26842 'Pay Fines' tab.</para>
26845 <screeninfo>Paying Fines</screeninfo>
26849 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/makepayment.png"/>
26856 <para>Each line item can be paid in full, partially paid, or
26857 written off.</para>
26861 <para>Pay a fine in full</para>
26865 <para>Click "Pay" next to the fine you want to pay in
26870 <para>The full amount of the fine will be populated for you
26871 in the "Collect From Patron" box</para>
26874 <screeninfo>Pay fine</screeninfo>
26878 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payfine.png"/>
26885 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
26889 <para>The fine will be removed from outstanding fines, and
26890 displayed as fully paid.</para>
26896 <para>Pay a partial fine</para>
26900 <para>Click "Pay" next to the fine you want to partially
26905 <para>Enter the amount you are collecting from the patron in
26906 the "Collect From Patron" box</para>
26909 <screeninfo>Pay partial fine</screeninfo>
26913 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/paypartial.png"/>
26920 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
26924 <para>The fine will be updated to show the original Amount,
26925 and the current Amount Outstanding</para>
26931 <para>Pay an amount towards all fines</para>
26935 <para>Click the "Pay Amount" button</para>
26939 <para>Enter the amount you are collecting from the patron in
26940 "Collect from Patron." The sum of all fines is shown in
26941 "Total Amount Outstanding"</para>
26944 <screeninfo>Pay Amount</screeninfo>
26948 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payamount.png"/>
26955 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
26959 <para>The fine totals will be updated with the payment
26960 applied to oldest fines first.</para>
26966 <para>Pay Selected fines</para>
26970 <para>Check the selection boxes next to the fines you wish
26971 to pay, click "Pay Selected"</para>
26974 <screeninfo>Select lines to pay</screeninfo>
26978 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payselected-select.png"/>
26985 <para>Enter an amount to pay towards the fines.</para>
26988 <screeninfo>Pay Selected</screeninfo>
26992 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/payselected.png"/>
26999 <para>Click "Confirm"</para>
27003 <para>The fine totals will be updated with the payment
27004 applied to the oldest selected fines first.</para>
27010 <para>Writeoff a single fine</para>
27014 <para>Click "Writeoff" next to the fine you wish to
27019 <para>The fine will be removed from outstanding fines, and
27020 displayed as written off.</para>
27026 <para>Writeoff All fines</para>
27030 <para>Click the "Writeoff All" button</para>
27034 <para>All fines will be removed from outstanding fines, and
27035 displayed as written off.</para>
27041 <para>If you accidentally mark and item as paid, you can reverse
27042 that line item by clicking 'Reverse' to the right of the
27046 <screeninfo>Reverse Link</screeninfo>
27050 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/reverselink.png"/>
27057 <para>Once clicked a new line item will be added to the
27058 account, showing the payment as reversed</para>
27061 <screeninfo>Reversed Payment</screeninfo>
27065 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/reversed.png"/>
27075 <section id="manualinvoice">
27076 <title>Creating Manual Invoices</title>
27078 <para>For fees that are not automatically charged, librarians can
27079 create a manual invoice</para>
27082 <screeninfo>Create Manual Invoice</screeninfo>
27086 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/manualinvoice.png"/>
27093 <para>First choose the type of invoice you would like to
27098 <para>To add additional values to the manual invoice type pull down menu, add them
27099 to the <link linkend="manualinvvals">MANUAL_INV</link> Authorized Value</para>
27104 <para>The value set as the Authorized Value for the MANUAL_INV authorized
27105 value category will appear as the Description and the Authorized Value
27106 Description will be used as the amount.</para>
27114 <para>If the fee is associated with an item you can enter its
27115 barcode so that the line item shows a link to that item</para>
27119 <para>The description field is where you will enter the
27120 description of the charge</para>
27124 <para>In the amount field, do not enter currency symbols, only
27125 numbers and decimals</para>
27130 <section id="manualcredit">
27131 <title>Creating Manual Credits</title>
27133 <para>Manual credits can be used to pay off parts of fines, or to
27134 forgive a fine amount.</para>
27137 <screeninfo>Create Manual Credit</screeninfo>
27141 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/manualcredit.png"/>
27148 <para>First choose the type of credit you'd like to apply</para>
27152 <para>If this credit is associated with an item you can enter
27153 that item's barcode so that the line item links to the right
27158 <para>The description field is where you will enter the
27159 description of the credit</para>
27163 <para>In the amount field, do not enter currency symbols, only
27164 numbers and decimals</para>
27169 <section id="printinglineitems">
27170 <title>Printing Invoices</title>
27172 <para>To the right of each account line there is a print link.
27173 Clicking that link will print an invoice for the line item that
27174 includes the date and description of the line item along with the
27175 total outstanding on the account.</para>
27178 <screeninfo>Sample Invoice</screeninfo>
27182 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patroninvoice.png"/>
27189 <section id="patronroutingtab">
27190 <title>Routing Lists</title>
27192 <para>A list of all of the serial routing lists the patron belongs to
27193 will be accessible via the 'Routing Lists' tab on the patron
27197 <screeninfo>Routing Lists</screeninfo>
27201 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/routinglisttab.png"/>
27206 <para>On this tab you will be able to see and edit all of the routing
27207 lists that this patron is on.</para>
27210 <screeninfo>Patron's routing lists</screeninfo>
27214 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronroutinglists.png"/>
27220 <section id="circhistory">
27221 <title>Circulation History</title>
27223 <para>The circulation history tab will appear if you have set the
27224 <link linkend="intranetreadinghistory">intranetreadinghistory</link>
27225 preference to allow it to appear. If you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> system preference set to
27226 'Allow' and the patron has decided that the library cannot keep this
27227 information this tab will only show currently checked out
27231 <screeninfo>Patron Circulation History</screeninfo>
27235 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/readinghistory.png"/>
27240 <para>If you would like to export a list of barcodes for the items
27241 checked in today you can find that option under the More menu on the
27242 top right of the page.</para>
27245 <screeninfo>Export today's checkins</screeninfo>
27249 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/readinghistory-export.png"/>
27254 <para>This will generate a text file with one barcode per line.</para>
27257 <section id="patmodlog">
27258 <title>Modification Log</title>
27260 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="BorrowersLog">BorrowersLog</link> to track changes to patron
27261 records, then this tab will appear. The Modification Log will show
27262 when changes were made to the patron record. If you also have turned
27263 on the <link linkend="IssueLog">IssueLog</link> and <link linkend="ReturnLog">ReturnLog</link> you will see checkins and outs on
27264 this screen as well.</para>
27267 <screeninfo>Changes to Patron</screeninfo>
27271 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/borrowerlog.png"/>
27278 <para>The Librarian field shows the patron number for the
27279 librarian who made the changes</para>
27283 <para>The module lists 'MEMBERS' for the patron module</para>
27287 <para>The action will tell you what action was being logged</para>
27291 <para>The Object field lists the borrowernumber that is being
27292 modified (in the example above, it was my changing my own
27298 <section id="patnotices">
27299 <title>Notices</title>
27301 <para>The <link linkend="setpatronmessaging">patron's messaging
27302 preferences</link> are set when <link linkend="addnewpatron">adding</link> or <link linkend="editpatrons">editing</link> the patron. This tab will show
27303 the messages that have been sent and those that are queued to be
27307 <screeninfo>Patron Notices Tab</screeninfo>
27311 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patnoticestab.png"/>
27316 <para>Clicking on the message title will expand the view to show you
27317 the full text of the message that was sent.</para>
27320 <screeninfo>Full message text</screeninfo>
27324 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patnoticestab-full.png"/>
27330 <section id="patronstatstab">
27331 <title>Statistics</title>
27333 <para>Depending on what you set for the values of your <link linkend="StatisticsFields">StatisticsFields</link> system preference,
27334 you can see statistics for one patron's circulation actions.</para>
27337 <screeninfo>Patron's Statistics</screeninfo>
27341 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronstats.png"/>
27347 <section id="patronfiles">
27348 <title>Files</title>
27350 <para>If you set the <link linkend="EnableBorrowerFiles">EnableBorrowerFiles</link> preference to
27351 'Do' the Files tab will be visible on the patron information
27355 <screeninfo>Patron Files Tab</screeninfo>
27359 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfilestab.png"/>
27364 <para>From here you can upload files to attach to the patron
27368 <screeninfo>Upload patron files</screeninfo>
27372 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/nopatronfiles.png"/>
27377 <para>All files that are uploaded will appear above a form where
27378 additional files can be uploaded from.</para>
27381 <screeninfo>List of files on the patron record</screeninfo>
27385 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfileslist.png"/>
27390 <section id="patronsuggestions">
27391 <title>Purchase Suggestions</title>
27392 <para>If the patron has made any purchase suggestions you will see a purchase suggestions
27393 tab on the patron record.<screenshot>
27394 <screeninfo>Patron purchase suggestions</screeninfo>
27397 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/purchasesuggestions.png"/>
27400 </screenshot></para>
27401 <para>From here you can see all suggestions made by the patron and their status, you can
27402 also create a purchase suggestion on the patron's behalf by clicking the 'New purchase
27403 suggestion' button at the top.</para>
27404 <para>Learn more about <link linkend="purchasesuggest">Purchase suggestions</link> in the
27405 <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions</link> chapter of this manual.</para>
27409 <section id="patronsearch">
27410 <title>Patron Search</title>
27412 <para>Clicking on the link to the Patron module will bring you to a search/browse screen for
27413 patrons. From here you can search for a patron by any part of their name or their card
27417 <screeninfo>Patron Search</screeninfo>
27421 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearch.png"/>
27425 <para>Clicking the small plus sign [+] to the right of the search box will open up an advanced
27426 patron search with more filters including the ability to limit to a specific category and/or library.</para>
27428 <screeninfo>Expanded patron search</screeninfo>
27431 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchexpand.png"/>
27435 <para>You can also filter your patron results using the search options on the left hand side
27436 of the page.<screenshot>
27437 <screeninfo>Patron search filters</screeninfo>
27440 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchfilters.png"/>
27443 </screenshot></para>
27445 <para>Depending on what you have chosen for the 'Search fields' you can
27446 search for patrons in various different ways.</para>
27449 <screeninfo>Patron Search Fields</screeninfo>
27453 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronfieldsearch.png"/>
27460 <para>Standard:</para>
27464 <para>Enter any part of their name, username, email address or
27471 <para>Email:</para>
27475 <para>Enter any part of their email address and choose 'Contains' instead of 'Starts
27482 <para>Borrower number:</para>
27486 <para>Enter the Koha borrower number</para>
27492 <para>Phone number:</para>
27496 <para>Enter the phone number exactly as it is in the system or
27497 by using spaces between each batch of numbers.</para>
27501 <para>Example: To find (212) 555-1212 you can search for it
27502 exactly as it was entered or by searching for 212 555
27509 <para>Street address:</para>
27513 <para>Enter any part of the patron's address (includes all address fields) and choose
27514 'Contains' instead of 'Starts with' to find the string anywhere in the
27520 <para>Date of birth<itemizedlist>
27522 <para>Birthdates should be entered using the format set forth in the <link
27523 linkend="dateformat">dateformat</link> preference. </para>
27525 </itemizedlist></para>
27528 <para>Sort field 1<itemizedlist>
27530 <para>This is a custom field that libraries can use for any type of data about the
27533 </itemizedlist></para>
27536 <para>Sort field 2<itemizedlist>
27538 <para>This is a custom field that libraries can use for any type of data about the
27541 </itemizedlist></para>
27544 <para>You can also choose to either search for fields that start with the string you entered
27545 or contain the string. Choosing 'Contains' will work like a wildcard search.</para>
27547 <screeninfo>Contains or Starts with Search</screeninfo>
27550 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronsearchcontains.png"/>
27555 <para>You can also browse through the patron records by clicking on the
27556 linked letters across the top.</para>
27559 <screeninfo>Patron Browse</screeninfo>
27563 <imagedata fileref="images/patrons/patronbrowse.png"/>
27570 <chapter id="circulation">
27571 <title>Circulation</title>
27573 <para>Circulation functions can be accessed in several different ways. On
27574 the main page of the staff client there are some quick links in the center
27575 of the page to check items out, in or transfer them. For a complete
27576 listing of Circulation functions you can visit the Circulation page which
27577 is linked from the top left of every page or from the center of the main
27580 <para>Before circulating your collection you will want to set your <link linkend="globalsysprefs">Global System Preferences</link>, <link linkend="basicparams">Basic Parameters</link> and <link linkend="patscirc">Patrons & Circulation Rules</link>.</para>
27582 <para>While in Circulation you can jump between the tabs on the quick
27583 search box at the top of the screen by using the following hot
27588 <para>jump to the catalog search with Alt+Q</para>
27592 <para>jump to the checkout with Alt+U</para>
27596 <para>this will not work for Mac users</para>
27602 <para>jump to the checkin with Alt+R</para>
27607 <para>Mac users use the OPTION button in place of ALT</para>
27610 <section id="checkingout">
27611 <title>Check Out (Issuing)</title>
27613 <para>To begin the checkout process you must enter the patron barcode or
27614 part of their name. The checkout option appears in three main
27619 <para>Check out option on the top of the main staff client</para>
27622 <screeninfo>Check out box on main Koha Staff Client
27627 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutmain.png"/>
27634 <para>Check out option on the patron record</para>
27637 <screeninfo>Check out tab on a patron record</screeninfo>
27641 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutpatron.png"/>
27648 <para>Check out option on the quick search bar on the circulation
27652 <screeninfo>Check out tab on quick search bar</screeninfo>
27656 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circquickbox.png"/>
27663 <section id="checkitemout">
27664 <title>Checking Items Out</title>
27666 <para>To check an item out to a patron, first search for that patron using one of the many
27667 options listed above. You will then be presented with the checkout screen.</para>
27669 <screeninfo>Check Out Screen</screeninfo>
27672 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkingout-noshow.png"/>
27676 <para>If you have chosen to 'Always show checkouts immediately' then you will see the list
27677 of checkouts below the check out box.</para>
27680 <screeninfo>Check Out Screen</screeninfo>
27684 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkingout.png"/>
27689 <para>At the top of the Check Out screen is a box for you to type or
27690 scan the item's barcode into.</para>
27695 <para>Many modern barcode scanners will send a 'return' to the
27696 browser, making it so that the 'Check Out' button is
27697 automatically clicked</para>
27702 <para>If the barcode is not found you will be prompted to use fast cataloging to add the
27703 item. Learn more about <link linkend="fastaddcat">fast cataloging</link> later in this
27707 <para>If you have <link linkend="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch"
27708 >itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</link> set to 'Enable' then you can enter a keyword
27709 search in this box instead of just a barcode (this will make it possible to check out
27710 using title and/or call number).</para>
27713 <para>Below the box for the barcode you will see a checkbox for 'Automatic renewal'. This
27714 will allow this item to automatically renew if the <link linkend="autorenewcron"
27715 >appropriate cron job</link> is running and there are no holds on the item.</para>
27717 <para>Below the box for the barcode there may be options for you to
27718 override the default due date for the item.</para>
27722 <para>This option will only appear if you have set the <link linkend="SpecifyDueDate">SpecifyDueDate</link> system preference
27723 to allow staff to override the due date</para>
27726 <para>If you're allowing the <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">checkout of items on
27727 site</link> to patrons (these are usually items that are not for loan that you would
27728 like to check for in library use) then you will see the 'On-site checkout' checkbox.<screenshot>
27729 <screeninfo>On-site checkout</screeninfo>
27732 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/allowonsitecheckout.png"/>
27735 </screenshot></para>
27737 <para>At the bottom of the page there is a summary of the patron's
27738 current checked out items along with the due date (and time if the
27739 item is an hourly loan), items checked out today will appear at the
27743 <para>Items that are hourly loan items will include the time with the due date.</para>
27747 <screeninfo>Patron's checkout summary</screeninfo>
27751 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutsummary.png"/>
27755 <para>If you checked out an item for on site use you will see that highlighted in red in the
27756 checkout summary.</para>
27758 <screeninfo>Patron's on-site checkout </screeninfo>
27761 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/onsitecheckout.png"/>
27765 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="ExportWithCsvProfile">ExportWithCsvProfile</link>
27766 preference, you will also see the option to export the patron's current checkout
27767 information using a CSV Profile or ISO2709 (MARC21) format.</para>
27769 <screeninfo>Export patron's checkout information</screeninfo>
27772 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/exportcheckouts.png"/>
27777 <para>Also at the bottom of the page is the list of items the patron
27781 <screeninfo>Holds summary on check out screen</screeninfo>
27785 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdssummary.png"/>
27790 <para>From the holds list you can suspend or resume patrons holds
27791 using the options at the bottom of the list if you have the <link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link> preference
27792 set to 'allow.'</para>
27795 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
27796 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
27797 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
27800 <para>If there are notes on the patron record these will appear to the
27801 right of the checkout box</para>
27804 <screeninfo>Patron notes on check out screen</screeninfo>
27808 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/patronnotes.png"/>
27813 <para>If the patron has a hold waiting at the library that too will
27814 appear to the right of the check out box making it easy for the
27815 circulation librarian to see that there is another item to give the
27819 <screeninfo>Hold waiting message on check out screen</screeninfo>
27823 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdwaiting.png"/>
27827 <para>The details of the checkouts will appear on the bib detail page in the staff client as
27830 <screeninfo>Circulation information on holdings tab</screeninfo>
27833 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circonholdings.png"/>
27838 <section id="printcircreceipt">
27839 <title>Printing Receipts</title>
27841 <para>Once you have checked out all of the items for the patron you
27842 can print them a receipt by choosing one of two methods.</para>
27844 <para>If you have the <link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link>
27845 preference set to 'open a print quick slip window' you can simply
27846 hit enter on your keyboard or scan a blank piece of paper with your
27847 barcode scanner. The idea being that you're "checking out" a blank
27848 barcode which triggers Koha to print the 'Quick slip.'</para>
27850 <para>You can also click the Print button at the top of the screen
27851 and choose 'Print slip' or 'Print quick slip'.</para>
27854 <screeninfo>Print receipt to slip printer</screeninfo>
27858 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/printslip.png"/>
27863 <para>If you choose 'Print slip' it will print all of the items the
27864 patron has checked out, including those they checked out at an
27865 earlier date. Choosing 'Print quick slip' will print only the items
27866 that were checked out today.</para>
27868 <para>What prints on the slips can be customized by altering the
27869 slip templates under the <link linkend="notices">Notices &
27870 Slips</link> tool.</para>
27873 <section id="clearpatroninfo">
27874 <title>Clear Patron Information</title>
27876 <para>When you're done checking an item out if you have the <link linkend="DisplayClearScreenButton">DisplayClearScreenButton</link>
27877 preference set to 'Show' you can clear the current patron by
27878 clicking the X in the top right of the patron's info to remove the
27879 current patron from the screen and start over.</para>
27882 <screeninfo>Clear Screen Button</screeninfo>
27886 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/DisplayClearScreenButton.png"/>
27891 <para>If you have the <link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link>
27892 preference set to 'clear the screen' then you simply need to hit
27893 enter or scan a blank barcode and the screen will be cleared of the
27894 current patron.</para>
27898 <section id="checkoutmsg">
27899 <title>Check Out Messages</title>
27901 <para>If you check out an item that has multiple pieces and you have
27902 cataloged that information in subfield 3 of the item record (in
27903 MARC21) a message will pop up when you check out that item telling you
27904 how many pieces should be there.</para>
27907 <screeninfo>Materials in the checked out item</screeninfo>
27911 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/materialspecified.png"/>
27916 <para>There are times when Koha will prevent the librarian from being
27917 able to check out items to a patron. When this happens a warning will
27918 appear notifying the librarian of why the patron cannot check items
27923 <para>Patron owes too much in fines</para>
27926 <screeninfo>Patron owes too much in fines</screeninfo>
27930 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fineswarning.png"/>
27937 <para>You can set the amount at which patron checkouts are
27938 blocked with the <link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> system
27945 <para>Patron has a restriction on their account</para>
27948 <screeninfo>Patron account restricted</screeninfo>
27952 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/debarwarning.png"/>
27959 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record and adding a <link
27960 linkend="patronflags">restriction</link> or by the <link
27961 linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue/Notice Status Triggers</link></para>
27964 <para>If the staff member has the right permission they can override the restriction
27967 <screeninfo>Patron account restricted</screeninfo>
27970 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overridetemporarily.png"/>
27979 <para>Patron needs to confirm their address</para>
27982 <screeninfo>Patron's address warning</screeninfo>
27986 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/addresswarning.png"/>
27993 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record
27994 and adding a <link linkend="patronflags">flag</link></para>
28000 <para>Patrons has lost their library card</para>
28003 <screeninfo>Lost patron card warning</screeninfo>
28007 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostcardwarning.png"/>
28014 <para>This can be set by the librarian editing a patron record
28015 and adding a <link linkend="patronflags">flag</link></para>
28022 <section id="checkoutwarn">
28023 <title>Check Out Warnings</title>
28025 <para>Sometimes checkouts will trigger warning messages that will
28026 appear in a yellow box above the check out field. These warnings need
28027 to be acknowledged before you will be able to continue checking items
28032 <para>Patron has outstanding fines</para>
28035 <screeninfo>Patron has a debt</screeninfo>
28039 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/patrondebt.png"/>
28046 <para>Item on hold for someone else</para>
28049 <screeninfo>Item is on hold for someone else</screeninfo>
28053 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/onhold.png"/>
28060 <para>Item should be on the hold shelf waiting for someone
28064 <screeninfo>Item is on hold shelf waiting for someone
28069 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/holdwaiting.png"/>
28076 <para>Item already checked out to this patron</para>
28079 <screeninfo>Item is currently checked out to this
28080 patron</screeninfo>
28084 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/alreadycheckedout.png"/>
28091 <para>Item checked out to another patron</para>
28094 <screeninfo>Item checked out to another patron</screeninfo>
28098 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/checkedoutelse.png"/>
28105 <para>Item not for loan</para>
28108 <screeninfo>Item is not normally for loan</screeninfo>
28112 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/notforloan.png"/>
28119 <para>Patron has too many things checked out and <link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride"
28120 >AllowTooManyOverride</link> is set to 'Allow'</para>
28123 <screeninfo>Too many checkouts</screeninfo>
28127 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/toomanycheckouts.png"/>
28133 <para>Patron has too many things checked out and <link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride"
28134 >AllowTooManyOverride</link> is set to "Don't allow"</para>
28136 <screeninfo>Too many checkouts</screeninfo>
28139 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/toomanycheckouts-no.png"/>
28146 <para>Item cannot be renewed</para>
28149 <screeninfo>No more renewals</screeninfo>
28153 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/norenewals.png"/>
28160 <para>This can be overridden with the <link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
28161 system preference</para>
28167 <para>Barcode not found</para>
28170 <screeninfo>Barcode not found</screeninfo>
28174 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/barcodefastadd.png"/>
28181 <para>Learn more about <link linkend="fastaddcat">fast
28182 cataloging</link> later in this manual.</para>
28188 <para>Item being checked out is marked as 'lost'</para>
28192 <para>Depending on the value in your <link linkend="IssueLostItem">IssueLostItem</link> preference, you
28193 may just see a warning</para>
28196 <screeninfo>Warning that item is lost</screeninfo>
28200 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostitemmsg.png"/>
28205 <para>or a confirmation box</para>
28208 <screeninfo>Confirm checkout of lost item</screeninfo>
28212 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lostitemconfirm.png"/>
28221 <para>Item being checked out is not recommended for a patron of
28225 <screeninfo>Age warning</screeninfo>
28229 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/agewarning.png"/>
28235 <para>Item being checked out meets the <link linkend="decreaseLoanHighHolds">decreaseLoanHighHolds</link> system preference criteria</para>
28237 <screeninfo>Too many holds</screeninfo>
28240 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/warnings/decreaseLoanHighHoldsDuration.png"/>
28249 <section id="circrenew">
28250 <title>Renewing</title>
28252 <para>Checked out items can be renewed (checked out for another period of time) based on your
28253 <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation rules</link> and <link
28254 linkend="RenewalPeriodBase">renewal preferences</link>. </para>
28255 <para>If <link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">you allow it</link>, patrons can renew their own
28256 items via the OPAC, but sometimes you'll need to help them by renewing their items via the
28257 staff client. </para>
28258 <para>To renew items checked out to a patron, you can do one of two things. </para>
28259 <para>The first is to visit their details page or checkout page and review their checkout
28260 summary at the bottom.</para>
28263 <screeninfo>Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
28267 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circsummary.png"/>
28272 <para>In the Renew column you will see how many times each item has been
28273 renewed and a checkbox to renew the item for the patron. Check the boxed
28274 of the items you would like to renew and click the 'Renew or Return
28275 checked items' button, or to renew all items checked out to the patron
28276 simply click the 'Renew all' button.</para>
28279 <screeninfo>Renew buttons</screeninfo>
28283 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewbutton.png"/>
28288 <para>Sometimes renewals will be blocked based on your circulation
28289 rules, to override this block you must have your <link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
28290 preference set to 'Allow'. If you allow renewal limit overrides, you
28291 will see a checkbox at the bottom left of the circulation summary. Check
28292 that box and then choose the items you would like to renew.</para>
28295 <screeninfo>Override renewal limit</screeninfo>
28299 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overriderenew.png"/>
28304 <para>Checking that box will add checkboxes in the renew column above
28305 where before the item was not renewable.</para>
28306 <para>The second option is to visit the 'Renew' page found under the Circulation menu.</para>
28308 <screeninfo>Renew</screeninfo>
28311 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewcirc.png"/>
28315 <para>And scan the barcodes of the items you would like to renew.</para>
28317 <screeninfo>Barcode to renew</screeninfo>
28320 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewbarcode.png"/>
28324 <para>If the item is renewed you will receive a confirmation message.</para>
28326 <screeninfo>Item renewed</screeninfo>
28329 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewed.png"/>
28333 <para>If the barcode is not found you will be presented with an error.</para>
28335 <screeninfo>No barcode found</screeninfo>
28338 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewnomatch.png"/>
28342 <para>If the item is not actually checked out you will also receive an error.</para>
28344 <screeninfo>Item not checked out</screeninfo>
28347 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/renewnotchecked.png"/>
28353 <section id="checkingin">
28354 <title>Check In (Returning)</title>
28356 <para>Checking in items can be performed from various different
28361 <para>The check in box on the top of the main staff client</para>
28364 <screeninfo>Check out box on main Koha Staff Client
28369 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinmain.png"/>
28376 <para>The check in option on the quick search bar on the Circulation
28379 <screeninfo>Check in tab on quick search bar</screeninfo>
28383 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinquickbox.png"/>
28390 <para>The check in link on the patron's checkout summary (and on the
28391 checkout summary page)</para>
28394 <screeninfo>Patron checkout summary includes 'Check In'
28399 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkinlink.png"/>
28406 <para>The Check in page under the Circulation menu</para>
28409 <screeninfo>Check in link on Circulation Module</screeninfo>
28413 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkincirc.png"/>
28420 <section id="checkitemin">
28421 <title>Checking Items In</title>
28423 <para>To check an item in scan the barcode for the item into the box
28424 provided. A summary of all items checked in will appear below the
28428 <screeninfo>Check In Summary</screeninfo>
28432 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkin.png"/>
28437 <para>If you are checking items in that were put in the book drop while the library was
28438 closed you can check the 'Book drop mode' box before scanning items. This will effectively
28439 roll back the returned date to the last date the library was open.</para>
28443 <para>This requires that you have your closings added to the <link linkend="calholidays">Holidays & Calendar Tool </link></para>
28447 <para>You can also choose to forgive all overdue charges for items you
28448 are checking in by checking the 'Forgive overdue charges' box before
28449 scanning items.</para>
28450 <para>If you have the <link linkend="SpecifyReturnDate">SpecifyReturnDate</link> preference
28451 set to 'Allow' you will be able to arbitrarily set the return date from below the check in box.<screenshot>
28452 <screeninfo>Specify check in date</screeninfo>
28455 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SpecifyReturnDate.png"/>
28458 </screenshot></para>
28461 <section id="checkinmsg">
28462 <title>Check In Messages</title>
28464 <para>There are several messages that can appear when checking items
28469 <para>If you are checking an item in at a library other than the
28470 home branch, a message will appear asking you to transfer the book
28471 to the home library</para>
28474 <screeninfo>Check in Transfer Message</screeninfo>
28478 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkintransfer.png"/>
28485 <para>After this item is checked in the status of the item
28486 will be changed in the catalog to 'in transit'</para>
28489 <screeninfo>In Transit Status</screeninfo>
28493 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transferstatus.png"/>
28500 <para>To mark an item as back at the home branch, check the
28501 item in at the home branch</para>
28504 <screeninfo>Check In Transferred Item</screeninfo>
28508 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transfercheckin.png"/>
28515 <para>A message will appear tell you that the item is not
28516 checked out, but the status will now say available in the
28517 catalog. This step is necessary to mark items as received
28518 by the home branch.</para>
28526 <para>If you are checking in an item that should have multiple
28527 parts or pieces a message will appear warning you about the number
28528 of pieces you should have in your hand</para>
28531 <screeninfo>Materials Specified</screeninfo>
28535 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/materialspecified.png"/>
28542 <para>If you're checking an item in that has a hold on it, you
28543 will be prompted to confirm the hold</para>
28546 <screeninfo>Hold Found Check In Message</screeninfo>
28550 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdfound.png"/>
28557 <para>Clicking the Confirm hold button will mark the item as
28558 waiting for pickup from the library</para>
28561 <screeninfo>Hold waiting at the library</screeninfo>
28565 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/waitingstatus.png"/>
28572 <para>Clicking the Print Slip and Confirm button will mark the
28573 item as waiting for pickup at the library and present the
28574 library with a receipt to print and place on the book with the
28575 patron's information</para>
28579 <para>Ignoring the hold will leave the item on hold, but leave
28580 its status as Available (it will not cancel the hold)</para>
28586 <para>If you're checking in an item that has a hold on it at
28587 another branch you will be prompted to confirm and transfer the
28591 <screeninfo>Hold found for another branch</screeninfo>
28595 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirmtransfer.png"/>
28602 <para>Clicking the Confirm hold and Transfer button will mark
28603 the item as in transit to the library where the hold was
28607 <screeninfo>In transit hold status</screeninfo>
28611 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/intransithold.png"/>
28618 <para>Clicking the Print Slip, Transfer and Confirm button
28619 will mark the item as in transit to the library where the hold
28620 was placed and present the library with a receipt to print and
28621 place on the book with the patron's information</para>
28625 <para>Ignoring the hold will leave the item on hold, but leave
28626 its status as Available (it will not cancel the hold)</para>
28632 <para>If you have the system showing you fines at the time of
28633 checkin (<link linkend="FineNotifyAtCheckin">FineNotifyAtCheckin</link>) you will
28634 see a message telling you about the fine and providing you a link
28635 to the payment page for that patron</para>
28638 <screeninfo>FineNotifyAtCheckin</screeninfo>
28642 <imagedata fileref="images/admin/globalprefs/FineNotifyAtCheckin.png"/>
28651 <section id="circmessages">
28652 <title>Circulation Messages</title>
28654 <para>Circulation messages are short messages that librarians can leave
28655 for their patrons or their colleagues that will appear at the time of
28656 circulation.</para>
28658 <section id="setcircmsg">
28659 <title>Setting up Messages</title>
28661 <para>Circulation messages are set up as <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link>. To add or edit
28662 Circulation Messages you want to work with the <link linkend="bornotes">BOR_NOTES</link> value.</para>
28665 <screeninfo>BOR_NOTES Authorized Values</screeninfo>
28669 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/bor_notes.png"/>
28674 <para>The 'Description' field can hold a canned message that you would
28675 like to appear on the patron's record. <important>
28676 <para>The 'Description' field is limited to 80 characters, but the
28677 patron message field can hold more than that. Enter 80 characters
28678 in the 'Description' field and then type the rest on the patron
28680 </important></para>
28683 <section id="addcircmsg">
28684 <title>Adding a Message</title>
28686 <para>When on the patron's check out tab you will see a link to 'Add a
28687 new message' to the right of the check out box.</para>
28690 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in Staff Client</screeninfo>
28694 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/staffmessages.png"/>
28699 <para>When you click 'Add a new message' you will be asked to choose
28700 if the message is for the librarians or the patron and the message you
28701 would like to leave.</para>
28704 <screeninfo>Leave a Circulation Message</screeninfo>
28708 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/leavecircmsg.png"/>
28714 <para>A message for the patron will also show to the library
28719 <section id="viewcircmsg">
28720 <title>Viewing Messages</title>
28722 <para>Circulation messages meant for the staff and/or the patron will
28723 appear on the patron's checkout screen to the right of the checkout
28724 box. Messages in bold and red are meant for the library staff only,
28725 whereas messages in regular italics font are meant for the patron and
28726 the librarian.</para>
28729 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in Staff Client</screeninfo>
28733 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/staffmessages.png"/>
28738 <para>Circulation messages meant for the patron will also appear when
28739 they log into the OPAC.</para>
28742 <screeninfo>Circulation Message in OPAC</screeninfo>
28746 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/opacmsg.png"/>
28753 <section id="holds">
28754 <title>Holds</title>
28756 <para>Koha allows patrons to put things on hold. A 'Hold' is a way to reserve an item.
28757 Depending on your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine rules</link> and <link linkend="circholdspolicy">hold preference</link> settings patrons will be able to place
28758 items on hold for pickup at the library at a later date/time.</para>
28760 <section id="holdsinstaff">
28761 <title>Placing Holds in Staff Client</title>
28763 <para>There are several ways to place holds from the staff client. The
28764 most obvious is using the 'Place Hold' button at the top of any
28765 bibliographic record.</para>
28768 <screeninfo>Place Hold Button on Bib Record</screeninfo>
28772 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdbib.png"/>
28777 <para>You can also click the smaller 'Place Hold' link found at the
28778 top of your catalog search results, or the 'Holds' link found below
28779 each result.</para>
28782 <screeninfo>Hold options on search results</screeninfo>
28786 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdsearch.png"/>
28791 <para>You will be asked to search for a patron by barcode or any part
28792 of their name to start the hold process.</para>
28795 <screeninfo>Find Patron For Hold</screeninfo>
28799 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdfindpatron.png"/>
28804 <para>If you'd like to search for the patron first and then the bib
28805 record for the hold, you can open the patron record and click on the
28806 'Search to Hold' button at the top of the patron record.</para>
28809 <screeninfo>Search to Hold on Patron Record</screeninfo>
28813 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/searchtohold.png"/>
28818 <para>After clicking the button you will be brought to the catalog
28819 search page where you can find the book(s) you want to place a hold
28820 on. Under each title on the results you'll see an option to 'Hold for
28821 Patron Name.'</para>
28824 <screeninfo>Hold for Patron links on Search Results</screeninfo>
28828 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdresults.png"/>
28833 <para>If you want to place a hold on multiple items, simply check the
28834 boxes to the left of them and click the arrow to the right of the
28835 'Place Hold' button.</para>
28838 <screeninfo>Hold Multiple Items for Patron</screeninfo>
28842 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdmultiresults.png"/>
28847 <para>Depending on how many items you choose to place a hold on at
28848 once you will see a different place hold form. If you are placing a
28849 hold on one bibliographic record you will see a list of all of the
28850 items you can place a hold on.</para>
28853 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form</screeninfo>
28857 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdsingle.png"/>
28864 <para>Enter any notes that might apply to this hold</para>
28868 <para>Choose the library where the patron will pick up the
28873 <para>If the patron wants the hold to start on a date other than
28874 today, enter that in the 'Hold starts on date' field</para>
28878 <para>This option will only appear if the <link linkend="AllowHoldDateInFuture">AllowHoldDateInFuture</link>
28879 system preference is set to 'Allow'</para>
28885 <para>If the patron has specified that they don't want the item
28886 after a certain date, or if you have limits on hold lengths, you
28887 can enter an expiration date for the hold in the 'Hold expires on
28892 <para>To have expired holds canceled automatically you will
28893 need to have the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expired
28894 Holds</link> cron job set to run on a regular basis.</para>
28900 <para>Next choose if you want to place a hold on the next
28901 available item or a specific item by clicking the radio button
28902 next to an individual item.</para>
28906 <para>If you're placing a hold on multiple items you will be presented
28907 with the next available option for all titles. If no items are
28908 available for hold it will say so on the confirmation screen.</para>
28911 <screeninfo>Place multiple items on hold</screeninfo>
28915 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/placeholdmultiple.png"/>
28920 <para>Once your hold is placed, if you'd like to have Koha forget that
28921 you used the 'Search to Hold' function, you can choose to have Koha
28922 'forget' the patron's name by clicking the arrow to the right of the
28923 'Place Hold' button on the search results and choosing the 'Forget'
28927 <screeninfo>Forget Search to Hold Option</screeninfo>
28931 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/forgethold.png"/>
28937 <section id="manageholds">
28938 <title>Managing Holds</title>
28940 <para>Holds can be altered and canceled from the Holds tab found on
28941 the left of the bibliographic record.</para>
28944 <screeninfo>Bibliographic Record Tabs</screeninfo>
28948 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdtab.png"/>
28953 <para>From the list of holds you can change the order of the holds,
28954 the pickup location, suspend and/or cancel the hold.</para>
28957 <screeninfo>Lists of Holds</screeninfo>
28961 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdslist.png"/>
28967 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
28968 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
28969 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
28973 <para>Depending on how you have your <link linkend="HidePatronName">HidePatronName</link> system preference set
28974 the list may show card numbers instead of names in the Patron column
28975 like in the image above.</para>
28978 <para>To rearrange or delete holds, simply make a selection from the
28979 'Priority' pull down or click the arrows to the right of the priority
28983 <screeninfo>Hold Priority Menu</screeninfo>
28987 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdpriority.png"/>
28992 <para>If you use the priority pull down to rearrange or delete holds
28993 you will need to click the 'Update hold(s)' button to save your
28996 <para>Clicking the down arrow to the right of the hold will stick the
28997 hold at the bottom of the list even if more requests are made.</para>
28999 <para>For example, your library has home-bound patrons that are
29000 allowed to keep books out for months at a time. It would not be fair
29001 to other patrons if a home-bound patron were able to check out a brand
29002 new book and keep it for months. For this reason, the home-bound
29003 patron's hold request would stay at the bottom of the queue until
29004 everyone else who wanted to read that book has already done so.</para>
29007 <screeninfo>Lowest Priority & Delete Options for
29012 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/lowestpriority.png"/>
29017 <para>If a patron asks to have their hold suspended and you have the
29018 <link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link>
29019 system preference set to 'allow' you can do so by clicking the Suspend
29020 button to far right. If the patron gives you a date for the items to
29021 become unsuspended you can enter that in the date box and click the
29022 'Update hold(s)' button to save your changes.</para>
29025 <screeninfo>Hold suspension column</screeninfo>
29029 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/suspendholds.png"/>
29034 <para>To delete or cancel a hold click the red 'X' to the right of the
29035 hold line. To delete/cancel a bunch of holds you can choose 'del' from
29036 pull down to the left of each line and then click 'Update hold(s)' at
29037 the bottom of the list.</para>
29040 <screeninfo>Cancel Holds</screeninfo>
29044 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/cancelholds.png"/>
29050 <section id="receiveholds">
29051 <title>Receiving Holds</title>
29053 <para>When items that are on hold are <link linkend="checkingin">checked in</link> or <link linkend="checkingout">out</link> the system will remind the circulation librarian that
29054 the item is on hold and offer them options for managing the hold.</para>
29056 <para>When you check in an item that has a hold on it the system will
29057 ask you to either confirm and transfer the item</para>
29060 <screeninfo>Confirm Hold & Transfer</screeninfo>
29064 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirmtransfer.png"/>
29069 <para>or just confirm the hold</para>
29072 <screeninfo>Confirm Hold</screeninfo>
29076 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdconfirm.png"/>
29081 <para>Clicking the Confirm button will mark the item as on hold for
29082 the patron. If the item needs to be transferred the item will also be
29083 marked as in transit to the proper branch. Clicking 'Ignore' will
29084 retain the hold, but allow you to check the item out to another
29085 patron. Choosing to confirm and print will present you with a
29086 printable page that you can slip inside the book with the necessary
29087 hold and/or transfer information.</para>
29089 <para>Once confirmed the hold will show on the patron record and on
29090 the checkout screen under the 'Hold' tab.</para>
29093 <screeninfo>Hold on Patron Record</screeninfo>
29097 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdpatronrec.png"/>
29102 <para>The item record will also show that the item is on hold.</para>
29105 <screeninfo>Hold on Item Record</screeninfo>
29109 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holditem.png"/>
29114 <para>In some cases a patron may come in to pick up a hold for their
29115 partner (or someone else in their household). In this case you want to
29116 make sure that the hold is cancelled when you check the item out to
29117 someone else. When trying to check out an item that is already waiting
29118 for someone else you will be presented with a warning message.</para>
29121 <screeninfo>Hold waiting for someone else</screeninfo>
29125 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdwaitingwarn.png"/>
29130 <para>From here you can check the item out to the patron at the desk
29131 and cancel the hold for the patron.</para>
29135 <section id="transfers">
29136 <title>Transfers</title>
29138 <para>If you work in a multi-branch system you can transfer items from one library to another
29139 by using the Transfer tool.<itemizedlist>
29141 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there</emphasis>: Circulation > Transfer</para>
29143 </itemizedlist></para>
29144 <para>To transfer an item</para>
29148 <para>Click 'Transfer' on the Circulation page</para>
29151 <screeninfo>Transfer Tool</screeninfo>
29155 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transfer.png"/>
29162 <para>Enter the library you would like to transfer the item
29167 <para>Scan or type the barcode on the item you would like to
29174 <para>Click 'Submit'</para>
29177 <screeninfo>Transfer Summary</screeninfo>
29181 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemtransferred.png"/>
29188 <para>The item will now say that it is in transit</para>
29191 <screeninfo>Item in Transit</screeninfo>
29195 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemintransit.png"/>
29202 <para>When the item arrives at the other branch the librarian must
29203 check the item in to acknowledge that it is no longer in
29208 <para>The item will not be permanently moved to the new
29212 <screeninfo>Item record</screeninfo>
29216 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/itemlocations.png"/>
29223 <para>The item shows the same 'Home Library' but has updated the
29224 'Current Location' to note where it resides at this time</para>
29231 <section id="setlibrary">
29232 <title>Set Library</title>
29234 <para>By default you will enter the staff client as if you are at your
29235 home library. This library will appear in the top right of the Staff
29239 <screeninfo>My Library</screeninfo>
29243 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/mylibrary.png"/>
29248 <para>This is the library that all circulation transactions will take
29249 place at. If you are at another library (or on a bookmobile) you will
29250 want to set your library before you start circulating items. To do this
29251 you can click 'Set' at the top right or on the Circulation page.</para>
29254 <screeninfo>Set Library Form</screeninfo>
29258 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/setlibrary.png"/>
29263 <para>Once you have saved your changes you new library will appear in
29264 the top right.</para>
29267 <section id="fastaddcat">
29268 <title>Fast Add Cataloging</title>
29270 <para>Sometimes circulation librarians need to quickly add a record to
29271 the system for an item they are about to check out. This is called 'Fast
29272 Add.' To allow circulation librarians access to the Fast Add Cataloging
29273 tool, simply make sure they have the <link linkend="fastaddpermissions">fast_cataloging</link> permissions. There
29274 are two ways to add titles via fast add. If you know that you're about
29275 to check out an item that isn't in you catalog you can go to the
29276 Circulation module and click 'Fast cataloging.'</para>
29279 <screeninfo>Circulation Menu</screeninfo>
29283 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/circmenu.png"/>
29288 <para>The cataloging interface will open up with the short cataloging
29292 <screeninfo>Fast Add Framework</screeninfo>
29296 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastadd.png"/>
29301 <para>After adding your cataloging data you will be asked to enter item
29302 data. Enter the items barcode, collection code, etc and save the item
29303 before checking it out.</para>
29305 <para>The other way to fast catalog is from the checkout screen. When
29306 you enter a barcode at checkout that Koha can't find, it will prompt you
29307 to use fast cataloging to add the item to Koha and check it out.</para>
29310 <screeninfo>Barcode not found</screeninfo>
29314 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/barcodefastadd.png"/>
29319 <para>Clicking 'Fast cataloging' will bring you to the fast cataloging
29320 form where you can enter the title information</para>
29323 <screeninfo>Fast cataloging</screeninfo>
29327 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastaddbarcode.png"/>
29332 <para>After clicking 'Save' you will be brought to the item record where
29333 the barcode will already be filled in with the barcode you're trying to
29337 <screeninfo>Fast cataloging item record</screeninfo>
29341 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastadditem.png"/>
29346 <para>After clicking the 'Add item' button the item will automatically
29347 be checked out the patron you were trying to check the book out to
29351 <screeninfo>Checked out item</screeninfo>
29355 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/fastaddcheckedout.png"/>
29361 <section id="circreports">
29362 <title>Circulation Reports</title>
29364 <para>Most reports can be found vai the Reports module, but some of the more common
29365 circulation reports are available right from the Circulation module.<itemizedlist>
29367 <para><emphasis role="italic">Get there</emphasis>: Circulation > Circulation
29370 </itemizedlist></para>
29372 <section id="holdsqueue">
29373 <title>Holds Queue</title>
29375 <para>This report will show you all of the holds at your
29379 <screeninfo>Sample Holds Queue</screeninfo>
29383 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdsqueue.png"/>
29388 <para>To generate this report, you must have the <link linkend="buildholdscron">Build Holds Queue cron job</link> running.
29389 This cron job is a script that should be run periodically if your
29390 library system allows borrowers to place on-shelf holds. This script
29391 decides which library should be responsible for fulfilling a given
29392 hold request.</para>
29394 <para>It's behavior is controlled by the system preferences <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link> and <link linkend="holdqueueweight">RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
29396 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate in the
29397 on-shelf holds fulfillment process, you should list the the libraries
29398 that *do* participate in the process here by inputting all the
29399 participating library's branchcodes, separated by commas ( e.g.
29400 "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
29402 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that the
29403 system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items already at
29404 the pickup library if possible. If there are no items available at the
29405 pickup library to fill a hold, build_holds_queue.pl will then use the
29406 list of libraries defined in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If
29407 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is disabled ( which it is by default ), the
29408 script will assign fulfillment requests in the order the branches are
29409 placed in the StaticHoldsQueueWeight system preference.</para>
29411 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of varying
29412 sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the burden of holds
29413 fulfillment to be on larger libraries before smaller libraries, you
29414 would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to look something like
29415 "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
29417 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread out
29418 equally throughout your library system, simply enable
29419 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is enabled, the
29420 order in which libraries will be requested to fulfill an on-shelf hold
29421 will be randomized each time the list is regenerated.</para>
29423 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated at this
29424 time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script to ignore
29425 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to request hold
29426 fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical order.</para>
29429 <section id="holdspull">
29430 <title>Holds to pull</title>
29432 <para>This report will show you all of the items that have holds on
29433 them that are available at the library for pulling. If the items are
29434 available at multiple branches then all branches with that item
29435 available will see the hold to pull until one library triggers the
29439 <screeninfo>Holds to Pull</screeninfo>
29443 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdstopull.png"/>
29448 <para>You can limit the results you see by using the Refine box on the
29449 left side of the page:</para>
29452 <screeninfo>Refine Holds to Pull Report</screeninfo>
29456 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/refineholdstopull.png"/>
29462 <section id="holdspickup">
29463 <title>Holds awaiting pickup</title>
29465 <para>This report will show all of the holds that are waiting for
29466 patrons to pick them up.</para>
29469 <screeninfo>Holds Awaiting Pickup</screeninfo>
29473 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdspickup.png"/>
29478 <para>Items that have been on the hold shelf longer than you normally
29479 allow (based on the <link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
29480 preference value) will appear on the 'Holds Over' tab, they will not
29481 automatically be cancelled unless you have set the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">cron job</link> to do that for you, but you
29482 can cancel all holds using the button at the top of the list.</para>
29485 <screeninfo>Items waiting on the hold shelf too long</screeninfo>
29489 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdspickupover.png"/>
29495 <section id="holdratios">
29496 <title>Hold ratios</title>
29498 <para>Hold ratios help with collection development. Using this report
29499 you will be able to see how many of your patrons have holds on items
29500 and whether you should buy more. By default it will be set to the
29501 library needing 3 items per hold that has been placed. The report will
29502 tell you how many additional items need to be purchased to meet this
29506 <screeninfo>Hold Ratios</screeninfo>
29510 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/holdratio.png"/>
29516 <section id="transferstoreceive">
29517 <title>Transfers to receive</title>
29519 <para>This report will list all of the items that Koha thinks are in
29520 transit to your library.</para>
29523 <screeninfo>Transfers to Receive</screeninfo>
29527 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transitreceive.png"/>
29532 <para>If your transfers are late in arriving at your library you will
29533 see a message stating how late your items are.</para>
29536 <screeninfo>Late transfers include warning messages</screeninfo>
29540 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/transferlate.png"/>
29546 <para>An item is considered late based on the number of days you
29547 have entered in the <link linkend="TransfersMaxDaysWarning">TransfersMaxDaysWarning</link>
29548 system preference.</para>
29552 <section id="overduesreport">
29553 <title>Overdues</title>
29556 <para>For libraries with a large patron base, this report may take a
29557 significant amount of time to run.</para>
29561 <para>Large libraries can choose to filter the report before it runs
29562 by setting the <link linkend="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">FilterBeforeOverdueReport</link>
29563 system preference to 'Require'.</para>
29566 <para>This report will list all items that are overdue at your
29570 <screeninfo>Overdues List</screeninfo>
29574 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overdues.png"/>
29579 <para>The report can be filtered using the menu options found on the left of the report.<note>
29580 <para>The 'Show any items currently checked out' checkbox basically switches this from a
29581 report of overdues to a report of checkouts. It will show all titles checked out
29582 regardless of due date.</para>
29586 <section id="overduesfines">
29587 <title>Overdues with fines</title>
29589 <para>This report will show you any overdues at your library that have
29590 accrued fines on them.</para>
29593 <screeninfo>Overdues with fines</screeninfo>
29597 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/overduewfines.png"/>
29602 <para>If you would like to limit the report you can use the pull down
29603 menu at the top to limit to a specific shelving location at your
29604 branch. To see overdues with fines at other branches you will have to
29605 <link linkend="setlibrary">change your branch</link> or log in at that
29607 <para>If you do not charge fines and/or don't have the <link linkend="finescronjob">fines cron job</link> running you will see
29608 no data on this report.</para>
29609 </important></para>
29611 <section id="pendingonsite">
29612 <title>Pending on-site checkouts</title>
29613 <para>If you are using the on site checkouts functionality (<link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts"
29614 >OnSiteCheckouts</link>) then you'll have a report to view all items that are currently
29615 checked out on site.<screenshot>
29616 <screeninfo>Pending onsite checkouts</screeninfo>
29619 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/pendingonsite.png"/>
29622 </screenshot></para>
29623 <para>This will list the due date (overdues in red), who has the item, item information and
29624 what library the item is at.</para>
29628 <section id="trackinhouse">
29629 <title>Tracking In house Use</title>
29631 <para>Many libraries track the use of items within the library. <note>
29632 <para>This is different from tracking on site usage. In house use is the use of items in
29633 the library by patrons without them having to check them out. On site use is the use of
29634 items on site that must first be checked out. To learn more about on site usage please
29635 review the <link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> preference.</para>
29637 <para>Tracking the use of items in the library without checking them out can be done in Koha
29638 one of two ways. The first is to create one or more <link linkend="addstatspatron"
29639 >Statistical Patrons</link>. When collecting items that have been used within the library,
29640 you will want to check them out to your statistical patron:</para>
29643 <screeninfo>Check Out Items to Stats Patron</screeninfo>
29647 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/checkoutinhouse.png"/>
29652 <para>Instead of marking the item as 'checked out' the system will
29653 record that the item was used in house:</para>
29656 <screeninfo>Local Use Recorded</screeninfo>
29660 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/localuserecorded.png"/>
29665 <para>Repeat these steps for all items that have been used within the
29666 library to keep accurate statistics for item use.</para>
29668 <para>The other way to record local use of items is to set your <link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link>
29669 preference to 'Record.' Then whenever you check an item in that is not
29670 checked out and not on hold a local use will be recorded.</para>
29673 <screeninfo>Local Use Recorded</screeninfo>
29677 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/localusecheckin.png"/>
29683 <para>If you have <link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link> set to
29684 'Record' you can still use your statistical patrons to record local
29685 use as well.</para>
29689 <section id="processinglocations">
29690 <title>In Processing / Book Cart Locations</title>
29692 <para>Koha allows for handling temporary locations like the processing
29693 center and/or book carts throughout the library. For this feature to
29694 work you must first make sure you have <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized values</link> set in the <link linkend="shelvelocvals">LOC</link> category for PROC (Processing Center)
29695 and CART (Book Cart).</para>
29698 <screeninfo>CART & PROC values in LOC</screeninfo>
29702 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/LOCvalues.png"/>
29707 <para>Next you need to set the <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link> system
29708 preference to PROC. This will set the new items to the Processing Center
29709 as their default location.</para>
29711 <para>When creating items you enter in their desired final shelving location and Koha will
29712 temporarily change that to PROC. If <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart"
29713 >InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> is set to "Don't move" then when an item with a
29714 location of PROC is checked in it will either automatically update the item to use the
29715 permanent location. If <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart"
29716 >InProcessingToShelvingCart</link> is set to "Move" then when an item is checked in the
29717 location is changed from PROC to CART.</para>
29719 <para>A <link linkend="proccartcron">cron job</link> is then set to run at specified
29720 intervals to age items from CART to the permanent shelving location. (For example, an hourly
29721 cron entry of cart_to_shelf.pl --hours 3 where --hours is the amount of time an item should
29722 spend on the cart before aging to its permanent location.)</para>
29726 <para>If the <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link>
29727 system preference is set to "Move", any newly checked-in item is also automatically
29728 put into the shelving cart, to be covered by the same script run.</para>
29733 <para>Checkins with confirmed holds will not go into the shelving cart. If items
29734 on the shelving cart are checked out, the cart location will be
29741 <section id="selfcheckout">
29742 <title>Self Checkout</title>
29744 <para>Koha comes with a very basic self checkout module. To enable this
29745 module you need to set the <link linkend="WebBasedSelfCheck">WebBasedSelfCheck</link> preference to
29746 'Enable.' To use this module you have to log in as a <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff member</link> with <link linkend="patronpermissions">circulation permissions</link>.</para>
29749 <para>Create a <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff patron</link>
29750 specifically for this action so that you don't leave a real staff
29751 client logged into a computer all day</para>
29754 <para>There is no link to the Self Checkout module, but a simple
29755 addition to the <link linkend="intranetuserjs">intranetuserjs</link>
29756 system preference can add one.</para>
29758 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){ $("#login
29759 #submit").parent().after("<p><a
29760 href=\"http://YOUR_KOHA_OPAC_URL/cgi-bin/koha/sco/sco-main.pl\"
29761 target=\"_blank\">Self-Checkout</a></p>"); }); </programlisting>
29764 <para>The code above has line breaks added to make it more readable,
29765 please be sure to enter the above as one line in when putting it in
29766 the system preference.</para>
29769 <para>The link will then appear at the bottom of the log in page:</para>
29772 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Link on Staff Login</screeninfo>
29776 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutlink.png"/>
29781 <para>You can also access this module by going to :
29782 http://YOUR_KOHA_OPAC_URL/cgi-bin/koha/sco/sco-main.pl</para>
29784 <para>When on the self checkout page depending on your value in the
29785 <link linkend="SelfCheckoutByLogin">SelfCheckoutByLogin</link>
29786 preference you will be asked to enter you cardnumber</para>
29789 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Patron Card Number</screeninfo>
29793 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckout.png"/>
29798 <para>or your username and password:</para>
29801 <screeninfo>Shelf checkout by login</screeninfo>
29805 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/SelfCheckoutByLogin.png"/>
29810 <para>Once you're logged in to the self check module you will be asked
29811 to scan the items you are checking out</para>
29814 <screeninfo>Self Checkout</screeninfo>
29818 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutuser.png"/>
29823 <para>As you scan items they will appear below the barcode box</para>
29826 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Summary</screeninfo>
29830 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutsummary.png"/>
29835 <para>When you are finished scanning items it is important to click the 'Finish' button. This
29836 will prompt you to print a receipt and log you out of the self check module.</para>
29838 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Receipt</screeninfo>
29841 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfreceiptprint.png"/>
29846 <para>When attempting to check items out there are some instances where
29847 error messages will appear and the patron will be directed to the
29848 librarian. This will happen even if you are allowing overrides on
29849 circulation functions. Only a librarian can override a circulation block
29850 and so patrons must go to the librarian for help in these
29854 <screeninfo>Self Checkout Error Message</screeninfo>
29858 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/selfcheckoutfines.png"/>
29864 <section id="offlinecirc">
29865 <title>Offline Circulation Utilities</title>
29866 <para>Koha allows for you to continue circulation actions while offline by using any one of
29867 three utilities.</para>
29868 <section id="kohaofflinecirc">
29869 <title>Offline Circulation in Koha</title>
29870 <para>If the <link linkend="AllowOfflineCirculation">AllowOfflineCirculation</link>
29871 preference is set to 'Enable' the library staff can continue to perform circulation
29872 actions within Koha when the system is offline. You will want to visit
29873 http://your-koha-staff-client-url/cgi-bin/koha/circ/offline.pl at least once while online
29874 and bookmark that page. That is the page you will go to when you are offline.</para>
29876 <para>The offline interface uses HTML LocalStorage, which depending on the browser and
29877 user setting, is limited to 2.5MB or 5MB per domain. This means that larger systems will
29878 not be able to syncronize their data and are recommended to use either the <link
29879 linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox</link> or <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc"
29880 >Windows</link> application for offline circulation.</para>
29882 <section id="kohaofflinesetup">
29883 <title id="offlinesetup">Setup</title>
29884 <para>Before the first time the system goes offline go to Circulation and choose 'Built-in
29885 offline circulation interface'</para>
29887 <screeninfo>Built-in offline circulation interface</screeninfo>
29890 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirc.png"/>
29894 <para>And synchronize your data on every circulation computer by clicking the
29895 'Synchronize' link on the right of the screen.</para>
29897 <screeninfo>Synchronize data</screeninfo>
29900 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/syncoffline.png"/>
29905 <para>The offline interface uses HTML LocalStorage, which depending on the browser and
29906 user setting, is limited to 2.5MB or 5MB per domain. This means that larger systems
29907 will not be able to syncronize their data and are recommended to use either the <link
29908 linkend="firefoxofflinecirc">Firefox</link> or <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc"
29909 >Windows</link> application for offline circulation.</para>
29911 <para>This will allow you download a local copy of your patrons and circulation data.
29912 Click the 'Download records' link at the top of the page to synchronize your data.</para>
29914 <screeninfo>Download records for offline use</screeninfo>
29917 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/downloadoffline.png"/>
29921 <para>Once your data is downloaded you will see the dates your data was last synced to the
29922 right of each data set.<screenshot>
29923 <screeninfo>Synced offline data</screeninfo>
29926 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/syncedoffline.png"/>
29929 </screenshot>This should be done regularly in preparation for any unexpected connection
29932 <section id="kohaofflinecirculating">
29933 <title id="offlinecirculating">Circulating</title>
29934 <para>When your system goes offline visit the Offline Circulation page
29935 (http://your-koha-staff-client-url/cgi-bin/koha/circ/offline.pl) in Koha and click
29936 'Check out' or 'Check in' to perform offline actions.</para>
29937 <para>Checking out is done by searching for the patron by barcode or name at the top of
29938 the 'Check out' screen. After selecting a patron you will be presented with the synced
29939 patron info, including fines and check outs.</para>
29941 <screeninfo>Check out offline</screeninfo>
29944 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecheckout.png"/>
29948 <para>Scan the barcode of the item you would like to check out and enter a due date. If
29949 you don't enter a due date Koha will prompt you for one.</para>
29951 <screeninfo>Offline due date</screeninfo>
29954 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlineduedate.png"/>
29958 <para>Once the item is checked out it will appear below the patron's info.</para>
29960 <screeninfo>Offline checkouts</screeninfo>
29963 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecheckouts.png"/>
29969 <section id="kohaofflineupload">
29970 <title>Koha Offline Uploading</title>
29971 <para>Once the system is back online visit the Synchronize page on the Offline Circulation
29972 module and click 'Upload transactions'</para>
29974 <screeninfo>Upload transactions</screeninfo>
29977 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlineupload.png"/>
29981 <para>After the files are uploaded you can click 'View pending offline circulation
29982 actions' on the right.</para>
29984 <screeninfo>View pending offline circulation actions</screeninfo>
29987 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/viewkohaoffline.png"/>
29991 <para>After clicking 'View pending offline circulation actions' you will be brought to a
29992 summary of all of the actions you loaded in to Koha in your *.koc file.</para>
29994 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
29997 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
30003 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation computers are loaded you will
30004 be able to check them all or select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
30007 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one by
30008 one. For each transaction, the status will change to:<itemizedlist>
30010 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed correctly</para>
30013 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is incorrect</para>
30016 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is wrong</para>
30019 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available item</para>
30021 </itemizedlist></para>
30024 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your transactions</para>
30026 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
30029 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
30036 <section id="firefoxofflinecirc">
30040 <firstname>Franois</firstname>
30041 <surname>Charbonnier</surname>
30043 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
30048 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
30049 <surname>Engard</surname>
30050 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
30054 <pubdate>2012</pubdate>
30056 <title>Firefox Plugin</title>
30058 <para>There is an offline circulation tool that you can add to your Firefox browser as an
30059 addon. To do so, just go to <ulink url="https://addons.mozilla.org/en/firefox/addon/koct/"
30060 >https://addons.mozilla.org/en/firefox/addon/koct/</ulink> page and click on the
30061 "install now" button. You may have to confirm the installation, just click on "install
30062 now" and then restart Firefox to complete the installation.</para>
30064 <para>Once you have installed the plugins and restarted Firefox, you will see the Koha logo
30065 in the download bar at the bottom right of Firefox.</para>
30068 <screeninfo>Koha Icon on Add-on Bar</screeninfo>
30072 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctstatusbar.png"/>
30077 <para>A click on the logo will open the tool in its own window.</para>
30080 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circ Tool</screeninfo>
30084 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koct.png"/>
30089 <para>The plugin consists of four tabs:</para>
30093 <para>The Check Out tab is where you check out items</para>
30097 <para>The Check In tab is where you check in items</para>
30101 <para>The Log tab keeps track of every transaction done while in
30102 offline mode</para>
30106 <para>The log will keep information until you empty it. Each
30107 time you open the plugin and it contains data in the log it
30108 will warn you</para>
30111 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circ Warning</screeninfo>
30115 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctwarn.png"/>
30120 <para>If you'd like to clear the log, check the 'I want to
30121 delete rows' box before hitting the 'OK' button. Otherwise
30122 clicking 'OK' will keep the items in the log and let you
30123 continue working with the tool.</para>
30129 <para>The Param tab is to set up the plugin</para>
30133 <para>The first thing you want to do then is to set up the plugin. Go
30134 to the Param tab to set up the plugin</para>
30137 <screeninfo>Koha Offline CIrc Params</screeninfo>
30141 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctparam.png"/>
30146 <para>Answer the 4 questions presented:</para>
30150 <para>Server = the URL of the librarian interface</para>
30154 <para>Branch Code = the code for the branch where you are
30159 <para>Username = your staff account login</para>
30163 <para>Password = your staff account password</para>
30168 <para>To save the settings, you will have to close the plugin
30169 window and re-open it by clicking again on the Koha logo in the
30172 <para>You can create a staff account dedicated to the offline
30173 circulation. So that, no matter who is at the circulation desk,
30174 they can all use the same login. Along those lines, you can use a
30175 group login that you already have in place for circulation as
30177 </note>Once you have everything set up you can start checking items
30180 <para>Checking out:</para>
30183 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Check Out</screeninfo>
30187 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koct.png"/>
30194 <para>Go to the Check Out tab</para>
30198 <para>Scan the patron barcode</para>
30202 <para>Scan the item barcode</para>
30206 <para>Click 'Save'</para>
30210 <para>Checking in:</para>
30213 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Check In</screeninfo>
30217 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctcheckin.png"/>
30224 <para>Go to the Check In tab</para>
30228 <para>Scan the item barcode</para>
30232 <para>Click Save</para>
30236 <para>Each time, you check out or check in an item, a new transaction
30237 is recorded in the local plugin database and you will see, at the
30238 bottom of the plugin how many transactions has been made during the
30239 offline circulation. For example, "10 Row(s) Added" means you did 10
30240 transactions.</para>
30243 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Tool Count</screeninfo>
30247 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctcount.png"/>
30252 <para>Then, if you want an overview of every transaction, go to the
30253 Log tab. This tab will show you the transactions in the plugin
30257 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Log</screeninfo>
30261 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctlog.png"/>
30267 <para>The status will be "Local." as long as you are offline and
30268 don't process the transactions into Koha.</para>
30269 </note>When your Internet connection comes back up you will want to
30270 get these transactions in to Koha. Before processing these
30271 transactions you should be aware of a few issues.</para>
30273 <para>Because you are not connected to your Koha database when using
30274 this plugin holds will need additional processing. If an item you
30275 check in while offline has a hold, the hold is kept on the item.
30276 Since, you can't confirm holds found during the processing of every
30277 check in, the holds stay on the item and will need to be managed
30278 later. If you only checked in a few items you can just keep a record
30279 of them all. If you checked in a lot of items you can use the Holds
30280 Queue once it rebuilds to see what holds made it to the shelf
30281 erroneously.</para>
30283 <para>Similarly, if an patron card was expired, the offline
30284 circulation tool won't know about it, so the checkout will be recorded
30285 regardless of the patron's account being blocked normally.</para>
30287 <para>You have two options for adding this data to Koha</para>
30291 <para>Commit to Koha</para>
30295 <para>If you checked in/out on more than one computer at the
30296 same time, what you want is to process every transaction
30297 consistently. Let's say for instance that one patron checked a
30298 book out on one computer and then checked the same book in on
30299 another computer. To be consistent, you need to record the
30300 check out first and then the check in. Not the opposite! To do
30301 so, you need to group every transaction in one place, sort
30302 them all and then, process everything. So, you need to use the
30303 "Commit to Koha" option from every plugin/computer you worked
30304 with. This way, the log will go to Koha and be accessible from
30305 the Offline Circulation page.</para>
30308 <screeninfo>Circulation Menu</screeninfo>
30312 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclink.png"/>
30319 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Circulation > Pending offline circulation
30323 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
30327 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
30334 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation
30335 computers are loaded you will be able to check them all or
30336 select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
30340 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one
30341 by one. For each transaction, the status will change to:</para>
30345 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed
30350 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is
30355 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is
30360 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available
30367 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your
30368 transactions</para>
30371 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
30375 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
30384 <para>Apply directly</para>
30388 <para>If you performed all of the circulation actions on one
30389 computer then everything is sorted already so you can choose
30390 to "Apply directly"</para>
30394 <para>The status column will be updated to let you know if the
30395 transactions were applied</para>
30399 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed
30404 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is
30409 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is
30414 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available
30421 <para>Once you're finished you can review all of the items
30422 right in the Log tab</para>
30425 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Apply
30426 Directly</screeninfo>
30430 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctdirectly.png"/>
30439 <para>Once you are done you can clear the log by clicking Clear. If
30440 you don't you will be warned the next time you open the Offline
30441 Circulation tool.</para>
30444 <screeninfo>Koha Offline Circulation Tool Warning</screeninfo>
30448 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/koctwarn.png"/>
30454 <section id="windowsofflinecirc">
30455 <title>Offline Circ Tool for Windows</title>
30457 <para>The Offline Circulation Utility can be downloaded at: <ulink url="http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/koha-offline-circulation/">http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/koha-offline-circulation/</ulink></para>
30458 <para>To generate a borrowers.db file for loading in to the Windows tool you will need to
30459 run the <link linkend="offlinecirccron">file generator via a cron job</link>.</para>
30460 <section id="uploadofflinecirc">
30461 <title>Upload Offline Circ File</title>
30462 <para>The <link linkend="windowsofflinecirc">offline circulation tool for Windows</link>
30463 will generate a KOC file that you can upload into Koha once your system comes back
30465 <para>On the Circulation menu click 'Upload offline circulation file (.koc)'</para>
30467 <screeninfo>Circulation menu</screeninfo>
30470 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclink.png"/>
30474 <para>Browse your computer for the *.koc file</para>
30476 <screeninfo>Upload KOC File</screeninfo>
30479 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/uploadofflinecirc.png"/>
30483 <para>Once the file is uploaded, click the process the file</para>
30485 <screeninfo>Process offline circulation file</screeninfo>
30488 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/processoffline.png"/>
30492 <para>When this is complete you'll be able to upload another file or tend to pending
30493 offline circulation actions.</para>
30495 <screeninfo>Summary of offline actions</screeninfo>
30498 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinesummary.png"/>
30502 <para>After clicking 'View pending offline circulation actions' you will be brought to a
30503 summary of all of the actions you loaded in to Koha in your *.koc file.</para>
30505 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation</screeninfo>
30508 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecirclog.png"/>
30514 <para>Once all of the logs from all of the circulation computers are loaded you will
30515 be able to check them all or select just those you want to process into Koha.</para>
30518 <para>Click on the Process button and Koha will record every stored transaction one by
30519 one. For each transaction, the status will change to:<itemizedlist>
30521 <para>"Success." if the transaction was processed correctly</para>
30524 <para>"Borrower not found." if the borrower card number is incorrect</para>
30527 <para>"Item not found." if the item barcode is wrong</para>
30530 <para>"Item not issued." if you checked in an available item</para>
30532 </itemizedlist></para>
30535 <para>Once finished you will have a summary of all of your transactions</para>
30537 <screeninfo>Offline Circulation Summary</screeninfo>
30540 <imagedata fileref="images/circ/offlinecircsuccess.png"/>
30549 <chapter id="cataloging">
30550 <title>Cataloging</title>
30552 <para>Before you start cataloging in Koha you're going to want to do some
30553 basic setup. Refer to the <link linkend="implementation">Implementation
30554 Checklist</link> for a full list of these things. Most importantly you're
30555 going to want to make sure that your <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Frameworks</link> are all defined the way you
30556 want. Once in the cataloging module you will not be able to add or remove
30557 fields and subfields so your frameworks must be ready before you start
30559 <para>You can also use OCLC Connexion to send records directly in to Koha. For more information
30560 on that please review the <link linkend="oclcappendix">OCLC Connexion Setup
30561 appendix</link>.</para>
30565 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Cataloging</para>
30569 <section id="catbibs">
30570 <title>Bibliographic Records</title>
30572 <para>In Koha the bibliographic record contains the main information
30573 related to the material. This includes things like the title, author,
30574 ISBN, etc. This information is stored in Koha in Marc (different flavors
30575 of Marc are supported in Koha). Once this information is saved, <link linkend="catitems">items or holdings</link> can be attached.</para>
30577 <section id="addbibrec">
30578 <title>Adding Records</title>
30580 <para>Records can be added to Koha via original or copy cataloging. If
30581 you would like to catalog a record using a blank template</para>
30585 <para>Click 'New Record'</para>
30588 <screeninfo>New Record Menu</screeninfo>
30592 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newfromframework.png"/>
30599 <para>Choose the framework you would like to base your record
30606 <para>If you want to catalog a record based on an existing record at
30607 another library</para>
30611 <para>Click 'New from Z39.50/SRU'</para>
30614 <screeninfo>Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
30618 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/zsearch.png"/>
30625 <para>Search for the item you would like to catalog</para>
30630 <para>If no results are found, try searching for fewer
30631 fields, not all Z39.50 targets can search all of the
30632 fields above.</para>
30639 <para>Search targets can be altered by using the <link linkend="z3950admin">Z39.50 Admin</link> area.</para>
30643 <para>From the results you can view the MARC or Card view for
30644 the records or choose to Import them into Koha</para>
30647 <screeninfo>Z39.50 Search Results</screeninfo>
30651 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/zsearchresults.png"/>
30658 <para>In addition to the Import link to the right of each
30659 title, you can click on the title you're interested in and
30660 a menu will pop up with links to preview the record and
30664 <screeninfo>Import Link Popup on Z39.50 Search
30665 Results</screeninfo>
30669 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/importz39.png"/>
30676 <para>If you don't find the title you need in your Z39.50
30677 search results you can click the 'Try Another Search'
30678 button at the bottom left of your results</para>
30681 <screeninfo>Try another search</screeninfo>
30685 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/tryanotherzsearch.png"/>
30696 <para>Once you've opened a blank framework or imported a record via
30697 Z39.50 you will be presented with the form to continue
30701 <screeninfo>Add MARC Record</screeninfo>
30705 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/addmarc.png"/>
30712 <para>If you would rather not see the MARC tag numbers you can change the value in your
30713 <link linkend="hide_marc">hide_marc</link> system preference or each user can check
30714 the box next to 'Show tags' at the top of the editor.</para>
30717 <para>To expand a collapsed tag click on the tag description</para>
30721 <para>To get help from the Library of Congress on a Marc tag click
30722 the question mark (?) to the right of each field number</para>
30726 <para>If you feel that this clutters the screen you can hide
30727 the question marks by unchecking the box next to the 'Show
30728 MARC tag documentation links' note at the top right of the
30732 <screeninfo>Show MARC tag documentation links
30733 checkbox</screeninfo>
30737 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/marcdoclinks.png"/>
30746 <para>Sometimes fields may not be editable due to the value in
30747 your <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link>
30748 system preference. If you have this preference set to not allow
30749 catalogers to type in fields controlled by authorities you may see
30750 a lock symbol to the left of the field.</para>
30753 <screeninfo>Authority fields locked against editing</screeninfo>
30757 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/lockedauthority.png"/>
30764 <para>If this icon appears you must click the icon to the
30765 right of the field to search for an existing authority.</para>
30768 <screeninfo>Search for authority</screeninfo>
30772 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catauthoritysearch.png"/>
30779 <para>From the results list click 'Choose authority' to bring
30780 that into your catalog record</para>
30783 <screeninfo>Authority search results</screeninfo>
30787 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catauthoritysearchresults.png"/>
30796 <para>To duplicate a field click on the 'repeat this tag' icon to
30797 the right of the tag</para>
30800 <screeninfo>Duplicate a Field</screeninfo>
30804 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/dupfield.png"/>
30811 <para>To move subfields in to the right order, click the up
30812 arrow to the left of the field</para>
30816 <para>To duplicate a subfield click on the clone icon (to
30817 remove a copied field, click the delete clone icon) to the
30818 right of the field</para>
30821 <screeninfo>Clone Subfield</screeninfo>
30825 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/clonesubfield.png"/>
30832 <para>To remove a subfield (if there is more than one of the
30833 same type), click the - (minus sign) to the right of the
30840 <para>To use a plugin click on the icon to the right of the
30844 <screeninfo>Leader Builder Plugin</screeninfo>
30848 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/leaderbuilder.png"/>
30855 <para>Some fixed fields have editors that will change based on
30856 the material type you're cataloging (for example the 006 and
30857 the 008 fields)</para>
30860 <screeninfo>008 Plugin</screeninfo>
30864 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/008plugin.png"/>
30873 <para>Once you've finished, click the 'Save' button at the top and
30874 choose whether you want to save and view the bib record you have
30875 created or continue on to add/edit items attached to the
30879 <screeninfo>Record save options</screeninfo>
30883 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/savecataloging.png"/>
30889 <para>Choosing 'Save and view record' will bring you right to the record you just
30893 <para>Choosing 'Save and edit items' will bring you to the add/edit item form after
30894 saving the bib record so that you can attach holdings</para>
30897 <para>Choosing 'Save and continute editing' will allow you to save your work so far
30898 and keep you in the editor to continue working</para>
30903 <para>If you are about to add a duplicate record to the system you will be warned before
30906 <screeninfo>Duplicate Record Warning</screeninfo>
30909 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/duprecordwarn.png"/>
30917 <section id="cataloganalytics">
30918 <title>Adding Analytic Records</title>
30920 <para>Libraries sometimes make journal articles and articles within
30921 monographs and serials accessible to library patrons through analytics
30922 cataloging. Analytics cataloging creates separate bibliographic
30923 records for these articles, chapters, sections, etc. found within a
30924 larger resource such as a book, an article within a journal, newspaper
30925 or serial. In analytics cataloging, although a separate bib record is
30926 created for the title, it is not physically separated from the host
30927 item. Learn more about Analytics in Chapter 13 of AACR2.</para>
30929 <para>If you would like to catalog analytic records there are two options. One is to use the
30930 <link linkend="catalogeasyanalytics">Easy Analytics</link> funtion; the other is the
30931 <link linkend="catalogenhanceanalytics">Analytics Enhanced Workflow</link>.</para>
30932 <section id="catalogeasyanalytics">
30933 <title>Easy Analytics</title>
30934 <para>The Easy Analytics feature makes linking analytic records together easier. The
30935 first thing you need to do is set the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords"
30936 >EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> preference to 'Display' and the <link
30937 linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference to 'Don't use.' </para>
30938 <para>After cataloging your analytic record (see <link linkend="addbibrec">Adding
30939 Records</link> for more on creating records) click 'Edit' from the normal view and
30940 choose to 'Link to Host Item'</para>
30942 <screeninfo>Link to Host Item</screeninfo>
30945 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticslink.png"/>
30949 <para>This will prompt you to enter the barcode for the item this record should be linked
30952 <screeninfo>Barcode for Analytic Linking</screeninfo>
30955 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticsbarcode.png"/>
30959 <para>After entering the item's barcode and clicking 'Select' you will receive a
30960 confirmation message.</para>
30962 <screeninfo>Analytic Link Success</screeninfo>
30965 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticlinksuccess.png"/>
30969 <para>The record will now have the 773 field filled in properly to complete the
30972 <screeninfo>773</screeninfo>
30975 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analytics773.png"/>
30979 <para>To view all of the items tied to the host record, do a search for the record, click
30980 the Analytics tab on the left and the analytics tied to each barcode will be shown under
30981 the "Used in" column.</para>
30983 <screeninfo>Analytics Tab</screeninfo>
30986 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticstab.png"/>
30991 <para>It is also possible to create analytic records from this screen by clicking on
30992 "Create Analytics"</para>
30994 <para>You can also see the analytics attached to this record by clicking the 'Show
30995 Analytic' link towards the top of the record in the normal view.</para>
30997 <screeninfo>Show Analytics on Bib Record</screeninfo>
31000 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/anayticbib.png"/>
31004 <para>When looking at the anaytic record you will also see a link to the host item under
31005 the 'Host records' column in the holdings table when viewing the 'Analtyics' tab.</para>
31007 <screeninfo>Host Record</screeninfo>
31010 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/hostrecords.png"/>
31015 <section id="catalogenhanceanalytics">
31016 <title>Analytics Enhanced Workflow </title>
31017 <para>To use the Enhanced Workflow method of adding analytics, the first thing you need to
31018 do is set the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link>
31019 preference to 'Don't display' and the <link linkend="UseControlNumber"
31020 >UseControlNumber</link> preference to 'Use.' </para>
31021 <para>After cataloging your original record (see <link linkend="addbibrec">Adding
31022 Records</link> for more on creating records) click 'New' from the normal view and
31023 choose to 'New child record.'</para>
31025 <screeninfo>New child record</screeninfo>
31028 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticschildlink.png"/>
31032 <para>This will open a new blank record for cataloging. The blank record will only have
31033 the 773 field filled in properly to complete the link once the record is saved.</para>
31035 <screeninfo>773</screeninfo>
31038 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analytics773child.png"/>
31042 <para>To view all of the items tied to the host record, do a search for the record, click
31043 the Analytics tab on the left and the analytics tied to each barcode will be shown under
31044 the "Used in" column.</para>
31046 <screeninfo>Analytics Tab</screeninfo>
31049 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticstab.png"/>
31053 <para>You can also see the analytics attached to this record by clicking the 'Show
31054 Analytic' link towards the top of the record in the normal view.</para>
31056 <screeninfo>Show Analytics on Bib Record</screeninfo>
31059 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/anayticbib.png"/>
31063 <para>When looking at the anaytic record you will also see a link to the host item under
31064 the 'Host records' column in the holdings table when viewing the 'Analtyics' tab.</para>
31066 <screeninfo>Host Record</screeninfo>
31069 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/hostrecords.png"/>
31074 <section id="analyticediting">
31075 <title>Editing Analytics</title>
31076 <para>If you have linked an analytic record incorrectly you can remove that link by
31077 editing the item on the analytic record (not the host record). To do this, go to the
31078 analytic record and click the 'Edit' button and choose to 'Edit items'. To the left of
31079 each item you will see two options.</para>
31081 <screeninfo>Edit Analytic Item Record</screeninfo>
31084 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/analyticdelink.png"/>
31090 <para>Clicking 'Edit in Host' will allow you to edit the item on the host
31094 <para>Clicking 'Delink' will remove the 773 field and the link between the analytic
31095 and the host.</para>
31101 <section id="editbibrec">
31102 <title>Editing Records</title>
31104 <para>To edit a record you can click 'Edit Biblio' from the search
31105 results on the cataloging page</para>
31108 <screeninfo>Edit Biblio Option on Search Results</screeninfo>
31112 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catalogsearch.png"/>
31117 <para>or by clicking the Edit button on the Bibliographic Record and
31118 choosing 'Edit Record'</para>
31121 <screeninfo>Edit Record Option on Bibliographic Record</screeninfo>
31125 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editrecord.png"/>
31130 <para>The record will open in the MARC editor</para>
31133 <screeninfo>Editing MARC Record</screeninfo>
31137 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editingrecord.png"/>
31142 <para>The alternative is to search via Z39.50 to overlay your record
31143 with a fuller record found at another library. You can do this by
31144 choosing 'Replace Record via Z39.50' from the Edit menu.</para>
31147 <screeninfo>Replace via Z39.50</screeninfo>
31151 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/replaceviaz39.png"/>
31156 <para>Once you choose that you will be brought to a Z39.50 search
31157 window to search other libraries for the record in question.</para>
31159 <para>Once you have made your edits (via either method) you can click
31160 'Save' at the top left of the editor.</para>
31162 <para>You can also use the edit menu to add your own custom cover
31163 image if you have either <link linkend="OPACLocalCoverImages">OPACLocalCoverImages</link> and/or
31164 <link linkend="LocalCoverImages">LocalCoverImages</link> set to
31165 'Display' by choosing 'Upload Image' from the menu.</para>
31168 <screeninfo>Upload Image</screeninfo>
31172 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/uploadimage.png"/>
31177 <para>Choosing to 'Upload Image' will take you to the <link linkend="uploadlocalimages">Upload Local Cover Image
31178 Tool</link>.</para>
31181 <section id="dupbibrec">
31182 <title>Duplicating Records</title>
31184 <para>Sometimes a copy of the record you need to catalog can't be
31185 found via Z39.50. In these cases you can create a duplicate of similar
31186 record and edit the necessary pieces to create a new record. To
31187 duplicate an existing record click 'Edit as New (Duplicate)' from the
31188 Edit menu on the Bibliographic Record</para>
31191 <screeninfo>Edit as New (Duplicate) Bibliographic
31192 Record</screeninfo>
31196 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/createduplicate.png"/>
31201 <para>This will open a new MARC record with the fields filled in with
31202 the values from the original Bibliographic Record.</para>
31205 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Record</screeninfo>
31209 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newduprecord.png"/>
31215 <section id="mergebibs">
31216 <title>Merging Records</title>
31218 <para>If you would like to merge together multiple records you can do
31219 that via the <link linkend="lists">Lists</link> tool. <link linkend="mergebibrecs">Learn more here</link>.</para>
31221 <section id="deleterecord">
31222 <title>Deleting Records</title>
31223 <para>To delete a bibliographic record simply choose the 'Edit' button and select 'Delete record'</para>
31225 <screeninfo>Delete record</screeninfo>
31228 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/deleterecord.png"/>
31232 <para>Bibliographic records can only be deleted one all items have been deleted. If you try
31233 to delete a bibliographic record with items still attached you will see that the delete
31234 option is grayed out.</para>
31236 <screeninfo>Record with items still attached</screeninfo>
31239 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/nodeleterecord.png"/>
31246 <section id="catitems">
31247 <title>Item Records</title>
31249 <para>In Koha each bibliographic record can have one or more items
31250 attached. These items are sometimes referred to as holdings. Each item
31251 includes information to the physical copy the library has.</para>
31253 <section id="addingitems">
31254 <title>Adding Items</title>
31256 <para>After saving a new bibliographic record, you will be redirected
31257 to a blank item record so that you can attach an item to the
31258 bibliographic record. You can also click 'Add/Edit Items' from the
31259 cataloging search results</para>
31262 <screeninfo>Add/Edit Items Option on Search Results</screeninfo>
31266 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/catalogsearch.png"/>
31271 <para>or you can add new item at any time by clicking 'New' on the
31272 bibliographic record and choosing 'New Item'</para>
31275 <screeninfo>New Item Button</screeninfo>
31279 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newitem.png"/>
31284 <para>The item edit form will appear:</para>
31287 <screeninfo>Add item form</screeninfo>
31291 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/additem.png"/>
31296 <para>At the very least, if you plan on circulating the item, the
31297 following fields should be entered for new items:</para>
31301 <para>2 - Source of classification</para>
31305 <para>a - Permanent location</para>
31309 <para>b - Current location</para>
31313 <para>o - Full call number<itemizedlist>
31315 <para>If you'd like you can use the <link linkend="cnbrowseplugin">call number
31316 browser plugin</link> for this field. If it's enabled you'll see a ... to the
31317 right of the field. When clicked that will open a call number browser window.<screenshot>
31318 <screeninfo>Call number browser</screeninfo>
31321 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/cnbrowser.png"/>
31324 </screenshot></para>
31326 </itemizedlist></para>
31330 <para>p - Barcode</para>
31334 <para>v - Cost, replacement price</para>
31338 <para>This value will be charged to patrons when you mark an
31339 item they have checked out as 'Lost'</para>
31345 <para>y - Koha item type</para>
31349 <para>To make sure that these values are filled in you can mark them
31350 as mandatory in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">framework</link>
31351 you're using and then they will appear in red with a 'required' label.
31352 The item will not save until the required fields are filled in.</para>
31355 <screeninfo>Required Item Subfield</screeninfo>
31359 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/requireditemfields.png"/>
31367 <para>To make item subfields required in a framework you'll want
31368 to edit the 952 field in the <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">framework editor</link>.</para>
31373 <para>Below the add form there are 3 buttons for adding the
31377 <screeninfo>Add Item Buttons</screeninfo>
31381 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/additembuttons.png"/>
31388 <para>Add Item will add just the one item</para>
31392 <para>Add & Duplicate will add the item and fill in a new form
31393 with the same values for your to alter</para>
31397 <para>Add Multiple items will ask how many items and will then add that number of items
31398 adding +1 to the barcode so each barcode is unique</para>
31402 <para>Your added items will appear above the add form once
31406 <screeninfo>Items</screeninfo>
31410 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items.png"/>
31415 <para>Your items will also appear below the bibliographic details on
31416 the bib record display.</para>
31419 <screeninfo>List of Items on the Bib Record</screeninfo>
31423 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-withoutlabelprint.png"/>
31428 <para>If you have <link linkend="SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails">SpineLabelShowPrintOnBibDetails</link>
31429 set to 'Display' then there will also be a link to print a quick spine
31430 label next to each item.</para>
31433 <screeninfo>List of Items on the Bib Record with a Print Label
31438 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-withlabelprint.png"/>
31442 <para>You can also filter the contents of your holdings table by clicking the 'Activate
31443 filters' links. This will show a row at the top where you can type in any column to
31444 filter the results in the table.</para>
31446 <screeninfo>Filter holdings</screeninfo>
31449 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/items-activatefilters.png"/>
31455 <section id="editingitems">
31456 <title>Editing Items</title>
31458 <para>Items can be edited in several ways.</para>
31462 <para>Clicking 'Edit' and 'Edit Items' from the bibliographic
31466 <screeninfo>Edit Items Menu Option</screeninfo>
31470 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititem.png"/>
31475 <para>Which will open up a list of items where you can click
31476 'Edit' to the left of the specific item you would like to
31480 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
31484 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemlink.png"/>
31491 <para>Clicking 'Edit Items' beside the item on the 'Items'
31495 <screeninfo>Items Tab</screeninfo>
31499 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstab.png"/>
31504 <para>Which will open up the editor on the item you'd like to edit</para>
31507 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
31511 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemlinkfromtab.png"/>
31518 <para>Clicking 'Edit' and then 'Edit items in batch'</para>
31521 <screeninfo>Edit items in a batch</screeninfo>
31525 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editinbatch.png"/>
31530 <para>This will open up the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">batch
31531 item modification tool</link> where you can edit all of the items
31532 on this record as a batch.</para></listitem>
31533 <listitem><para>You can also enable <link linkend="StaffDetailItemSelection">StaffDetailItemSelection
31534 </link> to have checkboxes appear to the left of each item
31535 on the detail display. You can then check off the items you would like to edit and
31536 click 'Modify selected items' at the top of the list.</para>
31538 <screeninfo>Editing selected items</screeninfo>
31541 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editwithitemchecks.png"/>
31547 <para>You can click 'Edit' to the right of each item in the Holdings tab<screenshot>
31548 <screeninfo>Edit individual items</screeninfo>
31551 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editindividual.png"/>
31554 </screenshot></para>
31557 <para>Finally you can use the <link linkend="batchmodifyitems">Batch Item
31558 Modification</link> tool</para>
31562 <section id="itemquickedit">
31563 <title>Quick Item Status Updates</title>
31565 <para>Often circulation staff need to change the status of an item
31566 to Lost or Damaged. This doesn't require you to edit the entire item
31567 record. Instead clicking on the item barcode on the checkout summary
31568 or checkin history will bring you to an item summary. You can also
31569 get to the item summary by clicking on the Items tab to the left of
31570 the bib detail page.</para>
31573 <screeninfo>Item Edit</screeninfo>
31577 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/quickitemedit.png"/>
31582 <para>From this view you can mark an item lost by choosing a lost
31583 status from the pull down and clicking the 'Set Status'
31587 <screeninfo>Edit Lost Status</screeninfo>
31591 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editloststatus.png"/>
31596 <para>You can also mark an item as damaged by choosing a damaged
31597 status from the pull down and clicking the 'Set Status'
31601 <screeninfo>Edit Damaged Status</screeninfo>
31605 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editdamagedstatus.png"/>
31612 <section id="iteminfo">
31613 <title>Item Information</title>
31615 <para>To the left of every bibliographic record there is a tab to view
31619 <screeninfo>Items Tab</screeninfo>
31623 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/quickitemedit.png"/>
31628 <para>Clicking that tab will give you basic information about the items. From here you can
31629 see basic information about the item such as the home library, item type, collection code,
31630 call number and replacement price. You can also see and edit the status information. If
31631 an item is marked lost or withdrawn you will also see the date that status was applied.<screenshot>
31635 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstatuses.png"/>
31638 </screenshot></para>
31639 <para>In the History section you will see infomration about the check out history of the
31640 item and if you ordered the item via the acquisitions module then this section will
31641 include information about the order.</para>
31644 <screeninfo>History with order info</screeninfo>
31648 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemorderinfo.png"/>
31653 <para>If the Order or Accession date is linked, clicking it will bring
31654 you to the acquisitions information for that item.</para>
31657 <section id="moveitemrec">
31658 <title>Moving Items</title>
31660 <para>Items can be moved from one bibliographic record to another
31661 using the Attach Item option</para>
31664 <screeninfo>Attach Item Option</screeninfo>
31668 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/attachitem.png"/>
31673 <para>Visit the bibliographic record you want to attach the item to
31674 and choose 'Attach Item' from the 'Edit' menu.</para>
31677 <screeninfo>Attach Item Form</screeninfo>
31681 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/attachitemform.png"/>
31686 <para>Simply enter the barcode for the item you want to move and click
31689 <para>If you want to move all items to a new record creating only one
31690 bibliographic record you can use the <link linkend="mergebibrecs">Merge Records tool</link> instead.</para>
31693 <section id="deleteitems">
31694 <title>Deleting Items</title>
31696 <para>There are many ways to delete item records. If you only need to
31697 delete one item you can do this by opening up the detail page for the
31698 bib record and clicking the 'Edit' button at the top. From there you
31699 can choose to 'Edit items'.</para>
31702 <screeninfo>'Edit Items' menu option</screeninfo>
31706 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/edititemstodelete.png"/>
31711 <para>You will be presented with a list of items and next to each one
31712 will be a link labeled 'Delete'. Click that link and if the item is
31713 not checked out it will delete that item.</para>
31716 <screeninfo>Delete link on the left</screeninfo>
31720 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/deleteitemlink.png"/>
31725 <para>If you know that all of the items attached to your record are
31726 not currently checked out you can use the 'Delete all items' option
31727 under the 'Edit menu' and it will remove all items from the
31729 <para>You can also enable <link linkend="StaffDetailItemSelection">StaffDetailItemSelection</link>
31730 to have checkboxes appear to the left of each item on
31731 the detail display. You can then check off the items you would like to delete and click
31732 'Delete selected items' at the top of the list.</para>
31734 <screeninfo>Deleting selected items</screeninfo>
31737 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editwithitemchecks.png"/>
31742 <para>Finally you can use the <link linkend="batchdeleteitems">batch
31743 delete tool</link> to delete a batch of items.</para>
31746 <section id="itemcirchistory">
31747 <title>Item Specific Circulation History</title>
31749 <para>Each bibliographic record keeps a circulation history (with or
31750 without the patron information depending on your settings), but each
31751 item also has its own circulation history page. To see this, click on
31752 the 'Items' tab to the left of the record you are viewing.</para>
31755 <screeninfo>Items tab</screeninfo>
31759 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemstab-long.png"/>
31764 <para>Below the 'History' heading is a link to 'View item's checkout
31765 history,' clicking that will open up the item's history which will
31766 look slightly different from the bibliographic record's history
31770 <screeninfo>Item Specific Circulation History</screeninfo>
31774 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/itemspecifichistory.png"/>
31781 <section id="catauthorities">
31782 <title>Authorities</title>
31784 <para>Authority records are a way of controlling fields in your MARC
31785 records. Using authority records will provide you with control over
31786 subject headings, personal names and places.</para>
31788 <section id="addauthorities">
31789 <title>Adding Authorities</title>
31791 <para>To add a new authority record you can either choose the authority type from the 'New
31792 Authority' button or search another library by clicking the 'New from Z39.50'
31796 <screeninfo>New Authority Record Options</screeninfo>
31800 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newauthtypes.png"/>
31805 <para>If you choose to enter a new authority from scratch, the form that appears will allow
31806 you to enter all of the necessary details regarding your authority record.</para>
31809 <screeninfo>New Authority Record</screeninfo>
31813 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/newauthrec.png"/>
31818 <para>To expand collapsed values simply click on the title and the
31819 subfields will appear. To duplicate a field or subfield just click the
31820 plus sign (+) to the right of the label. To use field helper plugins
31821 simply click the ellipsis (...) to the right of the field.</para>
31823 <para>When linking authorities to other headings, you can use the
31824 authority finder plugin by clicking the ellipsis (...) to the right of
31828 <screeninfo>Authority search plugin</screeninfo>
31832 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/creatnewauthfromlink.png"/>
31837 <para>From there you can search your authority file for the authority
31838 to link. If you can't find the authority to link, you can click the
31839 'Create new' button and add the necessary authority for the link. This
31840 plugin also allows for you to choose the link relationship between the
31841 authorities.</para>
31844 <screeninfo>Authority relationships</screeninfo>
31848 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authrelationships.png"/>
31852 <para>If you choose to search another library for the authority record you will be presented
31853 with a search box</para>
31855 <screeninfo>Authority Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
31858 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authzsearch.png"/>
31862 <para>From the results you can choose the 'Import' link to the right of the record you would
31863 like to add to Koha</para>
31865 <screeninfo>Authority Z39.50 Results</screeninfo>
31868 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authimport.png"/>
31872 <para>You will then be presented with the form to edit the authority before saving it to
31875 <screeninfo>Imported Authority</screeninfo>
31878 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authorityimported.png"/>
31884 <section id="searchauthorities">
31885 <title>Searching Authorities</title>
31887 <para>From the authorities page you can search for existing terms and
31888 the bibliographic records they are attached to.</para>
31891 <screeninfo>Authority Search</screeninfo>
31895 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authoritysearch.png"/>
31900 <para>From the results you will see the authority record, how many bibliographic records it
31901 is attached to, an <link linkend="editauthorities">edit</link> link, a <link
31902 linkend="authoritymerge">merge</link> link and a <link linkend="editauthorities"
31903 >delete</link> link (if there are no bibliographic records attached).</para>
31906 <screeninfo>Authority Search Results</screeninfo>
31910 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authorityresults.png"/>
31915 <para>Clicking on the Details link to the right of the authority
31916 record summary will open the full record and the option to edit the
31920 <screeninfo>Authority Record</screeninfo>
31924 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authrecord.png"/>
31929 <para>If the authority has See Alsos in it you will see those broken
31930 out on the search results, clicking the linked headings will run a
31931 search for that heading instead.</para>
31934 <screeninfo>See Also in Authorities</screeninfo>
31938 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authoritiesseealso.png"/>
31944 <section id="editauthorities">
31945 <title>Editing Authorities</title>
31947 <para>Authorities can be edited by clicking on the authority summary from the search results
31948 and then clicking the 'Edit' button above the record. Or by clicking on the 'Edit' link to
31949 the left of the authority on the search results.</para>
31952 <screeninfo>Edit Authority Record</screeninfo>
31956 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/editauthority.png"/>
31961 <para>Once you've made the necessary edits, simply click 'Save' and <link
31962 linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> is set to 'Do', Koha will immediately update all of
31963 the bib records linked to the authority with the new authority record's data. If dontmerge
31964 is set to "Don't" then Koha won't edit bib records when changes are made to authorities,
31965 rather, this is done later by the <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge_authority.pl
31966 cronjob</link>.</para>
31968 <para>To delete an authority record you first must make sure it's not
31969 linked to any bibliographic records. If it is not used by any
31970 bibliographic records a 'Delete' link will appear to the right of the
31971 record on the search results and as a button that appears after
31972 clicking on the summary of the authority record.</para>
31974 <section id="authoritymerge">
31975 <title>Merging Authorities</title>
31976 <para>If you have duplicate authority records you can merge them together by clicking the
31977 'Merge' link next to two results on an authority search. After clicking 'Merge' on the
31978 first result you will see that authority listed at the top of the results.</para>
31980 <screeninfo>Merging authorities results</screeninfo>
31983 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmergesearch.png"/>
31987 <para>You will be asked which of the two records you would like to keep as your primary
31988 record and which will be deleted after the merge.</para>
31990 <screeninfo>Merging authorities</screeninfo>
31993 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmergechoice.png"/>
31997 <para>You will be presented with the MARC for both of the records (each accessible by tabs
31998 labeled with the authority numbers for those records). By default the entire first record
31999 will be selected, uncheck the fields you don't want in the final (destination) record and
32000 then move on to the second tab to choose which fields should be in the final (destination)
32003 <screeninfo>Authorities to merge</screeninfo>
32006 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmerging.png"/>
32010 <para>Once you have completed your selections click the 'Merge' button. The primary record
32011 will now contain the data you chose for it and the second record will be deleted.</para>
32013 <screeninfo>Merged authority</screeninfo>
32016 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/authmerged.png"/>
32023 <section id="catguides">
32024 <title>Cataloging Guides</title>
32028 <section id="bibcatcheatsheet">
32032 <firstname>Jared</firstname>
32033 <surname>Camins-Esakov</surname>
32035 <orgname>American Numismatic Society</orgname>
32040 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
32041 <surname>Engard</surname>
32042 <contrib>Changed/edited content where necessary.</contrib>
32046 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
32048 <title>Bibliographic Record Cataloging Cheat Sheet</title>
32050 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
32051 <title>Cataloging Guide</title>
32053 <tgroup align="left" cols="4" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
32056 <entry><para>Tag</para></entry>
32058 <entry><para>Label</para></entry>
32060 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
32062 <entry><para>Instructions</para></entry>
32068 <entry><para>000</para></entry>
32070 <entry><para>LEADER</para></entry>
32072 <entry><para>Describes the record(i.e. surrogate) -- is it a
32073 record for a monograph? A serial?</para></entry>
32075 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in. Then set
32076 "Bibliographic level" to 'a' for articles or 's' for serials.
32077 Otherwise, leave everything as is.</para></entry>
32081 <entry><para>001</para></entry>
32083 <entry><para>CONTROL NUMBER</para></entry>
32085 <entry><para>Accession number.</para></entry>
32087 <entry><para>Enter the accession number written inside the
32088 item here. For articles and items which do not have accession
32089 numbers, leave blank.</para></entry>
32093 <entry><para>003</para></entry>
32095 <entry><para>CONTROL NUMBER IDENTIFIER</para></entry>
32097 <entry><para>Your MARC Organizational Code</para></entry>
32099 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in (will auto fill
32100 if you have your <link linkend="MARCOrgCode">MARCOrgCode</link> preference
32101 set).</para></entry>
32105 <entry><para>005</para></entry>
32107 <entry><para>D & T LATEST TRANSACTION</para></entry>
32109 <entry><para>Current date and time.</para></entry>
32111 <entry><para>Click in this field to fill it in.</para></entry>
32115 <entry><para>008</para></entry>
32117 <entry><para>FIXED-LENGTH DATA ELEMENTS</para></entry>
32119 <entry><para>Field containing computer-readable
32120 representations of a number of things.</para></entry>
32122 <entry><para>Generally you will only use 's' (single) or 'm'
32123 (multiple) options for position 06- use the former when the
32124 item was published in a single year, the latter when it was
32125 published over the course of several. If there is a single
32126 date, only enter a date in the first date field (positions
32127 07-10). Enter the three-digit country code in positions 15-17,
32128 being sure to add spaces if the country code is fewer than
32129 three characters long. If there is an index, note that fact in
32130 position 31. Enter the three-letter language code in positions
32131 35-37.</para></entry>
32135 <entry><para>010</para></entry>
32137 <entry><para>LCCN</para></entry>
32139 <entry><para>A number assigned by the Library of Congress to
32140 uniquely identify the work.</para></entry>
32142 <entry><para>Check on the copyright page of the book (if it
32143 was published in the US) or the LC catalog for this number. If
32144 you can't find it, don't worry about it.</para></entry>
32148 <entry><para>020</para></entry>
32150 <entry><para>ISBN</para></entry>
32152 <entry><para>Unique number used by publishers to identify
32153 books.</para></entry>
32155 <entry><para>If this number isn't listed on the book, there
32156 probably isn't one.</para></entry>
32160 <entry><para>022</para></entry>
32162 <entry><para>ISSN</para></entry>
32164 <entry><para>Unique number used by publishers to identify
32165 serials.</para></entry>
32167 <entry><para>If this number isn't listed on the book, there
32168 probably isn't one.</para></entry>
32172 <entry><para>033</para></entry>
32174 <entry><para>DATE/TIME OF EVENT</para></entry>
32176 <entry><para>Used for auction dates. Required for auction
32177 catalogs.</para></entry>
32179 <entry><para>For auctions that took place on only one day,
32180 enter the date of the auction in the format YYYYMMDD in the
32181 subfield 'a' and a '0' in the first indicator. For auctions
32182 that took place over two consecutive days or any number of
32183 non-consecutive days, create a subfield 'a' for each day with
32184 the date in the format YYYYMMDD, and put a '1' in the first
32185 indicator. For auctions that took place over more than two
32186 consecutive days, create a subfield 'a' (in format YYYYMMDD)
32187 for the first day and a subfield 'a' (also in format YYYYMMDD)
32188 for the last day, and put a '2' in the first
32189 indicator.</para></entry>
32193 <entry><para>040</para></entry>
32195 <entry><para>CATALOGING SOURCE</para></entry>
32197 <entry><para>Identifies which libraries created and modified
32198 the record.</para></entry>
32200 <entry><para>For imported records, add a subfield 'd' with
32201 your OCLC code as the value. For new records, make sure that
32202 the subfield 'c' with your OCLC code as the
32203 value.</para></entry>
32207 <entry><para>041</para></entry>
32209 <entry><para>LANGUAGE CODE</para></entry>
32211 <entry><para>Identifies all the languages used in an item,
32212 when two or more languages are present.</para></entry>
32214 <entry><para>For significant portions of a text in a given
32215 language, there should be a subfield 'a' with that language
32216 code. If there are only summaries or abstracts in a specific
32217 language, create a subfield 'b' with that language
32218 code.</para></entry>
32222 <entry><para>100</para></entry>
32224 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--PERSONAL</para></entry>
32226 <entry><para>Authorized form of the main author's
32227 name</para></entry>
32229 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
32230 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
32231 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
32232 forename, however, the first indicator should be
32233 '0'.</para></entry>
32237 <entry><para>110</para></entry>
32239 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--CORPORATE</para></entry>
32241 <entry><para>Authorized form of the name of the main corporate
32242 author. Required for auction catalogs.</para></entry>
32244 <entry><para>Auction catalogs should use a 110 field rather
32245 than a 100 field. See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set
32246 the first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
32250 <entry><para>111</para></entry>
32252 <entry><para>MAIN ENTRY--MEETING</para></entry>
32254 <entry><para>Authorized form of the name of a meeting which
32255 acted as a main offer (e.g. conference
32256 proceedings)</para></entry>
32258 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32259 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
32263 <entry><para>245</para></entry>
32265 <entry><para>TITLE STATEMENT</para></entry>
32267 <entry><para>Transcription of the title statement from the
32268 title page (or chief source of information)</para></entry>
32270 <entry><para>Enter the title in subfield 'a', the subtitle in
32271 subfield 'b', and the statement of responsibility in subfield
32272 'c'. If you are creating a record for a single volume or part
32273 of a multi-part item, you should put the part number in
32274 subfield 'n' and the part title in subfield 'p.' For auction
32275 catalogs, the date (in 'MM/DD/YYYY' format) should be listed
32276 in square brackets in subfield 'f'. See ISBD punctuation
32277 sheet. Set the first indicator to '0' if there is no author,
32278 otherwise set it to '1'. Set the second indicator to the
32279 number of non-filing characters (i.e. characters in an initial
32280 articles plus the space... for "The " set the second indicator
32281 to '4').</para></entry>
32285 <entry><para>246</para></entry>
32287 <entry><para>VARYING FORM OF TITLE</para></entry>
32289 <entry><para>Alternate form of title for searching and filing
32290 purposes</para></entry>
32292 <entry><para>If the patron might look for the work under a
32293 different title, enter it here. Do not include initial
32294 articles. The first indicator should be '3', unless the title
32295 is merely a variant spelling, in which case the first
32296 indicator should be '1'.</para></entry>
32300 <entry><para>250</para></entry>
32302 <entry><para>EDITION STATEMENT</para></entry>
32304 <entry><para>Transcription of the edition statement from the
32305 title page (or chief source of information)</para></entry>
32307 <entry><para>Transcribe the edition statement exactly as it
32308 appears on the title-page. You may abbreviate if the edition
32309 statement is very long.</para></entry>
32313 <entry><para>260</para></entry>
32315 <entry><para>PUBLICATION (IMPRINT)</para></entry>
32317 <entry><para>Publication information.</para></entry>
32319 <entry><para>Put the location of publication in subfield 'a',
32320 the publisher in subfield 'b', and the year (or probable year)
32321 in subfield 'c'. See ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
32325 <entry><para>300</para></entry>
32327 <entry><para>PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION</para></entry>
32329 <entry><para>Physical description</para></entry>
32331 <entry><para>Enter the pagination statement in subfield 'a', a
32332 brief description of "special" contents such as illustrations
32333 or maps in subfield 'b' (see AACR2), and the size of the item
32334 in subfield 'c'. See ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
32338 <entry><para>490</para></entry>
32340 <entry><para>SERIES STATEMENT</para></entry>
32342 <entry><para>Shows the series statement exactly as it appears
32343 on the item.</para></entry>
32345 <entry><para>Transcribe the series statement into subfield 'a'
32346 with the volume number in subfield 'v'. See ISBD punctuation
32347 sheet. Set the first indicator to '1' if you are using an 830.
32348 As a general rule, you should do so.</para></entry>
32352 <entry><para>500</para></entry>
32354 <entry><para>GENERAL NOTE</para></entry>
32356 <entry><para>Notes that don't fit anywhere
32357 else.</para></entry>
32359 <entry><para>Enter notes as full sentences, with a separate
32360 500 field for each distinct topic.</para></entry>
32364 <entry><para>501</para></entry>
32366 <entry><para>WITH NOTE</para></entry>
32368 <entry><para>Notes whether the work is bound with the works
32369 described by other records.</para></entry>
32371 <entry><para>Put description of relationship in subfield
32372 'a'.</para></entry>
32376 <entry><para>504</para></entry>
32378 <entry><para>BIBLIOGRAPHY, ETC. NOTE</para></entry>
32380 <entry><para>Indicates whether the work includes a
32381 bibliography.</para></entry>
32383 <entry><para>If the work includes a bibliography and index,
32384 put the text "Includes bibliographical references (p. XXX-XXX)
32385 and index." in subfield 'a'. If the work does not include an
32386 index, remove that part of the sentence. If the references are
32387 scattered throughout the work and not gathered into a distinct
32388 sentence, remove the parenthetical statement.</para></entry>
32392 <entry><para>505</para></entry>
32394 <entry><para>FORMATTED CONTENTS</para></entry>
32396 <entry><para>List of contents in a standard format.
32397 Unformatted contents can be listed in a 500 (General Note)
32398 field.</para></entry>
32400 <entry><para>See ISBD punctuation sheet. Set the first
32401 indicator to '0'. If you are separately coding authors and
32402 titles, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise, leave the
32403 second indicator blank.</para></entry>
32407 <entry><para>518</para></entry>
32409 <entry><para>DATE/TIME OF EVENT NOTE</para></entry>
32411 <entry><para>Used for auction dates.</para></entry>
32413 <entry><para>For auction catalogs, enter the date of the
32414 auction in the format 'January 2, 1984' in the subfield
32419 <entry><para>520</para></entry>
32421 <entry><para>SUMMARY, ETC.</para></entry>
32423 <entry><para>A brief summary or abstract of the book or
32424 article.</para></entry>
32426 <entry><para>In general you do not need to write a summary. A
32427 summary might be called for, however, with items that cannot
32428 be easily reviewed by a patron, such as books with highly
32429 acidic paper or CD-ROMs.</para></entry>
32433 <entry><para>546</para></entry>
32435 <entry><para>LANGUAGE NOTE</para></entry>
32437 <entry><para>Note describing the languages used in the
32438 work</para></entry>
32440 <entry><para>Only needed for works in multiple languages. See
32441 ISBD punctuation sheet.</para></entry>
32445 <entry><para>561</para></entry>
32447 <entry><para>PROVENANCE INFORMATION</para></entry>
32449 <entry><para>Describes the previous ownership of the
32450 item.</para></entry>
32452 <entry><para>Used only for rare books.</para></entry>
32456 <entry><para>563</para></entry>
32458 <entry><para>BINDING INFORMATION</para></entry>
32460 <entry><para>Describes the binding of the item.</para></entry>
32462 <entry><para>Used only for rare books.</para></entry>
32466 <entry><para>590</para></entry>
32468 <entry><para>LOCAL NOTE</para></entry>
32470 <entry><para>Local notes. Required for auction
32471 catalogs.</para></entry>
32473 <entry><para>Used for auction catalogs to indicate what types
32474 of coins are sold in the auction- Roman, Greek,
32475 etc.</para></entry>
32479 <entry><para>600</para></entry>
32481 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--PERSONAL</para></entry>
32483 <entry><para>Authorized form of personal names for people
32484 discussed in the work</para></entry>
32486 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
32487 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
32488 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
32489 forename, however, the first indicator should be '0'. If you
32490 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
32491 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
32492 '4'.</para></entry>
32496 <entry><para>610</para></entry>
32498 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--CORPORATE</para></entry>
32500 <entry><para>Authorized form of corporate names for
32501 organizations discussed in the work</para></entry>
32503 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32504 first indicator to '2'. If you found the name in the LC
32505 authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise set
32506 the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
32510 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
32512 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--MEETING</para></entry>
32514 <entry><para>Authorized form of meeting names for meetings
32515 discussed in the work</para></entry>
32517 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32518 first indicator to '2'. If you found the name in the LC
32519 authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise set
32520 the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
32524 <entry><para>630</para></entry>
32526 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
32528 <entry><para>Authorized form of titles for other works
32529 discussed in the work</para></entry>
32531 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32532 first indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
32533 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
32534 set the first indicator to '4'). If you found the name in the
32535 LC authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. Otherwise
32536 set the second indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
32540 <entry><para>650</para></entry>
32542 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--TOPICAL</para></entry>
32544 <entry><para>Library of Congress Subject Heading terms
32545 describing the subject of the work</para></entry>
32547 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. If you
32548 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
32549 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
32550 '4'.</para></entry>
32554 <entry><para>651</para></entry>
32556 <entry><para>SUBJECT ADDED--GEOGRAPHICAL</para></entry>
32558 <entry><para>Library of Congress Subject Heading geographical
32559 terms describing the subject of the work</para></entry>
32561 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. If you
32562 found the name in the LC authority file, set the second
32563 indicator to '0'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
32564 '4'.</para></entry>
32568 <entry><para>655</para></entry>
32570 <entry><para>INDEX TERM--GENRE/FORM</para></entry>
32572 <entry><para>Describes what an item is as opposed to what the
32573 item is about.</para></entry>
32575 <entry><para>Generally used only for auction catalogs, which
32576 should have the genre heading "Auction catalogs." (make sure
32577 to find the authorized heading!) If you found the name in the
32578 LC authority file, set the second indicator to '0'. If you are
32579 using a term from a specific thesaurus, set the second
32580 indicator to '7' and put the code for the thesaurus in
32581 subfield '2'. Otherwise set the second indicator to
32582 '4'.</para></entry>
32586 <entry><para>690</para></entry>
32588 <entry><para>LOCAL SUBJECT ADDED--TOPICAL</para></entry>
32590 <entry><para>Used for headings from any custom subject
32591 authority file.</para></entry>
32593 <entry><para>If there is no appropriate LCSH term, you can use
32594 a 690 with subject headings you find on other items in the
32595 catalog.</para></entry>
32599 <entry><para>691</para></entry>
32601 <entry><para>LOCAL SUBJECT ADDED--GEOGRAPHICAL</para></entry>
32603 <entry><para>Used for headings from any custom subject
32604 authority file.</para></entry>
32606 <entry><para>If there is no appropriate LCSH term, you can use
32607 a 691 with subject headings you find on other items in the
32608 catalog.</para></entry>
32612 <entry><para>700</para></entry>
32614 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--PERSONAL</para></entry>
32616 <entry><para>Used for second authors and other persons related
32617 to the production of the work.</para></entry>
32619 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. The
32620 first indicator should generally be a '1', to indicate that
32621 the entry is surname first. If the name consists only of a
32622 forename, however, the first indicator should be
32623 '0'.</para></entry>
32627 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
32629 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--CORPORATE</para></entry>
32631 <entry><para>Used for corporate bodies related to the
32632 production of the work (e.g. publishers).</para></entry>
32634 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32635 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
32639 <entry><para>711</para></entry>
32641 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--MEETING</para></entry>
32643 <entry><para>Used for meetings related to the production of
32644 the work (e.g. symposia that contributed to the
32645 work).</para></entry>
32647 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32648 first indicator to '2'.</para></entry>
32652 <entry><para>730</para></entry>
32654 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
32656 <entry><para>Used for uniform titles related to the production
32657 of the work (e.g. a work that inspired the present
32658 work)</para></entry>
32660 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32661 first indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
32662 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
32663 set the first indicator to '4').</para></entry>
32667 <entry><para>773</para></entry>
32669 <entry><para>HOST ITEM ENTRY</para></entry>
32671 <entry><para>Describes the larger bibliographic unit that
32672 contains the work (e.g. book or journal containing the article
32673 being described in the current record)</para></entry>
32675 <entry><para>If the host publication is author main entry,
32676 enter the authorized form of the author's name in subfield
32677 'a'. Put the title in subfield 't'. If the host publication is
32678 an independent work, put publication information in subfield
32679 'd'. When available, ISSN and ISBN should always be used in,
32680 in subfields 'x' and 'z' respectively. Relationship
32681 information (e.g. volume number, page number, etc.) goes in
32682 subfield 'g'. Subfield 'q' contains an encoded representation
32683 of the location of the item: volume, issue, and section
32684 numbers are separated by colons, and the first page is entered
32685 following a '<' at the end of the subfield. See ISBD
32686 punctuation sheet. Set the first indicator to '0'. If you want
32687 the label "In:" to be generated, leave the second indicator
32688 blank. If you want something else displayed before the 773
32689 text, set the second indicator to '8' and add a subfield 'i'
32690 with the label you want at the beginning of the field (e.g.
32691 "$iOffprint from:").</para></entry>
32695 <entry><para>830</para></entry>
32697 <entry><para>SERIES ENTRY--UNIFORM TITLE</para></entry>
32699 <entry><para>Authorized form of the series name transcribed in
32700 the 490 field. Often this will just be the same as the
32701 490.</para></entry>
32703 <entry><para>See Authorized headings sheet and AACR2. Set the
32704 second indicator to the number of non-filing characters (i.e.
32705 characters in an initial articles plus the space... for "The "
32706 set the second indicator to '4').</para></entry>
32710 <entry><para>852</para></entry>
32712 <entry><para>LOCATION/CALL NUMBER</para></entry>
32714 <entry><para>Provides the section name for pre-barcode books,
32715 pamphlets, and some articles and serials.</para></entry>
32717 <entry><para>Do not put anything in this field if you are
32718 cataloging a volume which gets only one record and a barcode.
32719 If the item does not get a barcode, or you are currently
32720 creating a record for an article in a volume, put the section
32721 in subfield 'a' (see ANS cataloging documentation), and the
32722 call number in subfield 'i'. Set the first indicator to
32723 '8'.</para></entry>
32727 <entry><para>856</para></entry>
32729 <entry><para>ELECTRONIC ACCESS</para></entry>
32731 <entry><para>Links to material available
32732 online.</para></entry>
32734 <entry><para>Put the URL of any electronic copies or
32735 summaries, etc. in subfield 'u' and a link title in subfield
32736 'y'. Set the first indicator to '4'.</para></entry>
32740 <entry><para>942</para></entry>
32742 <entry><para>ADDED ENTRY ELEMENTS (KOHA)</para></entry>
32744 <entry><para>Used for Koha-specific data.</para></entry>
32746 <entry><para>Set the subfield 'c' to the appropriate item
32747 type.</para></entry>
32754 <section id="itemcatguide">
32755 <title>Item/Holdings Record Cataloging Guide</title>
32757 <para>This table represents the default embedded holdings data in Koha. This information can
32758 be used for migration or importing data purposes</para>
32760 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
32761 <title>Koha Embedded Holdings Data</title>
32763 <tgroup align="left" cols="4" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
32764 <colspec colname="tag" colnum="1"/>
32766 <colspec colname="data" colnum="2"/>
32768 <colspec colname="desc" colnum="3"/>
32770 <colspec colname="note" colnum="4"/>
32774 <entry><para>MARC21 Tag/subfield</para></entry>
32776 <entry><para>Data Element</para></entry>
32778 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
32780 <entry><para>Notes</para></entry>
32786 <entry><para>952$0</para></entry>
32788 <entry><para>Withdrawn status</para></entry>
32790 <entry><para>Default values: </para> <itemizedlist>
32792 <para>0 = Not withdrawn</para>
32796 <para>1 = Withdrawn</para>
32798 </itemizedlist></entry>
32800 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32801 ('WITHDRAWN' in default installation)</para></entry>
32805 <entry><para>952$1</para></entry>
32807 <entry><para>Lost status</para></entry>
32809 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
32811 <para>0 = Available</para>
32815 <para>1 = Lost</para>
32819 <para>2 = Long Overdue (Lost)</para>
32823 <para>3 = Lost and Paid For</para>
32827 <para>4 = Missing in Inventory</para>
32831 <para>5 = Missing in Hold Queue</para>
32833 </itemizedlist></entry>
32835 <entry><para>It's possible to configure OPAC so that lost
32836 items don't display with the <link linkend="hidelostitems">hidelostitems</link> system
32837 preference. </para> <para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32838 ('LOST' in default installation)</para></entry>
32842 <entry><para>952$2</para></entry>
32844 <entry><para>Classification</para></entry>
32846 <entry><para>Classification scheme that defines filing rules
32847 used for sorting call numbers.</para></entry>
32849 <entry><para>A choice of <link linkend="classificationsources">classification sources</link>
32850 as they are defined in administration. If no classification
32851 scheme is entered, the system will use the value entered in
32852 the <link linkend="DefaultClassificationSource">DefaultClassificationSource</link>
32853 preference.</para></entry>
32857 <entry><para>952$3</para></entry>
32859 <entry><para>Materials specified</para></entry>
32861 <entry><para>Specific issues of serials or multi-part
32862 items.</para></entry>
32864 <entry><para>Displayed when items are checked out and in to
32865 tell the staff how many pieces the item has. Copy/volume data
32866 is stored in 952$h and $t for display in Normal
32867 views.</para></entry>
32871 <entry><para>952$4</para></entry>
32873 <entry><para>Damaged status</para></entry>
32875 <entry><para>Default values: </para> <itemizedlist>
32877 <para>0 = Not damaged</para>
32881 <para>1 = Damaged</para>
32883 </itemizedlist></entry>
32885 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32886 ('DAMAGE' in default installation)</para></entry>
32890 <entry><para>952$5</para></entry>
32892 <entry><para>Use restrictions</para></entry>
32894 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
32896 <para>0 = No use restrictions</para>
32900 <para>1 = Restricted Access</para>
32902 </itemizedlist></entry>
32904 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32905 ('RESTRICT' in default installation). This value has no effect
32906 on circulation.</para></entry>
32910 <entry><para>952$7</para></entry>
32912 <entry><para>Not for loan</para></entry>
32914 <entry><para>Default values:</para> <itemizedlist>
32916 <para>-1 = Ordered</para>
32920 <para>0 = Available for loans</para>
32924 <para>1 = Not for Loan</para>
32928 <para>2 = Staff Collection</para>
32930 </itemizedlist></entry>
32932 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32933 ('NOT_LOAN' in default installation). Negative number values
32934 can still be placed on hold.</para></entry>
32938 <entry><para>952$8</para></entry>
32940 <entry><para>Collection code</para></entry>
32942 <entry><para>Coded value</para></entry>
32944 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32945 ('CCODE' in default installation)</para></entry>
32949 <entry><para>952$9</para></entry>
32951 <entry><para>Item number</para></entry>
32953 <entry><para>System-generated item number.</para></entry>
32955 <entry><para>Does not display in the item
32956 record.</para></entry>
32960 <entry><para>952$a</para></entry>
32962 <entry><para>Owning Library **</para></entry>
32964 <entry><para>Branch code</para></entry>
32966 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Code
32967 must be defined in <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries,
32968 Branches and Groups</link></para></entry>
32972 <entry><para>952$b</para></entry>
32974 <entry><para>Holding library ** (usually the same as 952$a
32977 <entry><para>Branch code</para></entry>
32979 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Code
32980 must be defined in <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries,
32981 Branches and Groups</link></para></entry>
32985 <entry><para>952$c</para></entry>
32987 <entry><para>Shelving location code</para></entry>
32989 <entry><para/></entry>
32991 <entry><para>Coded value, matching <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Value</link> category
32992 ('LOC' in default installation)</para></entry>
32996 <entry><para>952$d</para></entry>
32998 <entry><para>Date acquired</para></entry>
33000 <entry><para>YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
33002 <entry><para>Date formats in the 952 subfields are required to
33003 be in the system internal format for data loading and
33004 subsequent item editing: YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
33008 <entry><para>952$e</para></entry>
33010 <entry><para>Source of acquisition</para></entry>
33012 <entry><para>Coded value or vendor string</para></entry>
33014 <entry><para>Filled in automatically with the Koha assigned
33015 vendor id by Acquisitions when an item is
33016 received.</para></entry>
33020 <entry><para>952$g</para></entry>
33022 <entry><para>Purchase price</para></entry>
33024 <entry><para>Decimal number, no currency symbol (ex.
33025 10.00)</para></entry>
33027 <entry><para>Filled in automatically by Acquisitions when an
33028 item is received.</para></entry>
33032 <entry><para>952$h</para></entry>
33034 <entry><para>Serial enumeration</para></entry>
33036 <entry><para/></entry>
33038 <entry><para>Filled in automatically by Serials if the issue
33039 is received there.</para></entry>
33043 <entry><para>952$o</para></entry>
33045 <entry><para>Koha full call number</para></entry>
33047 <entry><para/></entry>
33049 <entry><para>Can be filled in automatically based on the <link linkend="itemcallnumber">itemcallnumber</link> system
33050 preference.</para></entry>
33054 <entry><para>952$p</para></entry>
33056 <entry><para>Barcode *</para></entry>
33058 <entry><para>Max 20 characters</para></entry>
33060 <entry><para/></entry>
33064 <entry><para>952$t</para></entry>
33066 <entry><para>Copy number</para></entry>
33068 <entry><para>Max 32 characters</para></entry>
33070 <entry><para/></entry>
33077 <para>Uniform Resource Identifier </para>
33080 <para>Item specific URL</para>
33083 <para>Full URL starting with http:// Only needed if your item has its own URL, not
33084 necessary if the bib record has a 856$u that applies to all items on the record.
33093 <para>Replacement price</para>
33096 <para>Decimal number, no currency symbol (ex. 10.00)</para>
33099 <para>Filled in automatically by Acquisitions when an item is received.</para>
33104 <entry><para>952$w</para></entry>
33106 <entry><para>Price effective from</para></entry>
33108 <entry><para>YYYY-MM-DD</para></entry>
33110 <entry>Date formats in the 952 subfields are required to be in
33111 the system internal format for data loading and subsequent
33112 item editing: YYYY-MM-DD. Filled in automatically by
33113 Acquisitions when an item is received.</entry>
33120 <para>Nonpublic note</para>
33125 <entry>This is a note field for notes that will not appear in the OPAC. Right now
33126 this note does not appear anywhere but in the item edit screen in the staff
33131 <entry><para>952$y</para></entry>
33133 <entry><para>Koha item type **</para></entry>
33135 <entry><para>Coded value, required field for
33136 circulation</para></entry>
33138 <entry><para><emphasis role="bold">Required</emphasis>. Coded
33139 value, must be defined in <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item
33140 types</link></para></entry>
33144 <entry><para>952$z</para></entry>
33146 <entry><para>Public note</para></entry>
33148 <entry><para/></entry>
33150 <entry><para/></entry>
33156 <para>* - required for circulation</para>
33158 <para>** - required by Koha</para>
33161 <section id="onorderitemholds">
33163 <corpauthor>VOKAL</corpauthor>
33166 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
33168 <surname>Engard</surname>
33171 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
33173 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Handling_On_Order_items_and_ho">http://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Handling_On_Order_items_and_ho</ulink></bibliosource>
33176 <title>Handling On Order Items and Holds</title>
33178 <para>If you tend to import your MARC records when you have ordered
33179 the book (as opposed to when you receive the books), and allow patrons
33180 to place holds on those books, you may need to add item records to the
33181 *.mrc file before importing.</para>
33183 <para>The easiest way to import your latest order is to first run your records through
33184 <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/">MARCEdit</ulink>. Download your MARC records,
33185 saving them to your desktop or some other location you use/will remember. If you have
33186 MARCEdit already installed you should simply have to double click on your MARC records,
33187 and they will automatically open in MARCEdit.<important>
33188 <para>This tutorial was written with MARCEdit version 5.2.3769.41641 on Windows XP,
33189 instructions may be different if your version or operating system is different.</para>
33190 </important></para>
33194 <para>Your original file will automatically be in the input;
33195 ensure MarcBreaker is chosen, and then click "Execute"</para>
33198 <screeninfo>MarcBreaker</screeninfo>
33202 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/marcbreaker.png"/>
33209 <para>You will be presented with a summary of the records
33210 processed at the bottom of the screen</para>
33213 <screeninfo>MarcBreaker Summary</screeninfo>
33217 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/marcbreaker-summary.png"/>
33224 <para>Click 'Edit Records' to continue on to adding item
33229 <para>Your screen will be replaced with a larger screen containing
33230 the MARC records</para>
33233 <screeninfo>MARC file for editing</screeninfo>
33237 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/editrecords.png"/>
33244 <para>Click on Tools > Add/Edit Field</para>
33247 <screeninfo>Add/Delete Field</screeninfo>
33251 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/addfield.png"/>
33258 <para>Enter in the Koha specific item info</para>
33261 <screeninfo>Add 942 Field</screeninfo>
33265 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/add942.png"/>
33272 <para>In the Field box, type 942</para>
33276 <para>In the Field Data box, type \\$c and the item type code
33277 (\\$cBOOK in this example)</para>
33281 <para>Check the 'Insert last' option</para>
33285 <para>Click 'Add Field'</para>
33291 <para>Enter in the item record data</para>
33294 <screeninfo>Add 952 Field</screeninfo>
33298 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/add952.png"/>
33305 <para>In the Field box, type 952</para>
33309 <para>In the Field Data box, type
33310 $7ORDERED_STATUS$aPERM_LOC$bCURR_LOC$cSHELVING_LOCATION$eSOURCE_OF_ACQ$yITEM_TYPE</para>
33314 <para>ex. $7-1$aCPL$bCPL$cNEW$eBrodart$yBOOK</para>
33318 <para>In a default install of Koha -1 is the value for
33319 the Ordered status</para>
33325 <para>You may want to look at other subfields you would
33326 like data in -- for example, changing the collection code
33327 to put all the items in the same collection (8),
33328 automatically fill in the acquisition date (d), or put in
33329 a public note (z).</para>
33333 <para>Be sure you use the $ to separate subfields; adding
33334 each subfield on a separate line will cause that many
33335 items to be imported with your MARC record (in the example
33336 above, four items, each with one of those subfields
33341 <para>Make sure you look at the Administration >
33342 Authorized Values in Koha to put the correct code into the
33349 <para>Check the 'Insert last' option</para>
33353 <para>Click 'Add Field'</para>
33359 <para>Close the field editor window</para>
33363 <para>Click on File > Compile into MARC</para>
33366 <screeninfo>Compile into MARC</screeninfo>
33370 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-onorder/compile.png"/>
33377 <para>Choose where to save your file</para>
33381 <para>Now you want to go into your Koha system and follow the
33382 instructions for <link linkend="stagemarc">importing MARC
33383 records</link>.</para>
33385 <para>Once the item has come in, you will need to go to the item
33386 record and individually change the item to have the correct barcode,
33387 and manually change the status from Ordered to the blank line in the
33388 Not for Loan field.</para>
33391 <para>If you purchase your cataloged item records, you may want to
33392 request your vendor put in the information you need into the MARC
33393 records for you; that way, you could import the edited-by-the-vendor
33394 file, overwriting the current record, automatically replacing the
33395 data with what you need.</para>
33400 <chapter id="coursereserves">
33401 <title>Course Reserves</title>
33402 <para>The course reserves module in Koha allows you to temporarily move items to 'reserve' and
33403 assign different circulation rules to these items while they are being used for a specific
33405 <section id="coursesetup">
33406 <title>Course Reserves Setup</title>
33407 <para>Before using Course Reserves you will need to do some set up. </para>
33408 <para>First you will need to enable course reserves by setting the <link
33409 linkend="UseCourseReserves">UseCourseReserves</link> preference to 'Use'.</para>
33410 <para>Next you will need to have all of your course instructors <link linkend="addnewpatron"
33411 >added as patrons</link>.</para>
33412 <para>Next you will want to add a couple of new <link linkend="newauthval">authorized
33413 values</link> for Departments and Terms. </para>
33414 <para>You may also want to create new <link linkend="additemtype">item types</link>, <link
33415 linkend="ccode">collection codes</link> and/or <link linkend="shelvelocvals">shelving
33416 locations</link> to make it clear that the items are on reserve to your patrons. You will
33417 also want to be sure to confirm that your <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine
33418 rules</link> are right for your new item types (whether they be hourly or daily
33421 <section id="addingcourses">
33422 <title>Adding Courses</title>
33423 <para>Once you have completed your set up for Course Reserves you can start creating courses
33424 and adding titles to the reserve list.</para>
33426 <screeninfo>Course Reserves Admin</screeninfo>
33429 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursesblank.png"/>
33433 <para>From the main course reserves page you can add a new course by clicking the 'New course'
33434 button at the top left.</para>
33436 <screeninfo>Add a new course</screeninfo>
33439 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/newcourse.png"/>
33443 <para>Your new course will need a Department, Number and Name at the bare minimum. You can
33444 also add in additional details like course section number and term. To link an instructor to
33445 this course simply start typing their name and Koha will search your patron database to find
33446 you the right person.</para>
33448 <screeninfo>Instrcutor search</screeninfo>
33451 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/instructorsearch.png"/>
33455 <para>Once the instructor you want appears just click their name and they will be added. You
33456 can repeat this for all instructors on this course. Each instructor will appear above the
33457 search box and can be removed by clicking the 'Remove' link to the right of their name.</para>
33459 <screeninfo>Instructors</screeninfo>
33462 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/instructorremove.png"/>
33466 <para>If you would like your course to show publicly you'll want to be sure to check the
33467 'Enabled?' box before saving your new course.</para>
33468 <para>Once your course is saved it will show on the main course reserves page and be
33469 searchable by any field in the course.</para>
33471 <screeninfo>Courses</screeninfo>
33474 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courses.png"/>
33479 <section id="addreserves">
33480 <title>Adding Reserve Materials </title>
33481 <para>Before adding reserve materials you will need at least one course to add them to. To
33482 add materials visit the Course Reserves module.</para>
33484 <screeninfo>Courses</screeninfo>
33487 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courses.png"/>
33491 <para>Click on the title of the course you would like to add materials to.</para>
33493 <screeninfo>Course administration</screeninfo>
33496 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courseadmin.png"/>
33500 <para>At the top of the course description click the 'Add reserves' button to add titles to
33501 this reserve list. You will be asked to enter the barcode for the reserve item.</para>
33503 <screeninfo>Add item to reserve</screeninfo>
33506 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/addbarcode.png"/>
33510 <para>After you are done scanning the barcodes to add to the course you can see them on the
33513 <screeninfo>Course with reserves</screeninfo>
33516 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursewithreserves.png"/>
33521 <section id="opaccoursereserves">
33522 <title>Course Reserves in the OPAC</title>
33523 <para>Once you have enabled Course Reserves and added courses you will see a link to Course
33524 Reserves below your search box in the OPAC.</para>
33526 <screeninfo>Course Reserves Link</screeninfo>
33529 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courselinkopac.png"/>
33533 <para>Clicking that link will show you your list of enabled courses (if you have only one
33534 course you will just see the contents of that one course).</para>
33536 <screeninfo>Course list in the OPAC</screeninfo>
33539 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/coursesopac.png"/>
33543 <para>You can search course reserves by any field (course number, course name, instructor
33544 name, department) that is visible in the list of courses. Clicking a course name will show
33545 you the details and reserve items.</para>
33547 <screeninfo>Course listing</screeninfo>
33550 <imagedata fileref="images/coursereserves/courseopac.png"/>
33557 <chapter id="serials">
33558 <title>Serials</title>
33560 <para>Serials actions can be accessed by going to the More menu at the top
33561 of your screen and choosing Serials or by clicking Serials on the main
33562 Koha staff client page. The Serials module in Koha is used for keeping
33563 track of journals, newspapers and other items that come on a regular
33564 schedule. As with all modules, make sure you go through the related <link linkend="impserials">Implementation Checklist</link> before using the
33565 Serials module.</para>
33569 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials</para>
33572 <section id="serialfreq">
33573 <title>Manage Serial Frequencies</title>
33574 <para>Koha keeps a record of publication frequencies for easy management and
33575 duplication.</para>
33578 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials > Manage frequencies</para>
33581 <para>From this page you can view all of the existing frequencies in your system</para>
33583 <screeninfo>Frequencies</screeninfo>
33586 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/frequencies.png"/>
33590 <para>and create new ones.</para>
33592 <screeninfo>New frequency</screeninfo>
33595 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newfrequency.png"/>
33600 <section id="serialpatterns">
33601 <title>Manage Serial Numbering Patterns</title>
33602 <para>Everytime you create a new numbering pattern in serials you can save it for later use.
33603 These patters are accessible via the Manage numbering patterns page.</para>
33606 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Serials > Manage numbering patterns</para>
33609 <para>This page will list for you the numbering patterns you have saved in the past as well as
33610 a few canned patterns.</para>
33612 <screeninfo>Number patterns</screeninfo>
33615 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/numpatterns.png"/>
33620 <para>If you have upgraded from a previous version of Koha you will see 'Backup patterns'
33621 listed for patterns used in version before Koha 3.14. This is how Koha saved your old
33622 numbering patterns. You can edit these to give them more meaningful names from
33624 </note>It will also allow you to create a new numbering pattern without first adding a
33625 subscription. To add new new pattern click 'New numbering pattern' at the top of the list of
33628 <screeninfo>New number pattern</screeninfo>
33631 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newnumpattern.png"/>
33637 <section id="newsubscription">
33638 <title>Add a subscription</title>
33640 <para>Subscriptions can be added by clicking the 'New' button on any
33641 bibliographic record</para>
33644 <screeninfo>New Subscription Button</screeninfo>
33648 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newsubfrombib.png"/>
33653 <para>Or by visiting the Serials module and clicking 'New
33654 Subscription'</para>
33657 <screeninfo>New Subscription Button</screeninfo>
33661 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newsubbutton.png"/>
33666 <para>If you are entering a new subscription from the Serials module you
33667 will be presented with a blank form (if creating new from a
33668 bibliographic record the form will include the bib info).</para>
33671 <screeninfo>Add a new subscription (1/2)</screeninfo>
33675 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addsub.png"/>
33682 <para>'Librarian' field will show the logged in librarian's
33687 <para>'Vendor' can be found by either searching vendors entered via
33688 the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions module</link> or entering
33689 the vendor ID number</para>
33693 <para>Vendor information is not required</para>
33697 <para>In order to claim missing and late issues you need to
33698 enter vendor information</para>
33701 <screeninfo>Vendor Missing Warning</screeninfo>
33705 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/vendorwarning.png"/>
33714 <para>'Biblio' is the MARC record you'd like to link this
33715 subscription to</para>
33719 <para>This can be done by searching for an existing record by
33720 clicking on the 'Search for Biblio' link below the boxes or by
33721 entering the bib number for a record in the first box. Only if
33722 you search with the field between the parenthesis.</para>
33728 <para>Next you can choose whether a new item is created when receiving an issue (if you
33729 barcode issues you'll want to create an item at this time)</para>
33732 <para>In order to determine how to handle irregularities in your subscription answer 'When
33733 there is an irregular issue', if the numbers are always sequential you'll want to pick
33734 'Keep issue number'</para>
33737 <para>Checking the 'Manual history' box will allow you to enter serials outside the
33738 prediction pattern once the subscription is saved by going to the 'Planning' tab on the
33739 subscription detail page.<screenshot>
33740 <screeninfo>Manual History</screeninfo>
33743 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/manualhistory.png"/>
33746 </screenshot></para>
33749 <para>'Call Number' is for your item's call number or call number prefix</para>
33752 <para>'Library' is the branch that owns this subscription.</para>
33755 <para>If more than one library subscribes to this serial you will need to create a
33756 subscription for each library</para>
33759 <para>This can be done easily by using the 'Edit as New (Duplicate)' option found on
33760 the subscription information page and changing only the 'Library' field</para>
33762 <screeninfo>New Duplicate Subscription</screeninfo>
33765 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/newasdup.png"/>
33773 <para>Use the 'Public Note' for any notes you would like to appear in the OPAC for the
33777 <para>'Nonpublic Note' should be used for notes that are only visible to the librarians
33778 via the staff client</para>
33781 <para>The 'Patron notification' option lets you pick a notice to send to patrons who
33782 subscribe to updates on this serial via the OPAC.</para>
33785 <para>For this option to appear you need to make sure that you have a Routing List
33786 notice set up in the <link linkend="notices">Notices Tool</link></para>
33792 <para>'Location' is for the shelving location</para>
33796 <para>The 'Grace period' is the number of days before an issue is automatically moved from
33797 'Expected' status to 'Waiting' and how many days before an issue is automatically moved
33798 from 'Waiting' status to 'Late'</para>
33802 <para>The Staff and OPAC Display options allow you to control how
33803 many issues appear by default on bibliographic records in the Staff
33804 Client and the OPAC</para>
33808 <para>If no values are entered in these fields, they will use
33809 the <link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
33810 and <link linkend="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
33811 system preference values</para>
33816 <para>Once that data is filled in you can click 'Next' to enter the prediction pattern information.</para>
33818 <screeninfo>Add a new subscription (2/2)</screeninfo>
33821 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addsub2.png"/>
33827 <para>In 'First issue publication date' you want to enter the date
33828 of the issue you have in your hand, the date from which the
33829 prediction pattern will start</para>
33833 <para>There are several pre-defined options for the 'Frequency' of publication all of
33834 which are visible alongside your own custom frequencies by visiting '<link
33835 linkend="serialfreq">Manage frequencies</link>'</para>
33839 <para>Without periodicy: some very specific (usually high level
33840 science journals) don't have a true periodicity. When you
33841 subscribe to the title, you subscribe for 6 issues, which can
33842 arrive in 1 year... or 2... There is no regularity or known
33847 <para>Unknown select this if none of the other choices are
33852 <para>Irregular: The journal is not "regular" but has a
33853 periodicity. You know that it comes out on January, then in
33854 October and December, it is irregular, but you know when it's
33855 going to arrive.</para>
33859 <para>2/day: Twice daily</para>
33863 <para>1/day: Daily</para>
33867 <para>3/week: Three times a week</para>
33871 <para>1/week: Weekly</para>
33875 <para>1/ 2 weeks: Twice monthly (fortnightly)</para>
33879 <para>1/ 3 weeks: Tri-weekly</para>
33883 <para>1/month: Monthly</para>
33887 <para>1/ 2 months (6/year): Bi-monthly</para>
33891 <para>1/ 3 months (1/quarter): Quarterly</para>
33895 <para>1/quarter (seasonal) : Quarterly related to seasons (ie.
33896 Summer, Autumn, Winter, Spring)</para>
33900 <para>2/year: Half yearly</para>
33904 <para>1/year: Annual</para>
33908 <para>1/ 2 years: Bi-annual</para>
33913 <para>'Subscription length' is the number of issues or months in the subscription. This is
33914 also used for setting up renewal alerts</para>
33917 <para>'Subscription start date' is the date at which the subscription begins. This is used
33918 for setting up renewal alerts</para>
33921 <para>'Subscription end date' should only be entered for subscriptions that have ended (if
33922 you're entering in a backlog of serials)</para>
33926 <para>'Numbering pattern' will help you determine how the numbers are printed for each
33927 issue. Patterns entered here are saved and editable at any time by visiting '<link
33928 linkend="serialpatterns">Manage numbering patterns</link>'</para>
33932 <para>Start with the numbering on the issue you have in hand,
33933 the numbering that matches the date you entered in the 'First
33934 issue publication' field</para>
33938 <para>You can choose to create your own numbering pattern by choosing 'None of the
33939 above' and clicking the 'Show/Hide Advanced Pattern' button at the bottom of the form</para>
33941 <screeninfo>Advanced prediction pattern</screeninfo>
33944 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/advancedpattern.png"/>
33952 <para>The 'Locale' option is useful when you want to display days, month or season. For
33953 example, if you have a German serial, you can use the German locale option to display
33954 days, etc. in German.</para>
33958 <para>Once a 'Numbering pattern' is chosen the number formula will appear.<screenshot>
33959 <screeninfo>Numbering Forumla</screeninfo>
33962 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/numberonly.png"/>
33965 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
33967 <para>The 'Begins with' number is the number of the issue you're holding in your
33971 <para>The 'Inner counter' is used to tell Koha where the "receiving cycle" starts<itemizedlist>
33973 <para>For example: If the first issue to receive is "vol. 4, no. 1, iss. 796",
33974 you need to set up "inner counter = 0" But if it's "vol. 4, no. 2, iss.
33975 797", the inner counter should be "1".</para>
33977 </itemizedlist></para>
33980 <para>After filling in this data click the 'Test prediction pattern' button to see
33981 what issues the system will generate, if there are irregularities you can choose
33982 which issues don't exist from the list presented.</para>
33984 <screeninfo>Prediction pattern</screeninfo>
33987 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/predictionpattern.png"/>
33992 </itemizedlist></para>
33996 <para>Click 'Save Subscription' to save the information you have
33997 entered. <link linkend="sampleserialsapp">Find sample serial examples in
33998 the appendix</link>.</para>
34001 <section id="receiveissues">
34002 <title>Receive Issues</title>
34004 <para>Issues can be marked as received from several locations. To find a
34005 subscription, use the search box at the top of the Serials page to
34006 search for the serial you'd like to receive issues for:</para>
34009 <screeninfo>Subscription Search</screeninfo>
34013 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subsearch.png"/>
34018 <para>From the search results you can click the 'Serial Receive' link or
34019 you can click on the subscription title and then click the 'Receive'
34023 <screeninfo>Subscription Buttons</screeninfo>
34027 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subbuttons.png"/>
34032 <para>The final way to receive serials is from the 'Serial Collection'
34033 page. To the left of the Subscription summary page there is a menu with
34034 a link to 'Serial Collection'</para>
34037 <screeninfo>Serial Subscription Menu</screeninfo>
34041 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialcolllink.png"/>
34046 <para>From the page that opens up you can click 'Edit Serial' with the
34047 issue you want to receive checked.</para>
34050 <screeninfo>Edit Issues</screeninfo>
34054 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editissue.png"/>
34059 <para>All three of these options will open up the issue receive
34063 <screeninfo>Receive Serials</screeninfo>
34067 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/receiveissue.png"/>
34074 <para>Choose 'Arrived' from the status pull down to mark a serial as
34079 <para>If you have decided to have an item record created for each issue an <link linkend="addingitems">item add form</link>
34080 will appear after choosing 'Arrived'</para>
34082 <screeninfo>Serial item record</screeninfo>
34085 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialitem.png"/>
34092 <para>If your issue has a supplemental issue with it, fill in the Supplemental Issue information.<itemizedlist>
34094 <para>Key the entire numbering in the box after "Supplemental issue" no numbering
34095 will be inherited/auto-filled from the main issue, and exactly what you key in the
34096 box after "Supplemental issue" will be auto-filled in the item record's Serial
34097 enumeration/chronology [MARC21 952$h] (if you create item records). <itemizedlist>
34099 <para>E.g., key this in its entirety if it's what you would like displayed:
34100 "v.69 no.3 (Mar. 2015) suppl." </para>
34102 </itemizedlist></para>
34104 </itemizedlist></para>
34108 <para>If you have decided to have an item record created for each
34109 issue an <link linkend="addingitems">item add form</link> will
34110 appear for your supplement and for the issue itself</para>
34114 <para>Once you have entered your info you can click 'Save'</para>
34118 <para>If you are receiving multiple issues at once, or have marked an
34119 issue as 'Late' or 'Missing' there you can click the 'Generate Next'
34120 button below the list of issues.</para>
34123 <screeninfo>Generate Next Button</screeninfo>
34127 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editissue.png"/>
34132 <para>Clicking this button will generate the next issue for you and mark
34133 the previously expected issue as 'Late' automatically. You can then
34134 check the 'Edit' box to the right of each issue and edit the status on
34135 multiple issues at once.</para>
34138 <section id="routinglist">
34139 <title>Create a Routing List</title>
34141 <para>A routing list is a list of people who receive the serial before it goes to the shelf.
34142 To enable routing lists you want to set your <link linkend="RoutingSerials"
34143 >RoutingSerials</link> preference to 'Add'.</para>
34145 <para>When on the subscription page you will see a link to the left that
34146 reads 'Create Routing List' or 'Edit Routing List'</para>
34149 <screeninfo>Subscription Routing List Link</screeninfo>
34153 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/createroutinglink.png"/>
34158 <para>Clicking that link will bring you to the menu to add a new routing
34162 <screeninfo>Routing List Creation</screeninfo>
34166 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/createroutinglist.png"/>
34171 <para>From here you want to click 'Add recipients' in order to add
34172 people to the routing list. In the menu that appears you can filter
34173 patrons by part of their name, their library and/or patron
34177 <screeninfo>Add Members to Routing List</screeninfo>
34181 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/addtorouting.png"/>
34186 <para>Clicking 'Add' to the right of each name will add them to the
34187 routing list. When you have chosen all of the people for the list, click
34188 the 'Close' link to be redirected to the routing list.</para>
34191 <screeninfo>Routing List</screeninfo>
34195 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/editroutinglist.png"/>
34200 <para>If the list looks the way you expect it to, then click 'Save'.
34201 Next you will be brought to a preview of the routing list. To print the
34202 list click 'Save and preview routing slip.' This will open a printable
34203 version of the list.</para>
34206 <screeninfo>Preview Routing List</screeninfo>
34210 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/previewroutinglist.png"/>
34215 <para>If <link linkend="RoutingListAddReserves">RoutingListAddReserves</link> is set to
34216 on then patrons listed in the routing list will automatically be added
34217 to the holds list for the issue.</para>
34219 <para>To see a list of all of the routing lists a specific patron is on visit the <link
34220 linkend="patronroutingtab">Routing Lists tab</link> on their patron record.</para>
34223 <section id="serialsubinstaff">
34224 <title>Subscriptions in Staff Client</title>
34226 <para>Subscription information will appear on bibliographic records
34227 under the 'Subscriptions' tab</para>
34230 <screeninfo>Subscription Tab on Bibliographic Record</screeninfo>
34234 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subinfoonbib.png"/>
34239 <para>Clicking the 'Subscription Details' link will take you to the
34240 Subscription summary page in the staff client.</para>
34243 <screeninfo>Subscription Detail</screeninfo>
34247 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subscriptiondetail.png"/>
34251 <para>If you are using the <link linkend="acqmodule">Acquisitions</link> module to keep <link
34252 linkend="ordersubscription">track of serial subscriptions</link> you will see that info
34253 before your subscription details.</para>
34255 <screeninfo>Acquisitions information for subscription</screeninfo>
34258 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/subdetails.png"/>
34264 <section id="serialsubinopac">
34265 <title>Subscriptions in OPAC</title>
34267 <para>When viewing the subscription in the OPAC there will be several
34270 <para>Like in the staff client, there will be a Subscriptions tab on the
34271 bibliographic record.</para>
34274 <screeninfo>Subscriptions Tab in OPAC</screeninfo>
34278 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subopac.png"/>
34283 <para>Under this tab will appear the number of issues you chose when
34284 setting up the subscription or in your <link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
34285 system preference. Clicking the 'More details' link will provide you
34286 with additional information about the serial history. You can set the
34287 default view of a serial in the OPAC with the <link linkend="SubscriptionHistory">SubscriptionHistory</link> system
34290 <para>There are two views, compact and full. The compact serial
34291 subscription will show basic information regarding the
34292 subscription</para>
34295 <screeninfo>Compact Serial View</screeninfo>
34299 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/compactopac.png"/>
34304 <para>From this compact display patrons can subscribe to be notified of new issues as they are
34305 released by clicking the 'Subscribe to email notifications of new issues' button. For this
34306 link to appear you will want to have chosen to notify patrons <link
34307 linkend="newsubscription">on the subscription</link> itself.</para>
34310 <screeninfo>Subscribe link in the OPAC</screeninfo>
34314 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/opacroutingsubscribe.png"/>
34318 <para>You can see thos who subscribe to new issue alerts by going to the subscription page in
34319 the staff client and looking on the right of the 'Information' tab.<screenshot>
34320 <screeninfo>Serial notification subscribers</screeninfo>
34323 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/subscribers.png"/>
34326 </screenshot></para>
34328 <para>Whereas the full view shows extensive details, broken out by year,
34329 regarding the subscription</para>
34332 <screeninfo>Full Serial View</screeninfo>
34336 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/fullopac.png"/>
34342 <section id="serialclaims">
34343 <title>Claim Late Serials</title>
34345 <para>Koha can send email messages to your serial vendors if you have
34346 late issues. To the left of the main serials page there is a link to
34350 <screeninfo>Link to Claims on Serials Menu</screeninfo>
34354 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaimmenu.png"/>
34359 <para>The links to claims also appears to the left of the subscription
34363 <screeninfo>Link to Claims on the Serials Menu</screeninfo>
34367 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaimmenu1.png"/>
34372 <para>If you don't have a claim notice defined yet you will see a
34373 warning message that you need to first define a notice.</para>
34376 <screeninfo>Missing Claims Notice Warning</screeninfo>
34380 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/noserialclaim.png"/>
34385 <para>Clicking 'Claims' will open a report that will ask you to choose
34386 from your various serial vendors to generate claims for late
34390 <screeninfo>Serial Claims</screeninfo>
34394 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialclaims.png"/>
34399 <para>From the list of late issues you can choose which ones you want to
34400 send a claim email to by clicking the checkbox to the left of late
34401 issue, choosing the notice template to use and clicking the 'Send
34402 notification' button.</para>
34405 <section id="serialexpiration">
34406 <title>Check Serial Expiration</title>
34408 <para>When adding serials you enter a subscription length, using the
34409 check expiration tool you can see when your subscriptions are about to
34410 expire. To use the tool click the link to 'Check expiration' on the
34411 serials menu.</para>
34414 <screeninfo>Check Serial Expiration</screeninfo>
34418 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialexpiresearch.png"/>
34423 <para>In the form that appears you need to enter at least a date to
34426 <para>In your results you will see all subscriptions that will expire
34427 before the date you entered. From there you can choose to view the
34428 subscription further or renew it in one click.</para>
34431 <screeninfo>Serial Expiration Search Results</screeninfo>
34435 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialexpire.png"/>
34441 <section id="serialrenew">
34442 <title>Renewing Serials</title>
34444 <para>If your serial subscription has expired you won't be able to
34445 receive issues. To renew your subscription you can click the 'Renew'
34446 button at the top of your subscription detail page.</para>
34449 <screeninfo>Renew option on subscription detail</screeninfo>
34453 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/renewsubscription.png"/>
34458 <para>Another option is to click the 'Renew' link to the right of the
34459 subscription on the Serial Collection page.</para>
34462 <screeninfo>Renew option on serial collection</screeninfo>
34466 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/collectionrenew.png"/>
34471 <para>Once you click the 'Renew' link or button you will be presenting
34472 with renewal options.</para>
34475 <screeninfo>Subscription renewal form</screeninfo>
34479 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialrenew.png"/>
34486 <para>The start date should be the date your subscription period
34491 <para>For the subscription length you'll want to fill in one of the
34492 three fields presented: Number of num (issues), Number of months or
34493 Number of weeks.</para>
34497 <para>Finally enter any notes you might have about this
34503 <section id="serialsearch">
34504 <title>Searching Serials</title>
34506 <para>Once in the Serials module there is basic search box at the top
34507 that you can use to find subscriptions using any part of the ISSN and/or
34511 <screeninfo>Basic Serials Search</screeninfo>
34515 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialsearch.png"/>
34520 <para>You can also click the 'Advanced Search' link to the right of the
34521 'Submit' button to do a more thorough search of your serials.</para>
34524 <screeninfo>Advanced Serials Search</screeninfo>
34528 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/advanceserialsearch.png"/>
34533 <para>From your results you can filter by using the search boxes at the
34534 bottom of each column and adjust the number of resutls using the toolbar
34535 at the top of the results set.</para>
34538 <screeninfo>Serial Search Results</screeninfo>
34542 <imagedata fileref="images/serials/serialsearchresults.png"/>
34549 <chapter id="acqmodule">
34550 <title>Acquisitions</title>
34552 <para>The Koha Acquisitions module provides a way for the library to
34553 record orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</para>
34557 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Acquisitions</para>
34561 <section id="acqsetup">
34562 <title>Setup</title>
34564 <para>Before using the Acquisitions Module you will want to make sure
34565 that you have completed all of the set up.</para>
34567 <para>First, set your <link linkend="acqprefs">Acquisitions System
34568 Preferences</link> and <link linkend="acqadmin">Acquisitions
34569 Administration</link> to match your library's workflow.</para>
34571 <para>On the main acquisitions page you will see your library's funds
34575 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Funds Summary</screeninfo>
34579 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqfunds.png"/>
34585 <para>If the total line is confusing for the funds you have set up
34586 you can hide it by adding <programlisting>#funds_total {display:none;}</programlisting></para>
34588 <para>to the <link linkend="IntranetUserCSS">IntranetUserCSS</link>
34592 <para>To see all active funds you can click the checkbox next to 'Show active and inactive'
34593 above the funds table.</para>
34595 <para>To see a history of all orders in a fund you can click on the
34596 linked amount and it will run a search for you.</para>
34599 <screeninfo>Breakdown of orders against the FIC Fund</screeninfo>
34603 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fundbreakdown.png"/>
34608 <para>Learn more in the <link linkend="fundtracking">Budget/Fund
34609 Tracking</link> section of this manual.</para>
34612 <section id="acqvendors">
34613 <title>Vendors</title>
34615 <para>Before any orders can be places you must first enter at least one
34618 <section id="addacqvendor">
34619 <title>Add a Vendor</title>
34621 <para>To add a vendor click the 'New Vendor' button on the
34622 Acquisitions page</para>
34625 <screeninfo>New Vendor Button on Acquisitions</screeninfo>
34629 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendbutton.png"/>
34634 <para>The vendor add form is broken into three pieces</para>
34638 <para>The first section is for basic information about the
34642 <screeninfo>Basic Vendor Information</screeninfo>
34646 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor1.png"/>
34653 <para>Of these fields, only the Vendor name is required, the
34654 rest of the information should be added to help with
34655 generating claim letters and invoices</para>
34661 <para>The second section is for information regarding your contact
34662 at the Vendor's office</para>
34665 <screeninfo>Vendor Contact Details</screeninfo>
34669 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor2.png"/>
34676 <para>None of these fields are required, they should only be
34677 entered if you want to keep track of your contact's
34678 information within Koha</para>
34684 <para>The final section is for billing information</para>
34687 <screeninfo>Vendor Ordering/Billing Information</screeninfo>
34691 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newvendor3.png"/>
34698 <para>To be able to order from a vendor you must make them
34703 <para>For List Prices and Invoice Prices choose the
34708 <para>Currencies are assigned in the <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">Currencies & Exchange
34709 Rates</link> admin area</para>
34715 <para>If your library is charged tax mark your Tax Number as
34720 <para>Note if you list prices and/or invoice prices include
34725 <para>If the vendor offers a consistent blank discount, enter
34726 that in the 'Discount' field</para>
34730 <para>You can enter item specific discounts when placing
34737 <para>Enter your tax rate if your library is charged taxes on
34742 <para>If you know about how long it usually takes orders to
34743 arrive from this vendor you can enter a delivery time. This
34744 will allow Koha to estimate when orders will arrive at your
34745 library on the late orders report.</para>
34749 <para>Notes are for internal use</para>
34756 <section id="editacqvendor">
34757 <title>View/Edit a Vendor</title>
34759 <para>To view a vendor's information page you must search for the
34760 vendor from the Acquisitions home page. Your search can be for any
34761 part of the Vendor's name:</para>
34764 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
34768 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorsearch.png"/>
34773 <para>From the results, click on the name of the vendor you want to
34774 view or edit</para>
34777 <screeninfo>Vendor Information Page</screeninfo>
34781 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorpage.png"/>
34786 <para>To make changes to the vendor, simply click the 'Edit vendor' button.</para>
34788 <para>If the vendor has no baskets attached to it then a 'Delete vendor' button will also be
34789 visible and the vendor can be deleted. Otherwise you will see a 'Receive shipment'
34793 <screeninfo>Receive shipment button</screeninfo>
34797 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivebutton.png"/>
34803 <section id="vendorcontracts">
34804 <title>Vendor Contracts</title>
34806 <para>You can define contracts (with a start and end date) and attach
34807 them to a vendor. This is used so that at the end of the year you can
34808 see how much you spent on a specific contract with a vendor. In some
34809 places, contracts are set up with a minimum and maximum yearly
34812 <section id="addvendorcontract">
34813 <title>Add a Contract</title>
34815 <para>At the top of a Vendor Information Page, you will see a 'New
34816 Contract' button.</para>
34819 <screeninfo>New Contract Button</screeninfo>
34823 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newcontract.png"/>
34828 <para>The contract form will ask for some very basic information
34829 about the contract</para>
34832 <screeninfo>New Contract Form</screeninfo>
34836 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/newcontractform.png"/>
34842 <para>You cannot enter a contract retrospectively. The end date
34843 must not be before today's date.</para>
34846 <para>Once the contract is saved it will appear below the vendor
34847 information.</para>
34850 <screeninfo>Vendor with contracts</screeninfo>
34854 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/contractdisplay.png"/>
34859 <para>It will also be an option when creating a basket</para>
34862 <screeninfo>Contract Pull Down on New Basket Form</screeninfo>
34866 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/contractonbasket.png"/>
34874 <section id="managesuggest">
34875 <title>Managing Suggestions</title>
34877 <para>Purchase suggestions can be generated in one of two ways. You can create suggestions via
34878 the staff client either for the library or <link linkend="patronsuggestions">on the patron's
34879 behalf</link> from their record. Depending on your settings in the <link
34880 linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> system preference, patrons may also be able to
34881 make purchase suggestions via the OPAC. When a suggestion is waiting for library review, it
34882 will appear on the Acquisitions home page under the vendor search.</para>
34885 <screeninfo>Pending suggestions on Acquisitions</screeninfo>
34889 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestonacq.png"/>
34894 <para>It will also appear on the main staff dashboard under the module
34898 <screeninfo>Pending suggestions on main page</screeninfo>
34902 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/pendingsuggestions.png"/>
34907 <para>Clicking 'Manage suggestions' will take you to the suggestion
34908 management tool. If there are no pending suggestions you can access the
34909 suggestion management tool by clicking the 'Manage suggestions' link on
34910 the menu on the left of the Acquisitions page.</para>
34913 <screeninfo>Suggestion Management</screeninfo>
34917 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestmanage.png"/>
34922 <para>Your suggestions will be sorted into several tabs: Accepted,
34923 Pending, Checked, Ordered and/or Rejected. Each accepted or rejected
34924 suggestion will show the name of the librarian who managed the
34925 suggestion and the reason they gave for accepting or rejecting it (found
34926 under 'Status').</para>
34927 <para>An 'Accepted' suggestion is one that you have marked as 'Accepted' using the form below
34928 the suggestions. A 'Pending' suggestion is one that is awaiting action from the library. A
34929 'Checked' suggestion is one that has been marked as 'Checked' using the form before the
34930 suggestions. An 'Ordered' suggestion is on that has been ordered using the '<link linkend="orderfromsuggestion">From a purchase suggestion</link>' link in your basket. A
34931 'Rejected' suggestion is one that you have marked at 'Rejected' using the form below the
34932 list of suggestions.</para>
34934 <para>For libraries with lots of suggestions, there are filters on the
34935 left hand side of the Manage Suggestions page to assist in limiting the
34936 number of titles displayed on the screen.</para>
34939 <screeninfo>Suggestion Filtering</screeninfo>
34943 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestionsfilters.png"/>
34948 <para>Clicking on the blue headings will expand the filtering options
34949 and clicking '[clear]' will clear all filters and show all
34951 <para>The suggestions page will automatically be limited to
34952 suggestions for your library. To see information for all (or any
34953 other) libraries click on the 'Acquisition information' filter and
34954 change the library.</para>
34957 <screeninfo>Branch filter</screeninfo>
34961 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestbranchfilter.png"/>
34967 <para>When reviewing 'Pending' suggestions you can choose to check the
34968 box next to the item(s) you want to approve/reject and then choose the
34969 status and reason for your selection. You can also choose to completely
34970 delete the suggestion by checking the 'Delete selected' box.</para>
34973 <screeninfo>Pending Suggestions</screeninfo>
34977 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestpending.png"/>
34982 <para>Another option for libraries with long lists of suggestions is to
34983 approve or reject suggestions one by one by clicking on the title of the
34984 suggestion to open a summary of the suggestion, including information if
34985 the item was purchased.</para>
34988 <screeninfo>Suggestion Information</screeninfo>
34992 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestiondetails.png"/>
34997 <para>Clicking 'edit' to the right of the suggested title or at the to pof the suggestion
34998 detail page will open a suggestion editing page.</para>
35001 <screeninfo>Edit Purchase Suggestion</screeninfo>
35005 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/editsuggestion.png"/>
35010 <para>From this form you can make edits to the suggestion (adding more
35011 details or updating incorrect information provided by the patron). You
35012 can also choose to accept or reject the suggestion on an individual
35017 <para>Choosing to mark a request as 'Pending' will move the request
35018 back to the 'Pending' tab.</para>
35022 <para>Reasons for accepting and rejecting suggestions are defined by the
35023 <link linkend="suggestauthorized">SUGGEST</link> authorized
35027 <screeninfo>Reasons for approving or rejecting
35028 suggestions</screeninfo>
35032 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestreasons.png"/>
35037 <para>If you choose 'Others...' as your reason you will be prompted to
35038 enter your reason in a text box. Clicking 'Cancel' to the right of the
35039 box will bring back the pull down menu with authorized reasons.</para>
35042 <screeninfo>Enter reason for 'Others...'</screeninfo>
35046 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suggestothers.png"/>
35051 <para>Once you have clicked 'Submit' the suggestion will be moved to the
35052 matching tab. The status will also be updated on the patron's account in
35053 the OPAC and an <link linkend="notices">email notice</link> will be sent
35054 to the patron using the template that matches the status you have
35058 <screeninfo>Purchase suggestions in the OPAC</screeninfo>
35062 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/mysuggestions.png"/>
35068 <section id="placingacqorder">
35069 <title>Placing Orders</title>
35071 <para>To place an order you must first search for the vendor or
35072 bookseller you want to send the order to.</para>
35074 <section id="createacqbasket">
35075 <title>Create a basket</title>
35077 <para>To create a basket you must first search for the vendor you're
35078 ordering from:</para>
35081 <screeninfo>New Basket / Add Basket Options</screeninfo>
35085 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/addbasketbutton.png"/>
35090 <para>And click the 'New basket' button to the right of the vendor name.<note>
35091 <para>You can also add to an existing basket by clicking the 'Add to basket' link to the
35092 far right of each basket's information in the results table. </para>
35094 <para>After clicking 'New basket' you will be asked to enter some information about the
35098 <screeninfo>Add Basket Form</screeninfo>
35102 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/addbasket.png"/>
35109 <para>When adding a basket you want to give it a name that will
35110 help you identify it later</para>
35114 <para>Enter in the Billing Place and Delivery Place (this will
35115 default the library you're logged in at)</para>
35119 <para>If you would like to change the vendor you're ordering from
35120 you can use the Vendor pull down menu</para>
35124 <para>The notes fields are optional and can contain any type of
35129 <para>If you have <link linkend="addvendorcontract">added
35130 contracts</link> to the vendor you're ordering from, you will also
35131 have an option to choose which contract you're ordering these items
35135 <screeninfo>Basket with contract options</screeninfo>
35139 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketwithcontracts.png"/>
35144 <para>When finished, click 'Save'</para>
35147 <screeninfo>New Empty Basket</screeninfo>
35151 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basket.png"/>
35156 <para>Once your basket is created you are presented with several
35157 options for adding items to the order.</para>
35161 <para>If you are ordering another copy of an existing item, you
35162 can simply search for the record in your system.</para>
35165 <screeninfo>Search for existing records</screeninfo>
35169 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromexisting.png"/>
35176 <para>From the results, simply click 'Order' to be brought to
35177 the order form.</para>
35180 <screeninfo>Order form</screeninfo>
35184 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/existingitemorder.png"/>
35191 <para>All of the details associated with the item will
35192 already be listed under 'Catalog details.'</para>
35199 <listitem id="orderfromsuggestion">
35200 <para>If you allow patrons to make purchase suggestions (learn more in the <link linkend="managesuggest">Managing Suggestions</link> section of this manual), then
35201 you can place orders from those suggestions. In order to keep track of suggestions
35202 that have been ordered and received you must place the order using this link. </para>
35204 <screeninfo>Approved Suggestions to Order From</screeninfo>
35207 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromsuggest.png"/>
35213 <para>From the results, click 'Order' next to the item you want to order and you
35214 will be presented with the order form including a link to the suggestion</para>
35216 <screeninfo>Order from a Suggestion</screeninfo>
35219 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderfromsuggestform.png"/>
35225 <para>From this form you can make changes to the Catalog Details if
35229 <para>When the item appears in your basket it will include a link to the
35232 <screeninfo>Suggestion Link in basket</screeninfo>
35235 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersuggestlink.png"/>
35243 <para>Orders added to the basket in this way will notify the patron via email that
35244 their suggestion has been ordered and will update the patron's '<link linkend="opacmysuggestions">My purchase suggestions</link>' page in the
35249 <listitem id="ordersubscription">
35250 <para>If you're using the <link linkend="serials">Serials</link> module you can link
35251 your subscription order information to acquisitions by choosing to order 'From a susbscription'<itemizedlist>
35253 <para>After clicking the order link you will be brought to a search page that will
35254 help you find your subscription</para>
35256 <screeninfo>Subscription order search</screeninfo>
35259 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/subordersearch.png"/>
35265 <para>Your results will appear to the right of the form and each subscription will
35266 have an 'Order' link to the right</para>
35268 <screeninfo>Subscription results</screeninfo>
35271 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suborderresults.png"/>
35277 <para>Clicking 'Order' will bring the subscription info in to the order form
35278 without an 'Add item' section since you are just ordering a subscription and an
35279 item isn't needed</para>
35281 <screeninfo>Order from subscription</screeninfo>
35284 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/suborder.png"/>
35289 </itemizedlist></para>
35293 <para>To order from a record that can't be found anywhere else,
35294 choose the 'From a new (empty) record.'</para>
35297 <screeninfo>Order a new record</screeninfo>
35301 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fromnewemptyrecord.png"/>
35308 <para>You will be presented with an empty form to fill in all
35309 of the necessary details about the item you are
35316 <para>If you want to search other libraries for an item to
35317 purchase, you can use the 'From an external source' option that
35318 will allow you to order from a MARC record found via a Z39.50
35322 <screeninfo>Search for record to add</screeninfo>
35326 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39.png"/>
35333 <para>From the results, click the Order link next to the item
35334 you want to purchase.</para>
35337 <screeninfo>Search Results to Order From</screeninfo>
35341 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39results.png"/>
35348 <para>If the item you're ordering from an external source
35349 looks like it might be a duplicate, Koha will warn you and
35350 give you options on how to proceed.</para>
35353 <screeninfo>Duplicate order warning</screeninfo>
35357 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/dupwarning.png"/>
35364 <para>From the warning, you can choose to order another
35365 copy on the existing bib record, create a new bib record,
35366 or cancel your order of this item.</para>
35372 <para>In the order form that pops up, you will not be able to
35373 edit the catalog details.</para>
35376 <screeninfo>New order from Z39.50 Search</screeninfo>
35380 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/orderz39form.png"/>
35388 <listitem id="orderfromstagedfile">
35389 <para>The next option for ordering is to order from a staged record (<link
35390 linkend="stagemarc">learn more about staging records</link>).</para>
35392 <screeninfo>Staged Files to Order From</screeninfo>
35395 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/stagedfiles.png"/>
35401 <para>From the list of files you are presented with, choose the 'Add orders' link to
35402 add the records in the staged file to your order. <screenshot>
35403 <screeninfo>Staged records</screeninfo>
35406 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/importallstaged.png"/>
35409 </screenshot></para>
35412 <para>Next to each title is a checkbox, check the items you would like to order, or
35413 choose 'Check all' at the top. Depending on your settings in the <link
35414 linkend="MarcFieldsToOrder">MarcFieldsToOrder</link> preference Koha will
35415 populate the next screen with with the relevant Quantity, Price, Fund, Statistic
35416 1, and Statistic 2 found within the staged file.<screenshot>
35417 <screeninfo>Add orders from staged file</screeninfo>
35420 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/selecttoimport.png"/>
35423 </screenshot></para>
35426 <para>In the 'Item Information' tab you can enter information that will be added to
35427 every ordered item such as item type, collection code and not for loan status.<screenshot>
35428 <screeninfo>Item information</screeninfo>
35431 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemfromstaged.png"/>
35434 </screenshot></para>
35437 <para>If no information is imported from the MARC record regarding fund information
35438 the 'Default accounting details' tab can be used to apply values related to the accounting.<screenshot>
35439 <screeninfo>Accounting details</screeninfo>
35442 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/stagedaccounting.png"/>
35445 </screenshot></para>
35450 <para>The final option for ordering is to order from a list of titles with the highest
35451 hold ratios<itemizedlist>
35453 <para>This option will take you to the Holds Ratio report where you can find items
35454 with a high hold ratio and order additional copies. Next to each title will be
35455 a link with the number of items to order, click that and it will add the item to
35456 your basket.<screenshot>
35457 <screeninfo>Holds Ratio Order</screeninfo>
35460 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/highestholdratio.png"/>
35463 </screenshot></para>
35465 </itemizedlist></para>
35469 <para>After bringing in the bib information (for all import methods except for the staged
35470 file), if your <link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link> system preference is set
35471 to add an item when ordering you will enter the item info next. You need to fill out at
35472 least one item record and then click the 'Add' button at the bottom left of the item
35476 <screeninfo>Item order</screeninfo>
35480 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemonorder.png"/>
35485 <para>After clicking the 'Add item' button below the item record the item will appear above
35486 the form and then you can enter your next item the same way (if ordering more than one
35490 <screeninfo>Item ordered</screeninfo>
35494 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/itemonorderadded.png"/>
35499 <para>Once you have entered the info about the item, you need to enter
35500 the Accounting information.</para>
35503 <screeninfo>Accounting Details</screeninfo>
35507 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/accounting.png"/>
35514 <para>Quantity is populated by the number of items you've added to the order above.<itemizedlist>
35517 <para>You cannot edit the quantity manually, you must click 'Add' below the item
35518 form to add as many items as you're ordering.</para>
35521 </itemizedlist></para>
35525 <para>The list of funds is populated by the <link linkend="funds">funds</link> you have assigned in the Acquisitions
35526 Administration area.</para>
35530 <para>The currency pull down will have the <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">currencies</link> you set up in the
35531 <link linkend="acqadmin">Acquisitions Administration</link>
35536 <para>The vendor price is the price before any taxes or discounts
35537 are applied.</para>
35541 <para>If the price is uncertain, check the uncertain price
35546 <para>A basket with at least one uncertain price can't be
35553 <para>If you are charged sales tax, choose that from the gstrate
35558 <para>Enter the percentage discount you're receiving on this
35559 order, once you enter this, hit tab and Koha will populate the
35560 rest of the cost fields below.</para>
35564 <para>If you added Planning Values when <link linkend="addbudgetfund">creating the Fund</link>, those values
35565 will appear in the two Planning Value fields.</para>
35568 <para>Once you have filled in all of the fields click 'Save' to add the item to your basket.
35569 If your price goes over the amount availalbe in the fund you will be presented with a
35570 confirmation.</para>
35572 <screeninfo>Fund warning</screeninfo>
35575 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/fundconfirmation.png"/>
35579 <para>The confirmation warning will allow you order past your fund amount if you so
35582 <para>After an item is added to the basket you will be presented with a basket
35586 <screeninfo>Basket with item info</screeninfo>
35590 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/finalbasket.png"/>
35595 <para>If you would like to see more details you can check the 'Show
35596 all details' checkbox</para>
35599 <screeninfo>Show all details</screeninfo>
35603 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/showalldetails.png"/>
35608 <para>From here, you can edit or remove the items that you have
35613 <para>Choosing to 'Delete the order' will delete the order line
35614 but leave the record in the catalog.</para>
35618 <para>Choosing to 'Delete order and catalog record' removes both
35619 the order line and the record in the catalog.</para>
35623 <para>The catalog record cannot always be deleted. You might
35624 see notes explaining why.</para>
35627 <screeninfo>Can't delete order line</screeninfo>
35631 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/cantdeleteorderline.png"/>
35640 <para>On the summary page, you also have the option to edit the
35641 information that you entered about the basket by clicking the 'Edit
35642 basket header information' button, to delete the basket altogether by
35643 clicking the 'Delete this basket' button, or to export your basket as
35644 a CSV file by clicking the 'Export this basket as CSV' button.</para>
35647 <screeninfo>Basket Buttons</screeninfo>
35651 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketbuttons.png"/>
35656 <para>Once you're sure your basket is complete, you can click 'Close this basket' button to
35657 indicate that this basket is complete and has been sent to the vendor. </para>
35659 <para>You must close the basket to be able to <link linkend="receiveacqorder">receive
35660 items</link> when they arrive. Only items in closed baskets will show as ready to
35663 <para>If you have your <link linkend="BasketConfirmations">BasketConfirmations</link>
35664 preference set to show a confirmation, you will be asked if you are sure about closing the
35668 <screeninfo>Basket Closure Confirmation</screeninfo>
35672 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/BasketConfirmations.png"/>
35677 <para>When closing the basket you can choose to add the basket to a group for easy printing
35678 and retrieval. If you check the box to 'Attach this basket to a new basket group' you will
35679 be brought to the group list where you can print a PDF of the order.</para>
35682 <screeninfo>Closed Baskets</screeninfo>
35686 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketgroup.png"/>
35692 <para>A basket with at least one item marked as 'uncertain price'
35693 will not be able to be closed.</para>
35696 <screeninfo>A basket with items where the price is
35697 uncertain</screeninfo>
35701 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketuncertain.png"/>
35705 </important></para>
35707 <para>Clicking the 'Uncertain Prices' button will call up a list of
35708 items with uncertain prices to quick editing. From that list, you can
35709 quickly edit the items by entering new prices and quantities.</para>
35712 <screeninfo>Uncertain Prices</screeninfo>
35716 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/uncertainprices.png"/>
35722 <para>The Uncertain Prices page is independent of the basket. It is
35723 linked to the vendor so you will see all items on order with
35724 uncertain prices for that vendor.</para>
35726 <para>Once your order is entered you can search for it through acquisitions or view the
35727 information on the biblio detail page in the staff client (if the <link
35728 linkend="AcquisitionDetails">AcquisitionDetails</link> preference is set to 'Display).<screenshot>
35729 <screeninfo>Acquisitions details</screeninfo>
35732 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/AcquisitionDetails.png"/>
35735 </screenshot></para>
35738 <section id="acqbasketgroup">
35739 <title>Create a basket group</title>
35741 <para>A basket group is simply a group of baskets. In some libraries,
35742 you have several staff members that create baskets, and, at the end of
35743 a period of time, someone then groups them together to send to the
35744 vendor in bulk. That said, it is possible to have one basket in a
35745 basket group if that's the workflow used in your library.</para>
35748 <section id="printacqbasket">
35749 <title>Printing baskets</title>
35751 <para>When you are finished adding items to your basket, click 'Close
35752 this Basket.'</para>
35755 <screeninfo>Close Basket</screeninfo>
35759 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/closebasket.png"/>
35764 <para>You will be asked if you want to 'Attach this basket to a new basket group with the
35765 same name'. A basket group is necessary if you want to be able to print PDFs of your
35769 <screeninfo>Create Purchase Order</screeninfo>
35773 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/createpurchaseorder.png"/>
35778 <para>Your completed order will be listed on the Basket Grouping page
35779 for printing or further modification.</para>
35782 <screeninfo>Basket Grouping</screeninfo>
35786 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketgroup.png"/>
35791 <para>Clicking the 'Print' button next to your order will generate a PDF for printing, which
35792 will have all of your library information followed by the items in your order.</para>
35795 <screeninfo>Order found on PDF</screeninfo>
35799 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/pdforder.png"/>
35806 <section id="receiveacqorder">
35807 <title>Receiving Orders</title>
35809 <para>You must close the basket to be able to <link linkend="receiveacqorder">receive
35810 items</link> when they arrive. Only items in closed baskets will show as ready to
35814 <para>Orders can be received from the vendor information page</para>
35817 <screeninfo>Receive from Vendor Information</screeninfo>
35821 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivebutton.png"/>
35826 <para>or the vendor search results page</para>
35829 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
35833 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receivefromsearch.png"/>
35838 <para>After clicking 'Receive shipment' you will be asked to enter a vendor invoice number, a
35839 shipment received date, a shipping cost and a budget to subtract that shipping amount
35843 <screeninfo>Receive Shipment</screeninfo>
35847 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receive.png"/>
35852 <para>The receive page will list all items still on order with the
35853 vendor regardless of the basket the item is from.</para>
35856 <screeninfo>Receipt Summary</screeninfo>
35860 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiptsummary.png"/>
35865 <para>To receive a specific item, click the 'Receive' link to the right
35866 of the item.</para>
35869 <screeninfo>Receive Item Form</screeninfo>
35873 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiveitem.png"/>
35878 <para>From this form you can alter the cost information. You can also
35879 choose to mark only part of the order as received if the vendor didn't
35880 send your entire order by checking only the boxes next to the items on
35881 the left that you want to receive. The values you enter in the
35882 'Replacement cost' and 'Actual cost' will automatically populate the
35883 item record by filling in subfield v (Cost, replacement price) and
35884 subfield g (Cost, normal purchase price) on the item record after
35888 <screeninfo>Item record after receipt</screeninfo>
35892 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/receiveditem.png"/>
35897 <para>You can also make edits to the item record from this form by clicking the 'Edit' link
35898 next to each item. This will allow you to enter in accurate call numbers and barcodes if
35899 you'd like to do that at the point of receipt. Once you have made any changes necessary (to
35900 the order and/or items, click 'Save' to mark the item(s) as received.<note>
35901 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived"
35902 >AcqItemSetSubfieldsWhenReceived</link> preference set to add or change values on
35903 received items those changes will take place after you hit 'Save'. </para>
35907 <screeninfo>Already Received Items</screeninfo>
35911 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/received.png"/>
35915 <para>If the item is no longer available from this vendor you can transfer the order to
35916 another vendor's basket by clicking the 'Transfer' link to the right of the title. This will
35917 pop up a vendor search box.</para>
35919 <screeninfo>Transfer search</screeninfo>
35922 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transfersearch.png"/>
35926 <para>From the results you can click 'Choose' to the right of the vendor you would like to
35927 reorder this item from.</para>
35929 <screeninfo>Transfer vendor</screeninfo>
35932 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transfervendor.png"/>
35936 <para>You will then be presented with the open baskets for that vendor to choose from. To move
35937 the item simply click 'Choose' to the right of the basket you would like to add the item
35940 <screeninfo>Basket choice</screeninfo>
35943 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transferbasket.png"/>
35947 <para>Once you have chosen you will be presented with a confirmation message.</para>
35949 <screeninfo>Confirm transfer</screeninfo>
35952 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/transferconfirm.png"/>
35957 <para>When you're finished receiving items you can navigate away from
35958 this page or click the 'Finish receiving' button at the bottom of the
35960 <para>If the item cannot be found anywhere you can cancel the order by clicking 'Delete order'
35961 to the far right. This will prompt you to enter your reason and confirm cancellation.<screenshot>
35962 <screeninfo>Cancel order</screeninfo>
35965 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/cancelorder.png"/>
35968 </screenshot></para>
35970 <para>You will also see that the item is received and/or cancelled if
35971 you view the basket.</para>
35974 <screeninfo>One item marked (rcvd) in basket</screeninfo>
35978 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/basketwithreceived.png"/>
35983 <section id="acqinvoices">
35984 <title>Invoices</title>
35985 <para>When orders are received invoices are generated. Invoices can be searched by clicking
35986 on 'Invoices' in the left of the Acquisitions page.</para>
35988 <screeninfo>Invoices page</screeninfo>
35991 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoicesearch.png"/>
35995 <para>After searching, your results will appear to the right of the search options.</para>
35997 <screeninfo>Invoice search results</screeninfo>
36000 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoices.png"/>
36004 <para>From the results you can click the 'Details' link to see the full invoice or 'Close' to
36005 note that the invoice is closed/paid for.</para>
36007 <screeninfo>Invoice details</screeninfo>
36010 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoice.png"/>
36014 <para>If you're allowing the uploading of acquisitions files with the <link
36015 linkend="AcqEnableFiles">AcqEnableFiles</link> preference you will see the option to
36016 manage invoice files next to the link to 'Go to receipt page'<screenshot>
36017 <screeninfo>AcqEnableFiles</screeninfo>
36020 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/AcqEnableFiles.png"/>
36023 </screenshot></para>
36024 <para>To see or attach new files click the 'Manage invoice files' link</para>
36026 <screeninfo>No invoice files</screeninfo>
36029 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/noinvoicefiles.png"/>
36033 <para>From here you can find a file to upload and/or see the files you have already
36036 <screeninfo>Invoice files</screeninfo>
36039 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/invoicefiles.png"/>
36043 <para>From the invoice search results you can also merge together two invoices should you need
36044 to. Simply click the checkbox to the left of the invoices you would like to merge and click
36045 the 'Merge selected invoices' button at the bottom of the page. You will be presented with a
36046 confirmation screen:</para>
36048 <screeninfo>Merge invoices</screeninfo>
36051 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/mergeinvoices.png"/>
36055 <para>Click on the row of the invoice number you would like to keep and it will be highlighted
36056 in yellow. Enter any different billing information in the fields provided and click
36057 'Merge'. The two invoices will become one.</para>
36060 <section id="acqclaims">
36061 <title>Claims & Late Orders</title>
36063 <para>If you have entered in an email address for the vendors in your
36064 system you can send them claim emails when an order is late. Before you
36065 can send claims you will need to set up an <link linkend="ACQCLAIM">acquisitions claim notice</link>.</para>
36067 <para>Upon clicking on the link to 'Late Orders' from the Acquisitions
36068 page you will be presented with a series of filter options on the left
36069 hand side. These filters will be applied only closed baskets.</para>
36072 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Late Order Filters</screeninfo>
36076 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqclaimfilter.png"/>
36082 <para>The vendor pull down only shows vendors with closed baskets that
36086 <para>Once you filter your orders to show you the things you consider to
36087 be late you will be presented with a list of these items.</para>
36090 <screeninfo>Late Orders</screeninfo>
36094 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/lateorders.png"/>
36099 <para>To the right of each late title you will be see a checkbox. Check
36100 off the ones you want a claim letter sent to and click 'Claim Order' at
36101 the bottom right of the list. This will automatically send an email to
36102 the vendor at the email address you have on file.<note>
36103 <para>The Estimated Delivery Date is based on the Delivery time
36104 value entered on the vendor record.</para>
36107 <para>If you would rather use a different acquisition claim letter
36108 (other than the default) you can <link linkend="addnotices">create that
36109 in the notices module</link> and choose it from the menu above the list
36110 of late items.</para>
36113 <screeninfo>Choose a Claim Letter</screeninfo>
36117 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/claimletter.png"/>
36123 <section id="acqsearch">
36124 <title>Acquisition Searches</title>
36126 <para>At the top of the various Acquisition pages there is a quick
36127 search box where you can perform either a Vendor Search or an Order
36131 <screeninfo>Acquisition Searches</screeninfo>
36135 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqsearches.png"/>
36140 <para>In the Vendor Search you can enter any part of the vendor name to
36141 get results.</para>
36144 <screeninfo>Vendor Search Results</screeninfo>
36148 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/vendorquicksearch.png"/>
36153 <para>Using the Orders Search you can search for items that have been
36154 ordered with or without the vendor.</para>
36157 <screeninfo>Order Search Box</screeninfo>
36161 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearch.png"/>
36166 <para>You can enter info in one or both fields and you can enter any
36167 part of the title and/or vendor name.</para>
36170 <screeninfo>Order Search Results</screeninfo>
36174 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchresults.png"/>
36179 <para>Clicking the plus sign to the right of the Vendor search box will
36180 expand the search and allow you to search for additional fields.</para>
36183 <screeninfo>Expanded Orders Search</screeninfo>
36187 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchexpand.png"/>
36192 <para>Clicking Advanced Search to the right of the search button will
36193 give you all of the order search options available.</para>
36196 <screeninfo>Full Order Search</screeninfo>
36200 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/ordersearchfull.png"/>
36206 <section id="fundtracking">
36207 <title>Budget/Fund Tracking</title>
36209 <para>On the main acquisitions page there will be a table showing you all of your active funds
36210 and a breakdown of what has been ordered or spent against them.</para>
36213 <screeninfo>Fund Table</screeninfo>
36217 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/acqfunds.png"/>
36222 <para>Clicking on the linked amounts under spent or ordered will show you a summary of the
36223 titles ordered/received on that budget.</para>
36226 <screeninfo>Titles Spent</screeninfo>
36230 <imagedata fileref="images/acquisitions/spent.png"/>
36237 <chapter id="stafflists">
36238 <title>Lists & Cart</title>
36240 <para>Lists are a way to save a collection of content on a specific topic
36241 or for a specific purpose. The Cart is a session specific storage
36246 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Lists</para>
36250 <section id="lists">
36251 <title>Lists</title>
36255 <section id="createlist">
36256 <title>Create a List</title>
36258 <para>A list can be created by visiting the Lists page and clicking
36262 <screeninfo>New List Button</screeninfo>
36266 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistbutton.png"/>
36271 <para>The new list form offers several options for creating your
36275 <screeninfo>New List Form</screeninfo>
36279 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistform.png"/>
36286 <para>The name is what will appear on the list of Lists</para>
36290 <para>You can also choose how to sort the list</para>
36293 <para>Next decide if your list is going to be private or public</para>
36296 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen only by you (depending on
36297 your permissions settings below)</para>
36300 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed only by you (depending on
36301 your permissions settings below)</para>
36306 <para>Finally decide what your permissions will be on the list. You can all or disallow:<itemizedlist>
36308 <para>anyone else to add entries</para>
36311 <para>anyone to remove his own contributed entries<itemizedlist>
36314 <para>The owner of a list is always allowed to add entries, but needs
36315 permission to remove.</para>
36318 </itemizedlist></para>
36321 <para>anyone to remove other contributed entries </para>
36323 </itemizedlist></para>
36327 <para>A list can also be created from the catalog search
36331 <screeninfo>New list from catalog search</screeninfo>
36335 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistsearch.png"/>
36342 <para>Check the box to the left of the titles you want to add to
36343 the new list</para>
36347 <para>Choose [New List] from the 'Add to:' pull down menu</para>
36350 <screeninfo>New List from Search Results</screeninfo>
36354 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/newlistfromsearch.png"/>
36361 <para>Name the list and choose what type of list this
36366 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen
36371 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed
36380 <para>Once the list is saved it will accessible from the Lists page
36381 and from the 'Add to' menu at the top of the search results.</para>
36384 <section id="addtolist">
36385 <title>Add to a List</title>
36387 <para>To add titles to an existing list click on the list name from
36388 the page of lists</para>
36391 <screeninfo>List of Lists</screeninfo>
36395 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listslist.png"/>
36400 <para>From the List page you can add titles by scanning barcodes into
36401 the box at the bottom of the page</para>
36404 <screeninfo>Content of a List</screeninfo>
36408 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listcontents.png"/>
36413 <para>A title can also be added to a list by selecting titles on the
36414 search results page and choosing the list from the 'Add to'
36418 <screeninfo>Add to List</screeninfo>
36422 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/addtolist.png"/>
36428 <section id="viewlist">
36429 <title>Viewing Lists</title>
36431 <para>To see the contents of a list, visit the Lists page on the staff
36435 <screeninfo>List of Lists</screeninfo>
36439 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listslist.png"/>
36444 <para>Clicking on the 'List Name' will show the contents of the
36448 <screeninfo>Content of a List</screeninfo>
36452 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listcontents.png"/>
36456 <para>From this list of items you can perform several actions</para>
36459 <para>'New list' will allow you to create another list</para>
36462 <para>'Edit' will allow you to edit the description and permissions for this list</para>
36465 <para>'Send list' will send the list to the email address you enter (<link
36466 linkend="examplelistemail">view sample List email</link>)</para>
36469 <para>'Download list' will allow you to download the cart using one of 3 default formats
36470 or your <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profiles</link></para>
36473 <para>'Print list' will present you with a printable version of the list</para>
36478 <section id="mergebibrecs">
36479 <title>Merging Bibliographic Records Via Lists</title>
36481 <para>The easiest way to merge together duplicate bibliographic
36482 records is to add them to a list and use the Merge Tool from
36486 <screeninfo>List of Duplicate Records</screeninfo>
36490 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/listofdups.png"/>
36495 <para>From the list, check the two items you want to merge. If you
36496 choose more than or fewer than 2, you will be presented with an
36500 <screeninfo>Merge Items Error</screeninfo>
36504 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/merge2rec.png"/>
36509 <para>Once you have selected the records you want to merge, click the 'Merge selected'
36510 button at the top of the list. You will be asked which of the two records you would like
36511 to keep as your primary record and which will be deleted after the merge. If the records
36512 were created using different frameworks, Koha will also ask you what Framework you would
36513 like the newly merged record to use.</para>
36516 <screeninfo>Choose Primary Record for Merge</screeninfo>
36520 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergeprimary.png"/>
36525 <para>You will be presented with the MARC for both of the records
36526 (each accessible by tabs labeled with the bib numbers for those
36527 records). By default the entire first record will be selected, uncheck
36528 the fields you don't want in the final (destination) record and then
36529 move on to the second tab to choose which fields should be in the
36530 final (destination) record.</para>
36533 <screeninfo>Merging Records</screeninfo>
36537 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/mergerecs.png"/>
36542 <para>Should you try to add a field that is not repeatable two times
36543 (like choosing the 245 field from both record #1 and #2) you will be
36544 presented with an error</para>
36547 <screeninfo>Non-repeatable Error</screeninfo>
36551 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/nondupfield.png"/>
36556 <para>Once you have completed your selections click the 'merge'
36557 button. The primary record will now CONTAIN the data you chose for it
36558 as well as all of the items/holdings from both bib records, and the
36559 second record will be deleted.<important>
36560 <para>It is important to rebuild your zebra index immediately
36561 after merging records. If a search is performed for a record which
36562 has been deleted Koha will present the patrons with an error in
36564 </important></para>
36568 <section id="cart">
36569 <title>Cart</title>
36571 <para>The cart is a temporary holding place for items in the OPAC and/or
36572 staff client. The cart will be emptied once the session is ended (by
36573 closing the browser or logging out). The cart is best used for
36574 performing batch operations (holds, printing, emailing) or for getting a
36575 list of items to be printed or emailed to yourself or a patron.</para>
36577 <para>If you would like to enable the cart in the staff client, you need
36578 to set the <link linkend="intranetbookbag">intranetbookbag</link> system
36579 preference to 'Show.' To add things to the cart, search the catalog and
36580 select the items you would like added to your cart and choose 'Cart'
36581 from the 'Add to' menu</para>
36584 <screeninfo>Add to Cart</screeninfo>
36588 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/addtocart.png"/>
36593 <para>A confirmation will appear below the cart button at the top of the
36594 staff client</para>
36597 <screeninfo>Items added to Cart</screeninfo>
36601 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/itemsaddedcart.png"/>
36606 <para>Clicking on the Cart icon will provide you with the contents of
36610 <screeninfo>Cart Contents</screeninfo>
36614 <imagedata fileref="images/lists/cart.png"/>
36618 <para>From this list of items you can perform several actions</para>
36622 <para>'More details' will show more information about the items in the cart</para>
36626 <para>'Send' will send the list to the email address you enter (<link
36627 linkend="examplecartemail">view sample Cart email</link>)</para>
36631 <para>'Download' will allow you to download the cart using one of 3
36632 default formats or your <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV
36633 Profiles</link></para>
36637 <para>'Print' will present you with a printable version of the
36642 <para>'Empty and Close' will empty the list and close the
36647 <para>'Hide Window' will close the window</para>
36653 <chapter id="reports">
36654 <title>Reports</title>
36656 <para>Reports in Koha are a way to gather data. Reports are used to
36657 generate statistics, member lists, shelving lists, or any list of data in
36658 your database.</para>
36662 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > Reports</para>
36666 <section id="customreports">
36667 <title>Custom Reports</title>
36669 <para>Koha's data is stored in a MySQL database which means that
36670 librarians can generate nearly any report they would like by either
36671 using the <link linkend="quidedreportwizard">Guided Reports
36672 Wizard</link> or writing their own <link linkend="reportfromsql">SQL
36673 query</link>.</para>
36675 <section id="customreport">
36676 <title>Add Custom Report</title>
36680 <section id="quidedreportwizard">
36681 <title>Guided Report Wizard</title>
36683 <para>The guided report wizard will walk you through a six step
36684 process to generate a report.</para>
36686 <para>Step 1: Choose the module you want to report on. This will
36687 determine what tables and fields are available for you to
36690 <para>'Report is public' should be left to the default of 'No' in
36691 most cases. A report can be made public if you intend to allow
36692 access to it through the JSON webservice interface. This is a system
36693 that can be used by developers to make custom presentations of the
36694 data from the report, for example displaying it using a graphing
36695 API. To learn more speak to your local developer.</para>
36699 <para>A public report is accessible via a URL that looks like
36700 this: http://MYOPAC/cgi-bin/koha/svc/report?id=REPORTID</para>
36705 <screeninfo>Chose Module for Report</screeninfo>
36709 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report1.png"/>
36714 <para>If your system administrator has set up memcache on your server you might see one
36715 more option for the Cache expiry. This is related to your public reports. If you make
36716 the report public then it's constantly running and will cause a large load on your
36717 system. Setting this value prevents that.<screenshot>
36718 <screeninfo>Cache expiry</screeninfo>
36721 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/cacheexiprywizard.png"/>
36724 </screenshot></para>
36726 <para>Step 2: Choose a report type. For now, Tabular is the only option available.</para>
36729 <screeninfo>Report Type</screeninfo>
36733 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report2.png"/>
36738 <para>Step 3: Choose the fields you want in your report. You can
36739 select multiple fields and add them all at once by using CTRL+Click
36740 on each item you want to add before clicking the Add button.</para>
36743 <screeninfo>Select database fields to query</screeninfo>
36747 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report3.png"/>
36752 <para>Step 4: Choose any limits you might want to apply to your
36753 report (such as item types or branches). If you don't want to apply
36754 any limits, simply click Next instead of making an option.</para>
36757 <screeninfo>Choose limits</screeninfo>
36761 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report4.png"/>
36766 <para>Step 5: Perform math functions. If you don't want to do any
36767 calculations, simply click Next instead of making an option.</para>
36770 <screeninfo>Choose math functions</screeninfo>
36774 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report5.png"/>
36779 <para>Step 6: Choose data order. If you want the data to print out
36780 in the order it's found in the database, simply click Finish.</para>
36783 <screeninfo>Choose ordering</screeninfo>
36787 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/report6.png"/>
36792 <para>When you are finished you will be presented with the SQL
36793 generated by the report wizard. From here you can choose to save the
36794 report by clicking 'Save' or copy the SQL and make edits to it by
36798 <screeninfo>Custom Report Confirmation</screeninfo>
36802 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportconfirm.png"/>
36807 <para>If you choose to save the report you will be asked to name your report, sort it in
36808 to groups and subgroups and enter any notes regarding it.</para>
36811 <screeninfo>Save custom report</screeninfo>
36815 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportsave.png"/>
36820 <para>Once your report is saved it will appear on the 'Use Saved'
36821 page with all other saved reports.</para>
36824 <screeninfo>Saved Reports list</screeninfo>
36828 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/savedreports.png"/>
36833 <para>From here you can make edits, run the report, or schedule a time to have the report
36834 run. To find the report you created you can sort by any of the columns by clicking the
36835 on the column header (creation date is the best bet for finding the report you just
36836 added). You can also filter your results using the filter menu on the left or use the
36837 tabs to find reports based on your custom groups.</para>
36840 <section id="reportfromsql">
36841 <title>Report from SQL</title>
36843 <para>In addition to the report wizard, you have the option to write
36844 your own queries using SQL. To find reports written by other Koha
36845 users, visit the Koha Wiki: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library</ulink>.
36846 You can also find your database structure in
36847 /installer/data/mysql/kohastructure.sql or online at: <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org/">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink>.</para>
36849 <para>To add your query, click the link to 'Create from SQL' on the main reports module or
36850 the 'New report' button at the top of the 'Saved reports' page.</para>
36853 <screeninfo>New SQL Report</screeninfo>
36857 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/newsql.png"/>
36862 <para>Fill in the form presented</para>
36865 <screeninfo>Create Report from SQL</screeninfo>
36869 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportfromsql.png"/>
36876 <para>The 'Name' is what will appear on the Saved Reports page
36877 to help you identify the report later. It will also be
36878 searchable using the filters found the left of the Saved Reports
36883 <para>You can use the 'Report group' to organize your reports so that you can easily
36884 filter reports by groups. Report groups are set in the <link linkend="reportgroup">REPORT_GROUP</link> authorized value category or can be added on the fly when
36885 creating the report by choosing the 'or create' radio button.<screenshot>
36886 <screeninfo>Report group</screeninfo>
36889 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportgroup.png"/>
36892 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
36896 <para>If you're adding a report group on the fly, remember that you code
36897 should be fewer than 10 characters and should not include special
36898 characters or spaces.</para>
36902 </itemizedlist></para>
36906 <para>You can use 'Report subgroup' to further organize your reports so that you can
36907 easily filter reports by groups and subgroups. Report subgroups are set in the <link linkend="reportsubgroup">REPORT_SUBGROUP</link> authorized value category or can
36908 be added on the fly when creating the report by choosing the 'or create' radio
36911 <screeninfo>Report subgroup</screeninfo>
36914 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportsubgroup.png"/>
36922 <para>If you're adding a report subgroup on the fly, remember that you code
36923 should be fewer than 10 characters and should not include special characters
36931 <listitem id="publicreport">
36932 <para>'Report is public' should be left to the default of 'No' in most cases. A report
36933 can be made public if you intend to allow access to it through the JSON webservice
36934 interface. This is a system that can be used by developers to make custom
36935 presentations of the data from the report, for example displaying it using a
36936 graphing API. To learn more speak to your local developer.</para>
36939 <para>A public report is accessible via a URL that looks like this:
36940 http://MYOPAC/cgi-bin/koha/svc/report?id=REPORTID</para>
36946 <para>'Notes' will also appear on the Saved Reports page, this
36947 can be used to provide more details about the report or tips on
36948 how to enter values when it runs</para>
36952 <para>The type should always be 'Tabular' at this time since the
36953 other formats have not been implemented</para>
36957 <para>In the 'SQL' box you will type or paste the SQL for the
36962 <para>If you feel that your report might be too resource
36963 intensive you might want to consider using runtime parameters to
36964 your query. Runtime parameters basically make a filter appear
36965 before the report is run to save your system resources.</para>
36967 <para>There is a specific syntax that Koha will understand as
36968 'ask for values when running the report'. The syntax is
36969 <<Question to ask|authorized_value>>.</para>
36973 <para>The << and >> are just delimiters. You
36974 must put << at the beginning and >> at the end
36975 of your parameter</para>
36979 <para>The 'Question to ask' will be displayed on the left of
36980 the string to enter.</para>
36984 <para>The authorized_value can be omitted if not applicable. If it contains an
36985 authorized value category, or branches or itemtype or categorycode or
36986 biblio_framework, a list with the Koha authorized values will be displayed
36987 instead of a free field Note that you can have more than one parameter in a
36988 given SQL Note that entering nothing at run time won't probably work as you
36989 expect. It will be considered as "value empty" not as "ignore this parameter".
36990 For example entering nothing for : "title=<<Enter title>>" will
36991 display results with title='' (no title). If you want to have to have something
36992 not mandatory, use "title like <<Enter title>>" and enter a % at run
36993 time instead of nothing</para>
36997 <para>Examples:</para>
37001 <para>SELECT surname,firstname FROM borrowers WHERE
37002 branchcode=<<Enter patrons library|branches>>
37003 AND surname like <<Enter filter for patron surname (%
37004 if none)>></para>
37008 <para>SELECT * FROM items WHERE homebranch = <<Pick your
37009 branch|branches>> and barcode like <<Partial barcode value
37010 here>></para>
37013 <para>SELECT title , author FROM biblio WHERE frameworkcode=<<Enter the
37014 frameworkcode|biblio_framework>> </para>
37019 <para>To generate a date picker calendar to the right of the
37020 field when running a report you can use the 'date' keyword
37021 like this: <<Enter Date|date>></para>
37024 <screeninfo>Date Picker</screeninfo>
37028 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/datepicker.png"/>
37035 <para>You have to put "%" in a text box to 'leave it blank'.
37036 Otherwise, it literally looks for "" (empty string) as the
37037 value for the field.</para>
37041 <para>In addition to using any authorized value code to generate a dropdown, you
37042 can use the following values as well: Framework codes (biblio_framework),
37043 Branches (branches), Item Types (itemtypes) and Patron Categories
37044 (categorycode). For example a branch pull down would be generated like this
37045 <<Branch|branches>></para>
37048 <screeninfo>Branch pull down</screeninfo>
37052 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/branchpulldown.png"/>
37056 </important></para>
37061 <para>There is a limit of 10,000 records put on SQL statements entered in Koha. To get
37062 around this you want to add 'LIMIT 100000' to the end of your SQL statement (or any
37063 other number above 10,000).</para>
37066 <para>If your system administrator has set up memcache on your server you might see one
37067 more option for the Cache expiry. This is related to your public reports. If you make
37068 the report public then it's constantly running and will cause a large load on your
37069 system. Setting this value prevents that.<screenshot>
37070 <screeninfo>Cache expiry</screeninfo>
37073 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/cacheexpiry.png"/>
37076 </screenshot></para>
37079 <para>Once everything is entered click the 'Save Report' button and
37080 you'll be presented with options to run it. Once a report is saved
37081 you do not have to recreate it you can simply find it on the Saved
37082 Reports page and <link linkend="runcustomreport">run</link> or <link linkend="editcustomreports">edit</link> it.</para>
37084 <section id="duplicatereport">
37085 <title>Duplicate Report</title>
37086 <para>Reports can also be added by duplicating an existing report. Visit the 'Saved
37087 reports' page to see all of the reports listed on your system already.</para>
37089 <screeninfo>Saved Reports</screeninfo>
37092 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/duplicatereport.png"/>
37096 <para>To the right of every report there is an 'Actions' pull down. Clickin that and
37097 choose 'Duplicate' to use an existing report as the basis for your new report. That will
37098 populate the new report form with the existing SQL for easy editing and resaving.</para>
37102 <section id="editcustomreports">
37103 <title>Edit Custom Reports</title>
37105 <para>Every report can be edited from the reports lists. To see the
37106 list of reports already stored in Koha, click 'Use Saved.'</para>
37109 <screeninfo>Saved Reports</screeninfo>
37113 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/savedreports.png"/>
37118 <para>To find the report you'd like to edit you can sort by any of the columns by clicking
37119 the on the column header. You can also filter your results using the filter menu on the
37120 left or use the tabs to find reports based on your custom groups.</para>
37122 <para>From this list you can edit any custom report by clicking 'Actions' to the right of
37123 the report and choosing 'Edit' from the menu that appears.</para>
37125 <screeninfo>Edit Report Option</screeninfo>
37128 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/editreportoption.png"/>
37132 <para>The form to edit the report will appear.</para>
37135 <screeninfo>Edit SQL Form</screeninfo>
37139 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/editreport.png"/>
37145 <section id="runcustomreport">
37146 <title>Running Custom Reports</title>
37148 <para>Once custom reports are saved to Koha, you can run them by going to the Saved Reports
37149 page and clicking the 'Actions' button to the right of the report and choosing
37153 <screeninfo>Run Report</screeninfo>
37157 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/runreport.png"/>
37162 <para>When you report runs you will either be asked for some
37166 <screeninfo>Enter report parameters</screeninfo>
37170 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportparameters.png"/>
37175 <para>or you will see the results right away</para>
37178 <screeninfo>Report results</screeninfo>
37182 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/reportresults.png"/>
37187 <para>From the results you can choose to rerun the report by clicking
37188 'Run report' at the top, edit the report by clicking the 'Edit' button
37189 or starting over and creating a new report by using the 'New' button.
37190 You can also download your results by choosing a file type at the
37191 bottom of the results next to the 'Download the report' label and
37192 clicking 'Download.'<note>
37193 <para>A Comma Separated Text file is a CSV file and it can be
37194 opened by any spreadsheet application.</para>
37199 <section id="statsreports">
37200 <title>Statistics Reports</title>
37202 <para>Statistic reports will show you counts and sums. These reports are
37203 all about numbers and statistics, for reports that return more detailed
37204 data, use the <link linkend="quidedreportwizard">Guided Report
37205 Wizard</link>. These reports are limited in what data they can look at,
37206 so it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37207 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37209 <section id="acqstats">
37210 <title>Acquisitions Statistics</title>
37213 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37214 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37215 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37218 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
37219 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
37222 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Statistics</screeninfo>
37226 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqform.png"/>
37231 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37232 to the screen.</para>
37235 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Statistics Results</screeninfo>
37239 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqnumbers.png"/>
37244 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37245 to your needs.</para>
37247 <para>When generating your report, note that you get to choose between
37248 counting or summing the values.</para>
37251 <screeninfo>Acquisitions Stats Options</screeninfo>
37255 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqtotal.png"/>
37260 <para>Choosing amount will change your results to appear as the sum of
37261 the amounts spent.</para>
37264 <screeninfo>Acquisitions statistics with totals</screeninfo>
37268 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/acqamounts.png"/>
37274 <section id="patstats">
37275 <title>Patron Statistics</title>
37278 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37279 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37280 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37283 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
37284 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
37287 <screeninfo>Patron Statistics Options</screeninfo>
37291 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patronform.png"/>
37296 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37297 to the screen.</para>
37300 <screeninfo>Patron Statistics Results</screeninfo>
37304 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patronresults.png"/>
37309 <para>Based on your selections, you may see some query information
37310 above your results table. You can also choose to export to a file that
37311 you can manipulate to your needs.</para>
37314 <section id="catstats">
37315 <title>Catalog Statistics</title>
37318 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37319 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37320 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37323 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
37324 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
37327 <screeninfo>Catalog Statistics Form</screeninfo>
37331 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/catalogform.png"/>
37336 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37337 to the screen.</para>
37340 <screeninfo>Catalog Statistic Results</screeninfo>
37344 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/catalogresults.png"/>
37349 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37350 to your needs.</para>
37353 <section id="circstats">
37354 <title>Circulation Statistics</title>
37357 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37358 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37359 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37362 <para>Using the form provided, choose which value you would like to
37363 appear in the Column and which will appear in the Row.</para>
37366 <screeninfo>Circulation Statistics</screeninfo>
37370 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/circform.png"/>
37375 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37376 to the screen.</para>
37379 <screeninfo>Circulation Statistic Results</screeninfo>
37383 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/circresults.png"/>
37388 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37389 to your needs.<note>
37390 <para>To get a complete picture of your monthly or daily
37391 circulation, you can run the report twice, once for 'Type' of
37392 'Checkout' and again for 'Renewal.'</para>
37394 <para>This report uses 'Period,' or date, filtering that allows
37395 you to limit to a month by simply selecting the first day of the
37396 first month through the first day of the next month. For example,
37397 10/1 to 11/1 to find statistics for the month of October.</para>
37401 <para>To find daily statistics, set your date
37402 range.</br> Example: "I want circulation data starting
37403 with date XXX up to, but not including, date XXX."</para>
37407 <para>For a whole month, an example range would be: 11/01/2009
37408 to 12/01/2009</para>
37412 <para>For a whole year, an example range would be: 01/01/2009
37413 to 01/01/2010</para>
37417 <para>For a single day, an example would be: 11/15/2009 to
37418 11/16/2009 to find what circulated on the 15th</para>
37423 <section id="inhouseuse">
37424 <title>Tracking in house use</title>
37426 <para>Using the Circulation statistics reporting wizard you can run
37427 reports on in house usage of items simply by choosing 'Local Use'
37428 from the 'Type' pull down:</para>
37431 <screeninfo>In House Use Stats</screeninfo>
37435 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/inhouse.png"/>
37442 <section id="serialstats">
37443 <title>Serials Statistics</title>
37446 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37447 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37448 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37451 <para>Using the form provided, choose how you would like to list the
37452 serials in your system.</para>
37455 <screeninfo>Serials Statistics</screeninfo>
37459 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/serialsform.png"/>
37464 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37465 to the screen.</para>
37468 <screeninfo>Serials Results</screeninfo>
37472 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/serialsresults.png"/>
37477 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37478 to your needs.</para>
37481 <section id="holdstats">
37482 <title>Holds Statistics</title>
37485 <para>These reports are limited in what data they can look at, so
37486 it's often recommended to use <link linkend="customreports">custom
37487 reports</link> for official end of the year statistics.</para>
37490 <para>Using the form provided you can see statistics for holds placed,
37491 filled, cancelled and more at your library. From the form choose what
37492 value you want to display in the column and what value to show in the
37493 row. You can also choose from the filters on the far right of the
37497 <screeninfo>Hold Statistics Form</screeninfo>
37501 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/holdstatsform.png"/>
37506 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37507 to the screen.</para>
37510 <screeninfo>Hold Stats Results</screeninfo>
37514 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/holdstatsresults.png"/>
37519 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37520 to your needs.</para>
37523 <section id="mostcheckouts">
37524 <title>Patrons with the most checkouts</title>
37526 <para>This report will simply list the patrons who have the most
37530 <screeninfo>Patrons with the most checkouts form</screeninfo>
37534 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcheckoutsform.png"/>
37539 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37540 to the screen.</para>
37543 <screeninfo>Top checkouts results</screeninfo>
37547 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcheckoutsresult.png"/>
37552 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37553 to your needs.</para>
37556 <section id="mostcirculated">
37557 <title>Most Circulated Items</title>
37559 <para>This report will simply list the items that have the been
37560 checked out the most.</para>
37563 <screeninfo>Most Circulation Items Form</screeninfo>
37567 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcircform.png"/>
37572 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37573 to the screen.</para>
37576 <screeninfo>Top Circulation Items Results</screeninfo>
37580 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/topcircresults.png"/>
37585 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37586 to your needs.</para>
37589 <section id="patnocheckouts">
37590 <title>Patrons with no checkouts</title>
37592 <para>This report will list for you the patrons in your system who
37593 haven't checked any items out.</para>
37596 <screeninfo>Patrons with no Checkouts</screeninfo>
37600 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patnocheckout.png"/>
37605 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37606 to the screen.</para>
37609 <screeninfo>Results for Patrons with no Checkouts</screeninfo>
37613 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/patnocheckout-results.png"/>
37618 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37619 to your needs.</para>
37622 <section id="itemnocheckouts">
37623 <title>Items with no checkouts</title>
37625 <para>This report will list items in your collection that have never
37626 been checked out.</para>
37629 <screeninfo>Items with No Checkouts</screeninfo>
37633 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/nocheckoutsform.png"/>
37638 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37639 to the screen.</para>
37642 <screeninfo>Items with no checkouts results</screeninfo>
37646 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/nocheckoutsresults.png"/>
37651 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37652 to your needs.</para>
37655 <section id="catbyitem">
37656 <title>Catalog by Item Type</title>
37658 <para>This report will list the total number of items of each item
37659 type per branch.</para>
37662 <screeninfo>Catalog by Item Type</screeninfo>
37666 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/itemtotals.png"/>
37671 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37672 to the screen.</para>
37675 <screeninfo>Total of Items by Type and Branch</screeninfo>
37679 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/itemtotalsresults.png"/>
37684 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37685 to your needs.</para>
37688 <section id="lostreport">
37689 <title>Lost Items</title>
37691 <para>This report will allow you to generate a list of items that have
37692 been marked as Lost within the system</para>
37695 <screeninfo>Lost Items Report</screeninfo>
37699 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/lostitems.png"/>
37705 <section id="avloantime">
37706 <title>Average Loan Time</title>
37708 <para>This report will list the average time items are out on loan
37709 based on the criteria you enter:</para>
37712 <screeninfo>Average Checkout Period Form</screeninfo>
37716 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/averloanform.png"/>
37721 <para>If you choose to output to the browser your results will print
37722 to the screen.</para>
37725 <screeninfo>Average Checkout Period Results</screeninfo>
37729 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/avercheckout.png"/>
37734 <para>You can also choose to export to a file that you can manipulate
37735 to your needs.</para>
37739 <section id="reportdic">
37740 <title>Report Dictionary</title>
37742 <para>The report dictionary is a way to pre-define common filters you'd
37743 like to apply to your reports. This is a good way to add in filters that
37744 the report wizard doesn't include by default. To add a new definition,
37745 or filter, click 'New Definition' on the Reports Dictionary page and
37746 follow the 4 step process.</para>
37748 <para>Step 1: Name the definition and provide a description if
37752 <screeninfo>Create a Definition</screeninfo>
37756 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict1.png"/>
37761 <para>Step 2: Choose the module that the will be queried.</para>
37764 <screeninfo>Select Koha Module</screeninfo>
37768 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict2.png"/>
37773 <para>Step 3: Choose columns to query from the tables presented.</para>
37776 <screeninfo>Choose columns</screeninfo>
37780 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict3.png"/>
37785 <para>Step 4: Choose the value(s) from the field(s). These will be
37786 automatically populated with options available in your database.</para>
37789 <screeninfo>Choose fields and values</screeninfo>
37793 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dict4.png"/>
37798 <para>Confirm your selections to save the definition.</para>
37801 <screeninfo>Confirm Definition</screeninfo>
37805 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictconfirm.png"/>
37810 <para>Your definitions will all appear on the Reports Dictionary
37814 <screeninfo>Reports Dictionary Listing</screeninfo>
37818 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictlist.png"/>
37823 <para>Then when generating reports on the module you created the value
37824 for you will see an option to limit by the definition at the bottom of
37825 the usual filters.</para>
37828 <screeninfo>Dictionary Limit Option</screeninfo>
37832 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/dictionarylimit.png"/>
37839 <chapter id="opac">
37840 <title>OPAC</title>
37842 <para>This chapter assumes that you have the following preferences set as
37847 <para><link linkend="opacthemes">opacthemes</link> = bootstrap</para>
37850 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> = default</para>
37854 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> =
37859 <para><link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link>
37864 <para><link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link> = Allow</para>
37868 <para><link linkend="TagsInputOnDetail">TagsInputOnDetail</link>
37873 <para><link linkend="TagsInputOnList">TagsInputOnList</link> =
37878 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> = Allow</para>
37882 <para><link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> = Allow</para>
37886 <para><link linkend="ShowReviewerPhoto">ShowReviewerPhoto</link>
37891 <para><link linkend="OPACFRBRizeEditions">OPACFRBRizeEditions</link> =
37896 <para><link linkend="OPACAmazonCoverImages">OPACAmazonCoverImages</link> =
37901 <para><link linkend="XISBN">XISBN</link> = Use</para>
37905 <para><link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link>
37906 = Default set of links</para>
37910 <para><link linkend="OPACShowCheckoutName">OPACShowCheckoutName</link>
37911 = Don't show</para>
37915 <para><link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link> =
37920 <para><link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link> =
37925 <para><link linkend="OpacBrowseResults">OpacBrowseResults</link> =
37930 <para><link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link> =
37935 <para><link linkend="OPACShowBarcode">OPACShowBarcode</link> = Don't show</para>
37938 <para><link linkend="OpacSeparateHoldings">OpacSeparateHoldings</link> = Don't
37942 <para><link linkend="OpacSeparateHoldings">OpacSeparateHoldingsBranch</link> = home
37946 <para><link linkend="DisplayLibraryFacets">DisplayLibraryFacets</link> = holding
37951 <para>If your system preferences are set differently your displays may
37954 <section id="opacsearchresults">
37955 <title>Search Results</title>
37957 <para>To search the OPAC you can either choose to enter your search
37958 words in the box at the top of the OPAC or click on the 'Advanced
37959 Search' link to perform a more detailed search.</para>
37962 <screeninfo>OPAC Search Box</screeninfo>
37966 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/searchbox.png"/>
37971 <para>For more on searching check the '<link linkend="searching">Searching</link>' chapter in this manual.</para>
37973 <section id="opacresultsoverview">
37974 <title>Results Overview</title>
37976 <para>After performing a search the number of results found for your
37977 search will appear above the results</para>
37980 <screeninfo>Total Results</screeninfo>
37984 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/totalresults-rss.png"/>
37989 <para>By default your search results will be sorted based on your
37990 <link linkend="opacdefaultsort">OPACdefaultSortField and
37991 OPACdefaultSortOrder</link> system preference values. To change this
37992 you can choose another sorting method from the pull down on the
37996 <screeninfo>Results Sorting Options</screeninfo>
38000 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/sortingresults.png"/>
38005 <para>Under each title on your results list a series of values from your leader will appear.
38006 It is important to note that this has nothing to do with the item types or collection
38007 codes you have applied to your records, this data is all pulled from your fixed fields.
38008 This can be turned on or off with the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT"
38009 >DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> system preference.</para>
38012 <screeninfo>Leader Visualization</screeninfo>
38016 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/leader.png"/>
38021 <para>Below each title you will see the availability for the items attached to the record. <note>
38022 <para>Even if you filtered on one library location all locations that hold the item will
38023 appear on the search results.</para>
38025 <para>An item's hold status doesn't not affect whether or not the item is 'available'
38026 until the item is in 'waiting' status. Items with on-shelf holds will show as
38027 available until a librarian has pulled them from the shelf and checked the item in
38028 make it show 'waiting'.</para>
38029 </important></para>
38032 <screeninfo>Holdings Information</screeninfo>
38036 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/holdings-results.png"/>
38041 <para>If you have turned on <link linkend="enhancedcontent">Enhanced
38042 Content</link> preferences you may have book jackets on your search
38046 <screeninfo>Book Jacket on Results</screeninfo>
38050 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/coverresults.png"/>
38054 <para>If you have set your <link linkend="didyoumean">Did you mean?</link> options you will
38055 see a yellow bar across the top of your results will other related searches.</para>
38057 <screeninfo>Did you mean?</screeninfo>
38060 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/didyoumeanopac.png"/>
38066 <section id="opacfilter">
38067 <title>Filters</title>
38069 <para>To filter your results click on the links below the 'Refine Your
38070 Search' menu on the left of your screen</para>
38073 <screeninfo>Refine Your Results</screeninfo>
38077 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/refineresults.png"/>
38081 <para>Depending on your setting for the <link linkend="DisplayLibraryFacets"
38082 >DisplayLibraryFacets</link> system preference you will see filters for your home,
38083 holding or both libraries.<screenshot>
38084 <screeninfo>Library Facet</screeninfo>
38087 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/locationfacet.png"/>
38090 </screenshot></para>
38091 <para>After clicking a facet you can remove that filter from your results by clicking the
38092 small 'x' that appears to the right of the facet.<screenshot>
38093 <screeninfo>Remove library facet</screeninfo>
38096 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/removefilter.png"/>
38099 </screenshot></para>
38102 <section id="searchrss">
38103 <title>Search RSS Feeds</title>
38105 <para>You will be able to subscribe to your search results as an RSS
38106 feed by clicking the RSS icon in your address bar or next to the
38107 number of results. To learn more about what RSS feeds are check out
38108 <ulink url="http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0klgLsSxGsU">this tutorial
38109 video</ulink>.</para>
38112 <screeninfo>RSS Feed Icon</screeninfo>
38116 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/totalresults-rss.png"/>
38121 <para>Subscribing to search results as RSS feeds will allow you to see
38122 when a new item is added to the catalog in your area of
38127 <section id="opacbibrec">
38128 <title>Bibliographic Record</title>
38130 <para>When you click on a title from the search results, you're brought
38131 to the bibliographic detail of the record. This page is broken down in
38132 several different areas.</para>
38134 <para>At the top of your screen will be the title and the GMD:</para>
38137 <screeninfo>Title</screeninfo>
38141 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtitle.png"/>
38146 <para>Below the title the authors will be listed. These come from your
38147 1xx and 7xx fields. Clicking the author will run a search for other
38148 titles with that author.</para>
38151 <screeninfo>Author Display</screeninfo>
38155 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibauthor.png"/>
38160 <para>If you have an authority file you will see a magnifying glass to
38161 the right of author (and other) authorities. Clicking that magnifying
38162 glass will take you directly to the authority record.</para>
38165 <screeninfo>Authority link</screeninfo>
38169 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/authoritylink.png"/>
38174 <para>If you have your <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> preference
38175 set to 'show' you will see a material type that is determined by values
38176 in your fixed fields (learn more in the <link linkend="XSLTiTypes">XSLT
38177 Item Types</link> Appendix).</para>
38180 <screeninfo>XSLT Item Type</screeninfo>
38184 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibleader.png"/>
38189 <para>Next you'll see the description of the record you're
38193 <screeninfo>Basic Details</screeninfo>
38197 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibdetails.png"/>
38202 <para>Following that information you'll find the subject headings which
38203 can be clicked to search for other titles on similar topics</para>
38206 <screeninfo>Bibliographic Subjects</screeninfo>
38210 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsubjects.png"/>
38215 <para>If your record has a table of contents or summary it will appear
38216 next to the 'Summary' or 'Table of Contents' label</para>
38219 <screeninfo>Summary</screeninfo>
38223 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsummary.png"/>
38228 <para>If your record has data in the 856 fields you'll see the links to
38229 the right of the 'Online Resources' label</para>
38232 <screeninfo>Online Resources</screeninfo>
38236 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/biblinks.png"/>
38241 <para>If the title you're viewing is in a public list then you'll see a
38242 list of those to the right of the 'List(s) this item appears in' label
38243 and if it has tags they will appear below the 'Tags from this library'
38247 <screeninfo>Tags</screeninfo>
38251 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtags.png"/>
38256 <para>In the tabs below the details you will find your holdings
38264 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibholdings.png"/>
38269 <para>Any notes (5xx fields) that have been cataloged will appear under
38270 'Title Notes'</para>
38273 <screeninfo>Title notes</screeninfo>
38277 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibtitlenotes.png"/>
38282 <para>If you're allowing comments they will appear in the next
38286 <screeninfo>Comments</screeninfo>
38290 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibcomments.png"/>
38295 <para>And finally if you have enabled FRBR and you have other editions
38296 of the title in your collection you will see the 'Editions' tab.</para>
38299 <screeninfo>Editions</screeninfo>
38303 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibeditions.png"/>
38308 <para>To the right of the details you'll find a series of boxes. The
38309 first box is a list of buttons to help navigate the search results. From
38310 there you can see the next or previous result from your search or return
38311 to the results.</para>
38314 <screeninfo>Search Options</screeninfo>
38318 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsearch.png"/>
38323 <para>Clicking Browse Results at the top of the right column will open
38324 up your search results on the detail page</para>
38327 <screeninfo>Search Results</screeninfo>
38331 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibbrowseresults.png"/>
38336 <para>Below the search buttons you'll find the links to place a hold,
38337 print the record, save the record to your lists, or add it to your
38341 <screeninfo>More options</screeninfo>
38345 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/biboptions.png"/>
38350 <para>Clicking 'More Searches' will show the list of libraries you
38351 entered in your <link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link>
38355 <screeninfo>More Searches</screeninfo>
38359 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibmoresearch.png"/>
38364 <para>Under the 'Save Record' label you will find a series of file
38365 formats you can save the record as. This list can be customized by
38366 altering the <link linkend="OpacExportOptions">OpacExportOptions</link>
38367 system preference.</para>
38370 <screeninfo>Save Record</screeninfo>
38374 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibsave.png"/>
38379 <para>If at any time you want to change the view from the 'Normal' view
38380 to see the Marc or the ISBD you can click the tabs across the top of the
38384 <screeninfo>Record Views</screeninfo>
38388 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/bibdetail/bibviews.png"/>
38394 <section id="opaclistscart">
38395 <title>Lists & Cart</title>
38397 <para>A cart is a temporary holding place for records you're interested
38398 in finding during this session. That means that once you log out of the
38399 OPAC or close the browser you lose the items in your cart. A list is a
38400 more permanent location for saving items. To learn more about lists,
38401 check the <link linkend="stafflists">Lists in the Staff Client</link>
38402 chapter of this manual.</para>
38404 <section id="opaclists">
38405 <title>Lists</title>
38407 <para>Patrons can manage their own private lists by visiting the 'my
38408 lists' section of their account.</para>
38411 <screeninfo>Lists Management</screeninfo>
38415 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/nolists.png"/>
38420 <section id="opacaddlists">
38421 <title>Creating Lists</title>
38423 <para>Lists can also be created by choosing the 'New List' option in
38424 the 'Add to' menu on the search results</para>
38427 <screeninfo>Add to New List</screeninfo>
38431 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtonewlist.png"/>
38436 <para>To create a list the patron simply needs to click the 'New
38437 List' link and populate the form that appears</para>
38440 <screeninfo>Create a new list</screeninfo>
38444 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/publiclistpermissions.png"/>
38449 <para>The only field required is the 'List Name,' but the patron can also choose how they
38450 want the list sorted and if the list is public or private.<itemizedlist>
38452 <para>A Private List is managed by you and can be seen only by you (depending on
38453 your permissions settings below)</para>
38456 <para>A Public List can be seen by everybody, but managed only by you (depending on
38457 your permissions settings below)</para>
38459 </itemizedlist><important>
38460 <para>If you aren't allowing patrons to create public lists with the <link linkend="OpacAllowPublicListCreation">OpacAllowPublicListCreation</link>
38461 preference then patrons will only be able to create private lists.</para>
38463 <screeninfo>Create a new private list</screeninfo>
38466 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/newlist.png"/>
38470 </important></para>
38473 <para>Finally decide what your permissions will be on the list. You can all or disallow:<itemizedlist>
38475 <para>anyone else to add entries</para>
38478 <para>anyone to remove his own contributed entries<itemizedlist>
38481 <para>The owner of a list is always allowed to add entries, but needs
38482 permission to remove.</para>
38485 </itemizedlist></para>
38488 <para>anyone to remove other contributed entries </para>
38490 </itemizedlist></para>
38495 <section id="opacaddtolists">
38496 <title>Adding titles to Lists</title>
38498 <para>Titles can be added to lists from the search results and/or
38499 from the bibliographic record. On the search results options to add
38500 items to the list appear below each result and across the top of the
38501 results page</para>
38504 <screeninfo>Add to Lists from Results</screeninfo>
38508 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtolistcart.png"/>
38513 <para>To add a single title to a list, click the 'Save to Lists'
38514 option and then choose the list you'd like to add the title to. To
38515 add multiple titles to a list check the boxes on the left of the
38516 titles you want to add and then choose the list you want to add the
38517 titles to from the 'Add too' pull down at the top of the
38521 <section id="listscontent">
38522 <title>Viewing Lists Contents</title>
38524 <para>To view the contents of a list, click on the list name under
38525 the Lists button.</para>
38528 <screeninfo>Lists</screeninfo>
38532 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/chooselist.png"/>
38537 <para>The contents of the list will look similar to your search
38538 results pages except that there will be different menu options
38539 across the top of the list.</para>
38542 <screeninfo>List View</screeninfo>
38546 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/listview.png"/>
38551 <para>Using the menu options above the list you can place multiple
38552 items on hold, download the list contents, email the list or print
38553 the list out.</para>
38557 <para>To place a hold on one or more list items check the box to
38558 the left of the item and click the 'Place Hold' link at the
38563 <para>To download the list contents click the 'Download List'
38564 link and choose the format you'd like to download the list
38569 <para>To email the list contents to someone, click the 'Send List' link and enter in
38570 your email details in the form that pops up (<link linkend="examplelistemail">view a
38571 sample Lists email</link>)</para>
38574 <screeninfo>Email List Contents</screeninfo>
38578 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/emailist.png"/>
38585 <para>To print the contents of your list out click the 'Print List' link</para>
38590 <section id="opacmanagelists">
38591 <title>Managing Lists</title>
38593 <para>Once the list is saved patrons can begin adding items to it.
38594 From the 'my lists' tab on the patron record the patron can edit and
38595 delete the lists they have created by clicking the appropriate link
38596 to the right of the list name.</para>
38599 <screeninfo>My Lists</screeninfo>
38603 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mylists.png"/>
38608 <para>To edit the list's title or sorting patrons click the 'Edit'
38609 link to the right of the list description.</para>
38612 <screeninfo>Editing List</screeninfo>
38616 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/editlist.png"/>
38621 <para>When clicking 'Delete' next to a list you will be asked to
38622 confirm that you want to delete the list.</para>
38625 <screeninfo>Delete list confirmation</screeninfo>
38629 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/deletelist.png"/>
38634 <para>The list will not be deleted until the 'Confirm' button is
38635 clicked to the right of the list you'd like to delete.</para>
38637 <para>If the library is allowing you to share private lists with the <link
38638 linkend="OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists">OpacAllowSharingPrivateLists</link> preference
38639 then you will see the 'Share' link on your list of lists and the 'Share list' link at
38640 the top of each individual list. Clicking this will ask you to enter the email address
38641 of a patron.<screenshot>
38642 <screeninfo>Share list</screeninfo>
38645 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/sharelist.png"/>
38648 </screenshot></para>
38649 <para>Once the email address is entered Koha will present you with a confirmation message </para>
38651 <screeninfo>Share list confirmation</screeninfo>
38654 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/shareconfirmation.png"/>
38658 <para>and will send a message to that patron.</para>
38662 <section id="opaccart">
38663 <title>Cart</title>
38667 <section id="opacaddtocart">
38668 <title>Adding titles to the Cart</title>
38670 <para>Titles can be added to the cart from the search results and/or
38671 from the bibliographic record. On the search results options to add
38672 items to the cart appear below each result and across the top of the
38673 results page</para>
38676 <screeninfo>Add to Cart on Search Results</screeninfo>
38680 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addtolistcart.png"/>
38685 <para>Clicking the 'Add to Cart' button will add the one title to
38686 your cart. To add multiple titles at once, check the box to the left
38687 of each result and then choose 'Cart' from the 'Add to' pull down at
38688 the top of the screen. Once titles are added to the cart you will be
38689 presented with a confirmation</para>
38692 <screeninfo>Items added to Cart</screeninfo>
38696 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addedtocart.png"/>
38700 <para>From the results you will see which items are in your cart and will be able to
38701 remove those items by clicking '(remove)'.<screenshot>
38702 <screeninfo>Item in your cart</screeninfo>
38705 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/iteminyourcart.png"/>
38708 </screenshot></para>
38711 <section id="manageopaccart">
38712 <title>Managing the Cart</title>
38714 <para>Once you have titles in your cart you can manage the contents by clicking on the
38715 'Cart' button usually found at the top of the screen. Your cart will open in a new
38719 <screeninfo>Contents of your cart</screeninfo>
38723 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/cartcontents.png"/>
38728 <para>From this window you are presented with several options.
38729 Across the top of the cart are several buttons.</para>
38731 <para>First is the 'More details' button. Clicking this will show you additional
38732 information about the titles in your cart (ISBNs, Subjects, Publisher Info, Notes and more).<screenshot>
38733 <screeninfo>More details in the cart</screeninfo>
38736 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/cartmoredetails.png"/>
38739 </screenshot></para>
38741 <para>Next is the option to send the contents of your cart to an email address. This is
38742 handy if you want to send the resources you found at the library to your home email
38743 account to refer to later or to send to a patron researching a specific topic. Clicking
38744 this link will open up a new window that asks for the email address and message to send.
38745 <link linkend="examplecartemail">View a sample Cart email</link>.</para>
38748 <screeninfo>Email Cart</screeninfo>
38752 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/emailcart.png"/>
38757 <para>The cart can only be emailed by logged in users. This will prevent your cart email
38758 function from being used for spamming.</para>
38761 <para>In addition to sending your cart you can download the contents
38762 of your cart in several pre-defined formats or using a <link linkend="csvprofiles">CSV Profile</link> that you defined in the
38763 Tools module.</para>
38766 <screeninfo>Download Cart</screeninfo>
38770 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/downloadcart.png"/>
38775 <para>Finally you can print out the contents of your cart by
38776 choosing the 'Print' link.</para>
38778 <para>In addition to the various different ways to save the contents
38779 of your cart, there are ways to add value to the data in your cart.
38780 By selecting one or more titles from the cart you can add them to a
38781 list (click 'Add to a List'), place hold(s) (click 'Place hold'), or
38782 tag them (click 'Tag'). All of these operations follow the same
38783 procedure as they do when performing them in the OPAC.</para>
38788 <section id="opacplacehold">
38789 <title>Placing Holds</title>
38791 <para>Patrons can place holds on items via the OPAC if they're logged in
38792 and you have the <link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link>
38793 preference set to 'Allow'. If the item can be placed on hold the option
38794 to place it on hold will appear in several different places.</para>
38798 <para>When viewing a list or search results page you'll see the
38799 option to place hold on multiple items by checking the boxes to the
38800 left of the results and clicking 'Place Hold' at the top</para>
38803 <screeninfo>Place Hold from Results</screeninfo>
38807 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdresults.png"/>
38814 <para>When viewing a list or search results page you'll see the
38815 option to place the item on hold below the basic information about
38819 <screeninfo>Place Hold</screeninfo>
38823 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdsindiv.png"/>
38830 <para>When viewing an individual title you'll see the option to
38831 place a hold in the box on the right side of the screen</para>
38834 <screeninfo>Place Hold</screeninfo>
38838 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdsdetail.png"/>
38845 <para>No matter which of the above links you click to place your hold
38846 you'll be brought to the same hold screen.</para>
38849 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form</screeninfo>
38853 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplacehold.png"/>
38860 <para>Check the box to the left of the items you'd like to place on
38865 <para>The title includes a link back to the detail page for the
38870 <para>The priority shows where in the holds queue this hold will
38874 <para>If allowed by your <link linkend="OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch"
38875 >OPACAllowUserToChooseBranch</link> preference the patron can choose where they'd like
38876 to pick up their hold</para>
38879 <para>If you would like to see more options you can click 'Show more options'</para>
38884 <screeninfo>Place Hold Form with More Options</screeninfo>
38887 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdmore.png"/>
38894 <para>If allowed by your <link linkend="OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture"
38895 >OPACAllowHoldDateInFuture</link> preference, the 'Hold Starts on Date' column will
38896 show. This field allows the patron to have their hold start on a future date.</para>
38900 <para>By default holds placed in the system remain until canceled,
38901 but if the patron fills in a 'Hold Not Needed After' date then the
38902 hold has an expiration date.</para>
38907 <para>Expired holds are removed by the <link linkend="expiredholdscron">Expired Holds Cron Job</link>, this
38908 is not an automatic process and must be set up by your system
38909 administrator</para>
38916 <para>If allowed by the <link linkend="OpacHoldNotes">OpacHoldNotes</link> preference then
38917 patrons can leave notes about their holds for the library by clicking the 'Edit notes' button</para>
38919 <screeninfo>Hold notes</screeninfo>
38922 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/holdnote.png"/>
38928 <para>Depending on the rules you set regarding item specific holds in your <link
38929 linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fines rules</link> the patron will be allowed
38930 to choose whether to place the hold on the next available copy and/or a specific
38933 <screeninfo>Specific Copy Hold</screeninfo>
38936 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacplaceholdspecific.png"/>
38943 <para>After clicking the Place Hold button the patron will be brought to
38944 their account page where they'll see all of the items they have on
38948 <section id="opacenhancedcontent">
38949 <title>Enhanced Content</title>
38953 <section id="opactagging">
38954 <title>Tagging</title>
38956 <para>Depending on your settings for the <link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link>, <link linkend="TagsInputOnList">TagsInputOnList</link> and <link linkend="TagsInputOnDetail">TagsInputOnDetail</link> preferences you
38957 may be able to add tags to bibliographic records from the search
38958 results and/or bibliographic records. If you are allowing patrons to
38959 add tags from the search results screen you will see an input box
38960 below each result and a 'Tag' option at the top of the screen.</para>
38963 <screeninfo>Tagging Options on Results</screeninfo>
38967 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tags-results.png"/>
38972 <para>To add a tag to one item, type the tabs (separated by commas) in
38973 the 'New tag' box and click 'Add'. You will be presented with a
38974 confirmation of your tags being added.</para>
38977 <screeninfo>Tags Added on Results</screeninfo>
38981 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tagsadded-results.png"/>
38986 <para>From the results you can also tag items in bulk by clicking the
38987 checkboxes on the left and then clicking the 'Tag' button at the top.
38988 After clicking the button it will change into an input box for you to
38989 add tags to all of the items you have selected.</para>
38992 <screeninfo>Add Tags to Multiple Items</screeninfo>
38996 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/tagaddmultiple-results.png"/>
39002 <section id="opaccomments">
39003 <title>Comments</title>
39005 <para>Patrons can leave comments in the OPAC if you have the <link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> preference set to allow this.
39006 Each bibliographic record has a comments tab below the bibliographic
39007 information.</para>
39010 <screeninfo>Comments Tab</screeninfo>
39014 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentstab.png"/>
39019 <para>If the patron is logged in they will see a link to add a comment
39020 to the item. Clicking this link will open a pop up window with a box
39021 for their comments.</para>
39024 <screeninfo>Add a Comment</screeninfo>
39028 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/addcomment.png"/>
39033 <para>Once the comment has been typed and the 'Submit' button clicked,
39034 the patron will see their comment as pending and other patrons will
39035 simply see that there are no comments on the item.</para>
39038 <screeninfo>Pending Comment</screeninfo>
39042 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentpending.png"/>
39047 <para>Once the comment is approved the patron will see the number of comments on the
39048 'Comments' tab and their comment labeled amongst the other comments. If you have set your
39049 <link linkend="ShowReviewerPhoto">ShowReviewerPhoto</link> preference to 'Show' then
39050 you'll see the patron's photo pulled from the <ulink url="https://www.libravatar.org"
39051 >Libravatar</ulink> library.</para>
39054 <screeninfo>Your Comments</screeninfo>
39058 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/yourcomment.png"/>
39063 <para>Other patrons will see the comment with the name of the patron
39064 who left the comment (unless you have set the <link linkend="ShowReviewer">ShowReviewer</link> preference to not show
39065 patron names).</para>
39068 <screeninfo>Comment by other patron</screeninfo>
39072 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/commentby.png"/>
39077 <para>If you have your <link linkend="OpacShowRecentComments">OpacShowRecentComments</link>
39078 set to show then you'll see the approved comments on that page.</para>
39081 <screeninfo>Recent Comments List</screeninfo>
39085 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/recentcomments.png"/>
39089 <para>From this page patrons can subscribe to the recent comments using RSS if they would
39093 <section id="zotero">
39094 <title>Zotero</title>
39096 <para>Zotero is a Firefox add on that allows for the saving and
39097 generating of a bibliography. Learn more about and download Zotero at
39098 <ulink url="http://zotero.org">http://zotero.org</ulink>.</para>
39100 <para>When on the search results in the Koha OPAC, if you have Zotero
39101 installed, you will see a folder icon in the address bar to the right
39102 of the URL. Clicking that folder will open up a list of titles on the
39103 page for you to pick from to add to Zotero.</para>
39106 <screeninfo>Zotero pop up</screeninfo>
39110 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/zoteroaddressbar.png"/>
39115 <para>Select the titles you want to add to Zotero and then click the
39116 'OK' button. This will add the title to Zotero. You can see the title
39117 by opening your Zotero library.</para>
39120 <screeninfo>Title in the Zotero Library</screeninfo>
39124 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/zoterotitle.png"/>
39130 <section id="customrss">
39131 <title>Custom RSS Feeds</title>
39133 <para>Using misc/cronjobs/rss/rss.pl you can generate an RSS feed for
39134 any SQL query (for example a new acquisitions RSS feed). rss.pl is run
39135 on the command line to produce an RSS XML document.</para>
39137 <para>The output should be placed in a directory accessible to the
39138 OPAC (or staff) web interface so that users can download the RSS
39141 <para>An example of usage can be found at: misc/cronjobs/rss.pl
39142 lastAcquired.conf</para>
39144 <para>Normally rss.pl should be run periodically (e.g., daily) to keep
39145 the feed up-to-date.</para>
39147 <para>The configuration file (e.g., lastAcquired.conf) lists</para>
39151 <para>name of the template file to use</para>
39155 <para>path of output file</para>
39159 <para>SQL query</para>
39163 <para>rss.pl runs the SQL query, then feeds the output of the query
39164 through the template to produce the output file.</para>
39167 <para>To use custom RSS feeds you need to turn on the rss.pl cron job.</para>
39168 </important></para>
39171 <section id="selfregistration">
39172 <title>OPAC Self Registration</title>
39173 <para>If you allow it, patrons can register for their own accounts via the OPAC. If you have
39174 the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistration">PatronSelfRegistration</link> preference set to
39175 'Allow' then patrons will see a link to register below the log in box on the right of the
39176 main OPAC page.</para>
39178 <screeninfo>Registration link in OPAC</screeninfo>
39181 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/PatronSelfRegistration.png"/>
39185 <para>When the patron clicks the 'Register here' link they will be brough to a registration
39186 page. The options on the registration page can be conrolled by editing the <link
39187 linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField"
39188 >PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link> and the <link
39189 linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField"
39190 >PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
39192 <screeninfo>Registration form</screeninfo>
39195 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronregistration.png"/>
39199 <para>Once the patron has confirmed submitted their registration they will either be sent an
39200 email to confirm their account (if you have the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link>
39201 preference to require this) or presented with their new username and password.</para>
39203 <screeninfo>New account confirmation</screeninfo>
39206 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronregistrationcomplete.png"/>
39210 <para>Patrons registered in this way will not have a cardnumber until assigned one by the
39211 library, but will have access to all OPAC functionality immediately. For this reason it is
39212 recommended that you:<itemizedlist>
39214 <para>set up a provisional <link linkend="addingpatroncat">patron category</link> for
39215 self registered patrons (such as 'Self Registered) instead of using an existing patron
39216 category and set that value in the <link
39217 linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory"
39218 >PatronSelfRegistrationDefaultCategory</link> preference</para>
39221 <para>give this patron category minimal circulation privileges in the <link
39222 linkend="circfinerules">Circulation and Fine Rules</link> (such as allowing a couple
39223 holds, but no check outs)</para>
39225 </itemizedlist>That way patrons will either have to come in to the library to verify their
39226 identity before given a cardnumber and the ability to check items out or the library will
39227 have to come up with internal policy on generating cardnumbers before providing them to self
39228 registered patrons. Once this is done the library can change the category to one that is
39229 more appropriate (be it an adult, resident, non resident, student, etc) and add a
39230 cardnumber/barcode.</para>
39233 <section id="opacmyaccount">
39234 <title>My Account</title>
39236 <para>From the OPAC patrons can log in and access their account if you
39237 have set the <link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link>
39238 preference to 'Allow'. Once logged in patrons are brought to their
39239 account summary. If you would like to get to your account in the OPAC,
39240 you can click on your name in the top right of any page in the
39243 <section id="opacmysummary">
39244 <title>My Summary</title>
39247 <screeninfo>My Summary</screeninfo>
39251 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myaccount.png"/>
39256 <para>From the 'my summary' tab, patrons will see all of the items
39257 they have checked out with the overdue items highlighted in red. If
39258 you have <link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">OpacRenewalAllowed</link>
39259 set to 'Allow' then your patrons will be able to renew their books
39260 right from the OPAC. If you have HTML entered in the <link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link> preference then
39261 you will see that to the right of the 'Fines' column.</para>
39264 <screeninfo>Checked out tab with OPACMySummaryHTML set</screeninfo>
39268 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacsummary-wlinks.png"/>
39273 <para id="barcodeattribute">If your patrons would like to see the items barcodes on their
39274 list of checked out items you can set up a <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron
39275 attribute</link> with the value of SHOW_BCODE and <link linkend="authorizedvalues"
39276 >authorized value</link> of YES_NO.</para>
39279 <screeninfo>Add SHOW_BCODE patron attribute</screeninfo>
39283 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEadd.png"/>
39288 <para>Then on the <link linkend="editpatrons">patron's record set the
39289 value</link> for SHOW_BCODE to yes.</para>
39292 <screeninfo>Setting value for SHOW_BCODE on patron
39293 record</screeninfo>
39297 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEattribute.png"/>
39302 <para>This will add a column to the check out summary in the OPAC that
39303 shows the patrons the barcodes of the items they have checked
39307 <screeninfo>Barcode number on checkout list in OPAC</screeninfo>
39311 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/barcodeoncheckouts.png"/>
39316 <para>Clicking on the 'Overdue' tab will show only the items that are
39320 <screeninfo>Overdue Items</screeninfo>
39324 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myoverdues.png"/>
39329 <para>The 'Fines' tab will show just a total of what the patron owes.
39330 Clicking on the total will take them to the 'my fines' tab where they
39331 will see a complete breakdown of their fines and bills. If you don't
39332 charge fines at your library you can turn the display of these tabs
39333 off by setting the <link linkend="OPACFinesTab">OPACFinesTab</link>
39334 preference to 'Don't Allow.'</para>
39337 <screeninfo>Patron Fines</screeninfo>
39341 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myfines.png"/>
39346 <para>Finally, clicking on the 'Holds' tab will show the patron the status of all of the
39347 items they have on hold. </para>
39350 <screeninfo>Patron holds status</screeninfo>
39354 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myholds.png"/>
39359 <para>Patrons can cancel or suspend (depending on the value of your <link
39360 linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link> system preference) their own holds if
39361 they are not in transit or already waiting for them. When they click 'Suspend' they will
39362 be presented with the option to choose a date for their hold to resume.<screenshot>
39363 <screeninfo>Suspend until</screeninfo>
39366 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suspenduntil.png"/>
39369 </screenshot></para>
39370 <para>They can also suspend all of their holds indefinitely or until a specific date if they
39371 choose by filling in the suspend options at the bottom of the page.</para>
39374 <para>If you have your <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
39375 preference set to "Don't allow" then you will not have the option to
39376 put an end date on the hold suspension</para>
39380 <section id="opacmyaccount-flags">
39381 <title>Patron Flags</title>
39383 <para>If you have <link linkend="patronflags">flagged your patron's
39384 account</link> they may see one of the following error messages at the
39385 top of their account.</para>
39389 <para>Card marked as lost</para>
39392 <screeninfo>Library card lost</screeninfo>
39396 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/nocard.png"/>
39403 <para>Patron address in question</para>
39406 <screeninfo>Patron address in question</screeninfo>
39410 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/noaddress.png"/>
39418 <para>this error message will not include a link to the
39419 update form if you have <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> set to
39420 'Don't allow'</para>
39427 <para>Patron marked restricted</para>
39430 <screeninfo>Patron restricted</screeninfo>
39434 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/debarred.png"/>
39442 <section id="opacmyfines">
39443 <title>My Fines</title>
39445 <para>If your library charges fines the next tab on the left is 'my
39446 fines.' Opening this tab will show the patron an entire history of
39447 their accounting at the library.</para>
39450 <screeninfo>Library Fines & Charges</screeninfo>
39454 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mybilling.png"/>
39460 <section id="opacmydetails">
39461 <title>My Details</title>
39463 <para>If you have your <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference
39464 set to 'Allow', your patrons will see a form filled in with their contacting information
39465 by clicking on the 'my personal details' tab. You can control what fields patrons see and
39466 can modify via the OPAC by setting the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerMandatoryField</link>
39467 <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField">PatronSelfRegistrationBorrowerUnwantedField</link> preferences.</para>
39470 <screeninfo>Patron's personal details</screeninfo>
39474 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprofile.png"/>
39479 <para>Patrons can edit their details in this form and click 'Submit Changes' to have their
39480 edits sent to the library for review before their record is updated. Staff will see all
39481 patrons requesting modification to their record listed below the modules on the main
39482 dashboard along with anything else awaiting library attention.</para>
39484 <screeninfo>Patron requests waiting review</screeninfo>
39487 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/patronrequestwaiting.png"/>
39492 <para>If the <link linkend="OPACPatronDetails">OPACPatronDetails</link> preference is set to
39493 'Don't allow' then patrons will simply see their details and a message stating that they
39494 should contact the library for changes.</para>
39497 <screeninfo>Patron's personal details with no edits</screeninfo>
39501 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprofile-noedit.png"/>
39507 <section id="opacmytags">
39508 <title>My Tags</title>
39510 <para>If your library has <link linkend="TagsEnabled">TagsEnabled</link> set to 'Allowed' then the
39511 next tab on the left will be 'my tags.' This tab will show patrons all
39512 of the tags in the system as a cloud and then all of the tags they
39513 have applied in a list format. From here patrons have the ability to
39514 remove tags that they have added if they want.</para>
39517 <screeninfo>Patron's tags</screeninfo>
39521 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mytags.png"/>
39527 <section id="opacmypassword">
39528 <title>Change My Password</title>
39530 <para>Next, if you have <link linkend="OpacPasswordChange">OpacPasswordChange</link> set to 'Allow'
39531 the next tab will be 'change my password,' where patrons can change
39532 their password for logging into the OPAC. Patrons will be presented
39533 with a standard form asking them to enter their old password and then
39534 their new password twice.</para>
39537 <screeninfo>Change my password</screeninfo>
39541 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mypassword.png"/>
39547 <section id="opacmysearchistory">
39548 <title>My Search History</title>
39550 <para>If you have your <link linkend="EnableOpacSearchHistory">EnableOpacSearchHistory</link>
39551 preference set to 'Allow' then your patrons can access their search
39552 history via the 'my search history' tab.</para>
39555 <screeninfo>my search history tab</screeninfo>
39559 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mysearchhistory.png"/>
39564 <para>The search history is a record of all searches run by the
39565 patron. Clicking on any of the search phrases will re-run the search
39566 for the patron. The search history can be deleted by the patron at any
39567 time by clicking the 'Delete your search history' link found at the
39568 top of this tab or by clicking the little red 'x' next to the 'Search
39569 history' link at the top right of the OPAC.</para>
39572 <screeninfo>Search history link at the top right of the
39577 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/searchistory.png"/>
39583 <section id="opacmyhistory">
39584 <title>My Reading History</title>
39586 <para>Depending on your library's setting for <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> your patrons
39587 may see the 'my reading history' tab next. This will show the patron
39588 their entire reading history unless they have asked the library to not
39589 keep that information via the 'my privacy' tab which will appear if
39590 you have the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preference
39591 set to 'Allow.'</para>
39594 <screeninfo>Patron reading history</screeninfo>
39598 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myhistory.png"/>
39602 <para>If you have HTML entered in the <link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML"
39603 >OPACMySummaryHTML</link> preference then you will see that to the right of the 'Date'
39607 <section id="opacmyprivacy">
39608 <title>My Privacy</title>
39610 <para>The 'my privacy' tab will appear if you have both the <link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> and the <link linkend="OPACPrivacy">OPACPrivacy</link> preferences set to 'Allow.'
39611 This tab will allow the patrons to decide how the library keeps their
39612 circulation history data.</para>
39615 <screeninfo>my privacy tab</screeninfo>
39619 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/myprivacy.png"/>
39624 <para>The patron can choose from three options:</para>
39628 <para>Forever: keep my reading history without limit. This is the
39629 option for users who want to keep track of what they are
39634 <para>Default: keep my reading history according to local laws.
39635 This is the default option : the library will keep your reading
39636 history for the duration permitted by local laws.</para>
39640 <para>Never: Delete my reading history immediately. This will
39641 delete all record of the item that was checked-out upon
39646 <para>Depending on the patron's suggestions the contents of the '<link linkend="opacmyhistory">my reading history</link>' tab and the '<link linkend="circhistory">Circulation History</link>' tab in the staff
39647 client may change.</para>
39649 <para>Regardless of the patron's choice they can delete their reading
39650 history in bulk at any time by clicking the 'Immediate deletion'
39654 <screeninfo>Delete Circulation History</screeninfo>
39658 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/deletecirchistory.png"/>
39663 <para>Clicking this button will not delete items that are currently checked out, but will
39664 clear the patron's past reading history.<important>
39665 <para>In order for the patron to be able to delete their reading history you must have
39666 the <link linkend="AnonymousPatron">AnonymousPatron</link> preference set.</para>
39667 </important></para>
39670 <section id="opacmysuggestions">
39671 <title>My Purchase Suggestions</title>
39673 <para>If your library allows patrons to make purchase suggestions the
39674 next tab will show all suggestions that the patron made to the library
39675 and their statuses. To disable this tab and the suggestion
39676 functionality set the <link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> preference to 'Don't
39680 <screeninfo>Patron purchase suggestions</screeninfo>
39684 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mysuggestions.png"/>
39688 <para>If you have <link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link>
39689 set to 'Show' then patrons will be able to search suggestions from the top of this
39693 <section id="opacmymsgs">
39694 <title>My Messaging</title>
39696 <para>If your library has the <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
39697 preference set to 'Allow' then your patrons will be able to choose
39698 which messages they receive from the library (with the exception of
39699 overdue notices which the library controls).</para>
39702 <screeninfo>Patron messaging preferences</screeninfo>
39706 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mymessages.png"/>
39711 <para>If you also allow SMS messages with the <link linkend="SMSSendDriver">SMSSendDriver</link> preference, you will see
39712 an additional column to receive these messages as SMS (or text
39713 messages) and a field for a cell (or SMS) number.</para>
39716 <screeninfo>SMSSendDriver in the OPAC</screeninfo>
39720 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/OPACSMSSendDriver.png"/>
39724 <para>If you are using the <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">Itiva Talking
39725 Tech</link> service you will see an additional column to receive these messages via Phone.<screenshot>
39726 <screeninfo>Phone messaging preferences in the OPAC</screeninfo>
39729 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/opacphonemsg.png"/>
39732 </screenshot></para>
39735 <para>These notices are:</para>
39738 <para>Advanced notice : A notice in advance of the patron's items being due (The
39739 patron can choose the number of days in advance)</para>
39742 <para>Item checkout : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
39743 checked out and/or renewed, this is an electronic form of the checkout
39747 <para>Hold filled : A notice when you have confirmed the hold is waiting for the
39751 <para>Item due : A notice on the day and item is due back at the library</para>
39754 <para>Item check-in : A notice that lists all the of the items the patron has just
39760 <para>Patrons can choose to receive their notices as a digest by checking the 'Digest only?'
39761 box along with the delivery method. A digest is a combination of all the messages of that
39762 type (so all items due in 3 days in one email) in to one email instead of multiple emails
39763 for each alert.</para>
39765 <para>You must choose a delivery method (SMS or Email or Phone) along with 'Digest only?'
39766 if you would like to receive a digest of the messages.</para>
39770 <section id="opacmylists">
39771 <title>My Lists</title>
39773 <para>Finally, if your library has the <link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> set to 'Allow' then the
39774 last tab will by 'my lists.' From here your patrons can review public
39775 lists and create or edit their own private lists.</para>
39778 <screeninfo>Patron lists</screeninfo>
39782 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/mylists.png"/>
39789 <section id="purchasesuggest">
39790 <title>Purchase Suggestions</title>
39792 <para>If your library has the <link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> preference set to 'Allow'
39793 then patrons will have the option to make purchase suggestions in
39794 several areas in the OPAC.</para>
39796 <para>If you are allowing everyone to see the purchase suggestions made by others with the
39797 <link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link> preference,
39798 then there will be a link at the top of your OPAC under the search box.</para>
39801 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestions Link on Search Box</screeninfo>
39805 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfromsearch.png"/>
39810 <para>There will be a link when the patron finds nothing for their
39814 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestion Link from Search Results</screeninfo>
39818 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfromnoresults.png"/>
39823 <para>And there will be a link on the patron's <link linkend="opacmysuggestions">My Purchase Suggestions</link> tab.</para>
39826 <screeninfo>Purchase Suggestion from My Purchase Suggestions
39831 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/suggestfrommyaccount.png"/>
39836 <para>Clicking any one of these links will open the purchase suggestion
39840 <screeninfo>New Purchase Suggestion</screeninfo>
39844 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/newsuggestion.png"/>
39851 <para>From the form on the 'Title' is required by the
39856 <para>If you would like the 'Reason for suggestion' menu shown in
39857 the screenshot above to appear on your suggestions list you need to
39858 add an <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized value</link>
39859 category titled 'OPAC_SUG' and include reasons as values in that
39864 <para>If you would like the patron to be able to choose which branch
39865 they are making a suggestion for you need to set the <link linkend="AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice">AllowPurchaseSuggestionBranchChoice</link>
39866 preference to 'Allow'</para>
39870 <para>Once the form is submitted the data will be saved to the <link linkend="managesuggest">Acquisitions</link> module for the librarians to
39875 <chapter id="searching">
39876 <title>Searching</title>
39880 <section id="searchprefixes">
39881 <title>Advanced Search Prefixes</title>
39883 <para>The following prefixes can be added to search terms in the keyword
39884 search box to limit items returned</para>
39888 <para>ti: title search</para>
39892 <para>ex. ti:hamlet</para>
39898 <para>su: subject search</para>
39902 <para>ex. su:cooking</para>
39908 <para>pb: publisher search</para>
39912 <para>ex. pb:penguin</para>
39918 <para>au: author search</para>
39922 <para>ex. au:rowling</para>
39928 <para>su-geo: geographic subjects</para>
39932 <para>ex. su-geo:wales and kw:description and kw:travel</para>
39938 <para>bc: barcode</para>
39942 <para>ex. bc:502326000912</para>
39948 <para>lex: lexile</para>
39952 <para>levels lex:510</para>
39961 <section id="searchguide">
39965 <firstname>Becky</firstname>
39966 <surname>Bell</surname>
39968 <orgname>WALDO</orgname>
39973 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
39974 <surname>Engard</surname>
39975 <contrib>Fixed typos, changed content where necessary and added new
39976 screenshots.</contrib>
39980 <pubdate>October 2008</pubdate>
39982 <title>Guide to Searching</title>
39984 <para>This brief guide will explain a chart that shows a sample of how a
39985 MARC21 database can be configured, as well as a brief introductory
39986 searching guide. The indexing fields described in this document relate
39987 to the bibliographic data and does not address authority database
39990 <section id="searchguide-indexing">
39991 <title>Indexing and Searching Description</title>
39993 <para>Koha's databases are indexed by the Zebra open-source software.
39994 The overview to the documentation describes Zebra as:</para>
39997 <para>"...Zebra is a high-performance, general-purpose structured
39998 text indexing and retrieval engine. It reads records in a variety of
39999 input formats (eg. email, XML, MARC) and provides access to them
40000 through a powerful combination of Boolean search expressions and
40001 relevance-ranked free-text queries.</para>
40003 <para>Zebra supports large databases (tens of millions of records,
40004 tens of gigabytes of data). It allows safe, incremental database
40005 updates on live systems. Because Zebra supports the
40006 industry-standard information retrieval protocol, Z39.50, you can
40007 search Zebra databases using an enormous variety of programs and
40008 toolkits, both commercial and free, which understands this
40009 protocol..." Zebra - User's Guide and Reference, p. 1, <ulink url="http://www.indexdata.dk/zebra/doc/zebra.pdf">http://www.indexdata.dk/zebra/doc/zebra.pdf</ulink></para>
40012 <para>This brief guide will explain a chart that shows a sample of how
40013 a MARC21 database can be configured, as well as a brief introductory
40014 searching guide. The indexing fields described in this document relate
40015 to the bibliographic data and does not address authority database
40019 <para>The indexing described in this document is the set used by
40020 SouthEastern University. Your local indexing may vary.</para>
40024 <section id="searchguide-indexconfig">
40025 <title>Indexing Configuration</title>
40027 <para>There are three configuration files that Koha uses while
40030 <para>The first configuration file (etc/zebradb/biblios/etc/bib1.att)
40031 contains the Z39.50 bib-1 attribute list, plus the Koha local use
40032 attributes for Biblio Indexes, Items Index, and Fixed Fields and other
40033 special indexes. The Z39.50 Bib-1 profile is made up of several
40034 different types of attributes: Use, Relation, Position, Structure,
40035 Truncation, and Completeness. The bib-1 'Use' attribute is represented
40036 on the chart; the other attributes are used primarily when doing
40037 searches. While there are over 150+ use attributes that could be used
40038 to define your indexing set, it's unlikely that you will choose to use
40039 them all. The attributes you elect to use are those that become the
40040 indexing rules for your database. The other five attribute sets define
40041 the various ways that a search can be further defined, and will not
40042 specifically be addressed in this document. For a complete list of the
40043 standard Bib-1 attributes, go to <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink>.</para>
40045 <para>The second file is etc/zebradb/marc_defs/[marc21|unimarc]/biblios/record.abs if you
40046 use grs1 indexing [the default until 3.16] or
40047 etc/zebradb/marc_defs/[marc21|unimarc]/biblios/biblio-koha-indexdefs.xml if you use dom
40048 indexing [the default from 3.18]. Either files contains the abstract syntax which maps the
40049 MARC21 tags to the set of Use Attributes you choose to use. To be more precise the xml
40050 file to be activate needs to be transform into biblio-zebra-indexdefs.xsl, read the head
40051 of biblio-zebra-indexdefs.xsl to know more about this topic. The rules established in this
40052 file provides a passable Bath level 0 and 1 service, which includes author, title,
40053 subject, keyword and exact services such as standard identifiers (LCCN, ISBN, ISSN,
40056 <para>The third file (etc/zebradb/ccl.properties) is the Common
40057 Command Language (CCL) field mappings. This file combines the bib-1
40058 attribute set file and the abstract file and adds the qualifiers,
40059 usually known as index names. The qualifiers, or indexes, for this
40060 database are: pn, cpn, cfn, ti, se, ut, nb, ns, sn, lcn, callnum, su,
40061 su-to, su-geo, su-ut, yr,pubdate, acqdate, ln, pl, ab, nt, rtype,
40062 mc-rtype, mus, au, su-na, kw, pb, ctype, and an.</para>
40064 <para>The <link linkend="kohasearchindexes">Koha Indexing Chart</link> summarizes the
40065 contents of all three of these files in a more readable format. The first two columns
40066 labeled Z39.50 attribute and Z39.50 name matches the Z39.50 bib-1 attributes file. The
40067 third column labeled MARC tags indexed is where you find which MARC tags are mapped to an
40068 attribute. The fourth column labeled Qualifiers identifies the search abbreviations used
40069 in the internal CCL query. The following description provides a definition for the word
40070 'qualifiers'.</para>
40072 <para><emphasis>Qualifiers are used to direct the search to a
40073 particular searchable index, such as title (ti) and author indexes
40074 (au). The CCL standard itself doesn't specify a particular set of
40075 qualifiers, but it does suggest a few shorthand notations. You can
40076 customize the CCL parser to support a particular set of qualifiers to
40077 reflect the current target profile. Traditionally, a qualifier would
40078 map to a particular use-attribute within the BIB-1attribute set. It is
40079 also possible to set other attributes, such as the structure
40080 attribute.</emphasis></para>
40082 <para>In the MARC tags indexed column, there are some conventions used
40083 that have specific meanings. They are:</para>
40087 <para>A three digit tag (100) means that all subfields in the tag
40088 can be used in a search query. So, if you enter a search for
40089 'Jackson' as an author, you will retrieve records where Jackson
40090 could be the last name or the first name.</para>
40094 <para>A three digit tag that has a '$' followed by a letter
40095 (600$a) means that a search query will only search the 'a'
40100 <para>A three digit tag that is followed by a ':' and a letter
40101 (240:w) means that a search query can be further qualified. The
40102 letter following the ':' identifies how to conduct the search. The
40103 most common values you'll see are 'w' (word), 'p' (phrase), 's'
40104 (sort), and 'n' (numeric).</para>
40108 <para>The contents of the MARC tags, subfields, and/or fixed field
40109 elements that are listed in this chart are all indexed. You'll see
40110 that every attribute line is not mapped to a specific qualifier
40111 (index)-LC card number, line 9 is one example. However, every indexed
40112 word (a string of characters preceded and succeeded by a space) can be
40113 searched using a keyword (kw) search. So, although an LC card number
40114 specific index doesn't exist, you can still search by the LCCN since
40115 tag 010 is assigned to the LC-card-number attribute. To verify this,
40116 enter 72180055 in the persistent search box. You should retrieve The
40117 gods themselves, by Isaac Asimov.</para>
40119 <para>Examples of fixed field elements indexing can be seen on the
40120 chart between Attribute 8822 and Attribute 8703. These attributes are
40121 most commonly used for limiting. The fixed field attributes currently
40122 represent the BK codes. Other format codes, if needed, could be
40126 <section id="searchguide-basics">
40127 <title>Basic Searching</title>
40129 <para>The search box that library staff and library patrons will see
40130 most often is the persistent search box at the top of the page. Koha
40131 interprets the searches as keyword searches.</para>
40134 <screeninfo>Koha search box</screeninfo>
40138 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchbox.png"/>
40143 <para>To start a search, you enter a word or multiple words in the
40144 search box. When a single word is entered, a keyword search is
40145 performed. You can check this out by typing one word into the form and
40146 note the number of results located. Then, repeat the search with a
40147 minor change. In front of the search word, type 'kw=' followed by the
40148 same search term. The results will be identical.</para>
40150 <para>When you have more than one word in the search box, Koha will
40151 still do a keyword search, but a bit differently. Each word will be
40152 searched on its own, then the Boolean connector 'and' will narrow your
40153 search to those items with all words contained in matching
40156 <para>Suppose you want to find material about how libraries are using
40157 mashups. You'll select the major words and enter them into the
40158 persistent search box.</para>
40161 <screeninfo>Keyword Search</screeninfo>
40165 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchterms.png"/>
40170 <para>The response to this search is:</para>
40173 <screeninfo>Results</screeninfo>
40177 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/resultssummary.png"/>
40182 <para>The order of the words does not affect the retrieval results, so
40183 you could also enter the search as "mashups library". The response to
40184 this search is results</para>
40187 <screeninfo>Results</screeninfo>
40191 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/resultssummary2.png"/>
40196 <para>Too many words in the search box will find very few matches, as
40197 the following example illustrates:</para>
40200 <screeninfo>No results found</screeninfo>
40204 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/noresults.png"/>
40210 <section id="searchguide-advanced">
40211 <title>Advanced Searching</title>
40213 <para>When you can't find the most appropriate material with a general
40214 search, you can move to the Advanced Search page by clicking on the
40215 Search option on the persistent toolbar.</para>
40218 <screeninfo>Koha Menu</screeninfo>
40222 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/menubar.png"/>
40227 <para>The Advanced Search page offers many ways to limit the results
40228 of your search. You can search using the Boolean operators AND, OR,
40229 and NOT; limit by item type; limit by year and language; limit by
40230 subtypes audience, content, format, or additional content types; by
40231 location and by availability.</para>
40233 <para>The first limiting section on the Advanced Search page provides
40234 a quick and simple way to use the Boolean operators in your search.
40235 Note that this display depends on a system preference setting. This
40236 option can be found on the Administration > System Preferences >
40237 Searching page. The option called <link linkend="expandedSearchOption">expandedSearchOption</link> must be set
40238 to 'show' to see the following display.</para>
40241 <screeninfo>Advanced Search Options</screeninfo>
40245 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/searchoptions.png"/>
40250 <para>In this section you can choose among the many indexes by
40251 clicking on the arrow in the first box. The blank box that follows is
40252 where you enter your first search term or terms. On the second line,
40253 you can choose the Boolean operator you want to use in your search.
40254 The options are 'and', 'or', and 'not'. Then, you would again choose
40255 the index to search, followed by the second term or terms. If you have
40256 more concepts you want to include in your search, you can click the
40257 [+] to add another line for your search.</para>
40259 <para>A sample search is shown next, followed by its results:</para>
40262 <screeninfo>Advanced Search</screeninfo>
40266 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advsearch.png"/>
40272 <screeninfo>Results from Advanced Search</screeninfo>
40276 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/numresults.png"/>
40281 <para>When you use the Boolean operators to broaden or narrow a
40282 search, remember the action of each operator. The 'and' operator
40283 narrows the results you'll retrieve because the search will retrieve
40284 the records that include all your search terms. The 'or' operator
40285 expands the results because the search will look for occurrences of
40286 all of your search terms. The 'not' operator excludes records with the
40287 term that follows the operator.</para>
40289 <para>Note: If you leave this <link linkend="expandedSearchOption">expandedSearchOption</link> set to
40290 'don't show', this is the display you will see:</para>
40293 <screeninfo>Fewer Search Options</screeninfo>
40297 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/feweropts.png"/>
40302 <para>The Advanced Search page then shows the multiple kinds of limits
40303 that can be applied to your search results. Either check a box or
40304 select from the drop down menus to narrow your search. You will type
40305 the year, year range, or a 'greater than (>)' or 'less than (<)'
40309 <screeninfo>Other Advanced Search Options</screeninfo>
40313 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advoptions.png"/>
40318 <para>Finally, you can choose how the results will be sorted. The
40319 pre-defined sort options are in the final area of the Advanced Search
40323 <screeninfo>Sort Results By</screeninfo>
40327 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/advsortby.png"/>
40332 <para>The default sort is by relevance, although you can choose to sort by author, by title,
40333 by call number, by dates, or by popularity (which uses the information on total issues
40334 found in the items table). If you would prefer a different default sort, you can set <link
40335 linkend="defaultSortField">defaultSortField</link> to one of the other choices in
40336 Administration > System Preferences > Searching.</para>
40338 <section id="searchguide-itemsearch">
40339 <title>Item Searching</title>
40340 <para>If you are looking for specific items you can use the item search engine in the staff
40341 client to find them. <itemizedlist>
40343 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> Search > Go to item search</para>
40345 </itemizedlist></para>
40346 <para>At the top of the advanced search page in the staff client you will see a link to 'Go
40347 to item search'<screenshot>
40348 <screeninfo>Item search link</screeninfo>
40351 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearchlink.png"/>
40354 </screenshot></para>
40355 <para>Clicking that link will open up a item specific search engine.<screenshot>
40356 <screeninfo>Item search</screeninfo>
40359 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearch.png"/>
40362 </screenshot></para>
40363 <para>Using the search form that is presented you can find a list of specific items that can
40364 be output to the screen or to a CSV file. If your results are printed to the screen you
40365 will have the option to narrow your search further using filters at the top.<screenshot>
40366 <screeninfo>Item search results</screeninfo>
40369 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/itemsearchresults.png"/>
40372 </screenshot></para>
40375 <section id="searchguide-ccl">
40376 <title>Common Command Language Searching</title>
40378 <para>Koha uses the Common Command Language (CCL) (ISO 8777) as its
40379 internal search protocol. Searches initiated in the graphical
40380 interface use this protocol as well, although the searcher doesn't
40381 know which indexes, operators and limiters are available and being
40382 used to conduct their search. The searcher can use the Advanced Search
40383 when more precise results set are desired and where the search indexes
40384 are somewhat known. However, some library users and many library staff
40385 prefer using a command based structure. This part of the document will
40386 present and explain the use of the Koha command based structure. The
40387 indexes, operators, and limiters used are identical to those used in
40388 the graphical interface.</para>
40390 <section id="searchguide-indexes">
40391 <title>Indexes</title>
40393 <para>The CCL standard itself doesn't specify a particular set of
40394 qualifiers (indexes), but it does suggest a few short-hand notations
40395 such as 'ti', 'au', and 'su'. Koha has a default set of indexes;
40396 it's possible to customize that set by adding needed indexes based
40397 on local requirements. A qualifier (index) maps to a particular
40398 use-attribute within the Z39.50 BIB-1 attribute set. The complete
40399 Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute can be viewed at <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink>.</para>
40401 <para>The standard Koha set of indexes is a fairly common example of
40402 MARC21 indexing rules. The indexes that are defined in Koha are
40403 indexes typically used by other integrated library systems. The
40404 defined Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute mapped to the indexes include:</para>
40406 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
40407 <title>Attributes</title>
40409 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
40412 <entry>Bib-1 Attribute</entry>
40414 <entry>Qualifier (index)</entry>
40420 <entry>Personal-name</entry>
40426 <entry>Corporate-name</entry>
40432 <entry>Conference-name</entry>
40438 <entry>Title</entry>
40444 <entry>Title-series</entry>
40450 <entry>Title-uniform</entry>
40456 <entry>ISBN</entry>
40462 <entry>ISSN</entry>
40468 <entry>Local number</entry>
40474 <entry>Local-classification</entry>
40476 <entry>lcn and callnum</entry>
40480 <entry>Subject</entry>
40482 <entry>su, su-to, su-geo, su-ut</entry>
40486 <entry>Pubdate</entry>
40488 <entry>yr,pubdate</entry>
40492 <entry>Date-of-Acquisition</entry>
40494 <entry>acqdate</entry>
40498 <entry>Language</entry>
40504 <entry>Place-of-publication</entry>
40510 <entry>Abstract</entry>
40516 <entry>Notes</entry>
40522 <entry>Record-type</entry>
40524 <entry>rtype, mc-rtype, mus</entry>
40528 <entry>Author</entry>
40530 <entry>au, aut</entry>
40534 <entry>Subject-person-name</entry>
40536 <entry>su-na</entry>
40540 <entry>Any (keyword)</entry>
40546 <entry>Publisher</entry>
40552 <entry>Content-type</entry>
40554 <entry>ctype</entry>
40558 <entry>Koha-Auth-Number</entry>
40564 <entry>Author-personal-bibliography</entry>
40570 <entry>Author-in-order</entry>
40578 <para>Refer to the <link linkend="kohasearchindexes">Koha Indexing Chart</link> for the
40579 MARC21 tags mapped to each Bib-1 Attribute and index combination.</para>
40581 <section id="search-audexamp">
40582 <title>Audience Examples</title>
40586 <para>aud:a Preschool</para>
40589 <para>aud:b Primary</para>
40592 <para>aud:c Pre-Adolescent</para>
40595 <para>aud:d Adolescent</para>
40599 <para>aud:e Adult</para>
40602 <para>aud:f Specialized</para>
40605 <para>aud:g General</para>
40608 <para>aud:j Juvenile</para>
40613 <section id="search-contentsexamp">
40614 <title>Contents Examples</title>
40618 <para>fic:1 Fiction</para>
40622 <para>fic:0 Non Fiction</para>
40626 <para>bio:b Biography</para>
40630 <para>mus:j Musical recording</para>
40634 <para>mus:I Non musical record</para>
40640 <section id="searchguide-syntax">
40641 <title>Search Syntax</title>
40643 <para>In the persistent search box, single words generally retrieve
40644 large sets. To narrow a search, you can use multiple words. Koha
40645 automatically uses the 'and' Boolean operator to create a set of
40646 records matching your input. When you want to narrow the search to
40647 an author or a title or a subject or some other specific field or
40648 use a Boolean operator, there isn't an obvious way to accomplish
40649 that specificity. The library user can, of course, go to the
40650 Advanced Search page; however, if you know how to construct a CCL
40651 search, you can achieve more specificity while using the persistent
40652 search box on any page.</para>
40654 <para>There is a specific order to the CCL search syntax. Although
40655 it can be used for simple searches, it is an especially effective
40656 way to perform complex searches, as it affords you a great deal of
40657 control over your search results. To construct a CCL search, first
40658 enter a desired index code, then an equal sign, followed by your
40659 search word(s). Following are examples of simple CCL
40664 <para>ti=principles of accounting</para>
40668 <para>au=brown joseph</para>
40672 <para>su=poetry</para>
40676 <para>su-na=Shakespeare</para>
40680 <para>kw=marlin</para>
40684 <para>You can refine your search by combining search terms with
40685 Boolean operators 'and', 'or', or 'not'. Following are examples of
40686 searches using Boolean operators.</para>
40690 <para>ti=principles of accounting and au=brown joseph</para>
40694 <para>su=poetry not su-na=Shakespeare</para>
40698 <para>kw=communication and su=debate</para>
40702 <para>You can also choose to search for things that start with a
40703 character or series of characters</para>
40707 <para>ti,first-in-subfield=C (will show you all titles that
40708 start with the letter 'C')</para>
40712 <para>Other string location searches can be performed with the
40713 following keywords:</para>
40717 <para>rtrn : right truncation</para>
40721 <para>ltrn : left truncation</para>
40725 <para>lrtrn : left and right truncation</para>
40729 <para>st-date : type date</para>
40733 <para>st-numeric : type number (integer)</para>
40737 <para>ext : exact search on whole subfield (does not work with
40742 <para>phr : search on phrase anywhere in the subfield</para>
40746 <para>startswithnt : subfield starts with</para>
40750 <para>Using specific indexes and Boolean operators are not the only
40751 way a search can be refined. You can also refine your search as a
40752 phrase when looking for a title, author, or subject. The syntax for
40753 this search is <emphasis>index,phr=search words</emphasis>.</para>
40755 <para>To illustrate the results of various search types, a search
40756 was done for the words 'supreme court'. The results illustrate that
40757 the search index and the word order make a difference in search
40758 results. Only the results count and the search itself is in these
40759 examples. The search executed will always be between the single
40763 <screeninfo>Sample Search 1</screeninfo>
40767 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex1.png"/>
40773 <screeninfo>Sample Search 2</screeninfo>
40777 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex2.png"/>
40783 <screeninfo>Sample Search 3</screeninfo>
40787 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex3.png"/>
40793 <screeninfo>Sample Search 4</screeninfo>
40797 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex4.png"/>
40803 <screeninfo>Sample Search 5</screeninfo>
40807 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex5.png"/>
40813 <screeninfo>Sample Search 6</screeninfo>
40817 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex6.png"/>
40823 <screeninfo>Sample Search 7</screeninfo>
40827 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex7.png"/>
40833 <screeninfo>Sample Search 8</screeninfo>
40837 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex8.png"/>
40843 <screeninfo>Sample Search 9</screeninfo>
40847 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex9.png"/>
40852 <para>You can also choose to use limiters in your search query. Some
40853 common limiters include dates, languages, record types, and item
40854 types. In the Advance Search, you can either click a box or key in
40855 data to limit your search. You can also apply the same limits with
40856 CCL by using the syntax in the following examples. In all</para>
40858 <para><emphasis>By Date: su=supreme court and
40859 yr,st-numeric=>2000</emphasis></para>
40862 <screeninfo>Sample Search 10</screeninfo>
40866 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex10.png"/>
40871 <para>When you limit by date, you can use the '>' (greater than),
40872 '<' (less than), '=' (equal), or 'yyyy-yyyy' (range)
40875 <para><emphasis>By Item Type: su=nursing and
40876 itype:BK</emphasis></para>
40879 <screeninfo>Sample Search 11</screeninfo>
40883 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex11.png"/>
40888 <para>Each library will have a different set of item types defined
40889 in their circulation configuration. When you set up item types, you
40890 define a code and a name for each one. The name will appear on the
40891 Advance Search page. The code you assigned is used as a CCL search
40892 limit, formatted as 'itype:x', where 'x' is the assigned code. The
40893 initial set of item types in Koha will usually be edited to reflect
40894 your collections, so your item type limiters may be different than
40895 the initial ones. The initial item type limiters follow.</para>
40899 <para>itype:BKS Books, Booklets, Workbooks</para>
40903 <para>itype:SR Audio Cassettes, CDs</para>
40907 <para>itype:IR Binders</para>
40911 <para>itype:CF CD-ROMs, DVD-ROMs, General Online
40916 <para>itype:VR DVDs, VHS</para>
40920 <para>itype:KT Kit</para>
40924 <para>itype:AR Models</para>
40928 <para>itype:SER Serials</para>
40932 <para><emphasis>By format: su=supreme court not
40933 l-format:sr</emphasis></para>
40936 <screeninfo>Sample Search 12</screeninfo>
40940 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex12.png"/>
40945 <para>The format limiters are derived from a combination of LDR, 006
40946 and 007 positions. The formats that are currently defined are the
40951 <para>l-format:ta Regular print</para>
40955 <para>l-format:tb Large print</para>
40959 <para>l-format:fk Braille</para>
40963 <para>l-format:sd CD audio</para>
40967 <para>l-format:ss Cassette recording</para>
40971 <para>l-format:vf VHS tape</para>
40975 <para>l-format:vd DVD video</para>
40979 <para>l-format:co CD software</para>
40983 <para>l-format:cr Website</para>
40987 <para><emphasis>By content type: su=supreme court not
40988 ctype:l</emphasis></para>
40991 <screeninfo>Sample Search 13</screeninfo>
40995 <imagedata fileref="images/searching/ex13.png"/>
41000 <para>The content types are taken from the 008 MARC tag, positions
41003 <para>There are two other limiter types that are not described in
41004 this document. They are: Audience and Content. The only difference
41005 in the syntax of the CCL is the actual limiter. They are reproduced
41006 here just in case you would like to use these limiters.</para>
41011 <section id="kohasearchindexes">
41012 <title>Koha Search Indexes</title>
41014 <para>By default, not all fields are indexed in the Zebra search engine,
41015 but many are. Below are the MARC21 fields that are indexed in
41018 <table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="4" frame="all">
41019 <title>Indexes</title>
41021 <tgroup align="left" cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
41024 <entry><para>Field</para></entry>
41026 <entry><para>Description</para></entry>
41032 <entry><para>001</para></entry>
41034 <entry><para>Control-number</para></entry>
41038 <entry><para>005</para></entry>
41040 <entry><para>Date/time-last-modified</para></entry>
41044 <entry><para>007</para></entry>
41046 <entry><para>Microform-generation:n:range(data,11,1),
41047 Material-type,ff7-00:w:range(data,0,1),
41048 ff7-01:w:range(data,1,1), ff7-02:w:range(data,2,1),
41049 ff7-01-02:w:range(data,0,2)</para></entry>
41053 <entry><para>008</para></entry>
41055 <entry><para>date-entered-on-file:n:range(data,0,5),
41056 date-entered-on-file:s:range(data,0,5),
41057 pubdate:w:range(data,7,4), pubdate:n:range(data,7,4),
41058 pubdate:y:range(data,7,4), pubdate:s:range(data,7,4),
41059 pl:w:range(data,15,3), ta:w:range(data,22,1),
41060 ff8-23:w:range(data,23,1), ff8-29:w:range(data,29,1),
41061 lf:w:range(data,33,1), bio:w:range(data,34,1),
41062 ln:n:range(data,35,3), ctype:w:range(data,24,4),
41063 Record-source:w:range(data,39,0)</para></entry>
41067 <entry><para>010</para></entry>
41069 <entry><para>LC-card-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41073 <entry><para>011</para></entry>
41075 <entry><para>LC-card-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41079 <entry><para>015</para></entry>
41081 <entry><para>BNB-card-number, BGF-number, Number-db,
41082 Number-natl-biblio, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41086 <entry><para>017</para></entry>
41088 <entry><para>Number-legal-deposit,
41089 Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41093 <entry><para>018</para></entry>
41095 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41099 <entry><para>020$a</para></entry>
41101 <entry><para>ISBN:w, Identifier-standard:w</para></entry>
41105 <entry><para>020</para></entry>
41107 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41111 <entry><para>022$a</para></entry>
41113 <entry><para>ISSN:w, Identifier-standard:w</para></entry>
41117 <entry><para>022</para></entry>
41119 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41123 <entry><para>023</para></entry>
41125 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41129 <entry><para>024$a</para></entry>
41131 <entry><para>Identifier-other</para></entry>
41135 <entry><para>024</para></entry>
41137 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41141 <entry><para>025</para></entry>
41143 <entry><para>Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41147 <entry><para>027</para></entry>
41149 <entry><para>Report-number, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41153 <entry><para>028</para></entry>
41155 <entry><para>Number-music-publisher,
41156 Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41160 <entry><para>030</para></entry>
41162 <entry><para>CODEN, Identifier-standard</para></entry>
41166 <entry><para>034</para></entry>
41168 <entry><para>Map-scale</para></entry>
41172 <entry><para>037</para></entry>
41174 <entry><para>Identifier-standard, Stock-number</para></entry>
41178 <entry><para>040</para></entry>
41180 <entry><para>Code-institution, Record-source</para></entry>
41184 <entry><para>041</para></entry>
41186 <entry><para>ln</para></entry>
41190 <entry><para>043</para></entry>
41192 <entry><para>Code-geographic</para></entry>
41196 <entry><para>050$b</para></entry>
41198 <entry><para>LC-call-number:w, LC-call-number:p,
41199 LC-call-number:s</para></entry>
41203 <entry><para>050</para></entry>
41205 <entry><para>LC-call-number:w, LC-call-number:p,
41206 LC-call-number:s</para></entry>
41210 <entry><para>052</para></entry>
41212 <entry><para>Geographic-class</para></entry>
41216 <entry><para>060</para></entry>
41218 <entry><para>NLM-call-number</para></entry>
41222 <entry><para>070</para></entry>
41224 <entry><para>NAL-call-number</para></entry>
41228 <entry><para>080</para></entry>
41230 <entry><para>UDC-classification</para></entry>
41234 <entry><para>082</para></entry>
41236 <entry><para>Dewey-classification:w,
41237 Dewey-classification:s</para></entry>
41241 <entry><para>086</para></entry>
41243 <entry><para>Number-govt-pub</para></entry>
41247 <entry><para>100$9</para></entry>
41249 <entry><para>Cross-Reference:w, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41253 <entry><para>100$a</para></entry>
41255 <entry><para>Author,Author:p, Author:s, Editor,
41256 Author-personal-bibliography, Author-personal-bibliography:p,
41257 Author-personal-bibliography:s</para></entry>
41261 <entry><para>100</para></entry>
41263 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-personal, Name,
41264 Name-and-title, Personal-name</para></entry>
41268 <entry><para>110$9</para></entry>
41270 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41274 <entry><para>110</para></entry>
41276 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-corporate, Name,
41277 Name-and-title, Corporate-name</para></entry>
41281 <entry><para>111$9</para></entry>
41283 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41287 <entry><para>111</para></entry>
41289 <entry><para>Author, Author-title, Author-name-corporate, Name,
41290 Name-and-title, Conference-name</para></entry>
41294 <entry><para>130$n</para></entry>
41296 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41300 <entry><para>130$r</para></entry>
41302 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41306 <entry><para>130$9</para></entry>
41308 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41312 <entry><para>130</para></entry>
41314 <entry><para>Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
41318 <entry><para>210</para></entry>
41320 <entry><para>Title, Title-abbreviated</para></entry>
41324 <entry><para>211</para></entry>
41326 <entry><para>Title, Title-abbreviated</para></entry>
41330 <entry><para>212</para></entry>
41332 <entry><para>Title, Title-other-variant</para></entry>
41336 <entry><para>214</para></entry>
41338 <entry><para>Title, Title-expanded</para></entry>
41342 <entry><para>222</para></entry>
41344 <entry><para>Title, Title-key</para></entry>
41348 <entry><para>240$r</para></entry>
41350 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41354 <entry><para>240$n</para></entry>
41356 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41360 <entry><para>240</para></entry>
41362 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p, Title-uniform</para></entry>
41366 <entry><para>243$n</para></entry>
41368 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41372 <entry><para>243$r</para></entry>
41374 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41378 <entry><para>243</para></entry>
41380 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p, Title-collective</para></entry>
41384 <entry><para>245$a</para></entry>
41386 <entry><para>Title-cover:w, Title-cover:p, Title-cover:s,
41387 Title:w, Title:p, Title:s</para></entry>
41391 <entry><para>245$c</para></entry>
41393 <entry><para>Author, Author-in-order:w, Author-in-order:p,
41394 Author-in-order:s</para></entry>
41398 <entry><para>245$9</para></entry>
41400 <entry><para>Cross-Reference:w, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41404 <entry><para>245</para></entry>
41406 <entry><para>Title:w, Title:p</para></entry>
41410 <entry><para>246</para></entry>
41412 <entry><para>Title, Title:p, Title-abbreviated, Title-expanded,
41413 Title-former</para></entry>
41417 <entry><para>247</para></entry>
41419 <entry><para>Title, Title:p, Title-former, Title-other-variant,
41420 Related-periodical</para></entry>
41424 <entry><para>260$a</para></entry>
41426 <entry><para>pl:w, pl:p</para></entry>
41430 <entry><para>260$b</para></entry>
41432 <entry><para>Publisher:w, Publisher:p</para></entry>
41436 <entry><para>260$c</para></entry>
41438 <entry><para>copydate, copydate:s</para></entry>
41442 <entry><para>260</para></entry>
41444 <entry><para>pl</para></entry>
41448 <entry><para>300</para></entry>
41450 <entry><para>Extent:w, Extent:p</para></entry>
41454 <entry><para>400$a</para></entry>
41456 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41460 <entry><para>400$t</para></entry>
41462 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
41463 Title-series</para></entry>
41467 <entry><para>400$9</para></entry>
41469 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41473 <entry><para>400</para></entry>
41475 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-personal, Name,
41476 Personal-name</para></entry>
41480 <entry><para>410</para></entry>
41482 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name</para></entry>
41486 <entry><para>410$a</para></entry>
41488 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41492 <entry><para>410$t</para></entry>
41494 <entry><para>Author-title, Title, Title-series</para></entry>
41498 <entry><para>410$9</para></entry>
41500 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41504 <entry><para>410</para></entry>
41506 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name</para></entry>
41510 <entry><para>411</para></entry>
41512 <entry><para>Author, Conference-name</para></entry>
41516 <entry><para>411$a</para></entry>
41518 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41522 <entry><para>411$t</para></entry>
41524 <entry><para>Author-title, Title-series</para></entry>
41528 <entry><para>411</para></entry>
41530 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name</para></entry>
41534 <entry><para>440$a</para></entry>
41536 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p</para></entry>
41540 <entry><para>440$9</para></entry>
41542 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41546 <entry><para>440</para></entry>
41548 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p, Title,
41549 Title-series</para></entry>
41553 <entry><para>490$a</para></entry>
41555 <entry><para>Title-series:w, Title-series:p</para></entry>
41559 <entry><para>490</para></entry>
41561 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
41565 <entry><para>490$9</para></entry>
41567 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41571 <entry><para>500</para></entry>
41573 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
41577 <entry><para>502</para></entry>
41579 <entry><para>Material-type</para></entry>
41583 <entry><para>505$r</para></entry>
41585 <entry><para>Author</para></entry>
41589 <entry><para>505$t</para></entry>
41591 <entry><para>Title</para></entry>
41595 <entry><para>505</para></entry>
41597 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
41601 <entry><para>510</para></entry>
41603 <entry><para>Indexed-by</para></entry>
41607 <entry><para>520</para></entry>
41609 <entry><para>Abstract:w, Abstract:p</para></entry>
41613 <entry><para>521$a</para></entry>
41615 <entry><para>lex:n</para></entry>
41619 <entry><para>526$c</para></entry>
41621 <entry><para>arl, arl:n</para></entry>
41625 <entry><para>526$d</para></entry>
41627 <entry><para>arp, arp:n</para></entry>
41631 <entry><para>590</para></entry>
41633 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
41637 <entry><para>600$a</para></entry>
41639 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Name, Personal-name,
41640 Subject-name-personal, Subject</para></entry>
41644 <entry><para>600$t</para></entry>
41646 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title, Subject</para></entry>
41650 <entry><para>600$9</para></entry>
41652 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41656 <entry><para>600</para></entry>
41658 <entry><para>Name, Personal-name, Subject-name-personal,
41659 Subject</para></entry>
41663 <entry><para>610$a</para></entry>
41665 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41669 <entry><para>610$t</para></entry>
41671 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title</para></entry>
41675 <entry><para>610$9</para></entry>
41677 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41681 <entry><para>610</para></entry>
41683 <entry><para>Name, Subject, Corporate-name</para></entry>
41687 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
41689 <entry><para>Conference-name</para></entry>
41693 <entry><para>611$a</para></entry>
41695 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41699 <entry><para>611$t</para></entry>
41701 <entry><para>Name-and-title, Title</para></entry>
41705 <entry><para>611$9</para></entry>
41707 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41711 <entry><para>611</para></entry>
41713 <entry><para>Name, Subject</para></entry>
41717 <entry><para>630$n</para></entry>
41719 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41723 <entry><para>630$r</para></entry>
41725 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41729 <entry><para>630$9</para></entry>
41731 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41735 <entry><para>630</para></entry>
41737 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
41741 <entry><para>650$9</para></entry>
41743 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41747 <entry><para>650</para></entry>
41749 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
41753 <entry><para>651$9</para></entry>
41755 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41759 <entry><para>651</para></entry>
41761 <entry><para>Name-geographic, Subject,Subject:p</para></entry>
41765 <entry><para>652$9</para></entry>
41767 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41771 <entry><para>653$9</para></entry>
41773 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41777 <entry><para>653</para></entry>
41779 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
41783 <entry><para>654$9</para></entry>
41785 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41789 <entry><para>654</para></entry>
41791 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
41795 <entry><para>655$9</para></entry>
41797 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41801 <entry><para>655</para></entry>
41803 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
41807 <entry><para>656$9</para></entry>
41809 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41813 <entry><para>656</para></entry>
41815 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
41819 <entry><para>657$9</para></entry>
41821 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41825 <entry><para>657</para></entry>
41827 <entry><para>Subject</para></entry>
41831 <entry><para>690$9</para></entry>
41833 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41837 <entry><para>690</para></entry>
41839 <entry><para>Subject, Subject:p</para></entry>
41843 <entry><para>700$9</para></entry>
41845 <entry><para>Cross-Reference, Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41849 <entry><para>700$a</para></entry>
41851 <entry><para>Author, Author:p</para></entry>
41855 <entry><para>700$n</para></entry>
41857 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41861 <entry><para>700$r</para></entry>
41863 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41867 <entry><para>700$t</para></entry>
41869 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
41870 Title-uniform</para></entry>
41874 <entry><para>700</para></entry>
41876 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-corporate,
41877 Author-name-personal, Name, Editor, Personal-name</para></entry>
41881 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
41883 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name</para></entry>
41887 <entry><para>710$t</para></entry>
41889 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
41890 Title-uniform</para></entry>
41894 <entry><para>710$a</para></entry>
41896 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41900 <entry><para>710$9</para></entry>
41902 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41906 <entry><para>710</para></entry>
41908 <entry><para>Author, Name</para></entry>
41912 <entry><para>711$a</para></entry>
41914 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41918 <entry><para>711$t</para></entry>
41920 <entry><para>Author-title, Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
41924 <entry><para>711$9</para></entry>
41926 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41930 <entry><para>711</para></entry>
41932 <entry><para>Author-name-corporate, Name,
41933 Conference-name</para></entry>
41937 <entry><para>730$n</para></entry>
41939 <entry><para>Thematic-number</para></entry>
41943 <entry><para>730$r</para></entry>
41945 <entry><para>Music-key</para></entry>
41949 <entry><para>730$9</para></entry>
41951 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
41955 <entry><para>730</para></entry>
41957 <entry><para>Title, Title-uniform</para></entry>
41961 <entry><para>740</para></entry>
41963 <entry><para>Title, Title-other-variant</para></entry>
41967 <entry><para>773$t</para></entry>
41969 <entry><para>Host-item</para></entry>
41973 <entry><para>780$t</para></entry>
41975 <entry><para>Title</para></entry>
41979 <entry><para>780</para></entry>
41981 <entry><para>Title, Title-former,
41982 Related-periodical</para></entry>
41986 <entry><para>785</para></entry>
41988 <entry><para>Related-periodical</para></entry>
41992 <entry><para>800$a</para></entry>
41994 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
41998 <entry><para>800$t</para></entry>
42000 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
42001 Title-series</para></entry>
42005 <entry><para>800$9</para></entry>
42007 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
42011 <entry><para>800</para></entry>
42013 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-personal, Name,
42014 Personal-name</para></entry>
42018 <entry><para>810$a</para></entry>
42020 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
42024 <entry><para>810$t</para></entry>
42026 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
42027 Title-series</para></entry>
42031 <entry><para>810$9</para></entry>
42033 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
42037 <entry><para>810</para></entry>
42039 <entry><para>Author, Corporate-name, Author-name-corporate,
42040 Name</para></entry>
42044 <entry><para>811$a</para></entry>
42046 <entry><para>Name-and-title</para></entry>
42050 <entry><para>811$9</para></entry>
42052 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
42056 <entry><para>811$t</para></entry>
42058 <entry><para>Author-title, Name-and-title, Title,
42059 Title-series</para></entry>
42063 <entry><para>811</para></entry>
42065 <entry><para>Author, Author-name-corporate, Name,
42066 Conference-name</para></entry>
42070 <entry><para>830$9</para></entry>
42072 <entry><para>Koha-Auth-Number</para></entry>
42076 <entry><para>830</para></entry>
42078 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
42082 <entry><para>840</para></entry>
42084 <entry><para>Title, Title-series</para></entry>
42088 <entry><para>999$c</para></entry>
42090 <entry><para>Local-Number:n, Local-Number:w,
42091 Local-Number:s</para></entry>
42095 <entry><para>999$d</para></entry>
42097 <entry><para>biblioitemnumber:n, biblioitemnumber:w,
42098 biblioitemnumber:s</para></entry>
42102 <entry><para>942$0</para></entry>
42104 <entry><para>totalissues:n, totalissues:s</para></entry>
42108 <entry><para>942$2</para></entry>
42110 <entry><para>cn-bib-source</para></entry>
42114 <entry><para>942$6</para></entry>
42116 <entry><para>cn-bib-sort:n, cn-bib-sort:s</para></entry>
42120 <entry><para>942$c</para></entry>
42122 <entry><para>itemtype:w</para></entry>
42126 <entry><para>942$n</para></entry>
42128 <entry><para>Suppress:w, Suppress:n</para></entry>
42132 <entry><para>942$h</para></entry>
42134 <entry><para>cn-class</para></entry>
42138 <entry><para>942$i</para></entry>
42140 <entry><para>cn-item</para></entry>
42144 <entry><para>942$k</para></entry>
42146 <entry><para>cn-prefix</para></entry>
42150 <entry><para>942$m</para></entry>
42152 <entry><para>cn-suffix</para></entry>
42156 <entry><para>952$0</para></entry>
42158 <entry><para>withdrawn:n, withdrawn:w</para></entry>
42162 <entry><para>952$1</para></entry>
42164 <entry><para>lost, lost:n</para></entry>
42168 <entry><para>952$2</para></entry>
42170 <entry><para>classification-source</para></entry>
42174 <entry><para>952$3</para></entry>
42176 <entry><para>materials-specified</para></entry>
42180 <entry><para>952$4</para></entry>
42182 <entry><para>damaged:n, damaged:w</para></entry>
42186 <entry><para>952$5</para></entry>
42188 <entry><para>restricted:n, restricted:w</para></entry>
42192 <entry><para>952$6</para></entry>
42194 <entry><para>cn-sort:n, cn-sort:s</para></entry>
42198 <entry><para>952$7</para></entry>
42200 <entry><para>notforloan:n, notforloan:w</para></entry>
42204 <entry><para>952$8</para></entry>
42206 <entry><para>ccode</para></entry>
42210 <entry><para>952$9</para></entry>
42212 <entry><para>itemnumber:n, itemnumber:s</para></entry>
42216 <entry><para>952$a</para></entry>
42218 <entry><para>homebranch</para></entry>
42222 <entry><para>952$b</para></entry>
42224 <entry><para>holdingbranch</para></entry>
42228 <entry><para>952$c</para></entry>
42230 <entry><para>location</para></entry>
42234 <entry><para>952$d</para></entry>
42236 <entry><para>Date-of-acquisition, Date-of-acquisition:d,
42237 Date-of-acquisition:s</para></entry>
42241 <entry><para>952$e</para></entry>
42243 <entry><para>acqsource</para></entry>
42247 <entry><para>952$f</para></entry>
42249 <entry><para>coded-location-qualifier</para></entry>
42253 <entry><para>952$g</para></entry>
42255 <entry><para>price</para></entry>
42259 <entry><para>952$j</para></entry>
42261 <entry><para>stack:n, stack:w</para></entry>
42265 <entry><para>952$l</para></entry>
42267 <entry><para>issues:n, issues:w, issues:s</para></entry>
42271 <entry><para>952$m</para></entry>
42273 <entry><para>renewals:n, renewals:w</para></entry>
42277 <entry><para>952$n</para></entry>
42279 <entry><para>reserves:n, reserves:w</para></entry>
42283 <entry><para>952$o</para></entry>
42285 <entry><para>Local-classification:w, Local-classification:p,
42286 Local-classification:s</para></entry>
42290 <entry><para>952$p</para></entry>
42292 <entry><para>barcode, barcode:n</para></entry>
42296 <entry><para>952$q</para></entry>
42298 <entry><para>onloan:n, onloan:w</para></entry>
42302 <entry><para>952$r</para></entry>
42304 <entry><para>datelastseen</para></entry>
42308 <entry><para>952$s</para></entry>
42310 <entry><para>datelastborrowed</para></entry>
42314 <entry><para>952$t</para></entry>
42316 <entry><para>copynumber</para></entry>
42320 <entry><para>952$u</para></entry>
42322 <entry><para>uri:u</para></entry>
42326 <entry><para>952$v</para></entry>
42328 <entry><para>replacementprice</para></entry>
42332 <entry><para>952$w</para></entry>
42334 <entry><para>replacementpricedate</para></entry>
42338 <entry><para>952$y</para></entry>
42340 <entry><para>itype:w</para></entry>
42344 <entry><para>952$z</para></entry>
42346 <entry><para>Note:w, Note:p</para></entry>
42353 <chapter id="pluginsystem">
42354 <title>Plugin System</title>
42355 <para>Koha's Plugin System allows for you to add additional tools and reports to Koha that are
42356 specific to your library. Plugins are installed by uploading KPZ ( Koha Plugin Zip ) packages.
42357 A KPZ file is just a zip file containing the perl files, template files, and any other files
42358 necessary to make the plugin work.</para>
42359 <para>The plugin system needs to be turned on by a system administrator. </para>
42360 <section id="pluginsetup">
42361 <title>Set up</title>
42362 <para>To set up the Koha plugin system you must first make some changes to your install.<itemizedlist>
42364 <para>Change <enable_plugins>0</enable_plugins> to
42365 <enable_plugins>1</enable_plugins> in your koha-conf.xml file</para>
42368 <para>Restart your webserver</para>
42370 </itemizedlist>Once set up is complete you will need to alter your <link
42371 linkend="UseKohaPlugins">UseKohaPlugins</link> system preference. On the Tools page you
42372 will see the Tools Plugins and on the Reports page you will see the Reports Plugins.</para>
42375 <chapter id="staffsearchhistory">
42376 <title>Search History</title>
42377 <para>If you have your <link linkend="EnableSearchHistory">EnableSearchHistory</link> preference
42378 set to keep your search history then you can access this information by clicking on your
42379 username in the top right of the staff client and choosing 'Search history'.</para>
42381 <screeninfo>Search history</screeninfo>
42384 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/searchhistory.png"/>
42388 <para>From this page you will see your bibliographic search history </para>
42390 <screeninfo>Bibliographic search history</screeninfo>
42393 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/bibsearch.png"/>
42397 <para>And your authority search history.</para>
42399 <screeninfo>Authority search history</screeninfo>
42402 <imagedata fileref="images/searchhistory/authsearch.png"/>
42408 <chapter id="aboutkoha">
42409 <title>About Koha</title>
42411 <para>The 'About Koha' area will give you important server information as
42412 well as general information about Koha.</para>
42416 <para><emphasis>Get there:</emphasis> More > About Koha</para>
42420 <section id="aboutserver">
42421 <title>Server Information</title>
42423 <para>Under the 'Server Information' tab you will find information about
42424 the Koha version and the machine you have installed Koha on. This
42425 information is very important for debugging problems. When reporting
42426 issues to your support provider or to the various other support avenues
42427 (mailing lists, chat room, etc), it's always good to give the
42428 information from this screen.</para>
42431 <screeninfo>Server Information on Koha</screeninfo>
42435 <imagedata fileref="images/about/aboutserver.png"/>
42441 <section id="aboutserverperl">
42442 <title>Perl Modules</title>
42444 <para>In order to take advantage of all of the functionalities of Koha,
42445 you will need to keep your Perl modules up to date. The 'Perl Modules'
42446 tab will show you all of the modules required by Koha, the version you
42447 have installed and whether you need to upgrade certain modules.</para>
42450 <screeninfo>Perl Modules</screeninfo>
42454 <imagedata fileref="images/about/aboutperlmodules.png"/>
42459 <para>Items listed in bold are required by Koha, items highlighed in red
42460 are missing completely and items highlighted in yellow simply need to be
42464 <section id="aboutsystem">
42465 <title>System Information</title>
42467 <para>This tab will provide you with warnings if you are using system
42468 preferences that have since been deprecated or system preferences that
42469 you have set without other required preferences</para>
42472 <screeninfo>System Information</screeninfo>
42476 <imagedata fileref="images/about/systeminfo.jpg"/>
42483 <chapter id="implementation">
42484 <title>Implementation Checklist</title>
42486 <para>The following guide will walk you through the areas of Koha you need
42487 to look at in order to prepare to start using the system.</para>
42489 <section id="imp-migration">
42490 <title>Data Migration</title>
42492 <para>Before you can start using Koha you'll need to have some data.
42493 This can be done by entering it all by hand, but most people already
42494 have their data in electronic format of some sort and just need to
42495 reformat it a bit for importing into Koha.</para>
42499 <para>Create a list of libraries and enter their info and codes into
42500 <link linkend="libsgroups">Libraries & Groups</link></para>
42504 <para>Define your list of <link linkend="itemtypeadmin">Item
42505 Types</link></para>
42509 <para>Define your patron categories and enter the categories and their codes into <link
42510 linkend="patcats">Patron Categories</link></para>
42514 <para>Enter any additional patron information fields you use in your
42515 library in the <link linkend="patronattributetypes">Patron
42516 Attributes</link></para>
42520 <para>Requires that you first set the <link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link>
42521 system preference if you have custom fields</para>
42527 <para>Define all of your <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized
42528 Values</link></para>
42532 <para><link linkend="ccode">Collection codes</link></para>
42536 <para><link linkend="shelvelocvals">Shelving
42537 locations</link></para>
42541 <para>Item statuses (<link linkend="lost">lost</link>, <link linkend="notforloan">not
42542 for loan</link>, <link linkend="damageauth">damaged</link>, <link linkend="withdrawnauth">withdrawn</link>)</para>
42546 <para>Plus any others that are needed in your library</para>
42552 <para>Optionally define <link linkend="citytowns">City/State/Postal Code</link> combos </para>
42556 <para><link linkend="kohamarcmapping">Map your bibliographic
42557 data</link> from your legacy system to Koha fields and migrate
42558 (remembering to use the collection, shelving, item type and library
42559 codes you entered in the above setting areas)</para>
42563 <para><link linkend="patronimport">Map your patron data</link> from
42564 your legacy system to the Koha fields and migrate (remembering to
42565 use the patron and library codes you defined above)</para>
42569 <para>Test your migrated data to be sure that everything is as you
42570 expect it to be, some things to test include:</para>
42574 <para>Check some of your titles with diacritics and make sure
42575 that they migrated properly.</para>
42579 <para>Check titles in a series and make sure that series
42580 information migrated properly.</para>
42584 <para>Make sure that your patrons have their contact information
42585 in the right fields.</para>
42589 <para>If your serials data was migrated search for these records
42590 in the catalog and confirm that they look right.</para>
42594 <para>If your serials data was migrated search for these records
42595 in the serials module and confirm that they look right.</para>
42599 <para>Check marc records to verify a variety of items are
42600 cataloged correctly</para>
42604 <para>Check cataloging process to see if all necessary fields
42605 are available</para>
42609 <para>If fines are migrated, check to see that they are applied
42614 <para>If holds are migrated, check to see they are accurate in
42615 catalog and patron record</para>
42622 <section id="impadmin">
42623 <title>Admin Configuration</title>
42625 <para>Most of these preferences won't need to be changed to use your
42626 Koha system, but there are a few that you might want to
42631 <para>If your library uses CAS Authentication, you'll want to set
42632 the various <link linkend="casauthentication">CAS system
42633 preferences</link></para>
42637 <para>Administration System Preferences</para>
42641 <para><link linkend="KohaAdminEmailAddress">KohaAdminEmailAddress</link> :
42642 This is the email address that will be used by the system in
42643 'from' lines and to send errors to if there is no email set for
42648 <para><link linkend="noItemTypeImages">noItemTypeImages</link> :
42649 Decide if you want to show item type icons in the staff client
42654 <para><link linkend="delimiter">delimiter</link> : This value
42655 will be put in between fields when exporting data from
42660 <para><link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> :
42661 Decide if you want the staff and/or patrons to use lists in
42666 <para><link linkend="AutoLocation">AutoLocation</link> : Require
42667 staff to log in to the staff client from a specific IP
42672 <para><link linkend="IndependentBranches">IndependentBranches</link> : Prevent
42673 librarians from editing content that belongs to other branches</para>
42679 <para>Go through the <link linkend="logs">Log System Preferences</link> and decide which
42680 actions you want to keep track of in the logs</para>
42683 <para>Decide if you'd like to share your library's information with the Koha community by
42684 setting the <link linkend="heaprefs">Sharing system preferences</link>.</para>
42687 <para>Decide what <link linkend="cronjobsch">cron jobs</link> you need to run and when.<itemizedlist>
42689 <para>If you're using the long overdue cron job be sure to set your <link
42690 linkend="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</link>,
42691 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link>
42692 & <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueDays</link>
42693 preferences.</para>
42695 </itemizedlist></para>
42700 <section id="implocal">
42701 <title>Localization Configuration</title>
42703 <para>Koha is used worldwide and so you need to make sure you set your
42704 localization preferences so that options throughout Koha appear properly
42705 for your location/language.</para>
42709 <para>Localization/Internationalization System Preferences</para>
42713 <para><link linkend="dateformat">dateformat</link> : Decide how
42714 dates are displayed throughout Koha</para>
42718 <para><link linkend="opaclanguagesdisplay">opaclanguagesdisplay</link> :
42719 Decide if patrons can choose what language the OPAC appears
42724 <para><link linkend="opaclanguages">opaclanguages</link> :
42725 Decide which languages the patrons can choose from</para>
42731 <para><link linkend="languagepref">language</link> : Decide
42732 which languages appear in the staff client</para>
42736 <para><link linkend="CalendarFirstDayOfWeek">CalendarFirstDayOfWeek</link> :
42737 Define your first day of the week</para>
42744 <section id="impcirc">
42745 <title>Circulation Configuration</title>
42747 <para>Before you start circulating your collection you'll need to set up
42748 your rules and preferences for circulation.</para>
42752 <para>Define your <link linkend="circfinerules">Circulation/Fine rules</link></para>
42756 <para>Enter the <link linkend="calholidays">days your library is
42757 closed</link> for fines and due date calculations</para>
42761 <para>Circulation System Preferences</para>
42765 <para><link linkend="CircControl">CircControl</link> : Define
42766 whether circ rules are based on item's location, patron's
42767 location or transaction location</para>
42771 <para><link linkend="useDaysMode">useDaysMode</link> : Define
42772 how due dates are calculated</para>
42776 <para><link linkend="finesCalendar">finesCalendar</link> :
42777 Define how fines are calculated (for every late date or only for
42778 days the library is open)</para>
42782 <para><link linkend="SpecifyDueDate">SpecifyDueDate</link> : Decide if staff are
42783 allowed to override due dates on checkout</para>
42786 <para><link linkend="SpecifyReturnDate">SpecifyReturnDate</link> : Decide if you want
42787 to let the staff specify an arbitrary return date on checkin</para>
42790 <para><link linkend="itemBarcodeFallbackSearch">itemBarcodeFallbackSearch</link> :
42791 Decide if you want staff to be able to checkout using a keyword search (title, call
42792 number, etc)</para>
42796 <para><link linkend="AutomaticItemReturn">AutomaticItemReturn</link> :
42797 Decide if items are sent back to the owning branch when checked
42802 <para><link linkend="todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder">todaysIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link>
42803 : Decide how items checked out today display on the patron
42808 <para><link linkend="previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder">previousIssuesDefaultSortOrder</link>
42809 : Decide how items checked out prior to today display on the
42810 patron record</para>
42814 <para><link linkend="noissuescharge">noissuescharge</link> :
42815 Define the maximum amount a patron can owe before checkouts are
42820 <para><link linkend="ReturnBeforeExpiry">ReturnBeforeExpiry</link> : Decide
42821 if patrons need to return items before their accounts
42826 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems">AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems</link>
42827 : Decide if patrons can place holds on items that are marked as
42832 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
42833 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
42834 setting for the above at checkout</para>
42840 <para><link linkend="maxreserves">maxreserves</link> : Decide
42841 how many items a patron can have on hold at once</para>
42845 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
42846 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
42847 setting for the above at checkout</para>
42853 <para><link linkend="maxoutstanding">maxoutstanding</link> :
42854 Define the maximum amount a patron can owe before holds are
42859 <para><link linkend="AllowHoldPolicyOverride">AllowHoldPolicyOverride</link>
42860 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to override the
42861 setting for the above at checkout</para>
42867 <para><link linkend="ReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link> :
42868 Define the number of days before a hold expires</para>
42872 <para><link linkend="WebBasedSelfCheck">WebBasedSelfCheck</link>
42873 : Decide if you want to use the built in web-based self-checkout
42878 <para><link linkend="AutoSelfCheckAllowed">AutoSelfCheckAllowed</link> :
42879 Decide if the self-checkout system requires login</para>
42883 <para><link linkend="ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck">ShowPatronImageInWebBasedSelfCheck</link>
42884 : Decide if you want patron images to show on the self
42885 checkout screen</para>
42891 <para><link linkend="AllowNotForLoanOverride">AllowNotForLoanOverride</link>
42892 : Decide if you want the staff to be able to checkout items
42893 marked as 'not for loan'</para>
42897 <para><link linkend="AllowRenewalLimitOverride">AllowRenewalLimitOverride</link>
42898 : Decide if you want staff to override the limit put on
42903 <para><link linkend="AllowFineOverride">AllowFineOverride</link> : Decide if you want
42904 staff to be able to override fine limits</para>
42907 <para><link linkend="AllowTooManyOverride">AllowTooManyOverride</link> : Descide if
42908 you want staff to be able to check out more than the limit to a patron</para>
42912 <para><link linkend="RenewalPeriodBase">RenewalPeriodBase</link>
42913 : Decide what date renewals are based on</para>
42917 <para><link linkend="finesMode">finesMode</link> : Switch to
42918 'Calculate and Charge' before go live if you charge fines</para>
42922 <para><link linkend="OverdueNoticeBcc">OverdueNoticeBcc</link> :
42923 If you want to receive a copy of every overdue notice sent out,
42924 enter your email address here</para>
42928 <para><link linkend="emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced">emailLibrarianWhenHoldIsPlaced</link>
42929 : Decide if you want an email every time a hold is placed</para>
42933 <para><link linkend="ReservesControlBranch">ReservesControlBranch</link> :
42934 Decide which branch's hold rules are considered first</para>
42938 <para><link linkend="soundon">soundon</link> : Decide if you
42939 want to have sounds on for circulation actions</para>
42943 <para><link linkend="FilterBeforeOverdueReport">FilterBeforeOverdueReport</link>
42944 : If you have a large amount of overdues, you might want to turn
42945 this preference on so as to allow you to filter before results
42950 <para><link linkend="DisplayClearScreenButton">DisplayClearScreenButton</link>
42951 : If you have a lot of staff members sharing one circ computer
42952 you might want to enable this so that staff can clear the screen
42953 in between checkouts to protect patron's privacy</para>
42957 <para><link linkend="CircAutoPrintQuickSlip">CircAutoPrintQuickSlip</link> :
42958 Decide how you want Koha to react if you scan in a blank barcode
42959 on the checkout screen</para>
42963 <para><link linkend="SuspendHoldsIntranet">SuspendHoldsIntranet</link>
42964 and/or <link linkend="SuspendHoldsOpac">SuspendHoldsOpac</link>
42965 : Decide if you want patrons and/or staff to be able to suspend
42970 <para><link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
42971 : If you allow holds to be suspended decide if you want them
42972 to automatically resume on the date entered by the staff
42973 and/or patron</para>
42978 <para><link linkend="OnSiteCheckouts">OnSiteCheckouts</link> : Decide if you want to
42979 allow items to be checked out for use within the library</para>
42982 <para><link linkend="RecordLocalUseOnReturn">RecordLocalUseOnReturn</link> : Set this
42983 to record local use of items when you check them in</para>
42989 <para>Customize your <link linkend="notices">Notices &
42990 Slips</link></para>
42994 <para>Define your <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue Notice
42995 Triggers</link></para>
42999 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
43003 <para>Populate <link linkend="buildholdscron">your holds
43004 queue</link> (every 1-4 hours)</para>
43008 <para>Decide <link linkend="expiredholdscron">when holds
43009 expire</link> (daily)</para>
43013 <para><link linkend="finescronjob">Calculate fines due</link>
43018 <para>Fines on hourly loans will calculate when you check
43019 the items in</para>
43025 <para><link linkend="longoverduecron">Mark long overdue items as
43026 lost</link> (daily)</para>
43030 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="msgqueuecron">sends
43031 out messages</link> (1-4 hours)</para>
43035 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="overduenoticecron">queues overdue notices</link>
43040 <para>Set up <link linkend="printholdcron">hold notices that
43041 didn't send for printing</link> (daily after overdues and
43042 message queue)</para>
43046 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="advnoticecron">queues the advanced notice of items
43047 due</link> (daily)</para>
43051 <para>Find holds that need to be <link linkend="unsuspendholdcron">resumed and remove
43052 suspension</link> (daily)</para>
43055 <para>If you're allowing automatic renewal of items <link linkend="autorenewcron">set
43056 them to renew</link> (nightly)</para>
43063 <section id="imppratrons">
43064 <title>Patron Configuration</title>
43066 <para>You have already imported patron data from your old system, but
43067 there are plenty of options available to you regarding patrons and their
43072 <para>Enter your <link linkend="addstaffpatron">staff members as
43073 patrons</link></para>
43077 <para>Define <link linkend="patronpermissions">staff members
43078 access permissions</link></para>
43084 <para>Patron System Preferences</para>
43089 <para><link linkend="autoMemberNum">autoMemberNum</link> :
43090 Decide if the patrons barcodes are auto-generated or if you
43091 enter them yourself</para>
43095 <para><link linkend="MaxFine">MaxFine</link> : Determine the
43096 maximum amount that people can owe in fines</para>
43100 <para><link linkend="NotifyBorrowerDeparture">NotifyBorrowerDeparture</link>
43101 : Decide when to warn staff that the patron account is about to
43106 <para><link linkend="intranetreadinghistory">intranetreadinghistory</link> :
43107 Decide if the staff can see the patron's reading/checkout
43112 <para><link linkend="BorrowerMandatoryField">BorrowerMandatoryField</link> :
43113 List fields that you want to appear as mandatory on the patron
43114 add/edit form</para>
43118 <para><link linkend="BorrowersTitles">BorrowersTitles</link> :
43119 Add or change the titles for your patrons</para>
43123 <para><link linkend="borrowerRelationship">borrowerRelationship</link> : Add
43124 or change borrower relationships (child to adult and
43125 professional to organization)</para>
43129 <para><link linkend="AutoEmailPrimaryAddress">AutoEmailPrimaryAddress</link>
43130 : Determine if the patrons get an email confirming the creation
43131 of their account</para>
43135 <para><link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
43136 : Decide if patrons can choose from a series of notices (other
43137 than overdues)</para>
43141 <para><link linkend="patronimages">patronimages</link> : Decide
43142 if you want to save patron images in your system</para>
43146 <para><link linkend="ExtendedPatronAttributes">ExtendedPatronAttributes</link>
43147 : Decide if you want to enable custom patron fields</para>
43151 <para><link linkend="minPasswordLength">minPasswordLength</link>
43152 : Enter the minimum number of characters you want passwords to
43157 <para><link linkend="BorrowerUnwantedField">BorrowerUnwantedField</link> :
43158 Decide what fields your library doesn't need to see on the
43159 patron entry form</para>
43164 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link><itemizedlist>
43166 <para>Decide if you would like <link linkend="j2acron">children to automatically be
43167 come adults</link></para>
43169 </itemizedlist></para>
43174 <section id="impcatalog">
43175 <title>Cataloging Configuration</title>
43177 <para>Before you start cataloging in Koha you'll want to set up your
43178 preferences and other rules.</para>
43182 <para>Define your cataloging templates aka <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">MARC Bibliographic
43183 Frameworks</link></para>
43187 <para>Run the <link linkend="marcbibframeworkstest">MARC
43188 Bibliographic Framework Test</link> to be sure your changes are
43195 <para>Define any <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized
43196 values</link> you might want to use in cataloging</para>
43200 <para>Set up <link linkend="classificationsources">custom
43201 classification sources</link> (if you use something other than the
43206 <para>Set up <link linkend="recordmatchingrules">MARC matching rules</link> for importing
43207 records from mrc files or Z39.50</para>
43211 <para>Set up <link linkend="keywordmapping">Koha to Keyword
43212 mapping</link> for deciding how to display marc fields to the screen
43213 (still in beta - only one field)</para>
43217 <para>Set up the <link linkend="z3950admin">Z39.50 targets</link> you want to search for
43218 cataloging (and acquisitions)</para>
43222 <para>Cataloging System Preferences</para>
43226 <para><link linkend="URLLinkText">URLLinkText</link> : Enter
43227 text to display when 856 fields do not have pre-defined
43232 <para><link linkend="hide_marc">hide_marc</link> : If you are
43233 unfamiliar with MARC you can have the MARC fields number
43238 <para><link linkend="LabelMARCView">LabelMARCView</link> :
43239 Choose how you want duplicate fields to appear on the
43244 <para><link linkend="DefaultClassificationSource">DefaultClassificationSource</link>
43245 : Choose which classification source is the default in your
43250 <para><link linkend="advancedMARCeditor">advancedMARCeditor</link> : Decide
43251 if you need labels to appear on your MARC editor</para>
43255 <para><link linkend="marcflavour">marcflavour</link> : Choose
43256 your MARC format</para>
43260 <para><link linkend="itemcallnumber">itemcallnumber</link> :
43261 Enter which field and subfields to look into for the call
43266 <para><link linkend="MARCOrgCode">MARCOrgCode</link> : Enter
43267 your MARC Organizational Code (not the same as your OCLC
43272 <para><link linkend="autoBarcode">autoBarcode</link> : Decide if
43273 Koha generates item barcodes for you</para>
43277 <para><link linkend="OpacSuppression">OpacSuppression</link> :
43278 Decide if you want to hide items marked as suppressed from the
43279 OPAC search results</para>
43285 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
43289 <para>Decide when the system <link linkend="checkurlcron">checks
43290 URLs in catalog records</link> to see if they are still
43298 <section id="impauthorities">
43299 <title>Authorities Configuration</title>
43301 <para>Koha has the ability to keep track of your authority records and
43302 how they're linked to your bibliographic records. Before using
43303 authorities you should configure several preferences.</para>
43307 <para>Set <link linkend="authoritiesadmin">Authority
43308 Frameworks</link> aka templates</para>
43312 <para>Authority System Preferences</para>
43316 <para><link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> :
43317 Decide if Koha creates authorities when cataloging</para>
43321 <para><link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> : Decide if
43322 updates to authorities trigger updates to the bibliographic
43323 records that link to them</para>
43327 <para><link linkend="AutoCreateAuthorities">AutoCreateAuthorities</link> :
43328 Decide when authorities are created</para>
43332 <para><link linkend="LinkerModule">LinkerModule</link> : Decide
43333 which match the authority linker should use</para>
43337 <para><link linkend="LinkerOptions">LinkerOptions</link> :
43338 Decide if you want authority linking to be broader or more
43343 <para><link linkend="CatalogModuleRelink">CatalogModuleRelink</link> :
43344 Decide if you want to enable authority linking while
43351 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
43355 <para>Choose when the system looks for authorities updates to
43356 <link linkend="mergeauthcron">merge changes into bibliographic
43357 records</link></para>
43364 <section id="impsearching">
43365 <title>Searching Configuration</title>
43367 <para>There are several system preferences related to searching, it is
43368 not always recommended to make too many changes to these preferences
43369 since they are set to get you the most relevant results. If you would
43370 like to change the default way that Koha handles searching, view the
43371 <link linkend="searchingprefs">Searching system preferences</link>
43376 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
43380 <para>Decide how often your <link linkend="rebuildsearchcron">system rebuilds the search
43381 index</link> (4-10 min)</para>
43387 <para>Searching System Preferences</para>
43391 <para><link linkend="AdvancedSearchTypes">AdvancedSearchTypes</link> : Decide which
43392 authorized value fields you want patrons and staff to be able to limit their
43393 advanced searches by</para>
43396 <para><link linkend="AdvancedSearchLanguages">AdvancedSearchLanguages</link> : Decide
43397 which languages you want people to be able to limit to via the search engine</para>
43401 <para><link linkend="UseAuthoritiesForTracings">UseAuthoritiesForTracings</link>
43402 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
43407 <para><link linkend="TraceCompleteSubfields">TraceCompleteSubfields</link>
43408 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
43413 <para><link linkend="TraceSubjectSubdivisions">TraceSubjectSubdivisions</link>
43414 : Decide how you want Koha to handle subject searches in the
43421 <para><link linkend="displayFacetCount">displayFacetCount</link>
43422 : Decide whether to show facet counts on search results</para>
43429 <section id="impopac">
43430 <title>OPAC Configuration</title>
43432 <para>There are a lot of ways you can customize your OPAC in
43437 <para>Decide how you want your OPAC to look & what content you
43438 want on the main page</para>
43442 <para>Create a library branded stylesheet using CSS</para>
43447 <para>Do not edit the default CSS files, instead create a new
43448 one, that way the system can always fall back on the original
43456 <para>Create a custom XSLT stylesheet to change the way search
43457 results and bib records appear in the OPAC</para>
43461 <para>OPAC System preferences</para>
43465 <para><link linkend="OPACBaseURL">OPACBaseURL</link> : Enter your library's url
43469 <para><link linkend="opacuserlogin">opacuserlogin</link> : Decide if you want to allow
43470 patrons to login to the OPAC to access customized functionality (searching will be
43471 allowed without logging in)</para>
43474 <para><link linkend="RequestOnOpac">RequestOnOpac</link> : Decide if patrons can
43475 place holds via the OPAC</para>
43478 <para><link linkend="OpacPasswordChange">OpacPasswordChange</link> : Decide if
43479 patrons can change their password (don't allow this if you're using LDAP)</para>
43482 <para><link linkend="OpacRenewalAllowed">OpacRenewalAllowed</link> : Decide if
43483 patrons can renew their checked out items via the OPAC</para>
43486 <para><link linkend="opacreadinghistory">opacreadinghistory</link> : Decide if
43487 patrons can view their reading/checkout history via the OPAC</para>
43490 <para><link linkend="reviewson">reviewson</link> : Decide if you want to allow
43491 patrons to comment on bib records via the OPAC</para>
43494 <para><link linkend="OpacStarRatings">OpacStarRatings</link> : Decide if patrons
43495 can leave star ratings</para>
43498 <para><link linkend="virtualshelves">virtualshelves</link> : Decide if you want
43499 patrons to be able to create Lists</para>
43502 <para><link linkend="OpacAllowPublicListCreation"
43503 >OpacAllowPublicListCreation</link> : If patrons can create lists then decide
43504 if they are allowed to create public lists</para>
43507 <para><link linkend="suggestionspref">suggestion</link> : Decide if you want
43508 patrons to be able to submit purchase suggestions</para>
43511 <para><link linkend="OPACViewOthersSuggestions">OPACViewOthersSuggestions</link> :
43512 Decide if you want patrons to be able to see purchase suggestions made by other
43519 <para><link linkend="opacbookbag">opacbookbag</link> : Decide if
43520 patrons can save items into their cart</para>
43524 <para><link linkend="AnonSuggestions">AnonSuggestions</link> :
43525 Decide if you want non logged in users to be able to make
43526 purchase suggestions</para>
43530 <para><link linkend="LibraryName">LibraryName</link> : Enter
43531 your library name for display in the <title> tag and on
43532 the top of the OPAC</para>
43536 <para><link linkend="opaccredits">opaccredits</link> : Enter
43537 HTML to appear at the bottom of every page in the OPAC</para>
43541 <para><link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OpacMainUserBlock</link>
43542 : Enter HTML that will appear in the center of the main OPAC
43547 <para><link linkend="OpacNav">OpacNav</link> : Enter HTML that
43548 will appear to the left on the main OPAC page</para>
43552 <para><link linkend="OpacNavBottom">OpacNavBottom</link> : Enter
43553 HTML that will appear below OpacNav</para>
43557 <para><link linkend="OpacNavRight">OpacNavRight</link> : Enter
43558 HTML that will appear below the login box on the right</para>
43562 <para><link linkend="opacheader">opacheader</link> : Enter the
43563 HTML that will appear above the search box on the OPAC</para>
43567 <para><link linkend="OPACNoResultsFound">OPACNoResultsFound</link> : Enter
43568 the HTML that will appear when no results are found</para>
43572 <para><link linkend="OPACResultsSidebar">OPACResultsSidebar</link> : Enter
43573 the HTML that will appear below the facets on your search
43578 <para><link linkend="OPACMySummaryHTML">OPACMySummaryHTML</link>
43579 : Enter the HTML that will appear in the far right of the
43580 circulation summary in the OPAC</para>
43584 <para>Customize your stylesheets:</para>
43588 <para><link linkend="OPACUserCSS">OPACUserCSS</link> : Enter
43589 any additional fields you want to define styles for</para>
43593 <para><link linkend="opaclayoutstylesheet">opaclayoutstylesheet</link> :
43594 Point to a CSS file on your Koha server</para>
43600 <para><link linkend="OpacHighlightedWords">OpacHighlightedWords</link> :
43601 Decide if you want search terms to be highlighted on the search
43606 <para><link linkend="hidelostitems">hidelostitems</link> :
43607 Decide if you want to show patrons items you have marked as
43612 <para><link linkend="BiblioDefaultView">BiblioDefaultView</link>
43613 : Decide what view is the default for bib records on the
43618 <para><link linkend="OPACShelfBrowser">OPACShelfBrowser</link> : Decide if you want to
43619 enable the shelf browse functionality</para>
43623 <para><link linkend="OPACURLOpenInNewWindow">OPACURLOpenInNewWindow</link> :
43624 Decide if URLs clicked in the OPAC are opened in a new
43629 <para><link linkend="SearchMyLibraryFirst">SearchMyLibraryFirst</link> : If
43630 you have a multi-branch system decide if you want patrons to
43631 search their library first</para>
43635 <para><link linkend="OpacAuthorities">OpacAuthorities</link> :
43636 Decide if you want patrons to be able to search your authority
43641 <para><link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> : Decide if you want patrons to
43642 browse your authority file (French libraries only)</para>
43646 <para><link linkend="OPACSearchForTitleIn">OPACSearchForTitleIn</link> :
43647 Choose which libraries you want patrons to be able to re-run
43648 their search in</para>
43652 <para><link linkend="OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown">OpacAddMastheadLibraryPulldown</link>
43653 : If you're a multi-branch system you can add a pull down to the
43654 search bar for patrons to search which library to search</para>
43658 <para><link linkend="EnableOpacSearchHistory">EnableOpacSearchHistory</link>
43659 : Decide if you want the system to keep a search history</para>
43665 <para>Set up your <link linkend="cronjobs">cron jobs</link></para>
43669 <para>If you have the <link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> preference set
43670 decide <link linkend="authbrowsercron">when you want the contents to rebuild</link>
43671 (French libraries only)</para>
43675 <para>If you have <link linkend="customrss">custom RSS
43676 feeds</link>, decide when you want the <link linkend="customrssfeedcron">feed to be populated</link></para>
43682 <section id="editableopac">
43683 <title>Editable OPAC Regions</title>
43685 <para>Using the OPAC system preferences you can customize various regions, the following
43686 graphic will define what preferences update each of the regions in the Bootstrap
43690 <screeninfo>OPAC Editable Regions</screeninfo>
43694 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-opac/opaccustomregions.jpg"/>
43701 <section id="impenhanced">
43702 <title>Enhanced Content Configuration</title>
43704 <para>Koha allows you to pull in content from outside sources to enhance
43705 your bib records. All of this content can be toggled on and off using
43706 the enhanced content system preferences.</para>
43710 <para><link linkend="frbrenhancedprefs">FRBR/Editions</link></para>
43714 <para>If you would like to have your OPAC and/or staff client
43715 show an 'Editions' tab on the bib record, you want to enable one
43716 or the other FRBR preferences and then either one or both of the
43717 ISBN services (XISBN and ThingISBN).</para>
43723 <para><link linkend="amazonprefs">Amazon</link> : This service is
43724 free and just requires that you visit <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink> to sign
43729 <para>Using the Amazon preferences you can choose to show cover
43730 images from Amazon.</para>
43736 <para><link linkend="Babelthequeprefs">Babelthèque</link></para>
43740 <para>This is a pay service. Contact Babelthèque to learn how to
43741 enable this content in the OPAC.</para>
43747 <para><link linkend="btcontentprefs">Baker and Taylor</link></para>
43751 <para>This is a pay service from Baker & Taylor. Contact
43752 Baker & Taylor for the information to enter into these
43753 preferences.</para>
43759 <para><link linkend="html5">HTML5 Media</link><itemizedlist>
43761 <para>This allows libraries to embed streaming media in their catalog</para>
43763 </itemizedlist></para>
43766 <para><link linkend="googleprefs">Google</link></para>
43769 <para>This service is free and does not require registration, simply enable
43770 GoogleJackets and you're set to go.</para>
43776 <para><link linkend="IDreamLibraries">I Deam Books</link><itemizedlist>
43778 <para>This is a free service that compiles reviews for popular titles from many
43779 different sources.</para>
43781 </itemizedlist></para>
43784 <para><link linkend="librarythingprefs">LibraryThing</link></para>
43787 <para>With the exception of ThingISBN, you will need to contact LibraryThing for the
43788 information to enter into these preferences</para>
43791 <para>Enabling ThingISBN will help to populate the editions tab on the bib record
43792 display if you have enabled FRBR.</para>
43798 <para><link linkend="novelistselect">Novelist</link></para>
43802 <para>This is a pay service from Ebsco. Contact Ebsco for the
43803 information to enter into these preferences</para>
43809 <para><link linkend="oclcprefs">OCLC</link></para>
43812 <para>XISBN is used to populate the editions tab on the bib record display if you have
43813 enabled FRBR. This service is free for up to 999 queries a day.</para>
43818 <para><link linkend="OpenLibraryPrefs">Open Library</link><itemizedlist>
43820 <para>Open Library project is an open system that you can pull cover images (and in
43821 the future additional content) from</para>
43823 </itemizedlist></para>
43827 <para><link linkend="overdriveprefs">Overdrive</link><itemizedlist>
43829 <para>This is a pay service that libraries can subscribe to for ebook content. If
43830 the library subscribes to Overdrive they can integrate that content in to Koha for
43833 </itemizedlist></para>
43836 <para><link linkend="Syndeticsprefs">Syndetics</link></para>
43839 <para>This is a pay service from Syndetics to add content for your bib records.
43840 Contact Syndetics for the information to enter into these preferences.</para>
43846 <para><link linkend="taggingprefs">Tagging</link></para>
43850 <para>Choose whether or not you want to allow patrons to add
43851 tags to records in Koha.</para>
43858 <section id="impacq">
43859 <title>Acquisitions Configuration</title>
43861 <para>When using acquisitions in Koha you first need to define some
43866 <para>Set up your <link linkend="budgetplanning">funds &
43867 budgets</link></para>
43871 <para>Choose your <link linkend="currexchangeadmin">default
43872 currency</link> and enter others if you order from multiple
43877 <para>Enter in your <link linkend="acqvendors">vendor
43878 information</link></para>
43882 <para>Create an <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">Framework with the
43883 code ACQ</link> (if you're going to enter item records at the time
43884 of ordering or receiving)</para>
43888 <para>Acquisitions System preferences</para>
43892 <para><link linkend="AcqCreateItem">AcqCreateItem</link> :
43893 Decide if an item record is created during acquisition</para>
43897 <para><link linkend="CurrencyFormat">CurrencyFormat</link> :
43898 Decide how you want monetary amounts to display</para>
43902 <para><link linkend="gist">gist</link> : Enter your sales tax
43903 (if you are billed for tax)</para>
43907 <para><link linkend="OrderPdfFormat">OrderPdfFormat</link> :
43908 Decide what format you want your print orders to use</para>
43915 <section id="impserials">
43916 <title>Serials Configuration</title>
43918 <para>When you use serials there are a few options you can set before
43923 <para>Serials System Preferences</para>
43927 <para><link linkend="RenewSerialAddsSuggestion">RenewSerialAddsSuggestion</link>
43928 : Decide if you want renewing serials to add a suggestion for
43929 easy purchasing</para>
43933 <para><link linkend="RoutingSerials">RoutingSerials</link> :
43934 Decide if you want to route serials around your library</para>
43938 <para><link linkend="RoutingListAddReserves">RoutingListAddReserves</link> :
43939 Decide if holds are placed on serials when there is a routing
43940 list in place</para>
43946 <para>Cataloging System Preferences</para>
43950 <para><link linkend="StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount">StaffSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
43951 : Decide how many of the most recent issues to display in the
43952 staff client</para>
43956 <para><link linkend="OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount">OPACSerialIssueDisplayCount</link>
43957 : Decide how many of the most recent issues to display in the
43962 <para><link linkend="SubscriptionHistory">SubscriptionHistory</link> :
43963 Decide how you want the subscription information to display in
43971 <section id="impgolive">
43972 <title>Planning for Go-Live</title>
43974 <para>Once you have all of your settings ready, you need to prepare for
43975 making your system live:</para>
43979 <para>Decide if you need training by an outside service or if your
43980 staff can do the training themselves.</para>
43984 <para>Make sure that there is time for your staff to play with your
43985 test system and get comfortable with it</para>
43989 <para>If this is a migration, work with your previous company to
43990 extract data right before you go live</para>
43994 <para>Come up with URLs for your new Koha OPAC & Staff
43999 <para>Make sure that if you're hosting your own system you have a
44006 <chapter id="sopac">
44007 <title>SOPAC2 Installation</title>
44009 <section id="sopacintro">
44013 <firstname>Jean-André</firstname>
44014 <surname>Santoni</surname>
44016 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
44021 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
44022 <surname>Engard</surname>
44023 <contrib>Translation and minor edits.</contrib>
44027 <pubdate>August 2009</pubdate>
44029 <title>Introduction</title>
44031 <para>This is an installation guide for SOPAC2 and its Koha connector. It
44032 has been tested on Debian Lenny and Ubuntu Jaunty with Drupal 6.12 and Koha
44033 3.0.x. It does not cover the installation of Koha and Drupal, only
44034 SOPAC, its dependencies and the connector.</para>
44037 <section id="sopacinstall">
44038 <title>Installation of Locum and Insurge</title>
44040 <para>Locum and Insurge are the two libraries used primarily by SOPAC.
44041 They serve as a layer of abstraction to the data. Insurge manages the
44042 social aspect (tags, reviews, ratings), while Locum manages the
44043 connection to the ILS via the connector. Both libraries use a different
44044 database from that of Drupal.</para>
44046 <section id="sopacdepend">
44047 <title>Dependencies</title>
44049 <para>There are no packages for Debian MDB2 yet, you can install it
44052 <programlisting># apt-get install php-pear
44053 # pear install MDB2
44054 # pear install MDB2#mysql</programlisting>
44057 <section id="sopacdownload">
44058 <title>Download</title>
44060 <para>Download the Locum and Insurge libraries from SVN:</para>
44062 <programlisting># cd /usr/local/lib
44063 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/locum/trunk/ locum
44064 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/insurge/trunk/ insurge</programlisting>
44067 <section id="sopaccreatedb">
44068 <title>Creation of the Database</title>
44070 <programlisting>$ mysql -u root
44071 mysql> create database scas;
44072 mysql> grant all privileges on scas.* to scas_user@'localhost' identified by 'scas_pass';
44073 mysql> flush privileges;
44074 mysql> exit</programlisting>
44077 <section id="sopacdsn">
44078 <title>Sync DSN</title>
44080 <para>This file will provide the connection information to a DB
44083 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php</programlisting>
44085 <para>It should contain:</para>
44087 <programlisting><?php
44088 $dsn = 'mysql://scas_user:scas_pass@localhost/scas';</programlisting>
44091 <section id="sopacinstallinsurge">
44092 <title>Installation of Insurge</title>
44094 <para>If you customize the name of the database, remember to edit the
44097 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/insurge/sql/scas_insurge.sql</programlisting>
44099 <para>Import Insurge:</para>
44101 <programlisting>$ mysql -u root -p < /usr/local/lib/insurge/sql/scas_insurge.sql</programlisting>
44103 <para>Configure Insurge:</para>
44105 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/insurge/config/insurge.ini</programlisting>
44107 <para>The variables in insurge.ini are empty. The default values are
44108 too long and cause MySQL errors.</para>
44110 <para>Here is a sample of insurge.ini</para>
44112 <programlisting>; This is the Locum configuration file
44113 ; General configuration options for your installation of Insurge.
44115 dsn_file = "/usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php"
44116 ; This is where you configure your repository membership information.
44118 ; parent_server is the server name of the repository parent server you have been
44120 ; group_id = The group ID you have been given by your repository admin.
44121 ; These configuration points are OPTIONAL and are only necessary if you are
44122 ; participating in a repository relationship.
44126 group_key = ""</programlisting>
44129 <section id="sopacinstallocum">
44130 <title>Installation of Locum</title>
44132 <para>The same procedure applies to Locum</para>
44134 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/scas_locum.sql
44135 # mysql < /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/scas_locum.sql
44136 # nano /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/locum_init.sql
44137 # mysql < /usr/local/lib/locum/sql/locum_init.sql
44138 # nano /usr/local/lib/locum/config/locum.ini
44139 # mkdir /usr/local/var
44140 # mkdir /usr/local/var/log</programlisting>
44142 <para>Configure the DSN:</para>
44144 <programlisting>[locum_config]
44145 dsn_file = "/usr/local/etc/locum_insurge_dsn.php"</programlisting>
44147 <para>And the information for your Koha installation:</para>
44149 <programlisting>[ils_config]
44151 ils_version = "30x"
44152 ils_server = "localhost"
44153 ils_harvest_port = "80"</programlisting>
44155 <para>The rest depends on your Koha configuration.</para>
44159 <section id="sopackoha">
44160 <title>Installation of Koha Connector</title>
44162 <para>Download the Koha connector using SVN:</para>
44164 <programlisting># cd /usr/local/lib/locum/connectors/
44165 # svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/connectors/koha/ locum_koha_30x</programlisting>
44168 <section id="sopacharvest">
44169 <title>Harvest Records</title>
44171 <para>Now that the connector is in place, we will be able to launch
44172 harvest.php, a tool that will reap Locum DB Koha and fill the
44175 <para>Start by configuring harvest.php:</para>
44177 <programlisting># nano /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php</programlisting>
44179 <para>Here are the variables you must change:</para>
44181 <programlisting>$first_record = 1;
44182 $last_record = 30;</programlisting>
44184 <para>These are the minimum and maximum biblionumbers from your Koha
44187 <para>Then start the harvest:</para>
44189 <programlisting># chmod +x /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php
44190 $ /usr/local/lib/locum/tools/harvest.php</programlisting>
44193 <section id="sopacphinx">
44194 <title>Installation of Sphinx</title>
44196 <para>Sphinx is the indexer for the database used by Locum and
44199 <section id="sphinxdepend">
44200 <title>Dependencies</title>
44202 <para>There is no Debian package for Sphinx so you'll have to compile
44203 the source directly:</para>
44205 <programlisting># apt-get install g++ make libmysql++-dev</programlisting>
44208 <section id="sphinxdownload">
44209 <title>Download and Compile</title>
44211 <programlisting>$ wget http://sphinxsearch.com/downloads/sphinx-0.9.8.tar.gz
44212 $ tar zxvf sphinx-0.9.8.tar.gz
44214 $ ./configure --prefix=/usr/local/sphinx
44217 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx
44218 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx/lib
44219 # cp api/sphinxapi.php /usr/local/sphinx/lib/
44220 $ rm -R sphinx-0.9.8*</programlisting>
44223 <section id="sphinxuser">
44224 <title>Creation of User and Group</title>
44226 <para>Creating a Sphinx user and change the owner:</para>
44228 <programlisting># adduser sphinx
44230 # usermod -G sphinx sphinx
44231 # mkdir /usr/local/sphinx/var/run
44232 # chown -R sphinx.sphinx /usr/local/sphinx/var</programlisting>
44235 <section id="demonsphinx">
44236 <title>The Sphinx daemon</title>
44238 <para>Download:</para>
44240 <programlisting># cd /etc/init.d
44241 # wget http://www.thesocialopac.net/sites/thesocialopac.net/files/sphinx
44242 # chmod +x /etc/init.d/sphinx</programlisting>
44244 <para>Add Sphinx to the default boot services:</para>
44246 <programlisting># update-rc.d sphinx defaults</programlisting>
44249 <section id="sphinxconfig">
44250 <title>Configuration</title>
44252 <para>Copy the configuration file supplied with the source of Sphinx
44253 before the change:</para>
44255 <programlisting># cp /usr/local/lib/locum/sphinx/sphinx.conf /usr/local/sphinx/etc/
44256 # sed 's/locum_db_user/scas_user/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile;
44257 mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf
44258 # sed 's/locum_db_pass/scas_pass/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile; mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf</programlisting>
44260 <para>And if you personalize the name of the database:</para>
44262 <programlisting># sed 's/scas/MY_DB/g' /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf > tmpfile; mv tmpfile /usr/local/sphinx/etc/sphinx.conf</programlisting>
44265 <section id="sphinxindexing">
44266 <title>Indexing documents</title>
44268 <para>Indexing is necessary if you want to use the search features of
44271 <para>You must first complete the Insurge table index</para>
44273 <programlisting># chmod +x /usr/local/lib/insurge/tools/update-index.php
44274 $ /usr/local/lib/insurge/tools/update-index.php</programlisting>
44276 <para>Then start indexing Sphinx</para>
44278 <programlisting>$ /usr/local/sphinx/bin/indexer --all</programlisting>
44280 <para>Finally, we must start the daemon:</para>
44282 <programlisting># /etc/init.d/sphinx start</programlisting>
44284 <para>When the daemon is running, you can update the index with:</para>
44286 <programlisting>$ /usr/local/sphinx/bin/indexer --all --rotate</programlisting>
44290 <section id="installsopac">
44291 <title>Installation of SOPAC2</title>
44293 <para>Now to the SOPAC software itself:</para>
44295 <section id="downloadsopac">
44296 <title>Download</title>
44298 <para>Download from SVN:</para>
44300 <programlisting>$ cd /chemin/vers/drupal/sites/all/
44303 $ svn co http://dobby.darienlibrary.org/svn/sopac/trunk/ sopac</programlisting>
44306 <section id="sopacinstallation">
44307 <title>Installation</title>
44309 <para>In Drupal's administration settings, activate the module.
44310 Also, enable the dependencies:</para>
44314 <para>Profile</para>
44318 <para>PHP Filter</para>
44326 <para>The Drupal menu should now list these entries.</para>
44329 <section id="configsopac">
44330 <title>Configuration</title>
44332 <para>Then go into the settings of SOPAC.</para>
44336 <para>Configure the paths to the Locum and Insurge
44341 <para>Choose a URL prefix SOPAC, in my "catalog". Create a node
44342 with content like:</para>
44346 <programlisting><?php
44347 print sopac_search_form('both');
44348 print theme('pages_catalog');</programlisting>
44352 <para>Check the Input Format "PHP Code"</para>
44356 <para>Check Move to front page</para>
44360 <para>In URL path settings, set the SOPAC URL prefix you have
44365 <para>Go to the root of Drupal, a search form will appear.</para>
44367 <para>Remember to empty Drupal's cache when something does not
44370 <para>Drupal offers a few blocks, which are not configured by default.
44371 You must specify on which page they should appear.</para>
44376 <chapter id="cronjobsch">
44377 <title>Cron Jobs</title>
44379 <para>A cron job is a Linux command for scheduling a command or script on your server to
44380 complete repetitive tasks automatically. Scripts executed as a cron job are typically used to
44381 modify files or databases; however, they can perform other tasks that do not modify data on
44382 the server, like sending out email notifications. Koha has many cron jobs in place that you
44383 can enable (search engine indexing, overdue notice generation, data cleanup and more), this
44384 chapter will explain those for you.</para>
44386 <section id="cronjobs">
44387 <title>Cron Jobs</title>
44389 <para>The locations below assume a dev install which puts the crons in
44390 misc/, if you have a standard install you may want to look in bin/ for
44391 these files if you cannot find them in misc/</para>
44393 <section id="searchcron">
44394 <title>Search</title>
44398 <section id="rebuildsearchcron">
44399 <title>Rebuild Index</title>
44401 <para>Script path: misc/migration_tools/rebuild_zebra.pl</para>
44403 <para>Does: Updates Zebra indexes with recently changed data.</para>
44405 <para>Required by: Zebra</para>
44407 <para>Frequency suggestion: every x minutes, (between 5-15 minutes)
44408 depending on performance needs</para>
44412 <section id="circcron">
44413 <title>Circulation</title>
44415 <section id="buildholdscron">
44416 <title>Holds Queue</title>
44418 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/holds/build_holds_queue.pl</para>
44420 <para>Does: Updates holds queue report</para>
44422 <para>Required by: <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue
44423 Report</link></para>
44425 <para>Frequency suggestion: every 1-4 hours</para>
44427 <para>Description:</para>
44431 <para>A script that should be run periodically if your library
44432 system allows borrowers to place on-shelf holds. This script
44433 decides which library should be responsible for fulfilling a
44434 given hold request.</para>
44436 <para>It's behavior is controlled by the system preferences
44437 <link linkend="holdqueueweight">StaticHoldsQueueWeight</link>
44438 and <link linkend="holdqueueweight">RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight</link>.</para>
44440 <para>If you do not want all of your libraries to participate in
44441 the on-shelf holds fulfillment process, you should list the the
44442 libraries that *do* participate in the process here by inputting
44443 all the participating library's branchcodes, separated by commas
44444 ( e.g. "MPL,CPL,SPL,BML" etc. ).</para>
44446 <para>By default, the holds queue will be generated such that
44447 the system will first attempt to hold fulfillment using items
44448 already at the pickup library if possible. If there are no items
44449 available at the pickup library to fill a hold,
44450 build_holds_queue.pl will then use the list of libraries defined
44451 in StaticHoldsQueueWeight. If RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight is
44452 disabled ( which it is by default ), the script will assign
44453 fulfillment requests in the order the branches are placed in the
44454 StaticHoldsQueueWeight system preference.</para>
44456 <para>For example, if your system has three libraries, of
44457 varying sizes ( small, medium and large ) and you want the
44458 burden of holds fulfillment to be on larger libraries before
44459 smaller libraries, you would want StaticHoldsQueueWeight to look
44460 something like "LRG,MED,SML".</para>
44462 <para>If you want the burden of holds fulfillment to be spread
44463 out equally throughout your library system, simply enable
44464 RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight. When this system preference is
44465 enabled, the order in which libraries will be requested to
44466 fulfill an on-shelf hold will be randomized each time the list
44467 is regenerated.</para>
44469 <para>Leaving StaticHoldsQueueWeight empty is contraindicated at
44470 this time. Doing so will cause the build_holds_queue script to
44471 ignore RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight, causing the script to request
44472 hold fulfillment not randomly, but by alphabetical order.</para>
44476 <section id="buildholdscronperl">
44477 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44479 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetBibsWithPendingHoldRequests</emphasis></para>
44481 <para>my $biblionumber_aref =
44482 GetBibsWithPendingHoldRequests();</para>
44484 <para>Return an arrayref of the biblionumbers of all bibs that
44485 have one or more unfilled hold requests.</para>
44487 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetPendingHoldRequestsForBib</emphasis></para>
44489 <para>my $requests =
44490 GetPendingHoldRequestsForBib($biblionumber);</para>
44492 <para>Returns an arrayref of hashrefs to pending, unfilled hold
44495 <para>the bib identified by $biblionumber. The following keys are
44496 present in each hashref:</para>
44500 <para>biblionumber</para>
44504 <para>borrowernumber</para>
44508 <para>itemnumber</para>
44512 <para>priority</para>
44516 <para>branchcode</para>
44520 <para>reservedate</para>
44524 <para>reservenotes</para>
44528 <para>borrowerbranch</para>
44532 <para>The arrayref is sorted in order of increasing
44535 <para><emphasis role="bold">GetItemsAvailableToFillHoldRequestsForBib</emphasis></para>
44537 <para>my $available_items =</para>
44539 <para>GetItemsAvailableToFillHoldRequestsForBib($biblionumber);</para>
44541 <para>Returns an arrayref of items available to fill hold requests
44542 for the bib identified by $biblionumber. An item is available to
44545 <para>request if and only if:</para>
44549 <para>it is not on loan</para>
44553 <para>it is not withdrawn</para>
44557 <para>it is not marked notforloan</para>
44561 <para>it is not currently in transit</para>
44565 <para>it is not lost</para>
44569 <para>it is not sitting on the hold shelf</para>
44573 <para><emphasis role="bold">MapItemsToHoldRequests</emphasis></para>
44575 <para>MapItemsToHoldRequests($hold_requests,
44576 $available_items);</para>
44578 <para><emphasis role="bold">CreatePickListFromItemMap</emphasis></para>
44580 <para><emphasis role="bold">AddToHoldTargetMap</emphasis></para>
44582 <para><emphasis role="bold">_get_branches_to_pull_from</emphasis></para>
44584 <para>Query system preferences to get ordered list of branches to
44585 use to fill hold requests.</para>
44589 <section id="expiredholdscron">
44590 <title>Expired Holds</title>
44593 misc/cronjobs/holds/cancel_expired_holds.pl</para>
44595 <para>Does: By default, this cron job will only automatically cancel
44596 holds where the user has set an expiration date. If the library is
44597 using the <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelay</link>
44598 and <link linkend="ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge">ExpireReservesMaxPickUpDelayCharge</link>
44599 preferences then this script will also cancel holds that have been
44600 sitting on the hold shelf for too long and will (if the library
44601 does) charge the patron for not picking up the hold.</para>
44603 <para>Frequency suggestion: daily</para>
44606 <section id="unsuspendholdcron">
44607 <title>Unsuspend Holds</title>
44610 misc/cronjobs/holds/auto_unsuspend_holds.pl</para>
44612 <para>Does: This script checks to find holds that should no longer
44613 be suspended and removes the suspension if the <link linkend="AutoResumeSuspendedHolds">AutoResumeSuspendedHolds</link>
44614 preference is set to 'allow'. This puts the patron back in to the
44615 queue where they were when the hold was suspended.</para>
44617 <para>Frequency suggestion: daily</para>
44620 <section id="finescronjob">
44621 <title>Fines</title>
44623 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/fines.pl</para>
44624 <para>Does: Calculates and posts fines to patron accounts.</para>
44626 <para>Required by: <link linkend="finesMode">finesMode</link> system
44629 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44632 <section id="longoverduecron">
44633 <title>Long Overdues</title>
44635 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/longoverdue.pl</para>
44637 <para>Does: allows one to specify delays for changing items to
44638 different lost statuses, and optionally charge for them using the
44639 replacement price listed on the item record.</para>
44641 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly<note>
44642 <para>Staff can control some of the parameters for the longoverdue cron job with the
44643 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueLostValue">DefaultLongOverdueLostValue</link> and
44644 <link linkend="DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue">DefaultLongOverdueChargeValue</link>
44645 preferences.</para>
44648 <section id="longoverduecronperl">
44649 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44651 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
44653 <para>longoverdue.pl cron script to set lost statuses on overdue
44654 materials. Execute without options for help.</para>
44655 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
44656 <para> --lost | -l </para>
44657 <para>This option takes the form of n=lv, where n is num days overdue, and lv is the
44658 lost value. See warning below.</para>
44659 <para> --charge | -c </para>
44660 <para>This specifies what lost value triggers Koha to charge the account for the lost
44661 item. Replacement costs are not charged if this is not specified. </para>
44662 <para>--verbose | v </para>
44663 <para>verbose. </para>
44664 <para>--confirm </para>
44665 <para>confirm. without this option, the script will report the number of affected items
44666 and return without modifying any records. </para>
44667 <para>--quiet </para>
44668 <para>suppress summary output. </para>
44669 <para>--maxdays </para>
44670 <para>Specifies the end of the range of overdue days to deal with (defaults to 366).
44671 This value is universal to all lost num days overdue passed. </para>
44672 <para>--mark-returned </para>
44673 <para>When an item is marked lost, remove it from the borrowers issued items.</para>
44677 <section id="updateissuescron">
44678 <title>Track total checkouts</title>
44680 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/update_totalissues.pl</para>
44682 <para>Does: updates the biblioitems.totalissues field in the
44683 database with the latest tally of checkouts.</para>
44685 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44686 <section id="updateissuesperldoc">
44687 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44688 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
44690 <para>update_totalissues.pl </para>
44691 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
44693 <para>update_totalissues.pl --use-stats </para>
44694 <para>update_totalissues.pl --use-items </para>
44695 <para>update_totalissues.pl --commit=1000 </para>
44696 <para>update_totalissues.pl --since='2012-01-01' </para>
44697 <para>update_totalissues.pl --interval=30d </para>
44698 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
44700 <para>This batch job populates bibliographic records' total issues count based on
44701 historical issue statistics. </para>
44702 <para>--help Prints this help </para>
44703 <para>-v|--verbose </para>
44704 <para>Provide verbose log information (list every bib modified). </para>
44705 <para>--use-stats </para>
44706 <para>Use the data in the statistics table for populating total issues. </para>
44707 <para>--use-items </para>
44708 <para>Use items.issues data for populating total issues. Note that issues data from the
44709 items table does not respect the --since or --interval options, by definition. Also
44710 note that if both --use-stats and --use-items are specified, the count of biblios
44711 processed will be misleading. </para>
44712 <para>-s|--since=DATE </para>
44713 <para>Only process issues recorded in the statistics table since DATE. </para>
44714 <para>-i|--interval=S </para>
44715 <para>Only process issues recorded in the statistics table in the last N units of time.
44716 The interval should consist of a number with a one- letter unit suffix. The valid
44717 suffixes are h (hours), d (days), w (weeks), m (months), and y (years). The default
44718 unit is days. </para>
44719 <para>--incremental </para>
44720 <para>Add the number of issues found in the statistics table to the existing total
44721 issues count. Intended so that this script can be used as a cron job to update
44722 popularity information during low-usage periods. If neither --since or --interval are
44723 specified, incremental mode will default to processing the last twenty-four hours. </para>
44724 <para>--commit=N </para>
44725 <para>Commit the results to the database after every N records are processed. </para>
44726 <para>--test </para>
44727 <para>Only test the popularity population script. </para>
44728 <para><emphasis role="bold">WARNING</emphasis>
44730 <para>If the time on your database server does not match the time on your Koha server
44731 you will need to take that into account, and probably use the --since argument instead
44732 of the --interval argument for incremental updating. </para>
44733 <para><emphasis role="bold">CREDITS</emphasis>
44735 <para>This patch to Koha was sponsored by the Arcadia Public Library and the Arcadia
44736 Public Library Foundation in honor of Jackie Faust-Moreno, late director of the
44737 Arcadia Public Library. </para>
44738 <para><emphasis role="bold">AUTHOR</emphasis>
44740 <para>Jared Camins-Esakov <jcamins AT cpbibliography DOT com></para>
44743 <section id="offlinecirccron">
44744 <title>Generate Patron File for Offline Circulation</title>
44745 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/create_koc_db.pl</para>
44746 <para>Does: Generates the borrowers.db file for use with the <link
44747 linkend="windowsofflinecirc">Koha Offline Circulation</link> tool</para>
44748 <para>Frequency suggestion: weekly</para>
44750 <section id="autorenewcron">
44751 <title>Automatic renewal</title>
44752 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/automatic_renewals.pl</para>
44753 <para>Does: Will automatically renew items if you're allowing automatic renewal with your
44754 <link linkend="circfinerules">circulation and fine rules</link>.</para>
44755 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44756 <section id="autorenewcronperl">
44757 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44758 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
44760 <para>automatic_renewals.pl - cron script to renew loans </para>
44761 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
44763 <para>./automatic_renewals.pl </para>
44764 <para>or, in crontab: 0 3 * * * automatic_renewals.pl </para>
44765 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
44767 <para>This script searches for issues scheduled for automatic renewal
44768 (issues.auto_renew). If there are still renews left (Renewals allowed) and the renewal
44769 isn't premature (No Renewal before) the issue is renewed. </para>
44770 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
44772 <para>No options.</para>
44776 <section id="patroncrons">
44777 <title>Patrons</title>
44779 <section id="deleteexpiredregistrationcron">
44780 <title>Unverified Registrations</title>
44781 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/delete_expired_opac_registrations.pl</para>
44782 <para>Does: Deletes patron registrations that were submitted via the OPAC but not reviewed
44783 by the library within the number of days entered in the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay">PatronSelfRegistrationExpireTemporaryAccountsDelay</link> preference.</para>
44784 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44786 <section id="deleteunverifiedcron">
44787 <title>Unconfirmed Registrations</title>
44788 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/delete_unverified_opac_registrations.pl </para>
44789 <para>Does: Deletes patron self registrations that were submitted via the OPAC but not
44790 confirmed via email within 24 hours. This is only necessary if you are requiring patrons
44791 to confirm their registrations via email with the <link linkend="PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail">PatronSelfRegistrationVerifyByEmail</link> preference.</para>
44792 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
44794 <section id="anonymizecron">
44795 <title>Anonymize Patron Data</title>
44796 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/batch_anonymise.pl</para>
44797 <para>Does: Used to anonymize patron data. This will remove borrowernumbers from
44798 circulation history so that the stats are kept, but the patron information is removed
44799 for privacy reasons.</para>
44801 <section id="j2acron">
44802 <title>Update Child to Adult Patron Type</title>
44803 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/j2a.pl</para>
44804 <para>Does: Convert juvenile/child patrons from juvenile patron category and category code
44805 to corresponding adult patron category and category code when they reach the upper age
44806 limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
44807 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44808 <section id="j2aperldoc">
44809 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44810 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
44812 <para>juv2adult.pl - convert juvenile/child patrons from juvenile patron category and
44813 category code to corresponding adult patron category and category code when they reach
44814 the upper age limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
44815 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
44817 <para>juv2adult.pl [ -b=<branchcode> -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> ] </para>
44818 <para>Options: </para>
44819 <para>--help brief help message </para>
44820 <para>--man full documentation </para>
44821 <para>-v verbose mode </para>
44822 <para>-n take no action, display only </para>
44823 <para>-b <branchname> only deal with patrons from this library/branch </para>
44824 <para>-f <categorycode> change patron category from this category </para>
44825 <para>-t <categorycode> change patron category to this category </para>
44826 <para>=head1 OPTIONS </para>
44827 <para>--help Print a brief help message and exits. </para>
44828 <para>--man Prints the manual page and exits. </para>
44829 <para>-v Verbose. Without this flag set, only fatal errors are reported. </para>
44830 <para>-n No Action. With this flag set, script will report changes but not actually
44831 execute them on the database. </para>
44832 <para>-b changes patrons for one specific branch. Use the value in the
44833 branches.branchcode table.</para>
44834 <para> -f *required* defines the juvenile category to update. Expects the code from
44835 categories.categorycode. </para>
44836 <para>-t *required* defines the category juvenile patrons will be converted to. Expects
44837 the code from categories.categorycode. </para>
44838 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis>
44840 <para>This script is designed to update patrons from juvenile to adult patron types,
44841 remove the guarantor, and update their category codes appropriately when they reach
44842 the upper age limit defined in the Patron Categories. </para>
44843 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE EXAMPLES</emphasis>
44845 <para>"juv2adult.pl" - Suggests that you read this help. :) </para>
44846 <para>"juv2adult.pl" -b=<branchcode> -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> -
44847 Processes a single branch, and updates the patron categories from fromcat to tocat. </para>
44848 <para>"juv2adult.pl" -f=<categorycode> -t=<categorycode> -v -n - Processes all
44849 branches, shows all messages, and reports the patrons who would be affected. Takes no
44850 action on the database.</para>
44855 <section id="noticescron">
44856 <title>Notices</title>
44860 <section id="msgqueuecron">
44861 <title>Message Queue</title>
44863 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/process_message_queue.pl</para>
44865 <para>Does: processes the message queue to send the check out, check in and hold filled
44866 emails and SMS message to users and sends outgoing emails to patrons. requires <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link> to be
44869 <para>Frequency suggestion: 1-4 hours<important>
44870 <para>Item due and Advanced due notices are controlled by the <link linkend="advnoticecron">advance_notices cron</link>.</para>
44871 </important></para>
44874 <section id="advnoticecron">
44875 <title>Advanced Notice</title>
44877 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/advance_notices.pl</para>
44879 <para>Does: prepares "pre-due" notices and "item due" notices for
44880 patrons who request them prepares notices for patrons for items just
44881 due or coming due soon. requires <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
44884 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44887 <para>This script does not actually send the notices. It queues
44888 them in the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">message queue</link> for
44892 <section id="advnoticecronperl">
44893 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44895 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
44897 <para>advance_notices.pl - cron script to put item due reminders
44898 into message queue</para>
44900 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
44902 <para>./advance_notices.pl -c</para>
44904 <para>or, in crontab: 0 1 * * * advance_notices.pl -c</para>
44906 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
44908 <para>This script prepares pre-due and item due reminders to be
44909 sent to patrons. It queues them in the message queue, which is
44910 processed by the process_message_queue.pl cronjob. The type and
44911 timing of the messages can be configured by the patrons in their
44912 "My Alerts" tab in the OPAC.</para>
44914 <para><emphasis role="bold">METHODS</emphasis></para>
44916 <para>parse_letter</para>
44920 <section id="overduenoticecron">
44921 <title>Overdue Notice</title>
44923 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/overdue_notices.pl</para>
44925 <para>Does: prepares messages to alert patrons of overdue messages
44926 (both via email and print)</para>
44928 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
44931 <para>This script does not actually send the notices. It queues
44932 them in the <link linkend="msgqueuecron">message queue</link> for
44933 later or generates the HTML for later printing</para>
44936 <section id="overduenoticecronperl">
44937 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
44939 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
44941 <para>overdue_notices.pl - prepare messages to be sent to patrons
44942 for overdue items</para>
44944 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
44946 <para>overdue_notices.pl [ -n ] [ -library <branchcode> ] [
44947 -library <branchcode>...] [ -max <number of days> ] [
44948 -csv [ <filename> ] ] [-itemscontent <field list>
44951 <para>Options:</para>
44953 <para>-help brief help message</para>
44955 <para>-man full documentation</para>
44957 <para>-n No email will be sent</para>
44959 <para>-max <days> maximum days overdue to deal with</para>
44961 <para>-library <branchname> only deal with overdues from
44962 this library (repeatable : several libraries can be given)</para>
44964 <para>-csv <filename> populate CSV file</para>
44966 <para>-html <filename> Output html to file</para>
44968 <para>-itemscontent <list of fields> item information in
44971 <para>-borcat <categorycode> category code that must be
44974 <para>-borcatout <categorycode> category code that must be
44977 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis></para>
44979 <para>-help Print a brief help message and exits.</para>
44981 <para>-man Prints the manual page and exits.</para>
44983 <para>-v Verbose. Without this flag set, only fatal errors are
44986 <para>-n Do not send any email. Overdue notices that would have
44987 been sent to the patrons or to the admin are printed to standard
44988 out. CSV data (if the -csv flag is set) is written to standard out
44989 or to any csv filename given.</para>
44991 <para>-max Items older than max days are assumed to be handled
44992 somewhere else, probably the longoverdues.pl script. They are
44993 therefore ignored by this program. No notices are sent for them,
44994 and they are not added to any CSV files. Defaults to 90 to match
44995 longoverdues.pl.</para>
44997 <para>-library</para>
44999 <para>select overdues for one specific library. Use the value in
45000 the branches.branchcode table. This option can be repeated in
45001 order to select overdues for a group of libraries.</para>
45003 <para>-csv Produces CSV data. if -n (no mail) flag is set, then
45004 this CSV data is sent to standard out or to a filename if
45005 provided. Otherwise, only overdues that could not be emailed are
45006 sent in CSV format to the admin.</para>
45008 <para>-itemscontent</para>
45010 <para>comma separated list of fields that get substituted into
45011 templates in places of the <<items.content>>
45012 placeholder. This defaults to
45013 issuedate,title,barcode,author</para>
45015 <para>Other possible values come from fields in the biblios,
45016 items, and issues tables.</para>
45018 <para>-borcat Repetable field, that permit to select only few of
45019 patrons categories.</para>
45021 <para>-borcatout</para>
45023 <para>Repetable field, permis to exclude some patrons
45026 <para>-t | --triggered</para>
45028 <para>This option causes a notice to be generated if and only if
45029 an item is overdue by the number of days defined in a notice
45032 <para>By default, a notice is sent each time the script runs,
45033 which is suitable for less frequent run cron script, but requires
45034 syncing notice triggers with the cron schedule to ensure proper
45035 behavior. Add the --triggered option for daily cron, at the risk
45036 of no notice being generated if the cron fails to run on
45039 <para>-list-all</para>
45041 <para>Default items.content lists only those items that fall in
45042 the range of the currently processing notice. Choose list-all to
45043 include all overdue items in the list (limited by -max
45046 <para><emphasis role="bold">DESCRIPTION</emphasis></para>
45048 <para>This script is designed to alert patrons and administrators
45049 of overdue items.</para>
45051 <para>Configuration</para>
45053 <para>This script pays attention to the overdue notice
45054 configuration performed in the "Overdue notice/status triggers"
45055 section of the "Tools" area of the staff interface to Koha. There,
45056 you can choose which letter templates are sent out after a
45057 configurable number of days to patrons of each library. More
45058 information about the use of this section of Koha is available in
45059 the Koha manual.</para>
45061 <para>The templates used to craft the emails are defined in the
45062 "Tools: Notices" section of the staff interface to Koha.</para>
45064 <para>Outgoing emails</para>
45066 <para>Typically, messages are prepared for each patron with
45067 overdue items. Messages for whom there is no email address on file
45068 are collected and sent as attachments in a single email to each
45069 library administrator, or if that is not set, then to the email
45070 address in the "KohaAdminEmailAddress" system preference.</para>
45072 <para>These emails are staged in the outgoing message queue, as
45073 are messages produced by other features of Koha. This message
45074 queue must be processed regularly by the
45075 misc/cronjobs/process_message_queue.pl program.</para>
45077 <para>In the event that the "-n" flag is passed to this program,
45078 no emails are sent. Instead, messages are sent on standard output
45079 from this program. They may be redirected to a file if
45082 <para>Templates</para>
45084 <para>Templates can contain variables enclosed in double angle
45085 brackets like <<this>>. Those variables will be
45086 replaced with values specific to the overdue items or relevant
45087 patron. Available variables are:</para>
45089 <para><<bib>></para>
45091 <para>the name of the library</para>
45093 <para><<items.content>></para>
45095 <para>one line for each item, each line containing a tab separated
45096 list of title, author, barcode, issuedate</para>
45098 <para><<borrowers.*>></para>
45100 <para>any field from the borrowers table</para>
45102 <para><<branches.*>></para>
45104 <para>any field from the branches table</para>
45106 <para>CSV output</para>
45108 <para>The "-csv" command line option lets you specify a file to
45109 which overdues data should be output in CSV format.</para>
45111 <para>With the "-n" flag set, data about all overdues is written
45112 to the file. Without that flag, only information about overdues
45113 that were unable to be sent directly to the patrons will be
45114 written. In other words, this CSV file replaces the data that is
45115 typically sent to the administrator email address.</para>
45117 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE EXAMPLES</emphasis></para>
45119 <para>"overdue_notices.pl" - In this most basic usage, with no
45120 command line arguments, all libraries are processed individually,
45121 and notices are prepared for all patrons with overdue items for
45122 whom we have email addresses. Messages for those patrons for whom
45123 we have no email address are sent in a single attachment to the
45124 library administrator's email address, or to the address in the
45125 KohaAdminEmailAddress system preference.</para>
45127 <para>"overdue_notices.pl -n -csv /tmp/overdues.csv" - sends no
45128 email and populates /tmp/overdues.csv with information about all
45129 overdue items.</para>
45131 <para>"overdue_notices.pl -library MAIN max 14" - prepare notices
45132 of overdues in the last 2 weeks for the MAIN library.</para>
45134 <para><emphasis role="bold">SEE ALSO</emphasis></para>
45136 <para>The misc/cronjobs/advance_notices.pl program allows you to
45137 send messages to patrons in advance of their items becoming due,
45138 or to alert them of items that have just become due.</para>
45140 <para><emphasis role="bold">INTERNAL METHODS</emphasis></para>
45142 <para>These methods are internal to the operation of
45143 overdue_notices.pl.</para>
45145 <para>parse_letter</para>
45147 <para>parses the letter template, replacing the placeholders with
45148 data specific to this patron, biblio, or item</para>
45150 <para>named parameters:</para>
45152 <para>letter - required hashref</para>
45154 <para>borrowernumber - required integer</para>
45156 <para>substitute - optional hashref of other key/value pairs that
45157 should be substituted in the letter content</para>
45159 <para>returns the "letter" hashref, with the content updated to
45160 reflect the substituted keys and values.</para>
45162 <para>prepare_letter_for_printing</para>
45164 <para>returns a string of text appropriate for printing in the
45165 event that an overdue notice will not be sent to the patron's
45166 email address. Depending on the desired output format, this may be
45167 a CSV string, or a human-readable representation of the
45170 <para>required parameters:</para>
45172 <para>letter</para>
45174 <para>borrowernumber</para>
45176 <para>optional parameters:</para>
45178 <para>outputformat</para>
45182 <section id="printholdcron">
45183 <title>Print Hold Notices</title>
45185 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/gather_print_notices.pl</para>
45187 <para>Does: looks through the message queue for hold notices that
45188 didn't go through because the patron didn't have an email address
45189 and generates a print notice</para>
45191 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
45194 <section id="talkingtechcrons">
45195 <title>Talking Tech</title>
45197 <para>To learn more about setting up this third party product view
45198 the <link linkend="talkingtechappendix">Talking Tech
45199 Appendix</link>.</para>
45201 <section id="talkingtechsendcron">
45202 <title>Sending Notices File</title>
45205 misc/cronjobs/thirdparty/TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</para>
45207 <para>Does: Script to generate Spec C outbound notifications file
45208 for Talking Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
45210 <para>Required by: <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link></para>
45212 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
45214 <section id="talkingsendcronperl">
45215 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45217 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
45219 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</para>
45221 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --type=OVERDUE -w 0 -w 2 -w
45222 6 --output=/tmp/talkingtech/outbound.csv</para>
45224 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --type=RESERVE
45225 --type=PREOVERDUE --lang=FR</para>
45227 <para>Script to generate Spec C outbound notifications file for
45228 Talking Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
45230 <para>--help -h</para>
45232 <para>Prints this help</para>
45234 <para>-v Provide verbose log information.</para>
45236 <para>--output -o</para>
45238 <para>Destination for outbound notifications file (CSV format).
45239 If no value is specified, output is dumped to screen.</para>
45241 <para>--lang</para>
45243 <para>Sets the language for all outbound messages. Currently
45244 supported values are EN, FR and ES. If no value is specified, EN
45245 will be used by default.</para>
45247 <para>--type</para>
45249 <para>REQUIRED. Sets which messaging types are to be used. Can
45250 be given multiple times, to specify multiple types in a single
45251 output file. Currently supported values are RESERVE, PREOVERDUE
45252 and OVERDUE. If no value is given, this script will not produce
45253 any outbound notifications.</para>
45255 <para>--waiting-hold-day -w</para>
45257 <para>OPTIONAL for --type=RESERVE. Sets the days after a hold
45258 has been set to waiting on which to call. Use switch as many
45259 times as desired. For example, passing "-w 0 -w 2 -w 6" will
45260 cause calls to be placed on the day the hold was set to waiting,
45261 2 days after the waiting date, and 6 days after. See example
45262 above. If this switch is not used with --type=RESERVE, calls
45263 will be placed every day until the waiting reserve is picked up
45264 or canceled.</para>
45266 <para>--library-code --code -c</para>
45268 <para>OPTIONAL The code of the source library of the message.
45269 The library code is used to group notices together for
45270 consortium purposes and apply library specific settings, such as
45271 prompts, to those notices. This field can be blank if all
45272 messages are from a single library.</para>
45276 <section id="talkingtechreceivecron">
45277 <title>Receiving Notices File</title>
45280 misc/cronjobs/thirdparty/TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</para>
45282 <para>Does: Script to process received Results files for Talking
45283 Tech i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
45285 <para>Required by: <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link></para>
45287 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
45289 <section id="talkingreceivecronperl">
45290 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45292 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
45294 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</para>
45296 <para>TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl -v
45297 --input=/tmp/talkingtech/results.csv</para>
45299 <para>Script to process received Results files for Talking Tech
45300 i-tiva phone notification system.</para>
45302 <para>--help -h</para>
45304 <para>Prints this help</para>
45306 <para>-v Provide verbose log information.</para>
45308 <para>--input -i</para>
45310 <para>REQUIRED. Path to incoming results file.</para>
45316 <section id="proccartcron">
45317 <title>In Processing/Book Cart</title>
45319 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cart_to_shelf.pl</para>
45321 <para>Does: Updates all items with a location of CART to the item's
45322 permanent location.</para>
45324 <para>Required by: <link linkend="NewItemsDefaultLocation">NewItemsDefaultLocation</link>,
45325 <link linkend="InProcessingToShelvingCart">InProcessingToShelvingCart</link>,
45326 & <link linkend="ReturnToShelvingCart">ReturnToShelvingCart</link>
45327 system preferences</para>
45329 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
45331 <section id="proccartcronperl">
45332 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45334 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
45336 <para>cart_to_shelf.pl cron script to set items with location of
45337 CART to original shelving location after X hours. Execute without
45338 options for help.</para>
45342 <section id="catalogcron">
45343 <title>Catalog</title>
45347 <section id="checkurlcron">
45348 <title>Check URLs</title>
45350 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/check-url.pl</para>
45352 <para>Does: checks URLs in 856$u field. Script output can now be
45353 formatted in CSV or HTML. The HTML version links directly to MARC
45354 biblio record editor.</para>
45356 <para>Frequency suggestion: monthly</para>
45358 <para>Learn more: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Check-url_enhancements">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Check-url_enhancements</ulink></para>
45360 <section id="checkurlcronperl">
45361 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45363 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
45365 <para>C4::URL::Checker - base object for checking URL stored in
45368 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis></para>
45370 <programlisting>use C4::URL::Checker;
45372 my $checker = C4::URL::Checker->new( );
45373 $checker->{ host_default } = 'http://mylib.kohalibrary.com';
45374 my $checked_urls = $checker->check_biblio( 123 );
45375 foreach my $url ( @$checked_urls ) {
45376 print "url: ", $url->{ url A }, "\n",
45377 "is_success: ", $url->{ is_success }, "\n",
45378 "status: ", $url->{ status }, "\n";
45379 } </programlisting>
45381 <para><emphasis role="bold">FUNCTIONS</emphasis></para>
45385 <para>Create a URL Checker. The returned object can be used to set
45386 default host variable :</para>
45388 <programlisting>my $checker = C4::URL::Checker->new( );
45389 $checker->{ host_default } = 'http://mylib.kohalibrary.com'; </programlisting>
45391 <para>check_biblio</para>
45393 <para>Check all URL from a biblio record. Returns a pointer to an
45394 array containing all URLs with checking for each of them.</para>
45396 <programlisting> my $checked_urls = $checker->check_biblio( 123 ); </programlisting>
45398 <para>With 2 URLs, the returned array will look like that:</para>
45402 'url' => 'http://mylib.tamil.fr/img/62265_0055B.JPG',
45403 'is_success' => 1,
45404 'status' => 'ok'
45407 'url' => 'http://mylib.tamil.fr//img/62265_0055C.JPG',
45408 'is_success' => 0,
45409 'status' => '404 - Page not found'
45411 ], </programlisting>
45413 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
45415 <para>check-url.pl - Check URLs from 856$u field.</para>
45417 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
45419 <para>check-url.pl [--verbose|--help]
45420 [--host=http://default.tld]</para>
45422 <para>Scan all URLs found in 856$u of bib records and display if
45423 resources are available or not.</para>
45425 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
45427 <para>--host=http://default.tld</para>
45429 <para>Server host used when URL doesn't have one, ie doesn't begin
45430 with 'http:'. For example, if --host=http://www.mylib.com, then
45431 when 856$u contains 'img/image.jpg', the url checked is:
45432 http://www.mylib.com/image.jpg'.</para>
45434 <para>--verbose|-v</para>
45436 <para>Outputs both successful and failed URLs.</para>
45438 <para>--html</para>
45440 <para>Formats output in HTML. The result can be redirected to a
45441 file accessible by http. This way, it's possible to link directly
45442 to biblio record in edit mode. With this parameter --host-pro is
45445 <para>--host-pro=http://koha-pro.tld</para>
45447 <para>Server host used to link to biblio record editing
45450 <para>--help|-h</para>
45452 <para>Print this help page.</para>
45456 <section id="mergeauthcron">
45457 <title>Update Authorities</title>
45459 <para>Script path: misc/migration_tools/merge_authority.pl</para>
45461 <para>Does: Updates biblio data with changes to authorities records<note>
45462 <para>The name of this script is misleading. This script does not merge authorities
45463 together it instead merges authority data with linked bib records. Edits to
45464 authority records will be applied to bibliographic records that use that authority
45465 when this script is run.</para>
45468 <para>Required by: <link linkend="dontmerge">dontmerge</link> system
45471 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
45474 <section id="serialscron">
45475 <title>Serials Update</title>
45477 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/serialsUpdate.pl</para>
45479 <para>Does: checks if there is a "late" issue on active
45480 subscriptions, and if there is, the script will set it as late, and
45481 add the next one as expected.</para>
45483 <para>Frequency suggestion: nightly</para>
45487 <section id="opaccrons">
45488 <title>OPAC</title>
45492 <section id="customrssfeedcron">
45493 <title>RSS Feeds</title>
45495 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/rss/rss.pl</para>
45497 <para>Does: Produces an RSS XML document for any SQL query (not used
45498 for search results RSS feed). <link linkend="customrss">Learn
45499 more</link>.</para>
45501 <para>Frequency suggestion: hourly</para>
45504 <section id="authbrowsercron">
45505 <title>Authorities Browser</title>
45507 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/build_browser_and_cloud.pl</para>
45509 <para>Does: Generate content for authorities browse in OPAC</para>
45511 <para>Required by: <link linkend="OpacBrowser">OpacBrowser</link> system preference<important>
45512 <para>This preference and cron job should only be used on French systems.</para>
45513 </important></para>
45516 <section id="keywordclouds">
45517 <title>Subject/Author Clouds</title>
45519 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cloud-kw.pl</para>
45521 <para>Does: Generates HTML keywords clouds from Koha Zebra indexes.
45522 misc/cronjobs/cloud-sample.conf has a sample of how this script
45525 <para>Frequency: This is the type of script you can run once a month
45526 or so, the content generated isn't going to change very much over
45529 <section id="keywordcloudsperl">
45530 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45532 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis></para>
45534 <para>cloud-kw.pl - Creates HTML keywords clouds from Koha Zebra
45537 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
45539 <para>cloud-kw.pl [--verbose|--help] --conf=cloud.conf</para>
45541 <para>Creates multiple HTML files containing keywords cloud with
45542 top terms sorted by their logarithmic weight. cloud.conf is a YAML
45543 configuration file driving cloud generation process.</para>
45545 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
45547 <para>--conf=configuration file</para>
45549 <para>Specify configuration file name</para>
45551 <para>--verbose|-v</para>
45553 <para>Enable script verbose mode.</para>
45555 <para>--help|-h</para>
45557 <para>Print this help page.</para>
45559 <para><emphasis role="bold">CONFIGURATION</emphasis></para>
45561 <para>Configuration file looks like that:</para>
45563 <para><programlisting> ---
45564 # Koha configuration file for a specific installation
45565 # If not present, defaults to KOHA_CONF
45566 KohaConf: /home/koha/mylibray/etc/koha-conf.xml
45567 # Zebra index to scan
45569 # Koha index used to link found kewords with an opac search URL
45571 # Number of top keyword to use for the cloud
45573 # Include CSS style directives with the cloud
45574 # This could be used as a model and then CSS directives are
45575 # put in the appropriate CSS file directly.
45577 # HTML file where to output the cloud
45578 Output: /home/koha/mylibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-author.html
45580 KohaConf: /home/koha/yourlibray/etc/koha-conf.xml
45581 ZebraIndex: Subject
45585 Output: /home/koha/yourlibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-subject.html</programlisting><emphasis role="bold">IMPROVEMENTS</emphasis></para>
45587 <para>Generated top terms have more informations than those
45588 outputted from the time being. Some parameters could be easily
45589 added to improve this script:</para>
45591 <para>WithCount</para>
45593 <para>In order to output terms with the number of occurrences they
45594 have been found in Koha Catalogue by Zebra.</para>
45596 <para>CloudLevels</para>
45598 <para>Number of levels in the cloud. Now 24 levels are
45601 <para>Weighting</para>
45603 <para>Weighting method used to distribute terms in the cloud. We
45604 could have two values: Logarithmic and Linear. Now it's
45605 Logarithmic by default.</para>
45609 <para>Now terms are outputted in the lexical order. They could be
45610 sorted by their weight.</para>
45615 <section id="systemcron">
45616 <title>System Administration</title>
45620 <section id="cleandbcron">
45621 <title>Clean up Database</title>
45623 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/cleanup_database.pl</para>
45625 <para>Does: Truncates the sessions table, cleans out old zebraqueue entries, action logs
45626 and staged MARC files.</para>
45628 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45629 <para><emphasis role="bold">USAGE</emphasis></para>
45630 <para>kohaclone/misc/cronjobs/cleanup_database.pl [-h|--help] [--sessions] [--sessdays
45631 DAYS] [-v|--verbose] [--zebraqueue DAYS] [-m|--mail] [--merged] [--import DAYS]
45632 [--logs DAYS] [--searchhistory DAYS]</para>
45633 <para><emphasis role="bold">PARAMETERS</emphasis></para>
45634 <para>-h --help </para>
45635 <para>prints this help message, and exits, ignoring all other options</para>
45636 <para>--sessions </para>
45637 <para>purge the sessions table. If you use this while users are logged into Koha, they
45638 will have to reconnect.</para>
45639 <para>--sessdays DAYS </para>
45640 <para>purge only sessions older than DAYS days</para>
45641 <para>-v --verbose </para>
45642 <para>will cause the script to give you a bit more information about the run.</para>
45643 <para>--zebraqueue DAYS </para>
45644 <para>purge completed zebraqueue entries older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days if no
45645 days specified.</para>
45646 <para>-m --mail DAYS </para>
45647 <para>purge items from the mail queue that are older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days
45648 if no days specified.</para>
45649 <para>--merged </para>
45650 <para>purged completed entries from need_merge_authorities.</para>
45651 <para>--import DAYS </para>
45652 <para>purge records from import tables older than DAYS days. Defaults to 60 days if no
45653 days specified</para>
45654 <para>--z3950 </para>
45655 <para>purge records from import tables that are the result of Z39.50 searches</para>
45656 <para>--logs DAYS </para>
45657 <para>purge entries from action_logs older than DAYS days. Defaults to 180 days if no
45658 days specified</para>
45659 <para>--searchhistory DAYS </para>
45660 <para>purge entries from search_history older than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days if no
45661 days specified</para>
45662 <para>--list-invites DAYS </para>
45663 <para>purge (unaccepted) list share invites older than DAYS days. Defaults to 14 days if
45664 no days specified.</para>
45665 <para>--restrictions DAYS</para>
45666 <para>purge patrons restrictions expired since more than DAYS days. Defaults to 30 days
45667 if no days specified. </para>
45670 <section id="usagecron">
45671 <title>Share Usage Stats</title>
45672 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/share_usage_with_koha_community.pl</para>
45673 <para>Does: If you're sharing information via the <link linkend="UsageStats"
45674 >UsageStats</link> feature this will send your info to the <ulink
45675 url="http://hea.koha-community.org/">Hea website</ulink>.</para>
45676 <para>Frequency: monthly</para>
45677 <section id="usagecronperl">
45678 <title>Perl Documentation</title>
45679 <para><emphasis role="bold">NAME</emphasis>
45681 <para>share_usage_with_koha_community.pl - Share your library's usage with the Koha
45683 <para><emphasis role="bold">SYNOPSIS</emphasis>
45685 <para>share_usage_with_koha_community.pl [-h|--help] [-v|--verbose] </para>
45686 <para>If the <link linkend="UsageStats">UsageStats</link> system preference is set, you
45687 can launch this script to share your usage data anonymously with the Koha community. </para>
45688 <para>Collecting Koha usage statistics will help developers to know how Koha is used
45689 across the world. </para>
45690 <para>This script will send the usage data for the bibliographic and authority records,
45691 checkouts, holds, orders, and subscriptions. </para>
45692 <para>Only the total number is retrieved. In no case will private data be shared! </para>
45693 <para>In order to know which parts of Koha modules are used, this script will collect
45694 some system preference values. </para>
45695 <para>If you want to tell us who you are, you can fill the <link
45696 linkend="UsageStatsLibraryName">UsageStatsLibraryName</link> system preference with
45697 your library name, <link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryUrl">UsageStatsLibraryUrl</link>,
45698 <link linkend="UsageStatsLibraryType">UsageStatsLibraryType</link> and/or <link
45699 linkend="UsageStatsCountry">UsageStatsCountry</link>. </para>
45700 <para>All these data will be analyzed on the <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org"
45701 >http://hea.koha-community.org</ulink> Koha community website. </para>
45702 <para>IMPORTANT : please do NOT run the cron on the 1st, but on another day. The idea is
45703 to avoid all Koha libraries sending their data at the same time ! So choose any day
45704 between 1 and 28 !</para>
45705 <para><emphasis role="bold">OPTIONS</emphasis>
45707 <para>-h|--help </para>
45708 <para>Print a brief help message </para>
45709 <para>-v|--verbose </para>
45710 <para>Verbose mode. </para>
45711 <para>-f|--force </para>
45712 <para>Force the update.</para>
45713 <para><emphasis role="bold">AUTHOR</emphasis>
45715 <para>Alex Arnaud <alex.arnaud@biblibre.com> </para>
45716 <para>Jonathan Druart <jonathan.druart@biblibre.com></para>
45717 <para><emphasis role="bold">COPYRIGHT</emphasis>
45719 <para>Copyright 2014 BibLibre</para>
45720 <para><emphasis role="bold">LICENSE</emphasis>
45722 <para>This file is part of Koha. </para>
45723 <para>Koha is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of
45724 the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
45725 version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. </para>
45726 <para>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Koha;
45727 if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
45728 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.</para>
45733 <section id="acqcrons">
45734 <title>Acquisitions</title>
45736 <section id="cleansuggcron">
45737 <title>Clean up old suggestions</title>
45739 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/purge_suggestions.pl</para>
45741 <para>Does: Removes old (defined by you) suggestions from the
45742 suggestion management area.</para>
45746 <section id="deprecatedcrons">
45747 <title>Deprecated scripts</title>
45749 <para>These should not be run without modification:</para>
45751 <para>Script path: misc/cronjobs/update_items.pl</para>
45753 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/smsoverdues.pl</para>
45755 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/notifyMailsOp.pl</para>
45757 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/reservefix.pl</para>
45759 <para>Script path:misc/cronjobs/zebraqueue_start.pl</para>
45764 <chapter id="webservices">
45765 <title>Web Services</title>
45769 <section id="OAI-PMHservice">
45770 <title>OAI-PMH</title>
45774 <section id="oaiconfsample">
45775 <title>Sample OAI Conf File</title>
45777 <para><programlisting> format:
45780 metadataNamespace: http://veryspecial.tamil.fr/vs/format-pivot/1.1/vs
45781 schema: http://veryspecial.tamil.fr/vs/format-pivot/1.1/vs.xsd
45782 xsl_file: /usr/local/koha/xslt/vs.xsl
45784 metadataPrefix: marxml
45785 metadataNamespace: http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim
45786 http://www.loc.gov/standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim
45787 schema: http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim
45788 http://www.loc.gov/standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim.xsd
45790 metadataPrefix: oai_dc
45791 metadataNamespace: http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc/
45792 schema: http://www.openarchives.org/OAI/2.0/oai_dc.xsd
45794 /usr/local/koha/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/xslt/UNIMARCslim2OAIDC.xsl</programlisting></para>
45797 <section id="Rest-services">
45798 <title>REST services</title>
45800 <para>Koha can now be requested by REST http requests. BibLibre wrotes an external module to adds more possibilities than ILS-DI can provide.There is no authentication process, but authorized ips are listed in the config file. Services have been tested in 3.10, 3.12 and 3.14 koha versions. You can find more information about it into README file and opac/rest.pl documentation on http://git.biblibre.com. If you want to add features, send us a patch at dev_patches AT biblibre DOT com.</para>
45801 <para>Services provided in 1.4 version are:
45804 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/holds
45805 GET user/:user_name/holds
45806 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/issues
45807 GET user/:user_name/issues
45808 GET user/:user_name/issues_history
45809 GET user/byid/:borrowernumber/issues_history
45813 PUT user/:user_name
45814 GET biblio/:biblionumber/items
45815 GET biblio/:biblionumber/holdable
45816 GET biblio/:biblionumber/items_holdable_status
45817 GET item/:itemnumber/holdable
45818 PUT auth/change_password
45820 GET /suggestions/:suggestionid
45822 PUT /suggestions/:suggestionid
45823 DELETE /suggestions/:suggestionid
45830 <title>Using the SRU server</title>
45832 <section id="usingsru">
45836 <firstname>Nicolas</firstname>
45837 <surname>Morin</surname>
45839 <orgname>BibLibre</orgname>
45844 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
45845 <surname>Engard</surname>
45846 <contrib>Edits where necessary.</contrib>
45850 <pubdate>December 2009</pubdate>
45852 <title>Using the SRU server</title>
45854 <para>Koha implements the Search/Retrieve via URL (SRU) protocol. More
45855 information about the protocol itself can be found at <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/">http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/</ulink>.
45856 The version implemented is version 1.1.</para>
45858 <section id="sru_explain">
45859 <title>Explain</title>
45861 <para>If you want to have information about the implementation of SRU
45862 on a given server, you should have access to the Explain file using a
45863 request to the server without any parameter. Like
45864 <http://myserver.com:9999/biblios/>. The response from the
45865 server is an XML file that should look like the following and will
45866 give you information about the default settings of the SRU
45870 <zs:explainResponse>
45871 <zs:version>1.1</zs:version>
45873 <zs:recordSchema>http://explain.z3950.org/dtd/2.0/</zs:recordSchema>
45874 <zs:recordPacking>xml</zs:recordPacking>
45875 <zs:recordData>
45876 <explain xml:base="zebradb/explain-biblios.xml">
45878 try stylesheet url: http://./?stylesheet=docpath/sru2.xsl
45880 <serverInfo protocol="SRW/SRU/Z39.50">
45881 <host>biblibre</host>
45882 <port>9999</port>
45883 <database>biblios</database>
45884 </serverInfo>
45885 <databaseInfo>
45886 <title lang="en" primary="true">Koha 3 Bibliographic SRU/SRW/Z39.50 server</title>
45887 <description lang="en" primary="true">Koha 3 Bibliographic Server</description>
45889 <sru>http://biblibre:9999</sru>
45891 </databaseInfo>
45893 <set name="cql" identifier="info:srw/cql-context-set/1/cql-v1.1">
45894 <title>CQL Standard Set</title>
45896 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
45897 <title lang="en">CQL Server Choice</title>
45899 <name set="cql">serverChoice</name>
45902 <attr type="1" set="bib1">text</attr>
45905 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
45906 <title lang="en">CQL All</title>
45908 <name set="cql">all</name>
45911 <attr type="1" set="bib1">text</attr>
45914 <!-- Record ID index -->
45915 <index search="true" scan="true" sort="false">
45916 <title lang="en">Record ID</title>
45918 <name set="rec">id</name>
45921 <attr type="1" set="bib1">rec:id</attr>
45922 <attr type="4" set="bib1">3</attr>
45928 <section id="sru_search">
45929 <title>Search</title>
45932 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs
45933 is composed of the following elements:</para>
45937 <para>base url of the SRU server :
45938 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?</para>
45942 <para>search part with the 3 required parameters : version,
45943 operation and query. The parameters within the search part should
45944 be of the key=value form, and can be combined with the &
45949 <para>One can add optional parameters to the query, for instance
45950 maximumRecords indicating the maximum number of records to be returned
45952 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs&maximumRecords=5
45953 will only get the first 5 results results from the server.</para>
45955 <para><ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/sru1-1archive/search-retrieve-operation.html">http://www.loc.gov/standards/sru/sru1-1archive/search-retrieve-operation.html</ulink>
45956 gives more details about the search operations and in particular the
45957 list of optional parameters for searching.</para>
45959 <section id="sru_search_more_details">
45960 <title>More details about Search</title>
45962 <para>The "operation" key can take two values: scan or
45963 searchRetrieve.</para>
45965 <para>If operation=searchRetrieve, then the search key should be
45966 query. As in : operation=searchRetrieve&query=reefs</para>
45968 <para>If operation=scan, then the search key should be scanClause.
45969 As in : operation=scan&scanClause=reefs</para>
45971 <para>etc/zebradb/biblios/etc/bib1.att defines Zebra/3950 indexes
45972 that exist on your system. For instance you'll see that we have
45973 indexes for Subject and for Title: att 21 Subject and att 4 Title
45974 respectively.</para>
45976 <para>In the pqf.properties file located under
45977 etc/zebradb/pqf.properties I see that an access point already uses
45978 my Subject index (index.dc.subject = 1=21) while another uses my
45979 Title index (index.dc.title = 1=4) I know this is my Subject index
45980 because as I've seen just before in my bib1.att file, it's called
45981 with =1=21 in Z3950: so index.dc.subject = 1=21 correctly points to
45982 my Subject index. And Title was called with 1=4 so index.dc.title =
45983 1=4 correctly points to my Title index. I can now construct my query
45984 just like I would in a search box, just preceding it with the
45985 "query" key: query=Subject=reefs and Title=coral searches "reefs" in
45986 the subject and "coral" in the title. The full url would be
45987 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Subject=reefs
45988 and Title=coral If I want to limit the result set to just 5 records,
45990 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Subject=reefs
45991 and Title=coral&maximumRecords=5</para>
45993 <para>I can also play with truncate, relations, etc. Those are also
45994 defined in my pqf.properties file. I can see for instance the
45995 position properties defined as:</para>
45998 position.first = 3=1 6=1
46000 position.any = 3=3 6=1
46001 # "any position in field"
46004 <para>So as an example if I want "coral" to be at the beginning of
46005 the title, I can do this query :
46006 http://myserver.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=Title=coral
46011 <section id="sru_retrieve">
46012 <title>Retrieve</title>
46014 <para>My search for
46015 http://univ_lyon3.biblibre.com:9999/biblios?version=1.1&operation=searchRetrieve&query=coral
46016 reefs&maximumRecords=1 retrieves just on record. The response
46017 looks like this:</para>
46020 <zs:searchRetrieveResponse>
46021 <zs:version>1.1</zs:version>
46022 <zs:numberOfRecords>1</zs:numberOfRecords>
46025 <zs:recordPacking>xml</zs:recordPacking>
46026 <zs:recordData>
46027 <record xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.loc.gov/MARC21/slim http://www.loc.gov/ standards/marcxml/schema/MARC21slim.xsd">
46028 <leader> cam a22 4500</leader>
46029 <datafield tag="010" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46030 <subfield code="a">2-603-01193-6</subfield>
46031 <subfield code="b">rel.</subfield>
46032 <subfield code="d">159 F</subfield>
46034 <datafield tag="020" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46035 <subfield code="a">FR</subfield>
46036 <subfield code="b">00065351</subfield>
46038 <datafield tag="101" ind1="1" ind2=" ">
46039 <subfield code="c">ita</subfield>
46041 <datafield tag="105" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46042 <subfield code="a">a z 00|y|</subfield>
46044 <datafield tag="106" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46045 <subfield code="a">r</subfield>
46047 <datafield tag="100" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46048 <subfield code="a">20091130 frey50 </subfield>
46050 <datafield tag="200" ind1="1" ind2=" ">
46051 <subfield code="a">Guide des récifs coralliens / A Guide to Coral Reefs</subfield>
46052 <subfield code="b">Texte imprimé</subfield>
46053 <subfield code="e">la faune sous-marine des coraux</subfield>
46054 <subfield code="f">A. et A. Ferrari</subfield>
46056 <datafield tag="210" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46057 <subfield code="a">Lausanne</subfield>
46058 <subfield code="a">Paris</subfield>
46059 <subfield code="c">Delachaux et Niestlé</subfield>
46060 <subfield code="d">cop. 2000</subfield>
46061 <subfield code="e">impr. en Espagne</subfield>
46063 <datafield tag="215" ind1=" " ind2=" ">
46064 <subfield code="a">287 p.</subfield>
46065 <subfield code="c">ill. en coul., couv. ill. en coul.</subfield>
46066 <subfield code="d">20 cm</subfield>
46070 <size>4725</size>
46071 <localnumber>2</localnumber>
46072 <filename>/tmp/nw10BJv9Pk/upd_biblio/exported_records</filename>
46075 </zs:recordData>
46076 <zs:recordPosition>1</zs:recordPosition>
46078 </zs:records>
46079 </zs:searchRetrieveResponse>
46085 <appendix id="coverflow">
46090 <firstname>Kyle</firstname>
46091 <surname>Hall</surname>
46093 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
46098 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
46099 <surname>Engard</surname>
46103 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
46105 <title>New titles slider for OPAC</title>
46106 <para>Often times libraries will want to add a flowing widget with new materials at the library
46107 to their main public catalog page. To do this you can use a widget from any number of
46108 services (usually for a cost) or you can <link linkend="pluginsystem">enable plugins</link> in
46109 Koha and use the <ulink
46110 url="http://git.bywatersolutions.com/koha-plugins.git/shortlog/refs/heads/cover_flow">Cover
46111 Flow plugin</ulink> which is based on the <ulink
46112 url="https://github.com/drien/jquery-flipster">Flipster</ulink>, a responsive jQuery
46113 coverflow plugin.</para>
46114 <para>Once the plugin is installed, the steps to get your coverflow to show up are as
46116 <para>First, you need to create one or more public reports for your coverflow widget or widgets
46117 to be based on. This is how the plugin knows what the content of your widget should contain.
46118 Each report needs only three columns; title, biblionumber, and isbn. It is important that you
46119 have a good and valid isbn, as that is the datum used to actually fetch the cover. In the
46120 iteration of the plugin, we are using Amazon cover images, but I believe in the end I will
46121 make the cover image fetcher configurable so we can use any data source for cover image
46123 <para>Second, we need to configure the plugin. The plugin configuration is a single text area
46124 that uses YAML ( actually, it’s JSON, whcih is a subset of YAML ) to store the configuration
46125 options. In this example it looks like
46126 this:<programlisting>- id: 42
46127 selector: #coverflow
46129 style: coverflow</programlisting></para>
46130 <para>In this example, we are telling the plugin to use the report with id 42, and use it to
46131 create a coverflow widget to replace the HTML element with the id “coverflow”. The options
46132 list is passed directly to Flipster, so any options supported by Flipster can be set from the
46133 plugin configuration! In fact, in addition to the traditional coverflow, Flipster has a
46134 “carousel” mode which is a much more compact version of the coverflow. You can also configure
46135 which cover the widget will start on, among other options.</para>
46136 <para>At the time the plugins options are saved or updated, the plugin will then generate some
46137 minified JavaScript code that is automatically stored in the Koha system preference
46138 OpacUserJS. Here is an example of the
46139 output:<programlisting>/* JS for Koha CoverFlow Plugin
46140 This JS was added automatically by installing the CoverFlow plugin
46141 Please do not modify */$(document).ready(function(){$.getScript("/plugin/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/jquery-flipster/src/js/jquery.flipster.min.js",function(data,textStatus,jqxhr){$("head").append("<link id='flipster-css' href='/plugin/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/jquery-flipster/src/css/jquery.flipster.min.css' type='text/css' rel='stylesheet' />");$('#coverflow').load("/coverflow.pl?id=42",function(){var opt={'items':'.item','minfactor':15,'distribution':1.5,'scalethreshold':0,'staticbelowthreshold':false,'titleclass':'itemTitle','selectedclass':'selectedItem','scrollactive':true,'step':{'limit':4,'width':10,'scale':true}};$('#coverflow').flipster({style:'coverflow',});});});});
46142 /* End of JS for Koha CoverFlow Plugin */</programlisting></para>
46143 <para>Why do this? For speed! Rather than regenerating this code each and every time the page
46144 loads, we can generate it once, and use it over and over again.</para>
46145 <para>If you inspect the code closely, you’ll notice it references a script “coverflow.pl”. This
46146 is a script that is included with the coverflow plugin. Since we need to access this from the
46147 OPAC ( and we don’t want to set off any XSS attack alarms ), we need to modify the web server
46148 configuration for the public catalog and add the followup to
46149 it:<programlisting>ScriptAlias /coverflow.pl "/var/lib/koha/mykoha/plugins/Koha/Plugin/Com/ByWaterSolutions/CoverFlow/coverflow.pl"</programlisting></para>
46150 <para>This line gives us access to the coverflow.pl script from the OPAC. This script retrieves
46151 the report data and passes it back to the public catalog for creating the coverflow widget.
46152 Koha::Cache is supported in order to make the widget load as quickly as possible!</para>
46153 <para>The final step is to put your selector element somewhere in your public catalog. In this
46154 example, I put the following in the system preference
46155 OpacMainUserBlock:<programlisting><span id="coverflow">Loading...</span></programlisting></para>
46156 <para>Once that is in place, you need only refresh your OPAC page, and there you have it, your
46157 very own catalog coverflow widget! Not only do these coverflows look great on a computer
46158 screen, but they look great on mobile platforms as well, and are even touch responsive!<screenshot>
46159 <screeninfo>Coverflow Widget</screeninfo>
46162 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-coverflow/coverflow_2-300x170.gif"/>
46165 </screenshot></para>
46168 <appendix id="sysprefdefaults">
46169 <title>System Preference Defaults</title>
46173 <section id="isbddefaults">
46174 <title>ISBD Defaults</title>
46178 <section id="isbddefault">
46179 <title>MARC Default</title>
46181 <para>#100||{ 100a }{ 100b }{ 100c }{ 100d }{ 110a }{ 110b }{ 110c }{
46182 110d }{ 110e }{ 110f }{ 110g }{ 130a }{ 130d }{ 130f }{ 130g }{ 130h
46183 }{ 130k }{ 130l }{ 130m }{ 130n }{ 130o }{ 130p }{ 130r }{ 130s }{
46184 130t }|<br/><br/></para>
46186 <para>#245||{ 245a }{ 245b }{245f }{ 245g }{ 245k }{ 245n }{ 245p }{
46187 245s }{ 245h }|</para>
46189 <para>#246||{ : 246i }{ 246a }{ 246b }{ 246f }{ 246g }{ 246n }{ 246p
46192 <para>#242||{ = 242a }{ 242b }{ 242n }{ 242p }{ 242h }|</para>
46194 <para>#245||{ 245c }|</para>
46196 <para>#242||{ = 242c }|</para>
46198 <para>#250| - |{ 250a }{ 250b }|</para>
46200 <para>#254|, |{ 254a }|</para>
46202 <para>#255|, |{ 255a }{ 255b }{ 255c }{ 255d }{ 255e }{ 255f }{ 255g
46205 <para>#256|, |{ 256a }|</para>
46207 <para>#257|, |{ 257a }|</para>
46209 <para>#258|, |{ 258a }{ 258b }|</para>
46211 <para>#260| - |{ 260a }{ 260b }{ 260c }|</para>
46213 <para>#300| - |{ 300a }{ 300b }{ 300c }{ 300d }{ 300e }{ 300f }{ 300g
46216 <para>#306| - |{ 306a }|</para>
46218 <para>#307| - |{ 307a }{ 307b }|</para>
46220 <para>#310| - |{ 310a }{ 310b }|</para>
46222 <para>#321| - |{ 321a }{ 321b }|</para>
46224 <para>#340| - |{ 3403 }{ 340a }{ 340b }{ 340c }{ 340d }{ 340e }{ 340f
46225 }{ 340h }{ 340i }|</para>
46227 <para>#342| - |{ 342a }{ 342b }{ 342c }{ 342d }{ 342e }{ 342f }{ 342g
46228 }{ 342h }{ 342i }{ 342j }{ 342k }{ 342l }{ 342m }{ 342n }{ 342o }{
46229 342p }{ 342q }{ 342r }{ 342s }{ 342t }{ 342u }{ 342v }{ 342w }|</para>
46231 <para>#343| - |{ 343a }{ 343b }{ 343c }{ 343d }{ 343e }{ 343f }{ 343g
46232 }{ 343h }{ 343i }|</para>
46234 <para>#351| - |{ 3513 }{ 351a }{ 351b }{ 351c }|</para>
46236 <para>#352| - |{ 352a }{ 352b }{ 352c }{ 352d }{ 352e }{ 352f }{ 352g
46237 }{ 352i }{ 352q }|</para>
46239 <para>#362| - |{ 362a }{ 351z }|</para>
46241 <para>#440| - |{ 440a }{ 440n }{ 440p }{ 440v }{ 440x }|.</para>
46243 <para>#490| - |{ 490a }{ 490v }{ 490x }|.</para>
46245 <para>#800| - |{ 800a }{ 800b }{ 800c }{ 800d }{ 800e }{ 800f }{ 800g
46246 }{ 800h }{ 800j }{ 800k }{ 800l }{ 800m }{ 800n }{ 800o }{ 800p }{
46247 800q }{ 800r }{ 800s }{ 800t }{ 800u }{ 800v }|.</para>
46249 <para>#810| - |{ 810a }{ 810b }{ 810c }{ 810d }{ 810e }{ 810f }{ 810g
46250 }{ 810h }{ 810k }{ 810l }{ 810m }{ 810n }{ 810o }{ 810p }{ 810r }{
46251 810s }{ 810t }{ 810u }{ 810v }|.</para>
46253 <para>#811| - |{ 811a }{ 811c }{ 811d }{ 811e }{ 811f }{ 811g }{ 811h
46254 }{ 811k }{ 811l }{ 811n }{ 811p }{ 811q }{ 811s }{ 811t }{ 811u }{
46257 <para>#830| - |{ 830a }{ 830d }{ 830f }{ 830g }{ 830h }{ 830k }{ 830l
46258 }{ 830m }{ 830n }{ 830o }{ 830p }{ 830r }{ 830s }{ 830t }{ 830v
46261 <para>#500|<br/><br/>|{ 5003 }{ 500a }|</para>
46263 <para>#501|<br/><br/>|{ 501a }|</para>
46265 <para>#502|<br/><br/>|{ 502a }|</para>
46267 <para>#504|<br/><br/>|{ 504a }|</para>
46269 <para>#505|<br/><br/>|{ 505a }{ 505t }{ 505r }{ 505g }{
46272 <para>#506|<br/><br/>|{ 5063 }{ 506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{
46273 506d }{ 506u }|</para>
46275 <para>#507|<br/><br/>|{ 507a }{ 507b }|</para>
46277 <para>#508|<br/><br/>|{ 508a }{ 508a }|</para>
46279 <para>#510|<br/><br/>|{ 5103 }{ 510a }{ 510x }{ 510c }{
46282 <para>#511|<br/><br/>|{ 511a }|</para>
46284 <para>#513|<br/><br/>|{ 513a }{513b }|</para>
46286 <para>#514|<br/><br/>|{ 514z }{ 514a }{ 514b }{ 514c }{
46287 514d }{ 514e }{ 514f }{ 514g }{ 514h }{ 514i }{ 514j }{ 514k }{ 514m
46290 <para>#515|<br/><br/>|{ 515a }|</para>
46292 <para>#516|<br/><br/>|{ 516a }|</para>
46294 <para>#518|<br/><br/>|{ 5183 }{ 518a }|</para>
46296 <para>#520|<br/><br/>|{ 5203 }{ 520a }{ 520b }{ 520u
46299 <para>#521|<br/><br/>|{ 5213 }{ 521a }{ 521b }|</para>
46301 <para>#522|<br/><br/>|{ 522a }|</para>
46303 <para>#524|<br/><br/>|{ 524a }|</para>
46305 <para>#525|<br/><br/>|{ 525a }|</para>
46307 <para>#526|<br/><br/>|{\n510i }{\n510a }{ 510b }{ 510c }{
46308 510d }{\n510x }|</para>
46310 <para>#530|<br/><br/>|{\n5063 }{\n506a }{ 506b }{ 506c }{
46311 506d }{\n506u }|</para>
46313 <para>#533|<br/><br/>|{\n5333 }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c
46314 }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f }{\n533m }{\n533n }|</para>
46316 <para>#534|<br/><br/>|{\n533p }{\n533a }{\n533b }{\n533c
46317 }{\n533d }{\n533e }{\n533f }{\n533m }{\n533n }{\n533t }{\n533x
46320 <para>#535|<br/><br/>|{\n5353 }{\n535a }{\n535b }{\n535c
46323 <para>#538|<br/><br/>|{\n5383 }{\n538a }{\n538i }{\n538u
46326 <para>#540|<br/><br/>|{\n5403 }{\n540a }{ 540b }{ 540c }{
46327 540d }{\n520u }|</para>
46329 <para>#544|<br/><br/>|{\n5443 }{\n544a }{\n544b }{\n544c
46330 }{\n544d }{\n544e }{\n544n }|</para>
46332 <para>#545|<br/><br/>|{\n545a }{ 545b }{\n545u }|</para>
46334 <para>#546|<br/><br/>|{\n5463 }{\n546a }{ 546b }|</para>
46336 <para>#547|<br/><br/>|{\n547a }|</para>
46338 <para>#550|<br/><br/>|{ 550a }|</para>
46340 <para>#552|<br/><br/>|{ 552z }{ 552a }{ 552b }{ 552c }{
46341 552d }{ 552e }{ 552f }{ 552g }{ 552h }{ 552i }{ 552j }{ 552k }{ 552l
46342 }{ 552m }{ 552n }{ 562o }{ 552p }{ 552u }|</para>
46344 <para>#555|<br/><br/>|{ 5553 }{ 555a }{ 555b }{ 555c }{
46345 555d }{ 555u }|</para>
46347 <para>#556|<br/><br/>|{ 556a }{ 506z }|</para>
46349 <para>#563|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 563a }{ 563u }|</para>
46351 <para>#565|<br/><br/>|{ 5653 }{ 565a }{ 565b }{ 565c }{
46352 565d }{ 565e }|</para>
46354 <para>#567|<br/><br/>|{ 567a }|</para>
46356 <para>#580|<br/><br/>|{ 580a }|</para>
46358 <para>#581|<br/><br/>|{ 5633 }{ 581a }{ 581z }|</para>
46360 <para>#584|<br/><br/>|{ 5843 }{ 584a }{ 584b }|</para>
46362 <para>#585|<br/><br/>|{ 5853 }{ 585a }|</para>
46364 <para>#586|<br/><br/>|{ 5863 }{ 586a }|</para>
46366 <para>#020|<br/><br/><label>ISBN: </label>|{
46367 020a }{ 020c }|</para>
46369 <para>#022|<br/><br/><label>ISSN: </label>|{
46372 <para>#222| = |{ 222a }{ 222b }|</para>
46374 <para>#210| = |{ 210a }{ 210b }|</para>
46376 <para>#024|<br/><br/><label>Standard No.:
46377 </label>|{ 024a }{ 024c }{ 024d }{ 0242 }|</para>
46379 <para>#027|<br/><br/><label>Standard Tech. Report.
46380 No.: </label>|{ 027a }|</para>
46382 <para>#028|<br/><br/><label>Publisher. No.:
46383 </label>|{ 028a }{ 028b }|</para>
46385 <para>#013|<br/><br/><label>Patent No.:
46386 </label>|{ 013a }{ 013b }{ 013c }{ 013d }{ 013e }{ 013f
46389 <para>#030|<br/><br/><label>CODEN: </label>|{
46392 <para>#037|<br/><br/><label>Source: </label>|{
46393 037a }{ 037b }{ 037c }{ 037f }{ 037g }{ 037n }|</para>
46395 <para>#010|<br/><br/><label>LCCN: </label>|{
46398 <para>#015|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. No.:
46399 </label>|{ 015a }{ 0152 }|</para>
46401 <para>#016|<br/><br/><label>Nat. Bib. Agency Control
46402 No.: </label>|{ 016a }{ 0162 }|</para>
46404 <para>#600|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Personal
46405 Names: </label>|{\n6003 }{\n600a}{ 600b }{ 600c }{ 600d }{ 600e
46406 }{ 600f }{ 600g }{ 600h }{--600k}{ 600l }{ 600m }{ 600n }{ 600o
46407 }{--600p}{ 600r }{ 600s }{ 600t }{ 600u
46408 }{--600x}{--600z}{--600y}{--600v}|</para>
46410 <para>#610|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Corporate
46411 Names: </label>|{\n6103 }{\n610a}{ 610b }{ 610c }{ 610d }{ 610e
46412 }{ 610f }{ 610g }{ 610h }{--610k}{ 610l }{ 610m }{ 610n }{ 610o
46413 }{--610p}{ 610r }{ 610s }{ 610t }{ 610u
46414 }{--610x}{--610z}{--610y}{--610v}|</para>
46416 <para>#611|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Meeting Names:
46417 </label>|{\n6113 }{\n611a}{ 611b }{ 611c }{ 611d }{ 611e }{ 611f
46418 }{ 611g }{ 611h }{--611k}{ 611l }{ 611m }{ 611n }{ 611o }{--611p}{
46419 611r }{ 611s }{ 611t }{ 611u }{--611x}{--611z}{--611y}{--611v}|</para>
46421 <para>#630|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Uniform
46422 Titles: </label>|{\n630a}{ 630b }{ 630c }{ 630d }{ 630e }{ 630f
46423 }{ 630g }{ 630h }{--630k }{ 630l }{ 630m }{ 630n }{ 630o }{--630p}{
46424 630r }{ 630s }{ 630t }{--630x}{--630z}{--630y}{--630v}|</para>
46426 <para>#648|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Chronological
46427 Terms: </label>|{\n6483 }{\n648a
46428 }{--648x}{--648z}{--648y}{--648v}|</para>
46430 <para>#650|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Topical Terms:
46431 </label>|{\n6503 }{\n650a}{ 650b }{ 650c }{ 650d }{ 650e
46432 }{--650x}{--650z}{--650y}{--650v}|</para>
46434 <para>#651|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Geographic
46435 Terms: </label>|{\n6513 }{\n651a}{ 651b }{ 651c }{ 651d }{ 651e
46436 }{--651x}{--651z}{--651y}{--651v}|</para>
46438 <para>#653|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Index Terms:
46439 </label>|{ 653a }|</para>
46441 <para>#654|<br/><br/><label>Subjects--Facted Index
46442 Terms: </label>|{\n6543
46443 }{\n654a}{--654b}{--654x}{--654z}{--654y}{--654v}|</para>
46445 <para>#655|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Genre/Form:
46446 </label>|{\n6553 }{\n655a}{--655b}{--655x
46447 }{--655z}{--655y}{--655v}|</para>
46449 <para>#656|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Occupation:
46450 </label>|{\n6563
46451 }{\n656a}{--656k}{--656x}{--656z}{--656y}{--656v}|</para>
46453 <para>#657|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Function:
46454 </label>|{\n6573
46455 }{\n657a}{--657x}{--657z}{--657y}{--657v}|</para>
46457 <para>#658|<br/><br/><label>Index Terms--Curriculum
46459 </label>|{\n658a}{--658b}{--658c}{--658d}{--658v}|</para>
46461 <para>#050|<br/><br/><label>LC Class. No.:
46462 </label>|{ 050a }{ / 050b }|</para>
46464 <para>#082|<br/><br/><label>Dewey Class. No.:
46465 </label>|{ 082a }{ / 082b }|</para>
46467 <para>#080|<br/><br/><label>Universal Decimal Class.
46468 No.: </label>|{ 080a }{ 080x }{ / 080b }|</para>
46470 <para>#070|<br/><br/><label>National Agricultural
46471 Library Call No.: </label>|{ 070a }{ / 070b }|</para>
46473 <para>#060|<br/><br/><label>National Library of
46474 Medicine Call No.: </label>|{ 060a }{ / 060b }|</para>
46476 <para>#074|<br/><br/><label>GPO Item No.:
46477 </label>|{ 074a }|</para>
46479 <para>#086|<br/><br/><label>Gov. Doc. Class. No.:
46480 </label>|{ 086a }|</para>
46482 <para>#088|<br/><br/><label>Report. No.:
46483 </label>|{ 088a }|</para>
46486 <section id="unimarcdefault">
46487 <title>UNIMARC Default</title>
46489 <para>#200|<h2>Title : |{200a}{. 200c}{ : 200e}{200d}{. 200h}{.
46490 200i}|</h2></para>
46492 <para>#461|<label class="ipt">A part of : </label>|<a
46493 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=461t&idx=ti}">{461t}</a>{N∞
46494 461h} {v. 461v}{(461d)}<br/>|</para>
46496 <para>#200b|<label class="ipt">Material Designation :
46497 </label>| {200b }|<br/></para>
46499 <para>#101a|<label class="ipt">Language(s): </label>|<a
46500 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=101a&idx=ln}">{101a}</a>|<br/></para>
46502 <para>#200f|<label class="ipt">Authors : </label>|<a
46503 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=200f&idx=au}">{200f
46504 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
46506 <para>#200g|<label class="ipt">Co-authors : </label>|<a
46507 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=200g&idx=au}">{200g
46508 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
46510 <para>#210a|<br/><label class="ipt">Place of pubblication
46511 : </label>|<a
46512 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=pl&q={210a}">{210a}</a>|<br/></para>
46514 <para>#210c|<label class="ipt">Publisher : </label>|<a
46515 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=pb&q={210c}">{210c
46516 ; }</a>|<br/></para>
46518 <para>#210d|<label class="ipt">Date of pubblication :
46519 </label>|{ 210d}|<br/></para>
46521 <para>#215|<label class="ipt">Description :
46522 </label>|{215a}{ : 215c}{ ; 215d}{ + 215e}|<br/></para>
46524 <para>#225a|<label class="ipt">Series :</label>|<a
46525 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search{&q=225a&idx=se}">{225a
46526 ;}</a> |</para>
46528 <para>#225||{ = 225d}{ : 225e}{. 225h}{. 225i}{ / 225f}{, 225x}{ ;
46529 225v}|<br/></para>
46531 <para>#686|<label>Classification : </label>|{ 686a
46532 }|<br/></para>
46534 <para>#608|<label>Form, Genre : </label>|<a
46535 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={608a}"><img
46536 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46537 title="Search on {608a}">{
46538 608a}</a>|<br/><br/></para>
46540 <para>#200||<label class="ipt">Subjects :
46541 </label><br/>|<ul></para>
46543 <para>#600|<label class="ipt">Person(s)
46544 </label><br/> |<li><a
46545 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={600a}"><img
46546 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46547 title="Search on {600a}">{
46548 600a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
46550 <para>#601|<label class="ipt">Organisation(s)
46551 </label><br/>|<li><a
46552 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={601a}"><img
46553 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46554 title="Search on {601a}">{
46555 601a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
46557 <para>#606|<label class="ipt">Term(s)
46558 </label><br/>|<li><a
46559 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={606a}"><img
46560 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46561 title="Search on {606a}">{
46562 606a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
46564 <para>#607|<label class="ipt">Place(s)
46565 </label><br/>|<li><a
46566 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={607a}"><img
46567 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46568 title="Search on {607a}">{
46569 607a}</a></li>|<br/></para>
46571 <para>#610|<label>Keywords</label><br/>|<li><a
46572 href="/cgi-bin/koha/catalogue/search.pl?op=do_search&idx=su&q={610a}"><img
46573 border="0" src="/opac-tmpl/css/en/images/filefind.png" height="15"
46574 title="Search on {610a}">{ 610a}</a></li>|</para>
46576 <para>#200||</ul>|</para>
46578 <para>#856|<label class="ipt">Electronic resource :
46579 </label>|<a href="{856u}">click here</a> to go to
46580 the external resource<br/></para>
46582 <para>#010|<label class="ipt">ISBN : </label>|{010a
46583 ;}|<br/></para>
46585 <para>#011|<label class="ipt">ISSN : </label>|{011a
46586 ;}|<br/></para>
46588 <para>#200||<label class="ipt">Notes :
46589 </label>|<br/><ul></para>
46591 <para>#300||<li>{300a}</li>|</para>
46593 <para>#307||<li>{307a}</li>|</para>
46595 <para>#310||<li>{310a}</li>|</para>
46597 <para>#326||<li>{326a}</li>|</para>
46599 <para>#327||<li>{327a}</li>|</para>
46601 <para>#333|<li>Public : |{333a}</li>|</para>
46603 <para>#200||</ul>|</para>
46605 <para>#330||<label class="ipt">Abstract :
46606 </label>|<br/></para>
46608 <para>#330||{330a}|<br/></para>
46610 <para>#200||<br/><h2>Items</h2>|</para>
46612 <para>#200|<table>|<th>Call
46613 number</th><th>Copy
46614 note</th><th>Fonds</th><th>Genre
46615 detail</th><th>Circulation
46616 type</th><th>Barcode</th>|</para>
46618 <para>#995||<tr><td> {995k}</td><td>
46619 {995u}</td><td>
46620 {995y}</td><td>{995e} </td><td>
46621 {995o}</td><td>{995f}</td></tr>|</table></para>
46626 <appendix id="receiptprint">
46627 <title>Configuring Receipt Printers</title>
46629 <para>The following instructions are for specific receipt printers, but
46630 can probably be used to help with setup of other brands as well.</para>
46632 <section id="epsonprinters">
46634 <corpauthor>NEKLS</corpauthor>
46636 <pubdate>2008</pubdate>
46638 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></bibliosource>
46641 <title>For Epson TM-T88III (3) & TM-T88IV (4) Printers</title>
46645 <section id="epsonprintdriver">
46646 <title>In the Print Driver</title>
46648 <para>For these instructions, we are using version 5,0,3,0 of the
46649 Epson TM-T88III print driver; the EPSON TM-T88IV version is ReceiptE4.
46650 Register at the <ulink url="https://www.epsonexpert.com/login">EpsonExpert Technical Resource
46651 Center website</ulink> to gain access to the drivers; go to Technical
46652 Resources, then choose the printer model from the Printers drop-down
46655 <para>Click Start > Printers and Faxes > Right click the receipt
46656 printer > Properties:</para>
46660 <para>Advanced Tab, click Printing Defaults button</para>
46664 <para>Layout Tab: Paper size: Roll Paper 80 x 297mm</para>
46668 <para>TM-T88III: Layout Tab: Check Reduce Printing and Fit to
46669 Printable Width</para>
46673 <para>TM-T88IV: Check Reduced Size Print; Click OK on the popup
46674 window that appears. Fit to Printable Width should be
46675 automatically selected.</para>
46679 <para>OK your way out of there.</para>
46684 <section id="epsonfirefox">
46685 <title>In Firefox</title>
46687 <para>Under File > Page Setup:</para>
46691 <para>Shrink to fit page on Format & Options tab</para>
46695 <para>0,0,0,0 for Margins on Margins & Header/Footer Tab. This
46696 makes the receipts use all available space on the paper
46701 <para>Set all Headers/Footers to -blank-. This removes all of the
46702 gunk you might normally find on a print from Firefox, such as the
46703 URL, number of pages, etc.</para>
46707 <para>Click OK</para>
46711 <para>Set the default printer settings in Firefox so you don't see a
46712 "Print" dialog:</para>
46716 <para>Go to File > Print</para>
46720 <para>Set the Printer to the receipt printer.</para>
46724 <para>Click the Advanced (or Properties) button</para>
46728 <para>Layout Tab: Paper size: Roll Paper 80 x 297mm</para>
46732 <para>TM-T88III: Layout Tab: Check Reduce Printing and Fit to
46733 Printable Width</para>
46737 <para>TM-T88IV: Check Reduced Size Print; click OK on the popup
46738 window that appears. Fit to Printable Width should be
46739 automatically selected.</para>
46743 <para>OK your way out, go ahead and print whatever page you are
46748 <para>Type about:config, in the address bar. Click "I'll be
46749 careful, I promise!" on the warning message.</para>
46753 <para>Type, print.always in Filter.</para>
46757 <para>Look for print.always_print_silent.</para>
46761 <para>If the preference is there then set the value to
46768 <para>If the preference is not there (and it shouldn't be in most
46769 browsers) you have to add the preference.</para>
46773 <para>Right click the preference area and select New >
46778 <para>Type print.always_print_silent in the dialog box and set
46779 the value to True. This sets the print settings in Firefox to
46780 always use the same settings and print without showing a
46788 <para>Setting the print.always_print_silent setting in about:config
46789 DISABLES the ability to choose a printer in Firefox.</para>
46794 <section id="epson2">
46796 <corpauthor>NEKLS</corpauthor>
46798 <pubdate>2008</pubdate>
46800 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></bibliosource>
46803 <title>For Epson TM-T88II (2) Printers</title>
46805 <para>Register at the <ulink url="https://www.epsonexpert.com/login">EpsonExpert Technical Resource
46806 Center website</ulink> to gain access to the drivers; go to Technical
46807 Resources, then choose the printer model from the Printers drop-down
46810 <section id="epson2firefox">
46811 <title>In Firefox</title>
46813 <para>Under File > Page Setup:</para>
46817 <para>Shrink to fit page on Format & Options tab</para>
46821 <para>0,0,0,0 for Margins on Margins & Header/Footer Tab. This
46822 makes the receipts use all available space on the paper
46827 <para>Set all Headers/Footers to -blank-. This removes all of the
46828 gunk you might normally find on a print from Firefox, such as the
46829 URL, number of pages, etc.</para>
46833 <para>Click OK</para>
46837 <para>Set the default printer settings in Firefox so you don't see a
46838 "Print" dialog:</para>
46842 <para>Go to File > Print</para>
46846 <para>Set the Printer to the receipt printer.</para>
46850 <para>Print whatever page you are on.</para>
46854 <para>Type about:config, in the address bar. Click "I'll be
46855 careful, I promise!" on the warning message.</para>
46859 <para>Type, print.always in Filter.</para>
46863 <para>Look for, print.always_print_silent.</para>
46867 <para>If the preference is there then set the value to
46874 <para>If the preference is not there (and it shouldn't be in most
46875 browsers) you have to add the preference.</para>
46879 <para>Right click the preference area and select New >
46884 <para>Type, print.always_print_silent in the dialog box and
46885 set the value to True. This sets the print settings in Firefox
46886 to always use the same settings and print without showing a
46894 <para>Setting the print.always_print_silent setting in about:config
46895 DISABLES the ability to choose a printer in Firefox.</para>
46900 <section id="starprinter">
46902 <corpauthor>RHCL</corpauthor>
46905 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
46907 <surname>Engard</surname>
46910 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
46913 <title>For Star SP542 Printers</title>
46915 <section id="installstarprinter">
46916 <title>Installing the Printer</title>
46918 <para>While the following comments are based on the Star SP542 receipt
46919 printer, they probably apply to all printers in the SP5xx
46922 <para>The Star SP542 receipt printer works well with Koha and <emphasis role="bold">Firefox
46923 on Windows XP SP3</emphasis>. This printer, with either the parallel or USB interface,
46924 is fairly easy to install and configure. You will need the following executable file which
46925 is available from numerous places on the Internet:</para>
46927 <para>linemode_2k-xp_20030205.exe</para>
46929 <para>This executable actually does all of the installation; you will
46930 not need to use the Microsoft Windows "Add Printer" program. We
46931 recommend that when installing, the option for the software monitor
46932 not be selected; we have experienced significant pauses and delays in
46933 printing with it. Instead, simply choose to install the receipt
46934 printer without the monitor.</para>
46936 <para>Additionally, the install program may not put the printer on the
46937 correct port, especially if using the USB interface. This is easily
46938 corrected by going to "Start -> Printers and Faxes -> Properties
46939 for the SP542 printer -> Ports", then check the appropriate
46942 <para>A reboot may be required, even if not indicated by the
46943 installation software or the operating system.</para>
46944 <para><emphasis role="bold">Windows 7</emphasis> users should refer to this page: <ulink
46945 url="http://www.starmicronics.com/supports/win7.aspx"
46946 >http://www.starmicronics.com/supports/win7.aspx</ulink>.
46951 <section id="firefoxreceipt">
46953 <corpauthor>VOKAL</corpauthor>
46956 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
46958 <surname>Engard</surname>
46961 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
46963 <bibliosource><ulink url="https://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Setting_up_your_SLIP_printer_1_18087191815760117">https://docs.google.com/View?id=dcccx9zm_3htvhwzgc#Setting_up_your_SLIP_printer_1_18087191815760117</ulink></bibliosource>
46966 <title>Configuring Firefox to Print to Receipt Printer</title>
46970 <para>Open File > Page Setup</para>
46974 <para>Make all the headers and footers blank</para>
46978 <para>Set the margins to 0 (zero)</para>
46982 <para>In the address bar of Firefox, type about:config</para>
46986 <para>Search for print.always_print_silent and double click
46991 <para>Change it from false to true</para>
46995 <para>This lets you skip the Print pop up box that comes up, as
46996 well as skipping the step where you have to click OK,
46997 automatically printing the right sized slip.</para>
47003 <para>If print.always_print_silent does not come up</para>
47007 <para>Right click on a blank area of the preference
47012 <para>Select new > Boolean</para>
47016 <para>Enter "print.always_print_silent" as the name (without
47021 <para>Click OK</para>
47025 <para>Select true for the value</para>
47031 <para>You may also want to check what is listed for
47032 print.print_printer</para>
47036 <para>You may have to choose Generic/Text Only (or whatever your
47037 receipt printer might be named)</para>
47044 <appendix id="noticesappendix">
47045 <title>Notice & Slips Guides</title>
47046 <section id="noticesfieldguide">
47050 <firstname>Barton</firstname>
47051 <surname>Chittenden</surname>
47053 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
47057 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
47058 <surname>Engard</surname>
47061 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
47063 <title>Field Guide for Notices & Slips</title>
47064 <para>This guide will break down the notices and slips information in 3 ways. First it will
47065 tell you what file generates the notice, then how you will present the item info in that
47066 notice and finally if the notice can be branch specific or not.</para>
47069 style="border-collapse:collapse;border:1px solid black;font-family:'Times New Roman';letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;word-spacing:0px">
47072 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Letter Code</th>
47073 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Used In</th>
47074 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Detail tag</th>
47075 <th rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Can be branch specific</th>
47080 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">DUE</td>
47081 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
47082 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
47083 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
47086 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">DUEDGST</td>
47087 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
47088 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
47089 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
47092 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">PREDUE</td>
47093 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
47094 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
47095 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
47098 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">PREDUEDGST</td>
47099 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">advance_notices.pl</td>
47100 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>></td>
47101 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
47104 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ODUE*</td>
47105 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">overdue_notices.pl</td>
47106 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><<items.content>> or <item>
47108 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47111 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">CHECKOUT</td>
47112 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
47113 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47114 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47117 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">RENEWAL</td>
47118 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
47119 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47120 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47123 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">TRANSFERSLIP</td>
47124 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Circulation.pm</td>
47125 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47126 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47129 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ISSUESLIP</td>
47130 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Members.pm</td>
47131 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">
47132 <para><checkedout> </checkedout> </para>
47133 <para> <overdue> </overdue> </para>
47134 <para> <news> </news> </para>
47136 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47139 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ISSUEQSLIP</td>
47140 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Members.pm</td>
47141 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left"><checkedout> </checkedout></td>
47142 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47145 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">HOLDPLACED</td>
47146 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Reserves.pm</td>
47147 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47148 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47151 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">RESERVESLIP</td>
47152 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Reserves.pm</td>
47153 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47154 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47157 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ASKED</td>
47158 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
47159 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47160 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47163 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">CHECKED</td>
47164 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
47165 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47166 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47169 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">ACCEPTED</td>
47170 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
47171 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47172 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47175 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">REJECTED</td>
47176 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">C4/Suggestions.pm</td>
47177 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47178 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">Yes</td>
47181 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">OPAC_REG_VERIFY</td>
47182 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">opac/opac-memberentry.pl</td>
47183 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">N/A</td>
47184 <td rowspan="1" colspan="1" align="left">No</td>
47192 <appendix id="samplenotice">
47193 <title>Example Notice</title>
47195 <para>Nicole Engard</para>
47197 <para>410 Library Rd.</para>
47199 <para>Philadelphia, PA 19107</para>
47201 <para>Dear Nicole Engard (23529000035726),</para>
47203 <para>According to our records, at the time of this notice, you have items
47204 that are overdue. Please return or renew them as soon as possible to avoid
47205 increasing late fines.</para>
47207 <para>If you have registered a password with the library, you may use it
47208 with your library card number to renew online.</para>
47210 <para>If you believe you have returned the items below please call at and
47211 library staff will be happy to help resolve the issue.</para>
47213 <para>The following item(s) are currently overdue:</para>
47215 <para>07/08/2008 Creating drug-free schools and communities : 502326000054
47216 Fox, C. Lynn.</para>
47218 <para>06/27/2008 Eating fractions / 502326000022 McMillan, Bruce.</para>
47220 <para>Sincerely, Library Staff</para>
47223 <appendix id="sampleserialsapp">
47224 <title>Sample Serials</title>
47228 <section id="readersdigestsample">
47229 <title>Reader's Digest (0034-0375)</title>
47233 <para>Published 12 times a year (monthly)</para>
47237 <para>The Volume number changes every 6 months and the numbers
47238 continues on (requires an advanced pattern).</para>
47241 <screeninfo>Sample Reader's Digest Subscription</screeninfo>
47245 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/readersserial.png"/>
47255 <section id="peoplesample">
47256 <title>People Weekly (1076-0091)</title>
47260 <para>Published weekly</para>
47264 <para>The website says "on Saturday except the first week of
47265 August, Thanksgiving week, the first and last weeks of the year"
47266 but this does not match the pattern for 2007 or 2008</para>
47272 <para>In the Jul-Dec there are 26 issues</para>
47276 <para>In the Jan-Jun there are 25 issues (no issue for the first
47277 week of January)</para>
47281 <para>Since the irregularity on the first # 26 does not skip a week,
47282 this would be set up as to roll over on issue 25. The 26th issue in the
47283 second half of the year would have to be received as a
47284 supplemental.</para>
47286 <para>The irregularity check will complain that 52 issues were expected,
47287 but 25 entered. The current irregularity check can only check that the
47288 first position of the numbering pattern matches the expected issue count
47289 of the periodicity. But we do need to trigger the rollover on the
47290 volume, so we need to define the last two weeks of the year as
47291 irregularities. So we receive 50 issues the first 50 weeks, then one
47292 supplemental issue in week 51, which we have to define the enumeration
47293 for, then the next predicted issue will be the following year's first
47297 <section id="hebrewserialsample">
47298 <title>Et-Mol</title>
47300 <para>This journal is published with the following rules:</para>
47304 <para>6 issues a year (every 2 months)</para>
47308 <para>year changes every 6 issues</para>
47312 <para>we start in 2011</para>
47316 <para>the issue number goes up indefinitely</para>
47320 <para>starting from issue 215</para>
47324 <para>The planning would look like this:</para>
47327 <screeninfo>Sample for this Hebrew Journal</screeninfo>
47331 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/hebrewnewspaper.png"/>
47336 <section id="backpackerserial">
47337 <title>Backpacker (0277-867X)</title>
47338 <para>Published 9 times a year irregularly. The issues continues while the volume and number
47339 rolls over every 9 issues. If you're holding Volume 41, Number 3, Issue 302 in your hand
47340 the prediction would look like this:</para>
47342 <screeninfo>Backpacker numbering pattern</screeninfo>
47345 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/backpacker.png"/>
47349 <para>And the received issues would number like this:</para>
47350 <para>v. 41, no. 3, iss. 302 </para>
47351 <para>v. 41, no. 4, iss. 303 </para>
47352 <para>v. 41, no. 5, iss. 304 </para>
47353 <para>v. 41, no. 6, iss. 305 </para>
47354 <para>v. 41, no. 7, iss. 306 </para>
47355 <para>v. 41, no. 8, iss. 307</para>
47356 <para>v. 41, no. 9, iss. 308 </para>
47357 <para>v. 42, no. 1, iss. 309 </para>
47358 <para>v. 42, no. 2, iss. 310 </para>
47359 <para>v. 42, no. 3, iss. 311 </para>
47360 <para>v. 42, no. 4, iss. 312</para>
47362 <section id="keatsserial">
47363 <title>Keats-Shelley Journal (0453-4387)</title>
47364 <para>This journal is published once per year in July. The numbering follows this pattern: <itemizedlist>
47366 <para>Vol. 61 2013</para>
47369 <para>Vol. 62 2014</para>
47372 <para>Vol. 63 2015</para>
47374 </itemizedlist> Setup should look like this (if you're starting in July 2014):</para>
47376 <screeninfo>Serial planning</screeninfo>
47379 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/keatsplanning.png"/>
47384 <section id="cilserial">
47385 <title>Computers in Libraries (1041-7915)</title>
47386 <para>Computers in Libraries is published ten times per year (monthly with January/February
47387 and July/August combined issues).</para>
47389 <screeninfo>Subscription details</screeninfo>
47392 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilirregular.png"/>
47397 <screeninfo>Serial Planning</screeninfo>
47400 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilpattern.png"/>
47405 <screeninfo>Received details</screeninfo>
47408 <imagedata fileref="images/serialssamples/cilreceived.png"/>
47414 <appendix id="samplelistemail">
47415 <title>Sample List & Cart Emails</title>
47416 <section id="examplelistemail">
47417 <title>Example Email from List</title>
47418 <para>Below is an example of an email from a list in
47419 Koha.<programlisting>Hi,
47421 Here is your list called If You Like Jodi Picoult, sent from our online catalog.
47423 Please note that the attached file is a MARC bibliographic records file
47424 which can be imported into a Personal Bibliographic Software like EndNote,
47425 Reference Manager or ProCite.
47426 ---------------------------------------------
47428 Home safe : a novel /
47430 by Berg, Elizabeth.
47432 Published by: Random House,, 260 p. ;, 25 cm.
47433 Copyright year: 2009
47435 In the online catalog:
47436 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=12113
47438 North Branch FIC (FIC Ber) TVSN500088894O
47439 Main Library FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN5000921548
47440 South Branch FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN500092156A
47441 West Branch FIC (FIC Boh) TVSN5000921559
47443 ---------------------------------------------
47447 by Brown, Rosellen.
47449 Published by: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux,, 402 p. ;, 24 cm.
47450 Copyright year: 2000
47452 In the online catalog:
47453 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=12501
47455 East Branch (813/.54)
47456 South Branch FIC (FIC Bro) TVSN5000451333</programlisting></para>
47458 <section id="examplecartemail">
47459 <title>Example Email from Cart</title>
47460 <para>Below is a sample of what an email from the Cart in Koha will look
47461 like:<programlisting>Hi,
47463 Joaquin D'Planque sent you a cart from our online catalog.
47465 Please note that the attached file is a MARC bibliographic records
47466 file which can be imported into personal bibliographic software like
47467 EndNote, Reference Manager or ProCite.
47469 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
47473 Author(s): Brookfield, Karen. ;
47474 Published by: Knopf : | Distributed by Random House, , 63 p. : ,
47476 Copyright year: 1993
47477 Notes : Includes index.
47481 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31644
47485 * East Branch (JNF 002 Bro) TVSN500017618A
47487 -----------------------------------------------------------------
47489 2. The 1965 World book year book :
47491 Published by: Field Enterprises Educational Corp., , 628 p. : , 26
47493 Copyright year: 1965
47494 Notes : Includes index. | Spine title: Year book, 1965. | Cover
47495 title: The World book year book, 1965.
47497 http://www.archive.org/details/1965worldbookyea00chic%20%7C%20http://www.openlibrary.org/books/OL24199089M
47500 http://MYCATALOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=88666
47502 -----------------------------------------------------------------</programlisting></para>
47506 <appendix id="kohacms">
47507 <title>Using Koha as a Content Management System (CMS)</title>
47511 <section id="kohacmssetup">
47512 <title>Setup</title>
47514 <para>These are instructions for taking a default install of Koha and allowing it to function
47515 as a little content management system. This will allow a library to publish an arbitrary
47516 number of pages based on a template. This example uses the template for the main opac page,
47517 but you could just as well use any template you wish with a bit more editing. This may be
47518 appropriate if you have a small library, want to allow librarians to easily add pages, and
47519 do not want to support a complete CMS. </para>
47523 <para>Copy /usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/opac-main.pl to
47524 /usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/pages.pl (in the same directory) </para>
47528 <para>Edit pages.pl in an editor</para>
47532 <para>At approximately line 33 change this code: </para>
47534 <programlisting>template_name => "opac-main.tmpl",</programlisting>
47538 <para>To this code:</para>
47540 <programlisting>template_name => "pages.tmpl", </programlisting>
47544 <para>At approximately line 62 after this code: </para>
47545 <programlisting>$template->param(
47546 koha_news => $all_koha_news,
47547 koha_news_count => $koha_news_count,
47548 display_daily_quote => C4::Context->preference('QuoteOfTheDay'),
47549 daily_quote => $quote,
47550 );</programlisting>
47553 <para>Add these lines: </para>
47554 <programlisting> my $page = "page_" . $cgi->param('p'); # go for "p" value in URL and do the concatenation
47555 my $preference = C4::Context->preference($page); # Go for preference
47556 $template->{VARS}->{'page_test'} = $preference # pass variable to template pages.tt</programlisting>
47560 <para>Note pages.pl file must have Webserver user execution permissions, you can use
47561 <ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chmod">chmod</ulink> command if you are
47562 actually logged in as such user:
47563 <programlisting> $chmod 755 pages.pl</programlisting></para>
47567 <para>In the browser go to Home > Administration > System Preferences > Local Use and add
47568 a New Preference called "page_test" </para>
47572 <para>Fill it out as so</para>
47576 <para>Explanation: test page for pages tiny cms</para>
47580 <para>Variable: page_test</para>
47584 <para>Value: Lorem ipsum</para>
47588 <para>Click the TextArea link (or enter "TextArea" into the
47589 input field below it)</para>
47593 <para>variable options (last field): 80|50</para>
47599 <para>In a browser go to http://youraddress/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=test The page should
47600 come up with the words "Lorem ipsum" in the main content area of the page. (replace
47601 "youraddress" with localhost, 127.0.0.1, or your domain name depending on how you have
47602 Apache set up.) </para>
47606 <para>To add more pages simply create a system preference where the title begins with
47607 "page_" followed by any arbitrary letters. You can add any markup you want as the value
47608 of the field. Reference the new page by changing the value of the "p" parameter in the
47612 <para>To learn more visit the Koha wiki page on this topic: <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS</ulink></para>
47613 <section id="kohacmstmpl">
47614 <title>Editing the pages template</title>
47615 <para>The file to create / edit for the pages template will depend on your <link
47616 linkend="opacthemes">opacthemes</link> system preference setting </para>
47617 <section id="kohacmstmplboot">
47618 <title>Editing 'bootstrap' theme template (current)</title>
47621 <para>Copy /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/opac-main.tt to /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/pages.tt</para>
47624 <para>Edit /usr/share/koha/opac/htdocs/opac-tmpl/bootstrap/en/modules/pages.tt</para>
47627 <para>At approximately line 61, change this:
47628 <programlisting> [% IF ( OpacMainUserBlock ) %]<div id="opacmainuserblock">[% OpacMainUserBlock %]</div>[% END %]</programlisting></para>
47632 <programlisting> [% IF ( page_test ) %]<div id="opacmainuserblock">[% page_test %]</div>[% END %]</programlisting></para>
47635 <para>Remark: You may wish to disable your News block of these CMS style pages e.g. when you do not want it displayed on the CMS style pages or where the News block is long enough that it actually makes the 'page_test' include scroll outside the default viewport dimensions. In that case, remove the following code from your pages.tt template.
47637 [% IF ( koha_news_count ) %]
47639 <table class="table table-bordered">
47640 [% FOREACH koha_new IN koha_news %]
47641 <thead><tr><th>[% koha_new.title %]</th></tr></thead>
47642 <tbody><tr><td><p>[% koha_new.new %]</p>
47643 <p class="newsfooter"><i>(published on [% koha_new.newdate %])</i></p></td></tr></tbody>
47652 <section id="kohacmstrouble">
47653 <title>Troubleshooting</title>
47655 <para>If you have problems check file permissions on pages.pl and
47656 pages.tmpl. They should have the same user and group as other Koha
47657 files like opac-main.pl.</para>
47660 <section id="kohacmsbonus">
47661 <title>Bonus Points</title>
47663 <para>Instead of using the address
47664 http://youraddress/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=test you can shorten it to
47665 http://youraddress/pages.pl?p=test Just open up
47666 /etc/koha/koha-httpd.conf and add the follow at about line
47667 13:<programlisting>ScriptAlias /pages.pl "/usr/share/koha/opac/cgi-bin/opac/pages.pl" </programlisting></para>
47669 <para>Then restart Apache.</para>
47673 <section id="kohacmsusage">
47674 <title>Usage</title>
47676 <para>After setting up Koha as a CMS you can create new pages following
47677 these instructions:</para>
47679 <section id="kohacmspages">
47680 <title>Adding Pages</title>
47682 <para>To add a new page you need to add a system preference under
47687 <para>Get there: More > Administration > Global System
47688 Preferences > Local Use</para>
47692 <para>Click 'New Preference'</para>
47696 <para>Enter in a description in the Explanation field</para>
47700 <para>Enter a value that starts with 'page_' in the Variable
47705 <para>Enter starting HTML in the Value field</para>
47708 <screeninfo>Add a new preference</screeninfo>
47712 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/newpreference.png"/>
47719 <para>Set the Variable Type to Textarea</para>
47723 <para>Set the Variable options to something like 20|20 for 20 rows
47724 and 20 columns</para>
47727 <screeninfo>Settings for the new preference</screeninfo>
47731 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/newpref-settings.png"/>
47739 <section id="kohacmsview">
47740 <title>Viewing your page</title>
47742 <para>You can view your new page at
47743 http://YOUR-OPAC/cgi-bin/koha/pages.pl?p=PAGENAME where PAGENAME is
47744 the part you entered after 'page_' in the Variable field.</para>
47747 <section id="kohacmsexpage">
47748 <title>Example</title>
47750 <para>This process can be used to create recommended reading lists
47751 within Koha. So once the code changes have been made per the
47752 instructions on 'Koha as a CMS' you go through the 'Adding a New Page'
47753 instructions above to great a page for 'Recommended Reading
47757 <screeninfo>Create page by modifying a system
47758 preference</screeninfo>
47762 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/recommendedreading.png"/>
47767 <para>Next we need to create pages for our various classes (or
47768 categories). To do this, return to the 'Adding a New Page' section and
47769 create a preference for the first class.</para>
47772 <screeninfo>Add a new sys pref for another page</screeninfo>
47776 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/class101-pref.png"/>
47781 <para>Next you'll want to link your first page to your new second
47782 page, go to the page_recommend preference and click 'Edit.' Now you
47783 want to edit the HTML to include a link to your newest page:</para>
47786 <screeninfo>Edit original preference to add new page</screeninfo>
47790 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-cms/editrecommendpref.png"/>
47796 <section id="examplecms">
47797 <title>Live Examples</title>
47801 <para>The Crawford Library at Dallas Christian College is using
47802 this method for their recommended reading lists: <ulink url="http://opac.dallas.edu/">http://opac.dallas.edu/</ulink></para>
47809 <appendix id="resetkohadb">
47810 <title>Resetting the Koha Database</title>
47812 <para>These notes on how to reset the database for Koha were derived from the following email
47814 url="http://lists.koha-community.org/pipermail/koha-devel/2009-January/008939.html"
47815 >http://lists.koha-community.org/pipermail/koha-devel/2009-January/008939.html</ulink> and
47816 <ulink url="http://lists.katipo.co.nz/public/koha/2014-June/039701.html"
47817 >http://lists.katipo.co.nz/public/koha/2014-June/039701.html</ulink>
47820 <para>Resetting the database may be useful if you install Koha with the
47821 sample data, and then wish to use real data without reinstalling the
47824 <section id="deletetables">
47825 <title>Delete Tables</title>
47826 <para>Use your preferred MySQL client to <ulink
47827 url="http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.5/en/delete.html">delete</ulink> the following
47834 <para>biblioitems</para>
47840 <para>auth_header</para>
47843 <para>sessions</para>
47846 <para>zebraqueue</para>
47851 <section id="resetzebra">
47852 <title>Reset the Zebra Index</title>
47854 <para>Run the following commands to reset the authorities and biblios
47855 Zebra indices. <programlisting>$ zebraidx -c /etc/koha/zebradb/zebra-authorities-dom.cfg -g iso2709 -d authorities init
47856 $ zebraidx -c /etc/koha/zebradb/zebra-biblios.cfg -g iso2709 -d biblios init </programlisting></para>
47857 <para>If you are running a package install then you'll want to run the following commands to
47858 reset the authorities and biblios Zebra indices
47859 instead:<programlisting>$ sudo zebraidx -c /etc/koha/sites/YOURLIBRARY/zebra-authorities-dom.cfg -g iso2709 -d authorities init
47860 $ sudo zebraidx -c /etc/koha/sites/YOURLIBRARY/zebra-biblios.cfg -g iso2709 -d biblios init </programlisting></para>
47861 <para>Replacing YOURLIBRARY with your Koha installation name.</para>
47865 <appendix id="importantlinks">
47866 <title>Important Links</title>
47870 <section id="koharelatedlinks">
47871 <title>Koha Related</title>
47875 <para>Report Koha Bugs - <ulink url="http://bugs.koha-community.org">http://bugs.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
47879 <para>Koha Versioning Control - <ulink url="http://git.koha-community.org/">http://git.koha-community.org/</ulink></para>
47883 <para>Database Structure - <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org"
47884 >http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
47887 <para>Koha Community Statistics - <ulink url="http://hea.koha-community.org"
47888 >http://hea.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
47892 <para>Koha as a CMS - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_as_a_CMS</ulink></para>
47896 <para>Kyles's Koha Tools - <ulink url="http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/"
47897 >http://kylehall.info/index.php/projects/koha/</ulink></para>
47901 <para>Koha Bibliography - <ulink url="http://www.zotero.org/groups/koha">http://www.zotero.org/groups/koha</ulink></para>
47905 <para>Koha Shared Links - <ulink url="http://groups.diigo.com/group/everything-koha">http://groups.diigo.com/group/everything-koha</ulink></para>
47909 <para>Koha Presentations - <ulink url="http://www.slideshare.net/group/koha-ils/slideshows">http://www.slideshare.net/group/koha-ils/slideshows</ulink></para>
47914 <section id="catalogrelatedlinks">
47915 <title>Cataloging Related</title>
47919 <para>Koha MARC Tutorials - <ulink url="http://www.pakban.net/brooke/">http://www.pakban.net/brooke/</ulink></para>
47923 <para>IRSpy Open Z39.50 Server Search - <ulink url="http://irspy.indexdata.com/"
47924 >http://irspy.indexdata.com/</ulink></para>
47928 <para>Z39.50 Server List - <ulink
47929 url="http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/z3950hosts.htm"
47930 >http://staff.library.mun.ca/staff/toolbox/z3950hosts.htm</ulink></para>
47933 <para>Open Koha Z39.50 Targets - <ulink
47934 url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources"
47935 >http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_Open_Z39.50_Sources</ulink></para>
47939 <para>Library of Congress Authorities - <ulink url="http://authorities.loc.gov/">http://authorities.loc.gov/</ulink></para>
47943 <para>MARC Country Codes - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/">http://www.loc.gov/marc/countries/</ulink></para>
47947 <para>Search the MARC Code List for Organizations - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/org-search.php">http://www.loc.gov/marc/organizations/org-search.php</ulink></para>
47951 <para>Search for Canadian MARC Codes - <ulink url="http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1">http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/illcandir-bin/illsear/l=0/c=1</ulink></para>
47955 <para>Z39.50 Bib-1 Attribute - <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html">http://www.loc.gov/z3950/agency/defns/bib1.html</ulink></para>
47960 <section id="enhancedcontentlinks">
47961 <title>Enhanced Content Related</title>
47965 <para>Amazon Associates - <ulink url="https://affiliate-program.amazon.com/">https://affiliate-program.amazon.com</ulink></para>
47969 <para>Amazon Web Services - <ulink url="http://aws.amazon.com">http://aws.amazon.com</ulink></para>
47973 <para>WorldCat Affiliate Tools - <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/wcpa/do/AffiliateUserServices?method=initSelfRegister">http://www.worldcat.org/wcpa/do/AffiliateUserServices?method=initSelfRegister</ulink></para>
47977 <para>XISBN - <ulink url="http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp">http://www.worldcat.org/affiliate/webservices/xisbn/app.jsp</ulink></para>
47981 <para>LibraryThing for Libraries - <ulink url="http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries">http://www.librarything.com/forlibraries</ulink></para>
47986 <section id="opaclinks">
47987 <title>Design Related</title>
47991 <para>JQuery Library - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library"
47992 >http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/JQuery_Library</ulink></para>
47995 <para>HTML & CSS Library - <ulink
47996 url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/HTML_%26_CSS_Library"
47997 >http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/HTML_%26_CSS_Library</ulink></para>
48001 <para>Owen Leonard's Koha Blog - <ulink url="http://www.myacpl.org/koha">http://www.myacpl.org/koha</ulink></para>
48006 <section id="reportlinks">
48007 <title>Reports Related</title>
48011 <para>SQL Reports Library - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/SQL_Reports_Library</ulink></para>
48015 <para>Database Schema - <ulink url="http://schema.koha-community.org">http://schema.koha-community.org</ulink></para>
48019 <para>Sample reports from NEKLS - <ulink
48020 url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/training/reports-training/"
48021 >http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/training/reports-training/</ulink></para>
48026 <section id="installlinks">
48027 <title>Installation Guides</title>
48031 <para>Installing Koha 3 on Ubuntu - <ulink url="http://www.blazingmoon.org/guides/k3-on-u810-1.html">http://www.blazingmoon.org/guides/k3-on-u810-1.html</ulink></para>
48035 <para>Koha on Debian installation documentation - <ulink url="http://openlib.org/home/krichel/courses/lis508/doc/koha_installation_overview.html">http://openlib.org/home/krichel/courses/lis508/doc/koha_installation_overview.html</ulink></para>
48039 <para>Koha 3.2 on Debian Squeeze - <ulink url="http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_3.2_on_Debian_Squeeze">http://wiki.koha-community.org/wiki/Koha_3.2_on_Debian_Squeeze</ulink></para>
48044 <section id="misclinks">
48045 <title>Misc</title>
48049 <para>Zotero - <ulink url="http://zotero.org">http://zotero.org</ulink></para>
48053 <para>SOPAC - <ulink url="http://thesocialopac.net/">http://thesocialopac.net</ulink></para>
48059 <appendix id="XSLTiTypes">
48060 <title>Koha XSLT Item Types</title>
48062 <para>When you have any of the XSLT system preferences (<link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay"
48063 >OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link>, <link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay"
48064 >OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link>, <link linkend="XSLTDetailsDisplay"
48065 >XSLTDetailsDisplay</link>, and/or <link linkend="XSLTResultsDisplay"
48066 >XSLTResultsDisplay</link>) along with the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT"
48067 >DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> and <link linkend="DisplayIconsXSLT">DisplayIconsXSLT</link>
48068 preferences turned on you will see item type icons on the related screen. <important>
48069 <para>These images are coming from values found in your leader, if your leader is not
48070 cataloged properly it might be best to turn off the <link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT"
48071 >DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> preference (which can be done while leaving the other XSLT
48072 preferences turned on).</para>
48073 </important></para>
48076 <screeninfo>Book image</screeninfo>
48080 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/book.png"/>
48087 <para>Book [BK]</para>
48091 <para>leader6 = a (and one of the leader7 values below)</para>
48095 <para>leader7 = a</para>
48099 <para>leader7 = c</para>
48103 <para>leader7 = d</para>
48107 <para>leader7 = m</para>
48113 <para>leader6 = t</para>
48120 <screeninfo>Computer Image</screeninfo>
48124 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/comp.png"/>
48131 <para>Computer File [CF]</para>
48135 <para>leader6 = m</para>
48142 <screeninfo>Continuing Resource Image</screeninfo>
48146 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/cr.png"/>
48153 <para>Continuing Resource [CR]</para>
48157 <para>leader7 = b</para>
48161 <para>leader7 = i</para>
48165 <para>leader7 = s</para>
48172 <screeninfo>Map Image</screeninfo>
48176 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/map.png"/>
48183 <para>Map [MP]</para>
48187 <para>leader6 = e</para>
48191 <para>leader6 = f</para>
48198 <screeninfo>Mixed Materials Image</screeninfo>
48202 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/mixed.png"/>
48209 <para>Mixed [MX]</para>
48213 <para>leader6 = p</para>
48220 <screeninfo>Sound Image</screeninfo>
48224 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/sound.png"/>
48231 <para>Sound [MU]</para>
48235 <para>leader6 = c</para>
48239 <para>leader6 = d</para>
48243 <para>leader6 = i</para>
48247 <para>leader6 = j</para>
48254 <screeninfo>Visual Material Image</screeninfo>
48258 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/visual.png"/>
48265 <para>Visual Material [VM]</para>
48269 <para>leader6 = g</para>
48273 <para>leader6 = k</para>
48277 <para>leader6 = r</para>
48284 <screeninfo>Kit Image</screeninfo>
48288 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-xslt/kit.png"/>
48299 <para>leader6 = o</para>
48306 <appendix id="marcedit">
48307 <title>MarcEdit</title>
48309 <para>Download MarcEdit : <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/"
48310 >http://marcedit.reeset.net/</ulink></para>
48312 <section id="marceditprefix">
48313 <title>Adding a prefix to call numbers</title>
48315 <para>When bringing data into Koha, you may want to first clean it up.
48316 One common action among Koha users is to add a prefix to the call
48321 <para>Open MarcEdit</para>
48324 <screeninfo>MarcEdit</screeninfo>
48328 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/marcedit.png"/>
48335 <para>Click 'MarcEditor'</para>
48339 <para>Go to Tools > Edit Subfield Data</para>
48342 <screeninfo>Edit subfield data</screeninfo>
48346 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/marcedit-editsubfield.png"/>
48353 <para>To prepend data the special character is: ^b To simply
48354 prepend data to the beginning of a subfield, add ^b to the Field
48355 Data: textbox and the data to be appended in the Replace</para>
48358 <screeninfo>Prepend data to a field</screeninfo>
48362 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/editsubfield.png"/>
48369 <para>To prepend data to the beginning of the subfield while
48370 replacing a text string, add ^b[string to replace] to the Field
48371 Data textbox and the data to be appended in the Replace With
48379 <section id="marceditexcel">
48383 <firstname>Kanika</firstname>
48384 <surname>Goyal</surname>
48386 <orgname>Delhi Technological University</orgname>
48391 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48392 <surname>Engard</surname>
48393 <contrib>Edits where necessary.</contrib>
48397 <pubdate>2010</pubdate>
48399 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://www.botskool.com/geeks/how-import-excel-data-koha">http://www.botskool.com/geeks/how-import-excel-data-koha</ulink></bibliosource>
48401 <title>Importing Excel data into Koha</title>
48403 <para>Suppose you have records of your library in excel data sheet
48404 format and want them to import into Koha. But how will you do this? Koha
48405 will not let you import excel records directly. Well here is a very
48406 simple solution for you which will let you import your excel records in
48407 Koha easily. First, we will convert excel file into Marc file and then
48408 will import it into Koha.</para>
48410 <para>Follow the given steps to import your excel records into
48413 <section id="convertexcel">
48414 <title>Converting from Excel format into .mrk format</title>
48416 <para>First, we will convert excel format into .mrk format. For this we will use MarcEdit.
48417 You can download it from <ulink url="http://marcedit.reeset.net/"
48418 >http://marcedit.reeset.net/</ulink></para>
48420 <para>Now open it and select Add-ins-->Delimited Text
48424 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48428 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-1.png"/>
48433 <para>Click Next when the following window appears.</para>
48436 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48440 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-2.png"/>
48445 <para>Browse for your excel file.</para>
48448 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48452 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-3.png"/>
48457 <para>Locate your excel file by choosing the format Excel
48458 File(*.xls).</para>
48461 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48465 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-4.png"/>
48470 <para>Similarly, fill all the other entries such as Output File, Excel
48471 Sheet Name and check UTF-8 Encoded (if required) and Click
48475 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48479 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-5.png"/>
48484 <para>Now you will be prompted for mapping the fields to recognise the
48485 fields by standard marc format.</para>
48487 <para>Suppose for Field 0 that is first column I entered Map to:
48488 022$a( Valid ISSN for the continuing resource) and then click on
48492 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48496 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-6.png"/>
48502 <para>You can customize Indicators and all other things, for more
48503 information on marc21 format visit the <ulink url="http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/">official library of
48504 congress site</ulink>.</para>
48507 <para>Similarly map all other fields and then Click on Finish.</para>
48510 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48514 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-7.png"/>
48519 <para>And then a window will appear indicating that your Marc Text
48520 File(*.mrk) has been created.</para>
48523 <screeninfo>Delimited Text Translator</screeninfo>
48527 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-8.png"/>
48532 <para>Click Close and we have created a .mrk file from .xls file in
48533 this step. You can view the file by double clicking on it.</para>
48536 <section id="convertmrk">
48537 <title>Convert .mrk file to .mrc</title>
48539 <para>We will convert .mrk file that we have created in the above step
48540 into raw Marc format that can be directly imported into Koha.</para>
48542 <para>For this again open MarcEdit and Select MARC Tools.</para>
48545 <screeninfo>MARC Tools</screeninfo>
48549 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-9.png"/>
48554 <para>Next Select MarcMaker to convert .mrk file into .mrc
48558 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
48562 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-10.png"/>
48567 <para>Locate your input file and name your output file. Then Click
48571 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
48575 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-11.png"/>
48580 <para>And it will show you the Result.</para>
48583 <screeninfo>MarcMaker</screeninfo>
48587 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-12.png"/>
48592 <para>Click Close and now we have raw Marc records with us (.mrc
48596 <section id="importmrc">
48597 <title>Import .mrc into Koha</title>
48599 <para>More information on importing records into Koha can be found in
48600 the '<link linkend="stagemarc">Stage MARC Records for Import</link>'
48601 section of this manual.</para>
48603 <para>Finally we will import above created .mrc file into Koha.</para>
48605 <para>Click on Tools in your Koha staff client.</para>
48608 <screeninfo>Koha Staff Client</screeninfo>
48612 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-13.png"/>
48617 <para>Next Click on Stage MARC Records for Import.</para>
48620 <screeninfo>Stage MARC Records for Import</screeninfo>
48624 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-14.png"/>
48629 <para>After this, choose your previously created .mrc file and click
48633 <screeninfo>Stage File</screeninfo>
48637 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-15.png"/>
48642 <para>You can also add comment about file and finally click on Stage
48646 <screeninfo>Stage for Import</screeninfo>
48650 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-17.png"/>
48655 <para>When the import is done, you will get a result something like
48659 <screeninfo>Staged Records Summary</screeninfo>
48663 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-18.png"/>
48668 <para>Next, click on Manage staged records.</para>
48670 <para>Here you can even change matching rules.</para>
48673 <screeninfo>Manage Staged Records</screeninfo>
48677 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-19.png"/>
48682 <para>Click on Import this batch into catalog when you are
48685 <para>Thats it. After all the records get imported, check Status and
48686 it should read "imported"</para>
48689 <screeninfo>Finalize Import</screeninfo>
48693 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-marcedit/excelimport/step-20.png"/>
48698 <para>You can even undo the Import operation.</para>
48700 <para>And within few minutes, we have imported around 10,000 records
48706 <appendix id="talkingtechappendix">
48707 <title>Talking Tech</title>
48709 <para>Talking Tech I-tiva is a third party, proprietary, product that
48710 libraries can subscribe to. Learn more here: <ulink url="http://www.talkingtech.com/solutions/library">http://www.talkingtech.com/solutions/library</ulink>.</para>
48712 <section id="talkingtechinstall">
48713 <title>Installation and Setup Instructions</title>
48715 <para>Be sure you've run
48716 installer/data/mysql/atomicupdate/Bug-4246-Talking-Tech-itiva-phone-notifications.pl
48717 to install the required data pack (new syspref, notice placeholders and
48718 messaging transport preferences)</para>
48720 <para>To use, <link linkend="TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification">TalkingTechItivaPhoneNotification</link>
48721 syspref must be turned on.</para>
48723 <para>If you wish to process PREOVERDUE or RESERVES messages, you'll
48724 need the <link linkend="EnhancedMessagingPreferences">EnhancedMessagingPreferences</link>
48725 system preference turned on, and patrons to have filled in a preference
48726 for receiving these notices by phone.</para>
48728 <para>For OVERDUE messages, overdue notice triggers must be configured
48729 under Koha -> Tools -> <link linkend="noticetriggers">Overdue
48730 Notice Triggers</link>. Either branch-specific triggers or the default
48731 level triggers may be used (script will select whichever is
48732 appropriate).</para>
48735 <section id="talkingtechsend">
48736 <title>Sending Notices File</title>
48740 <para>Add the <link linkend="talkingtechsendcron">TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl</link>
48741 script to your crontab</para>
48745 <para>Add an FTP/SFTP or other transport method to send the output
48746 file to the I-tiva server</para>
48750 <para>If you wish, archive the sent notices file in another
48751 directory after sending</para>
48755 <para>Run TalkingTech_itiva_outbound.pl --help for more
48759 <section id="talkingtechreceive">
48760 <title>Receiving Results File</title>
48764 <para>Add an FTP/SFTP or other transport method to send the Results
48765 file to a known directory on your Koha server</para>
48769 <para>Add the <link linkend="talkingtechreceivecron">TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl</link>
48770 script to your crontab, aimed at that directory</para>
48774 <para>If you wish, archive the results file in another directory
48775 after processing</para>
48779 <para>Run TalkingTech_itiva_inbound.pl --help for more
48783 <appendix id="oclcappendix">
48784 <title>OCLC Connexion Gateway</title>
48785 <para>Koha can be set to work with the OCLC Connextion Gateway. This allows libraries to use
48786 OCLC Connexion as their cataloging tool and simply send those records to Koha with a single
48787 click. The following instructions will help you set up the OCLC Connexion Gateway, if you
48788 have a system administrator you will want to consult with them on this process.</para>
48789 <section id="oclckohasetup">
48793 <firstname>D. Ruth</firstname>
48794 <surname>Bavousett</surname>
48796 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
48801 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48802 <surname>Engard</surname>
48806 <pubdate>2012</pubdate>
48808 <title>Setting up OCLC service on Koha</title>
48809 <para>First, you'll need to create a file somewhere on your system with configuration
48810 information. You could put this anywhere that is visible to the account that will be
48811 running the service. </para>
48812 <para>The file contains 11 lines. The first 6 will be about your Koha
48813 system:<programlisting>host: The IP address of your Koha server
48814 port: The port you want to use for the Connexion service. This port must be different from your SIP port, or any other service
48815 koha: The full URL of your staff client
48816 log: The location (full file specification) of your log for the service
48817 user: The default Koha username to use for importing
48818 password: The password that goes with that username</programlisting></para>
48819 <para>The remaining lines describe how to do the staging:
48820 <programlisting>match: The name of the matching rule from your system to use
48821 overlay_action: "replace", "create_new", or "ignore"-- what to do if there is a match
48822 nomatch_action: "create_new" or "ignore"-- what to do if there is no match
48823 item_action: "always_add","add_only_for_matches","add_only_for_new", or "ignore" -- what to do with embedded 952 item data
48824 import_mode: "direct" or "stage"</programlisting></para>
48825 <para> A sample file would look like
48826 this:<programlisting>host: 1.2.3.4
48828 log: /home/koha/koha-dev/var/log/connexion.log
48829 koha: http://kohastaff.myuniversity.edu
48830 user: koha_generic_staff
48833 overlay_action: replace
48834 nomatch_action: create_new
48835 item_action: ignore
48836 import_mode: direct</programlisting></para>
48837 <para>When choosing an 'import_mode' if you use "direct" then the staged record will be
48838 immediately imported into Koha, and should be searchable after your indexes catch up. If
48839 you choose "stage", then the record will be placed in a staged batch for you to later go the
48840 <link linkend="managestaged">Managed Staged MARC Records</link> tool to finish the import. </para>
48841 <para>If you import multiple records, they'll be in the same batch, until that batch is
48842 imported, then a new batch will be created. </para>
48843 <para>In "direct" mode, each record will be in its' own batch. </para>
48844 <para>To start the service, run the script:
48845 <programlisting>/location/of/connexion/import/daemon/connexion_import_daemon.pl -d -c /location/of/config/file.cnf</programlisting></para>
48847 <section id="oclcdesktopsetup">
48851 <firstname>D. Ruth</firstname>
48852 <surname>Bavousett</surname>
48854 <orgname>ByWater Solutions</orgname>
48859 <firstname>Heather</firstname>
48860 <surname>Hernandez</surname>
48862 <orgname>San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park</orgname>
48867 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48868 <surname>Engard</surname>
48872 <pubdate>2012/2014</pubdate>
48874 <title>Setting up your OCLC desktop client</title>
48876 <para>Screenshots are OCLC Connexion Client v.2.50, Koha v.3.12</para>
48878 <para>To set up the OCLC Connexion desktop client to connect to Koha, go to Tools > Options,
48879 then choose the Export tab. <screenshot>
48880 <screeninfo>Connexion Export Tab</screeninfo>
48883 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcexporttab.png"/>
48886 </screenshot><itemizedlist>
48888 <para>Click the "Create..." button to set up a new destination, then choose "OCLC
48889 Gateway Export" and click OK.</para>
48892 <para>Enter the following information:</para>
48896 <para>"Host Name:" Your catalog’s appropriate IP address (from your <link
48897 linkend="oclckohasetup">config file above</link>) </para>
48900 <para>"Port:" Your catalog's appropriate port number (from your <link
48901 linkend="oclckohasetup">config file above</link>) </para>
48904 <para>"Login ID:" The cataloger's Koha login </para>
48907 <para>"Password:" The cataloger's Koha password </para>
48910 <para>"Notify Host Before Disconnect" = checked, </para>
48913 <para>"Timeout" = 100, "Retries" = 3, "Delay" = 0 (zero), </para>
48916 <para>"Send Local System Logon ID Password" = checked. </para>
48922 <screeninfo>OCLC Gateway Export Settings</screeninfo>
48925 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcgatewaysetup.png"/>
48931 <para>Select "OK" when finished, and you should see your new "Gateway Export" option
48932 listed (The catalog's IP address and port are blacked out in the following
48936 <screeninfo>Gateway Export Added</screeninfo>
48939 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcgatewayexport.png"/>
48946 <para>Click on "Record Characteristics" and make sure that the bibliographic records are
48947 using MARC21, UTF-8 Unicode, and click OK to save. </para>
48950 <screeninfo>Record Characteristics</screeninfo>
48953 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcrecordchar.png"/>
48959 </itemizedlist></para>
48960 <para>You should be ready to go! To export a record from OCLC Connexion Client to Koha, just
48961 press F5 while the record is on-screen. The export dialog will pop up, and you'll see
48962 Connexion attempting to talk to Koha. You should get a message that the record was added or
48963 overlaid, including its biblio number, and a URL that you can copy into your web browser to
48964 jump straight to the record. </para>
48966 <section id="oclcgateway">
48970 <firstname>Heather</firstname>
48971 <surname>Hernandez</surname>
48973 <orgname>San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park</orgname>
48977 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
48978 <surname>Engard</surname>
48981 <pubdate>2014</pubdate>
48983 <title>Using the OCLC Connexion Gateway</title>
48984 <para>Records can be exported from Connexion either in a batch or one by one. </para>
48985 <section id="oclconeexport">
48986 <title>Exporting records one by one</title>
48987 <para>To export bibliographic records one by one, be sure your "Batch" options are correct:
48988 from the "Tools" menu, select "Options", and select the "Batch" tab. In the "Perform local
48989 actions in batch" area, "Bibliographic Record Export" should be unchecked<screenshot>
48990 <screeninfo>Connexion batch options</screeninfo>
48993 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcoptions.png"/>
48996 </screenshot></para>
48997 <para>When ready to export, from the "Action" menu, select "Export" or use the F5 key. You
48998 will see a screen similar to the following if the import is successful and if the record
48999 is new to the Catalog; you may copy & paste the resulting URL into your Koha catalog
49000 to see the new record.<screenshot>
49001 <screeninfo>Connexion Export</screeninfo>
49004 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcstatus.png"/>
49007 </screenshot></para>
49008 <para>If the record was overlaid, you will see a message to that effect in the "OCLC Gateway
49009 Export Status" window<screenshot>
49010 <screeninfo>Overlay confirmation</screeninfo>
49013 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcoverlay.png"/>
49016 </screenshot></para>
49018 <section id="oclcbatchexport">
49019 <title>Exporting records in a batch</title>
49020 <para>To export bibliographic records in a batch, be sure your "Batch" options are correct:
49021 from the "Tools" menu, select "Options", and select the "Batch" tab. In the "Perform local
49022 actions in batch" area, "Bibliographic Record Export" should be checked<screenshot>
49023 <screeninfo>OCLC Batch Export Options</screeninfo>
49026 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcexportbatch.png"/>
49029 </screenshot></para>
49030 <para>When a record is ready to export, from the "Action" menu, select "Export" or use the
49031 F5 key, and it’s export status will be "ready." </para>
49032 <para>When ready to export the batch, from the "Batch" menu, select "Process batch" and
49033 check the appropriate "Path" and "Export" boxes<screenshot>
49034 <screeninfo>Batch import process</screeninfo>
49037 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-oclc/oclcprocessbatch.png"/>
49040 </screenshot></para>
49041 <para>The export will begin, and the bib records will be exported & imported into Koha
49042 one by one; you will see "OCLC Gateway Export Status" windows, as above, showing you the
49043 results of each export. That window will stay there until you select "Close," and then the
49044 next record’s export/import will begin. The process will continue until all records in the
49045 batch are completed. Then you may or may not see the Connexion Client export report
49046 (depending on your Client options for that). </para>
49051 <appendix id="faqs">
49052 <title>FAQs</title>
49056 <section id="displayfaq">
49057 <title>Display</title>
49061 <section id="customicons">
49062 <title>Custom Item Type/Authorized Value Icons</title>
49064 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question:</emphasis> Can I have my own set
49065 of item type images (or authorized value icons)?</para>
49067 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer: </emphasis>Absolutely. To add
49068 additional icons to your system you simply add a new directory to
49069 koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/img/itemtypeimg/ and to
49070 koha-tmpl/opac-tmpl/prog/itemtypeimg and put your icons in the new
49071 directory. Your icons will show up in a new tab as soon as they are in
49072 the folders.</para>
49077 <para>Remember to put the icons in both places (on the OPAC and
49078 the intranet).</para>
49084 <section id="customkohaimages">
49085 <title>Customizing Koha Images</title>
49087 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can I customize the
49088 images in the OPAC?</para>
49090 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Absolutely. Koha comes
49091 with a series of original images that you can alter to meet your
49092 needs. The originals can be found in the misc/interface_customization/
49096 <section id="opacdisplayfaq">
49097 <title>OPAC Display Fields</title>
49099 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What MARC fields
49100 print to the different OPAC screens in Koha?</para>
49102 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The XSLT preference
49103 must be set as follows for the following fields to show</para>
49107 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTResultsDisplay">OPACXSLTResultsDisplay</link> =
49108 using XSLT stylesheets</para>
49112 <para><link linkend="OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay">OPACXSLTDetailsDisplay</link> =
49113 using XSLT stylesheets</para>
49117 <para><link linkend="DisplayOPACiconsXSLT">DisplayOPACiconsXSLT</link> =
49122 <para>The OPAC Results page shows:</para>
49130 <para>100, 110, 111</para>
49134 <para>700, 710, 711</para>
49154 <para>The OPAC Details page shows:</para>
49162 <para>100, 110, 111</para>
49166 <para>700, 710, 711</para>
49170 <para>440, 490</para>
49198 <para>130, 240</para>
49238 <para>plus all of the 5xx fields in the Notes tab at the
49244 <section id="displaysubtitle">
49245 <title>Subtitle Display on Bib Records</title>
49247 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How do I get the
49248 subtitle to display on the detail pages for my bib records?</para>
49250 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Subtitle display now
49251 depends on there being a <link linkend="keywordmapping">keyword
49252 mapping</link> for the MARC field in question. Adding a mapping for
49253 "subtitle" -> "245b" for an item's framework results in display of
49254 the subtitle in OPAC and staff client search and detail pages
49255 (although not in all instances where subtitles might be displayed,
49256 e.g. the Cart).</para>
49259 <section id="opacbarcodesfaq">
49260 <title>Show patrons the barcodes of items they have checked
49263 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can patrons see the
49264 barcodes for the items they have checked out.</para>
49266 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Not by default, but
49267 with a few edits to the patron record you can make a barcode column
49268 appear on the patron's check out summary in the OPAC. You can set up a
49269 <link linkend="patronattributetypes">patron attribute</link> with the
49270 value of SHOW_BCODE and <link linkend="authorizedvalues">authorized
49271 value</link> of YES_NO to make this happen.</para>
49274 <screeninfo>Add SHOW_BCODE patron attribute</screeninfo>
49278 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEadd.png"/>
49283 <para>Then on the <link linkend="editpatrons">patron's record set the
49284 value</link> for SHOW_BCODE to yes.</para>
49287 <screeninfo>Setting value for SHOW_BCODE on patron
49288 record</screeninfo>
49292 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/SHOW_BCODEattribute.png"/>
49297 <para>This will add a column to the check out summary in the OPAC that
49298 shows the patrons the barcodes of the items they have checked
49302 <screeninfo>Barcode number on checkout list in OPAC</screeninfo>
49306 <imagedata fileref="images/opac/barcodeoncheckouts.png"/>
49311 <para>Clicking on the 'Overdue' tab will show only the items that are
49316 <section id="circfaq">
49317 <title>Circulation/Notices</title>
49321 <section id="dropboxfaq">
49322 <title>Book drop Date</title>
49324 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How is the book drop date is determined? Is
49325 it the last open date for the checkout branch? Is it today's date minus one? Can the book
49326 drop checkin date be set?</para>
49328 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If the library is closed for four days for
49329 renovations, for example, there would be more than one day needed for the book drop date.
49330 You will only have one book drop date and that will be the last day that the library open
49331 (determined by the holiday calendar) because there is no real way to know what day the
49332 books were dropped into the box during the 4 closed days. The only way to change the
49333 effective checkin date in book drop mode is to modify the calendar.</para>
49335 <section id="holdsreportsfaq">
49336 <title>Holds to Pull and Holds Queue</title>
49337 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is the difference between the <link linkend="holdsqueue">Holds Queue</link> and <link linkend="holdspull">Holds to
49338 Pull</link>?</para>
49339 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The holds to pull report gives a simple list
49340 of what holds need to be filled with available items. It should only be used in Koha
49341 installations where there is only one library. </para>
49342 <para>The holds queue tries to do the same thing, but in a 'smarter' way. This allows it to
49343 split up the list by library, consult the <link linkend="transportcostmatrix">transport
49344 cost matrix</link> and refresh regularly to provide different pull lists to each
49348 <section id="dupoverduefaq">
49349 <title>Duplicate Overdue Notices</title>
49351 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why are patrons
49352 getting two overdue notices?</para>
49354 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: This tool takes all
49355 branches in the overdue rules and sent notifications to them. So, if
49356 you have a default rule & a branch rule, the notification will be
49357 generated twice. A quick fix is to discard "default rule" for
49361 <section id="printoverduefaq">
49362 <title>Printing Overdue Notices</title>
49364 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Can I print overdue
49365 notices for patrons without email addresses on file?</para>
49367 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Yes. The <link linkend="overduenoticecron">overdue notice cron job</link> has a
49368 setting to generate the overdue notices as HTML for printing. An
49369 example of this usage would be:</para>
49371 <para><programlisting>overdue_notices.pl -t -html /tmp/noticedir -itemscontent issuedate,date_due,title,barcode,author </programlisting>In
49372 this example, we wanted to use only certain item fields in our
49373 notices, so we specified itemscontent fields in the cron entry; that's
49374 not a requirement for the feature.</para>
49376 <para>The command line needs to specify a web-accessible directory
49377 where the print notices will go -- they get a filename like
49378 notices-2009-11-24.html (or holdnotices-2009-11-24.html). The overdue
49379 notice itself can be formatted to fit a Z-mailer. Within the notice
49380 file, the text is spaced down or over to where it will print properly
49381 on the form. The script has code that wraps around the notice file to
49382 tell the HTML to obey the formatting, and to do a page break between
49383 notices. That's so that when staff print it out, they get one per
49384 page. We had to add an extra syspref (<link linkend="PrintNoticesMaxLines">PrintNoticesMaxLines</link>) to specify
49385 page length because our client allows a _lot_ of checkouts which meant
49386 some notices were running onto multiple pages. That syspref says to
49387 truncate the print notice at that page length and put in a message
49388 about go check your OPAC account for the full list.</para>
49390 <para>The print and email overdues use the same notice file. The print
49391 notices for holds are different -- there's a separate HOLD_PRINT
49392 notice file and the system uses it if there's no email address. Then a
49393 nightly cron job runs to gather those up from the message queue and
49394 put them in an HTML file in the notice directory, as above.</para>
49396 <para>The cron entry is gather_print_notices.pl /tmp/noticedir</para>
49399 <section id="renewfaq">
49400 <title>Unable to Renew Items</title>
49402 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: We're trying to renew
49403 some items for our patron. One of the items is on hold and ineligible
49404 for renewal, but the other two items refuse to renew even though they
49405 should be eligible. When I try to use the override renewal limit, it
49406 just returns a little message that says "renewal failed". Any idea
49407 what's going on here?</para>
49409 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: At the very least you will need to set an
49410 absolute <link linkend="circfinerules">default circulation rule</link>. This rule should
49411 be set for the default itemtype, default branchcode and default patron category. That will
49412 catch anyone who doesn't match a specific rule. Patrons who do not match a specific rule
49413 will get blocked from placing holds or renewing items, since there was no baseline number
49414 of holds or renewals to utilize.</para>
49417 <section id="holdsfaq">
49418 <title>Unable to Place Holds</title>
49420 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why can't I place
49421 holds when I have all of the preferences turned on.</para>
49423 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You probably need to
49424 set a default circulation rule. At the very least you will need to set
49425 an default circulation rule. This rule should be set for all item
49426 types, all branches and all patron categories. That will catch all
49427 instances that do not match a specific rule. When checking out if you
49428 do not have a rule for the default branch, default item and default
49429 patron category then you may see patrons getting blocked from placing
49433 <section id="keyboardshort">
49434 <title>Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
49436 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Do I have to use my
49437 mouse to access the checkout, checkin and cataloging tabs at the top
49438 of the circulation pages?</para>
49440 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can jump between
49441 the tabs on the quick search box at the top of the screen by using the
49442 following hot keys (if the tab is available):</para>
49446 <para>jump to the catalog search with Alt+Q</para>
49450 <para>jump to the checkout with Alt+U</para>
49454 <para>this will not work for Mac user</para>
49460 <para>jump to the checkin with Alt+R</para>
49465 <para>Mac users use the OPTION button in place of ALT</para>
49469 <section id="smsnoticefaq">
49470 <title>SMS Notices/Messages</title>
49472 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I want Koha to send
49473 notices via SMS, what do I need to do?</para>
49475 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: First you need to
49476 choose a SMS service to use with Koha. There is a list available here:
49477 <ulink url="http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all">http://search.cpan.org/search?query=sms%3A%3Asend&mode=all</ulink>
49478 Not all SMS services available to libraries have Perl drivers, so be
49479 sure to check this list to see if the provider you're considering is
49480 listed. If not you want to ask your provider if they have a Perl
49481 module, if not you should consider another service. Some common
49482 options in the US (that have Perl drivers) are:</para>
49486 <para>AQL (<ulink url="http://www.aql.com">www.aql.com</ulink>)</para>
49490 <para>Wadja (<ulink url="http://wadja.com">wadja.com</ulink>)</para>
49494 <para>Ipipi (<ulink url="http://ipipi.com">ipipi.com</ulink>)</para>
49498 <para>T-mobile</para>
49502 <para>SMSDiscount (<ulink url="http://smsdiscount.com">smsdiscount.com</ulink>)</para>
49506 <para>Clickatell</para>
49509 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What about in India?</para>
49511 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: India does not yet have too many options
49512 here. This is partly due to the Telecom regulatory authority's (TRAI) stipulations about
49513 transactional SMSes and limits on the number of SMSes that may be sent / received per
49514 users per day. India specific drivers include: <itemizedlist>
49516 <para>Unicel Technologies Pvt Ltd (<ulink url="http://unicel.in"
49517 >unicel.in</ulink>)</para>
49519 </itemizedlist></para>
49523 <section id="catfaq">
49524 <title>Cataloging</title>
49528 <section id="authorityfaq">
49529 <title>Authority Fields</title>
49531 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>Why can't I edit 1xx,
49532 6xx, or 7xx fields in my catalog record?</para>
49534 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis> These fields are authority controlled and you
49535 probably have the <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> set
49536 to "Don't allow". When it is set to "Don't allow" these fields will be locked and require
49537 you to search for an existing authority record to populate the field with. To allow typing
49538 in these authority fields set <link linkend="BiblioAddsAuthorities">BiblioAddsAuthorities</link> to 'Allow'.<note>
49539 <para>Fields affected by this preference will show a lock symbol in them</para>
49543 <screeninfo>Fields affected by this preference show a lock in the field</screeninfo>
49547 <imagedata fileref="images/cataloging/lockedauthority.png"/>
49553 <section id="kohamarcfaq">
49554 <title>Koha to MARC Mapping</title>
49556 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What's the
49557 relationship between 'Koha to MARC Mapping' and 'MARC Bibliographic
49558 Frameworks'?</para>
49560 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Mapping can be defined
49561 through 'MARC Bibliographic Frameworks' OR 'Koha to MARC Mapping'.
49562 'Koha to MARC Mapping' is just a shortcut to speed up linkage. If you
49563 change a mapping in one of these modules, the mapping will change in
49564 the other as well. (In other words, the two modules 'overwrite' each
49565 other in order to prevent conflicts from existing in Koha).</para>
49568 <section id="itemsperbibfaq">
49569 <title>Number of Items Per Bib Record</title>
49571 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a limit on
49572 the number of items I can attach to a bib record?</para>
49574 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: There is no explicit limit to the number of
49575 items you can attach to a bibliographic record, but if you attach enough of them, your
49576 MARC record will exceed the maximum file size limit for the ISO 2709 standard, which
49577 breaks indexing for that record. I've found this occurs somewhere between 600 and 1000
49578 items on a 'normal' bibliographic record.</para>
49581 <section id="analyticsfaq">
49582 <title>Analytics</title>
49584 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I am using the <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> feature,
49585 but my links in the OPAC and Staff Client to 'Show Analytics' are not
49588 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If you plan on using
49589 <link linkend="EasyAnalyticalRecords">EasyAnalyticalRecords</link> you
49590 will want to make sure to set your <link linkend="UseControlNumber">UseControlNumber</link> preference to
49591 "Don't use," this will prevent broken links.</para>
49595 <section id="acqfaq">
49596 <title>Acquisitions</title>
49600 <section id="planningcatfaq">
49601 <title>Planning Categories</title>
49603 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is a planning
49606 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When you plan in
49607 advance for the way your budget is going to be spent, you initially
49608 plan for how it's going to be spent over time, that's the most natural
49609 thing to do.</para>
49611 <para>So you plan for $1000 in Jan. $1000 in Feb., $3000 in March,
49612 etc. You can basically do the same thing with a list of values in lieu
49613 of the months.</para>
49615 <para>Say you have a list like this one:</para>
49619 <para>< 1 month</para>
49623 <para>< 6 months</para>
49627 <para>< 1 year</para>
49631 <para>< 3 years</para>
49635 <para>< 10 years</para>
49639 <para>> 10 years</para>
49643 <para>The list is meant to represent when the books acquired where
49644 published. Then you plan for it, saying: we went to spend at list 40%
49645 of our budgets on books published less than a year ago, 10% on books
49646 more than 10 years old, etc.</para>
49648 <para>Upon acquiring new material, you'll be able to select, for a
49649 given item, a value from this list in a drop down. Then, after the
49650 material has been acquired, at the end of the year, you'll be able to
49651 compare the goals set, with what's been achieved.</para>
49655 <section id="serialsfaq">
49656 <title>Serials</title>
49660 <section id="advancedpatternfaq">
49661 <title>Advanced Patterns</title>
49663 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What is the 'inner
49664 counter' on the advanced serials pattern interface?</para>
49666 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: I think it is better to
49667 give an example to understand this :</para>
49669 <para>Example for a monthly subscription :</para>
49673 <para>First issue publication date : April 2010</para>
49677 <para>Numbering : No {X}, year {Y}</para>
49681 <para>First issue : No 4, year 2010</para>
49685 <para>For the year Y : you will want the year change on January
49688 <para>So, the advanced pattern for Y will be :</para>
49692 <para>Add : 1</para>
49696 <para>once every : 12</para>
49700 <para>When more than 9999999</para>
49704 <para>inner counter : 3</para>
49708 <para>Set back to 0</para>
49712 <para>Begins with 2010</para>
49716 <para>Year is going to change after 12 received issues from April
49717 2010, that is in April 2011 if you don't set inner counter. Set inner
49718 counter to 3 will say to Koha : change year after 12-3 = 9 received
49721 <para>Inner counter says to Koha to take into account the first issues
49722 of the year, even if they are not received with Koha. If you begin
49723 with first issue of the year write nothing or 0.</para>
49727 <section id="reportsfaq">
49728 <title>Reports</title>
49732 <section id="accounttypefaq">
49733 <title>Define Codes Stored in DB</title>
49737 <section id="finescodefaq">
49738 <title>Fines Table</title>
49740 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question:</emphasis> What do the codes
49741 in the accounttype field in the accountlines table stand for?</para>
49743 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis></para>
49747 <para>A = Account management fee</para>
49751 <para>C = Credit</para>
49755 <para>F = Overdue fine</para>
49759 <para>FOR = Forgiven</para>
49763 <para>FU = Overdue, still acccruing</para>
49767 <para>L = Lost item</para>
49770 <para>LR = Lost item returned/refunded</para>
49774 <para>M = Sundry</para>
49778 <para>N = New card</para>
49782 <para>PAY = Payment</para>
49786 <para>W = Writeoff</para>
49791 <section id="statscodefaq">
49792 <title>Statistics Table</title>
49794 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>What are the
49795 possible codes for the type field in the statistics table?</para>
49797 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer:</emphasis></para>
49801 <para>localuse</para>
49805 <para>Registers if an item that had been checked out to a
49806 statistics patron (category type = 'X') is returned</para>
49816 <para>return</para>
49824 <para>writeoff</para>
49828 <para>payment</para>
49832 <para>CreditXXX</para>
49836 <para>The XXX stores different types of fee credits, so a query to catch them all
49837 would include a clause like "type LIKE 'Credit%'"</para>
49844 <section id="rescodefaq">
49845 <title>Reserves Table</title>
49847 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
49848 possible codes for the found field in the reserves and old_reserves
49851 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
49855 <para>NULL: means the patron requested the 1st available, and we
49856 haven't chosen the item</para>
49860 <para>T = Transit: the reserve is linked to an item but is in
49861 transit to the pickup branch</para>
49865 <para>W = Waiting: the reserve is linked to an item, is at the pickup branch, and is
49866 waiting on the hold shelf</para>
49870 <para>F = Finished: the reserve has been completed, and is
49876 <section id="reportdicfaq">
49877 <title>Reports Dictionary Table</title>
49879 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
49880 possible codes for the area field in the reports_dictionary
49883 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
49887 <para>1 = Circulation</para>
49891 <para>2 = Catalog</para>
49895 <para>3 = Patrons</para>
49899 <para>4 = Acquisitions</para>
49903 <para>5 = Accounts</para>
49908 <section id="msgtablefaq">
49909 <title>Messages Table</title>
49911 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the
49912 possible codes for the message_type field in the messages
49915 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
49919 <para>L = For Librarians</para>
49923 <para>B = For Patrons/Borrowers</para>
49928 <section id="serialtablefaq">
49929 <title>Serial Table</title>
49931 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes for the
49932 status field in the serial table?</para>
49934 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:</para>
49938 <para>1 = Expected </para>
49941 <para>2 = Arrived </para>
49944 <para>3 = Late </para>
49947 <para>4 = Missing </para>
49950 <para>5 = Not available </para>
49953 <para>7 = Claimed </para>
49956 <para>41 = Missing (not received) </para>
49959 <para>42 = Missing (sold out) </para>
49962 <para>43 = Missing (damaged) </para>
49965 <para>44 = Missing (lost)</para>
49969 <section id="borrowerprivacyvalues">
49970 <title>Borrowers Table</title>
49971 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes for the
49972 privacy field in the borrowers table?</para>
49973 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:<itemizedlist>
49975 <para>0 = Forever</para>
49978 <para>1 = Default</para>
49981 <para>2 = Never</para>
49983 </itemizedlist></para>
49985 <section id="messpreffaq">
49986 <title>Messaging Preferences</title>
49987 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What are the possible codes in the
49988 message_attribute_id field in the borrower_message_preferences table?</para>
49989 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>:<itemizedlist>
49991 <para>2 = advanced notice </para>
49994 <para>6 = item checkout </para>
49997 <para>4 = hold filled </para>
50000 <para>1 = item due </para>
50003 <para>5 = item check in</para>
50005 </itemizedlist></para>
50009 <section id="runtimefaq">
50010 <title>Runtime Parameters</title>
50012 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a way to
50013 filter my custom SQL reports before they run?</para>
50015 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: If you feel that your
50016 report might be too resource intensive you might want to consider
50017 using runtime parameters to your query. Runtime parameters basically
50018 make a filter appear before the report is run to save your system
50021 <para>There is a specific syntax that Koha will understand as 'ask for
50022 values when running the report'. The syntax is <<Question to
50023 ask|authorized_value>>.</para>
50027 <para>The << and >> are just delimiters. You must put
50028 << at the beginning and >> at the end of your
50033 <para>The 'Question to ask' will be displayed on the left of the
50034 string to enter.</para>
50038 <para>The authorized_value can be omitted if not applicable. If it contains an
50039 authorized value category, or branches or itemtype or categorycode or
50040 biblio_framework, a list with the Koha authorized values will be displayed instead of
50041 a free field Note that you can have more than one parameter in a given SQL Note that
50042 entering nothing at run time won't probably work as you expect. It will be considered
50043 as "value empty" not as "ignore this parameter". For example entering nothing for :
50044 "title=<<Enter title>>" will display results with title='' (no title). If
50045 you want to have to have something not mandatory, use "title like <<Enter
50046 title>>" and enter a % at run time instead of nothing</para>
50050 <para>Examples:</para>
50054 <para>SELECT surname,firstname FROM borrowers WHERE
50055 branchcode=<<Enter patrons library|branches>> AND
50056 surname like <<Enter filter for patron surname (% if
50057 none)>></para>
50061 <para>SELECT * FROM items WHERE homebranch = <<Pick your branch|branches>>
50062 and barcode like <<Partial barcode value here>></para>
50065 <para>SELECT title , author FROM biblio WHERE frameworkcode=<<Enter the
50066 frameworkcode|biblio_framework>> </para>
50071 <para>To generate a date picker calendar to the right of the field
50072 when running a report you can use the 'date' keyword like this:
50073 <<Enter Date|date>></para>
50076 <screeninfo>Date Picker</screeninfo>
50080 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/datepicker.png"/>
50087 <para>You have to put "%" in a text box to 'leave it blank'.
50088 Otherwise, it literally looks for "" (empty string) as the value for
50093 <para>In addition to using any authorized value code to generate a dropdown, you can use
50094 the following values as well: Framework codes (biblio_framework), Branches (branches),
50095 Item Types (itemtypes) and Patron Categories (categorycode). For example a branch pull
50096 down would be generated like this <<Branch|branches>></para>
50099 <screeninfo>Branch pull down</screeninfo>
50103 <imagedata fileref="images/reports/branchpulldown.png"/>
50107 </important></para>
50110 <section id="reportlimitfaq">
50111 <title>Results Limited</title>
50113 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: When I download my
50114 report it's limited to 10,000 results, how do I get all of the results
50115 to download?</para>
50117 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: There is a limit of
50118 10,000 records put on SQL statements entered in Koha. To get around
50119 this you want to add 'LIMIT 100000' to the end of your SQL statement
50120 (or any other number above 10,000.</para>
50124 <section id="searchfaq">
50125 <title>Searching</title>
50129 <section id="advancedsearchfaq">
50130 <title>Advanced Search</title>
50134 <section id="scanindexfaq">
50135 <title>Scan Indexes</title>
50137 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What does 'scan
50138 indexes' on the advanced search page mean?</para>
50140 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When you choose an
50141 index, enter a term, click 'scan indexes' and do the search, Koha
50142 displays the searched term and the following terms found in this
50143 index with the number of corresponding records That is search is not
50144 made directly in the catalog, but first in the indexes It works only
50145 for one index at once, and only with no limit in Location (All
50146 libraries needed)</para>
50149 <section id="searchstartswith">
50150 <title>Searching for Terms that Start With a Character</title>
50152 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: How do I search for
50153 all titles that start with the letter 'C'?</para>
50155 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can choose to
50156 search for things that start with a character or series of
50157 characters by using the CCL 'first-in-subfield'</para>
50161 <para>example: ti,first-in-subfield=C</para>
50167 <section id="wildcardsearchfaq">
50168 <title>Wildcard Searching</title>
50170 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>:What is the difference
50171 between a keyword search using the '*' (asterisk) versus a keyword
50172 search using the '%' (percent)? Both work in the catalog, but return
50173 different sets. Why?</para>
50175 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: A wildcard is a
50176 character (*,?,%,.) that can be used to represent one or more
50177 characters in a word. Two of the wildcard characters that can be used
50178 in Koha searches are the asterisk ('*') and the percent sign ('%').
50179 However, these two characters act differently when used in
50182 <para>The '*' is going to force a more exact search of the first few
50183 characters you enter prior to the '*'. The asterisk will allow for an
50184 infinite number of characters in the search as long as the first few
50185 characters designated by your search remain the same. For example,
50186 searching for authors using the term, Smi*, will return a list that
50187 may include Smith, Smithers, Smithfield, Smiley, etc depending on the
50188 authors in your database.</para>
50190 <para>The '%' will treat the words you enter in the terms of "is
50191 like". So a search of Smi% will search for words like Smi. This
50192 results in a much more varied results list. For example, a search on
50193 Smi% will return a list containing Smothers, Smith, Smelley,
50194 Smithfield and many others depending on what is your database.</para>
50196 <para>The bottom line in searching with wildcards: '*' is more exact
50197 while '%' searches for like terms.</para>
50199 <section id="titlesearchingfaq">
50200 <title>Title Searching</title>
50201 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why does my Zebra title search for 'Help'
50202 not turn up 'The help' in the first pages of results?</para>
50203 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: When doing a title search, you actually want
50204 to search for the title (i.e., 'the help' rather than just 'help'), and it will bubble
50205 right up to the top. If you're just searching for 'help' then the relevance ranking is
50206 going to affect the results you see. </para>
50207 <para>When it comes to relevance in Zebra, here's what's happening. First, the search is
50208 done. If you search for the title "help", then any title that has "help" in it comes back.
50209 Then from those records, separately, it does relevance on the *whole* record. The more
50210 your word appears, the more relevant, and some MARC tags are worth more points than
50211 others. So a self-help book with 505 notes where "help" appears a *lot* will be at the
50212 top, regardless of keyword or title.</para>
50213 <para>But when you add a *second word*, that helps it figure things out, as it's weighing
50214 the relevance of both words and the phrase. Because of the way relevance works, if you
50215 search "the help", then "the help" or "the help I need" are more relevant than "the way to
50216 help", because they appear together in order. Likewise, "help the girl" would be lower
50217 relevance, because it's out of order, and "help for the homeless" would be lower still, as
50218 they're out of order, and apart.</para>
50219 <para>The moral of the story is that single word searches, particularly on common words,
50220 will always struggle a bit; it can't evaluate relevance well, because you've not given it
50221 enough input.</para>
50225 <section id="enhancedcontentfaq">
50226 <title>Enhanced Content</title>
50230 <section id="frbrfaq">
50231 <title>FRBRizing Content</title>
50233 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question: </emphasis>At our public library
50234 we are running a Koha installation and we've tried to turn on all the
50235 nice functionalities in Koha such as the frbrising tool, but do not
50236 get the same result as Nelsonville public library.</para>
50238 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer: </emphasis>In fact, this feature
50239 is quite tricky to make that right. First it looks at XISBN service.
50240 And then search in your database for that ISBN. So both XISBN and your
50241 internal ISBN (in biblio table) have to be normalized. You could
50242 therefore use the script misc/batchupdateISBNs.pl (it removes all the
50243 - in your local ISBNs)</para>
50246 <section id="amzfaq">
50247 <title>Amazon</title>
50251 <section id="amazonfaq">
50252 <title>All Amazon Content</title>
50254 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I have all of the
50255 Amazon preferences turned on and have entered both of my keys, but
50256 none of the content appears in my system, why is that?</para>
50258 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Amazon's API checks
50259 your server time on all requests and if your server time is not set
50260 properly requests will be denied. To resolve this issue be sure to
50261 set your system time appropriately. Once that change in made Amazon
50262 content should appear immediately.</para>
50264 <para>On Debian the the command is <emphasis>date -s "2010-06-30
50265 17:21"</emphasis> (with the proper date and time for your
50271 <section id="systemfaq">
50272 <title>System Administration</title>
50276 <section id="zebracronfaq">
50277 <title>Errors in Zebra Cron</title>
50279 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: I am noticing some
50280 errors in the koha-zebradaemon-output.log file. When new records are
50281 added it takes a bit longer to index than we think they should.
50282 Running rebuild zebra is often faster. Zebra ends up indexing and
50283 search works, but I am concerned about the errors. Any ideas?</para>
50285 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Rebuild_zebra.pl -r
50286 deletes all of the files in the Zebra db directories (such as
50287 reci-0.mf) and then recreates them. Thus, permissions will be lost,
50288 and the files will be owned by the user who ran rebuild_zebra.pl. If
50289 one rebuilds the zebra indexes as root, the daemons, which typically
50290 run under the user Koha, will not be able to update the indexes. Thus,
50291 it's important then that the zebra rebuilds are put in the cronjob
50292 file of the user Koha, and not root. Also important is that other
50293 users, such as root, don't manually execute rebuilds.</para>
50295 <para>If one desires that another user be able to execute
50296 rebuild_zebra.pl, he should be given the permission to execute 'sudo
50297 -u Koha .../rebuild_zebra.pl,' (if you want to do this, you also have
50298 to edit the sudoers file to pass the PERL5LIB variable with the
50299 env_keep option as by default sudo strips away almost all environment
50300 variables). Or, as root user, one can use a simple 'su koha' and then
50301 the rebuild_zebra.pl command.</para>
50303 <para>I've also tried to set the sticky bit on rebuild_zebra.pl, but
50304 for whatever reason it didn't seem to work due to some problem with
50305 the PERL5LIB variable that I wasn't able to figure. That seems to me
50306 the easiest thing to do, if anybody has any idea how to make it work.
50307 If it worked and were the default, I think it would help folks to
50308 avoid a great deal of the problems that come up with zebra.</para>
50311 <section id="publicztarget">
50312 <title>Making Z39.50 Target Public</title>
50314 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Could someone tell me
50315 the exact steps I need to take to configure Zebra to expose my Koha 3
50316 db as a public Z39.50 service?</para>
50318 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Edit the KOHA_CONF file
50319 that your Koha is using. Uncomment the publicserver line like:</para>
50321 <para><!-- <listen id="publicserver"
50322 >tcp:@:9999</listen> --></para>
50324 <para>to be:</para>
50326 <para><listen id="publicserver"
50327 >tcp:@:9999</listen></para>
50329 <para>Then restart zebasrv and connect on the port specified
50333 <section id="authvalfaq">
50334 <title>Shelving Location Authorized Values</title>
50336 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: When editing an item,
50337 the new shelving location I created is not showing up by default in
50338 the items where I assigned it to.</para>
50340 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: This is because you
50341 created the new shelving location with a code value of 0 (zero) Just
50342 FYI the system interprets authorized values of 0 as equaling a null so
50343 when you edit a record in cataloging where the authorized value in a
50344 field was assigned where the code was 0, the value displays as null in
50345 the item editor (or MARC editor) instead of the value the library
50346 meant it to be.</para>
50349 <section id="whyauthvals">
50350 <title>Why do I need Authorized Values?</title>
50352 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Why would I want to
50353 define authorized values for MARC tags?</para>
50355 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: Authorized Values
50356 create a 'controlled vocabulary' for your staff. As an example, let us
50357 assume that your Koha installation is used by several libraries, and
50358 you use MARC 21. You might want to restrict the 850a MARC subfield to
50359 the institution codes for just those libraries. In that case, you
50360 could define an authorized values category (perhaps called "INST") and
50361 enter the institution codes as the authorized values for that
50365 <para>Koha automatically sets up authorized value categories for
50366 your item types and branch codes, and you can link these authorized
50367 values to MARC subfields when you set up your MARC tag
50372 <section id="sessionstblfaq">
50373 <title>How do I clean up the sessions table?</title>
50375 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Is there a periodic
50376 job that can be run to cull old sessions from the table? We don't want
50377 to backup all the useless session data every night.</para>
50379 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You can run <link linkend="cleandbcron">cleanup database cron job</link>.</para>
50381 <para>Or just before doing a backup command (mysqldump), you can
50382 truncate session table: </para>
50384 <para><programlisting>mysql -u<kohauser -p<password <koha-db-name -e 'TRUNCATE TABLE sessions'</programlisting></para>
50388 <section id="hardwarefaq">
50389 <title>Hardware</title>
50393 <section id="barcodefaq">
50394 <title>Barcode Scanners</title>
50396 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: What barcode scanners
50397 have been known to work with Koha?</para>
50399 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: The simple rule of
50400 thumb is, does it act like a keyboard device?, if so, it will work.
50401 (i.e. can you take the scanner, scan a barcode and have it show up in
50402 a text editor, if so, it will work.)</para>
50404 <para>The main points to check are that it connects to your PC
50405 conveniently (can be USB or "keyboard wedge" which means it connects
50406 in line with the keyboard, which is useful with older computers), and
50407 that it scans the barcode type that you are using.</para>
50409 <para>It is a good idea to test some 'used' barcodes if you have any,
50410 to see whether the scanner can read scuffed or slightly wrinkled ones
50411 successfully. Most scanners are capable of reading several barcode
50412 types - there are many, and the specification should list the ones it
50413 can read. You may need to adjust settings slightly, such as prefix and
50414 suffix characters, or whether you want to send an 'enter' character or
50417 <para>One more tip - some can be set 'always on' and may come with a
50418 stand, some have triggers under the handle, some have buttons on top,
50419 some are held like a pen. Think about the staff working with the
50420 hardware before choosing, as a button in the wrong place can be very
50421 awkward to use.</para>
50424 <section id="printersfaq">
50425 <title>Printers</title>
50429 <section id="kohaprinters">
50430 <title>Printers used by Koha libraries</title>
50434 <para>POS-X receipt printer</para>
50438 <para>Star Micronics printer (exact model unknown) with a
50439 generic/plain text driver.</para>
50443 <para>Star SP2000 (Nelsonville)</para>
50447 <para>Star TSP-100 futurePRINT (Geauga)</para>
50451 <para>"I know there have been a lot of questions on receipt
50452 printers so I thought I'd pass on my findings. We have been
50453 testing the Star TSP-100 futurePRINT. I found this print to
50454 be VERY easy to configure for Koha. I was even able to
50455 customize the print job by adding our system logo (a .gif)
50456 to the top of every receipt. Also with a bitmap created in
50457 Paint was able to add a message at the bottom of each
50458 receipt with the contact information, hours and website for
50459 the library that the materials were checked out at."</para>
50465 <para>Epson TM 88 IIIP thermal receipt printers</para>
50469 <para>Epson TM-T88IV</para>
50473 <para>1x1 labels using a Dymolabelwriter printer</para>
50478 <section id="braillefaq">
50479 <title>Braille Support</title>
50481 <para><emphasis role="bold">Question</emphasis>: Are there any
50482 braille embosser or printer which has inbuilt braille converter and
50483 it is accessible with UNIX environment?</para>
50485 <para><emphasis role="bold">Answer</emphasis>: You may want to look
50486 into BRLTTY (<ulink url="http://www.emptech.info/product_details.php?ID=1232">http://www.emptech.info/product_details.php?ID=1232</ulink>).</para>
50489 <section id="hardwaresupport">
50490 <title>Additional Support</title>
50494 <para><ulink url="http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/">http://www.nexpresslibrary.org/go-live/configure-your-receipt-printers/</ulink></para>
50502 <appendix id="extending">
50503 <title>Extending Koha</title>
50505 <section id="amzlookup">
50509 <firstname>Cab</firstname>
50510 <surname>Vinton</surname>
50512 <orgname>Sanbornton Public Library</orgname>
50516 <firstname>Nicole C.</firstname>
50517 <surname>Engard</surname>
50521 <pubdate>September 2009</pubdate>
50523 <bibliosource><ulink url="http://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2009-September/020003.html">http://lists.katipo.co.nz/pipermail/koha/2009-September/020003.html</ulink></bibliosource>
50525 <title>Amazon lookup script for Koha libraries</title>
50527 <para>We order most of our materials from Amazon, so I've been looking
50528 for a convenient way to tell if a book under consideration is in our
50529 catalog already.</para>
50531 <para>Greasemonkey & a custom user script fit the bill
50536 <para><ulink url="https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/748">https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/748</ulink></para>
50540 <para><ulink url="http://userscripts.org/scripts/show/56847">http://userscripts.org/scripts/show/56847</ulink></para>
50544 <para>A few caveats:</para>
50548 <para>Like most scripts, this one was designed to work with Firefox;
50549 I haven't explored getting it to work with other browsers.</para>
50553 <para>I'm not a JavaScript programmer -- this was adapted from
50554 others' work. Just a few lines would have to be changed to get the
50555 script to work with your catalog.</para>
50559 <para>It depends on the existence of ISBN for the item in question,
50560 so movies, older books, etc. would not work.</para>
50564 <para>Others have added all sorts of bells & whistles: XISBN lookups
50565 to search for related titles, custom messages based on the status of
50566 items (on order, on hold, etc.), ... just search the UserScripts site
50567 for Amazon + library. For a later date!</para>
50570 <section id="extendkeywordclouds">
50571 <title>Keyword Clouds</title>
50573 <para>In addition to the traditional tag cloud available in Koha, there
50574 is a way to generate clouds for popular subjects within Koha.</para>
50576 <para>The <link linkend="keywordclouds">Author/Subject Cloud cron
50577 job</link> is used to help with this process. This cron job sends its
50578 output to files.</para>
50582 <para>/home/koha/mylibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-author.html</para>
50586 <para>/home/koha/yourlibrary/koharoot/koha-tmpl/cloud-subject.html</para>
50590 <para>This means that you can produce clouds for authors, collective
50591 author, all kind of subjects, classifications, etc. And since it works
50592 on zebra indexes, it is quick, even on large DBs. Tags clouds are sent
50593 to files. It's up to library webmaster to deal with those files in order
50594 to include them in <link linkend="OpacMainUserBlock">OPACMainUserBlock</link>, or include them
50595 into their library CMS.</para>
50597 <para>Some libraries even send the file into a Samba shared folder where
50598 webmaster take them, eventually clean them a little bit before
50599 integrating them into navigation widgets or pages.</para>
50602 <section id="newtitlesoption">
50603 <title>Newest Titles Pulldown</title>
50605 <para>Often we want to add a way for our patrons to do searches for the
50606 newest items. In this example I'll show you how to create a pull down
50607 menu of the newest items by item type. These tips will work (with a
50608 couple changes) for collection codes or shelving locations as
50611 <para>First, it's important to note that every link in Koha is a
50612 permanent link. This means if I do a search for everything of a specific
50613 item type sorted by the acquisitions date and bookmark that URL,
50614 whenever I click it I'll see the newest items of that type on the first
50615 few pages of the results.</para>
50617 <para>I took this knowledge and wrote a form takes this functionality in
50618 to consideration. It basically just does a search of your Koha catalog
50619 for a specific item type and sorts the results by acquisitions
50622 <para>The first thing I did was write a MySQL statement to generate a
50623 list of item types for me - why copy and paste when you can use the
50624 power of MySQL?</para>
50626 <para><programlisting>select concat('<option value=\"mc-itype:', itemtype, '\">',description,'</option>') from itemtypes</programlisting></para>
50628 <para>The above looks at the itemtypes table and slaps the necessary
50629 HTML around each item type for me. I then exported that to CSV and
50630 opened it in my text editor and added the other parts of the
50633 <para><programlisting><p><strong>New Items</strong></p>
50634 <p><form name="searchform" method="get" action="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl">
50635 <input name="idx" value="kw" type="hidden">
50636 <input name="sort_by" value="acqdate_dsc" type="hidden">
50637 <input name="do" value="OK" type="hidden">
50638 <select name="limit" onchange="this.form.submit()">
50639 <option>-- Please choose --</option>
50640 <option value="mc-itype:BOOK">Book</option>
50641 <option value="mc-itype:BOOKCD">Book on CD</option>
50642 <option value="mc-itype:DVD">DVD</option>
50643 <option value="mc-itype:LRG_PRINT">Large print book</option>
50644 <option value="mc-itype:MAGAZINE">Magazine</option>
50645 <option value="mc-itype:NEWSPAPER">Newspaper</option>
50646 <option value="mc-itype:VIDEO">Videocassette</option>
50649 </p></programlisting></para>
50651 <para>Now, what does all of that mean? The important bits are
50654 <para>First the starting of the form.</para>
50656 <para><programlisting><p><form name="searchform" method="get" action="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl"></programlisting></para>
50658 <para>This tells the browser to take any value selected and put it at
50659 the end of this http://YOURSITE/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl. If you want
50660 to embed this form on your library website (and not on your OPAC) you
50661 can put the full OPAC URL in there.</para>
50663 <para>Next, there is a hidden value that is telling the search to sort
50664 by acquisitions date descending (newest items at the top):</para>
50666 <para><programlisting><input name="sort_by" value="acqdate_dsc" type="hidden"></programlisting></para>
50668 <para>And finally you have an option for each item type you want people
50669 to search.<programlisting><option value="mc-itype:BOOK">Book</option></programlisting></para>
50671 <para>These options each include the string "mc-itype:" which tells Koha
50672 to do an item type search.</para>
50674 <para>Once you have all of that in place you can copy and paste the form
50675 to somewhere on your OPAC. The <ulink url="http://catalog.farmingtonlibraries.org">Farmington Public Libraries
50676 OPAC</ulink> has a few examples of this on the left.</para>
50679 <section id="colorsearch">
50680 <title>Cataloging and Searching by Color</title>
50682 <para>One of the icon sets installed in Koha includes a series of
50683 colors. This set can be used to catalog and search by color if you'd
50684 like. This guide will walk you use changing collection code to color in
50685 Koha so that you can do this.</para>
50687 <para>The following SQL could be used to add these colors to the CCODE
50688 authorized value category in a batch. If you wanted to use these colors
50689 for another authorized value you'd have to edit this to use that
50692 <programlisting> insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50693 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','000000','Black','','colors/000000.png');
50694 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50695 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','66cc66','Bright Green','','colors/66cc66.png');
50696 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50697 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','99cc33','Olive','','colors/99cc33.png');
50698 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50699 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','3333cc','Dark Blue','','colors/3333cc.png');
50700 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50701 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','006600' ,'Dark Green','','colors/006600.png');
50702 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50703 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','6600cc','Plum','','colors/6600cc.png');
50704 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50705 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','6666cc','Purple','','colors/6666cc.png');
50706 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50707 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','9999cc','Light Purple','','colors/9999cc.png');
50708 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50709 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','660000' ,'Burgundy','','colors/660000.png');
50710 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50711 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','663333' ,'Brown','','colors/663333.png');
50712 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50713 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','990000' ,'Red','','colors/990000.png');
50714 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50715 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','996633' ,'Tan','','colors/996633.png');
50716 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50717 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','999999' ,'Gray','','colors/999999.png');
50718 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50719 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc66cc','Pink','','colors/cc66cc.png');
50720 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50721 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc99cc','Bubble Gum','','colors/cc99cc.png');
50722 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50723 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc3333' ,'Orange','','colors/cc3333.png');
50724 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50725 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc6666' ,'Peach','','colors/cc6666.png');
50726 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50727 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cc9999' ,'Rose','','colors/cc9999.png');
50728 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50729 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','cccc00' ,'Gold','','colors/cccc00.png');
50730 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50731 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffff33' ,'Yellow','','colors/ffff33.png');
50732 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50733 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffffcc','Cream','','colors/ffffcc.png');
50734 insert into authorised_values (category, authorised_value, lib,
50735 lib_opac, imageurl) values ('CCODE','ffffff','White','','colors/ffffff.png');</programlisting>
50737 <para>If you would like to choose the colors manually you can do that
50738 via the <link linkend="authorizedvalues">Authorized Values</link>
50739 administration area.</para>
50742 <screeninfo>Colors for CCODE</screeninfo>
50746 <imagedata fileref="images/appendix-extending/colorccode.png"/>
50751 <para>Next you'll want to <link linkend="marcbibframeworks">update the
50752 frameworks</link> so that the 952$8 (if you're using collection code)
50753 label to says Color.</para>
50755 <para>Once you have that in place you can start to catalog items by
50758 <para>Finally you'll want to add the following JQuery to your
50759 preferences so that it will relabel 'Collection' to 'Color'</para>
50761 <para><link linkend="intranetuserjs">intranetuserjs</link></para>
50763 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){
50764 $("#advsearch-tab-ccode a:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
50765 $("#holdings th:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
50766 });</programlisting>
50768 <para><link linkend="opacuserjs">opacuserjs</link></para>
50770 <programlisting>$(document).ready(function(){
50771 $("#advsearch-tab-ccode a:contains('Collection')").text("Color");
50772 $('#item_ccode').text("Color");
50773 });</programlisting>
50779 <appendix id="siteintegration">
50780 <title>Koha and Your Website</title>
50782 <para>This appendix will include tips for integrating Koha in to your
50783 library website.</para>
50785 <section id="embedsearch">
50786 <title>Koha search on your site</title>
50788 <para>Often you'll want to add a Koha search box to your library
50789 website. To do so, just copy and paste the following code in to your
50790 library website and update the YOURCATALOG bit with your catalog's URL
50791 and you're set to go.</para>
50793 <para><programlisting>
50794 <form name="searchform" method="get" action="http://YOURCATLOG/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl" id="searchform">
50795 <input id="transl1" name="q" type="text"><p>
50796 <select name="idx" id="masthead_search">
50797 <option value="kw">Keyword</option>
50798 <option value="ti">Title</option>
50799 <option value="au">Author</option>
50800 <option value="su">Subject</option>
50801 <option value="nb">ISBN</option>
50802 <option value="se">Series</option>
50803 <option value="callnum">Call Number</option>
50805 <input value="Search" id="searchsubmit" type="submit">
50806 </p></form>
50807 </programlisting></para>
50811 <appendix id="gpl">
50812 <title><acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License version 3</title>
50814 <para>Version 3, 29 June 2007</para>
50816 <para>Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <ulink url="http://fsf.org/">http://fsf.org/</ulink></para>
50818 <para>Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
50819 license document, but changing it is not allowed.</para>
50821 <bridgehead id="Preamble" renderas="sect1">Preamble</bridgehead>
50823 <para>The <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License is a free,
50824 copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.</para>
50826 <para>The licenses for most software and other practical works are
50827 designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By
50828 contrast, the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License is intended to
50829 guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program--to
50830 make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free
50831 Software Foundation, use the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License
50832 for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this
50833 way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.</para>
50835 <para>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
50836 price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have
50837 the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if
50838 you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that
50839 you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and
50840 that you know you can do these things.</para>
50842 <para>To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
50843 these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
50844 certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
50845 you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.</para>
50847 <para>For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
50848 gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms
50849 that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get
50850 the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
50853 <para>Developers that use the <acronym>GNU</acronym>
50854 <acronym>GPL</acronym> protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert
50855 copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal
50856 permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.</para>
50858 <para>For the developers' and authors' protection, the
50859 <acronym>GPL</acronym> clearly explains that there is no warranty for this
50860 free software. For both users' and authors' sake, the
50861 <acronym>GPL</acronym> requires that modified versions be marked as
50862 changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
50863 authors of previous versions.</para>
50865 <para>Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
50866 modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
50867 can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting
50868 users' freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such
50869 abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is
50870 precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this
50871 version of the <acronym>GPL</acronym> to prohibit the practice for those
50872 products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand
50873 ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the
50874 <acronym>GPL</acronym>, as needed to protect the freedom of users.</para>
50876 <para>Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
50877 States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
50878 software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
50879 avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make
50880 it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the <acronym>GPL</acronym>
50881 assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.</para>
50883 <para>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
50884 modification follow.</para>
50886 <bridgehead>TERMS AND CONDITIONS</bridgehead>
50888 <bridgehead id="Definitions" renderas="sect1">0. Definitions.</bridgehead>
50890 <para>"This License" refers to version 3 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym>
50891 General Public License.</para>
50893 <para>"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds
50894 of works, such as semiconductor masks.</para>
50896 <para>"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
50897 License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and "recipients"
50898 may be individuals or organizations.</para>
50900 <para>To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the
50901 work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of
50902 an exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
50903 earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.</para>
50905 <para>A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
50906 on the Program.</para>
50908 <para>To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
50909 permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement
50910 under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or
50911 modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with
50912 or without modification), making available to the public, and in some
50913 countries other activities as well.</para>
50915 <para>To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
50916 parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a
50917 computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.</para>
50919 <para>An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
50920 to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
50921 feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells
50922 the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that
50923 warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this
50924 License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents
50925 a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in
50926 the list meets this criterion.</para>
50928 <bridgehead id="SourceCode" renderas="sect1">1. Source Code.</bridgehead>
50930 <para>The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
50931 for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source form of
50934 <para>A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
50935 standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
50936 interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is
50937 widely used among developers working in that language.</para>
50939 <para>The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
50940 than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
50941 packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
50942 Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major
50943 Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
50944 implementation is available to the public in source code form. A "Major
50945 Component", in this context, means a major essential component (kernel,
50946 window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on
50947 which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or
50948 an object code interpreter used to run it.</para>
50950 <para>The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
50951 the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work)
50952 run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control
50953 those activities. However, it does not include the work's System
50954 Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs
50955 which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not
50956 part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface
50957 definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source
50958 code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work
50959 is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data
50960 communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of
50963 <para>The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can
50964 regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
50967 <para>The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same
50970 <bridgehead id="BasicPermissions" renderas="sect1">2. Basic
50971 Permissions.</bridgehead>
50973 <para>All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
50974 copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
50975 conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
50976 permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
50977 covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
50978 content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights
50979 of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.</para>
50981 <para>You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
50982 convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in
50983 force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of
50984 having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with
50985 facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the
50986 terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not
50987 control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you
50988 must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control,
50989 on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted
50990 material outside their relationship with you.</para>
50992 <para>Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
50993 the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes
50994 it unnecessary.</para>
50996 <bridgehead id="Protecting" renderas="sect1">3. Protecting Users' Legal
50997 Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.</bridgehead>
50999 <para>No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
51000 measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11
51001 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws
51002 prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.</para>
51004 <para>When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
51005 circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
51006 is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the
51007 covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
51008 modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
51009 users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
51010 technological measures.</para>
51012 <bridgehead id="ConveyingVerbatim" renderas="sect1">4. Conveying Verbatim
51013 Copies.</bridgehead>
51015 <para>You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
51016 receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
51017 appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep
51018 intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms
51019 added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices
51020 of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this
51021 License along with the Program.</para>
51023 <para>You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
51024 and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.</para>
51026 <bridgehead id="ConveyingModified" renderas="sect1">5. Conveying Modified
51027 Source Versions.</bridgehead>
51029 <para>You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
51030 produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of
51031 section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</para>
51033 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
51035 <para>The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
51036 it, and giving a relevant date.</para>
51040 <para>The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
51041 released under this License and any conditions added under section 7.
51042 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to "keep intact
51043 all notices".</para>
51047 <para>You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License
51048 to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will
51049 therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms,
51050 to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they
51051 are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in
51052 any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have
51053 separately received it.</para>
51057 <para>If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
51058 Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
51059 interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work
51060 need not make them do so.</para>
51064 <para>A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
51065 works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and
51066 which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on
51067 a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if
51068 the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the
51069 access or legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the
51070 individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does
51071 not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the
51074 <bridgehead id="ConveyingNonSource" renderas="sect1">6. Conveying
51075 Non-Source Forms.</bridgehead>
51077 <para>You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of
51078 sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable
51079 Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these
51082 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
51084 <para>Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
51085 (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
51086 Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily
51087 used for software interchange.</para>
51091 <para>Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
51092 (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written
51093 offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you
51094 offer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give
51095 anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the
51096 Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is
51097 covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used
51098 for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable
51099 cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access
51100 to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no
51105 <para>Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
51106 written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is
51107 allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you
51108 received the object code with such an offer, in accord with subsection
51113 <para>Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
51114 place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
51115 Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
51116 further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
51117 Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy
51118 the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be
51119 on a different server (operated by you or a third party) that supports
51120 equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions
51121 next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source.
51122 Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain
51123 obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to
51124 satisfy these requirements.</para>
51128 <para>Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
51129 you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source
51130 of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under
51131 subsection 6d.</para>
51135 <para>A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is
51136 excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
51137 included in conveying the object code work.</para>
51139 <para>A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
51140 tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or
51141 household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
51142 into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
51143 doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
51144 product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a typical
51145 or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the
51146 particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses,
51147 or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer
51148 product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial,
51149 industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only
51150 significant mode of use of the product.</para>
51152 <para>"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
51153 procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
51154 and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
51155 a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
51156 suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
51157 code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
51158 modification has been made.</para>
51160 <para>If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
51161 specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part
51162 of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User
51163 Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term
51164 (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding
51165 Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation
51166 Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any
51167 third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the
51168 User Product (for example, the work has been installed in
51169 <acronym>ROM</acronym>).</para>
51171 <para>The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include
51172 a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
51173 for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
51174 the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
51175 network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
51176 adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
51177 protocols for communication across the network.</para>
51179 <para>Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information
51180 provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
51181 documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source
51182 code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking,
51183 reading or copying.</para>
51185 <bridgehead id="AdditionalTerms" renderas="sect1">7. Additional
51186 Terms.</bridgehead>
51188 <para>"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
51189 License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
51190 Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be
51191 treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that
51192 they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only
51193 to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those
51194 permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License
51195 without regard to the additional permissions.</para>
51197 <para>When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
51198 remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it.
51199 (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in
51200 certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional
51201 permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you
51202 have or can give appropriate copyright permission.</para>
51204 <para>Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material
51205 you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders
51206 of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:</para>
51208 <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
51210 <para>Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
51211 terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or</para>
51215 <para>Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
51216 author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
51217 Notices displayed by works containing it; or</para>
51221 <para>Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
51222 requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
51223 reasonable ways as different from the original version; or</para>
51227 <para>Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
51228 authors of the material; or</para>
51232 <para>Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
51233 trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or</para>
51237 <para>Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
51238 material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
51239 it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
51240 any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
51241 those licensors and authors.</para>
51245 <para>All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
51246 restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
51247 received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
51248 governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction,
51249 you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further
51250 restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you
51251 may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license
51252 document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such
51253 relicensing or conveying.</para>
51255 <para>If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
51256 must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional
51257 terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the
51258 applicable terms.</para>
51260 <para>Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
51261 form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above
51262 requirements apply either way.</para>
51264 <bridgehead id="Termination" renderas="sect1">8. Termination.</bridgehead>
51266 <para>You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
51267 provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify
51268 it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
51269 License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph
51270 of section 11).</para>
51272 <para>However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
51273 license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
51274 provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
51275 finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
51276 holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior
51277 to 60 days after the cessation.</para>
51279 <para>Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
51280 reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
51281 violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
51282 received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
51283 copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your
51284 receipt of the notice.</para>
51286 <para>Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
51287 licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this
51288 License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
51289 reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
51290 material under section 10.</para>
51292 <bridgehead id="AcceptanceNotRequired" renderas="sect1">9. Acceptance Not
51293 Required for Having Copies.</bridgehead>
51295 <para>You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
51296 run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
51297 occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to
51298 receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing
51299 other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any
51300 covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this
51301 License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you
51302 indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.</para>
51304 <bridgehead id="AutomaticDownstream" renderas="sect1">10. Automatic
51305 Licensing of Downstream Recipients.</bridgehead>
51307 <para>Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
51308 receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
51309 propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for
51310 enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.</para>
51312 <para>An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
51313 organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
51314 organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work
51315 results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who
51316 receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work
51317 the party's predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous
51318 paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the
51319 work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can
51320 get it with reasonable efforts.</para>
51322 <para>You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
51323 rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not
51324 impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights
51325 granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including
51326 a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim
51327 is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing
51328 the Program or any portion of it.</para>
51330 <bridgehead id="Patents" renderas="sect1">11. Patents.</bridgehead>
51332 <para>A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
51333 License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work
51334 thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".</para>
51336 <para>A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
51337 owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
51338 hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by
51339 this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do
51340 not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of
51341 further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this
51342 definition, "control" includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a
51343 manner consistent with the requirements of this License.</para>
51345 <para>Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
51346 patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to make,
51347 use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate
51348 the contents of its contributor version.</para>
51350 <para>In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
51351 agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
51352 (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue
51353 for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a party
51354 means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent
51355 against the party.</para>
51357 <para>If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
51358 and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to
51359 copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
51360 publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then
51361 you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or
51362 (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for
51363 this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the
51364 requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream
51365 recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have actual knowledge that, but
51366 for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or
51367 your recipient's use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one
51368 or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to
51369 believe are valid.</para>
51371 <para>If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
51372 arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
51373 covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving
51374 the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a
51375 specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is
51376 automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works
51377 based on it.</para>
51379 <para>A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
51380 the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on
51381 the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically
51382 granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a
51383 party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of
51384 distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party
51385 based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under
51386 which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the
51387 covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection
51388 with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those
51389 copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or
51390 compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that
51391 arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March
51394 <para>Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
51395 any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise
51396 be available to you under applicable patent law.</para>
51398 <bridgehead id="NoSurrender" renderas="sect1">12. No Surrender of Others'
51399 Freedom.</bridgehead>
51401 <para>If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement
51402 or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
51403 excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
51404 covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
51405 License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
51406 not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
51407 to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
51408 the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
51409 License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.</para>
51411 <bridgehead id="UsedWithAGPL" renderas="sect1">13. Use with the
51412 <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General Public License.</bridgehead>
51414 <para>Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
51415 permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under
51416 version 3 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General Public License into
51417 a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of
51418 this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
51419 but the special requirements of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Affero General
51420 Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will
51421 apply to the combination as such.</para>
51423 <bridgehead id="RevisedVersions" renderas="sect1">14. Revised Versions of
51424 this License.</bridgehead>
51426 <para>The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
51427 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License from time to time.
51428 Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but
51429 may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</para>
51431 <para>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
51432 Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the
51433 <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License "or any later version"
51434 applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions
51435 either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the
51436 Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number
51437 of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License, you may choose any
51438 version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.</para>
51440 <para>If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
51441 versions of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License can be used,
51442 that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
51443 authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.</para>
51445 <para>Later license versions may give you additional or different
51446 permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author
51447 or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later
51450 <bridgehead id="WarrantyDisclaimer" renderas="sect1">15. Disclaimer of
51451 Warranty.</bridgehead>
51453 <para>THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
51454 APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
51455 HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
51456 OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
51457 THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
51458 PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
51459 IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
51460 ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</para>
51462 <bridgehead id="LiabilityLimitation" renderas="sect1">16. Limitation of
51463 Liability.</bridgehead>
51465 <para>IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
51466 WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR
51467 CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
51468 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
51469 ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
51470 LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
51471 SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
51472 WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
51473 ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</para>
51475 <bridgehead id="InterpretationSecs1516" renderas="sect1">17.
51476 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.</bridgehead>
51478 <para>If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
51479 above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
51480 reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an
51481 absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program,
51482 unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the
51483 Program in return for a fee.</para>
51485 <bridgehead>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</bridgehead>
51487 <bridgehead id="HowToApply" renderas="sect1">How to Apply These Terms to
51488 Your New Programs</bridgehead>
51490 <para>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
51491 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
51492 free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
51495 <para>To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
51496 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state
51497 the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
51498 "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.</para>
51501 <replaceable>one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.</replaceable>
51502 Copyright (C) <replaceable>year</replaceable> <replaceable>name of author</replaceable>
51504 This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
51505 it under the terms of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License as published by
51506 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
51507 (at your option) any later version.
51509 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
51510 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
51511 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
51512 <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License for more details.
51514 You should have received a copy of the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License
51515 along with this program. If not, see <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/</ulink>.
51518 <para>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
51521 <para>If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
51522 notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:</para>
51525 <replaceable>program</replaceable> Copyright (C) <replaceable>year</replaceable> <replaceable>name of author</replaceable>
51526 This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `<literal>show w</literal>'.
51527 This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
51528 under certain conditions; type `<literal>show c</literal>' for details.
51531 <para>The hypothetical commands `<literal>show w</literal>' and
51532 `<literal>show c</literal>' should show the appropriate parts of the
51533 General Public License. Of course, your program's commands might be
51534 different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".</para>
51536 <para>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
51537 school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
51538 necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the
51539 <acronym>GNU</acronym> <acronym>GPL</acronym>, see <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/">http://www.gnu.org/licenses/</ulink>.</para>
51541 <para>The <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public License does not permit
51542 incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a
51543 subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking
51544 proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do,
51545 use the <acronym>GNU</acronym> Lesser General Public License instead of
51546 this License. But first, please read <ulink url="http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html">http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html</ulink>.</para>